Documentos de Académico
Documentos de Profesional
Documentos de Cultura
Standard Plans
M 21-01 August 6, 2012
To get the latest information on WSDOT publications, sign up for individual email updates at www.wsdot.wa.gov/publications/manuals. Washington State Department of Transportation Engineering and Regional Operations Development Division, Design Office PO Box 47329 Olympia, WA 985047329 Email: designstandards@wsdot.wa.gov www.wsdot.wa.gov/design/standards/plans.htm
Foreword
This manual contains standard engineering drawings used for road, bridge, and municipal construction. These drawings have been prepared under the direct supervision of a Washington State licensed professional engineer, who is knowledgeable in the specialized field of civil engineering depicted in each drawing. This manual standardizes fabrication, installation, and construction methods for specific items of work, and complements the contract documents and the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. Updating the manual is a continual process and revisions are issued periodically. Questions, comments, and recommendations for changes are welcome. Contact the Design Standards Team at: (360) 705-7256 (phone) designstandards@wsdot.wa.gov (e-mail) For contact via conventional mail, the Comment Request Form on the reverse side of this page is provided to facilitate routing and prompt delivery. Making a copy will preserve the original form for future use. Attach a copy of the form as a cover sheet when sending comments or sketches made on other documents, such as marked copies of specific Standard Plans. Your questions, comments, and/or recommendations should be sent to: Design Standards Transportation Building Olympia, WA 98504-7329. Further information, as well as Bentley MicroStation (.dgn) CAD files, Adobe Acrobat (.pdf) files, and some AutoCAD (.dwg) CAD files, can be found on the Design Standards website at: http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/eesc/design/designstandards Contact the Engineering Publications Office at (360) 705-7430 if you require additional copies of this manual.
Page 1
Comments
From: ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Date: ____________________ Phone: ____________________
To: Design Standards Washington State Department of Transportation Transportation Building PO Box 47329 Olympia, WA 98504-7329
Comment:
See attached
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
Section A
A-10.10-00 A-10.20-00 A-10.30-00 A-20.10-00 A-30.10-00 A-30.15-00 A-30.30-01 A-30.35-00 A-40.00-00 A-40.10-02 A-40.15-00 A-40.20-01 A-40.50-01 A-50.10-00 A-50.20-01 A-50.30-00 A-50.40-00 A-60.10-01 A-60.20-02 A-60.30-00 A-60.40-00
Roadway Construction
Survey Stakes Survey Monument Types 1 and 2 Monument and Cover Slope Treatment Concrete Slope Protection Semi-open Concrete Masonry Slope Protection Wire Mesh Slope Protection Slope Protection Anchors Dowel Bar Baskets Cement Concrete Pavement Joints PCC Pavement Isolation Joints Bridge Transverse Joint Seals for HMA Bridge Approach Slab Embankment Widening at Bridge End with Wing Wall Embankment Widening at Bridge End with Curtain Wall Embankment Widening at Bridge End with "L" Shaped Abutment Embankment Widening at Bridge End with Sidewalk Cement Concrete Pavement Repair Dowel Bar Retrofit for Cement Concrete Pavement Bridge Deck Transition for HMA Overlay HMA Overlay: Further Deck Preparation 8/7/07 10/5/07 10/5/07 8/31/07 11/8/07 11/8/07 6/16/11 10/12/07 8/11/09 6/2/11 8/11/09 2/7/12 6/2/11 11/17/08 9/22/09 11/17/08 11/17/08 10/14/09 6/2/11 11/8/07 8/31/07 2 Sheets
2 Sheets 2 Sheets
Section B
B-5.20-01 B-5.40-01 B-5.60-01 B-10.20-01 B-10.40-00 B-10.60-00 B-15.20-01 B-15.40-01 B-15.60-01 B-20.20-02 B-20.40-03 B-20.60-03 B-25.20-01 B-25.60-00 B-30.10-01 B-30.20-02 B-30.30-01 B-30.40-01 B-30.50-01 B-30.70-03 B-30.80-00 B-30.90-01
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Page 3
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
B-35.20-00 B-35.40-00 B-40.20-00 B-40.40-01 B-45.20-00 B-45.40-00 B-50.20-00 B-55.20-00 B-60.20-00 B-60.40-00 B-65.20-01 B-65.40-00 B-70.20-00 B-70.60-00 B-75.20-01 B-75.50-01 B-75.60-00 B-80.20-00 B-80.40-00 B-82.20-00 B-85.10-01 B-85.20-00 B-85.30-00 B-85.40-00 B-85.50-01 B-90.10-00 B-90.20-00 B-90.30-00 B-90.40-00 B-90.50-00 B-95.20-01 B-95.40-00
Grate Inlet Type 1 (Cast-In-Place) Grate Inlet Type 2 Welded Grates for Grate Inlet Frame and Dual Vaned Grates for Grate Inlet Drop Inlet Type 1 Drop Inlet Type 2 Grates for Drop Inlet Pipe Zone Bedding and Backfill Connection Details for Dissimilar Culvert Pipe Coupling Bands for Corrugated Metal Pipe Animal Underpass Equipment Underpass Beveled End Sections (for Culverts 30 Diameter or Less) Flared End Sections Headwalls for Culvert Pipe and Underpass Type 1 Safety Bars for Stepped Culvert Pipe or Pipe Arch Type 2 Safety Bars for Culvert Pipe or Pipe Arch (On Cross Road) Tapered End Section with Type 3 Safety Bars Tapered End Section with Type 4 Safety Bars (On Cross Road) Residential Storm Drain, Under Sidewalk Vertical Connection (for Sanitary Sewer Use) Side Sewer Connection (for Sanitary Sewer Use) Standing Side Sewer Connection (for Sanitary Sewer Use) 8 Inch Sewer Clean-Out (for Sanitary Sewer Use) Drop Connections (for Sanitary Sewer Use) Hydrant Setting Types A and B 2 Inch Blowoff Assembly Combination Air Release / Air Vacuum Valve Assembly Concrete Thrust Block Concrete Thrust Block for Convex Vertical Bends Median Barrier Drainage Installation Inlet Placement at Bridge End
6/8/06 6/8/06 6/1/06 6/16/10 6/1/06 6/1/06 6/1/06 6/1/06 6/8/06 6/1/06 4/26/12 6/1/06 6/1/06 6/1/06 6/10/08 6/10/08 6/8/06 6/8/06 6/1/06 6/1/06 6/10/08 6/1/06 6/1/06 6/8/06 6/10/08 6/8/06 6/8/06 6/8/06 6/8/06 6/8/06 2/3/09 6/8/06
2 Sheets
Section C
C-1 C-1a C-1b C-1c C-1d C-2 C-2a C-2b C-2c C-2d
Traffic Barrier
Beam Guardrail Types 1 ~ 4 (W-Beam) Beam Guardrail (Thrie Beam) Beam Guardrail Posts and Blocks Beam Guardrail Thrie Beam Guardrail Reducer Section Guardrail Placement (Cases 1, 2 & 3) Guardrail Placement (Cases 4, 5 & 6) Guardrail Placement (Cases 7 & 8) Guardrail Placement, Median Bull Nose (Cases 9A, 9B & 9C) Guardrail Placement (Cases 10A, 10B & 10C) 6/16/11 10/14/09 6/16/11 5/30/97 10/31/03 1/6/00 6/21/06 6/21/06 6/21/06 6/21/06 2 Sheets 2 Sheets
Page 4
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
C-2e C-2f C-2g C-2h C-2i C-2j C-2k C-2n C-2o C-2p C-3 C-3a C-3b C-3c C-4b C-4e C-4f C-6 C-6a C-6c C-6d C-6f C-7 C-7a C-8 C-8a C-8b C-8e C-8f C-10 C-16a C-16b C-20.10-00 C-20.14-02 C-20.15-01 C-20.18-01 C-20.19-01 C-20.40-03
Guardrail Placement (Cases 11A, 11B & 11C) Guardrail Placement, Weak Post Intersection Design (8' - 6" Max. Radius) (Cases 12AC, 12AD, 12BC & 12BD) Guardrail Placement, Weak Post Intersection Design (35' Max. Radius) (Cases 13AC, 13AD, 13BC & 13BD) Guardrail Placement (Case 14) Guardrail Placement (Case 15) Guardrail Placement (Cases 16, 17 & 18) Guardrail Placement 12 - 6 Span (Cases 19A & 19B) Guardrail Placement 18 - 9 Span (Case 20) Guardrail Placement 25 Span (Case 21) Guardrail Placement, Strong Post Intersection Design (Cases 22AC, 22AD, 22BC & 22BD) Beam Guardrail Transition Sections (Types 1, 1A, & 1B) Beam Guardrail Transition Sections (Types 2, 4, 5, & 6) Beam Guardrail Transition Sections (Types 10 ~ 15) Beam Guardrail Transition Sections (Types 16, 17, & 18) Beam Guardrail Flared Terminal Beam Guardrail Non-Flared Terminal Beam Guardrail Bull Nose Terminal Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 1 Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 2 Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 4 Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 5 Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 7 Beam Guardrail End Sections Thrie Beam End Sections Concrete Barrier Type 2 Concrete Barrier Type 4 and Transition Section Concrete Barrier Light Standard Section Precast Concrete Barrier Anchor ~ Type 3 (Permanent) Concrete Barrier Transition, Type 2 to Bridge F-Shape Box Culvert Guardrail Steel Post Traffic Barrier Shoulder Widening ~ for Shoulders 8.0' and Wider Traffic Barrier Shoulder Widening ~ for Shoulders Less Than 8.0' Wide Beam Guardrail Type 31 Beam Guardrail Type 31: Placement (Cases 1-31, 2-31, & 3-31) Beam Guardrail Type 31: Placement (Cases 4-31 & 5-31) Beam Guardrail Type 31 Placement (Cases 10A-31, 10B-31 and 10C-31) Beam Guardrail Type 31 Placement (Cases 11A-31, 11B-31 and 11C-31) Beam Guardrail Type 31: Placement ~ 12'-6", 18'-9", or 25'-0" Span
6/21/06 3/14/97 7/27/01 3/28/97 3/28/97 6/12/98 7/27/01 7/27/01 7/13/01 10/31/03 7/2/12 10/4/05 6/27/11 6/27/11 6/8/06 2/20/03 7/2/12 5/30/97 10/14/09 1/6/00 5/30/97 7/25/97 6/16/11 6/16/11 2/10/09 7/25/97 6/27/11 2/21/07 6/30/04 6/3/10 6/3/10 6/3/10 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12
2 Sheets
4 Sheets 2 Sheets
2 Sheets 2 Sheets
2 Sheets
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Page 5
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
C-20.42-03 C-20.45-01 C-22.14-02 C-22.16-03 C-22.40-02 C-22.45-00 C-23.60-02 C-24.10-00 C-25.18-03 C-25.20-05 C-25.22-04 C-25.26-02 C-25.80-02 C-40.14-02 C-40.16-02 C-40.18-02 C-70.10-00 C-75.10-00 C-75.20-00 C-75.30-00 C-80.10-00 C-80.20-00 C-80.30-00 C-80.40-00 C-80.50-00 C-85.10-00 C-85.11-00 C-85.14-00 C-85.15-00 C-85.16-00 C-85.18-00 C-85.20-00 C-90.10-00
Guardrail Placement Strong Post ~ Type 31 Intersection Design Beam Guardrail Type 31 - DS (W-Beam) Beam Guardrail Type 1 Buried Terminal Type 2 Beam Guardrail Type 31 Buried Terminal Type 2 Beam Guardrail Type 31: Non-Flared Terminal Beam Guardrail Type 31 Non-Flared Terminal Steel Posts (40 mph/Below) Beam Guardrail (Type 31) Anchor Type 10 Guardrail Connections to Bridge Rail or Concrete Barrier Beam Guardrail (Type 31) Transition Section Type 20 Beam Guardrail (Type 31) Transition Section Type 21 Beam Guardrail (Type 31) Transition Section Type 22 Beam Guardrail (Type 31) Transition Section Type 23 Beam Guardrail Type 31 to Beam Guardrail Type 1 Adapter Barrier Placement Cable to Thrie Beam Bull Nose Connection Barrier Placement ~ Cable to W-Beam Shielding for Redirectional Landform Barrier Placement ~ Cable Barrier Shielding for Redirectional Landform Single Slope Concrete Barrier (Pre-Cast) Single Slope Concrete Barrier (Pre-Cast)Transition Section Single Slope Concrete Barrier (Pre-Cast) Vertical Back Single Slope Concrete Barrier (Pre-Cast) Terminal Single Slope Concrete Barrier (Cast-in-Place) Dual Faced Single Slope Concrete Barrier (Cast-in-Place) Terminal Single Slope Concrete Barrier (Cast-in-Place) Trans. Section Single Slope Concrete Barrier (Cast-in-Place) Vertical Back Concrete Barrier Transition, Type 2 to Single Slope Single Slope Concrete Barrier Placement (Split) Single Slope Concrete Barrier Placement (Wrap) Single Slope Concrete Barrier Light Standard Foundation Single Slope Concrete Barrier (42") Light Standard Foundation Single Slope Concrete Barrier Sign Bridge Foundation Single Slope Concrete Barrier Transition for Monotube Support Single Slope Concrete Barrier Truss-Type Sign Foundation Impact Attenuator Inertial Barrier Configurations
7/2/12 7/2/12 6/16/11 4/18/12 6/16/10 6/16/11 6/21/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 7/2/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 4/18/12 6/16/11 6/16/11 6/16/11 6/16/11 6/16/11 7/3/08 2 Sheets 3 Sheets
3 Sheets
2 Sheets
Page 6
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
Section D
D-2.04-00 D-2.06-01 D-2.08-00 D-2.14-00 D-2.16-00
11/10/05 11/10/05 11/10/05 1/6/09 1/6/09 11/10/05 11/10/05 11/10/05 11/10/05 2 Sheets 2 Sheets 2 Sheets 2 Sheets 3 Sheets
D-2.60-00 D-2-62-00 D-2.64-01 D-2.66-00 D-2.68-00 D-2.80-00 D-2.82-00 D-2.84-00 D-2.86-00 D-2.88-00 D-2.92-00 D-3.09-00 D-3.10-00 D-3.11-01 D-3.15-01 D-3.16-01 D-3.17-01 D-4 D-6 D-10.10-01 D-10.15-01
11/10/05 11/10/05 1/6/09 11/10/05 11/10/05 11/10/05 11/10/05 11/10/05 11/10/05 11/10/05 11/10/05 5/17/12 6/16/10 3/15/12 5/17/12 5/17/12 5/17/12 12/11/98 6/19/98 12/2/08 12/2/08
2 Sheets
2 Sheets 2 Sheets
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Page 7
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
Reinforced Concrete Retaining Wall Type 3 and 3 SW Reinforced Concrete Retaining Wall Type 4 and 4 SW Reinforced Concrete Retaining Wall Type 5 Reinforced Concrete Retaining Wall Type 6 Reinforced Concrete Retaining Wall Type 7 Reinforced Concrete Retaining Wall Type 8
Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls
Section E
E-1 E-2 E-4 E-4a
Section F
F-10.12-02 F-10.16-00 F-10.18-00 F-10.40-02 F-10.42-00 F-10.62-01 F-10.64-02 F-30.10-01 F-40.12-01 F-40.14-01 F-40.15-01 F-40.16-01 F-45.10-01 F-80.10-02
2 Sheets
2 Sheets
Section G
2 Sheets 2 Sheets
Page 8
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
G-25.10-03 G-30.10-01 G-50.10-00 G-60.10-01 G-60.20-01 G-60.30-01 G-70.10-01 G-70.20-01 G-70.30-01 G-90.10-01 G-90.20-01 G-90.30-01 G-90.40-01 G-95.10-01 G-95.20-02 G-95.30-02
Steel Sign Support Foundation Details Sign Installation on Signal and Light Standards Sign Bracing Cantilever Sign Structure (Truss-Type) Cantilever Sign Structure (Truss-Type) Foundation Type 1 Cantilever Sign Structure (Truss-Type) Fdn., Types 2 & 3 Sign Bridge (Truss-Type) Sign Bridge (Truss-Type) Foundation Type1 Sign Bridge (Truss-Type) Foundation Types 2 & 3 Overhead Sign Bracing and Lighting Placement Overhead Sign Mounting (Monotube Structure) Overhead Sign Mounting (Truss Structure) Overhead Sign Lighting Details Maintenance Walkway for Sign Bridges Maintenance Walkway Mounting for Monotube Sign Bridge Maintenance Walkway Mounting for Truss-Type Sign Bridge
3/15/12 6/16/11 11/8/07 6/27/11 6/27/11 6/27/11 6/27/11 6/27/11 6/27/11 5/11/11 6/27/11 6/2/11 10/14/09 6/2/11 6/2/11 6/2/11
Section H
Section I
I-10.10-01 I-30.10-01 I-30.15-01 I-30.20-00 I-30.30-00 I-30.40-00 I-40.10-00 I-40.20-00 I-50.10-00 I-50.20-00 I-60.10-00 I-60.20-00 I-80.10-01
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Page 9
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
Section J
J-3 J-3b J-3c J-3d J-10 J-10.10-01 J-10.15-00 J-15.10-00 J-15.15-00 J-16b J-16c J-20.10-01 J-20.11-00 J-20.15-01 J-20.16-01 J-20.20-01 J-20.26-01 J-21.10-02 J-21.15-00 J-21.16-00 J-21.17-00 J-21.20-00 J-22.15-00 J-22.16-01 J-26.10-02 J-26.15-01 J-27.10-00 J-27.15-00 J-28.10-01 J-28.22-00 J-28.24-00 J-28.26-01 J-28.30-02 J-28.40-01 J-28.42-00 J-28.45-01 J-28.50-02 J-28.60-01 J-28.70-01 J-29.10-00 J-29.15-00 J-29.16-00 J-40.10-02 J-40.20-01 J-40.30-02 J-40.35-00
5 Sheets
2 Sheets 2 Sheets
2 Sheets
3 Sheets
2 Sheets 2 Sheets
2 Sheets
Page 10
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
J-40.36-00 J-40.37-00 J-40.38-00 J-50.10-00 J-50.11-00 J-50.12-00 J-50.15-00 J-50.20-00 J-50.25-00 J-50.30-00 J-60.05-00 J-60.13-00 J-60.14-00 J-75.10-01 J-75.20-00 J-75.30-01 J-75.40-00 J-75.45-00 J-90.10-01 J-90.20-01
Nema 4X Non-Adjustable Junction Box Nema 3R Adjustable Junction Box Surface Mounted Junction Box Type 1 Induction Loop Type 2 Induction Loop Type 3 Induction Loop Induction Loop Details Permanent Traffic Recorder Site Installations Weigh-In Motion Site Installation Permanent Traffic Recorder & Weigh-In Motion Details Typical Grounding Details Stainless Steel Channel Stainless Steel Channel Mounting Details on Column or Pole Signal Head Mounting Details Pole and Post Top Mountings Signal Head Mounting Details Mast Arm and Span Wire Mountings Miscellaneous Signal Details Overhead Sign Electrical Details (Monotube Structure) Overhead Sign Electrical Details (Truss Structure) Pull Box Cable Vault
6/3/10 6/3/10 6/16/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/16/11 6/16/10 6/16/10 5/11/11 2/10/09 5/11/11 10/14/09 10/14/09 6/27/11 6/27/11
2 Sheets
2 Sheets 2 Sheets
Section K
K-10.20-01 K-10.40-00 K-20.20-01 K-20.40-00 K-20.60-00 K-22.20-01 K-24.20-00 K-24.40-01 K-24.60-00 K-24.80-01 K-26.20-00 K-26.40-01 K-30.20-00 K-30.40-01 K-32.20-00 K-32.40-00 K-32.60-00 K-32.80-00 K-34.20-00 K-36.20-00 K-40.20-00
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Page 11
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
K-40.40-00 K-40.60-00 K-40.80-00 K-55.20-00 K-60.20-02 K-60.40-00 K-70.20-00 K-80.10-00 K-80.20-00 K-80.30-00 K-80.35-00 K-80.37-00
Shoulder Closure ~ Low Speed Roadway (40 MPH or Lower) Shoulder Closure ~ Short Duration Work Beyond the Shoulder Emergency ~ Passable Hazard Speed Zone, Supplemental Signing ~ Chip Seal Project Motorcycle, Supplemental Signing Temporary Channelization Class A Construction Signing Installation Type 3 Barricade Alternative Temporary Conc. Barrier (F-Shape) Temporary Conc. Barrier Anchoring Temporary Conc. Barrier Anchoring ~ Narrow
2/15/07 2/15/07 2/15/07 2/15/07 7/3/08 2/15/07 2/15/07 2/21/07 12/20/06 2/21/07 2/21/07 2/21/07
2 Sheets
Section L
L-10.10-02 L-20.10-02 L-30.10-01 L-40.10-02 L-40.15-01 L-40.20-02 L-70.10-01 L-70.20-01
Section M
M-1.20-02 M-1.40-02 M-1.60-02 M-1.80-03 M-2.20-02 M-3.10-03 M-3.20-02 M-3.30-03 M-3.40-03 M-3.50-02 M-5.10-02 M-7.50-01 M-9.50-01 M-9.60-01 M-11.10-01 M-15.10-01 M-17.10-02 M-20.10-02 M-20.20-01 M-20.30-02
Roadway Delineation
Ramp Channelization: Single Lane Ramp Channelization: Two Lane Ramp Channelization: Collector Distributor Road Ramp Channelization: Parallel On & Weaving Section Gore Area Marking Layouts Left Turn Channelization Left Turn Channelization: Reduced Tapers Left Turn Channelization: Tee Intersection and Back-to-back Turn Lanes Two-way Left-Turn and Median Channelization Double Left Turn Channelization Right Turn Channelization High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) Lane Symbol Layout Bicycle Lane Symbol Layout Shared - Use Path Markings Railroad Crossing Layout Crosswalk Layout Parking Space Layouts Longitudinal Marking Patterns Profiled and Embossed Plastic Lines Longitudinal Marking Supplement with Raised Pavement Markers (RPM's) 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 6/3/11 1/30/07 1/30/07 2/10/09 1/30/07 2/6/07 7/3/08 6/3/11 1/30/07 10/14/09
Page 12
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Contents
Plan No. Plan Title Publication Approval Date
M-20.40-02 M-20.50-02 M-24.20-01 M-24.40-01 M-24.50-00 M-24.60-03 M-40.10-02 M-40.20-00 M-40.30-00 M-40.40-00 M-40.50-00 M-40.60-00 M-60.10-01 M-60.20-02 M-65.10-02 M-80.10-01 M-80.20-00 M-80.30-00
Longitudinal Marking Supplement with RPM's ~ Turn Lanes Longitudinal Marking Substitution with RPM's Symbol Markings: Traffic Arrows for High Speed Roadways Symbol Markings: Traffic Arrows for Low Speed Roadways Roundabout Traffic Arrows Symbol Markings: Miscellaneous Guide Posts and Barrier Delineators Guide Post Placement: Interchanges Guide Post Placement: Grade Intersections Guide Post Placement: Horizontal Curves Guide Post Placement: Bridges Guide Post Placement: Miscellaneous Shoulder Rumble Strip Type 1, for Divided Highways Shoulder Rumble Strip, Types 2, 3, and 4, for Undivided Highways Center Line Rumble Strip Traffic Letter and Numeral Applications Traffic Letters and Numerals (High Speed Roadways) Traffic Letters and Numerals (Low Speed Roadways)
6/3/11 6/3/11 5/31/06 5/31/06 6/16/11 5/11/11 5/11/11 10/12/07 9/20/07 9/20/07 9/20/07 9/20/07 6/3/11 6/27/11 5/11/11 6/3/11 6/10/08 6/10/08
2 Sheets
3 Sheets 2 Sheets
2 Sheets
Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Effective August 6, 2012
Page 13
(.) (.)
J:
r
N UJ ..t::. U1
LINE DESIGNATION
..t::.
:iii
<X:
Ill
IN
<t
l>
LINE DESIGNATION
:>-:
Cl
I~
n
"'U
....... 0 .......
U1 N
~ N
LINE STATIONING HUNDRED FOOT INCREMENTS
U1
CUT TO BACK OF DITCH (2.2 FEET) DISTANCE FROM <t TO CATCH (BACK OF DITCH) (25. 7 FEET) SIDE SLOPE RATIO (4H:1V) BACK OF DITCH
LINE DESIGNATION
0)
C)
1--.~
CD
CONTROL POINT
~ A
0
.......
FRONT
ALIGNMENT STAKE
STAKE EVERY 100 FEET ON TANGENTS, EVERY 25 FEET ON CURVES
BACK
SLOPE STAKE
FRONT
BACK
@
"'Tl
OFFSET FROM SLOPE STAKE CATCH (10 FEET) FILL AT RP STAKE (1.2 FEET) CUT AT CATCH POINT (BACK OF DITCH) DISTANCE FROM <t TO CATCH POINT SIDE SLOPE RATIO (4H:1V) BACK OF DITCH
LINE DESIGNATION
(J)
ST
n N 11.0
OFFSET FROM SLOPE STAKE CATCH (7 FEET) CUT AT ST STAKE (2.9 FEET) DISTANCE FROM~ (27.6 FEET)
n
N
CUT AT CATCH POINT (2.2 FEET) DISTANCE FROM <t TO CATCH (BACK OF DITCH) (23.5 FEET) SIDE SLOPE RATIO (3H:1V) LINE STATIONING HUNDRED FOOT INCREMENTS
IO
0 ........
IN
""'
n
N
0)
CD
~ UJ
IN
~
U1
IN
{:
~ A
0
""'
N
-J
ll11
&
0
10'
.. .......
~ CD
N
.......
~
~
0)
1-
.......
IN
FRONT
SURVEY STAKES
FRONT BACK
DAYLIGHT (D/L) STAKE SLOPETREATMENT(ST)STAKE FOR CUT SECTIONS
BACK
08-07-07
DATE
"'Tl
(JJ
~ N
00
n
0
DITCH CUT TO BOTTOM OF DITCH (0.60 FEET) DISTANCE FROM CATCH POl NT TO BOTTOM OF DITCH (2.4 FEET) SIDE SLOPE RATIO (4H:1V)
A OJ
@
"'Tl
OFFSET TO CENTER OF BASE (10 FEET) FILL TO TOP OF CONCRETE BASE (1.1 FEET TO TOP OF FOUNDATION)
c :s:::
N
~
SLOPE RATIO (2H:1V) FILL TO SUBGRADE SHOULDER (2.25 FEET) SLOPE RATIO (4H:1V) DISTANCE FROM~ TO CATCH POINT (28.7 FEET)
N
I""'
..t::.
.......
U"1
"'"'Tl
I ..to.
PLAN SHEET NUMBER (4) STRUCTURE NOTE NUMBER (15) DITCH SECTION ALIGNMENT STATIONING
.......
"*
1-I
(JJ
'-... ..t::.
.......
00
'-...
n
fTl
.......
..t::.
-J
~
..!::>
-u
"'Tl
.......
0
"'N OJ
I~
z 0 z
+
I~
..t::.
FRONT
BACK
FRONT
BACK
@
n
.......
OJ
STRUCTURE NOTE REFERENCE PLAN SHEET NUMBER (6) STRUCTURE NOTE NUMBER (3) DRAINAGE ALIGNMENT STATIONING 25' INCREMENTS
0
"'Tl
OFFSET (3 FEET) FILL TO TOP AND BACK EDGE OF CURB (0.90 FEET)
OJ
N
LINE DESIGNATION
(/"1
~
0
1;:::
C>
I~
FILL TO FINISH GRADE (CURB ELEVATION) (0.73 FEET) r
"'Tl
en
I
(JJ
I~
en
OJ
..t::.
OJ
z
....... .......
"'Tl
(JJ
U"1
DISTANCE FROM
FRONT
STAKE FOR DRAINAGE SLOPE LATH FOR CURB SECTION
BACK
FRONT
BACK
....
08-07-07
DATE
1/32"
1;~7/1
SECTION OF GROOVE FOR 1/4" LETTERS
---j
r-
NOTES
3/64"
1. The Brass Disc will be furnished by the State. 2. The text in the shaded area (see TOP VIEW) shall be 3/16" high and will be stamped by WSDOT personnel prior to setting the cap. Only the assigned identification letters and numbers are to be placed on the Brass Disc. 3. The hole shall be 32" minimum in depth or 6" below the deepest recorded frost line. All loose material shall be removed from the bottom of the hole so that the concrete is placed on firm undisturbed earth. 4. The top of the concrete shall be troweled smooth and the Brass Disc set in the center with top flush and level. The top of the monument may be recessed or protruding, depending on conditions. 5. The Brass Disc shall be rotated so it can be read while the observer is facing north. 6. When the concrete is set, cover the entire monument with moist earth and leave for three days. 7. To replace a Public Land Survey System (PLSS) corner, consult a licensed Professional Land Surveyor (PLS).
1/8" DIAM. PUNCH MARK OR CHISELED "X" (TO BE PLACED AT ACTUAL POINT)
b
0
rl/4"
@?)
~~IJ~IJ~@[M [M~~~,f~
:-~~~[L~ ~~~@}~~
r~~~~~7/1
1/32"
---j
1/32"
p [MJCQ)~~
TYPE2
5/8"
10" MIN.
TYPE 1
TOP VIEW
BRASS DISC
INSTALL FERROUS MATERIAL SEGMENT - I.E., #4 IRON ROD OR EQUIVALENT, 6" LONG MIN.
I>
SECTION VIEW
12" MIN.
I>
3/4"
.. ..
___[ 1/8"
I>
I>
..
I>
SECTION
I>
I> . .. . I> ..
..
I> . ..
..
SIDE VIEW
14" MIN.
SECTION
SECTION VIEW
.....
10-05-07
DATE
GENERAL INSTALLATION
NOTES
3"
2"
I
1. Dimensions may vary according to manufacturer. 2. Base to be placed on a well compacted foundation. 3. Monument case to be installed by contractor.
CONCRETE BASE
1"1.
~
Co
f ~
8" DIAM. 9" DIAM.
-~-~ ~
11
4. See Standard Plan A-10.20 for Monument (brass disc} type to place in 2" O.D. galvanized pipe.
1
APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS
CASE COVER TOTAL 60 LBS 19 LBS 79 LBS
' .....
I.
.I
~f
....1 ....1
::::i
0::: w
0 0
SECTION
RISER RING
LL
_l__ 1"3116':
PLAN VIEW
1/4"
10" R.
.
3 7/8" R. 3 3/4" R.
SECTION OF LETTER
SECTION
t>
COVER
5 1/4" R.
C')
4 3/4" R.
t>
......
t> t>
CONCRETE BASE
SOI~J~
GROUT
:Z
----
t>
to
&>
N
'
I.
6"
.
1"
4" R.
SECTION
.I
ISOMETRIC
SECTION
------~S~~~TE~D~ES=IG~NE~NG~IN~E=ER~----
....
10-05-07
DATE
INSTALLATION
CASE
L
....1 ....1
NOTES 1. Slope treatment shall be constructed simultaneously with the roadway excavation. Hand trimming will not be required if satisfactory results are obtained with mechanical equipment.
ROADWAY EXCAVATION
::::i
0:::
LL
c c
z
2.
Slope treatment is used to provide a transition between the existing ground and the cut slope. The intended purpose is to eliminate the abrupt edge and give the area a more natural appearance. The dimensions shown are approximate and can vary to achieve this purpose.
~
TYPICAL SECTION
GROUND LINE
(H: V)
L = 10.0' D
L = 5.0' D
0
0.5' 0.5' 0.8' 1.0' 1.0' 1.0' 1.5'
---~
r=xts''NG
+3: 1 +4: 1
-- --
---~~
. 1:~t
CATCH POINT
+6: 1 1.5: 1
~
ROADWAY EXCAVATION
0 0
0.5' 0.8' 1.0' 1.0' 1.5'
2: 1
0
0.5' 0.5' 0.8' 1.0'
, . . . . - - - - - - - ' NOTE:
3: 1
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598
THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
0
0.5' 0.5' 0.8'
LEVEL -6: 1
0
0.5' 0.5' 0.8'
-4: 1 -3 : 1
fJ'I Washington
....
08-31-07
DATE
....1 ....1
Cl Cl
::::i
0::
11..
"I
-y
I
I
A
J
0
I
z
(.)
i=
1-
w w
0::
0.. 0..
~ I
I
SECTION
EXISTING SOIL
en
....1
~
\_
~
(
I I
I FOOTING
~
PLAN
EMBANKMENT SLOPE
'fZ':
\__ EXISTING SOIL
SECTION
10 GAGE 6" K 6" WIRE MESH REINFORCEMENT CENTERED IN CONCRETE. (SEE STD. SPEC. 9-07.7)
2 112"
ANDRA L.SALISBURY
CERTIFICATE NO. 000860
. - - - - - - - - - - ' NOTE: THIS PLAN fS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERfNG DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA 1E. THE ORIGINAL.. SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND
APPROVED FOR PUB/..JCA nON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPART-
FOOTING
TYPICAL SECTION
(SHOWN ON LOWER ROADWAY)
fll
.....
11-B-07
DATE
2-/
~ f!J .....
NOTES 1. The design and shape of the semi-open concrete masonry unit shown is only one example of the products that may be used. 2. The Curb Section shall be used only when the lower roadway cross section requires a curb.
.....
TOP OF ROADWAY
FOOTING
PLAN
2' - 6" OR DEPTH OF FOOTING PLUS LENGTH OF ONE MASONRY UNIT EDGE OF SHOULDER TOP OF ROADWAY
:J
0::
0 0
ISOMETRIC VIEW
u...
MASONRY UNIT EMBANKMENT SLOPE FOOTING
Co
' ....
TYPICAL SECTION
VOID (TYP.)
SECTION
0
2' - 6" OR DEPTH OF FOOTING PLUS LENGTH OF ONE MASONRY UNIT MATCH SIDEWALK CROSS SLOPE SIDEWALK 6' 0" MIN. (SEE CONTRACT)
,------_J
ANORA L.SALISBURY
CERTIFICATE NO. 000860
NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
I I I II I II II
r-r----r-..,.--r----,--,--,--r---,___j_
TOP OF ROADWAY
LI-~-L-L~2-3-~~8. ~...J_~~~I---r
MASONRY UNIT DETAIL
(SEE NOTE 1)
3 18 ' "
FOOTING
11-8-07
DATE
....1 ....1
MAXIMUM LENGTH OF TOP HORIZONTAL SUPPORT ROPE = B MAXIMUM ANCHOR SPACING =A (SEE NOTE 1) TO BE DETERMINED BY ENGINEER
Cl Cl
LlJ
::::i
0::
LlJ
LL.
4" GALVANIZED, WELDLESS STEEL RING WITH A MINIMUM SINGLE PULL WORKING LIMIT OF 10,000 LBS. (TYP.)- AT ALL ENDS OF HORIZONTAL SUPPORT ROPES
3/4" DIAM. 6x19 IWRC GALVANIZED WIRE ROPE WIRE ROPE CLIPS { 4" GALVANIZED, WELDLESS STEEL RING WITH A MINIMUM SINGLE PULL WORKING LIMIT OF 10,000 LBS. (TYP.)- AT ALL ENDS OF HORIZONTAL SUPPORT ROPES
.............. ....-
.~
.~
~---------------------------/-
.~
9 GAGE (MIN.) GALVANIZED LACING WIRE OR 11 GAGE HIGH TENSILE STEEL FASTENERS EVERY CELL ( ::::: 3" SPACING)
H
8 x10 TYPE DOUBLE TWISTED HEXAGONAL WIRE MESH FABRIC. (SEE NOTE 2)
_ L __ _ _
i i i i
i i i i i
i i i i i i
SLOPE PROTECTION ANCHOR - SEE STANDARD PLAN A-30.35. 3/4" DIAM. 6x19 IWRC GALVANIZED TOP HORIZONTAL SUPPORT ROPE
NOTES
Maximum anchor spacing (A) for debris and impact loads required as per table for a minimum allowable anchor capacity of 20,000 lbs. Systems subjected to snow loads may require narrower maximum spacing. Hexagonal mesh must meet minimum requirements of ASTM A975 for gabions. U-Section of wire rope clip must be applied to the dead end, and saddle of wire rope clip must be applied to the live end of the rope as shown.
0 0
SEAM
SEAM
A
50' 35' 20'
ELEVATION
SECTION VIEW
---j
I
I-I
- rI
MAXIMUM LENGTH - TOP HORIZONTAL SUPPORT ROPE (B) H 50' 100' 200' 300'
3" SPACING
THIMBLE (SEE NOTE 4) WIRE ROPE CLIP (TYP.) DEAD END (SEE NOTE 3)
SEAM
_j
fll
.....
06-16-11
DATE
GROUND LINE
....1 ....1
NOTES
3/4" DIAM. 6 X 19 IWRC GALVANIZED WIRE ROPE 3/4" DIAM. 6 X 19 IWRC GALVANIZED WIRE ROPE
0 0
SUGGESTED MINIMUM DEPTH MINIMUM ALLOWABLE ANCHOR CAPACITY SHALL BE 20,000 LBS.
::::i
0::
LL.
::;..: m
....
WIRE ROPE CLIP (TYP.) REINFORCED CONCRETE POST12" X 12" X 66", PLACE WIRE ROPE AT CENTER OF POST
REINFORCED CONCRETE POST 8" SQUARE OR 9" DIAM. x 60" MIN., PLACE WIRE ROPE AT CENTER OF POST CEMENTGROUT////
3/4" DIAM. 6 x 19 IWRC GALVANIZED WIRE ROPE WIRE ROPE CLIP (TYP.)
~ .!~ ~
MIN. /
,/ /~
FERRULE
TYPE 1
DEADMAN
(FOR USE IN SOIL)
TYPE4
3/4" WIRE ROPE
(FOR USE IN ROCK OR SOIL)
GROUND LINE
MANTA RAY@
..
#3 BAR (TYP.) - __) FOUR REQUIRED
TYPES
1-1--~+~-------___cc_:~-------j MIN.
I
14"
MECHANICAL ANCHOR
REINFORCED CONCRETE POST (TYP.) - 12" X 12" X 66", PLACE WIRE ROPE AT CENTER OF POST (FOR USE IN SOIL)
TYPE2
DEADMAN
(FOR USE IN SOIL)
HEX NUT STEEL BEARING PLATES 3/4" DIAM. 6 X 19 IWRC GALVANIZED WIRE ROPE FERRULE 3/4" DIAM. 6 X 19 IWRC GALVANIZED WIRE ROPE 3/4" DIAM. 6 x 19 IWRC GALVANIZED WIRE ROPE COUPLER HOLLOW CORE THREADED BAR SACRIFICIAL DRILL BIT CEMENT GROUT
A\. N0.8 GRADE 60 DEFORMED
THIMBLE
THIMBLE
CEMENT GROUT
TYPE3
DRILLABLE GROUTABLE
(FOR USE IN ROCK)
TYPES
DEFORMED STEEL THREADED BAR
(FOR USE IN ROCK)
-----,S::::TA::::TE:-:D::=ES::::IG""N-:::EN""G""INE=E:=-R- - -
...... VI
10-12-07
DATE
NOTES
1'- 0"
DOWEL BARS SPACED@ 1'- 0" ON CENTER, AT TRANSVERSE JOINT TOP SPACER BAR (TYP.) 0.362" DIAM. 2 PER ASSEMBLY (WELD TO LEG CHAIRS)
1'- 0"
1 1/2" (TYP.)
1. The "U" shape or "V'' shape are both acceptable. 2. Wire sizes shown are minimum required. 3. All wire intersections are to be welded.
1-
ow
0::::::!!:
.II
I II
DOWEL BAR-----....._ (TYP.)
lb
ow
....1
w 0::: :::!!:
4. 5. 6.
Basket must be firmly attached to existing or new base. Dowels and Tie Bars shall be held firmly in the above welded assembly. Do not clip Spreader Wires.
'
1- ~ ~D... Ow ...., 1-
au.. zo
....1(!)
1-(.)
::JO
oz
Ow
0
I
'
<( 0:::
1 II
I II
SPREADER WIRES (TYP.) - 0.117" DIAM. 3 PER ASSEMBLY (WELD TO TOP SPACER BARS)
II
BOTTOM SPACER BAR (TYP.) - 0.362" DIAM. 2 PER ASSEMBLY (WELD TO LEG CHAIRS)
au.. zo
Ow
....1(!)
1-(.)
::JO
~(.)
_....J
DOWEL BAR BASKET
PLAN VIEW "U" SHAPE ASSEMBLY SHOWN
WIRE LEG - - -
1'- 0"
TOP SPACER BARS SPREADER WIRE (TYP.)
Wcn :i!:cn
DETAIL
''V"SHAPE
~ ~ D...(.)
...... 1-
w w
~
:c
BASE
SECTION
1'- 6"
1 1/2" (TYP.) WELD ALTERNATE ENDS OF DOWEL BARS (TYP.)
1-
W(J)
zcn
D...-
> ~ <((.)
:I: 1-
:::!!: w w z
SECTION
fll
.....
08-11-09
DATE
....1 ....1
0 0
::::i
z a::
w
SAWED GROOVE WIDTH 3/16" MIN., 5/16" MAX . OVER MIDPOINT OF BAR SEE STD. SPEC. 5-05.3(8)8
SAWED GROOVE WIDTH 3/16" MIN., 5/16" MAX. OVER MIDPOINT OF BAR SEE STD. SPEC. 5-05.3(8)8
LL.
. Dt4
,.
z
0
/).
~ I>
b '
.
"'
. ,.
!!>.
"'
'
I>.,.
.
[>
3 N
~
I I
SECTION VIEW
SECTION VIEW
I - - I
I I
I - - I
I I I I
SAWED GROOVE WIDTH 3/16" MIN., 5/16" MAX. DEPTH 1" MIN. SEE STD. SPEC. 5-05.3(8)C
SAWED GROOVE WIDTH 3/16" MIN., 5/16" MAX. DEPTH 1" MIN. SEE STD. SPEC. 5-05.3(8)C
DOWEL BARS1 1/2" DIAM. x 18" LONG ON 12" CENTERS TYPICAL ALL LANES UNLESS NOTED IN THE PLANS
[.
[>
/!>
PCCP
/!>.
[>
/!>.
J[
/!>. /!> .
/!>.
/!>.
/!>.
15" HMA SHOULDER IF REQUIRED LONGITUDINAL JOINT (SEE SECTION VIEW} FINISH OUTER EDGE OF PCCP SHOULDER WITH 1/2" RADIUS SECTION VIEW
9"
SECTION VIEW
A
5" D/2- 1" HMA
'
#5 BAR- 18" LONG @ 12" SPACING
ELEVATION VIEW
SAWED GROOVE WIDTH 3/16" MIN., 5/16" MAX. DEPTH 1" MIN. SEE STD. SPEC. 5-04.3(12}8
"V
'
2'- 0"
3" TO 4"
.
t>. ,.
[>
[>
EXISTING PCCP
. i:>
/!>. /!>. /!>. /!>
HMA
A
15" 1.25
X
SECTION VIEW
ELEVATION VIEW
-----,s=rA=TE=-:D=E=SIG""N""EN:-c:Gc:ciN=EE"'"R---
..... fll
06-02-11
DATE
0 0
::::i
0:::
LL.
z
0
PAVEMENT JOINT
PAVEMENT JOINT
CONDITION A
CONDITION B
CONDITION C
(SHOULDER USE ONLY)
CONDITION D
CIRCULAR FRAME LESS THAN 4'- 0" 4' - 0" OR MORE TIE BAR# 5 BAR, 30" LONG SPACING 6" O.C. TIE BAR - # 5 BAR, 30" LONG SPACING = 6" O.C. CIRCULAR FRAME
RECTANGULAR FRAME
I
ISOLATION JOINT3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER FACE OF CURB :--...,
:
PAVEMENT JOINT ISOLATION JOINT3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER ISOLATION JOINT3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
'
USUAL TRACK
c__ JOINT
FACE OF CURB
CONDITION H NOTE
ALL CONDITIONS ARE SHOWN IN PLAN VIEW.
CONDITIONE
CONDITION F CONDITION G
ow
~~
__s;
CIRCULAR FRAME ISOLATION JOINT3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER CIRCULAR FRAME
08-11-09
DATE
CONDITION I
VI
.....
CONDITIONC
....1 ....1
CONDITION A
CONDITION B
CONDITION D
CONDITIONE
----~-----------+----------~----------+-----------~---------+----------~----------+-----------~--------~---------1-----------r----------1-----------r---------~-----------+----------~----
w u.
CONDITION I CONDITIONJ
0:::
~
z----~-----------+----------~----------+-----------~---------+----------~----------+-----------~--------~---------1----------~----------~
CONDITIONG
CONDITION H
'I
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
T- JOINT DETAIL TYPICAL ISOLATION JOINT GUIDELINES
CONDITION FEATURE EDGES, FLANGES OR LIPS IN THE PAVEMENT SECTION CONTINUOUS VERTICAL FACE THROUGH THE PAVEMENT SECTION DISTANCE FROM NEAREST TRANSVERSE JOINT ISOLATION JOINT3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER ISOLATION JOINT3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
0
A
CATCH BASIN OR COMBINATION GRATE CATCH BASIN OR COMBINATION GRATE CATCH BASIN OR COMBINATION GRATE GRATE INLET, CATCH BASIN OR CONCRETE INLET* GRATE INLET, CATCH BASIN OR CONCRETE INLET* GRATE INLET, CATCH BASIN OR CONCRETE INLET* MANHOLE OR CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 MANHOLE OR CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 MANHOLE OR CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 MANHOLE OR CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 USE
~
---------USE
USE
c
D E
USE
---------USE
USE
F
G H I J
*
USE
-----------
USE
USE
USE
fll
.....
08-11-09
DATE
SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 2
.------------1
___l_
J:
SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 2
1/4"1/8"
NEWHMA
1--
J:
a.
w
NEWHMA
1--
NEWHMA
a.
w
1--
J:
a.
w
NEWHMA
1--
J:
a.
w
0 I-
::>
(.)
(/)
0 I-
::>
(.)
(/)
0 I-
(.)
::>
0 I-
::>
(.)
(/)
(/)
EXISTING ROADWAY
M
' I> I>
EXISTING ROADWAY
b.
I>
EXISTING ROADWAY
I>
b.
EXISTING ROADWAY
DETAIL 1
1/2" JOINT SEAL
BRIDGE DECK WITH HMA OVERLAY
DETAIL 2
1/2" JOINT SEAL
BRIDGE DECK WITH CONCRETE OVERLAY
DETAIL 3
1/2" JOINT SEAL
BRIDGE DECK OR L TYPE ABUTMENT
DETAIL4
1/2" JOINT SEAL
L TYPE ABUTMENT WITH HEADER
SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 2
NOTES
NEWHMA
NEWHMA
NEWHMA
1. Use the 1/2" joint details for bridges with a length less than 100' and for bridges with L type abutments. Use the 1" joint details for other applications. Use DETAIL 8 on steel trusses and timber bridges with concrete deck panels. 2. Sawcut shall be filled with hot-poured compound in accordance with Standard Specification 9-04.2(1) and sealed in accordance with Standard Specification 5-05.3(8)8. 3. The contractor shall avoid sawing existing concrete. The construction tolerance to locate the saw cut is 1/4" (0 min. to 1/2" max.) from the existing concrete (DETAILs 1 and 5).
EXISTING BRIDGE DECK EXISTING BRIDGE 1> DECK EXISTING ROADWAY EXISTING ROADWAY EXISTING ROADWAY
DETAIL 5
1" JOINT SEAL
BRIDGE DECK WITH HMA OVERLAY
DETAIL 6
1" JOINT SEAL
BRIDGE DECK WITH CONCRETE OVERLAY
DETAIL 7
1" JOINT SEAL
BRIDGE DECK
SEE NOTE 2
NEWHMA
(/)
z w
w
0:::
EXISTING HMA
_____rt> t>
I>
1/4"
III
....1 ....1
t>
I>
iii
~
0
b.
EXISTING DECK PANEL
I> I> I>
b.
t>
I>
t>
DETAIL 8
1/2" JOINT SEAL
t>
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET
I>
.....
02-07-12
DATE
BRIDGE
....1 ....1
::::i
0::
LL.
Cl Cl
'I - --l
25'- 0"
NOTES
APPROACH SLAB
1. All edges of the approach slab shall have 1/2" radii except the longitudinal edge of the preceeding place~------. in
@)
2. Longitudinal joints shall be placed on lane lines and shall be constructed and sealed in accordance with
Standard Specification Section 5-05.3(8). Joints may be either a sawcut crack control joint or a construction joint. Sawcut joints shall terminate 1' - 0" before reaching edge of slab and must be saw cut as soon as possible after placement of concrete. (A) Approach slabs less than 40' wide -- no joint is required. (B) Approach slabs wider than 40' -- one or more joints are required to divide the slab into approximately 24' wide sections. 3. The minimum lap splice of#5 is 2'- 0". W#s is 2'- 6". W#6 is 3'- 0". And #8 is 3'- 3". All lap splices shall be stagged so that no more than 50% of rebar is spliced at the same location. Lap splices shall be #6. located within the middle half of the bridge approach slab. Optional splices are allowed for I AP41
CIJ 0::
::c
(.)
Cl
zw 01-z CIJW
c... = xo
w '
:eN
<(0::
ZCIJ
I I
~;
~(.)
11~--++-----1--- ;~
11 I I 11
~:
1Cl
::c
~@)
2 I AP5I'W#5
c... c...
<(
__ _l ___ _j ==1-~_l_
~g ~g
::c
<( 0::
c... c...
<(
-=~T=o=P:~,1------------=IA~P=4=1=X7~#_6~@~1'_-_o"_M_AX ~.II.
____ . BOTTOM: I AP3 I #5 @ 9" MAX.
2"UVP.J
TOP OF GRADE APPROACH SLAB SLEEVE WITH POLYSTYRENE OR PVC PIPE 1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
PLAN
SUBGRADE SAWCUT SHALL BE FILLED WITH HOT- POURED COMPONENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-04.2(1) AND SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 5-05.3(8)8
BRIDGE
ROADWAY
I AP4 I
#6
C\1 -o::
~__.
BOTTOM: I AP3 I #5
NU
0:::
C\1
CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE COMPACTED DEPTH OF 0.2' OR MATCH DEPTH OF ROADWAY SECTION
. . . . .
LONGITUDINAL SECTION
NEXT PLACEMENT
PRECEEDING PLACEMENT
BENDING DIAGRAM
~ll
tl
VARIES
I
:J
VARIES IAP41
9r:)_l_
I AP71
c
1,, 6'- 0" IAP8I
IAP21
w c
1-
w ~f
l_~ ABUTMENT
-I w
2'- 0" MIN. LAP
EDGE PRECEEDING PLACEMENT ONLY WITH 1/8" RADIUS
TOPOF
-I
~rrAP9I
(ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT)
fll
.....
06-02-11
DATE
BRIDGE
....1 ....1
::::i
0::
LL.
Cl Cl
SUPERSTRUCTURE
NOTE
PAINT THE METAL COMPONENTS OF THE APPROACH EXPANSION ANCHOR WITH ONE COAT OF INORGANIC ZINC PAINT CONFORMING TO EITHER STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-08.1(2)F OR BE GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AASHTO M 232.
Cl
ABUTMENT
SUPERSTRUCTURE
L - TYPE ABUTMENT
BRIDGE 1/4" X 2 1/2" SQUARE PLATE WITH 2 NUTS 10" MIN. EMBEDMENT
BRIDGE
co
3/4" DIAM. x 10' ANCHOR ROD FULLY THREADED OR THREADED TO 3" MIN. EACH END
I
3/4" DIAM. STOP TYPE COUPLER WI MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH OF 20,000 LBS
ANCHOR ROD SET W/ EPOXY RESIN TYPE IV MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF 3/4" DIAM. x 1'- 3 1/2" ANCHOR ROD STANDARD SPEC. SECTION 9-26 THREADED 3" MIN. ON END AWAY FROM ANCHOR HEAD 1" DIAM. X 1'- 0" LONG POLYETHYLENE OR PVC PIPE PAVEMENT SEATCOVER WITH ONE LAYER 15# ASPHALTIC BUILDING FELT EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE x FULL LENGTH OF JOINT BENEATH COMPRESSION SEAL
BRIDGE NORMAL TO ct_ OF SEAL ELASTOMETRIC COMPRESSION SEAL, SEE "COMPRESSION SEAL TABLE,"@ RIGHT TOP OF SLAB OR FACE OF CURB
BRIDGE APPROACH SLAB 3/4" x 4" SQUARE POLYSTYRENE (DRILLED AND CUT TO FIT ANCHOR HEAD)
1" DIAM. POLYETHYLENE OR PVC PIPE 1 5/8" INSTALLATION WIDTH FOR 2 1/2" COMPRESSION SEAL SIZE 3/4" DIAM. ANCHOR ROD
FULLY COMPRESSED SEAL HEIGHT, SEAL HEIGHT VARIES WITH MANUFACTURER, VERIFY PRIOR TO SLAB CONSTRUCTION
WRAP BLOCK 2 TIMES WITH DUCT TAPE 3/4" x 2 1/2" SQUARE PLATE WITH DRILLED 13/16" DIAM. HOLE IN CENTER 1" x 4" SQUARE POLYSTYRENE (DRILLED AND CUT TO FIT ANCHOR HEAD)
2 1/2
fll
.....
06-02-11
DATE
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 21 - SEE STANDARD PLAN C-25.20
9'- 0"
3'- 0"
PLAN
BACK OF BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION TYPE 1 -SEE STANDARD PLAN C-3 EDGE OF SHOULDER {CURB LINE) TAPERED BARRIER TOE
::::i
c c
z
PAVE~~~+ (
a::
LL
~
25' - 0" TAPER
3'- 0"
PLAN
3'- 0"
ELEVATION
EMBANKMENT TYPE 21 TRANSITION SHOWN BRIDGE TRAFFIC BARRIER
EMBANKMENT WIDENING AT BRIDGE END WITH WING WALL STANDARD PLAN A-50.10-00
WING WALL SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ISOMETRIC VIEW
fll
.....
11-17-08
DATE
WIRE ROPE LOOPS - SEE STANDARD PLAN C-8 \ EDGE OF SHOULDER \ I (CURB LINE) \
0
1 lr---.-~---------------------------r----------~------------~,~~~~,r-------~.-----~1111--------------~--------~------~IIII--~L
BARRIER TOE
ctl
'fl'
, -
aF---~b---------------~----------------~~1
11
11
"'"
EDGE OF PAVED EMBANKMENT WIDENING
...J ...J
:J
L.U
LL.
Cl Cl
L.U
CONCRETE BARRIER TRANSITION TYPE 2 TO BRIDGE F-SHAPE - SEE STD. PLAN C-8f
c:::
PLAN
WITH TYPE 2 UNRESTRAINED BARRIER
WIRE ROPE LOOPS -SEE STANDARD PLAN C-8 \ TYPE 3 BARRIER ANCHORS -SEE STANDARD PLAN C-8e I SEE NOTE / /
~
\
CONCRETE BARRIER TRANSITION TYPE 2 TO BRIDGE F-SHAPE - SEE STD. PLAN C-8f
NOTE:
OMIT BEVELED ENDS ON TOP OF BRIDGE TRAFFIC BARRIER WHEN CONNECTING TO CONCRETE BARRIERS.
PLAN
WITH ANCHORED BARRIER
SEE NOTE
-------(C~~-~LINE:_\ ___________ --
I /
~~1~'R"~~~D
ml
BRIDGE
TRAFFI~ BARRIER
ml
s.
L,
F----dlllllll______________--'~----------------'l'"===lll==l"l
I
"'"
EDGE OF EMBANKMENT WIDENING SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER (DUAL FACE)
1
EMBANKMENT WIDENING FOR BRIDGE END WITH WING WALL STANDARD PLAN A-50.10-00
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
PLAN
WITH SINGLE SLOPE BARRIER
...... fll
11-17-08
DATE
BRIDGE DECK
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 21 -SEE STANDARD PLAN C-25.20
....1 ....1
::::i
0::
LL.
c c
z
CURTAIN WALL
I
c
9'- 0"
PLAN
BACK OF PAVEMENT
SEAT~
3'- 0"
PRECAST GIRDER
ELEVATION
END PIER
CURTAIN WALL
EMBANKMENT WIDENING AT BRIDGE END WITH CURTAIN WALL STANDARD PLAN A-50.20-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ISOMETRIC VIEW
-----,s=rA=TE=-:D=E=SIG""N'""EN:-:-:Gc:ciN=EE"'"R___
..... fll
09-22-09
DATE
/
==
1
1=!: -
I
-
BACK OF PAVEMENT
~
SEAT~
r
_s-
BRIDGE DECK
WIRE ROPE LOOPS SEE STANDARD PLAN C-8 OMIT TAPERED BARRIER TOE
j
EXPANSION JOINT
I
L
ll~
r------------- - b,
i' ----------,
Ill
Il
CURTAIN WALL
Cl Cl
__. __. w
EDGE OF PAVED EMBANKMENT WIDENING PRECAST CONCRETE BARRIER TYPE 2 (UNRESTRAINED) CONCRETE BARRIER TRANSITION TYPE 2 TO BRIDGE F-SHAPE - SEE STD. PLAN C-8F
3'- 0"
:J
0::
LL.
10'- 0"
PLAN
WITH UNRESTRAINED BARRIER
vr
PLAN
r
..!_
BRIDGE DECK
1--.s-
EXPANSION JOINT
~ OMIT TAPERED
BARRIER TOE
Ill
CURTAIN WALL
3'- 0"
CONCRETE BARRIER TRANSITION TYPE 2 TO BRIDGE F-SHAPE - SEE STD. PLAN C-8F WITH ANCHORED BARRIER BACK OF PAVEMENT BRIDGE APPROACH SLAB ~
SEAT~
r
_sEXPANSION JOINT
BRIDGE DECK
,
C::
l~====~==~====~==~====nr=~~==========~~~~~-.--2-----~--~
7
~=---- ~:! ~ = ,
THREE #9 (EP:XY COATED) - SEE STD. PLAN C-14a /OMIT TAPERED BARRIER TOE
00
l~RS
'-'"
I ~~------------~----------~~,,~------~--~
?-
I~
r------------- --
:~~;~;~:~~::;~:::~::;:~:;;:~::.~;:::
3'- 0"
~ ~=-=--=-=--=-=-=--r======'IJ"===II===~ I
Ct>
Ill
!_..
CURTAIN WALL
10'- 0"
EMBANKMENT WIDENING AT BRIDGE END WITH CURTAIN WALL STANDARD PLAN A-50.20-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
PLAN
WITH ANCHORED BARRIER
..... VI
EXPANSION JOINT PIER WALL BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 21 - SEE STANDARD PLAN C-25.20 EDGE OF SHOULDER (CURB LINE)
y
TAPERED BARRIER TOE
BRIDGE DECK
----r-----T.o------_j \r------f----+-
...J ...J
RETAINING WALL OR CURTAIN WALL (OR ACCORDING TO PLANS) 23' - 0" TAPER
::::i
LL.
c c
9'- 0"
3'- 0"
PLAN
y
OMIT TAPERED BARRIER TOE
BRIDGE DECK
----r----T..,----------_j \ r - - - - - - f - - - - + -
I
c
-~~~4b==~F=======~
9'- 0"
3'- 0"
PLAN
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION TYPE 1 - SEE STANDARD PLAN C-3 BRIDGE TRAFFIC BARRIER
PRECAST GIRDER
~'"
ELEVATION
EMBANKMENT WIDENING AT BRIDGE END WITH L SHAPED ABUTMENT STANDARD PLAN A-50.30-00
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fll
.....
c_
~~------------~
~~-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\~~~~~~~~~ /
~;.-_.r-,._ ~=~,
111
~ BRIDGE DECK
\'Jr-----~-f----f-
THREE #9 (EPOXY COATED) BARS SEE STD. PLAN C-14a OMIT TAPERED BARRIER TOE
....1 ....1
Cl Cl
fi~%t;M~~i~?itfiiff~J~fg~:if~~~:1:J.2__~:======;=\=='
EDGE OF EMBANKMENT WIDENING
::::i
0::
LL.
b~~~~"'i~"""'"'~"""""'9
3'- 0"
PLAN
EXPANSION JOINT ~ PIER WALL
Cl
r
'J
BRIDGE DECK
c_
~~----~-------'~\~------~~~--+-
WIRE ROPE LOOPS - SEE DETAIL ~ STANDARD PLAN C-8 EDGE OF SHOULDER \ (CURB LINE)
""'
Ir
3' - 0"
PLAN
CONCRETE BARRIER TYPE 2 WIRE ROPE LOOPS OR EPOXY COATED BARS (TYP.)
END WALL
' ''=------''
EMBANKMENT WIDENING AT BRIDGE END WITH L SHAPED ABUTMENT STANDARD PLAN A-50.30-00
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ELEVATION
fll
.....
11-17-08
DATE
\
~ ,..--
BRIDGE SIDEWALK
'
""7"
....1 ....1
::::i
0::
LL.
c c
z
!!!!
PLAN
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER \
= .--co
;....
WITH GUARDRAIL
~ ,..--
BRIDGE DECK
'
\
b
~ ,..--
BRIDGE SIDEWALK
~
""7"
'
Co-t---r.:~:7:7~/.~'/:::-::;:7.~7:7~N7;K'/~M:-;:;;::~;~7;;77;;:7;;:'/::;::::-:;::-::;::7:;~_7;:;~7</:;::::::;~7.iV7;:.-7::::7:;:/_,::"/:::;~~i:;:.7~:~7;;~7:;:/::;;::-::~;;:::~~7~;;7:~~7;~7;~::-::;~~:::~:~~:;:7~;~7::;:7;;:/~:~::-:::~;:::~~7:~:7:;~;7;~fb= =========91p=====\_==B=RI=D=G=E~P~=E=D=ES=T==9RIAN
WIDENING 20' - 0" TAPER 3' - 0" VARIES -AS SHOWN IN PLANS
11
BARRIER
PLAN
WITH PEDESTRIAN RAILING
r
j
~~~~nn~~~~~~~nn~nm~~~~~nn~~~~~~~nn~ll
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I 11/11 I I I I I
I I
-,
'
fll
.....
11-17-08
DATE
....1 ....1
0
0
::::i
z a::
w
LL.
z
0
1-
w :::!:
~
w w
1(.) (.)
a:: z
z
1-
w :!: w
(.)
- - . .. .. .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ."'" . . ... . . .. - . . ..... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~---~~~-~--~-~-----~~.~-~-~-~.~.-.+.~.~~~-.-.-.~.~-~-~-~~~~~~~~~~~-.-.-.~.~.7.~.~.-.~.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~~-.-.~-~-~-~~~~~-~-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~: .. ..... .. . . ......... .. . . .... ... ... . . .... :: ::: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . .
~-:.:..:..:._ ..:. . .:. . -~--~: .:..:_:2.~-:~.:..._:_ ....;....:_,..:_:_
... ...
....
~
.. ..
___;,,
....:.....:.
........:....
. ..... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ::: .... .... :: .. . . ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ..:......;.... . . . .:~ -.:. :. :. :.: .:..:...:.. .:..:....... ~ .:....:...: .:....:...: -~ ...;....;... .. .:. . :. . ....:.....:..,. ~: ....:....:: -..:..:...:: ~..:..:..:... ...:....:... ..:. . .:. ,. ....:....:.. ....:....:.\...:....:.: .:..:....... ,_,._..:....:....: -~ -~ .. .:. . :. . ....:....:..... ~ :. . :.:. .:..:..:..:..:NOTE:S ...:....:... ...:........ ....:....:. ....:....:.. -...:..:..:.: ..:..:..:._: ;_;_..:....:....: .. . . . ...:.....:.... _. .:
PLAN VIEW
\_
PANEL REPLACEMENT
NEW TIE BARS 3' MAX. ON CENTER
. . . . . . . . . . . . .I. . .I.
1. Install tie bars along longitudinal joints between full panel replacement and existing cement concrete pavement. Tie bars are not installed between cement concrete pavement and hot mix asphalt shoulders. 2. Place polyethylene film (per AASHTO M171) or building paper along the longitudinal joint between partial panel replacement and existing panel. Place new dowel bars between existing dowel bars. Don't place any dowel bars closer than 1' - 0" from edge of concrete panel.
. :~~~z~::::: : -: : .
.
: . : : : : : : : : . ~- ...... =
... .JI
::: ..
3.
I I
I. I
I
"l" . . . ~.
.,.... .. J .
I I
.1. I
I
. I
.. 1 .... . .
----------:-~'"=.
1 - ---
a:: a::
. . EXISTING..-~ . CEMENT.. : CONCRETE . .. : PAVEMENT:
en
!Ilf...JZ
<Cw
.---
~~ oz 00 3:N w..z
. . . . . . . ... :- :: : : :- : .. : :: : :~:~ --
................. .--...:
-:... .:..._....:. ____
......l
.....
-0
A
- - - - - - - -
DRILL 1 3/4" MIN. TO 2" MAX. DIAM. x 9" LONG HOLE IN EXISTING CEMENT CONCRETE FOR NEW DOWEL BAR {TYP.)
--
SECTION
---'--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--.~~~....1----
PLAN VIEW
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
1'- 6"
NEW CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT- COMPLETE PANEL (DOWEL BARS NOT SHOWN)
3' MIN.
.. .I
EXISTING LONGITUDINAL JOINT .. EXISTING : : : 1 :- : -: . CEMENT -: : -:: : : .CONCRETE . : : .1 SEE STD. PLAN A-40.10 FOR LONGITUDINAL I JOINT DETAILS
b
I
. . . PAVEMENT. .I
..
...
I
I
. ..
. . . EXISTING . . . . . . . .
. . . ...I. .b
.,....
---~~~""':....:.:_...:.._;1
:
I . . .
1 - --- ~'"." .. .
..........
. . . .
. . . . ..........
. ~-:-:-:.....:.. ...:....:-~:~,...,.,...
. ..
. . ..
........ .
:<: :- .. . .- -- <) --
.
EPOXY COATED
DOWEL BAR (TYP.)
(/)
~ :~:
.:::::_::::::::::-::::::
.......... r ...
a:: a::
...J
. .
. . . ~--
.w/
~ ~
z
. . . . .
. . . . . I .. . . . . . I . . . . . . I .
..
. . . . . . . .
. . . . ... .
(/)
a:: a::
-- :-.:..: : : EXISTING :
oz
:s:u
00 :5: .,.... ~ LU z
LU LU
CEMENT. . . CONCRETE:
NEW PCCP
:PAVEMENT
. . . .
-":"
--
. l . . . . . 1 ..PAVEMENT . . . .1'. . I . I . .
.... '1 ....
...JZ
~~
--- --~
. EXISTING .
LULU
--- .....
~;
... . . ..... . .
. . . . . . . . . .,.._ . . . . ..
l.. --
....
- - - - - --
~- ~ ~~L:...,..-----------,-----l~ ~ ~-~ ~ .:..::.._~- ~:~ ~ ~..:. -~ J ~:~ :~ ~ ~:..:. ~ ~-~. _:_SAWED GROOVE (TYP.)
~
A
. . . . ...r...
:. :. :::.:.:
I . . .
--- -.-.
. . . . . . l. --- --
...
. . . . . . .
. .
~ A
--- --
L...---------r-----l.:.....:....:.....: _._ ._ .:......:..._-- ""'-....:.
I.
PLAN VIEW WITH TIE BARS
6' MIN.
.I
PLAN VIEW
~--- : - - - : - : - .
- ----------~----:---~:~:---:-.-::-:::-:T:::
NEW TIE BAR - #5 x 30" EPOXY COATED REINFORCING BAR DRILL 7/8" MIN. TO 1 1/8" MAX. DIAM. x 15" LONG HOLE IN EXISTING CEMENT CONCRETE FOR NEW TIE BAR
SECTION
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
....1 ....1
- - - - ------ROADWAY
It----------MEDIAN
::::i
0::
Cl Cl
______ s?
I I
w LL.
Cl
OR
P"
:5
w
P"
:5
Cl
w w
:5
1i) ~
w
DOWEL BAR (TYP.) - SEE PLACEMENT DETAIL, SHEET 2 EXISTING Z CEMENT CONCRETE ~ PAVEMENT 00
0
:5
:5
PLAN VIEW
1:::J
LANE
L
PLAN VIEW
L
PLAN VIEW
SECTION
INSIDE LANE OUTSIDE LANE
1'- 6"
1'- 6"
'7 . ~ . I>
17
I
1V ~
t
\7 '
~ '
I> I>
I>
I>
17
SECTION
0
LANE
LANE
I> I P'
. I .
V' . ~
DOWEL BAR RETROFIT FOR CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT STANDARD PLAN A-60.20-02
. I>
17 .
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS
I>
SECTION
fll
.....
06-02-11
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0::
LL.
Cl Cl
' '
9"
'
.. . . . . . .
Cl
DOWEL BAR
1/4" {TYP.)
EXPANSI~N j
. . . .
... ...
... .: .
:-:-:-:-r lT l:->. . . : .. . .
. . . . . . .... .. ....
::.:::: . ~. . . . .
:-:.:>:. .. . ....
. .. . _-
:. . .. . .. .: . ............. .':.:: .. ..
J
~~
PLAN VIEW
TOP OF PAVEMENT AFTER GRINDING {NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) TOP OF EXISTING CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT CENTER OF SAW
3/8" FOAM CORE BOARD DRILL 1 1/2" DIAM. HOLE - - FOR DOWEL BAR
[>
... . .
. . . .. . .. .
'
.. [> [>
::-::.-~oiu.s vA~IEs
... DEPENDING ON . . . SAW BLADE DIAM.
P'
17 .
'V.,.
.. [>
.. .
.: ...
"
'V . :
[>
DOWEL BAR
[>
17'
[>
'
17.
.. [> [>
-
'
17.:
.. .
'V . :
- [> [> '
[>
. t>
'. 17 .
'V .
'
t>
'Q',
11
'V . :
[>
'
17 .
[> [> [>
17 :
[>
' 17.' .
.
[>
17
17 . :
..
[>
17
~
.. t>.
v
DOWEL BAR EXPANSION CAP , . ' ' 17 . : . ' . {TYP .) t>. . : t> 'V : ' ' i .
l'"> "'. '
[>
'
I>
~ . ' CHAIR
. CAULKING FILLER
. "
'
'V.:
[>
6" MIN.
t>
I
[>
'
17 .
.. [>
II'
[>
'
[>
17 . :
.
[>
t>
'V.:
[>
yo,..
II'
'V.
t>
[>
[>
. ..... '
17.
'V . :
[> ' '
17.:
[>
SECTION
I- I- .
17 . '
(f)
'
[>
17 .
0::
~0
~ ~
_.
." t>
17W ll..
!z ' .
::::2: .. t>
17
,17
t>
v
.. . . ' u.
DOWEL BAR
[> '.
'V
'.Q w .'
'N
ll. 1-
ClQ t-U
w z
tcHAIR
[>
;:: c...'
'
:;c
17
'
t>
17 .
z w w w
::!:(f)
:;c
ll.
DOWEL BAR RETROFIT FOR CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT STANDARD PLAN A-60.20-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS
[>
[>
'
17 .
t>
.. [>
17
..
"' :
17
CHAIR DETAIL
CHAIR TO REST PARALLEL TO SURFACE
. t>
'V . :
'1;1
SECTION
fll
.....
06-02-11
DATE
NOTES 1. A typical bridge overlay will remove 0.07 feet of Asphaltic Concrete Pavement (ACP) and place 0.15 feet of new Hot Mixed Asphalt (HMA). Depth of removal and placement will vary for each bridge. Total depth of HMA on the bridge shall not exceed 0.25 feet, unless shown otherwise in the plans.
BRIDGE DECK BACK OF PAVEMENT SEAT 0.25' HMA - MAX DEPTH 0.2% MAX. FINAL GRADE TRANSITION SEE NOTE 3
2. If the existing depth of asphalt on the bridge deck is 0.25 feet, then the overlay will remove 0.15 feet of ACP and place 0.15 feet of new HMA. The existing bridge grade will remain unchanged.
FINAL ROADWAY GRADE EXISTING ROADWAY GRADE
lf LJl
11
SEE BRIDGE PLANS FOR JOINT DETAILS, OR STD. PLAN A-40.20, JOINT DETAIL 8.
3. FINAL GRADE TRANSITION: The maximum longitudinal taper slope to transition an increase in roadway grade to the new or existing bridge grade will be at most 1 inch rise to 40 feet run (1V:480H or flatter) (0.2% maximum). If several overlays are present, extended taper lengths shall be required to maintain the transition slope (1V:480H or flatter) (0.2% maximum). 4. If the ACP and membrane is to be removed from the bridge deck, see GSP 023106 for deck preparation before placing new membrane. 5. In accordance with Standard Specification 5-05.3(12), when pavement abuts bridges, the finished pavement parallel to centerline shall be uniform to a degree that no variations greater than 1/8-inch are present when tested with a 10-foot straightedge.
0.2% MAX. -
PLANED DEPTH
' . ". 4
[::>
~-~-=.:~.=-~:.=::.:::-.=::::::-.:::::.::.:::::::::.::.:::::::::-:.::::::;-:::;-:-;.;:.-:;.-=nn--,...
b
~
""
... - - -
[>
I>
..
[>
. "
""
..
I>
""
HMA PAVEMENT
I' " .
1" MIN. EXISTING ACP
7' . " .
ELEVATION VIEW
FOR HMA PAVEMENT, SEE STD. PLAN A-40.20, JOINT DETAIL 1. EXISTING 0.15' HMA W/ MEMBRANE EXISTING BRIDGE GRADE 0.2%MAX. _
PLANED DEPTH
4. '" . "
[7 ..
I>
""
..
t>
~
[>
"
..
""
I>
..
"
"
"
"
I " .
1" MIN. EXISTING ACP
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
0
HMA PAVEMENT
:"
fJ'I Washington
....
11-8-07
DATE
NOTES
::::i
0:::
LL
c c
z
L
--I-l---
1. If a zone has rebar section loss or full depth repairs, then the concrete deck repair in each zone shall achieve 3,000 PSI before progressing to the adjacent zone. 2. Remove all concrete 3/4" minimum clearance around all exposed reinforcement bars in accordance with Standard Specification 6-09.3(6).
DELAMINATION SECTION
0
1/2" DEEP SAWCUT (TYP.) TOP OF EXISTING BRIDGE DECK
EXISTING DELAMINATION
3. For tension zones of continuous structures, when a longitudinal reinforcement bar has greater than 20% section loss (or damage), remove concrete a minimum of 3' - 6" on each side of section loss and place 2 supplemental reinforcement bars, adjacent and parallel to the deficient bar, extending 3' - 0" beyond each side having 20% section loss. Mechanical splices may be used to facilitate placement of #4 reinforcement bars. 4. For typical rebar repairs, when the reinforcement has greater than 20% section loss (or damage), remove concrete a minimum of 2' - 6" on each side of section loss, and replace with new supplemental reinforcement, same diameter as original, adjacent and parallel to the deficient bar, extending 2' - 3" beyond each end of section having 20% section loss.
PLAN VIEW
FOR DELAMINATION AND FULL DEPTH REPAIR
TOP TRANSVERSE REINFORCEMENT (TYP.)
-+-----1--SUPPLEMENTAL TOP TRANSVERSE REBAR TRANSVERSE REBAR (TYP.) EXISTING DELAMINATION EXISTING DELAMINATION CONCRETE REMOVAL AREA SUPPLEMENTAL TOP LONGITUDAL REBAR
'
'
1
PLAN VIEW
1/2" DEEP SAWCUT (TYP.) EXISTING DELAMINATION TOP OF EXISTING BRIDGE DECK EXISTING DELAMINATION
PLAN VIEW
1/2" DEEP SAWCUT (TYP.) TOP OF EXISTING BRIDGE DECK TOP TRANSVERSE REINFORCEMENT (TYP.)
SECTION
SECTION
.....
08-31-07
DATE
NOTES
PIPE
ALLOWANCES
MAXIMUM INSIDE DIAMETER
PIPE MATERIAL
1. As acceptable alternatives to the rebar shown in the PRECAST BASE SECTION, fibers (placed according to the Standard Specifications), or wire mesh having a minimum area of 0.12 square inches per foot shall be used with the minimum required rebar shown in the ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION. Wire mesh shall not be placed in the knockouts. 2. The knockout diameter shall not be greater than 20". Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2.5" maximum. Provide a 1.5" minimum gap between the knockout wall and the outside of the pipe. After the pipe is installed, fill the gap with joint mortar in accordance with Standard Specification 9-04.3. 3. The maximum depth from the finished grade to the lowest pipe invert shall be 5'. 4. The frame and grate may be installed with the flange down, or integrally cast into the adjustment section with flange up. 5. The Precast Base Section may have a rounded floor, and the walls may be sloped at a rate of 1:24 or steeper. 6. The opening shall be measured at the top of the Precast Base Section. 7. All pickup holes shall be grouted full after the basin has been placed.
12"
CPSSP * (STD. SPEC. 9-05.20) SOLID WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(1)) PROFILE WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(2)) *CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE STORM SEWER PIPE
) 2", 4", 6", 12", OR 24"
12"
15"
15"
.....
06-16-11
DATE
NOTES PIPE ALLOWANCES 1. As acceptable alternatives to the rebar shown in the PRECAST BASE SECTION, fibers (placed according to the Standard Specifications), or wire mesh having a minimum area of 0.12 square inches per foot, shall be used with the minimum required rebar shown in the ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION. Wire mesh shall not be placed in the knockouts. 2. The knockout shall not be greater than 26", in any direction. Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2.5" maximum. Provide a 1.5" minimum gap between the knockout wall and the outside of the pipe. After the pipe is installed, fill the gap with joint mortar in accordance with Standard Specification 9-04.3. 3. The maximum depth from the finished grade to the lowest pipe invert shall be 5'. 4. The frame and grate may be installed with the flange down or integrally cast into the adjustment section with flange up. 5. The Precast Base Section may have a rounded floor, and the walls may be sloped at a rate of 1:24 or steeper. 6. The opening shall be measured at the top of the Precast Base Section. 7. All pickup holes shall be grouted full after the basin has been placed.
PIPE MATERIAL
18"
CPSSP * (STD. SPEC. 9-05.20) SOLID WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(1)) PROFILE WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(2))
18"
21"
21"
~" ~
RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION
#3 BAR HOOP
REDUCING SECTION
.....
06-16-11
DATE
NOTES 1. As acceptable alternatives to the rebar shown in the PRECAST BASE SECTION, fibers (placed according to the Standard Specifications), or wire mesh having a minimum area of 0.12 square inches per foot, shall be used with the minimum required rebar shown in the ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION. Wire mesh shall not be placed in the knockouts. FRAME AND VANED GRATE 2. The knockout diameter shall not be greater than 18". Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2.5" maximum. Provide a 1.5" minimum gap between the knockout wall and the outside of the pipe. After the pipe is installed, fill the gap with joint mortar in accordance with Standard Specification 9-04.3. 3. The maximum depth from the finished grade to the lowest pipe invert shall be 5'. 4. The frame and grate may be installed with the flange down, or integrally cast into the adjustment section with flange up.
~ ~
ONE #3 BAR FOR EACH 6" HEIGHT INCREMENT, SPACED EQUALLY
----=~
5. The Precast Base Section may have a rounded floor, and the walls may be sloped at a rate of 1:24 or steeper. 6. The opening shall be measured at the top of the Precast Base Section. 7. All pickup holes shall be grouted full after the basin has been placed.
#3 BAR HOOP
.....
06-16-11
DATE
NOTES 1. No steps are required when height is 4' or less. 2. The bottom of the precast catch basin may be sloped to facilitate cleaning.
m
:>-:
3. The rectangular frame and grate may be installed with the flange up or down. The frame may be cast into the adjustment section. 4. Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2.5" maximum. Provide a 1.5" minimum gap between the knockout wall and the outside of the pipe. After the pipe is installed, fill the gap with joint mortar in accordance with Standard Specification 9-04.3.
CATCH BASIN FRAME AND VANED GRATE OR MANHOLE RING AND COVER
(.)
w
1-
...
MIN. MIN. CATCH WALL BASE BASIN DIAMETER THICKNESS THICKNESS 48" 54" 60" 72" 4" 4.5" 5" 6" 8" 8" 10" 12" 6" 8" 8" 8" 12" 12" 12" 12"
MAXIMUM KNOCKOUT SIZE 36" 42" 48" 60" 72" 84" 96" 108"
MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN KNOCKOUTS 8" 8" 8" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12"
~ w
~
!:S
0::
'I> ...
.. .. .. .. .. .. ...
C>
..
.. :,; ....
: b'
..
MORTAR {TYP.)
84" 96"
STEPSORc LADDER
120" 144"
PIPE ALLOWANCES
PIPE MATERIAL WITH MAXIMUM INSIDE DIAMETER CATCH SOLID PROFILE ALL CPSSP CONCRETE BASIN METAL WALL WALL DIAMETER G) Pvc Pvc
REINFORCING STEEL {TYP.)
SEPARATE BASE
PRECAST
INTEGRAL BASE
PRECAST WITH RISER {48"- 72" ONLY)
.....
02-07-12
DATE
NOTES
1. The pipe supports and the flow restrictor shall be constructed of the same material and be anchored
at a maximum spacing of 36". Attach the pipe supports to the manhole with 5/8" stainless steel expansion bolts or embed the supports into the manhole wall 2".
REMOVABLE WATERTIGHT COUPLING
2. The vertical riser stem of the flow restrictor shall be the same diameter as the horizontal outlet
pipe with a minimum diameter of 8".
3. The flow restrictor shall be fabricated from one of the following materials:
PLATE WITH ORIFICE
ELBOW DETAIL
0.060" Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Drain Pipe 0.064" Corrugated Galvanized Steel Drain Pipe with Treatment 1 0.064" Corrugated Aluminized Steel Drain Pipe 0.060" Aluminum alloy flat sheet, in accordance with ASTM B 209, 5052 H32 or EPS High Density Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe
4. The frame and ladder or steps are to be offset so that: the shear gate is visible from the top; the climb-down space is clear of the riser and gate; the frame is clear of the curb.
5. The multi-orifice elbows may be located as shown, or all placed on one side of the riser to assure ladder
clearance. The size of the elbows and their placement shall be specified in the Contract. 6. Restrictor plate with orifice as specified in the Contract. The opening is to be cut round and smooth.
PLAN VIEW
ADJUSTABLE LOCK HOOK WITH LOCK SCREW 1" DIAM. ROD OR TUBING
7. The shear gate shall be made of aluminum alloy in accordance with ASTM B 26 and ASTM B 275,
designation ZG32A; or cast iron in accordance with ASTM A 48, Class 308. The lift handle shall be made of a similar metal to the gate (to prevent galvanic corrosion}, it may be of solid rod or hollow tubing, with adjustable hook as required. A neoprene rubber gasket is required between the riser mounting flange and the gate flange. Install the gate so that the level-line mark is level when the gate is closed. The mating surfaces of the lid and the body shall be machined for proper fit.
ATIACHMENT
SET OVERFLOW ELEVATION
~
~
All shear gate bolts shall be stainless steel. 8. The shear gate maximum opening shall be controlled by limited hinge movement, a stop tab, or some other device. 9. Alternative shear gate designs are acceptable if material specifications are met and flange bolt pattern matches.
TO PROVIDE DETENTION AS
SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT
----~---.,
STEPS OR LADDER
_____
LIFT HANDLE LIFT HANDLE PIPE SUPPORT 3" x 0.075" ALUMINUM OR 3" x 0.079" STEEL (SEE NOTE 1)
MAXIMUM OPENING MORTAR (TYP.) FLOW RESTRICTOR RESTRICTOR PLATE WITH ORIFICE (SEE NOTE 6}
---it:----+~
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
NOTES
6" MIN.
(.) (.)
J:
1. See Contract for size and location of all pipes and orifices. 2. Baffle wall shall have #4 Bar at 12" spacing each way.
:iii
<X:
Ill
:>-:
Cl
-0
5. Upper flow orifice plates and elbows shall be aluminum, aluminized steel or galvanized steel. Galvanized steel shall have Treatment 1.
ELBOW DETAIL
PLAN
MANHOLE RING AND COVER WITH LOCKING BOLTS, MARKED "DRAIN"
ACCESS - MANHOLE RING, COVER, AND ADJUSTMENT SECTIONS REMOVED FOR CLARITY
STEPS OR LADDER
CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 WITH BAFFLE TYPE FLOW RESTRICTOR STANDARD PLAN B-1 0.60-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET BOTTOM ORIFICE PLATE APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
A (72" MIN.)
SECTION
ISOMETRIC CUTAWAY
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
NOTES
MANHOLE RING AND COVER
1. Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2.5" maximum. 2. For pipe allowances, see Standard Plan B-1 0.20.
:>-:
..
.. .
48" 54"
6"
8" 8"
36"
42" 48"
60"
~~
~~
bb
' ' Co~
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ..
STEPS OR LADDER
.. .
. .. ...
.
24: 1
SLOPE
INTEGRAL BASE
PRECAST WITH RISER
.....
02-07-12
DATE
NOTES 1. Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2.5" maximum.
:>-:
..
~--~----~~~~----~~
. I> . ..
'()>. . . . . . .. t>
.. .. ..
I>
MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN KNOCKOUTS 8" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12"
5"
6" 8" 8" 10" 12"
... .,~ ..
.
~ ~
:b. ..
~
. ..
..
I>.
.. :
. I> .
. I>
'.
I>
"'' . .. .
. I>
I>
.
I>
. .. "'
.. . .
120" 144"
..
.
I)'
.. !> ...
l:l~
. ..
. .. . ..
."I> .. . ~ . ...
..
\)'
..
.
~ ". I>
..
.
.
.
..
'i>
'
. .
I>'
. '
.. ..
I>_ ... . t>'
I> ....
.I>'
~ ". t:>
STEPS OR LADDER
...
. t>'
'C> _...
..
.
. t>
..
.
.
24:1 SLOPE 12" MAX.
~
I>
.. .
". ....
.
I>
t:>
".I>.
.....
'"i:.
. . ... ~-:--:-==::::=::::.---l_
\)':
. t> ....
"O"RING
. :..:;Tfr~-~~. 4 . . ..
INTEGRAL BASE
PRECAST WITH RISER (60" and 72" ONLY)
.....
02-07-12
DATE
NOTES 1. Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2.5" maximum.
m
:>-:
2. For pipe allowances, see Standard Plan B-1 0.20. 3. No steps are required when height is 4' or less.
MANHOLE RING AND COVER
~
::2
~ z
..
:E
:
~ ...... ~
. .. .. to . ..
..
..
I>
.
: ,;-
I>
: 0, .....
DIAM .
..
..
I>
.. ... . .
.
I> ......
... .
:b. .
:c.. : ,;-
I>
MIN. MIN. WALL BASE THICKNESS THICKNESS 4" 4.5" 5" 6" 8" 8" 10" 12" 6" 8" 8" 8" 12" 12" 12" 12"
MAXIMUM KNOCKOUT SIZE 36" 42" 48" 60" 72" 84" 42" 108"
MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN KNOCKOUTS 8" 8" 8" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12"
:,; .
I> .....
.. .. .
..
.
..
.. .....
I>. ...
.. :c. . .. .
:b.
......
120" 144"
"O"RING
SEPARATE BASE
PRECAST
INTEGRAL BASE
PRECAST WITH RISER
......
02-07-12
DATE
NOTES
1. Precast concrete cone sections may be eccentric or concentric. 2. Seepage port orientation varies among manufacturers. 3. When necessary, knockouts on precast cone, drywall base and riser sections shall have a wall thickness of 1 1/2" minimum and 2" maximum.
CIRCULAR FRAME (RING) - SEE STANDARD PLAN B-30.70 TOE OF DRYWELL SLOPE I BOTTOM OF SWALE (TYP.)
....1 ....1
CIRCULAR GRATE- SEE STANDARD PLAN B-30.80 TOE OF SWALE SLOPE I BOTTOM OF SWALE (TYP.) ADJUSTMENT SECTION (TYP.) TOE OF SWALE SLOPE I BOTTOM OF SWALE GROUND LINE
L.U
::::i
0 0
cr::
L.U
LL.
UNDISTURBED SOIL
:>-:
Cil
!
0
:il
:Z
NATIVE BACKFILL
.... N
1~..::;-.-
1 I I I
:I:] I
ffi
ii:
GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRYWELL
_L _________
il:]
:I:]
I I
PLAN VIEW
--------
I I I
~:I
SEEPAGE PORT (TYP.) SEE NOTE 2
il:] : il:]
I
I I
I I
~~
I I
I I 1 LT--r--r-~~T--r--r-,I I I I II I I I
~~
FOUR 6" DIAM. DRAIN HOLES (TYP.) POSITIONED NOT TO INTERFERE WITH REINFORCING BARS
------~s=~~TE~D~ES~IG~N~EN~G=IN=EE~R------
...... fll
03-16-12
DATE
3. Connect inlet pipe to structure using precast hole or core drilled hole. 4. For depths over 16'- 2" use 72" x 8" Alternative Precast Footing .
....--------------"""""'l~Wf~gffft-1----t~-AniliiiTMFi;J:r---~ID'ff!im'ffr"" ~
\ ADJUSTMENT SECTION (TYP.) CONE SECTION
VARIES
5. When necessary, knockouts on precast cone, drywell base and riser sections shall have a wall thickness of 1 1/2" minimum and 2" maximum.
72"
....1 ....1
0 0
::::i
z c:::
w
LL.
z
0
1--~
:CY
I I I
~L
I I I I
iCY
I I I I I I I I I I I I
:CY
GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRYWELL
~:I
:CY
m
I ,
j
I I
~~
~:
~--T--,--
~._____I_ _________.I J
ALTERNATIVE PRECAST FOOTING DETAIL
FOUR 6" DIAM. DRAIN HOLES (TYP.) POSITIONED NOT TO INTERFERE WITH REINFORCING BARS
~-----r---------~
~--------------------~----~----~;--r--r
I I I I I I I I I
~~----- $
I
,
,
I I
I I
I
N
.....
12"
I.D. 48"
ALTERNATIVE FOOTING
PRECAST
INTEGRAL BASE
PRECAST WITH RISER
....
03-16-12
DATE
3.
For depths over 16'- 2" use 72" x 8" Alternative Precast Footing.
------------""""""'l~~m~~-~-----f~I""""Ji:n:il!iiTMFiN"T---~~~~"ffr" ~VARIES
\ ADJUSTMENT SECTION (TYP.) 72" CONE SECTION CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE
4. When necessary, knockouts on precast cone, drywell base and riser sections shall have a wall thickness of 1 1/2" minimum and 2" maximum.
....1 ....1
0 0
::::i
z c:::
w
LL.
z
0
:CY
I I I
~L
I I I I I
iCY
I I I I I I I I I I I I
:CY
GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRYWELL
I I I
~:I
~.____I_ _ _IJ
ALTERNATIVE PRECAST FOOTING DETAIL
~---r----------~
1/2"
:CY
m
I ,
1
I I
~~
~:
~--T--,---
~--------------------~----~---~--;--r--r I I I I I I I I I
~----- $
I
,
,
I I I
I I
I
N
.....
FOUR 6" DIAM. DRAIN HOLES (TYP.) POSITIONED NOT TO INTERFERE WITH REINFORCING BARS
12"
I.D. 48"
ALTERNATIVE FOOTING
PRECAST
INTEGRAL BASE
PRECAST WITH RISER
.....
NOTES
::: 5 112"
1" R. HOOD
1.
This inlet requires the precast catch basin unit to be rotated 90 degrees so that the narrow side is parallel to the curb line. When calculating offsets from curb to CL of the precast catch basin, please note that the CL of the grate is not the CL of the precast catch basin. See Section A The dimensions of the frame and hood may vary slightly among different manufacturers. The Frame may have cast features intended to support a debris guard. Hood units may be mounted inside or outside of the frame. The methods for fastening the safety bar I debris guard rod to the hood may vary. The hood may include casting lugs. The top of the hood may be cast with a pattern. Attach the hood to the frame with two 3/4" x 2" hex head bolts, nuts, and oversize washers. The washers shall have diameters adequate to ensure full bearing across the slots. Bolt-down capability is required on all frames, grates and covers, unless specified in the Contract. Provide two holes in the Frame that are vertically aligned with the grate slots. The frame shall accept the 5/8" x 11 NC x 2" allen head cap screw by being tapped, or other approved mechanism. The location of bolt-down holes varies among manufacturers. See BOLT-DOWN DETAIL, Standard Plan B-30.10. Only ductile iron Vaned Grates shall be used. See Standard Plans B-30.30 and B-30.40 for grate details. Refer to Standard Specification 9-05.15(2) for additional requirements. This plan is intended to show the installation details of a manufactured product. This plan is not intended to show the specific details necessary to fabricate the castings depicted in this drawing.
...J ...J
L.U
::::i
0 0
2.
a:::
L.U
LL.
3.
4.
SAFETY BAR I DEBRIS GUARD 518" MINIMUM DIAMETER STEEL ROD (SEE NOTE 2)
DETAIL SECTION
0
v.ct_
MATCH TOP OF HOOD TO TOP OF CURB (TYP.) HOOD GRATE-
5.
6.
-------
I" ,.
MIN. (TYP.)
. I.
I
20 114"
cu ~
1ft
1
!
r
!
__.--::;;::::::::::>--~AF~TY
---<>;:--\
----),
BAR
IDEBRIS GUARD
FRAME
SEE NOTE,
I I
:. \0)
;;
~
-
. ~ .~-~1
~
1-.. .
~ ~
~
a.
\ S E (TYP.) E NOTE<
SEE NOTE 2 (TYP.)
...
...
~ .....
CATCH BASIN TYPE 1
.....
.... N
j "T k
CATCH mE 1L
40~~~-lE-~;~E) I<~
3d.
.. . .
(cil
TOP VIEW
FRAME DETAIL
SECTION
ISOMETRIC VIEW
COMBINATION INLET
FRAME, HOOD, AND VANED GRATE
....
03-15-12
DATE
1. As acceptable alternatives to the rebar shown in the PRECAST BASE SECTION, fibers (placed according to the Standard Specifications), or wire mesh having a minimum area of 0.12 square inches per foot shall be used with the minimum required rebar shown in the ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION. Wire mesh shall not be placed in the knockouts. 2. The knockout diameter shall not be greater than 18". Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2.5" maximum. Provide a 1.5" minimum gap between the knockout wall and the outside of the pipe. After the pipe is installed, fill the gap with joint mortar in accordance with Standard Specification 9-04.3. 3. The maximum depth from the finished grade to the lowest pipe invert shall be 5'. 4. The frame and grate may be installed with the flange up or down. The frame may be cast into the adjustment section. 5. The Precast Base Section may have a rounded floor, and the walls may be sloped at a rate of 1:24 or steeper.
CPSSP * (STD. SPEC. 9-05.20) SOLID WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(1)) PROFILE WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(2))
16"
OR 12"
6. The opening shall be measured at the top of the precast base section. 7. All pickup holes shall be grouted full after the inlet has been placed.
ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR 6" HEIGHT TWO #3 BAR HOOPS FOR 12" HEIGHT
Lo
-=----!---Y
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
29 1/4"
NOTES 1. This frame is designed to accommodate 20" x 24" grates or covers as shown on Standard Plans B-30.20, B-30.30, B-30.40, and B-30.50. 2. Bolt-down capability is required on all frames, grates, and covers, unless specified otherwise in the Contract. Provide 2 holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. The frame shall accept the 5/8" - 11 NC x 2" Allen head cap screw by being tapped, or other approved mechanism. Location of bolt-down holes varies by manufacturer. 3. Refer to Standard Specification 9-05.15(2) for additional requirements.
co
'--
GRATE
LO
FRAME
I.
TOP
2 1/2"
.I
SECTION
DETAIL
0
FLANGE UPWARD
BOLT-DOWN DETAIL
SEE NOTE2
FRAME CAST INTO PRECAST ADJUSTMENT SECTION - SEE STANDARD PLAN B-30.90 FOR ADJUSTMENT SECTION DETAILS
24 1/4"
0
ISOMETRIC VIEW
SHOWING THE VARIATIONS
....
04126112
DATE
24"
3"
C\1
NOTES
w w w
I
b z
/-----------------------------,~---~1"-------------------------------
en
1. Bolt-down capability is required on all frames, grates, and covers, unless specified otherwise in the Contract. Provide 2 holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. The frame shall accept the 5/8" - 11 NC x 2" Allen head cap screw by being tapped, or other approved mechanism. Location of bolt-down holes varies by manufacturer. 2. Alternative reinforcing designs are acceptable in lieu of the rib design. 3. Refer to Standard Specification 9-05.15(2) for additional requirements.
a::
BOLT-DOWN SLOT- SEE DETAIL AND NOTE 1
2 1/2" DIAM.
' \..-----------,..I"
OLE
'
0 C\1
' '
_--
' '
5"
3 1/2"
~~~~~~
~ ~ ~
~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~
'-----------~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~/4"
5/8"
~~~~~~~~~
~
1 1/4"
TOP
SECTION
0
BOLT-DOWN SLOT DETAIL
SEE NOTE 1
SECTION
~L~
~
1 1/2" r3/4":
.
. I
i
.
or-
~j
SECTION
ISOMETRIC
....
04126112
DATE
NOTES 1. Bolt-down capability is required on all frames, grates, and covers, unless specified otherwise in the Contract. Provide 2 holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. The frame shall accept the 5/8" - 11 NC x 2" Allen head cap screw by being tapped, or other approved mechanism. Location of boltdown holes varies by manufacturer.
I~MOl.:!l
2. For frame details, see Standard Plan B-30.10. 3. Refer to Standard Specification 9-05.15(2) for additional requirements.
[e]
J
io
N
b
----,
'iii ::E
io
z ~ Cl z
0
LL
<(
io
=>
----,
~
1 1/4"
~
~
I~ FLOW
TOP
SECTION
. ~ l
24"
I
-
7 OR 8 EQUAL SPACES
DIRECTION OF FLOW
r-~
SECTION
ISOMETRIC
....
04126112
DATE
NOTES 1. Bolt-down capability is required on all frames, grates, and covers, unless specified otherwise in the Contract. Provide 2 holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. The frame shall accept the 5/8" - 11 NC x 2" Allen head cap screw by being tapped, or other approved mechanism. Location of bolt-down holes varies by manufacturer.
2. Refer to Standard Specification 9-05.15(2) for additional requirements. 3. For frame details, see Standard Plan B-30.1 0.
J
io
N
b
----,
w :::!!
io
0 LL -
=>
z ~ 0 z
<(
io
~
----,
1 1/4"
TOP
SECTION
0
BOLT-DOWN SLOT DETAIL
SEE NOTE 1
24"
I"
4 EQUAL SPACES
"II"
4 EQUAL SPACES
r-~
SECTION
ISOMETRIC
....
04126112
DATE
NOTES 1. Bolt-down capability is required on all frames, grates, and covers, unless specified otherwise in the Contract. Provide 2 holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. The frame shall accept the 5/8" - 11 NC x 2" Allen head cap screw by being tapped, or other approved mechanism. Location of bolt-down holes varies by manufacturer. 2. Refer to Standard Specification 9-05.15(2) for additional requirements. 3. For frame details, see Standard Plan B-30.10. 4. The thickness of the grate shall not exceed 1 5/8".
24"
~
1 1/4"
b N
~ <(
:::::>
z ~ 0 z
u..
TOP
ISOMETRIC
....
04126112
DATE
DRILL AND TAP 5/8"- 11NC HOLE FOR 1 1/2" x 5/8" STAINLESS STEEL SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (TYP.)
NOTES 1. The gasket and groove may be in the seat (frame) or in the underside of the cover. The gasket may be "T" shaped in section. The groove may be cast or machined. 2. Bolt-down capability is required on all frames, grates, and covers, unless specified otherwise in the Contract. Provide 3 holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. The frame shall accept the 5/8"- 1 NC x 2" Allen head cap screw by being tapped, or other approved mechanism. Location of bolt down holes varies by manufacturer. 3. For bolt-down manhole ring and covers that are not designated "Watertight," the neoprene gasket, groove, and washer are not required.
-------~ ~
1 3/8"
3 1/8"
1/2" (TYP.)
4. Washer shall be neoprene (Detaii"B"). 5. In lieu of blind pick notch for manhole covers, a single 1" pick hole is acceptable. Hole location and number of holes may vary by manufacturer. 6. Alternative reinforcing designs are acceptable in lieu of the rib design. 7. For clarity, the vertical scale of the Cover Section has been exaggerated, it is 1.5 times the horizontal scale (1H:1.5V).
RING PLAN
27 5/8"
BLIND PICK NOTCH 26 3/8"
DETAIL"A"
1..
= .....
~=+-----------+-
~~~1!_____2_:_:~_. ____~ 1
34 1/8"
RING SECTION
0
SEE DETAIL "A"
RING SECTION
0
SEE DETAIL "A"
TOP
TOP
1 7/16" 1)16"
Pl
1
COVER PLAN
SEE DETAIL "B" 1/2" (MIN.) SEE DETAIL "A" SEE DETAIL "A"
COVER PLAN
1/4" DOVETAIL GROOVE WITH NEOPRENE GASKET (SEE NOTES) BOLT-DOWN I WATERTIGHT
DETAIL "B"
COVER SECTION
(SEE NOTE 7)
STANDARD TYPE1
....
04126112
DATE
NOTES
1. For use with Circular Frames (rings) detailed in Standard Plan B-30. 70. 2. Slotted Manhole Covers are intended for use with Drywells only. See Standard Plans B-20.20 and B-20.60.
I/ !; /; !; I/ !;
( /10
I;
I I
/;
((
L:c---=--=--=----=--=--=---=--=--=------=-- -'"
r:::---=--=--=-
((
II II II II 11 I
11 11 11 11 11
(1
I I I I I
I I I I I
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
II
0
1l
I
I
~~~~~~--~~--~~~--~
ISOMETRIC VIEW
f
SECTION
0
CIRCULAR GRATE
~L-...J::....:~~~~~'-L--..1~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~L-...JL..:~~~~~~y ~
~~
SECTION
~~
~~
_....:_:=:_-=;,;ST;AT;E~DE~S~IGiNEi.N~GI;;;;NE'<'ER;;-----
Harold J. Peterfeso
06-08-06
DATE
Transportation
NOTE Ladder rungs for manholes and catch basins shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 199.
1:
20" X 24", 24" DIAM., 48" DIAM. OR 54" DIAM. HOLE 2"(TYP.) 12-;;-r-
12" MIN.
.I
J1]~~
I I II
LJ
~r
I I II
LJ
12"[1YP.)
l=====j
O"l
::!!:
-~
L-
STEP
't
__._I
: ____.____.__ L _ L _ L _
_l
2 1/2" MAX.
L l1"MIN.
PREFABRICATED LADDER
J~OR1T
20" X 24", 24" DIAM., 48" DIAM. OR 54" DIAM. HOLE 2" (TYP.)
I ......___.____._
24" MIN.
r
_l
l1"MIN. 2 1/2" MAX.
I
ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR 6" TWO #3 BAR HOOPS FOR 12"
As an acceptable alternative to rebar, wire mesh having a minimum area of 0.12 square inches per foot may be used for adjustment sections.
_L_
=co~r-__._---r-:----,---: ____.___._--.-----h .~
1Ir-_l_
2" (TYP.)
oi U
.....
09-20-07
DATE
~:-=-:~1
I I I
NOTES
54"
1. The Steel Angles shall be set so that each bearing bar of prefabricated grate shall have full bearing on both ends. The finished top of concrete shall be even with the grate surface.
42"
I I I I I I I I
_____!
--------
2. All exposed concrete shall be finished with a 1/2" radius. 3. The grade line of the top inside of any pipe shall enter no lower than the grade line of the top inside of the outlet pipe. 4. Pipes may enter through the knockouts on any side at any reasonable angle, provided the outside of the pipe can be contained between two opposite walls.
1/
1/2" 1t 4" STUDS OR 5 1/2" )( 1 1/2" )( 1/4" STEEL ANCHORS (3 BOTH ENDS)
to
------- -
v
H
0..:
f...
~ ..... .....
N
6" 3"
5. See contract for type of grate specified. See Standard Plan B-40.20 and B-40.40 for grate details.
t_
to
--------
_...J
47 1/4"
t
1 318" ..
3 318".1
~~
1/2" 1t 4" STUDS OR 5 1/2" )( 1 1/2" )( 1/4" STEEL ANCHORS (3 BOTH ENDS)
TOP VIEW
I_T I I I I I I I I I I
_____________ _
DETAIL
SECTION
LJ
N .....
I
----------+-~~--~w
Ill <(
....1
it:
7/
~,
''
SILTING BASIN
SIDE VIEW
ISOMETRIC VIEW
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
---.------ c I I I I I
\ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - _j
-~-----------------------
II I I I
c _ , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -, -
UNIT"H"
f-- __ 1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I
1
-,-' 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I I
I
1
---.----- c I I I I
I
-~------------
-,-- '
1
~---1
fI I
I
1
I
1
1 1 1, - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ I I I I I I __ L - - - - - - - - - - - - _ j - I I I I
I I I I
-1
I I
~- ~--------------+---I
L
~ ::!!:
lo
b
4"MIN.
I I
H--
I I
I I
I I I
----H
c.:
w
::!!:
~
26" 2
lo
b
....1
::c
ll)
::::>
~
a.
(.)
TOP VIEW
54"
---.------ cI I I I _ _,_,1
I
0:::
37"
-~------------
-,--'
1 1
1 1
1 r------------~
I I I I I I f- __ L - - - - - - - - - - - - _ j - -
I I I I
H--
-1
I
----H
SECTION
SECTION
w
MIN.
PIPE ALLOWANCES
MAXIMUM INSIDE DIAMETER
PIPE MATERIAL
11
REINFORCED OR PLAIN CONCRETE ALL METAL PIPE CPSSP * (STD. SPEC. 9-05.20)
SOLID WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(1)) PROFILE WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(2))
SECTION
SECTION
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
54"
54"
42"
(-------------------- ---,-+-11---rn----'----,l
.r-+----------------------,_-h
ll~
I
1 1 1
NOTES
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
The Steel Angles shall be set so that each bearing bar of prefabricated grate shall have full bearing on both ends. The finished top of concrete shall be even with the grate surface. Top of inlet grate shall be placed at ground level to present an unobstructed ditch or median section . All exposed concrete edges shall be finished with a 1/2" radius. Pipes may enter through the knockouts on any side at any reasonable angle, provided the outside of the pipe can be contained between two opposite walls. The flow line of the outlet pipe shall be 18" minimum above the inside bottom of the inlet structure. The grade line of the top inside of any inlet pipe shall enter no lower than the grade line of the top inside of the outlet pipe. Unit "H" and optional extension units "J" and "K" shall be grouted in place to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All pickup holes shall be grouted full after the basin has been placed. See contract for type of grate specified. See Standard Plan B-40.20 and B-40.40 for grate details.
6 1/4" GRATE
I
!
I
l-1--------------------' ----+./
~~
~ I~
rnl
L i
STEEL ANGLES
I
!
114"x51~"x11~.~~L /j ~
I
(3 BOTH ENDS)
~
t
471/4"
~~~~~
00
I
~D ----'\V"
\. ________________________
jJ
_...J
~
5"
5"
3 3/B".
~ ~
~~
UNIT "H"
SECTION
2 1/2"
UNIT "J"
....-
I
1-
SECTION
UNIT "H"
----6
7"
SECTION
UNIT "K" BENDING DIAGRAM (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT) SIZE LENGTH DESCRIPTION
6"
3"
SECTION
UNIT "H"
BAR LIST MARK LOCATION BOTTOM SLAB AND SIDE WALL BOTTOM SLAB AND SIDE WALL BOTTOM SLAB AND SIDE WALL BOTTOM SLAB AND SIDE WALL WALL SIDE WALL UNIT H UNIT J UNIT K UNIT K SIDE WALL BOTTOM SLAB AND SIDE WALL BOTTOM SLAB AND SIDE WALL SIDE WALL QTY.
CD
CD
3
2 2 2 4
@ @
STRAIGHT HOOP HOOP HOOP HOOP HOOP STRAIGHT STRAIGHT
~ .--
~~ .-- .--
10"
7'- 2"
2'- 9" 9'- 1" 14'- 6"
888@
(j)
4'-2" 4'- 2" @4'-1" @4'-2"
CD 2- 9"
4'-2" @4'-2" @4'-2" @2'-9"
;;7:~
GRATE
3
2 2
(j)
14'- 2" 14'- 2" 14'- 2" 0'- 9" 2'- 8"
~
5 1/2" )( 1 1/2" )( 1/4" STEEL ANGLES (3 BOTH ENDS)
@)
@ @ @
3
4 8 4
7'- 5"
6'- 0" 14'- 6"
HOOP
3
4
----r ~~~~
ad..
I.
4"1~ _l_
~
eo m
(j)
DETAIL0
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
46 3/4"
46 3/4"
1 3/8"
1 3/8"
1 3/8"
I I
I I I I
> .....
(')
I I
(> /
1 318"
3 1/2"
><
\ : E (BOTH Sl
Ill
CJ) CJ)
(..)
(..)
<1:
D..
~ .....
N
CJ)
"""
<1: :::>
...J
~ .....
N
CJ)
ct
===::!
3 1/2" )( 3/4" STEEL PLATES
__j
"""
1-
z w
0 w w
<1: :::>
...J
>
u:::
TOP
END
~~
====
TOP
CROSS BARS - 318" ROUND, OR RECTANGULAR OR HEXAGONAL BAR OF EQUIVALENT AREA.
END
SIDE
SIDE
GRATE "A"
(APPROXIMATE WEIGHT 215 LBS)
GRATE "B"
(APPROXIMATE WEIGHT 215 LBS)
ISOMETRIC
ISOMETRIC
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
NOTES 1. The Contract may specify a rotated inlet installation. Orient the Grates in the Frame so they intercept flow. 2. When bolt-down grates are specified in the Contract, provide two slots in the grate that are centered with the holes in the frame. Location of bolt-down slots varies among different manufacturers. 3. 4. Refer to Standard Specification 9-05.15(2) for additional requirements. Frame and Grates shall be Ductile Iron.
Lo
__l_
c:::i
t t
(-t)
GRATE
GRATE
FRAME
SECTION
21"
SLOT
~j
.,....
I"
"I
GRATE
HOLE
BOLT-DOWN DETAILS
SEE NOTE 2
r-~
SECTION
0 .....,
0 .....,
NORMAL INSTALLATION
1 1/2"
1-
J
0'
SECTION
.......
~-HOLE
I
TOP
0
FRAME AND DUAL VANED GRATES FOR GRATE INLET STANDARD PLAN B-40.40-01
ROTATED INSTALLATION SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
~-
46 3/4"
1---1_ _ _ _
42_1/4"
---------~'
t!
FRAME
ISOMETRIC VIEWS
SEE NOTE 1
SECTION
fll
.....
06-16-10
DATE
SEE CONTRACT FOR BACKSLOPE DETAILS TYPE 3 GRATE SHOWN DITCH LINE
NOTES
1. The top of the inlet shall be placed at ground level to present an unobstructed ditch or median section. 2. Bevel or round exposed concrete edges 1/2".
3. Pipes may enter through the knockouts at any reasonable angle provided
the outside of the pipe can be contained within the knockout provided. 4. The grade line of the lowest inlet pipe shall enter the structure at an elevation equal to or higher than the grade line of the outlet pipe.
5. All pickup holes shall be grouted full after the inlet has been placed.
SECTION ON DITCH LINE
6.
The steel angles shall be set so that each bearing bar of the grate shall have full seating on both ends. The finished top of concrete shall be even with the grate surface. For grates, see Standard Plan B-50-20.
the manufacturer.
8. The inside wall taper for form removal shall not result in any wall section
thinner than 6" except in pipe knockout areas.
+
!
cc
il
-1111
_,
_,
_,
;-__~DITCH
-
:
I
I
-
('")
1
""
1 -TACKWELD~3 TO ANGLE
--~
Jill
""
1/2" DIAM. x 4" STEEL STUD PLACE ALONG SUPPORT AS SHOWN FOR ANGLES 1/4 ANCHOR STUD OPTION
\I
c"
c"
c"
END
END
PLAN
::::: 42"
6" MIN.
II
II
LJ
2" MIN.
SECTION
SECTION
0
ISOMETRIC
(SHOWN WITH TYPE 1 GRATE)
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
10'- 0"
NOTES
I
C" C" C"
I
~-
I' II II
~-
~-
'I
1111
c'
c'
c'
1. The top of the inlet shall be placed at ground level to present an unobstructed ditch or median section. 2. Bevel or round exposed concrete edges 1/2". Pipes may enter through the knockouts at any reasonable angle provided the outside of the pipe can be contained within the knockout provided.
r--
i
!
I
-
't.:ITCH
- -
3.
M
I
'~ '~ '~
4. The grade line of the lowest inlet pipe shall enter the structure at an elevation equal to or higher than the grade line of the outlet pipe.
,1111
II II II
5. All pickup holes shall be grouted full after the inlet has been placed.
c" c" c"
""
""
""
4
PLAN
"
6. The steel angles shall be set so that each bearing bar of the grate shall have full seating on both ends. The finished top of concrete shall be even with the grate surface. For grates, see Standard Plan B-50.20. 7. The amount, type, and grade of reinforcing steel is the responsibility of the manufacturer.
GRATE SUPPORT (TYP.) -SEE DETAIL
8. The inside wall taper for form removal shall not result in any wall section thinner than 6" except in pipe knockout areas. 9. Precast inlets shall be marked with the manufacturer's identification on the inside of the structure in some readily accessible location.
2" MIN.
30"
36" 18"
12" 1/4 ,-1.:.:.../4-'---++-< TYP.
SECTION
SECTION
TOP
4" X 3" X 1/2" X 35 1/4" STEEL ANGLE 4" X 3" X 3/8" STEEL PLATE
TOANGLE : -TACKWELD~3
1/2" DIAM. x 4" STEEL STUD PLACE ALONG SUPPORT AS SHOWN FOR ANGLES 1/4 ANCHOR STUD OPTION
---
END
END
ISOMETRIC
(SHOWN WITH TYPE 2 GRATE)
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
~ c=~~=,=.~)~~==C=)~~==C=)~~=c=~,=.~~=c_=~)~~==~=-)-~-~-~
OPTIONAL 1" MAX. VENT HOLES~ ON BOTTOM FOR GALVANIZING :
~
I
3 1/2" X 1/2" X 34 1/2" STEEL PLATE (TYP.) \ :::!!:
~
~
AX. OPTIONAL1" M
.....
(;
-
C>
(=)
STEELPLATE~.) \~==c~t)======C=)======C=)============C_=~)======ct~)==~
I I
3 1/2" i
3 1/2"
TYPE3
3 1/2" X 3 1/2" X 5/16" X 33 1/4" STRUCTURAL TUBING (TYP.)
I
1 ..
.I
TYP.
I I I
I I I
TYPE2
3 1/2" X 1/2" X 33 1/4" STEEL PLATE (TYP.}
,+,
~r)
,_,
,~,
,_,
,~,
,+, \r)
SECTION
5 1/4"
5 1/4"
TYPE 1
3 1/2" X 3 1/2" X 5/16" X 33 1/4" STRUCTURAL TUBING (TYP.) GRIND TOP AND BOTTOM FLUSH AFTER WELDING
TYP.
SECTION
0
GRATES FOR DROP INLET STANDARD PLAN B-50.20-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
TYP.
SECTION
0
ISOMETRICS
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
NOTES
1. See Standard Specifications Section 7-08.3(3) for Pipe Zone Backfill. See Standard Specifications Section 9-03.12(3) for Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding. See Standard Specifications Section 2-09.4 for Measurement of Trench Width. For sanitary sewer installation, concrete pipe shall be bedded to spring line.
2.
w 0
3. 4.
a:
w c..
I~
PIPE ZONE BACKFILL (SEE NOTE 1)
~I
Co
0
ci
CJ)
w 1:2
GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE BEDDING (SEE NOTE 2) FOUNDATION LEVEL~
Ill CXl
a:
15% RISE
c..
2 w
a:
c..
Co
PIPE ARCHES
I.
PIPE ZONE BACKFILL (SEE NOTE 1) GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE BEDDING (SEE NOTE 2)
-I
0
0 0
ci ci
~
Ill
a:
w c..
FOUNDATION LEVEL
l_
METAL PIPE
Co
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
NOTES
I"
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE COLLAR
1. The Concrete Collar width shall be one half of the outside pipe diameter of the largest pipe. The minimum Concrete Collar width shall be 12". Concrete Collars may be used with all pipe materials and diameters. The Concrete Collar option shall only be used to extend existing pipes. 2. Steel Welded Wire Fabric shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 9-07.7. Install two wraps for size 6 )( 6 W1.4 )( W1.4 (10 Gage} Steel Welded Wire Fabric or one wrap for any of the following sizes: 6 )( 6 W2.1 )( W2.1 (8 Gage} 6 )( 6 W2.9 )( W2.9 (6 Gage} 4 )( 4 W2.9 )( W2.9 (6 Gage} 4 )( 4 W4.0 )( W4.0 (4 Gage} 3. When a Coupling Band connection requires attachment to the bell end of a concrete pipe, the bell end of the pipe shall be removed before the connection is installed. 4. Increase the outside diameter of the metal pipe to match the outside diameter of the concrete pipe by installing 12" wide rubber gaskets, thickness as required (Coupling Band only}. The rubber gaskets shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 9-04.4(3}. 5. Use a flat Type K Coupling Band. Type K Coupling Bands with dimples are not allowed for the installation detail shown. The Coupling Band option shall only be used for extending existing pipes that have an inside diameter of 36" or less.
I I I I II II
,------------------------------------1
I I I I
RUBBER GASKETS - SEE NOTE 4 TYPE "K'' COUPLING BAND - SEE NOTE 5 24" WIDE, 1" THICK RUBBER GASKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH STD. SPEC. 9-04.4(3}
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
w
12
2 2/3 )( 1/2 OR 3 )( 1
BAND LAP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY (TYP.)
12-84
SLEEVE
3 )( 1
...J UJ UJ
TYPED
ANNULAR CORRUGATED BAND
TYPED
BAND ANGLE CONNECTOR DETAIL
1C/)
24
SLEEVE
2 2/3 )( 1/2 OR 3 )( 1
REFORMED TO 2 2/3 )( 1/2
12-84 10 1/2
0-RING
w
J
K
2 3/4 12 24 24 12 12 24
BUTYL SLEEVE
*
D
3 )( 1 3 )( 1
2 2/3 )( 1/2
:::?!
SLEEVE
TYPEF
SEMI-CORRUGATED BAND
TYPE F
BAND ANGLE CONNECTOR DETAIL
TYPEF
BAR & STRAP CONNECTOR DETAIL
=>
:::?!
...J
=>
2 2/3 2 2/3
X X
1/2 1/2
0-RING SLEEVE
<(
* *
3 )( 1
TYPEJ TYPEJ
FLANGE BAND
EXISTING PIPE WITH HELICAL END NEW PIPE EXTENSION WITH REFORMED END OR HELICAL END 1/2" )( 6" BOLT (TYP.)
~~;;~
TYPEK
BAND ANGLE CONNECTOR DETAIL
TYPEK
FLAT BAND OR DIMPLE BAND
TYPEK
DOUBLE BAR & STRAP CONNECTOR DETAIL
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
rn z
0:::
Ill
....1 ....1
NOTES
6'- 8" R
w
w
=35"
SPAN
1. Span and rise dimensions are nominal and are measured to the inside crests of corrugations. 2. Allowable heights of cover shall be within the limits indicated in the table included hereon . Minimums and maximums are shown.
iii
~
0
~
R =59 3/8"
SYMMETRICAL ABOUT
3.
Unless indicated otherwise a 10" depth (over the inside crests of corrugatons) of earth shall be placed in the invert of the Structural Plate Underpass, Design 1, for its full width and length. The earth shall consist of naturally occurring materials available in the vicinity of the structural plate underpass installation. See Standard Specification 7-03.3(4). Designed for H-20 live load and maximum allowable soil pressure of 6 Kips per square foot.
r:..o::
= rn .... w
4.
LO
C')
INVERT TREATMENT
1-
R =56 3/8"
11..:5 oa.
SECTION
Qti wo
::cw
1-0:::
:co
6'- 10" R
=35"
SPAN INVERT TREATMENT -SEE NOTE 3 LENGTH IN A MULTPLE OF 2' SYMMETRICAL ABOUT
R = 87"
= w Nrn
~ 0::
R =25"
14 1/2" 6'- 8" 46 1/4" 6'- 10"
7' - 1"
8'- 2"
4' 5'
=64"
SECTION
......
04126112
DATE
NOTES Span and rise dimensions are measured to the inside crests of corrugations and may vary slightly depending on manufacturer.
a:
C/)
1-:5 ::cD..
-w wz ::Ca:::
II 0 <((.)
ol(!)0:::
SYMMETRICAL ABOUT
't
INVERT TREATMENT -SEE STD. SPEC. 7-03.3(4)
I
SPAN
SECTION
44
38 41 40 41 39 42 40 38 42 43 46 46
-------------------
-------------------
-------
----
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
NOTES
END SECTION LENGTH SHALL BE AT LEAST SIX TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE (SEE STD SPEC 7-02 3(1))
1.
The culvert ends shall be beveled to match the embankment or ditch slope and shall not be beveled flatter than 4H:1V. When slopes are between 4H:1V and 6H:1V, shape the slope in the vicintiy of the culvert end to ensure that no part of the culvert protrudes more than 4" above the ground line. Field cutting of culvert ends is permitted when approved by the Engineer. All field-cut culvert pipe shall be treated with treatment as shown in the Standard Specifications or General Special Provisions.
2.
~~
THERMOPLASTIC PIPE
4"MAX.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
~ 4" MAX.
CONCRETE PIPE
END SECTION LENGTH SHALL BE AT LEAST SIX TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE (SEE STD. SPEC. 7-02.3(1))
~4"MAX.
METAL PIPE
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
PIPE PIPE ARCH DIMENSION (INCHES) SPAN 17 21 24 28 35 42 49 57 64 71 77 83 RISE 13 15 18 20 24 29 33 38 43 47 52 57 THICKNESS (INCHES) STEEL 0.064 0.064 0.064 0.064 0.079 0.079 0.109 0.109 0.138 0.109 0.138 0.109 0.138 0.109 0.138 0.109 0.138 ALUM. 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.075 0.075 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.135 A TOL. 1" 7 7 8 9 10 12 13 18 18 18 18 18
NOTES
w
TOL. 2" 30 36 42 48 60 75 85 90 102 114 126 138
END SECTION SKIRT SLOPE (H:V) 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 : : : : : : : : : : : : 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1. The diameter of the end section of Design B shall match the inside diameter of the concrete pipe. 2. Skirt sections shall be made in one piece for round pipe with a diameter of 12" to 24" inclusive and for pipe arches with a rise of 13" to 20" inclusive. Skirt sections for larger sizes of pipes may be multiple pieces in conformance with the tabulated values shown. Design A end sections for 42" thru 84" diameter and 49" x 33" thru 83" x 57" arch with annular corrugations and all helically corrugated pipe arch include one foot of pipe length as a connector section. The connector section shall be attached to the end section by welds, rivets or bolts and shall be the same thickness as the end section. Design C may be used in lieu of Design A for all metal pipe sizes except as noted. Coupling bands may be any acceptable type for the pipe specified. Multiple panel skirts shall have 2" lap seams tightly joined by 3/8" stainless steel rivets or galvanized bolts on 6" max. centers.
1- 1-
6.
The reinforced edges of the following size End Sections shall be supplemented with galvanized steel stiffener angles: 60" thru 72" diameter pipe ............................... 2" x 2" x 1/4" angle 78" and 84" diameter pipe, and 77" x 52" & 83" x 57" pipe arch ........... 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 1/4" angle The above galvanized angles shall be attached by 3/8" galvanized nuts and bolts.
3.
7.
Galvanized steel angle reinforcement will be placed under the center panel seams on the 72" thru 84" diam. pipe and 77" x 52" & 83" x 57" pipe arch End Sections. As an alternative to the connector lug and threaded rod used on 12" thru 24" culvert pipe, the attachment may be made with a 1" wide strap, 16 gage galvanized steel fastened with a 1/2" diam., 6" long galvanized bolt and one squarehead nut.
-----A
8.
4.
PIPE DIMENSIONS (INCHES) PIPE DIAM. (INCHES) 12 15 18 21 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 THICKNESS (INCHES) STEEL 0.064 0.064 0.064 0.064 0.064 0.079 0.079 0.109 0.109 0.109 0.109 0.138 0.109 0.138 0.109 0.138 0.109 0.138 0.109 0.138 ALUM. 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.075 0.075 0.105 0.105 0.105 ----B MAX. 6 8 10 12 13 16 19 22 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 H TOL. 1" 6 6 6 6 6 8 9 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 L TOL. 1 1/2" 21 26 31 36 41 51 60 69 78 84 87 87 87 87 87
w
TOL. 2" 24 30 36 42 48 60 72 84 90 102 114 120 126 132 138
T TOL. 2" 34 40 46 52 58 70 94 106 112 122 134 142 146 152 158
SKIRT
TOL. 1" 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
END SECTION SLOPE (H:V) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/6 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5.
-------------------
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC. PC.
PIPE CONNECTORLUG (SEE NOTES) END SECTION FOR 12" THRU 24" PIPE AND 17" x 13" THRU 28" x 20" PIPE ARCH WITH ANNULAR END CORRUGATIONS
:!:a:
~ (/)
~
D..
z z w-
PIPE
c..
:c o
CONNECTOR SECTION
1-
FOR 30" THRU 84" PIPE AND 35" x 24" THRU 83" x 57" PIPE ARCH WITH ANNULAR END CORRUGATIONS
FOR 42" THRU 84" PIPE AND 49" x 33" THRU 83" x 57" PIPE ARCH WITH ANNULAR END CORRUGATIONS, AND ALL HELICAL END CORRUGATED PIPE AND PIPE ARCH
TYPE1
TYPE2
TYPE3
DESIGN A
I
REINFORCED EDGE (SEE NOTE 6) GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM SKIRT TOE PLATE EXTENSION
DIAM. OR SPAN ..
1-1-
::2:0
>-D..
zz w<(CJ)
~
T SPAN REINFORCED EDGE (SEE NOTE 6)
D..J:
w D..
CONCRETE PIPE
1-
ii:
DESIGN B
CONNECTION TO CONCRETE PIPE INLET END ONLY
PIPE- ELEVATION
PIPE
SECTION
~~~
TOE PLATE EXTENSION -WHEN REQUIRED; GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM, SAME GAGE AS SKIRT, LAPPED 2", FASTENED W/ 3/8" S.S. ORAL. RIVETS OR GALVANIZED BOLTS ON 12" MAX. CENTERS.
PIPE COUPLING BAND, SHOP BOLTED TO FLARED END SECTION WITH 3/8" BOLTS AT 6" ON CENTER MAXIMUM OR EQUIVALENT RIVETED OR WELDED CONNECTION. FOR USE WITH ALL SIZES OF PIPE AND PIPE ARCH WITH ANNULAR ENDS. END SECTION
PIPE
::i!:a:
D..J:
zz w~(/)
~0
Wl-
D.. I-
DESIGN C
CONNECTION TO METAL OR CONCRETE PIPE OUTLET ONLY
Harold J. Peterfeso
- .... ------;S:=TA:-=TE=-:D:-=ES""IG""Nc=EN::::G:::-:IN=EE:::-R---
06-01-06
DATE
fJ'I Washington
w Cli--
0::
I"
COMMERCIAL CONCRETE
NOTES
1. The variable dimension indicated for the height of step for step mitered pipes shall conform to the manufacturers recommendations unless specified differently on the plans or in the Special Provisions.
w
0
I-
ow <((.)
0..0 (/)I...JW
WZ
~------------------~
~0::
z w
<(1-
~
(/)
w ow wo
~~
:JZ
2. Reinforcing steel shall have 1 1/2" min. clear cover to all concrete surfaces.
3.
~ :;;
ca::i;
Headwalls for concrete culvert pipe may omit anchor bolt attachment.
;;!;~
ANCHOR BOLTS ~----- EQUALLY SPACED, 24" MAX. CENTER TO CENTER (SEE NOTE 3)
4. When steel pipe safety bars ar used, headwall thickness shall be increased to 8".
S+S/2
OW
C/)1-
wz
~0::
c..o
<((.)
COMMERCIAL CONCRETE
ANCHOR BOLTS EQUALLY SPACED, 24" MAX. CENTER TO CENTER (SEE NOTE 3)
ow wo
<(1::JZ
....IW
COMMERCIAL CONCRETE
ANCHOR BOLTS EQUALLY SPACED, 24" MAX. CENTER TO CENTER (SEE NOTE 3) D+D/2 D+D/2
ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) - SEE DETAIL & NOTE 3 PIPE 3/4" BOLT
SECTION
fll
.....
06-10-08
DATE
CULVERT DIAM. NOTCH BOTIOM OF CULVERT PIPE TO ALLOW ANCHOR/SOCKET PLACEMENT {TYP.) UP TO 36" 42" - 60" 66" - 90" 96" 120"
NOTES 1. Sockets shall be 3" extra strong steel pipe (3 1/2" O.D.). Sockets must be the proper angle and height so that safety bars are parallel with headwall and side slope, and are easily removable. 2. Safety Bars shall be 4" extra strong steel pipe (4 1/2" O.D.), or 4 1/2" O.D. (.250" wall thickness) steel tubing. Length (20' maximum) shall be the minimum required to achieve Resin Bonded Anchor placement in full depth concrete. When multiple bars are required (see table) place bars at equal spacing (30" max.). Bevel culvert pipe to match side slope. Resin bonded anchors shall be 7" in length (5" embedment). Centerline of headwall shall be normal to roadway centerline.
-~
3. 4.
STEEL PLATE -SEE DETAIL FIELD CUT CULVERT TO MATCH BLOCKOUT IN HEADWALL TOP VIEW 3/4" RESIN BONDED ANCHOR {TYP.)SEE NOTE 4
5.
18"
.. !.. 3"I
d---+----+-2" {TYP.)
4" {TYP.) 2" {TYP.) 8" X 24" X 5/8" STEEL PLATE 9" 9"
4.5" DEEP BLOCKOUT SAFETY BAR PLACE RESIN BONDED ANCHORS IN FULL DEPTH CONCRETE {TYP.) -SEE NOTE 4
ISOMETRICCUTAWAY
24"
ISOMETRIC VIEW
TYPE 1 SAFETY BARS FOR STEPPED CULVERT PIPE OR PIPE ARCH STANDARD PLAN B-75.50-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
3/4" DIAM. x 16" THREADED ROD CENTERED THROUGH PIPE, SECURED WITH NUTS; OR 3/4" x 6" ANCHOR STUDS WELDED TO PIPE. SPACING SHALL BE 8" FROM TOP AND 8" FROM BOTIOM OF CONCRETE {TYP.)
fll
.....
FINISHED GROUND
Dl4 D Dl4
NOTES
1. D
CULVERT CROWN FIELD CUT PIPE BEVEL
= Inside Diameter of Culvert Pipe, or Pipe Arch Span Width, 36" maximum.
SEE NOTE 1
"" No"' 2
1J
:j
\:
~~1Vor~ 2
~ Y
2. The distance between the safety bars, and between the top bar and the culvert crown, shall be equal spaces of no more than 24". The distance may vary 1" between bars to facilitate placement. 3. Slope shall match Side Slope; 6H:1V preferred, not steeper than 4H:1V.
v SEE NOTE 3
CULVERT INVERT
II
I
~~: /"J
L"---
~:~
SIDE VIEW
FRONT VIEW
3" )( 3" )( 5116" STRUCTURAL TUBING
3 112"
4"
:[ryp~
I
5 314" )( 314" DIAM. THREADED ROD, 4" EMBEDMENT WITH HEX HEAD NUT (TYP.)
I
4
C___[
6
-.----b
....t:::::
6
b b
I>
b
6
-~
y6~ \
"'
RESIN BONDED ANCHOR (TYP.)
SECTION
\_
3 112" )( 3 112" BLOCKOUT (TYP.) - FIELD- CUT CULVERT TO MATCH BLOCKOUT IN HEADWALL
3 112"
4"
5 314" )( 314" DIAM. THREADED ROD, 4" EMBEDMENT WITH HEX HEAD NUT (TYP.)
~
:[rypj
(TYP.)
ISOMETRIC VIEW
I>
TYPE 2 SAFETY BARS FOR CULVERT PIPE OR PIPE ARCH (ON CROSS ROAD) STANDARD PLAN B-75.60-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
D- 2"
SEE NOTE 1 INSTALL RESIN BONDED ANCHOR (TYP.)
1" MAX.
SECTION
VARIES
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
NOTES
EDGE OF END SECTION SHEET ROLLED SNUGLY AGAINST STEEL ROD 7/16" DIAM. MIN. GALVANIZED STEEL ROD OR NO. 4 GALVANIZED REINFORCING BAR
1. All pipes or pipe arches shall be attached as shown in CONNECTOR DETAIL. 2. When a Toe Plate Extension is required, it shall be the same gage as the End Section. The dimensions shall be 8" high, and 6" less than the overall width. Install centered, and lapped 2"; fasten with 3/8" x 3/4" galvanized bolts on 12" maximum centers. 3. Cross Drainage Bar and Safety Bars shall be 3" Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. Cross Drainage Bars shall be placed a maximum 30" apart. 4. Slotted holes for safety bar attachment shall be provided on end sections. 5. Number of Safety Bars required will vary depending upon the length of the end section. METAL END SECTIONS FOR CIRCULAR PIPES
FLATTEN END, THEN BEND OUTSIDE 4" TO MATCH END SECTION SIDES
5 1/4"
-I
9/16"
48" MAX.
DIMENSIONS (INCHES}
w
42 48 54 60 66
OVERALL WIDTH 66 80 86 92 98
{-J-
~TI-T
SIDE VIEW
SAFETY BARS (TYP.} -SEE NOTE 5 CROSS DRAINAGE BAR -SEE DETAIL
9 1*41 9 48 12 55 12 63 12 70 12 77 12 89
*SAFETY BARS ARE INSTALLED ON END SECTION WHEN SPAN IS GREATER THAN 36"
'--+f---- (TYP.}
3/8" DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLTS (TYP.}
3/8
30" AND LARGER END SECTIONS MAY BE MULTIPLE PANELS. SEAMS SHALL BE LAPPED 2" AND JOINED W/ 3/8" x 3/4" BOLTS ON 6" MAX. CTRS. 1/2" DIAM. THREADED ROD OVER TOP OF END SECTION. SIDE LUGS TO BE BOLTED TO END SECTION
1/2" DIAM. CARRIAGE HEAD BOLTS (TYP.} TOE PLATE EXTENSION -WHEN REQUIRED (SEE NOTE 2)
TAPERED END SECTION WITH TYPE 3 SAFETY BARS STANDARD PLAN B-80.20-00
SIDE LUG END SECTION SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ISOMETRIC VIEW
TOP VIEW
CONNECTOR DETAIL
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
NOTES
REINFORCED EDGE - FULL LENGTH OF END SECTION (SEE SECTION) SAFETY BAR (TYP.) SEE NOTE 2
~ c
D..
1. As an alternative connection on 15" through 24" pipe, a 1" wide strap of 16 gage or 12 gage galvanized steel, fastened with a 1/2" diam., 6" long galvanized bolt and square head nut, may be used. 2. Number of safety bars required will vary depending upon the length of the end section.
[[
'1_
{_l_
~TI~
w
21 24 27 30 36 42 48
OVERALL WIDTH 37 40 43 46 60 66 80 86 92 98
SIDE VIEW
7/16" DIAM. MIN. GALVANIZED STEEL ROD OR NO. 4 GALVANIZED REINFORCING BAR
1..
f
5 1/4" .. I 9/16"
54
60 66
FLATTEN END, THEN BEND OUTSIDE 4" TO MATCH END SECTION SIDES
L SLOPE 6:1 30 48 66
84
120 156 192 228 264 300
w
27 30 34 41 48 55 63 70
30" AND LARGER END SECTIONS MAY BE MULTIPLE PANELS. SEAMS SHALL BE LAPPED 2" AND JOINED W/ 3/8" x 3/4" BOLTS ON 6" MAX. CTRS.
77
89
318" DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLTS (TYP.) 1/2" DIAM. CARRIAGE HEAD BOLTS (TYP.) 1/2" DIAM. THREADED ROD OVER TOP OF END SECTION. SIDE LUGS TO BE BOLTED TO END SECTION
SIDE LUG TOE PLATE EXTENSION- WHEN REQUIRED; SAME GAGE AS END SECTION, 6" LESS THAN OVERALL WIDTH; CENTERED, 2" LAP, FASTEN W/3/8" x 3/4" GALV. BOLTS ON 12" MAX. CTRS. END SECTION TOP VIEW
TAPERED END SECTION WITH TYPE 4 SAFETY BARS (ON CROSS ROAD) STANDARD PLAN B-80.40-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
------~S~~~TE~D~ES=IG~NE~NG~IN~E=ER~----
fJ'I Washington
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
06-01-06
DATE
24" DUMMY JOINT WITH 3/16" x 1 1/2" JOINT MATERIAL WIRE MESH TEMPORARY CAP AT EDGE OF RIGHT OF WAY, UNLESS OTHERWISE DRECTED IN CONTRACT
:Z
RfW LINE
t>
vo
t>
\1 12"
....
= ~ (0:::!!:
t>
t>
\1 \1
t>
\1
r-~
--,
t>
4" DRAIN PIPE
,\lr ,\rr
]-----[
I
,\lr ,\rr
\\r/
~
,\lr
24
,1
6"
(TYP.)
,\r/
~
'
SECTION
b b b '
b b
~
'
b
~
WIRE MESH REINFORCEMENT 6 x 6 W4.0 x W4.0 (4 GAGE} 4 X 4 W2.9 X W2.9 (6 GAGE} (SEE STD. SPEC. 9-07.7} 1/2" MINIMUM COVER
DUMMY JOINT
CONCRETE SIDEWALK
_j
~
b
b
~
'
b
b
~
'
b b
,\rr
,\lr ,\lr
\\i(
\\1/
,\lr
PLANTING STRIP
-------1
,\lr
\\r I
w c.. 0 __.
CJ) CJ)
,\lr ,\rr
\\ 1(
,\lr
,\rr
:Z
~
?}!.
N
~
,\lr
ISOMETRIC
ROADWAY
------'-------i
PLAN
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
Cl
0::
LL.
~
en
::::i
<(
:;...:
CD
Cl
7
6"WYE 6" SINGLE BRANCH WYE FOR TWO CONNECTIONS
PLUG
39" 6"WYE
x 39" MIN.
6"WYE 6"WYE
....1
6"
CD <(
0:::
SECTION
COMMERCIAL CONCRETE
0
FOR SANITARY SEWER USE
l1----ll)
11
I I I I I
11
~-~-=-==-~-~~~~-~-~-~-=-==-=-+~~~-~~=~~~~~
....1
CD <(
0:::
~-=-~-=-,+~1F=~~~-~~~~~~~~~~~~=4=~~~
6" x (SEWER SIZE) TEE
L
ELEVATION
4"TYP.
39" MIN.
SECTION
0
VERTICAL CONNECTION STANDARD PLAN B-85.10-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fll
.....
06-10-08
DATE
NOTES
1. Install sewer saddle with gasket and stainless steel clamps for connection to existing sewers. Install wye or tee sewer fitting with gaskets for new sewer installations. 2. Mark location of sewer stub in accordance with Contracting Agency requirements.
4" OR 6" DIAM. SEWER PIPE (SEE CONTRACl) LESS THAN 90"
CAP
4" OR 6" DIAM. SEWER PIPE (SEE CONTRACl) SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 1 45" ELBOW SEE NOTE 1 CAP
WVE BRANCH
PROPERTY LINE /
TEE BRANCH
SEE NOTE 2
PLAN VIEW
PLAN VIEW
~_,
______
-
ELEVATION VIEW
ELEVATION VIEW
WYE CONNECTION
TEE CONNECTION
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
45 BEND
b
I>
I>
I>
l> l>
I>
~i;j~.
~iil~fii~;;
b
l>
I>
oiS~~~ g"'~i!i~
I>
(!;
b
I> I>
I>
u~~~ .,~~i!!"
~ [l;i!i~ 1iil!!~~:!l
.,~ii'l!'!i;! !:lcsl!!~i!i
alQ::o,
l>
45 BEND
I>
I>
l>
b
I> I> I> I>
b
TEE
tl)o
~Uh
~~~~~ o::l..:c
~>-
~~~~~
~~~~~
SEWER MAIN
~~iij~~
l>
b
I>
I>
b
I> I>
l>
I>
I>
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-01-06
DATE
(.) (.)
J:
:iii
<X:
Ill
:>-:
Cl
6 6
6
~
6 6
----0
8"
45" BEND
1"
PLAN
10"
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
SECTION
0
MORTAR DAM OR PLUG AS REQUIRED BY ENGINEER
SECTION
ONE LENGTH OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE (CLASS 50) TO SOLID BEARING WHEN SPAN IS MORE THAN 48"
TYPICAL MANHOLE
ONE LENGTH OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE (CLASS 50) TO SOLID BEARING WHEN SPAN IS MORE THAN 48"
TYPICAL MANHOLE
FLEXIBLE JOINT
.
.
FLEXIBLE JOINT
~1"MIN.
COMMERCIAL CONCRETE BLOCK POURED IN PLACE
". l>.
/)
..
t> . . . . .
.....
..
t> ..... .
. ..
.
/)
l
TYPICAL MANHOLE FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION
t>'
t>'
. . rl+,:----++:1;. ".
TYPICAL MANHOLE FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION
t>
..
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
-----,s=rA=TE=-:D=E=SIG""N""EN:-c:Gc:ciN=EE"'"R---
..... fll
06-10-08
DATE
NOTES
1. Steel tie rods to be heavily coated with asphalt after installation. 2. Restrained joints may be substituted for tie rods. 3. Surface of ground within 36" of hydrant shall be smooth.
VALVE BOX
WATER MAIN
PLAN
PLAN
LINE~
36" MIN.
36" MIN.
FACE OF CURB
LENGTH OF LOWER BARREL TO SUIT TRENCH DEPTH 15 POUND ASP HALTIC FELT WATER MAIN
VALVE BOX
VARIES
6" PIPE 12" X 12" X 4" MIN. CONCRETE BLOCK MECHANICAL JOINT WITH TIE ROD LUGS
HUB AND FLANGE CASTING 12" X 12" X 4" MIN. CONCRETE BLOCK AUXILLARY GATE VALVE
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
TYPE A
TYPEB
Harold J. Peterfeso
- .... ------;S:=TA:-=TE=-:D:-=ES""IG""Nc=EN::::G:::-:IN=EE:::-R---
06-08-06
DATE
PROPERTY LINE \
NOTES
CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING VALVE MARKER POST
------ _\------
1. Coat the pipe threads with asphalt after assembly. 2. All piping shall be galvanized steel. 3. Valve and piping to valve shall be 2" unless otherwise noted in the Contract. 4. Locate blowoff outlet near property corner if possible.
STREET ELBOW TWO CONCRETE BLOCKS 4" >t 8" >t 16" (TOP BLOCK NOT SHOWN) BLOCKING SHALL BE CLEAR OF BLOWOFF PIPING TAPPED CAP OR PLUG
BLOWOFF OUTLET
PLAN
WATER MAIN
2" FEMALE >t IP >t 2 1/2" MALE NST HOSE CONNECTION WITH CAP (BLOWOFF OUTLET)
VARIES
DRILL 1/8" HOLE GATE VALVE WITH 2" SQUARE OPERATING NUT
ELEVATION
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
NOTES
GALVANIZED OUTLET PIPE SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS INLET PIPE WITH BEEHIVE STRAINER AND OUTLET
1. The size of the combination air release I air vacuum valve shall be specified in the Contract. The piping and valves shall be the same size as the combination air release I air vacuum valve. 2. Locate at the high point of the main, tap top of main.
-SLOPE
z
<(
:::!!:
1LL. L.U
0::
J: ICl
::J
C.. L.U
:::!!: :::!!:
Cl
:iE
L.U
z
AIR RELEASE I AIR VACUUM VALVE BRASS PIPE AND FITTINGS CORPORATION STOP BRONZE GATE VALVE WITH 2" SQUARE OPERATING NUT GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS PIPE SADDLE
u::: C3
L.U
(f)
c..
WATER MAIN
COMBINATION AIR RELEASE I AIR VACUUM VALVE ASSEMBLY STANDARD PLAN B-90.30-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
NOTES 1. Contractor to provide blocking adequate to withstand full test pressure. 2. Divide thrust by safe bearing load to determine required area (in square feet) of concrete to distribute load.
3. Areas to be adjusted for other pressure conditions. 4. Provide two 1" minimum diameter rods on valves up through 10" diameter. Valves larger than 10" require special tie rod design. THRUST AT FITTINGS IN POUNDS
TEST SIZE PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PRESSURE (PSI) A TEE AND DEAD ENDS 3,140 7,070 12,565 19,635 28,275 38,485 50,265 B
c
45
BEND 2,405 5,410 9,620 15,030 21,640 29,455 38,470
goo
BEND 4,440 9,995 17,770 27,770 39,985 54,425 71,085
22.5
BEND 1,225 2,760 4,905 7,660 11,030 15,015 19,615
11.25
BEND 615 1,385 2,465 3,850 5,545 7,545 9,855
UNBALANCED CROSS
(USE COLUMN A)
PLUGGED CROSS
(USE COLUMN B)
PLUGGED CROSS
(USE COLUMN A) 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
SOIL TYPE
MUCK, PEAT, ETC. SOFT CLAY SAND SAND AND GRAVEL TWO 1" DIAM. RODS (SEE NOTE 4) PLAN VIEW PROFILE VIEW PLAN VIEW SAND AND GRAVEL CEMENTED WITH CLAY HARD SHALE
PLUGGED TEE
(USE COLUMN B)
VALVE
(USE COLUMN A)
TEE
DEAD END
OFFSET
(USE COLUMNS B- E)
BEND
fJ'I Washington
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
NOTE
Steel tie rods to be heavily coated with asphalt after installation.
DIMENSION TABLE
PIPE DIAM. TEST PRESSURE
(PSI}
4"
250
6"
250
8"
250
10"
250
12"
250
14"
FOUR TIE RODS WITH TURNBUCKLES - - - - -
250
16"
250
11.25 22.5 45 11.25 22.5 45 11.25 22.5 45 11.25 22.5 45 11.25 22.5 45 11.25 22.5 45 11.25 22.5 45
1.8 2.3 2.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 2.9 3.6 4.5 3.4 4.2 5.2 3.8 4.8 5.8 4.2 5.3 6.5 4.6 5.8 7.1
5/8"
17"
5/8"
17"
5/8"
17"
CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK FOR CONVEX VERTICAL BENDS STANDARD PLAN B-90.50-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Harold J. Peterfeso
---~==------------
06-08-06
DATE
.....
fJ'I Washington
en
[I]
w a: w
MEDIAN BARRIER (SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER SHOWN) - SEE SECTION BELOW FOR USE WITH CONCRETE BARRIER TYPE 2
"
MEDIAN BARRIER ~ . . .
....1 ....1
iii z
0:
.. ,.
. '9 .
.'
'9
I>
~ ~.II> .
.... _ '9
"
."'."
Cl
FINISHED GRADE
" . ~ .~>
: '9
."
.
. ~
., .
11
..
. " .' ~ .
'9
~------1<'~~~
PRECAST CEMENT CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT SECTIONS (TYP.) -AS REQUIRED UNIT "H" (TYP.) - SEE STANDARD PLAN B-35.40
~----~
..
----2%
54"
,,----------1 I
lj
46 3/4"
v. :
y
------------ 1:--:
I I \
.
.
0
.
.
9
-------------\
I I
. ' - ____________ _y
I I
.
"
.
..
" . v
". :
:9.
91.--...........,,....,......---,-~......-J .
. .."' "
v :
.
. v. . .
._..,_ .... " ": . , . : : : 9 . _. : "
v. :
.
.. II>
v. : " . "'
....
: " . '9
....
:~
'II'
II> . . . .
._..,_ ...: ,.- .
.. ..
v
\1
~.,..........,..~~-:--..,....,--:---....,.....J. .: ..
...... : 9
..
"
.....
SECTION
--
...... ~
--
-------------.
'I
'----
.... ____________ (t
_,;
J,
SECTION
..........
: II> "
~
Jlo
:II>
I
CONCRETE BARRIER TYPE 2 MEDIAN BARRIER _ /
. ~. _:..
.. .. . ...
.
_
..
.. .
..
l
FINISHED GRADE
.: .
..
MEDIAN BARRIER DRAINAGE INSTALLATION STANDARD PLAN B-95.20-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
PLAN VIEW
HMA OR CONCRETE (SEE CONTRACT FOR SURFACE DETAILS)
-----------------fll
..... STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-03-09
DATE
NOTES
;::: 3' - 1 1/2"
_...,
'
1. The beam guardrail type, post type, beam guardrail transition section type, connection type, and bridge traffic barrier shape may vary from that shown on this plan.
BEAM GUARDRAIL POST (TYP.) CURB
2. The Catch Basin or Grate Inlet shall be centered between the Beam Guardrail Posts. 3. With Beam Guardrail Transition Section Types 2, 4, and 5, use Extruded Curb Types 1, 2, 4, 4a, 5, or Sa.
4. With Beam Guardrail Transition Section Types 1, 1A, 1B, 10, 11, and 12, use Extruded Curb Type 2 (Extruded Asphalt Concrete Curb). 5. See Contract Plans for length of Curb.
PAVEMENT~
10' MIN.
BEAM GUARDRAIL BLOCKS AND RAIL ELEMENTS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY
PLAN
PAVEMENT
f
CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 OR GRATE INLET TYPE 2
L __
~ L...------,---~--'
_j
f
MINIMUM CURB LENGTH -SEE NOTE 5
PAVEMENT
SECTION
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
NOTES
1. When required by the Contract, a Snow Load Post Washer shall be used on the backside of the post (in lieu of the 1 3/4" Post Bolt Washer) and a Snow Load Rail Washer shall be placed on the face side of Beam Guardrail Types 1 and 2 . Snow Load Rail Washers shall not be installed on terminals.
....1 ....1
::::i
c c
z c::
L1..
0
I I I
2.
I I
Rail Washers, also called "Snow Load Rail Washers" are not required on new installation except as called for in Note 1. Unnecessary Rail washers need not be removed from existing installations, except those on posts 2 through 8 of a BCT installation shall be removed. Beam Guardrail post spacing for Types 1 through 4 shall be 6' - 3" on centers.
I I
L __ J
I I
HMA OVERLAY
I I
I I
3.
L __ J
L __ J
TYPE 1
INITIAL INSTALLATION
4. Timber blocks shall be toe-nailed to the post with a16d galvanized nail to prevent block rotation. 5. For post and block details, see Standard Plan C-1 b.
TYPE 1 ALTERNATIVE
6. When "Beam Guardrail Type - _ Ft. Long Post" is specified in the Contract, the post length shall be stamped with numbers, 1 1/2" min. high and 3/4" wide at the location where the letter "H" is shown in the ASSEMBLY DETAIL. For wood post applications, the letter shall be stamped to a minimum depth of 1/4". For steel post applications, the letter shall be legible after the post is galvanized. After post installation, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the stamped numbers remain visible. 7. Existing posts shall not be raised. Replace posts as necessary to achieve required guardrail height.
I I
I I
I I
I I
L __ j
I I
I I
L __ j
I I
518" CARRIAGE BOLT WI HEX NUT & POST BOLT WASHER IN 314" HOLE
I I
L __ j
I I
TYPE2
TYPE3
TYPE4
RAISED GUARDRAIL BLOCK FIELD DRILL NEW 314" HOLE FOR 518" BUTTON HEAD BOLT
SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 4 TYPES 1 &2 518" x 18" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WI 7132" OVAL GRIP & RECESSED HEX NUT TYPES 3 &4 518" x 25" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WI 7132" OVAL GRIP & RECESSED HEX NUT OR 518" ROD THREADED BOTH ENDS WI HEX NUTS
0
1-
W6 x 9 OR W6 )( 15
TYPES 1 &2 518" x 10" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WI 7132" OVAL GRIP & HEX NUT WI CUT WASHER
N ""'" - N
N
I I
HMAOVERLAY
I I
L __ J
I I
518" x 1 114" BUTTON HEAD SPLICE BOLT WI 7132" OVAL GRIP & RECESSED HEX NUT (EIGHT REQUIRED PER SPLICE)
TIMBER POST
STEEL POST ALL MOUNTING AND SPLICE HARDWARE SAME AS FOR TIMBER POST EXCEPT AS NOTED
fll
.....
06-16-11
DATE
ASSEMBLY DETAIL
7 7/8" 3/4" SPLICE HOLES IN CHANNEL RAIL AND SPLICE PLATE, FOR 5/8" CARRIAGE BOLTS
....1 ....1
1"
3 3/8"
1 7/8"
C6
8.2
::::i
c c
13'- 6 1/2"
z c::
L1..
6'- 3"
2"
6'- 3"
~ .....
:>: ID
c
~
c)d)
~
"""
~ .....
~~-----i-- L - -
--r-Cf.
POST CONNECTION 3/4" x 2" SPLICE SLOT IN CHANNEL RAIL & SPLICE PLATE, FOR 5/8" CARRIAGE BOLT, HEX NUT & WASHER
3/4" x 2" POST BOLT SLOT IN CHANNEL RAIL AND SPLICE PLATE, FOR 5/8" BUTTON HEAD BOLT W/ 7/32" OVAL GRIP AND RECESSED NUT SPLICE BOLT SLOTS (TYP.) - 29/32" X 1 1/8" POST BOLT SLOT (TYP.) - 3/4" X 2 1/2"
4"
2"
:
11/16" HOLE 1/4" PLATE
13'- 6 1/2"
6'- 2 1/4"
6'- 3"
2"
2 3/4"
I
'
-~-
'
11/16"
31/32" SLOT
EXPANSION SECTION
fll
.....
06-16-11
DATE
en
z
NOTES
13'- 6 1/2" 3' - 1 1/2" SEE NOTE 3 3' - 1 1/2" SEE NOTE 3 3' - 1 1/2" SEE NOTE 3 3'- 1 1/2"
SEE NOTE 3 2"
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
I.
2"
iii z
!"~41/4"
1. Type 10 post shall be 6x8 timber or W6x9. Type 11 post shall be 10x10 timber or W6x15. For additional details see Standard Plan C-1 b. 2. Type 10 guardrail post spacing shall be 6' - 3" on center. Type 11 shall be a maximum of 3'- 1 1/2 "on center. 3. Spacing may vary depending on application. See Standard Specification Section 9-16.3(1) for rail element requirements.
41/4"P!
Cl
6'- 2 1/4"
SEE NOTE 3
6'- 3"
SEE NOTE 3
6 1/4"
2"
POST BOLT SLOT {TYP.) - 3/4" X 2 1/2"
5/8" x 18" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP AND RECESSED HEX NUT
~ I I
L __
I I
5/8" x 1 1/4" BUTTON HEAD SPLICE BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP AND RECESSED HEX NUT -TWELVE REQUIRED PER SPLICE
EXPANSION SECTION
RAIL ASSEMBLY
TYPE 10
5/8" x 25" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP AND RECESSED HEX NUT
~ I I
L __
I I
5/8" x 1 1/4" BUTTON HEAD SPLICE BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP AND RECESSED HEX NUT- TWELVE REQUIRED PER SPLICE
5/8" x 10" BUTTON HEAD BOLT W/ 7/32" OVAL GRIP & HEX NUT W/ CUT WASHER
SEE NOTE 1
RAIL ASSEMBLY
TYPE11
TYPE 10 AND 11
...... fll
10-14-09
DATE
..J ..J
c c :J z
II::
NOTES 1. Wood posts for all guardrail placement plans shall be 6 x 8 except where noted otherwise. 2. Lower hole is for Rub Rail of Type 2 and Type 3 Beam Guardrail. 3. W6x9 steel posts and timber blocks are alternates for 6 x 8 timber posts and blocks. W6x 15 steel posts and timber blocks are alternates for 10 x 10 timber posts and blocks.
0
1&.
~
c
~
WOOD BREAKAWAY POST 5/8" X 10" BOLT, NUT AND WASHER
4. Holes shall be located on approaching traffic side of web. 5. When "Beam Guardrail Type - __ Ft. Long Post" is specified in the Contract, the post length shall be stamped with numbers, 1 1/2" min. high and 3/4" wide at the location where the letter "H" is shown in the ASSEMBLY DETAIL. For wood post applications, the letter shall be stamped to a minimum depth of 1/4". For steel post applications, the letter shall be legible after the post is galvanized. After post installation, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the stamped numbers remain visible. 6. Soil plate may be welded to foundation tube. If so, holes in soil plate and foundation tube may be omitted.
5/8" X 10" BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS (TWO REQUIRED PER POST) WELDED OPTION FOR STEEL TUBE AND 1/4 SOIL PLATE CONNECTION (SEE NOTE 6)
FRONT VIEW
SIDE VIEW
G-2 POST
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 5
TIMBER POST
STEEL POST
ANCHOR POST
G-2 POST
ISOMETRIC
fll
.....
06-16-11
DATE
8" OR 10"
8" OR 10"
I"" (NOM.) I
ALTERNATE HOLE
I"" (NOM.) I
3/4" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
,.
. I
~
w
Ill
...J
8 OR 10
10
Ill
...J
8 OR 10
10
Ill
...J
(!)
1-
J:
1(!)
J:
(!)
1-
J:
SEE NOTE 2 ~
(!)
...J
...J
...J
...J
!i;
0
ll.
(/)
!i;
ll.
(/)
!i;
0
ll.
(/)
!i;
0
ll.
(/)
w w
w w
w w
w w
__[______LJ
W-BEAM THRIE BEAM W-BEAM THRIE BEAM
b
'
WOOD POST
..J ..J
STEEL POST
SEE NOTES 3 AND 4 TS 8" X 6" (STEEL)
X
SOIL PLATE
0.1875"
:J
1&.
c c
~ w
~ c
FOUNDATION TUBE
8" (NOM.>.
1
K.
POST W6 W6
X
A 6"* 8"*
B
4 1/4" 6 1/4" 2 3/8" DIAM. HOLE
9 15
"
K. ~
NOMINAL (NOM.)
fll
.....
06-16-11
DATE
NOTES 1, For post de to i Is see Stondord PI on, "Beom Guordro i I Posts ond B I ock s",
_j_
See Deto i I
~
l
A
C'l
See Deto i I
DIA x 1 1 2 " hex heod / bolt w i th hex nut ond 174 " squore x , 135" wosher
7; 5 "
1 /2"
DIA x 1 1 /2" Hex heod bolt with hex nut, Guordro i I rests on top of boIL
G-2
Post----~
(See Note 1)
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
TYPE 20
TYPE 21
BEAM GUARDRAIL
5130197
DATE
See Note 1
NOTES 1. For wood posts, saw top of post and block to 1" above thrie beam guardrai I reducer section. For steel posts, drive post down to 1" maximum above the thrie beam guardrai I reducer section.
D
INTERMEDIATE GUARDRAIL POST CONNECTION DETAILS
!Type A shown)
~~-__,_..._--+--[7+---~ Ty p l
Ya G /,
Cap pI ate\
CD CD
t
6'- 3"
CD
6'- 3"
0
N
=
CD CD CD CD CD
%"
'------- 10 Gage
7 I
3/':2
--'=----
2"
4Yi'~~'li'
4 1
3'- 1 Y2"
3'- 1 Y2"
~1
T
=
~ I
CD CD
'
CD CD
'
CD CD
'
'
CD CD
'
CD
=
' '
'
CD CD
'
=
'
'
CD CD
'
0
N
CD CD
PJ
CD
'
CD CD
-
CD
2Y2"
10 Gage
0912003 DATE
RG
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
10-31-03
DATE
BY
NOTES BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT TERMINAL PAY LIMIT SRT SHOWN (SEE NOTE 3) 1. Type 4 anchor required. For details, see Standard Plan C-6c. 2. Post spacing is 6'-3" unless otherwise shown. 3. For Terminal type and details, see Contract Plans and applicable Standard Plan(s). 4. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not exceed 10:1 when the face of the guardrail is less than 12'-0" from the edge of the shoulder. 5. For one-way traffic, use Type 4 anchor. For two-way traffic, use Type 1 anchor. See applicable Standard Plan(s) for details. 6. When Beam Guardrail Flared Terminals are used on both ends a minimum of 25'-0" of Beam Guardrail shall be installed. TERMINAL SRT SHOWN SEE NOTE 3
__,
'=EDGE OF SHOULDER
CASE1
'=EDGE OF SHOULDER
CASE2
ANCHOR PAY
I I
'
I I
I I I
12'-0" MIN
:
'
6'-0" MIN.
~~;
1
'
I
H
I (.
:_J -~~
__,e
_:)
1'\
M H
R 1'1
n "
1'1
f:1
--
L--
SEE NOTE 4
'=EDG E OF SHOULDER
CASE3
RAILROAD
I
I
12/99 DATE
ct
IADDED NOTE 6. MODIFIED THE END SECTIONS TO llWS fJ'I Washington State Department of Transportation DESIGN "C".
I
REVISION
....
Clifford E. Mansfield
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
01-06-00
DATE
I BY
l
BRIDGE
~
SEE FLARE RATE TABLE ONE OR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC EDGE OF SHOULDER
NOTES
CASE4
1. For terminal type and details, see Contract and applicable Standard Plan(s). 2. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not be steeper than 10H:1V when the guardrail is within 12' - 0" from the edge of the shoulder.
3. See Contract for Beam Guardrail Transition Section type and Connection to Bridge Traffic Barrier or Concrete Barrier.
t~~~~~~~=-=-~-~~~~41lj~~j~~J~~J~~J~~J~~==~~~~t~~====~==~==~==~--~-~-!--~-~-~--~-~-~--~-~-:~~-~-~--~-~-~--~-~-~-J_i~~:~~~~=~BRIDGE
BRIDGE TRAFFIC BARRIER ONE OR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC CURB FACE EXTENSION LINE
CASES
55 50 45 40 OR LESS
BRIDGE
MEDIAN
BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT X SPACES @ 6' - 3" 70 MPH ..................... 200' - 0" 60 MPH ..................... 137'- 6" 55 MPH OR LESS .... 100'- 0"
GUARDRAIL PLACEMENT
BRIDGE END
BRIDGE
ONE-WAY TRAFFIC_..
05/2006
APPLIED CURRENT DRAFTING STANDARDS REVISION MAS
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-21-06
DATE
CASES
DATE
BY
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 11 PAY LIMIT (SEE NOTE 2) SPACED @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX. (TYP.)
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 OR 2 PAY LIMIT (SEE NOTE 1) EQUALLY SPACED @ 6'- 3" MAX.
..-c
~
ONE-WAY TRAFFIC
't \
SEE FLARE RATE TABLE ONE-WAY TRAFFIC __. BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 16- PAY LIMIT (SEE NOTE 3) BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 11 PAY LIMIT (SEE NOTE 2) 12'- 6" MIN. BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 10 PAY LIMIT
NOTES 1. Varying flare rates and structure widths may require a length of Beam Guardrail Type 1 or 2 between the Beam Guardrail Type 3 or 4 and the Transition on one side, and the Beam Guardrail Type 10 on the other. For Beam Guardrail Type 2 or 3, terminate the rub rail (channel rail) at the first 6x8 post of the Beam Guardrail Transition Section Type 16, and by lapping it behind the second 6x8 post on the Beam Guardrail Type 10 side, or as approved by the Engineer.
2.
PLAN VIEW
(WOOD POST AND BLOCK SHOWN)
jjj l-
z z
en
Ill
TIMBER POST ATTACH RAIL & BLOCK TO POST WITH TWO 5/8" x 14" LAG BOLTS
CASE7
::::> 0:::
< z
...J
w w
TOP OF ROADWAY
Use the minimum number of nested 12'- 6" thrie beam sections needed to span the structure. This run may extend past the end of the structure, and an excess of 6' - 3" maximum is acceptable. If the last 12' - 6" section extends more than 6' - 3" (but less than 12' - 6"), use a nested 6' - 3" thrie beam section in its place.
~
Cl
TOP OF FOUNDATION
3. The Beam Guardrail Transition Section Type 16 on this end shall terminate at a 1Ox 10 post. Place nested thrie beam with 1Ox 10 posts at 3' - 1 1/2" maximum spacing between the end of the transition and the structure.
ATTACH STANDARD BLOCK TO RAIL WITH TWO 5/8" x 4" LAG BOLTS (TYP.)
4. DETAIL
SECTION
0
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 10 PAY LIMIT 12'- 6" MIN.
If full post depth cannot be achieved due to the structure foundation, post length shall be adjusted to the top of foundation. The Beam Guardrail Type 11 post height shall be 2' - 9".
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 11 PAY LIMIT (SEE NOTE 2) SPACED @ 6' - 3" MAX. (TYP.)
ONE-WAY TRAFFIC
MEDIAN
't \
PLAN VIEW
(WOOD POST AND BLOCK SHOWN)
05/2006
DATE OMITTED ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE INDTE REVISION
1>
EAB
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-21-06
DATE
CASES
BY
NOTE
BEAM GUARDRAIL BULL NOSE TERMINAL (DESIGN 1) PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 10 PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL BULL NOSE TERMINAL (DESIGN 1) PAY LIMIT .-: DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
1. CASE 9C: Thrie Beam Guardrail is used when the distance from the end of the Bullnose Terminal to the beginning of the transition of the Bridge Rail is less than 100 feet.
'
\
1 A47 ~
--
L.
<~
.Y"
8. / ~ ~l<<i
L.
~ ~II/
7
I
)---
BEAM GUARDRAIL BULL NOSE TERMINAL (DESIGN 2) PAY LIMIT EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC __.
;j
\
\ _ CLEAR AREA - SEE STD. PLAN C-4f
~-------+----------1cc===~~~==~---------t---t-----------------
15
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
CJ)
0:::
IIl
....1 ....1
w w
CASE9A
CLEAR AREA - SEE STD. PLAN C-4f
iii z
0
~
BEAM GUARDRAIL BULL NOSE TERMINAL (DESIGN 2) PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL (W BEAM OR THRIE BEAM
- SEE NOTE 1)
0 -----=----
CASE9B
--E
CLEAR AREA -SEE STD. PLAN C-4f
-:-:-:
15 1
ti
t1
t1
t1
t1
t1
t1
t1
t1
v
\_
f--------------------------------
._jf .
1 15
.H..
RRR\ilili
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
0 -----=---CASE 9C
THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL REDUCER SECTION TYPE B - REQUIRED WHEN TERMINAL JOINS W-BEAM (SEE NOTE 1)
PAY LIMIT
WJB
BY
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-21-06
DATE
NOTES
1. SRT Terminal shown, for terminal type and details, see Contract or applicable Standard Plan(s). 2. Post spacing is 6'- 3" except where noted. 3. Type 4 anchor required. See applicable Standard Plan(s). 4. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not exceed 10H:1V when the guardrail is within 12' - 0" from the edge of the shoulder.
CASE10A
ANCHOR PAY LIMIT -SEE NOTE 3 BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT 11'-0" MIN. BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT
~___[
fj
3'-0"MIN.
~_[3'-0"Ml
fj~
EDGE OF SHOULDER
EDGE OF SHOULDER
7
.,.. ONE-WAY TRAFFIC OR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC
CASE10B
CASE 10 A, B, or C
7
.,.. ONE-WAY TRAFFIC
05/2006
CLARIFIED DIMENSION OF CLEARANCE FOR HAZARD REVISION MAS
CASE10C
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-21-06
DATE
DATE
BY
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 - PAY LIMIT X SPACES @ 6' - 3", 0 SPACES MIN.
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 - PAY LIMIT X SPACES @ 6' - 3", 0 SPACES MIN.
l~~SE~E~NO~TE~3==lL~=Ld~~=,liLJbtJ,l~~~~~~~/~'lfj~L~~d~hl~"={~~J~~I?~\~~~~LjlfJ~~ibk~~~~Llt~~l=L~=bdbJ=b=~*1~
SEE NOTE 6
:SEE NOTE 3
_j
TWO-WAY TRAFFIC
'=
EDGE OF SHOULDER
CASE 11A
C/)
NOTES
jjj 1-
1. SRT Terminal shown. For terminal type and details see Contract and applicable Standard Plan(s). 2. Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 4 (W-Beam) or Type 4 (Thrie Beam) required. 3. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not exceed 10H:1V when the guardrail is within 12' - 0" from the edge of the shoulder. 4. If the distance from end of Beam Guardrail Type 11 to the structure exceeds 6' - 3" using 12' - 6" thrie beam sections, add a 6' - 3" nested section of thrie beam with 10x10 posts, spaced at 3'- 1 1/2" maximum, and begin transition.
NOTE3
::I
III
0::
....1
~ w
w
~
Cl
~
~ ~L ~
1)
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 - PAY LIMIT X SPACES @ 6' - 3", 0 SPACES MIN.
~
Cit
t{
~~ \
fJ l~l~ fJ
SEE NOTE 6
\__
__/
~~~ I
,
k
ONE-WAY TRAFFIC
ll
~SEE
5. Guardrail post spacing for Beam Guardrail Type 11 past the end of the structure shall be spaced at 6' - 3" maximum with 6x8 post and standard block. 6. Attach the standard wood block to the rail using two 5/8" x 4" lag bolts.
CASE11B
1)
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 - PAY LIMIT X SPACES @ 6' - 3", 0 SPACES MIN.
~)
~
~SEE
NOTE 3
SEE NOTE 6
EDGE OF SHOULDER
05/2006
EAB
CASE11C
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-21-06
DATE
DATE
BY
See Controct for guordro i I connect i on to br i dge ro i I ond concrete borr i er" The slope from the edge of the shoulder i nto the foce of the guordroi I should not be steeper thon 10:10 Attoch to ro i I wi th 1j6 " x 9" long bolt, nut ond / 1 1 2 " wosher on bock of post, For term i no I type ond de to i Is , see Contract ond opp I i cob I e Stondord PI on ( s),
') L o
Term i no I p o y I i mi t
( S RT shown ) see No t e 4
CASE 12 _D
(see Note 7)
>I
~---1.'---~----'---~v ._
>ic
/See Note
I
Rod ius dimensions sho I I be etched into pI ote rep I oc i ng the I etters "HH", shown on the I dent i f i cot i on PI ote Deto i I, Di g i ts sholl be 1 1 /2" M N height ond %"MAX wi dth" I The pI ote sho I I be go I von i zed ofter etch i ng,
5,
f-
s'+E
Q_
5"
The guordro i I rod i us I dent if i cot i on PI ote sho I I be mounted on the bock s i de of the Ro i I E I ement us i ng the I owest sp I i ce bo It ot the P, C, of the guordro i I rod i us
o
Ln
CASE 12 _c
(see Note
7)
7,
_C
CLEAR AREA
F i rst letter of cose des i gnation placement i nd i cates end treatment on side rood, Second letter i nd i cates end treatment on mo i n rood, For i nstance, o Type 5 Anchor on the side rood ond o bridge connection on the moin rood would be Cose 12 AC, For the 8'- 5" rod i us, five CRT posts ore requ i red includ i ng the CRT post ot point B, For CRT post deto i Is, see Stondord Pion "Beom Guordro i I Posts ond Blocks",
3::
So
9,
/-,
0
QJ QJ
0
Q_
Q_:z:
u
0 L
CD
(f)
D
L 0
Po i nt A
:::J
(_')
E
0 QJ OJ
1
L
0
_C
CRT Post
+1j5" Bolt
11 12''
Hole
c::
<(
Wosher
>I
lj~ "
-E
0L
D>->
L 0 OQ_
::J
(_') Ln
CASE 12 A_
(see Note 8)
SECTION A-A
Steel plote
Q)
OD_
Q))'-,
OJ f-
--+---+~~""""'l
Ro i I
IDENTIFICATION PLATE
(see Note 5)
Donald K. Nelson
3114197
DATE
CASE 12 B_
~
(see Note 7)
;:2 ...,
CJ)
NOTES
SEE NOTE 2 PT
I
:::>
0:::
~
::!!: :;,..:
III
<t:
REQUIREMENTS
NUMBER OF CRT POSTS (SEE NOTE 3) CLEAR AREA L BEAM GUARDRAIL ANCHOR TYPE 7
1. See Contract Plans for guardrail connection to bridge rail and concrete barrier. 2. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not be steeper than 10:1.
z
0
RADIUS
~
17'- 0" 25'- 6" 35'- 0"
w
15' 20' 20'
POINT B (CRT POST WITH BLOCK)
X SPACES
AT 6'- 3" (1 SPACE MIN.)
8
11
CASE 13_D
(SEE NOTE 7)
3. Fewer CRT posts are required for smaller radii; include CRT Post at Point B. Attach guardrail to post with a 5/16" x 9" long bolt, a 3/8" I.D. x 7 1/2" snug fitting insert, and a 1 1/2" washer with nut on back of post. 4. For terminal type and details, see Contract and applicable Standard Plan(s). 5. Radius dimensions shall be etched into plate replacing the letters "HH", shown on the GUARDRAIL RADIUS IDENTIFICATION PLATE DETAIL. Digits shall be 1 1/2" minimum height and 3/4" maximum width. Plate shall be galvanized after etching.
BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL ANCHOR TYPE 7 X SPACES AT 6'- 3"
(1 SPACE MIN.)
SEE NOTE
1~
bil
bil
bilbilbilbil~
---=f
BRIDGE END
6. The guardrail radius Identification Plate shall be mounted on the back side of the rail element using the lowest splice bolt nearest the PC of the guardrail radius (See View A). 7. The first letter of the Case Designation indicates the end treatment on the side road. The second letter indicates the end treatment on the main road. For example, a Type 5 Anchor on the side road with a bridge connection on the main road would be Case 13 AC, the combination shown.
CASE13_C
(SEE NOTE 7)
314" HOLE
SNUG FITTING INSERT 318" I.D., 7 112" LONG L (SEE TABLE)
1 112" WASHER
--------:-:0/
NUT\
CRT POST
POINT A
~
CJ)
VIEW0
J:
1-
g:;'i'
~UJ
1- 1-
~~
~
LlJ LlJ
...J
c..~
...J
:iE
BEAM GUARDRAIL ANCHOR TYPE 5 PAY LIMIT
0:::
LlJ
<t: z
~
MIN. (SEE NOTE 5)
1-
SEE NOTE 2
CASE 13A_
(SEE NOTE 7)
CASE 13 B_
(SEE NOTE 7)
I
I
CORRECTED NOTES;
I
I
MAS
....
Clifford E. Mansfield
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
07-27-01
DATE
BY
NOTES 1, For Serv i ce Level see Controct, 1, Weok Post Br i dge Ro i I System,
2, SRT Term i nol shown, For Terminol type ond deto i Is, see Contract ond opp I i cob I e Stondord PI on ( s), 3, The slope from the edge of the shoulder i nto the foce of the guordro i I should not be steeper thon 10:1, 4, See Stondord Pion "Beom Guordroi I Posts ond Blocks",
(see Note 2)
t i on----------~
Term i nol
poy I i mi t
(see Note 2)
Direction of Traffic
CASE 14
GUARDRAIL PLACEMENT
Donald K. Nelson
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
~
3128197
DATE
NOTES L SRT Terminol shown, For Term i nol type ond deto i Is, see Contract ond opp I i cob I e Stondord PI on ( s), The slope from the edge of the shoulder i nto the foce of the guordro i I shou I d not be steeper thon 10:1 , See Stondord Pion for Box Culvert Guordro i I Stee I PosL For spons up to 18'- 9", see Stondord Pion for Guordro i I Placement Coses 19, 20, ond 21,
2o
3,
4,
Terminol
poy
limit
(see Note 1)
Term i nal
Poy L i mi t
(see Note 1)
r----
(TYPl
Box
c~
I I
JL=f
f=1l
Direction of Traffic
CASE 15
GUARDRAIL PLACEMENT
..
I I I I I I
I'
See Note
3--~
25'
(see Note 4)
3128197
DATE
DETAIL
Anchor poy I i mit (see Note 1) Be om Guordro i I poy I i mit Terminol poy I i mi t (SRT shown) (see Note 2)
opp I i cob I e Stondord PI on ( s), 2, For term i no I type ond de to i Is, oppl i coble Stondord Plon(s), See Note 5 3, Post spocing is 5'-3" except where noted, see contract ond
For guordro i I to br i dge ro i I connect i on see opp I i cob I e Stondord PI on ( s) or Contract, i nto the
\L
CASE 16
foce of the guordro i I shou I d not be steeper thon One Woy Troff i c
the
I i mi t
(see Note 3)
See Note 5
Edge of shoulder
Vor i es
CASE 17
end
CASE 18
~~
.....
Clifford E. Mansfield
DEPUTY STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
6112198
DATE
;:2 ...,
CJ)
:::>
0:::
~
::!!: :;,..:
III
<t:
1:
6'-3" TYP.
12'-6"
.. I ..
6'-3" TYP.
:
t ___l
2'-3"
z
0
GROUND LINE
ELEVATION
0
I
0
. - - - - - -
CASE 19A
SPLICE IN CENTER
~-~-----------=---------._3-- - - -.. 6 ..
37'-6"NE::.~;w_-_B-EA_M_~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~~~~~~---3-.. - - - -.. .. 6
1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - .. I I
TYP.
TYP.
2'-3"
-----r~--------~--------~~--------~----~--------------~--------~~--------~-----___1
GROUND LINE
ELEVATION
CASE 19 B
SPLICE AT POSTS SINGLE W-BEAM RAIL ELEMENT NESTED W-BEAM RAIL ELEMENTS
SECTION
SECTION
....
Clifford E. Mansfield
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
07-27-01
DATE
r
Ill l1
~~~~~~~~N~D~~~~~~~
1::::::.:----I
II
6'-3" TYP.
'
18'-9"
-------------'~----
II II
11
II
ill
t ___l
2'-3'
GROUND LINE
ELEVATION
CASE20
SECTION
SECTION
....
Clifford E. Mansfield
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
07-27-01
DATE
NOTES
1. See Standard Plan C-1b for additional details. 2. One-way traffic layouts are identical to the two-way layout with the exception that only the posts trailing the span need to be CRT's with double blocks.
' ' ' ' '
OBSTRUCTION
TWO-WAY TRAFFIC
100' OF NESTED W-BEAM RAIL ELEMENTS "BEAM GUARDRAIL PLACEMENT- 25' SPAN" PAY LIMIT
PLAN
r
II
6'-3"-
TYP.
2'MIN.-
r
II
'' '' '' '' '' ''
'
6'-3"-
TYP.
.. .. .. .. ..
II
.. .. .. .. ..
II
.. .. .. .. ..
II
.. .. .. .. ..
II
.. .. .. .. ..
II
'' '' '' '' '' ''
II
'' '' '' '' '' ''
II
'' '' '' '' '' ''
OBSTRUCTION
II
'' '' '' '' '' ''
II
'' '' '' '' '' ''
II
~----------------------------------~
.. .. .. .. ..
II
.. .. .. .. ..
II
.. .. .. .. ..
II
.. .. .. .. ..
II
.. .. .. .. ..
ELEVATION
CASE 21
6"x8"x14" WOOD BLOCKS
' '
~ '
'
~
ONE-WAY TRAFFIC LAYOUT
'
OBSTRUCTION
SECTION
....
Clifford E. Mansfield
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
07-13-01
DATE
Transition Poy Limit (See Note 1) M ill! _ _____r--:-:--J___, _J-_1 Bridge end~
NOTES 1o See Contract for transit i on ond connection typeo 2o The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the foce of the guordroi I should not be steeper thon
10: L
CASE 22 C_
fQ_
N
Q)
+z
0
Q) Q)
0
_C
lfl
<(
+-
-E
O_j
CASE 22 D_
(See Note 4)
3 o Guordro i I i nsto I I ot ion sho I I be Beom Guordro i I Type 1 with stondord post ond blocko 4, First letter of cose designation indicates end treatment on side rood, Second I etter i nd i cotes end tr eotment on mo in rood, For ins tonce o terminal on the side rood ond o bridge connection on the moin rood would be Cose 22 BC, 5, For terminal type ond detoi Is, see Contract ond oppl icoble Stondord Plon(s), 5o Rodius dimensions shol I be etched into plote rep I oc i ng the I etters "HHII shown on the Identification Plote Detoi I, Digits shol I be / 1 1 2 MIN height ond 14 MAX width o Plote shol I be golvonized ofter etching, 7, The guordroi I Identification Plote shol I be mounted ot the I ower sp I ice bo It on the bock side of the roi I element ot the PC of the guordroi I rodius,
11
11
D
L 0 00_ ::J
(_')~
QJ
00_
Q)/-,
PC (See Note 7)
+E
_j
OJf-
Ln
Q)
Point A
+z
0
Q) Q)
Q_
c
E
L
Q)
Ul
f-
CASE 22 A_
(See Note 4) Note 2
% DI A
11
hole
CASE 22 B_
(See Note 4)
1:74 ~1
5"
.I
1/411
Sp I i c e
---+---+~--
bolt slot
Ro i I e I ement
lc
Identification (see deto i I )
') :y,4
L
~ ~
u
I
Steel plote
>I
MHG
BY
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
10-31-03
DATE
....1 ....1
::J
0 0
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 1 - PAY LIMIT FIVE SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX. SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SPECIFIED CONNECTION 12'- 6" NESTED THRIE BEAM {12 GAGE) THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL REDUCER SECTION TYPE B {10 GAGE)
z c:::
w
NOTE
11..
1.
Install Extruded Curb at face of Guardrail. See Standard Plan F-10.40 for details.
GROUND LINE TERMINATE CURB AT BRIDGE RAIL OR BARRIER, MATCH FACE 4" EXTRUDED CURB SEE NOTE 1
I I I
I I I I I
I I I
I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I
_I
: 1
~ --
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 1B- PAY LIMIT 6x8POSTWITH ~STANDARD BLOCK {TYP.) SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SPECIFIED FIVE SPACES@ 3'- 1 1/2" = 15'- 7 1/2"
'-"
TYPE 1
CONNECTION
I'
'I'
!
~~\~IE~~~~~~Ei~ r
_________ ...---TERMINATE CURB AT BRIDGE RAIL OR BARRIER, MATCH FACE
GROUND LINE
: :
1 I
:
I
: : : :
I I I
: : : ~-~
4" EXTRUDED CURB SEE NOTE 1 BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 1A- PAY LIMIT FOUR SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX. THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL REDUCER SECTION TYPE B {10 GAGE) BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT
6'-6"LONG,1010P~TYPE1BWITH 8 x 8 BLOCKS
'-
GROUND LINE TERMINATE CURB AT BRIDGE RAIL OR BARRIER, MATCH FACE 4" EXTRUDED CURB SEE NOTE 1
I : I
I I I I I
I I I
I I I
-~-1 I 1 I
-,
'\..___
......
0712112
DATE
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 2- PAY LIMIT SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SPECIFIED CONNECTION FIVE SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX. 12'- 6" NESTED W BEAM (12 GAGE) BEAM GUARDRAIL
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 4 PAY LIMIT 12'- 6" NESTED W BEAM (12 GAGE) THREE SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2"
I I I I
I
I
1
SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SPECIFIED CONNECTION 6x8 POST WITH STANDARD BLOCK (TYP.)
I I I I
I
1
\ _ 1
\ _
_;
: _;
TYPE 2
TYPE4
FOR 45 MPH AND BELOW
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 5- PAY LIMIT FOUR SPACES@ 1'- 6 3/4" TOTAL LENGTH= 6'- 3" lWO SPACES@ 3'- 1 1/2" TOTAL LENGTH= 6'- 3"
I
I
I I I I
\ _ 6' - 0" LONG ' 6x8 POST : WITH STANDARD BLOCK : (TYP.)
TYPES
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 6- PAY LIMIT EIGHT SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX. TOTAL LENGTH= 25'- 0"
li il II II
II II II II II
I I I I
I I
I
II II II II II
I I I I
I
TYPES
I I
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
10-04-05
DATE
BEAM G UARDRAIL T RANSITION SECTION TYPE 10 SEE TRAILING END TRANSITION DETAILS SEE NOTE 1 (N) SECTIONS OF 12' - 6" THRIE BEAM (10 GAGE) SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR QUANTITY
PAY LIMIT
12'- 6" NESTED THRIE BEAM (12 GAGE) FOUR SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX.
1 ..
NOTES 1. If the distance from the end of the bridge to the end of the thrie beam bridge rail section exceeds 6' - 3" using 12' - 6" thrie beam sections, add a 6' - 3" section of thrie beam bridge rail to reduce the length to less than 6' - 3". When thrie beam is installed at the face of the bridge curb, install Extruded Curb at face of Guardrail. See Standard Plan F-10.40 for details. Match the height of existing bridge curb with a 20H : 1V transition. When thrie beam is installed at the face of rigid bridge rail, an HMA ramp is required from the roadway surface to the top of the bridge curb or sidewalk. The slope of the ramp shall be 20H : 1V or flatter.
(10 GAGE)
lWO SPACES
@ 3'- 1 1/2"
2.
1 ..
-Y
I
"")..
IIIII I I
~
Ill Ill Ill II II IIIII
IIIII
IIIII
:
:
3.
...J ...J
LLJ Cl Cl
::J
LLJ
LL.
0::
TYPE10
APPROACH END THRIE BEAM INSTALLED AT FACE OF BRIDGE CURB
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 11- PAY LIMIT THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL REDUCER SECTION TYPE B
(10 GAGE)
lWO SPACES
@ 3'- 1 1/2"
I I I I I I
I I I I I I
BRIDGE
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 12- PAY LIMIT FOUR SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" BEAM GUARDRAIL THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL REDUCER SECTION TYPE B
6'-6"LONG~
2' - 6" TO 6' - 3"
TYPE 11
(10 GAGE)
I I I I I I I I I
I
I I I I I
I
_/
1
:
:
I I I I
I
c_~
I I I
6'-6" LONG
~-~
TYPE12
TRAILING END
06-27-11
DATE
fll
.....
(N) SECTIONS OF 12'- 6" THRIE BEAM (10 GAGE) SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR QUANTITY
PAY LIMIT
12'- 6" NESTED THRIE BEAM (12 GAGE) FOUR SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX.
THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL REDUCER SECTION TYPE A (10 GAGE) TWO SPACES @ 3'- 1 1/2"
6'- 3"
I
I
4
I
BRIDGE
..,._
I IIIII
: :
IIIII I
: :
11111111
: :
II I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
~II I
1111
1111
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
~ 6 x 8 POST WITH
I
1
: :
~-J
...J ...J
6~-~
TYPE13
APPROACH END
THRIE BEAM INSTALLED AT FACE OF BRIDGE RAIL BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT
Cl Cl
LLJ
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 14- PAY LIMIT THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL REDUCER SECTION TYPE A
::J
LLJ
LL.
0::
(10 GAGE)
~
Cl
6'- 3"
TWO SPACES
2'- 6"
MAX.
@ 3'- 1 1/2"
I I I I I I
I I I I I I
6 x 8 POST WITH~
STANDARD BLOCK (TYP.)
I
I I I I I I
I
I I
I
: : : :
I
I I I I I I
6'-6"LO~~
TYPE 14
I I I I I I I I I I
~-~
I I
I
I I I I I I I
I I I I I
I
I I I I
I
I I I I I I I
BRIDGE
HMA RAMP SEE NOTE 3
:
i
I I
I I
~- 6" LON~,:<<
.-TYPE15
fll
.....
06-27-11
DATE
NOTES
1.
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 16- PAY LIMIT FOUR SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX. TWO SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX. 12'- 6" NESTED THRIE BEAM THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL REDUCER SECTION TYPE B 10 GAGE BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT
See Contract for the number of thrie beam sections for Beam Guardrail Type 11. If the distance from the end of the Beam Guardrail Type 11 to the column/structure exceeds 6'- 3" using 12'- 6" thrie beam sections, add a 6'- 3" nested section of thrie beam to reduce the distance to less than 6' - 3". Install Extruded Curb (See Standard Plan F-10.40) at face of Guardrail.
2.
3.
SEE NOTE 4
4. Attach the standard block to the rail using two 5/8" x 4" lag bolts.
I I I I I
I
I I I
I
BRIDGE COLUMN BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 11 PAY LIMIT SEE NOTES 1 & 2
...J ...J
LLJ Cl Cl
I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 17- PAY LIMIT TWO SPACES @ 3'- 1 1/2" MAX. THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL FOUR SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2" MAX. SEE NOTE 4 12'- 6" NESTED THRIE BEAM
::J
LLJ
LL.
0::
c_~
6'- 6" LONG, 10 X 10 POST WITH STANDARD BLOCK (TYP.)
~ 6
_;
TYPE16
APPROACH END
I I I I
I
I I I I
I
-~
6' - 6" LONG BRIDGE COLUMN BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 11 PAY LIMIT SEE NOTES 1 & 2
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 18- PAY LIMIT FOUR SPACES@ 3'- 1 1/2" MAX.
TYPE17
TRAILING END
I
12'- 6" NESTED THRIE BEAM
BEAM GUARDRAIL
I I I I I I I
I
I I I
I
I I I
I I I I
I
_)
c_J
I I I I I
6'-6"LONG~
TYPE18
TRAILING END
(TYP.)
fll
.....
06-27-11
DATE
NOTES
EDGE OF WIDENED EMBANKMENT
1. Unless otherwise indicated in the contract, the SRT - 350 (12.5, 8 Post} as manufactured by Trinity Industries, Inc., or a FLEAT 350 as manufactured by Road Systems Inc., shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. If specified in the Contract, the FLEAT TL2 as manufactured by Road Systems, Inc. shall be installed per manufacturers recommendations. 2. Where terminal is placed on a curve, and post offsets would result in the rail encroaching onto the shoulder (e.g., the inside of a curve}, the posts shall be installed so that the faceof the rail is at the edge of the shoulder. 3. When snow load post washers and snow load rail washers are called for in the contract, the snow load rail washers must be omitted within the terminal limits. 4. Offset distances: FLEAT 350 ............................................... 4'- 0" FLEAT TL2 ............................................... 1'- 8" minimum
:)~
ITI
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ~
D
'' '' ~"
L,
18
' ' '~"'
L,
D
' ' '~"'
L,
D
' ' '~"'
L,
18
'' '' ~"
L,
.
' ' ' '
Q--1~
"
' ' ' '
L"'
~ -.
"
' ' ' '
OL .J
GROUND LINE
ELEVATION VIEW
FLEAT OPTION
b
'
(RELATIVE TO GRADE)
L------------~PLANVIEW
I I
I I
I I
I I
!...J
L_,
I I I I I I
!...J
L_,
I I I I I I
.......
.... "'' \ ~ ' '
.......
IL
\
.J
GROUND LINE
~ : ' '
04/2006
DATE Rev;sed FLEAT Flare Lengths REVISION AMC
'
ELEVATION VIEW
fJ'I Washington
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-08-06
DATE
SRTOPTION
BY
NOTES 1. An ET-PLUS (TL3) as manufactured by Trinity Industries, Inc. or an SKT-350 as manufactured by Road Systems Inc. shall be installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. When a TL2 terminal is specified in the contract an ET-PLUS (TL2) as manufactured by Trinity Industries, Inc., or an SKT-TL2 as manufactured by Road Systems, Inc. shall be installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. A reflectorized object marker shall be installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. 3. When snow load post washers and snow load rail washers are required by the contract, the snow load rail washers must not be installed within the terminal limits. 4. Terminal shall be installed at a taper, ensuring that end piece is entirely off shoulder. 5. Length for ET-PLUS (TL3) and SKT-350 is 50'. Length for ET-PLUS (TL2) and SKT-TL2 is 25'.
BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT
10' MIN
~
PLAN
lXI
J~
6:1 iAPER
EDGE OF SHOULDER
SEE NOTE 2
~c
10-0 00
'0
10-0 00
'"
10-0 0
0
0 I~- 0
10-0 00
- ""0"~0"'- -- J[
__ ~II
GROUND LINE
'A~ ~ ~
0112003
DATE
RG
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-20-03
DATE
BY
....1 ....1
::J
0 0
BEAM GUARDRAIL BULL NOSE TERMINAL BID ITEM 3'- 2 3/4" 12'- 2"
z c:::
w
37'- 6"
11..
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
10'
25'
65'
7L
8L
9L
10L
11L
12L
/ /
/
/
/
---,-/
''
''
9R
10R
11R
''
SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 10H : 1V (TYP.) EDGE OF SHOULDER (TYP.)
NORMAL MEDIAN SLOPE 12'- 6" RAIL LENGTH 12'- 6" ARC LENGTH AT FACE OF RAIL (SLOTTED RAIL ELEMENT#1) (SLOTTED RAIL ELEMENT#3 12'- 6" ARC LENGTH AT FACE OF RAIL (SLOTTED RAIL ELEMENT#2)
25' - 0" (TYP.) STANDARD THRIE BEAM RAIL ELEMENTS SEE STANDARD PLAN C-1a
BEAM GUARDRAIL BULL NOSE TERMINAL BID ITEM 3'- 2 3/4" 12'- 1"
37'- 6"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
1. For W-Beam applications extend the rail from the bullnose terminal by using a "Reducer Element Type C" followed by a standard Post and Block, spaced at 3'- 1 1/2". Continue runs with standard 6' - 3" post spacing. For additional Details see Standard Plans C-20.10 and C-25.20.
i1==15~-i
~
9L 7L
10L
11L
12L
""'
b
7R
9R
::;:::~~~~-~'~'RA~IL~LE~N~GfT~H~--~~==~~~~~~~~~~~~;:::~::::::L:::~;;;,;~~~~~~::::::
(SLOTTED RAIL ELEMENT #3) 25' - 0" (TYP.) STANDARD THRIE BEAM RAIL ELEMENTS SEE STANDARD PLAN C- a 1 W-BEAM OR THRIE BEAM G UARDRAIL (SEE CONTRACT) (SEE NOTE 1) (TYP.)
12
15
---~s=~=T~ED=E=SIG=N=E~NG=IN-EE_R_ __ _
......
0712112
DATE
....1 ....1
::J
0 0
z c:::
w
11..
B"NOM;~A~
______
GUARDRAIL BOLT 5/8" DIAM. x 10" LONG 1" THRIEBEAM GUARDRAIL BOLT
B"NOMI~
TAPERED BLOCK
THRIE BEAM
~EE
TAPERED BLOCK
~NOM~~~
GUARDRAIL BOLT
W-BEAM WOOD BLOCK FOR WOOD POSTS SEE STANDARD PLAN C-1b
YA POST 1R&1L
NOTE : CABLE BEARING PLATE NOT SHOWN
FOUN~.ATION
3 1/2" DIAM. HOLES
POST 2R&2L
b .....
TAPERED BLOCK
071~!2
....1 ....1
::J
0 0
z c:::
w
11..
2 7/8"
I --j
Ir-
2 7/8"
~~
FOR 5/8" DIAM. WIRE ROPE
15/16"
~--~~-----~~---~
4 1/4"
2 1/16"
-1
13/16"
NOSE CABLE
POST 1
POST2
POST3
~
15/16" X 1 3/16" SLOT {TYP.)
R 5/8"
ANCHOR CABLE AND PLATE, SEE STANDARD PLAN C-6f
H~NUT\
~r-
~-f~
U-BOLT- 1/4" DIAM. 2 1/2" LONG
2L
3R
rr
....
....1 ....1
::J
0 0
6 1/4"
10"
6'- 3"
10" 2" ---
3/8'~
11
9 1/4"
l8"
11
3/8:
~
11
26 3/4"
1'8"
11
z c:::
w
11..
I I
0 0
2" ---
I--
13 3/4"
I
I I
SPLICE SLOT
r-
Lst8~' R. (TYP.)
~r.------~t)
3/4"
~R.~J
....---------------------,\+)
3/4"
T
SLOT B DETAIL
11" 3/8"
SLOT A DETAIL
0
!
!I
i
I
11
4a.
L_
3/8"
8 1/8"
c:p
0 0
)tll"====:::]JJ
R. (TYP.)
ltL
T
3/8"
3/4"
11 1~ _;(E+=======:::DJ
L's,8:. R. (TYP.)
T
SLOT D DETAIL
6'- 3"
3/8"
3/4"
0
!
SLOT C DETAIL
L
c:p
0 0 0 0
6 1/4"
\
\
40 5/8" (TYP.) EACH END
\ _ SLOT B (TYP.) -SEE DETAIL
i
I I
I
I
8 7/8"
SLOT B (TYP.) -SEE DETAIL
4"
8 7/8"
4"
8 7/8"
4"
8 7/8"
4"
8 7/8"
4" ~- 7/16"
POST BO SL
I
0 0
I
0 0
I
I
0 0
12'- 6"
c:p
0
0
c:J
0 0
i
I
7'71
L_L_o
0 0
c:p
0 0
! q
I
I
I
12'- 6"
\_ SPLICE BOLT SLOT
0 0
I
I
I
I
L SLOT
SLOTTED THRIE BEAM RAIL ELEMENT #2
i
I
6 1/4"
11 3/4"
6'- 3"
SEE STANDARD PLAN C-1a FOR RAIL ELEMENT DETAILS (RAIL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE BEFORE BENDING TO RADIUS SHOWN IN PLAN)
9 7/8"
11 3/4"
9 7/8"
11 3/4"
10 1/4"
I
i
0 0
!
I
0 0
!
!
POST B SLOT (
0 0
c:p
0 0
~
6
0 0
!
~ ~
7o
0
0 0
i i
c:p
0 0
ci
0
~
i
I
0 0
Q
\_ SPLICE BOLT SLOT (TYP.)
\
12'- 6"
\
\_POST BOLT SLOT (TYP.)
I
I
\
\__SLOT D (TYP.) -SEE DETAIL
I
I
......
0712112
DATE
NOTES 1, 5xB Timber posts--------~ to motch beom guordro i I CRT Post (see Note Anchor coble (see Deto i I) 2o Anchor p I ote moy be constructed from 1 /~" pI otes welded to equol strength ond d i mens i ons os shown, For end section de to i Is see Stondord PI on "Beam Guordro i I End Sect i ons", For post deto i Is , see Stondord PI on "Beom Guordro i I Posts ond Blocks"o
/ E i ght%" x 1 1 2 " mach i ne bolts w i th hex nut ond wosher, PI oce washer on foce s i de of ro i I o
3o
PLAN
4o
5o
i ns i de nut o
Toeno i I beor i ng plote w i th 10d no i I ot corners to prevent turn i ngo Anchor poy I i mit (see Note 7) Anchor poy I i mit does not opp I y when anchor i ncluded i n o Beom Guordro i I Term i nal o is
%" x 2" Button heod bo It or %" x 1 1 2 " hex heod bo It ond / hex nut w i th ro i I onchor woshers under bo It heod ond nut~
5'-3"
/Anchor pI ote (see deto i Is) Anchor ro i I wosher (see Deto i I )
1/l~'!!l-2
(2%" 00)
::;;:
<t
TI
TYPE 1
0
ANCHOR
Donald K. Nelson
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
~
05130197
DATE
Sheet 1 of 2 Sheets
.....
l:?u ~lc
e
15"
LJ"
~lc
LJ"
~lc
LJ"
~v:
e
~
/
-------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -
/'--' 1 /4
%"R %" R
~~~
~
~~~
Note Ll
ill
311 -
ft
u
e
3"
X
1
e
2 /~"
X
e
B
"""" ""
1 2 " End pI ote /
J
I
1112'' 11112''
ELEVATION
Goge MIN
SECTION
B-B
~~--ittr~;f!
li!J 1 ''
ANCHOR PLATE
(See Note 1)
I:LJ"
:1,
1
1
~~~
-----------
%"
Cob I e
Swoge
BEARING PLATE
1" x 7" Stud threaded fu I I length (TYPl
ANCHOR CABLE
DATE
Sheet 2 of 2 Sheets
(/)
0::
IIl
....1 ....1
w w
W8
x 18 STEEL POST
NOTES
iii
1. Rail section and W8 x 18 steel post shall be fabricated to receive 5/8" hex head bolts as shown .
5/8" HEX HEAD BOLTS
z
0
2. All bolts shall be high strength 5/8" hex head bolts with anchor rail washers.
~
W8 x 18 STEEL POST 1/2" ANCHOR PLATE SEE NOTE 1
~
~
C")
~
~
W-BEAM GUARDRAIL
~
4" (TYP.)
1
W-BEAM GUARDRAIL
1
PLAN
2 3/4"
C")
W-BEAM GUARDRAIL
'i7
~f
t>
,I>
1. vii
~~'I"' ."t>
I> .
SECTION
SEE NOTE 2
I>
..
(.)
30"
0:: 0
::::i
(/)
2"
1 1/4"
.
:Z
~
b
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
+-4- +-4-+---+-L~
I
I
+-+
I I
COMMERCIAL CONCRETE
.
I>
~
I
I
+-+
BACKING PLATE
__.___--;,~--.--...,"' L '.JI~ .J ~
."
..
~
"
I>
r
ELEVATION
f - - - - ---------1
18" DIAM.
10-14-09
DATE
2. For end section details see Standard Plan C-7 or C-7a. 3. For details, see Standard Plan C-1 b.
6 -3
1
11
18
ANCHOR PLATE TYP (SEE NOTE 1)
11
4. Outside nut shall be torqued against inside nut a minimum of 100 ft.-lbs. 5. Post and block shall match beam guardrail posts.
[2
W BEAM INSTALLATION
0
ANCHOR PAY LIMIT
6 -3
1
11
12
11
18
11
to
I
~~~~~~~~~~~~W~O~~~~~~~=R~:~~~~~~~~W~~:~~~O;S~T~~~~~~~~#~~~~~~~~~S~NDARDTIDPIPE
(SEE NOTE 3)
~---BEARING
I_~--~- __:__-~
Clifford E. Mansfield
01106100
DATE
r I
12199 DATE
!MODIFIED "END SECTIONS" TO DESIGN "C", CHANGEQ TWS INOTE 2 AND DETAIL TITLES. I I REVISION I BY
fl'l
NOTES
14 "
See Detoi
x 9'-
o"
/ At t o c h W- b eo m t o s tee I p i p e wi t h %" x 1 1 4 " button heod bolt wi th no wosher, No connect i on to the post i s requ i red,
2,
For end sect i on de to i Is see Stondord PI on, "Beom Guordro i I End Sections", For deto i Is see Stondord PI on, "Beom Guordro i I Anchor Type 1", For deto i Is see Stondord PI on, "Beom Guordro i I
3,
'------- 1 o" x 13"
LJ,
5, See Note 1
Outs i de nut sho I I be torqued ogo i nst ins i de nut o min i mum of 100 ft/lbs,
DETAIL B
%"Coble clips 15 required) torque nuts to 50 ft/lbs, Bearing plote (see Note 3) Stondord 2" ID p i pe sleeve
12%" 00)
----~
0
TYPE 5 ANCHOR
Donald K. Nelson
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
05130197
DATE
NOTES 1, For deto i Is, see Stondord Pion, "Beom Guordro i I Anchor Type 1", The ro i I e I ement i s to be included in the "Beom Guordro i I" poy item, The "Anchor" poy i tem i ncludes the onchor post, onchor plote, onchor coble , beoring plote , nuts ond woshers , For de to i Is, see Stondord PI on, "Beom Guordro i Posts ond Blocks" , Post sho I I motch beom guordro i I posts,
')
'0
--~
__
_j
+
I
------------------~?
--------------------~
'_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j
rr1
'
111.:::-1112:
See Note 4 ~
1
(2%" 00)
-I-
0
Anchor poy I i mi t (see Note 2)
TYPE 7 ANCHOR
Donald K. Nelson
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
07125197
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0 0
z c:::
w
11..
J
3/4" X 2 1/2" POST BOLT SLOT
27 1/2"
~I-~--------~---------~
PLAN
SPLICE BOLT SLOT (TYP.) 29/32" X 1 1/8"
- )J
3/8" HOLE (OPTIONAL)
N .....
NOTES
1.
~
2 1/4,::1
End Section Design G shall be used except where noted on the plans or contract. Attach guardrail to bridge rail or concrete barrier with 7/8" diameter bolts (five minimum) Standard Spec. 9-06.5(4), with thin slab ferrule inserts or resin bonded anchors. See the Contract Plans. A single piece having similar dimensional shape to Design G and mating with the W-beam guardrail is an alternate. In cases where Design "F" end section is lapped on the outside of the guardrail, a galvanized 1" ID, 2" OD, 0.134" thick, narrow Type A Plain Washer or a anchor rail washer shall be placed under the splice bolt heads.
cb
: 8 1/2"
cb
2.
133/8"
PLAN
3. 4.
Co .....
L
4 1/4"
7~~-~
4 1/4"
l I
I I
I I
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
DESIGN C
DESIGN D END SECTION
DESIGN A
PLAN
SPLICE BOLT SLOT (TYP.) 29/32" X 1 1/8"
0
30"
, 318" ] _
30"
PLAN
~~===+~~======~~~~
~ ~
. :.
0 0
~ ~
ELEVATION
DESIGN G
(SEE NOTE 3)
3 1/2" 3 1/2"
~ .....
~
N .....
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
06-16-11
DATE
DESIGN D
DESIGN F
(SEE NOTE 4)
-~----~S~~=TE~D=Es=IG~NE~N~GIN~E=ER~----
NOTES
....1 ....1
0 0
::::i
0::
L1..
N
N
1. Attach guardrail to bridge rail or concrete barrier with 7/8" diameter bolts (five minimum) Standard Spec. 9-06.5(4), with thin slab ferrule inserts or resin bonded anchors. See the Contract Plans. 2. In cases where Design F End Section is lapped on the outside of the guardrail, a galvanized 1" ID, 2" OD, 0.134" thick, narrow Type A Plain Washer or an anchor rail washer will be placed under the splice bolt heads.
=
b
=
29/32" X 1 1/8" SLOTS (TYP)
N
8 1/2"
25" MIN
..
8 1/2" ..1I
2'- 6"
29/32" X 1 1/8" SLOTS (TYP) 25" BEND FOR USE WITH
DESIGN G (THRIE
B~ ~:.":r"J" ~ c:p
-~I
______:r-
c:pl~'
8 1/2"
I
3"
!e
('I')
2"
1
4"
. . . .
4"
1 . . . . 1
7 1/4"
'
'
'
=
THRIE BEAM END SECTIONS
DESIGN G (THRIE BEAM)
Co
~
/
3/4" HOLES (FOR DESIGN G _ / END SECTION ONLY) SEE NOTE 1
(;)
<0
~
N
06-16-11
DATE
CD #5
NOTES 1. Wire rope loops shall be 3' - 8" long, except for the top loop of the Barrier Terminal, which shall be 2' - 0" long. 2. 3. Except for the locations of the wire rope loops, the dimensions shown in END VIEW "A" are typical for both ends of a Barrier Section or opposing ends of Barrier Terminals. Connecting and Drift Pin head designs vary among different manufacturers. Pin designs that are shaped differently than those shown in the detail are acceptable, if the bearing surface is within the minimum and maximum widths specified.
.... L.. .
..1..
\---------------------------------TOP VIEW
4. The vertical spacing of the Wire Rope Loops in a Barrier Terminal is determined by the end of the Barrier Segment to which it is being connected. See BARRIER CONNECTION DETAIL (Sheet 2).
,~-------------------------------------------------1------------------------~)
=~=~~============================
I
============================~=~=
I I I
CONNECTING PIN
~---------!_l_~-------------------------------------------------4.-----------------------------~ I I I 6"'! 1 1/2" (TYP.) -----! 12 f"2'\ # 5 ~ '-....____ ~ : 10'- 0" OR 12'- 6" "61 TYP.:
PIN
SIDE VIEW
PIN
BARRIER SECTION
DETAIL
I
1 1/2" R.
----1
7/8" R.
---L!
9"
.
CD #5
BARRIER SECTION BARRIER TERMINAL
~ .....
LO
...,
@#5
...,
1/2" CHAMFER (TYP.)
7"
BARRIER SECTION
BARRIER TERMINAL
@#5
(TYP.)
@#5
(TYP.)
ENDVIEW
I.
..
2'- 0"
..
I
BARRIER SECTION BARRIER TERMINAL
SECTION
ISOMETRIC VIEWS
fll
.....
02-10-09
DATE
SEE NOTE 1
.
5/8" WIRE ROPE
WIRE SEIZING - SHALL BE EIGHT WRAPS OF 16 GAGE WIRE WITH THE ENDS TWISTED TOGETHER, OR EQUIVALENT FASTENING.
1'- 0"
2'- 3"
3'- 0"
TOP VIEW
2" MIN.
~
N
~l ~:1_1_~_0_"~~---------------6_'-_0_"
I
______________
"I
z ii:
(!)Z
I"
2112" MAX
1'- 6"
PLATE WASHER 1/8" THICK
z ii: i= 1()u... ~ 02 z Cl
-~...,...:;::-,........... -I I I I I I
----.. ...
iio
' N
()0
oo:::
0::: u...
o&> u...
C')
''
Co
SIDE VIEW
1" DIAM. PIN WITH ROUNDED BOTTOM EDGES SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 4
SIDE VIEW
BARRIER TERMINAL
----
-c-1
N
9'- 4 3/4" FOR 10'- 0" LONG BARRIER SECTION 11'- 10 3/4" FOR 12'- 6" LONG BARRIER SECTION
~
II
...... '
CD #5
I
@#5
--
9'- 4 3/4" FOR 10'- 0" LONG BARRIER SECTION 11'- 10 3/4" FOR 12'- 6" LONG BARRIER SECTION
[r
l~
~~
@#5
1 1 1 1 [rr------~--~_ I it
@#5
1' - 7"
2' - 3"
..... VI
02-10-09
DATE
NOTE
~W i re
.....
u
r@.::;.r .;r-
iA/;
7
3'-
s"
s"
--.
~-
For deto i Is on wi re rope loop, connect i ng pin ond end notches see Stondord Pion "concrete Sorrier Type 2,"
# 5 Bor s
~
B or B
/,
--~---
~~~
1
I I
3'-
s"
2"
!II~
Cleoronce ___/9I
~
Foce of concrete ot
~of
,
barrier
1/s '~~
---.
'~!
0
lk Pin
l.A
INTERMEDIATE PLAN
Pin
:~
1 I
--1---- - - - - - 1
I I
II
~------
--
1 o'
- o"
TRANSITION PLAN
4=_
%" Chamfer
ITYP)
2" Cleoronce
'
:
1
'
1 //'
C I eoc once
L i ft i ng notches
Two # 5 IBor
N N
112!1 _ _
Chamfer
4112''
Lift i ng notches
Cleoronce
4 /z"
1
o"
q;_
Pin
INTERMEDIATE ELEVATION
TRANSITION ELEVATION
Pin
Vor i es
5"
to 18"
---~:-:__:-_:-_::-_-"!
: 5//
~---,1
2!!
'
Droft
1'-'-~~~,
'
~~~L------~-~
"
Bridge Pier
i
' ' '
.r
10" R
N N
4112''
Cleoronce
~~.
SECTION A-A
SECTION B-B
TYPE 4
TRANSITION SECTION
ill
NOTES 1. This plan shall be used for 40' and 50' Light Standards with 16' max. length double mast arms.
21' - 6" 10'- 0" 9" 9" 10'- 0"
2. See Standard Plan C-8 for details on barrier ends, Wire Rope Loops, and Connecting Pins. 3. Grounding Conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper, provide 3' - 0" min. slack. Clamp steel reinforcing bar with connnector suitable for use embedded in concrete. 4. See the Contract Plans for conduit placement.
~c--c-
I I I
_ _ _ __l_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
b.
I
I
'---
-~ ~==~~~~~~~~==~~~~~~~~==~~~~~~ - ~
3/4" CHAMFER
I I
m~--~
:I:I
b.
II
<o
-l<"l
'
:
I I I
--
I
_V
SEE DETAIL "A" FOR CONDUIT AND ANCHOR BOLT PLACEMENT
I I
/ /
a.
~!:I
-'---
iii
I
SEE NOTE 4
..... .....
jJ
9'- 0"
PLAN
21'- 6"
@
@
#4 - 6 SPACES
1'- 0"
#4- 17 SPACES
@
@
2'- 0"
#4 - 6 SPACES
1'- 0"
= 6'- 0"
@ 6"
= 8'- 6"
= 6'- 0"
7"
5'- 0"
SECTION
Co
N
'
b
N
#4 - FIELD BEND
PAVEMENT BASE COURSE
'
SPACING FORG) #4
"
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
END
(D
#4 - 8 SPACES @
9'- 0"
1'- 0"
= 8'- 0"
ELEVATION
ISOMETRIC
.....
06-27-11
DATE
TOP OF
TOP OF
BARRIER
b
BARRIER
~I i
-~
------0---0-
'
'
'
'
-~=
M C\1
-_ =-=---=-------= ~ ----4T--I-_ -I
I I I I
1" DIAM. BOLT - ASTM A 449 ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) - SEE DETAIL ANCHOR PLATE (TYP.) - SEE DETAILS HEADED BOLT
1-
rn~
C\1
1-
.o LlJ
!Il
rn~
1" DIAM. THREADED ROD - ASTM A 449
C\1
.o
LlJ !Il
:::!:
LlJ
:::!:
LlJ
DETAIL "A"
16" DIAM.
BAR LIST
MARK LOCATION FOOTING - DOWEL FOOTING FOOTING BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER
QTY.
BENDING DIAGRAM
SIZE LENGTH 4'- 3" 4'- 8" 8'- 8"
#4
CD
28 18 9 4 4 30
CD
G)
f/
~
10~
<'
3" TO
- CD
9'- 9"
fT-~ I
(FIELD BEND)
~~
G)
1\1
.....
06-27-11
DATE
NOTES 1. The intended use of this plan is for the permanent anchoring of Precast Concrete Barrier Type 2 (see Standard Plan C-8) on hot mix asphalt pavement. 2. Remove the Type 3 Anchors by first driving the steel pins down through the barrier further into the pavement to allow lifting the barrier without interference, then remove the pins from the pavement.
3. After removing the Type 3 Anchors, clean the pin holes and fill them with sealant according to Standard Specification 9-04.2.
TRAFFIC SIDE
SHOULDER WIDENING
TRAFFIC SIDE
TRAFFIC SIDE
2'- 0" 1'- 0"
PRECAST CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2
HMA
HMA
PINNING HOLE (TYP.) - ONLY REQUIRED ON TRAFFIC SIDE(S) OF BARRIER PLAN VIEW
2'- 0"
TYPE 3 ANCHOR
PIN LOCATIONS 1" DIAM. )( 30" GALVANIZED STEEL PIN (TYP.)
lWO PINS REQUIRED ON THE TRAFFIC SIDE - lWO PINS TOTAL, PER BARRIER SECTION
lWO PINS REQUIRED PER TRAFFIC SIDE -FOUR PINS TOTAL, PER BARRIER SECTION
SECTION VIEWS
TYPE 3 ANCHOR
PIN LOCATIONS
0212007
DATE
MAS BY
fJ'I Washington
.....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-21-07
DATE
@#5
PIN 3"
ct
!
1 1/2" R.
1"718"
CROWN
PIN 1 1/2" R.
ct
!
3"
~18" R.
~~=+==+-====A
CD #5
WIRE ROPE LOOP (TYP.)
to
2" CLR.
@#5
~ .....
TOP VIEW
(V)
....
ci ....1
(.)
@#5
CD #5
@#5
C1
I I
____!
2" CLR.
---------,
in
I
I I I
----------------------------------------r---------------------I
3"
1'- 0"
2" CLR.
(TYP.)
10 1/4" PIN
3"
@#5
PIN
ct
ct
END VIEW
I
END VIEW
2" R.- BEVEL OR )/ 6" I ROUND EDGES __/ ~ 3/4" MAX. (TYP.) i TYP. PIN
I
ct PIN
BARRIER FACE OF CONCRETE
Ql # 5
-1~---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
#5
1 1/2" (TYP.)
--1
PIN
~--~
TRANSITION SECTION - MIRROR IMAGE OF PLAN
1--1
ct
!........_
TRAFFIC-SIDE VIEW
ct
!........_
TRANSITION SECTION
ct PIN
1 3/4" I.D. LOOP 48
1~
- 0"
6" 9"
2'- 0"
5 1/4"
48 1 c::::::::====-I
11 1/2" 48 =-:::::::::J 1
7 1/4" CROWN
FLAT
WIRE ROPE LOOP SEE STD. PLAN C-8 TYPICAL - BOTH ENDS
'I
CROWN
~
DETAIL
0
10" R.
I I
7"
' ....
to
4 7/8"
'
9'- 4 3/4" FOR 10'- 0" LONG TRANSITION 11' - 10 3/4" FOR 12' -~ ~ LONG TRANSITION
ISOMETRIC VIEW
b .....
CD #5
@#5 @#5
ll
I~
@ @ 10" 11 3/4"
Z-1'
f-
NOTE The vertical locations of the Wire Rope Loops at one end compose a set that shall not vary; however, which set is applied to an end is determined by the end to which it is being connected. A set with loops 1' - 5" apart connects to a set with loops 1' - 8" apart. See Standard Plan C-8, BARRIER CONNECTION DETAIL.
1-?
SECTION
SECTION
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
06-30-04
DATE
NOTES
10"
1"
2 1/4"
5"
1 3/4" TRAFFIC SIDE WOOD BLOCK FOR STEEL POSTS -SEE STANDARD PLAN C-1b
1. Length of W8 x 35 and W6 x 9 shall be determined by measurement from top of ground to top of grout pad. This distance shall be verified by the Contractor. 2. Attach Guardrail Post to Box Culvert with 3/4" diameter high strength bolts with resin bonded anchors. 3.
1" X 1 1/2" SLOTTED HOLE (TYP.) W6 X 9 STEEL POST
Drill 1 1/4" diameter hole in concrete slab for 7/8" diameter high strength bolt. Length of bolt is determined by top slab of Box Culvert thickness which shall be verified by the Contractor. For details of post attachment to Double Box Culvert, see Standard Plan C-2i.
4.
5/8" STEEL PLATE SEE POST ANCHOR ATTACHMENT DETAIL FOR CENTER OF DOUBLE BOX CULVERT GROUND LINE W6 x 9 STEEL POST -SEE NOTE 1
TRAFFIC SIDE
HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS - FOUR REQUIRED (SEE NOTE 3) 3/4" GROUT PAD
8 1/2"
1 1/2"
5 1/2"
1 1/2"
DETAIL
-$-----
-~---~
POST BEARING PLATE DETAIL
'
~[=
~
= co
f----------..
DOUBLE BOX CULVERT
SEE NOTE 2
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
8 1/4"
1 5/8"
5"
1 5/8"
WOOD BLOCK FOR STEEL POSTS -SEE STANDARD PLAN C-1b W8 x 35 STEEL POST -SEE NOTE 1 TRAFFIC SIDE TRAFFIC SIDE HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS - FOUR REQUIRED (SEE NOTE 3) 3/4" GROUT PAD
~
~
Co
~~------
---
--~/ '
'
~
~
~-cr--
I I
- :
I I
1" DIAMETER HOLE (TYP.) IN COVER PLATE FOR 3/4" x 2" LONG BOLT WITH HEX NUT AND WASHER
BASE PLATE
1/4
15"
DETAIL
0
TRAFFIC SIDE
2"
5 1/2"
2"
POST ATTACHMENT
-e--t--~3 7/16"
'
1
---+---W8
1
35
+-~~~~+
1" STEEL PLATE
3/4" x 2" LONG BOLT WITH HEX NUT AND WASHER (TYP.)
15"
..
I
. 2"
11"
DETAIL
0
BOX CULVERT GUARDRAIL STEEL POST STANDARD PLAN C-10
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
BASE ATTACHMENT
1" DIAMETER HOLE (TYP.)
-4----------1
;[~
~
= co
~-------.,.
Co
SEE NOTE 2
-~-----------~
ANCHOR ATTACHMENT DETAIL BEARING PLATE DETAIL
(SEE NOTE 4)
'
fll
.....
SHOULDER
4.0' MIN.
SHOULDER
3.0' MIN.
NOTE 1. For W-Beam Type 31 shoulder application, see Standard Plan C-28.40.
PAVEMENT
FACE OF BARRIER
SHOULDER
4.0' MIN.
SHOULDER
4.0' MIN.
HINGE-POINT
HINGE-POINT
HINGE-POINT
__u,yL
CABLE BARRIER
HINGE-POINT
HINGE-POINT
'' '
TRAFFIC BARRIER SHOULDER WIDENING - FOR SHOULDERS 8.0' AND WIDER STANDARD PLAN C-16a
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
SHOULDER
4.0' MIN.
SHOULDER
3.0' MIN.
NOTES 1. An additional width for shy distance is required when the existing roadway is to be widened.
2. The additional width for shy distance may be less than 2.0' when it, combined with the existing shoulder width, totals 8.0' or more. 3. For W-Beam Type 31 shoulder application, see Standard Plan C-28.40.
FACE OF BARRIER SHOULDER 2.0' SEE NOTES 1&2 4.0' MIN. SHOULDER 2.0' SEE NOTES 1&2 4.0' MIN. SHOULDER 2.0' SEE NOTES 1&2 1.5' MIN.
HINGE-POINT
HINGE-POINT MATCH PAVED SHOULDER SLOPE HINGE-POINT 2H: 1VOR FLATTER SLOPE
II II II II II II
,_
_lrJ-
CABLE BARRIER
SHOULDER
2.0' MIN.
SHOULDER
3.5' MIN.
EXTEND PAVED SHOULDER TO FACE OF GUARDRAIL UNLESS CURB IS REQUIRED -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-10.40
EXTEND PAVED SHOULDER TO FACE OF GUARDRAIL UNLESS CURB IS REQUIRED -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-10.40
TRAFFIC BARRIER SHOULDER WIDENING - FOR SHOULDERS LESS THAN 8.0 WIDE STANDARD PLAN C-16b
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
'' '
'' '
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 FACE OF BARRIER W-SEETABLE W6x9 STEEL POST (SEE NOTE 1) 3' - 1 1/2"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
NOTES
1. Refer to Standard Plan C-1 and C-1 b for additional details not shown on this plan.
I
lo " "
....1 ....1
II
_j
I
J
GROUND LINE
2. Extend shoulder pavement to provide a base for the extruded curb. See Contract Plans for exceptions to distances shown. 3. Use a single combination of blocks (no more than 2) to achieve the actual 12" offset. See Standard Specification 9-16.3(2). Wood blocks shall be toenailed to post and blocks, (if block combinations are utilized) with a 16d galvanized nail to prevent block rotation. Wood blocks are shown. Blocks of an approved alternative material may be used. See Standard Specification 9-16.3(2).
] 1'-0114'
0 0
TYPICAL ELEVATION
13'- 6 1/2" GROUND LINE 3' - 1 1/2" (TYP.>I
::::i
0::
w u.
4.
3' - 1 1/2"
6'- 3"
SYMMETRICAL ABOUT t_ I
I
z
0
I
-----------2~------~~--~~---+i
!! !! !!
II
HINGE-POINT
i i
SLOPE
SEE TABLE
~
TYPICAL SECTION -WITHOUT CURB
( 6' - 0" LONG POSTS) 2" (TYP.).
..
I
'!'
II
I
~
j
(TYP.)
..
f,
..
I
.. ..
1~:
SLOPE\EMBANKMENTTABLE
SLOPE
2H: 1V OR FLATTER STEEPER THAN 2H : 1V BUT NOT STEEPER THAN 1H : 1V
w
2.5' MIN. 4.0' MIN.
W6x9 x 6' LONG STEEL POST (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 1) 5/8" RECESSED HEX NUT (TYP.)
3/4" DIAM. HOLE THROUGH BLOCK FOR STEEL POST 3/4" DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLT (TYP.) (SEE DETAIL AT RIGHT)
WOODBLOCK
FACE OF BARRIER
STEEL POST
W- SEE TABLE
SEE NOTE 3 5/8" x 14" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WITH 7/32 " OVAL GRIP AND RECESSED HEX NUT WITH CUT WASHER (TYP.) \1116x9 STEEL POST (TYP.) RAIL ELEMENT (TYP.)
FACE OF
CURB
LIMIT~
GROUND LINE
SLOPE
SEE TABLE
5/8" x 1 1/4" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP (TYP.) AND RECESSED HEX NUTS - 8 REQUIRED PER SPLICE
ISOMETRIC VIEW
------~s=~=TE~D=Es=IG~N=EN=GI=NE-ER _____ _
.....
0712112
DATE
....1 ....1
NOTES
BEAM GUARDRAIL ANCHOR TYPE 10 -PAY LIMIT SEE NOTE 1 & 4 BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 - PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT SEE STANDARD PLAN C-22.40
::::i
0 0
1.
For component details, see Standard Plan C-23.60. For terminal type and details, see Contract Plans and applicable drawings. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail cannot exceed 10H : 1V when the face of the guardrail is less than 12'- 0" from the edge of the shoulder. For one-way traffic and where a crashworthy terminal is not required, use the Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 10, see Standard Plan C-23.60.
0:::
11..
2.
3.
SEE NOTE
31
4.
EDGE OF SHOULDER
5. Where a crashworthy terminal is required use a Beam Guardrail Type 31 Non-Flared Terminal, see Standard Plan C-22.40.
CASE 1-31
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT SEE STANDARD PLAN C-22.40
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT SEE STANDARD PLAN C-22.40
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE
31
~
CASE 2-31
EDGE OF SHOULDER
I I
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT SEE STANDARD PLAN C-22.40
EDGE OF SHOULDER
CASE 3-31
RAIL~OAD
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 PLACEMENT (CASES 1-31, 2-31, & 3-31) STANDARD PLAN C-20.14-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
.....
0712112
DATE
"
I
BRIDGE
....1 ....1
::::i
c c
z
LlJ
NOTES
1. For details, see Standard Plan C-22.40.
a::
LlJ LL. !Il
CASE 4-31
:;..:
z
2. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not be steeper than 10H : 1V when the guardrail is within 12' - 0" from the edge of the shoulder. 3. See Contract for Beam Guardrail Transition Section type and Connection to Bridge Traffic Barrier or Concrete Barrier. See Standard Plan C-24.1 0 for connection details.
BRIDGE
CASE 5-31
70 60 55 50 45 40 OR LESS
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 PLACEMENT (CASES 4-31 & 5-31) STANDARD PLAN C-20.15-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
.....
0712112
DATE
....1 ....1
NOTES
::::i
0 0
0:::
11..
1. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not exceed 1OH : 1V when the guardrail is within 12' - 0" from the edge of the shoulder. 2. For details, See Standard Plan C-23.60. 3. For details, See Standard Plan C-22.40.
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT SEE NOTE 3 BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 -PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL - PAY LIMIT
(SEE NOTE 3)
---=-_L_-----::.
.FIXED FiTURE
L
(TYP.)
SEE NOTE 1
EDGE OF SHOULDER
EDGE OF SHOULDER
c ONE-WAY TRAFFIC
OR
CASE 10A- 31
(TRAILING END)
TWO-WAY TRAFFIC
(APPROACH END)
, BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 -PAY LIMIT FIXED FEATURE
EDGE OF SHOULDER
CASE 108-31
(TRAILING END)
BEAM GUARDRAIL ANCHOR TYPE 10 ---..._ - PAY LIMIT (SEE NOTE 2)
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 -PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL EXTENSION LENGTH VARIES- SEE CONTRACT
1
I 1
I I
~ ~- . 0
, ~
FIXED FEATURE
C<>:!:
i'""j" ~
I
~-t
EDGE OF SHOULDER
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 PLACEMENT (CASES 1 OA-31, 108-31 & 10C-31) STANDARD PLAN C-20.18-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
CASE 10C-31
(TRAILING END)
.....
0712112
DATE
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT (SEE NOTE 5) BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 - PAY LIMIT
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT SEE NOTE 5 BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 - PAY LIMIT
1SEE NOTE 1
EDGE OF SHOULDER
L
SEE NOTE
11
SEE NOTE 2
0
__.
0 0
MAINTAIN POST SPACING OF 3'- 11/2" MAX. ADJUST TRANSITION TO NEAREST FIXED FEATURE
NOTES 1. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not exceed 10H : 1V when the guardrail is within 12' - 0" from the edge of the shoulder. 2. Attach the standard wood block to the rail using two 5/8" x 4" lag bolts.
__.
CASE 11A-31
::J
0:::
LL.
z
0
11
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT SEE NOTE 5 BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 - PAY LIMIT
3. Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 10 (W-Beam) or Type 10 (Thrie Beam) required. For details, see Standard Plan C-23.60. 4. For details, see Standard Plan C-25.20. 5. For details, see Standard Plan C-22.40.
l
SEE NOTE VARIES - SEE CONTRACT SEE NOTE 2 EDGE OF SHOULDER
11
c ONE-WAY TRAFFIC
CASE 118-31
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT SEE NOTE 5 BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 - PAY LIMIT
I"
~
0 I
~
~ ~
f4
LL
i ~L
SEE NOTE 2 VARIES- SEE CONTRACT EDGE OF SHOULDER
SEE NOTE
11
SEE NOTE 2 REDUCER ELEMENT TYPE C (TYPE 31) - FOR DETAIL SEE STD. PLAN C-25.20
c ONE-WAY TRAFFIC
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 PLACEMENT (CASES 11 A-31, 118-31 & 11C-31) STANDARD PLAN C-20.19-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
CASE 11C-31
.....
712112
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0:::
L1..
c c z
CRT POST - {SEE DETAIL) {SEE NOTE 2) SPAN = 12'- 6" {OMIT 1 POST) ,_____ _ _ _ _ _ _ SPAN = 18'- 9" {OMIT 2 POSTS) _ _ _ _ _ _ ______, ______ s_P_AN_=_2_5_' 0" {OMIT 3 POSTS) 1
:
I
1
~- - - - - - - - - - - - - I
======~======~======~======~==~==========~~==========~==~======~======~======~~====
6'- 3"
{TYP.) BURIED _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _o::_:B~STRUCTION
--.-~----------ONE OR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC
I I
I I
~----____l
NOTES
1. For additional details not shown on this plan, refer to Standard Plan C-20.1 0. 2. CRT post to be wood only.
SINGLE W-BEAM RAIL ELEMENT
PLAN VIEW
''' ''' '' '' '' '' '' '' ' :_!'
i
,...,
'' '' '~===~' '' '' '' ' :_I'
i
,...,
'' '' '~===~' '' '' '' ' :_'
i
,...,
'' '' '~===~' '' '' ''' '''
----------------------------------------------~
GROUND LINE
I
I
OBSTRUCTION
I
I I
-----------------------------------------------I
CRT POST- {SEE DETAIL) {SEE NOTE 2) CRT POST - {SEE DETAIL) {SEE NOTE 2)
ELEVATION VIEW
0" MIN. OFFSET FROM BACKSIDE OF GUARDRAIL POST ~ AND FACE OF CULVERT HEADWALL PERMITTED BACKSIDE OF CRT POST
in
N
(BEYO-r~
CRT POST- {SEE DETAIL) {SEE NOTE 2) FACE OF HEADWALL CRT POST - {SEE DETAIL) {SEE NOTE 2) BACKSIDE OF POST {TYP.)
~~
2 3/8" HOLE 6 X 8WOOD POST
b
I
Co
SECTION
0
CONTROLLED RELEASING TERMINAL (CRT) POST DETAIL
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 PLACEMENT 12'- 6" 18'- 9" OR 25' - 0" SPAN STANDARD PLAN C-20.40-03
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
I I I I
::
cuLVERTJ
L ~,------
'7-
.....
0712112
DATE
en
0::
Ill
z w
w
iii
....1 ....1
~
0
~
RADIUS VARIES (SEE CONTRACT)
IC..
NOTES
1. See Contract for transition and connection type. 2. For additional installation requirements for Non-Flared Terminal placement see Standard Plan C-22.40. 3. Guardrail installation shall be Beam Guardrail Type 31 with standard post and block. See Standard Plan C-20.1 0 for additional details. 4. The first letter of case designation indicates the end treatment on the side road. The second letter indicates the end treatment on the main road. For instance, a terminal on a side road and a bridge connection on the main road would be Case 22BC-31. 5. The radius dimension shall be etched into the plate as shown in the example on the Identification Plate Detail. Numerals shall be 1 1/2" high minimum, and 3/4" wide maximum. Plate shall be galvanized after etching and the letter shall remain permanently legible. 6. The guardrail Identification Plate shall be mounted at the lower splice bolt on the back side of the rail element at the PC of the guardrail radius.
CASE 22C-31
(SEE NOTE 4) POINT B NON - FLARED TERMINAL PAY LIMIT (SEE NOTE 2)
-~-
CASE 22D-31
(SEE NOTE 4) W6 x 9 STEEL POST (TYP.)
SHOULDER BREAK
....1
I- w 0 w
ffi
z w ~b
z
w~
<( N
::s u.
0::
Q<(
z >z c..
::!: ,::J
t::
I.
2 3/4"
CASE 22A-31
(SEE NOTE 4)
CASE 228-31
(SEE NOTE 4) SPLICE BOLT SLOT (TYP.)
lo
\ _ IDENTIFICATION PLATE -SEE DETAIL
GUARDRAIL PLACEMENT STRONG POST - TYPE 31 INTERSECTION DESIGN STANDARD PLAN C-20.42-03
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
.....
0712112
DATE
NOTES
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
3'- 1 1/2"
2. Use a single or combination of blocks to achieve the actual 12" offset. See Standard Specification 9-16.3(2). Wood blocks shall be toe-nailed to post (and blocks, if block combinations are used) with 16d galvanized nails to prevent block rotation.
4. For details not shown, see Standard Plan C-20.10. 5. Wood blocks shown. Blocks of alternate material may be used.
See Standard Specification 9-16.3(2).
5/8" DIAM. x 1 1/4" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP (TYP.) AND RECESSED HEX NUTS 8 REQUIRED PER SPLICE
MID-SPAN SPLICE
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
PLAN
5/8" DIAM. x 14" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP AND RECESSED HEX NUT WITH CUT WASHER (TYP.)
3'- 1 1/2"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
3'- 1 1/2"
5/8" DIAM. x 1 1/4" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP (TYP.) AND RECESSED HEX NUTS8 REQUIRED PER SPLICE
MIDSPAN SPLICE
GROUND LINE
I I
:I
W6x8.5 x 6' - 0" OR W6x9 x 6'- 0" LONG STEEL POST (TYP.)
i
I
~
~
ii
1'
:, :
j
iI
J_
ELEVATION
i_L
3/4" DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLT (TYP.)SEE DETAIL AT RIGHT
STEEL POST
6
X
16d ANTI-ROTATION NAIL (TYP.) 5/8" DIAM. X 1'- 2" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP - - AND RECESSED HEX NUT WITH CUT WASHER (TYP.) 6 x 12 BLOCKOUT (TYP.) -SEE NOTE2 GROUND LINE
.,. ... / ./
5/8" DIAM. x 1 1/4" BUTTON HEAD BOLT W/7/32" OVAL GRIP (TYP.) AND RECESSED HEX NUTS - 8 REQUIRED PER SPLICE
i
II W6x8.5 x 6' - 0" OR .....-1! W6x9 x 6'- 0" ~ I!
LONG STEEL POST
! II I !!
' !I
SECTION
5/8" DIAM. x 14" BUTTON HEAD BOLT WITH 7/32" OVAL GRIP AND RECESSED HEX NUT WITH CUT WASHER (TYP.)
.....
0712112
DATE
ISOMETRIC
5/8"
:g;
0
0::
>-
2'- 3"
NO BOLT REQUIRED
= 0
'
oo 1D <(
<(
D OFFSET DISTANCE
q.
SECTION
0
LOCATION OF POST (WITHOUT BLOCK) - W6 x 9 STEEL POST
SECTION
0
PERSPECTIVE NOTES
1. Posts installed on shoulder slopes steeper than 1OH : 1V shall be 8' long.
SEE NOTE 3
BURIAL POINT
~~-TOP
0
.OF CUT
. . . . . . ...
... . . .
2. The flare rate of the guardrail may be increased after crossing the ditch bottom to shorten the length of the terminal.
3.
~
0 0 0 0
...... . .
0 0
...... ........................................ .
Determine the height of the W-Beam at the Anchor (G) by first calculating the perpendicular offset distance (D) from the edge of shoulder (S) to the Anchor (on station). Multiply that distance by 0.1, then subtract the product from the elevation of the same point (S) on the edge of shoulder used to obtain the offset distance (at the same station). Add Beam Guardrail design height (27") to that remainder for a sum that equals the elevation of the top of the W-Beam at the Anchor. Refer to SECTION "C": Elevation G
===--=======:J
FLARE RATE - SEE TABLE FIELD BEND
(Elevations - D (0.1)) + 27
RATE PLAN
15 : 1 BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 PAY LIMIT W-BEAM RAIL 14 : 1 BURIED TERMINAL TYPE 2 - PAY LIMIT (TERMINAL LENGTH VARIES) TOP OF CUT 12 : 1 11 : 1 10 : 1 9 :1
Ill 11 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 :1
Ill I I I
I I
: : I : I I : I ""!
:~:
:~:
U...!
6'- 0" LONG (TYP)
}1,~
i:i
:::
111
lU
SEE NOTE 1 (TYP.)
BOTTO~~
OF DITCH
~~
~~
1: 11 1 1 1 1 1 1:1
:l:
ELEVATION
(PROFILE ALONG RAIL)
.....
06-16-11
DATE
5/8"
:Z
NO BOLT REQUIRED
0 '
= Ill<( 0 0
<( 0
~ ~~
>-
D
OFFSET DISTANCE
"'"
0:::
vr===
en z
0:::
Ill
....1 ....1
w w
SECTION
SECTION
0
W6 x 9 STEEL POST WITHOUT BLOCK W6 x 9 STEEL POST WITHOUT BLOCK LOCATION OF POSTS & BLOCKS (TYP.) BURIAL POINT BURIAL POINT
SECTION
0
PERSPECTIVE NOTES 1. Posts installed on shoulder slopes steeper than 1OH : 1V shall be 8' long. 2. The flare rate of the guardrail may be increased after crossing the ditch bottom to shorten the length of the terminal. 3. Determine the height of the W-Beam at the Anchor (G) by first calculating the perpendicular offset distance (D) from the edge of shoulder (S) to the Anchor (on station). Multiply that distance by 0.1, then subtract the product from the elevation of the same point (S) on the edge of shoulder used to obtain the offset distance (at the same station). Add Beam Guardrail design height (31 ")to that remainder for a sum that equals the elevation of the top of the W-Beam at the Anchor. Refer to SECTION "C": Elevation G =(Elevations D(0.1)) + 31
SEE NOTE 3
iii
~
0
~i
I
, _ 3" (TYP.) 6
\t
ANGLE POINT - SEE NOTE 2 FLARE RATE -SEE TABLE FIELD BEND
...................... ..........................................................................................................................................
\_ BOTTOM OF DITCH
8 MIN. -
SEE NOTE 2
EDGE OF SHOULDER
PLAN
BURIED TERMINAL TYPE 2- PAY LIMIT (TERMINAL LENGTH VARIES) BURIAL POINT (TYP.) TOP OF CUT
15 : 1 14: 1 12: 1 11 : 1 10 : 1 9: 1
!!i
BOTTOM OF DITCH
iii
ELEVATION
(PROFILE ALONG RAIL)
.....
04118112
DATE
NOTES
Cl
0::
LL.
1. These terminals are FHWA accepted at Test Level Three (TL-3) and may be used for all posted speeds. 2. An ET-31 (Steel) as manufactured by Trinity Industries, Inc. or an SKT-SP-MGS as manufactured by Road Systems Inc. shall be installed according to manufacturer's recommendations.
~
en
::::i
Ill
<(
:;..:
Cl
5. Terminal shall be installed at a widening, ensuring that the end piece is entirely off the shoulder. While these terminals do not require an offset at the end, a flare is recommended. A maximum flare of 25 : 1, or flatter over the length of the terminal is allowed for either the ET-31 (Steel) or the SKT-SP-MGS, with a maximum offset of 24" (in.) over 50' (ft.).
6.
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL ET-31 (STEEL) SHOWN - SEE NOTE 2
"I"
IIIII::
"I
----------------
SEE NOTE 5
PLAN VIEW
EDGE OF SHOULDER
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT SKT-SP-MGS (TL-3) SYSTEM LENGTH= 40'- 7 1/2" (SEE NOTE 5)
I
SEE NOTE 3
ELEVATION VIEW
SKT-SP-MGS
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 - PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL- PAY LIMIT ET-31 (STEEL) (TL-3) SYSTEM LENGTH= 40'- 7 1/2" (SEE NOTE 5) SEE NOTE 3
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL STEEL POSTS (ALL POSTED SPEEDS) STANDARD PLAN C-22.40-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ELEVATION VIEW
fll
.....
06-16-10
DATE
ET-31 (STEEL)
NOTES 1. These Terminals are FHWA accepted at Test Level Two (TL-2) and may be used in applications with speeds of 40 MPH or less. 2. An ET-31 (TL-2) as manufactured by Trinity Industries, Inc. or an SKT-SP-MGS (TL-2) as manufactured by Road Systems Inc. shall be installed according to manufacturers' recommendations. 3. A reflectorized object marker shall be installed according to manufacturers' recommendations. 4. When snow load post washers and snow load rail washers are required by the Contract, the snow load rail washers shall not be installed within the Terminal limits. 5. Terminal shall be installed at a widening, ensuring the end piece is entirely off the shoulder. While these Terminals do not require an offset at the end, a flare is recommended. A maximum flare of 25 : 1 or flatter over the length of the Terminal is allowed for either the ET-31 (TL-2) or the SKT-SP-MGS (TL-2), with a maximum offset of 24" (in.) over 50' (ft.). 6. For Terminal details, see WSDOT-approved manufacturers' drawings.
------------------------------------------------------------------~~------------------------------------------~--~-----------------+---------------------~
I BEAM
I
--"
.-"
---
-""
--~n;~:;~~:~:~-~;-;;:;.;:;;;,.--.~~:
EDGE OF
~DENED
EMBANKMENT
"j1.
--------------
---------------------SEE NOTE
PLAN VIEW
EDGE OF SHOULDER
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL - PAY LIMIT SKT-SP-MGS (TL-2) SYSTEM LENGTH (SEE NOTE 4)
= 28'- 1
1/2"
I
SEE NOTE 3
Ill
111
Ill Ill Il l
111
Il l l.1. l
11 1 11 1 11 1 11 1 11 1 11 1 11 1
l.1.l
ELEVATION VIEW
SKT-SP-MGS (TL-2)
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 - PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 NON-FLARED TERMINAL - PAY LIMIT ET-31 (TL-2) SYSTEM LENGTH (SEE NOTE 4)
_-~----......
= 28'- 1
1/2"
I
SEE NOTE 3
r-.
I 1!1
111 111
I I
1!1
111 111
I I
Iii
111 111
I I
~--- 1 ~ 1
'
11 1 11 1
I I
Iii
111 111
I I
1 :
1!1
111 111
I I
1!1
111 111
I I
1!1
11 1 11 1 I 1:1 1 11 1 11 1 11
I.JJ
........_I![V
I !III I I
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYP NON-FLARED TERMINAL STEEL POSTS (POSTED SPEED - 40 MPH AND BELOW) STANDARD PLAN C-22.45-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
11 1 11 1
I I
:I:
I I
I I 1'1 111
I I
ELEVATION VIEW
It I
.....
06-16-11
DATE
ET-31 (TL-2)
NOTES 1. For use on the end of guardrail runs when a crashworthy terminal is not required.
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 6'-3"
- PAY LIMIT
3'- 1 1/2"
i
BEAM GUARDRAIL ANCHOR TYPE 10 6'- 3" 3'- 1 1/2" 3'- 1 1/2" i i1'- 0" 1'- 4"
- PAY LIMIT
6'- 3"
I
l
~
v
I
ANCHOR RAIL WASHER -ON TRAFFIC SIDE (SEE NOTE 2) END SECTION DESIGN C (SEE NOTE 3) OOD BREAKAWAY POST
3. For end section details, see Standard Plans C-7 and C-7a. 4. Use details for Wood Breakaway post shown on this plan and components shown on Standard Plan C-1 b. 5. Fasten the Anchor Cable using two 1" nuts and washer, at both ends of cable. Outside nut shall be torqued against inside nut a minimum of 100 ft.-lbs. 6. Wood blocks shown. Blocks of alternate material may be used. See Standard Specification 9-16.3(2).
'
'
'
ANg:B~~~
C'\1
V
I
~w
I
SEE NOTE 5
GROUND LINE
lb.=
il
0::: 0
0
,t /Iii\_ J-i--~
=I
u.
!
~- ;
!
:1:
-l,F
3/4" HOLES
5 1/2"
7 1/2"
------.--.-
~~-~
m
;
_/[_f;
2 3/8" HOLE
0
~
ELEVATION VIEW
W-BEAM
6x8 S4S
-- -- (<)
-~r
ISOMETRIC VIEW
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 10 OR 11- PAY LIMIT 6'-3" 3'- 1 1/2"
i
i
i1'- 0" 1'- 4"
I
1
ANCHOR RAIL WASHER -ON TRAFFIC SIDE (SEE NOTE 2) END SECTION DESIGN C
ii
m
i ANg:B~~ ~---~ r
N
WOODBREAKAWAYPOST
~
m m
m
:!
:i:
m m
!
T"
i l-"
m :!:
L
I
T"
:!: :!:
_/[_L.
ELEVATION VIEW
THRIE BEAM
ISOMETRIC VIEW
.....
06121112
DATE
NOTES
TRANSITION SECTION PAY LIMIT
1.
6'- 3" MAX. UNRESTRAINED PRECAST BARRIER
....1 ....1
Attach guardrail to bridge rail or concrete barrier with 7/8" diameter bolts in accordance with Standard Spec. 9-06.5(4), with thin slab ferrule inserts or resin bonded anchors. See Contract Plans. If the last guardrail post is 3" or less from the end of the bridge barrier, this attachment and blackout is not necessary. This case is also applicable for F-shape and vertical faces with no curbs. When B connection is used with Type 1A Transition, the maximum spacing between bolts is 6'- 3". See Bridge Plans for additional connection details. Wood blocks shown. Blocks of alternate material may be used. See Standard Specification 9-16.3 (2).
2. 3. 4. 5.
NEW BRIDGE TRAFFIC BARRIER {SINGLE SLOPE BARRIER SHOWN) TRANSITION SECTION PAY LIMIT
::::i
0::
c c
w u.
~
c
END SECTION DESIGN F SEE STD. PLAN C-7 & C-7a PLAN
SEE NOTE 1
6.
I'
'I
A CONNECTION
TRANSITION SECTION PAY LIMIT 12'- 6" BRIDGE RAIL OR CONCRETE BARRIER 3'- 1 1/2" MAX. SEE NOTE 4
END SECTION DESIGN F SEE STD. PLAN C-7 & C-7a PLAN
SEE NOTE 5
FACE OF GUARDRAIL, EDGE OF SHOULDER TRANSITION SECTION PAY LIMIT BRIDGE TRAFFIC BARRIER
D CONNECTION
{SEE NOTE 3)
END SECTION DESIGN F SEE STD. PLAN C-7 & C-7a PLAN CURB WIDTH - 9" OR LESS, OR CONCRETE BARRIER
PLAN
E CONNECTION
B CONNECTION
BEAM GUARDRAIL PAY LIMIT 6'- 3" MAX.
I
TRANSITION SECTION PAY LIMIT
6'- 3"
BRIDGE RAIL OR CONCRETE BARRIER
6'- 3"
END SECTION DESIGN F SEE STD. PLAN C-7 & C-7a INSIDE FACE OF RAIL BASE ..- ONE-WAY TRAFFIC PLAN
F CONNECTION
END SECTION DESIGN F SEE STD. PLAN C-7 & C-7a SEE NOTE 1 FACE OF GUARDRAIL, EDGE OF SHOULDER
PLAN
C CONNECTION
......
0712112
DATE
12'- 0"
23'- 0"
NOTES 1. For additional details not shown in this plan, refer to Standard Plan C-20.1 0. 2. This guardrail transition is for connection to a vertical concrete shape or single slope barrier and cannot be connected directly to a concrete safety shape.
...J ...J
3.
NESTED W-BEAM GUARDRAIL EMBANKMENT WIDTH W- SEE TABLE, STANDARD PLAN C-20.10
:J
Cl Cl
Do not bolt nested W-Beam or rubrail W-Beam to posts and blocks on posts 1,2,3 and 5. Bolt tapered blocks directly to posts.
a::
w
PLAN VIEW
u...
4. The rubrail W-Beam can be shop bent to facilitate installation. 5. Posts 1,2,3,4 and 6 require an additional hole to attach tapered blocks and/or rubrail. Posts 1 and 2 are W6x15 steel posts- 7'- 6" long. Posts 3 through 9 are W6 x 9 steel posts - 6' - 0" long.
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 20 {FOR TYPE 31) - PAY LIMIT FOUR SPACES@ 18 3/4" FOUR SPACES @ 3' - 1 1/2"
I
I
6'- 3"
6.
i
I I
.I.
W-BEAM GUARDRAIL
7. Wood blocks shown. Blocks of alternate material may be used. See Standard Specificdation 9-16.3(2).
GROUND LINE
ru 'I'
I I I
'I.:
I
I I
I I I
I':
:I':
I
I I I
I
I
II"
I
I
I I
I
I I I" I
@
'I' I,:
I I
'I' 'I'
I I
I I
W-EJEAM RUBRAIL
I I
:II:
'I' Lr'
II
:
I I
I. :
:I.:
LU
I
I I
l~J
1:
~ 'I'
Lr'
SEE NOTE 5
:~J
'I' Lr'
'I' Lr'
PLAN VIEW
ELEVATION VIEW
2'- 6"
I
j
{END OF BARRIER)
. 4" 4"
~
I
I I
I
0 0
I
~ .....
C')
-~~
-
~ .....
C')
."T~
.....
'
~ .....
<J)
t --tf- ~.
y~
DETAIL
0
SECTION
BEAM GUARDRAIL (TYPE 31) TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 20 STANDARD PLAN C-25.18-03
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET (OR) APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
SECTION
0712112
DATE
(STEEL POST)
(STEEL POST)
II
- .... ------,ST=AT=E""'DE=SI=GN.,..,E'""NG""IN-EE-R---
....1 ....1
Cl Cl
LlJ
NOTES
::::i
a::
LlJ LL.
1. This guardrail transition is for connection to a vertical concrete shape, a single slope, or a safety shape barrier. The toe of the single slope and the safety shaped barrier shall be tapered or the barrier blocked out so that the toe of the barrier does not project past the face of the approach guardrail. 2. See Standard Plan C-24.1 0 for details regarding connection to Bridge rail or traffic barrier. 3.
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 21 - PAY LIMIT NOTE: TRANSITION PAY LIMIT SHALL INCLUDE END SECTION FOR CONNECTION TO BARRIER OR FIXED OBJECT SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SPECIFIED CONNECTION
Cl
For details of typical components, see Standard Plans C-1 b and C-20.1 0.
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 PAY LIMIT
I
I
12 SPACES@ 3'- 1 1/2" 12'- 6" NESTED THRIE BEAM GUARDRAIL 12 GAGE 6'- 3" SHORTTHRIE BEAM ELEMENT 12 GAGE
. I
I
I
6'- 3"
I .
I I I I
3' - 1 1/2"
I
I I
I I I
I I
-l -l
I I
-L
l
/
l rl
Ill I I I I
I, I I I I, I
I I
-l
~Il Co
N
l
I
-1-
-1-
.J.
.J.~
f... N
'
'
I! I
1l1 I, I 'I' I I I 'I
I 'I'II I
I! I
'I' I I I' I I I I
I' I
I I I, I
I! I
1l1 I, I 'I' I I I 'I
I! I
Ill I, I 'I' I I
I
I I
~!I
I:I ,
I:
, I
!I\
I
I
I Ill I, I I I
1 , I
I+' II I
I, 'I'
'I'
''
'I'
I I
I I
'+I
I+' II I
'I' 'I'
'I' 1 I
1
I I II I, I \ _ I, I I, I I 111 111 I II 6x12x19" LONG BLOCK I I - SEE DETAIL STD. PLAN C-25.22
I:
I' I
I
'1'
I: 'I
'I'
I I I
I
I
I:
----1..--
I I I, I I
I I I I I I
I
I Ill I, I 'I' I I I I
I
I
/,
GROUND LINE
I I I
'I'II
I I
!
I
I
I
I' I
I
'1'
I I I' I I I
111
'1'
I I I' I I I
; 11
'1'
I I I' I I I
:1:
I I
I
u
I"
W6x 9 - 6' - 0" LONG STEEL POST WITH 6x 12 BLOCK
'I'
I
I
I' I
'1'
,-
'I'
I
I"
"I
:
LEFT
(MIRROR OF RIGHT)
"
I
.
3/4" X 2 1/2" SLOT (TYP.)
'
I
i
3' - 1 1/2"
.
1'- 0 1/4"
~~s)~~:~l==z[
SYMMETRICAL ABOUT
I"
'
3 1 ' - ,,.
i"I
BEAM GUARDRAIL (TYPE 31) TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 21 STANDARD PLAN C-25.20-05
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
DETAIL
DETAIL
ft
RIGHT
.....
0712112
DATE
NOTES
rn z
0::
al
....1 ....1
w w
1. See Standard Plans C-1 b, C-1 d, C-20.1 0 and C-25.20 for rail elements and thrie beam block details. 2. When a transition is required on the trailing end of the bridge, use a mirror image of this plan.
ii5
:;>..:
al
~
BRIDGE RAIL THRIE BEAM RETROFIT (10 GAGE) ,
I
I
BEAM GUARDRAIL TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 22- PAY LIMIT 50'- 0" 13 SPACES@ 3'- 1 1/2"
I
6'- 3"
= 40'- 7 1/2"
r-
SHORT THRIE BEAM ELEMENT (6' - 3") (12 GAGE) BRIDGE TRANSITION I RAMP (HMA)
I
I
111
:I:
I I
I I
'1. I: 'I' :I
I Ill
I
'1. I: II'
I I
1
I I I I I I I I I I
,,
,,
11 1
I I
~~
I! ,,
~j
I! ,,
~j
I
I
W6 x 15- 7'- 0" LONG STEEL POST WITH 6 x 8 BLOCK
l11
: 1 I
ll_)
'I
W6 x 12- 7'- 6" LONG STEEL POST WITH 6 x 12 BLOCK (EXCEPT AS NOTED)
'I
~
I
I I
'I
!.
i.
'I
TYPE22
APPROACH END (SHOWN - SEE NOTE 2) THRIE BEAM INSTALLED AT FACE OF BRIDGE RAIL
l_sI I I I
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY VARIES 1'- 6" MIN. BRIDGE RAIL THRIE BEAM RETROFIT EXISTING BRIDGE RAIL
I.IN
~-.. ...... . BRIDG.E :.
II-
I I I
:.:::.~_,:. ,:.~:~.::.::.~.~.:.:.:,.~~.: ~
~..-.~
..
...
I>
..
.. -
..
..
..
I>
BEAM GUARDRAIL (TYPE 31) TRANSITION SECTION TYPE22 STANDARD PLAN C-25.22-04
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
SECTION
....
0712112
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0 0
NOTES 1. See Standard Plan C-1 b, C-20.1 0 and C-25.20 for rail elements and thrie beam block details. 2. When a transition is required on the trailing end of the bridge, use a mirror image of this plan. 3. For additional alternatives not shown, see Contract Plans.
0:::
11..
.I.
j
6'- 3"
'
I I I I
6'- 3"
I
I
.
J.
12 GAGE
..
I I
l
12 GAGE
. i.
I
10 GAGE
. i.
I
W-BEAM GUARDRAIL
12 GAGE
..
.1. ----F--
I I
I I
I I
~ Co
N
l
Co
N
~l
l \:i:
I
l
:i''' ' '' '
:i:' '' '
': :1,
1 I
l
I I
:' ''
'
~
BRI DGECURB _ /
r1
A
rl
ril
I I I I
rl
\_
'' ,., ... i E)(:TRUDED CUR,B i '' '' '' '' '' '
m
T '' 'I' '' ii 'l' ''
'' :1: '' : J
---~
~~
I I I I
Ill
I
.I,
'' '' '' :I: ''
:I:
a'~
I :i:
I I
I
'
'' '' '' ''' ' ' ' '' ' '' '' '' ''' ' '
'
' __-:...-
li
'' '' '' ''' ' '
GROUND Ll NE
iji ''
i.i
~t:
:i:
iji '' ': il': '' iii ~t:
:I:
-r
I
W6 X 15- 7'- 0" LONG STEEL POST WITH 6 x 8 BLOCK
I
I
ij i .lJ
I"
l.
W6
X
:I:
'jj
I I
=_}
~i I I I
'I'
1
,.
iii
~t-:
~i
I I
r-sI I I I I
TYPE 23
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY VARIES APPROACH END (SHOWN - SEE NOTE 2) THRIE BEAM INSTALLED AT FACE OF CURB
l_s-
IN
I I I
A' -., ' "'.
leo
BEAM GUARDRAIL (TYPE 31) TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 23 STANDARD PLAN C-25.26-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET
SECTION
SECTION
ALTERNATIVE 1
ALTERNATIVE 2
....
0712112
DATE
C')
....1 ....1
::::i
0 0
w 0
1-
(/)
w w
0:::
11..
HINGE POINT
'
PLAN VIEW
I
3' - 1 1/2"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
6'- 3"
-~-----...
0
l
0 0
i
"f
.i.
0 01
l .---------C'-.1
(t)
01
C'-.1
'
Ol
I
i
1
I
i
I ' I
----------- i
I
T
GROUND LINE
t-'
I
i
I ' I
I
i
I ' I
\_MIDSPAN SPLICE
I I
I ' I
1
I ' I
I 1 I , I
--c.-
NOTES 1. Refer to Standard Plan C-1 and C-1 b for component details for Beam Guardrail Type 1 not shown on this plan. 2. Refer to Standard Plan C-20.1 0 for component details for Beam Guardrail Type 31 not shown on this plan.
1- ..... 0 z
J: -
;;:
....1
0::: 1w 0::: 0 w
I-
3. Where post off-set is constrained, and when the existing shoulder will not be widened and is wider than 4 feet, the existing shoulder may be reduced up to 4" to accomodate the 12" blackouts of the Beam Guardrail Type 31. See PLAN VIEW- ALIGNMENT TAPER. 4. Wood blocks shown. Blocks of alternate material may be used. See Standard Specification 9-16.3(2).
::Ji1j
00:::
BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 TO BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 ADAPTER STANDARD PLAN C-25.80-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
V5C>
.....
0712112
DATE
EDGE OF SHOLDER \
---------------------------- .\_------------------------------
.. 7
HIGH TENSION CABLE BARRIER
....1 ....1
"
-@
~------------------------------------------------------
, _
~
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
::J
0 0
PLAN VIEW
z c:::
w
CASE 9A
11..
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
r
r
/'__
EDGE OF SHOULDER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~---------------------
1~
BARRIER PLACEMENT CABLE TO THRIE BEAM BULL NOSE CONNECTION STANDARD PLAN C-40.14-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
LENGTH OF NEED
IiI
.I
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
PLACEMENT DETAIL
......
0712112
DATE
BEAM GUARDRAIL ANCHOR TYPE 10 PAY LIMIT BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 PAY LIMIT
....1 ....1
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC BEAM GUARDRAIL NON- FLARED TERMINAL PAY LIMIT CABLE BARRIER MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH
0 0
::::i
z c:::
w
i
j
W-BEAM GUARDRAIL
i i
20 MIN.
LL.
LENGTH OF NEED
z
0
25 20 MIN.
LENGTH OF NEED
.i
i
CABLE BARRIER MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY
W-BEAM GUARDRAIL BEAM GUARDRAIL ANCHOR TYPE 10 PAY LIMIT- SEE STANDARD PLAN C-23.60
PLAN VIEW
BARRIER PLACEMENT - CABLE TO W-BEAM SHIELDING FOR REDIRECTIONAL LANDFORM STANDARD PLAN C-40.16-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
....
0712112
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0 0
LEGEND
0:::
11..
~
0
~
I.
CABLE BARRIER TERMINAL LENGTH OF NEED DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC HIGH TENSION CABLE BARRIER
.I
MAX. DEFLECTION - AS SHOWN IN CONTRACT PLANS
25 25
L
PLAN VIEW
LENGTH OF NEED
I I
MAX. DEFLECTION -AS SHOWN IN CONTRACT PLANS EXISTING BRIDGE PIER EXISTING REDIRECTIONAL LANDFORM HIGH TENSION CABLE BARRIER
BARRIER PLACEMENT - CABLE BARRIER SHIELDING FOR REDIRECTIONAL LANDFORM STANDARD PLAN C-40.18-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
II II II II II
I I I
lc=>j----..J
SECTION
......
0712112 DATE .
NOTES
I
20' - 0"
~----------------------------------------------~ -
___!j_r
B
#8 BAR (TYP .)
1. PERMANENT INSTALLATION requirements: Embed barrier 3" minimum, install 1/4" Premolded Joint Filler between segments, fill the Connection Blackout with grout, centering the Rebar Grid in the blackout before adding grout. 2. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION requirement: Place a Rebar Grid in the Connection Blackout between barrier segments. 3. Installation on a horizontal curve with a radius less than 2000' requires a modified end design. 4. For Barrier with a 2' - 10" reveal, see sheet 2. For High-Performance Barrier with a 3' - 6" reveal, see sheet 3.
~1
PLAN
1.10 1/2"
=1'- 0"
CONNECTION BLOCKOUT FILL VOID WITH GROUT
=2' - 0"
@- 12 SPACES@ 12"
=2' - 0"
8"
8"
=12'- 0"
--=t=W+--+-----+-----+----+----+------+-IIII I I I I I
j__Jj_j__j__j_j_j__j
#6 BAR (TYP.)
TOP OF ROADWAY #8 BAR (TYP .) 1/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER - FOR PERMANENT INSTALLATION
I.
~
r--;;r
WELDED WIRE REINFORCING D -20 D -20 D- 31
.I
ELEVATION
2G) (TYP.)
TOP OF BARRIER
CD
@
DIMENSION TABLE
BARRIER HEIGHT A 8" 9 1/8" B 2'- 0" 2'-21/4" D 3 4 5 E 2'- 8" 3'- 2" 3'- 8" F 2'- 10" 3'- 4" G 1' -7" 1'- 9" HORIZONTAL BARS (QTY.) 8 10 12
3'- 6"
4'-0" SEE DIMENSION TABLE 4'-6"
10 1/4" 2'-41/2"
.....
04118112
DATE
:ij
z
C\1
en en
b ..... '
TOP OF ROADWAY TOP OF ROADWAY
~
C<?
SECTION
SECTION
3' - 6" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A 0" TO 5" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION
:ij
b
en
w
.....
en __.
<(
c..
~
~
TOP OF ROADWAY
b '
"'"
TOP OF ROADWAY
::::>
'
0 w
"'"
10
=:::;-:=-I==;::==--
_f
TOP OF ROADWAY
.....
SECTION
SECTION
4'- 0" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A GREATER THAN 5" TO 7" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION
4'- 6" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A GREATER THAN 7" TO 10" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION
.....
04118112
DATE
CIJ
CIJ
0
TOP OF ROADWAY TOP OF
TOP OF ROADWAY
TOP OF ROADWAY
0 w v
~ ~
2'- 2 1/4"
co
~~ ~ = = 0
-~
'
.....
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
4'- 0" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A 0" TO 3" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION
4' - 6" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A GREATER THAN 3" TO 6" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION
HIGH-PERFORMANCE BARRIER
.....
04118112
DATE
20' - 0"
NOTES 1. PERMANENT INSTALLATION requirements: Embed barrier 3" minimum, install 1/4" Premolded Joint Filler between segments, fill the Connection Blackout with grout, centering the Rebar Grid in the blackout before adding grout. 2. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION requirement: Place a Rebar Grid in the Connection Blackout between barrier segments. 3. See Standard Plan C-70.10 for REBAR GRID DETAIL and BARRIER CONNECTION DETAIL. 4. This plan is for transitions to precast concrete barriers only.
t ~_b 1'=-+ t ~
c=
-----------------------------------------
c=
PLAN
G)&@- 3 SPACES@ 4" = 1'- 0" @- 4 SPACES@ 6" = 2'- 0" 8" 2 -12 SPACES @ 12" = 12'- 0" 2@#5 8"
-- enf ~ ~
=
~j-c
~
5. When High-Performance Concrete Barrier is specified in the Contract, use the dimensions given in the H/P row in the DIMENSION TABLE, with a minimum height above roadway of 3' - 6" and a minimum imbedment of 3".
REBAR GRID- SEE BARRIER CON NECTION DETAIL, STD. PLAN C-70.10
1J:
-
C)
w b
...J
!!:!w
a:~
IIl
'
+tttt-H-t++-t--t
__l_
r-rtr I
I I I I I
I I
I I
Ill I I I I I I
+~-+-~-+-r~-++rH+~Ft~H-++rr
1 I
I
I I I I I l'ltrf
J_
=At-(1 I I I I I
1-UU J
j_ L
!T
a:w Q!f/)
~
TI-T-ri-11-TTinl - - - - - - -irtniTII
_J__j_J__
"D"
E~UAL ~PAC~S
I I I I I I Ii r-t- i-i ! I I I I I I I
l.ULUJj_J__L
J_L_j _
_J_j_,J__J___J_
~1---3'_-4_"~.1------5'-_0"
(TYP.)
__ (TYP.)
~.1
iii
2G) (TYP.) 1/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLERFOR PERMANENT INSTALLATION
a: ~ a: c( m
w ii2 fl) w w
J: IIl
...J
ELEVATION
LO
'
TOP OF ROADWAY
z
~
~
fl)
C)
1J:
iii
J:
a: ~ !!:! w w a: fl) a:
IIl
...J
LO
b
N
'
1J:
C)
iii
J:
a: ~ !!:! w w a: fl) a:
TOP OF ROADWAY
IIl
...J
z
::::!:
= 0
LO
b z
TOP OF ROADWAY
fl)
~
SECTION
a w p
c( ::J
...J
z
~
~
z
~
~
VARIES
SECTION
['~ ~
135 HOOK SEE DIMENSION TABLE
1:
~
1-
I
#4
c
3'- 0" 3'- 2 1/4"
D 3 4
VARIES
-I
.....
04118112
DATE
NOTES
20'- 0" 10 1/2"
~I
~ ~
I
I"
.I
~~9====================================~~
~~~
1. PERMANENT INSTALLATION requirements: Embed barrier 3" minimum, install1/4" Premolded Joint Filler between segments, fill the Connection Blackout with grout, centering the Rebar Grid in the blackout before adding grout.
A~
PLAN
G)&@- 3 SPACES @4" = 1'- 0" @- 4 SPACES @6" = 2'- 0" 8" 2 - 12 SPACES @ 12" =12'- 0" 2@#5
3. See Standard Plan C-70.10 for REBAR GRID DETAIL and BARRIER CONNECTION DETAIL.
4. Vertical Back barrier is used only in the configurations shown in Standard Plans C-85.1 0 and C-85.20, and when placed against a retaining wall. 5. When High-Performance Concrete Barrier is specified in the Contract, use the dimensions given in the H/P row in the DIMENSION TABLE, with a minimum height above roadway of 3'- 6", and a minimum embedment of 3".
8"
....
-
~
~
w b
...J '
!!:!w
Ill
C....
rr:r I I I I I
I I
r-~~-~~-~~-rrrnltir-r :n~Mirrr
+-1-+-~--t-~~-++~H~~~H--t+~+
REBAR GRID- SEE BARRIER CONNECTION DETAIL, STD. PLAN C-70.10 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) SEE NOTE4
i1i
1l.JLUJJ_
T-1---r-r---r-r-1-TTrn---r
I
I I I I I I I:r-t- i-i :I I I I I I I
L ___
j.
~
r;;r
D- 20 D- 20 D- 31
j__j_ _j__
5'- 0" (TYP.)
J _
TTTniTTT
l.UUJJ_LL
_J___j_j_j_LU
J...
TOP OF ROADWAY
...J ()
a::
en
b! ......
~ en
...J
:!:I-
~w
. LO
1J:
Ow
.j
ELEVATION
G)(TYP.)
< =>
w
= 0 oz
i1i
* WELDED WIRE
MARK
SECTION
CD
...J ()
a::
en w
~ ......
~ en
p
...J
'
:!:I-
~w
~z
LO
Ow ...J
Wca
1J:
0 w
~ =>
= 0
~~
i1i
a::
()
r
E
~ ......
SECTION
0
SEENOTE5 H 2'- 9 1/2" 3'- 3 1/2"
l l
~~
DIMENSION TABLE
BARRIER HEIGHT STD. H/P 3'- 6" 4'- 0" A 8" 9 1/8" B 1'- 6" 1'- 7 1/8" D 3 4 E F G
J
1'- 2" 1'- 3"
3'- 0" 2'- 8 1/2" 2'- 8" 3'- 6" 3'- 2 1/2" 3'- 2"
ISOMETRIC VIEW
.....
04118112
DATE
NOTES
DUAL FACED=---------SEE STANDARD PLA N C-70.10
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
I~
1. PERMANENT INSTALLATION requirements: Embed barrier 3" minimum, install 1/4" Premolded Joint Filler between segments, fill the Connection Blackout with grout, centering the Rebar Grid in the blackout before adding grout. 2. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION requirement: Place a Rebar Grid in the Connection Blackout between barrier segments. 3. See Standard Plan C-70.10 for REBAR GRID DETAIL and BARRIER CONNECTION DETAIL.
I L
B-
----+-DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
+-- ---+
11--..
~ ~
';
2_
PLAN
4. The Terminal is used only on the trailing end of a barrier, unless otherwise shown in the Contract. 5. When High-Performance Concrete Barrier is specified in the Contract, use the dimensions g~v~n in the H/P row in the DIMENSION TABLE, with a minimum height above roadway of 3'- 6", and a m1n1mum embedment of 3".
=2'- 0"
8' -0"
@)- 5 SPACES
@ 12" = 5'- 0"
REBAR GRID - SEE BARRIER CONNECTION DETAIL, STD. PLAN C-70.10
::2:1-
~w
LO
CJ
1J:
= 0 oz .,....w
-' w Nen 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) TOP OF ROADWAY TOP OF ROADWAY
__J
iii
~ !!!w
It:: !t::W
~t::en
J: III
w ....1
= 0 .,.... z
I
0 LO ' ~ w N ::2: 10
en
w w
TOP OF ROADWAY
i:i
....1 (.)
'j_l
0:::
~L___
2'- 0"
(TYP.)
4' -0"
12'- 0"
SECTION
SECTION
ELEVATION
* WELDED WIRE
MARK
#5
D- 31
BENDING DIAMETERS
..
~
VARIES: 7 1/2': I to1'-4"
G)
en
w
#4 135" HOOK (TYP.)
#4
~
-'-------
@)
#4
~21
STD. H/P
135" HOOK
I I f--G------1
ISOMETRIC VIEW
~G~
.....
04118112
DATE
NOTES
1. Reinforcing steel dimensions and clearances are shown for stationary form construction. When slipform construction is used, increase reinforcing steel clearances to the outside surfaces of the barrier to 2 1/2" and adjust the rebar dimensions as required. 2. When connecting between cast-in-place and precast single-slope barrier, provide a Blackout, Rebar Grid, and added rebar, as shown in Standard Plan C-70.1 0.
EXPANSION JOINTSEE DETAIL
c
0
0::
_L_
A
>(.)
::::i
u.
~
A
~
------------------------------------------
en
<(
-r- ' (_
EXPANSION JOINT
"'
2@#5
--+
If
-I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
r-
1t:
EXPANSION JOINT
_S
~ c
PLAN
36'- 0" MINIMUM TO 120'- 0" MAXIMUM BETWEEN EXPANSION JOINTS
ct
1
3. The actual dimensions will vary as the grades change and the barrier transitions in height and width. The dimensions may be interpolated for intermediate barrier heights. 4. For Barrier with a 2'- 10" reveal, see Sheet 2. For High-Performance Barrier with a 3' - 6" reveal, see Sheet 3.
-4-4-+I I I
-~.-~.-~.--+--+--+-
-t--t--t-1- -1-1
SPAC.ES
+ +
TOP OF ROADWAY
------------------------------~~--------------------------------~~--.
ELEVATION
STEEL REINFORCEMENT SYMMETRICAL ABOUT PREMOLDED ~ JOINT FILLER 1'- 6"
* WELDED WIRE
MARK
CONDUIT (TYP.)
1114"PVC
C0~1,l-::
/
TYPICAL SECTION
11/4" PVC CONDUIT (TYP.) 8 # 8- 36" (TYP.) PREPARED GRADED BASE HYPOTHETICAL GRADE SEPARATION
II
G) @
@
@#5
(TYP.)}
~\ff ~~FI===l ' --Ip
2@#4
ENSURE THAT NO CEMENT CONCRETE ENTERS THE PVC CONDUIT WHEN POURING
SECTION
0
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER (CAST-IN-PLACE) DUAL-FACED STANDARD PLAN C-80.10-00
ISOMETRIC VIEW
SHEET 1 OF 3 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
W = EPOXYCOATED
REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAM
SEE STD. SPEC. 9-07.1(2) FOR BENDING DIAMETERS 9"
2 3/4" R.
to
f.v
'
G)
#4
~21
11~
~21
(j)
71/4" 11"
15" BARRIER HEIGHT 3'- 6" 4'- 0" 4'- 6"
s EE NOTE2
SEE NOTE3 F HORIZONTAL BARS (QTY.) 8 10 12
\'
H ll
@#4 @#4 (j) #4 SEENOTE3
DIMENSION TABLE
A 8" 9 1/8" B 2'- 0" 2'- 2 1/4" D 3 4 5 E 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'- 6 1/2"
~F~
.....
04118112
DATE
:i
~
(.) <(
en w en
_J
(.)
en w
a.
0 w
b .....
TOP OF ROADWAY
~
(<)
~ en
_J
~
(<)
<(
<(
::J
("I)
TOP OF ROADWAY
0 w
::J
("I)
2'-0"
21 - 0"
SECTION
SECTION
31 - 6" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A 0" TO 5" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION (SEE NOTE 3)
:i :i
~
I
en
b .....
N
~ en
b .....
(.) <(
en w en
a.
0 w
o
I
~
I
TOP OF ROADWAY
TOP OF ROADWAY
<(
....1
::J
LO
<:t
TOP OF ROADWAY
__L_---.--
_f
:i
F-.
~ ~ :::!:
~
~
ci _J
(.)
(.,
:i~
..I
~:::!:
2'- 4 1/2"
bCxl
IT~
b
.....
SECTION
.....
4 1 - 0" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A GREATER THAN 5" TO 7" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION (SEE NOTE 3)
4'- 6" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A GREATER THAN 7" TO 10" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION (SEE NOTE 3)
04118112
DATE
() <(
en w en
_J
() <(
en w en
_J
z
b
~
en
w
a.
a.
~ Co
b
~
c.,
TOP OF ROADWAY
en
_J
Co
~
<(
<(
<(
:::J
:::J
:::J
0 w co
TOP OF ROADWAY
TOP OF ROADWAY
0 w co
0 w
co
TOP OF ROADWAY
!1-\;::=:::;-:l.=::::;::::=='==---
TOP OF ROADWAY
~~I ~ ~ ~1 .
1
2- 2 1/4"
SECTION
SECTION
!)~ ~~
..._
1.
2-,~ .1
SECTION
!]
4' - 0" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A 0" TO 3" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION {SEE NOTE 3)
4' - 6" BARRIER FOR USE WITH A GREATER THAN 3" TO 6" MAX. GRADE SEPARATION {SEE NOTE 3)
HIGH-PERFORMANCE BARRIER
04118112
DATE
36'- 0" MINIMUM TO 120'- 0" MAXIMUM BETWEEN EXPANSION JOINTS . - DIRECTION OF TRAVEL DUMMY JOINT SEE NOTE 2
NOTES 1. The Terminal is used only on the trailing end of a barrier, unless otherwise shown in the Contract. 2. See Standard Plan C-80.10, Sheet 1, for EXPANSION JOINT and DUMMY JOINT details. 3. When High-Performance Concrete Barrier is specified in the Contract, use the dimensions given in the H/P row in the DIMENSION TABLE, with a minimum height above roadway of 3'- 6", and a minimum embedment of 3".
. - DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
PLAN
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER (BID ITEM) 10'- 0" MIN. TO 12'- 0" MAX. SEE STANDARD PLAN C-80.10 TOP OF 3/4" CHAMFER
~w
~z
11/2" CLR.
(TYP.)
(")
RO~WAY\\
FIELD BEND #5 BARS TOP OF ROADWAY
:::!!:1--
. [ uYP.J
( :
= 0
1~
- w C\ICJ)
TOP OF ROADWAY
,w
SECTION
~1
~:-~
SECTION
1'- 8"
4 -5SPACES@ 1'-6"=7'-6"
ELEVATION
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
(")
CD
..... w
~1
1
SECTION
0
ISOMETRIC VIEW
2 3/4" R
(o
"'
'
CD
#4
~21
11 ~ ~ ([jj21
4
VARIEs.
21
r-
DIMENSION TABLE
BARRIER HEIGHT STD. H/P 3'- 6" 4'- 0" A 8" 91/8" B 2'- 0" 2'- 2 1/4" D 3 4 E 2'- 6" 3'- 0" F 1'- 8" 1'- 10"
~F~
~F~
.....
04118112
DATE
12' - 0"
-
12' - 0"
12' - 0"
NOTES
1. The Transition Section is used in the configurations shown in Standard Plans C-85.1 0 and C-85.11.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - t---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - t-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
~2
~_E/2
EXPANSION JOINT
~
( _ EXPANSION JOINT
~
( _ DUMMY JOINT
(_ DUMMY JOINT
PLAN
C-80.1~A
I
I
v ,-
'-----------------------""''----'""'-----=----------------------------1 MAX.
SPACING
-_jL.---------'
EXPANSION JOINT
_j
~goHOOK
I #4 I
#4 @#4 REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAM
1 1/2" CLR.
en en
0
:Zw -1-
'<!'
(.)
IC)
<(
J:
WELDED WIRE REINFORCING SUBSTITUTION OPTION TABLE MARK REINFORCING SIZE #4 #4 #5 WELDED WIRE REINFORCING D -20 D -20 D- 31
.-w W ('o.jen
bz
:::!:o
c.
iii
...I
<(
::::l
!!:! w
J: Ill 0:: ~
...I
G)
c(
0:: w 0:: en
~1
:Zw -1.-w W ('o.jen
'<!'
SECTION
bz
:::!:o
TOP OF ROADWAY
REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAM SEE STD. SPEC. 9-07.1(2) FOR BENDING DIAMETERS
VARIES:5"
I I
~ 21
\~
SECTION
0
SEENOTE4 E
2'- 6"
ISOMETRIC VIEW
~21
L
E
11
1.
VARIES
.j
STD. H/P
3 8" 2'- 0" 2'- 8" 9 1/8" 2'- 2 1/4" 2' -10 1/4" 4
3'- 0"
10
.....
04118112
DATE
Cl
LL
NOTES
12'- 0" MAX.
0::
<(
(J)
I.
::::i
Ill
:;..:
Cl
~E~ 2.__
l~r
.I
I.
I~
I
.I
1. The Vertical Back barrier is used only in the configurations shown in Standard Plans C-85.10 and C-85.11, and when placed against a retaining wall.
B
EXPANSION JOINT
2.__
~
DUMMY JOINT (TYP.)- SEE NOTE 2
Il l
EXPANSION JOINT
=s
~_tl
2. See Standard Plan C-80.10, Sheet 1, for EXPANSION JOINT and DUMMY JOINT details. Modify rebar as shown in EXPANSION JOINT MODIFICATION.
PLAN
G)&
4. When High-Performance Concrete Barrier is specified in the Contract, use the dimensions given in the H/P row in the DIMENSION TABLE, with a minimum height above roadway of 3'- 6" and a minimum embedment of 3".
TOP OF ROADWAY
41/2"
(Y) 8"
@10" 5 1/2" 2'- 0" MIN. LAP SPLICE (STAGGER SPLICES)
6"
1
I
~goHOOK
ELEVATION
6 1/2"
REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAM CONC. CAP -SEE NOTE 1 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
SECTION
CD
... w
-' w N(J)
TOP OF ROADWAY
= 0 oz
SECTION
0
ISOMETRIC VIEW
7 1/2"
-~~
4
21/4" R
:
~
(j)
#4
~21
1~
~F~
~21
BARRIER HEIGHT STD. H/P
DIMENSION TABLE
A
8"
B
1'4" 1'- 5 1/8"
D
3 4
E
2'-6" 3'- 0"
3'- 6"
4'- 0"
8
10
9 1/8"
.....
04118112
DATE
~ i/ t.-1'- 0"
DUMMY JOINT~
NOTE This plan is for transitions to Precast Concrete Barrier Type 2 only. See contract for transitions to other barrier shapes and bridge rails.
::::~_C
~
CONCRETE BARRIER TYPE 2
I
' ' ------------------'------' '
~~v1'-0" llj~;v
[,0'1 I
~
------------------
PL-T-----tl
~
~
"'
y
6"
1'- 0"
1'- 6"
G)#4&@#4
@ 1'- 6" SPACING
2@#5
DUMMY JOINT
7 #4
SECTION
9r
5 1/2"
~rVARIES
5 TO 11
4"
&>
'
1 1/2" CLR.
8 5/8"
MINi_
.. :I>
I>
DUMMY JOINT
---+-...-....
I \}6" I/\,VARIES u
11'-8"
&>
'
___l_10" TO 6"
@#4 @#4
2'- 0" CLR.
ISOMETRIC VIEW
79 (TYP.)SEE NOTE 1
2'- 0"
CLR.
SECTION NOTES 1. Field bend as required in transition. 2. All bends are 2" radius.
1'-7"T01'-8"
SECTION
.....
04118112
DATE
DUAL-FACED
VERTICAL BACK LENGTH VARIES PER BARRIER TYPE AND TAPER RATE
CONCRETE CAP
L -PLAN
(CAST-IN-PLACE SHOWN) STEEL WELDED WIRE FABRICCOMPLY WITH STANDARD SPEC 9-07.7 6 W2.1 X W2.1 (8 6 W2.9 X W2.9 (6 X 6 W4.0 X W4.0 (4 4 X 4 W1.4 X W1.4 (10 4 X 4 W2.1 X W2.1 (8 4 X 4 W2.9 X W2.9 (6 6 6 6
X X
I
~------
;;, :.:-::-;_-=---
1----
--=-@
I
_ll
--I----- -~-----I
Jnl
CONCRETE CAP
NOTES
2. For Single-Slope Concrete Barrier details, see Standard Plan series C-70's (precast) or C-BO's (cast-in-place).
CONCRETE CAP
SECTION
VARIES SLOPE TO DRAIN ~00" to 5'COMMERCIAL CONCRETE STEEL WELDED WIRE FABRIC 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
c.,
I
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER: DUAL-FACED 3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER (TYP.) SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER: VERTICAL BACK (TYP.)
TOP OF ROADWAY
ISOMETRIC VIEW
(CAST-IN-PLACE SHOWN)
SECTION
0
.....
04118112
DATE
DUAL-FACED
CONCRETE CAP
PLAN
(CAST-IN-PLACE SHOWN)
BRIDGE COLUMN
NOTES 1. Use the barrier type, precast or cast-in-place, as specified in the Contract.
3" EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE AROUND COLUMN (TYP.) BRIDGE COLUMN
2. For Single-Slope Concrete Barrier details, see Standard Plan series C-70's (precast) or C-SO's (cast-in-place).
,..t>. ..
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER: VERTICAL BACK (TYP.)
.'
STEEL WELDED WIRE FABRIC COMPLY WITH STANDARD SPEC 9-07.7 6 x 6 W2.1 x W2.1 (8 GAGE) 6 x 6 W2.9 x W2.9 (6 GAGE) 6 X 6 W4.0 X W4.0 (4 GAGE) 4 X 4 W1.4 X W1.4 (10 GAGE) 4 X 4 W2.1 X W2.1 (8 GAGE) 4 X 4 W2.9 X W2.9 (6 GAGE) 1 1/2" CLEARANCE ON ALL SURFACES
,.
TOP OF ROADWAY
~
VARIES _ c.,
I
I
SECTION
3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER (TYP.) SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER: VERTICAL BACK (TYP.)
TOP OF ROADWAY
ISOMETRIC VIEW
SECTION
(CAST-IN-PLACE SHOWN)
(WRAP)
STANDARD PLAN C-85.11-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
.....
04118112
DATE
c
10'- 0" GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - ROUTE TO GROUNDING STUD (SEE NOTE 3) STEEL LIGHT STANDARD SEE STANDARD PLAN J-28.60 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) CONDUIT COUPLING SEE NOTE4 1/2" DRAIN HOLE
9" 1 9"
'
I
_j_
B/2t
~t"'~;~"
l__
l 1/'T----t--1-:+------~
:~:
~~
./
/A.
~m~
~ ::::!:
.....
Ln
.1'-0" ___/- /
II
/._
io
N
<(
:Z
~
b
'
a.
w w
0
4 6 6 3 : - - - - -_'-__"_ _ _
v_-:----
- _ -_ ..
--p-=--g~~-:~E
21'- 6"
en
1:2
(.!)
.....
~ ::::!:
en
(.)
I-
::c
(.!)
,.,
&,
ct en
<(
:Z
~
b .....
a.
w w
0
....1 <(
0::: 0:::
en
@# 5 (TYP.)
~ ::::!:
(.)
en w en
I-
::c
(.!)
<(
a.
jjj ::c m
....1
::J
0 w
en
~ ::::!:
.....
Ln
,.,
&,
....1 <(
1:2
(.!)
::J
0 w
w w 0:: w m
<(
0::: 0:::
en
NOTE 2
6'- 3"
z
0
~
CLR. CD#4AND@#4 5 SPACES @ 1'- 0" 5'- 0" 1'-0"
LL
@# 5 (TYP.)
CAP
b
N
'
SECTION
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
@# 5 (TYP.)
SEE NOTE 3
NOTES
TOP OF ROADWAY
SECTION
1. When connecting between cast-in-place and precast Single-Slope Barrier, provide a Connection Blackout and Rebar Grid as shown on Standard Plan C-1 3. 2. See the Contract Plans for conduit placement. 3. Grounding Conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper, provide 3' - 0" min. slack. Clamp steel reinforcing bar with connector suitable for use .--..,.....-----, embedded in concrete. ~,. ii . ,..,~;:,,_, 4. Install Conduit Coupling flush with top of foundation. Do not glue PVC stubout.
g2:!?l
5@# 5
SEE NOTE 2
9'- 0"
ELEVATION
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT ALL BENDS ARE 2" RADIUS VARIES 5 1/2" TO 21 1/2"
PLAN VIEW
BAR
MARK NO. LOCATION
LIST
SIZE #4 #4 #4 # 5 # 5 # 5 QUANTITY 28 12 16
5. This plan shall be used for 40' and 50' Light Standards with 16' max. length double mast arms. 6. Concrete shall be Class 4000.
\!Oirh
(!)
.u..I!::!Ql !!!l!!fil;:!'o
"(~S:Cflw
~~@5~~
~~~~~
~"(LIJ"'t~
~(JQ~)..
I=' ::c
(.!)
r---
G)
(.!)
I=' ::c
::c
0:::
jjj
CD
BARRIER - TOP VERTICAL BARRIER - BOTTOM VERTICAL FND. & BARRIER - VERTICAL BARRIER - HORIZONTAL FOUNDATION FOUNDATION
~~~~~ 2;:;2.::1-r::
!il~~~~
~~~~8 ii'~ffi"'""
en
G)
::c
0:::
jjj
'---._
0:: +
0:: +
m
(:::!
<(
en
11 (TYP.)
;a
11 (TYP.)
______::::: -
0:::
(:::!
0:::
.....
0
1/2"
"Q"
9 32 SEE NOTE 1
~'-----
CD
@ F+2 1/2"
TABLE
GRADE SEPARATION 0 TO 5" UP TO 7" UP TO 10" BARRIER HEIGHT 3'- 6" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" A 8" B 2'- 0"
I
G) VARIES
1--
G) F+26
c
3'- 4" 3'- 6 1/4"
ISOMETRIC VIEW
.....
06-16-11
DATE
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - ROUTE TO GROUNDING STUD (SEE NOTE 3) 10'- 0" STEEL LIGHT STANDARD - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-28.60 ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) - SEE DETAIL, STANDARD PLAN C-Sb
c
2'- 0" A CONDUIT COUPLING SEE NOTE 5 1/2" DRAIN HOLE 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) 1 1/2" CLR.
9" 19"
'
I
_l
B/2~i..rl
~~L---------~1~==J\kltk/~--~~~-r----------I
~~
./
mj
~
1 1/2" CLR.
"''
::::!:
Ln Ln
<(
~
~
a.
w w
en c
"' ""
::::!: b
en
(..)
IJ:
(!)
~ en
....1 <(
w ....1 J: ID
~
w w
<(
~
w w
a.
0:: 0::
"'"
::J
(!)
0 w
;a
w ii: en
::::!:
Ln Ln
en c
"' ""
(!)
:Z z w
' ....
21'- 6"
~ ::!!: c Ln w
::!!:
ID
CAP
1SECTION
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
2 1/2" CLR.
b
@# 5 (TYP.)
N
@# 5 (TYP.)
I
SEE NOTE 3
I
NOTES
TOP OF ROADWAY
5'- 0"
SECTION
1. This Barrier/Foundation combination has been designed in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Test Level 4 requirements. The horizontal vehicle impact force at the top of the barrier is taken at 54 kips for Strength and Extreme Limit States, and 10 kips for footing stability (overturning and sliding) in the Service Limit State. 2. When connecting between cast-in-place and precast Single-Slope Barrier, provide a Connection Blackout and Rebar Grid as shown on Standard Plan C-13.
3. Grounding conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper, provide a 3' - 0" min. slack. Clamp steel reinforcing bar with connector suitable for use embedded in concrete. 4. See the Contract Plans for conduit placement. 5. Install Conduit Coupling flush with top of foundation. Do not glue PVC stubout. 6.
1" DIAM. ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.)
9'- 0"
ELEVATION
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT ALL BENDS ARE 2" RADIUS VARIES 5 1/2" TO 21 1/2"
6 3/8"
---1
6 3/8"
This plan shall be used for 40' and 50' Light Standards with 16' max. length double mast arms. 7. Concrete shall be Class 4000.
BAR
MARK NO. LOCATION
LIST
SIZE #4 #4 #4 # 5 # 5 # 5 QUANTITY 28 12 16
I='
(!)
r---
I='
@
J: J:
(!)
CD
@
BARRIER - TOP VERTICAL BARRIER - BOTTOM VERTICAL FND. & BARRIER - VERTICAL BARRIER - HORIZONTAL FOUNDATION FOUNDATION
G)
w
w
J: J:
w
w
0::
a.
'---._
ii: +
G) @
"Q"
9 32
0:: 0::
ID
a.
ii: +
<(
11 TYP.
;a
11 TYP.
______::::: -
0::
(:::!
.....
1/2"
(:::!
~'----
CD
@ F+2 1/2"
TABLE
GRADE SEPARATION 0 TO 3" UP TO 6" MAX. BARRIER HEIGHT 4'- 0" 4'- 6" A 9 1/8" B 2'- 2 1/4"
I
G) VARIES
1--
G) F+26
c
3'- 6 1/4" 3'- 8 1/2"
Q
14 14
.....
06-16-11
DATE
ISOMETRIC VIEW
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER 24'- 0" TAPER 12'- 0" TYP. 1'- 6"
1
:,____,_W_12----11
J
'
/
B/2t
(_
-('
',,
'
"' .. j
NOTES PLAN
1.
When connecting between Cast-in-Place and Precast Single-Slope Barrier, provide a Connection Blackout and Rebar Grid as shown in Standard Plan C-13. Grounding Conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper, provide a 3' - 0" slack. Clamp steel reinforcing bar with connector suitable for use embeded in concrete.
2.
3. Install Conduit Coupling flush with top of Barrier. Do not glue PVC stubout.
4. Concrete shall be Class 4000, unless otherwise noted.
SEE STD. PLAN G-70.10 FOR SIGN BRIDGE DETAILS
24'- 0"
24'- 0"
G)# 4 AND 2 # 4-15 SPACES@ EXPANSION JOINT WITH 3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER (TYP.)
1'-6"= 22'-6"
G)# 4 AND 2 # 4 -15 SPACES @ EXPANSION JOINT WITH 3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER (TYP.)
TOP OF ROADWAY
t;'
nzn
z
SEE SECTION "C", SHEET 2 FOR GROUNDING CONDUCTOR DETAILS (SEE NOTE 2)
w
4'- 0" 5'- 0" 6'- 0"
SHAFT REINFORCEMENT
ELEVATION
SEE NOTE 1
7'- 0"
SHAFT DEPTH "Z" IS BASED ON ALLOWABLE LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE IN EXCESS OF 1500 PSF.
.....
06-16-11
DATE
ISOMETRIC VIEW
ANCHOR BOLT - 1" DIAM. x (BARRIER HEIGHT + 4'- 2") LONG, GALV., THREADED ROD OR STUD BAR WITH FOUR HEAVY HEX NUTS AND FOUR WASHERS (TYP.) CONDUIT COUPLING - SEE NOTE 3 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) 3'- 0" 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
3'- 0"
SIGN BRIDGE END POST (SEE STD. PLAN G-70.10) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR ROUTE TO GROUNDING STUD (SEE NOTE 2) (TYP.) GRADE SEPARATION 0 TO 5" UP TO 7" UP TO 10" BARRIER HEIGHT 3'- 6" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" A 8"
TABLE
B 2'- 0"
c
4'- 4" 4'- 6 1/4"
E 4 5 6 10 12 14
~ ~ ~
1 1/2" (/)
:il G)# 5 -~
~
(TYP.)
CLR.
~
(/)
...J <(
~
C!>w
jjj J: <( 0::: 1-
ffi
:il
b
~
@#4
1(!)
1-
G)# 5 (TYP.)
(/)
J:
...J <(
:il
b
~
C!>w
@# 5 (TYP.) TOP OF AOADWAY
...J
J:
A ADD TWO (4) # 5 BARS, EQUALLY SPACED, '0" AT THE TQ):s' OF THE FOUNDATION BARRIER
ffi
0 w
::::>
;a
w w - w ~ (/)
0 w
::::>
w w 0:: w
0::: 0:::
NOTCH PLATE AS REQUIRED TO CLEAR THE SHAFT REINFORCEMENT WHEN 'W' = 4'- 0" 1 1/2" SNIP (TYP.) 1 1/16" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.) 1'- 3" DIAM. HOLE
:$
@ ~ (/)
......
w w - w
;a
(/)
;a
c ._______.______
@# 4
___.+--"-----__L_
SECTION
0
BAR LIST
60'0R LESS SIZE QTY. 32 28 SIZE #4 #4 # 5 # 5 #4 #4 #4 # 5 # 11 #4
'"'1------c-------1I~
" CLR.
1'- 9" BOLT CIRCLE @#4 A36 STEEL PLATE, 5/8" 21" 21"
SECTION
0#4
~5 P.)
SPAN LENGTH 91'TO 120' 121'TO 150' SIZE #4 #4 # 5 # 5 #4 #4 #4 # 5 # 11 #4 QTY. 32 28 SIZE #4 #4 # 5 # 5 #4 #4 #4 # 5 # 11 #4 QTY. 32 28 61'TO 91' QTY. 32 28 STEEL PLATE (SEE DETAIL)
MARK NO.
LOCATION
CD
@
BARRIER - TOP VERTICAL BARRIER - BOTTOM VERTICAL BARRIER - HORIZONTAL BARRIER - HORIZONTAL BARRIER - TOP VERTICAL CAP & BARRIER - VERTICAL CAP - TOP TRANSVERSE CAP - HORIZONTAL SHAFT - VERTICAL SHAFT - SPIRAL SEE TABLE, THIS SHEET, COLUMN "Q"
~
#4 #4 # 5 # 5 #4 #4 #4 # 5 # 9 #4
1i:'
1-
<J)
0
0
0 0
14 14 14 12 12
0 0
16 16 16 12 15
0 0
18 18 18 12 18
0 0
20 20 20 12 24
gz a.
-'
~
J: J: 10
<(
4 EQUAL SPACES
1-
~ ::!! :20 = co
w8 ...Jo
Ill'<!'
(J)a.
J:
w w
15@# 11
18@# 11
24@# 11 BUNDLED
I=
Ill
~(/) (/)
~(..)
tl:l::S
b
' ;.,
1- 11-
J: J:
:5:
a.
...J
N~ - w
a.z
1-
@)
1~
1~
1~
1~
<(
0 0
CD VARIES
I~"
:
0::: J: ::::>
~5 wo 0(..)
u.
8" (TYP.)
1-
~ J:
r111" (TYP.)
(!)
jjj J:
en
');. ~'!(> ~
1 1 .I
VARIES
1'- 0"
(/)
a: Iii ...J
'<I'
0
~
(g)# 9 OR
0:::
(!)
~ J:
jjj J:
0::: 0:::
<(
0:: +
Ill
w en
11" (TYP.)
~
CD
0::: ;a
0:: +
C:!
~
~
((; ,, ~
I
@)~
(
a.
1f 11
(/)
(TYP.)
Q.
1-
@9 1/2"
C:!
~ ~
I I
I-'-
@4'- 3 1/2"
c - 5"
-~
L@VARI~S
@c -5"
l~"
au
SECTION
~ ROUGHENED SURFACE
(B - 4 1/4") TO (B + 22")
.....
06-16-11
DATE
NOTES
12'- 0"
BAR
MARK NO.
LIST
SIZE QTY. 24 24
7_
--........
,-------------------------------- ---------------
~
( _ EXPANSION JOINT DUMMY JOINT
lu
1. When connecting between Cast-in-Place and Precast Single-Slope Barrier, provide a Connection Blockout and Rebar Grid as shown in Standard Plan C-1.3 2. All concrete shall be class 4000.
CD
@ G)
# 4 # 4 # 5
_S
EXPANSION JOINT
_)
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT ALL BENDS ARE 2" RADIUS VARIES 5 3/4" TO
PLAN
3'- 3"1
bl
+
36'- 0"
I=' I
G)# 4
&@ #
= 34'- 6"
3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER AT EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.)
iii
a:::
w
0::
~
TOP OF ROADWAY
..-
I VARIES (B - 4 1/2") I
TO (C - 5 3/4")
ELEVATION
TRAILING END TRANSITION (FROM MONOTUBE SIGN STRUCTURE FOUNDATION TO SINGLE-SLOPE ~ DUAL-FACED BARRIER) ~
3'- 6"
z ~ :i]
~ w
w
1 1/2" CLR.
0
(J)
z
(J)
(..)
(J)
(J)
b ..N
1I
i=
w w
iii
....1
....1
<(
Cl
~
0 w
::::>
w w 0:: (J)
<(
;:!: c::: w
c:::
!Il
~ ~ ~
~
(..)
(J)
1I
(J)
iii
....1
DUMMY JOINT
!Il
....1
<(
Cl
::::>
0 w
w w 0:: w
<(
c::: c:::
;:!:
(J)
!Il
!Il
~ CLR.
c
SECTION
SECTION
.I
~ CLR.
ISOMETRIC VIEW
SEE NOTE 1
TABLE
GRADE SEPARATION 0 TO 5" UP TO 7" UP TO 10" BARRIER HEIGHT 3'- 6" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" A 8" B 2'- 0"
c
4'- 10" 5'- 0 1/4"
E 4 5
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER TRANSITION FOR MONOTUBE SIGN SUPPORT STANDARD PLAN C-85.18-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
.....
06-16-11
DATE
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER 24'- 0" TAPER 12'- 0" (TYP.) EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) -----;
B/~
t -r
v
>-
---------------
~
/
-------------? -~~
'
'.,. 0 0 ,'
~ ___i_
1-
---------------- r----------------
/y
----.-
&>
ID
DUMMY JOINT
_S
A/
1'-7 1/2"
' '
- -
' '
L---1'
A
PLAN
~ ~
@# 4 AND@# 4 - 7 SPACES @
= 3'- 6"
24'- 0"
5. Install Conduit Coupling flush with top of Barrier. Do not glue PVC stubout.
24'- 0"
G)# 4 AND@# 4- 15 SPACES @ EXPANSION JOINT WITH 3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER (TYP.)
1'- 6"
= 22'- 6"
G)# 4 AND@# 4 - 15 SPACES @ EXPANSION JOINT WITH 3/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER (TYP.)
1'- 6"
= 22'- 6"
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
TOP OF ROADWAY
DUMMY JOINT (TYP.) 1" STEEL CONDUIT OR AS PER CONTRACT - WHEN REQUIRED, CAP EACH END
....1
SEE SECTION "A", SHEET 2 FOR GROUNDING CONDUCTOR DETAILS (SEE NOTE 4)
ID
~
I
en
w w
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
SHAFT CONCRETE ALL OTHER CONCRETE STEEL REINF. BAR ANCHOR RODS ANCHOR NUTS ANCHOR WASHERS ANCHORAGE GALVANIZING STEEL PLATE CLASS 4000P CLASS 4000 AASHTO M 31 GRADE 60 ASTM F 1554 GRADE 105 AASHTO M 291 AASHTO M 293 AASHTO M 232 ASTM A 36
1-
::c
a.
0
SHAFT
DEPTH
SEE NOTE 3 ALLOVVABLE LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE (PSF) 1500 AND UP 1000 - 1499 1500 AND UP 1000 - 1499
z
13'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 22'- 0"
TOTAL SIGN AREA (SF) 200 OR LESS 200 OR LESS 200 - 400 200 - 400
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER CANTILEVER SIGN STRUCTURE FOUNDATION STANDARD PLAN C-85.20-00
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ELEVATION
ISOMETRIC
.....
06-16-11
DATE
ANCHOR ROD - 1 3/4" DIAM. x (BARRIER HEIGHT + 4'- 2") LONG, THREADED 8" MIN. EACH END; W/ FOUR HEAVY HEX NUTS AND TWO WASHERS - GALVANIZE o EXPOSED ANCHOR ROD END ~ 1'- 0" MIN. (TYP.)
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - ROUTE TO GROUNDING STUD (SEE NOTE 4) CONDUIT COUPLING - SEE NOTE 5 PROVIDE SCREEN AROUND BASE - SEE SCREEN DETAIL, STANDARD PLAN G-60.10, SHEET 4 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) 3'- 3" 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
BENDING
DIAGRAM
G)
u.
;,;
::::i
~
~
(j)
c:::= wm
TOP OF ROADWAY
it en
(.)
en w
1-
z
~
b .....
N
en
::::> 0 w
<(
....1
<( ll.
1-
ii::+
::c (!) w ....1 W III ::c <(
0::: 11-
b .....
N
en
::::> 0 w
<(
....1
<( ll.
C:::p
I I
ro
I I
<(
....1
::::> 0 w
III
<(
a: 0:::
w w w
en
a:
~
D
III
<(
w a: w w c:::en
""
f/)
@#
0 0 0
c
SECTION0
(.)
~ CLR.
SECTION
en
it
<(
....1
....
@#
b
5 (TYP.)
::::> 0 w
I
:5 (.)
1(.) (.)
en en
w w
0
1-----r-:-:iARIES ( B -4 1/4")
....
"'"
0:::
It)
e
ANCHOR PLATE (TYP.) - SEE STANDARD. PLAN G-60.20
=II:
z 0
TABLE
GRADE SEPARATION 0 TO 5" UP TO 7" BARRIER HEIGHT 3'- 6" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" A 8" B 2'- 0"
i~t"_;.~-4114")~[: ~
~
8
@
c
4'-7"
E 4 5 6 10 12 14
UP TO 10"
~ ~ ~
ALL BENDS ARE 2" RADIUS ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT
1i:"
11-
w~w
w ::c
BAR
MARK NO. LOCATION BARRIER - TOP VERTICAL BARRIER - BOTTOM VERTICAL BARRIER - HORIZONTAL BARRIER - HORIZONTAL BARRIER - TOP VERTICAL BARRIER - BOTTOM VERTICAL CAP - HOOP CAP -TOP
LIST
QTY. 32 32 LENGTH VARIES VARIES 23'- 8" 3'- 8" VARIES VARIES 15'- 9" 10'- 10" 3'- 4" AS REQ'D "Z" MINUS CLEARANCES SIZE #4 #4 # 5 # 5 #4 #4 # 5 # 5 #4 #4 # 9 STR. STR. STR. STR. TYPE
::c 0 z
V5~N
III
0:::
II
0:::
0
<(
' .....
I
I= 0
!;;:
0:::
:::!: 0
ll.
0 0 0
1-1-
::::>::c
....
"'"
:5 (.)
1(.) (.)
en en
w w
-en
ow zo ::::> u.l(!)~
!Qa.
G)
G)
....
z 0::: en ::::>
0:::
(.)>0:::~
0
(j)
0 0
8 8 5 4 4
1-
z 0
ow ,.-,[[
:::!: 0
(.)
=II:~
o::s
Z(.)
1~
12
(.)ll.
Q.
/,;\.. CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH "'!/ ROUGHENED SURFACE
w z
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER CANTILEVER SIGN STRUCTURE FOUNDATION STANDARD PLAN C-85.20-00
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
A IF JOINING TWO SPIRALS, SEE LAP SPLICE ""Y DETAIL, STANDARD PLAN G-60.20, SHEET 2 W AT THE TOP OF THE FOUNDATION BARRIER
~ ADD TWO
SECTION
.....
NOTES
10 (DESIRABLE)
88 88 88
TYPE 1
POSTED SPEED 40 MPH OR LESS
8 B
88 88
TYPE 2 PLAN VIEW
88
8 8 8 B
88 88 88
TYPE 3
POSTED SPEED 50 MPH
88
8 8 B
1. Approved Inertial Barrier Systems (sand barrel arrays) are listed in the Qualified Products List and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When products not listed on the Qualified Products List are considered, a Request of Approval of Materials (RAM) form is required. 2. For temporary installations, the inertial barriers may be placed on wood pallets that are 4" or less in height.
1oo (DESIRABLE)
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
6"TYP
8 8 8 8 88 88 88
TYPE 4
8 8 8 8 88 88 88
TYPE 5
POSTED SPEED 60 MPH
8 8 8 88 88 88
TYPE 6
POSTED SPEED 70 MPH
EXAMPLE CONFIGURATION
88 88
88
88 88
PLAN VIEW
88 88
IMPACT ATTENUATOR INERTIAL BARRIER CONFIGURATIONS STANDARD PLAN C-90.10-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
INSTALLATION DETAILS
ATTENUATOR CONFIGURATIONS
(NUMBERS INSIDE BARRELS INDICATE LBS.)
fll
.....
07-03-08
DATE
WALL HT
TYPE 2A
TYPE 2B
TYPE2C
TYPE2D
H
6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
w
2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 0"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5"
IIAII&IIFII BAR"B"
3- #4 3- #4 3- #4 3- #4 3- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 15"
BARS
IIDII&IIEII
#3@ 15" #3@ 12" #3@9" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@9" #5@ 11" #5@9" #5@7" #5@6"
BARS
w
2'- 3" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 3" 6'- 0" 6'- 3" 6'- 9"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6" 7"
IIAII&IIFII BAR"B"
3 -#4 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 11"
BARS
IIDII&IIEII
#3@ 12" #4@ 15" #4@ 10" #4@ 10" #5@ 11" #6@ 12" #6@9" #6@9" #6@8" #6@8"
BARS
w
2'- 0" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6"
IIAII&IIFII BAR"B"
3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12"
BARS
IIDII&IIEII
#3@ 15" #3@ 10" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@9" #5@ 11" #6@ 12" #6@ 10" #6@9" #6@8"
BARS
w
2'- 6" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 6" 6'- 0" 6'- 6"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6" 7" 7"
IIAII&IIFII BAR"B"
3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4
BARS
IIDII&IIEII
BARS
WALL HT
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 2A, 28, 2C or 20. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights not listed, use the next higher H. 3. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side.
H
6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
#4@ 18" #3@ 11" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 18" #4@ 10" #4@ 18" #5@ 12" #4@ 18" #5@8" #4@ 18" #6@9" #4@ 18" #6@9" #4@ 12" #6@ 7 1/4" #4@ 11" #6@7" #4@9" #6@ 61/4"
=WALL THICKNESS
RIGHT-OF-WAY
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE TYPE (MPH) 2A 2B B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
SEE CONTRACT
I
1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER IN EXPANSION JOINTS (TYP.) @ 24' - 0" CENTERS
~~~~
ALTERNATE AS SHOWN
#4 BAR (TYP.)
~:iii :iii =
-~
0
<0
'
I
z 0
(!)
t-~--t
it en
()
~ :iii ro ......
;;!;
I
BAR "D" (TYP.)
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '
~I
FINAL GROUND LINE
I
:Z
:iE
b
'
TOP OF FOOTING
#4@
18'~
1'- 0" MIN.
BAR "A" WITH 2' - 0" MIN. SPLICE AND EXTENDING THRU CONSTRUCTION JOINT (TYP.} ~ BAR "B" (TYP.) 1'- 0" (TYP.) 2'- 0" MIN. LAP (TYP.) LONGITUDINAL FOOTING REINFORCING BAR "A" (TYP.) BAR "F" (TYP.)
ELEVATION
TYPICAL SECTION
"'61" WALL HEIGHT 22' - 0" & 24' - 0" - TYPE 2B &
WALLS 20' - 0", 22' - 0" & 24' - 0" - TYPE 2D
fJ'I Washington
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
<CFOOllNG-
-~~-- ~---------- ~
~
------r--
1:......+-----______r-=======-=j.0
----------------------
CORNER PANEL
TRAFFIC SIDE
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
TYPE3A
TYPE3B BARS IID"&"EII #3@ 15" #3@ 12" #3@9" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@9" #5@ 11" #6@ 12" #6@9" #6@9"
TYPE3C BARS .. D..&"E .. #3@ 12" #4@ 15" #4@ 10" #4@ 10" #5@ 11" #6@ 12" #6@9" #6@9" #6@6" #6@6"
TYPE 3D BARS .. D..&"E .. #3@ 15" #3@ 10" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@9" #5@ 11" #6@ 12" #6@9" #6@9" #6@6"
NOTES
WALL HT BARS on&"En #3@ 11" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 12" #5@8" #6@9" #6@9" #6@6" #6@6" #6@6" H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
w
2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 3"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5"
BARS
w
2'- 3" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 5'- 3" 6'- 0" 7'- 0" 7'- 9" 8'- 6"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6"
BARS
w
2'- 0" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 9" 6'- 6" 7'- 6"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6"
BARS
w
2'- 6" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 4'- 3" 5'- 3" 6'- 3" 7'- 0" 8'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 9"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6" 7"
BARS
1.
Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 3A, 38, 3C or 30. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. For intermediate wall heights not listed, use the next higher H. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side. Construction joints in the footing shall be spaced at 120 feet maximum.
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE TYPE (MPH) 3A 3B B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
2. 3. 4.
7"
7"
t
RIGHT-OF-WAY
=WALL THICKNESS
~ WALL
SEE CONTRACT
..
3/4" CHAMFER LEVEL (TYP.)
~ ::i: ::i: =
~-r
I I I I I I
i
3C 3D
1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER IN EXPANSION JOINTS (TYP.) @ 24' - 0" CENTERS
-~
0
#4 BAR (TYP.)
= co
'
-1---+--+-----l---r
+---1---+
-+---1-
r---~-
SURFACE~
TREATMENT
_ _ _ _ _:__:_____:_:c.:..:.c:.:__ _ _
~ rn ~
~
io .....
r-I I
I I
I I I I I
---rI I I
I I
I I
I I
-1---t--t--~---j
I I
I I
1-r----::>""------
+----1----+--+----1-
~--~--~--~--~-
-~--i--t-~---r ~-~--+--1---t--t--~---~
I I
1 I
l---r--1 ~-_j--l-- 1
I I
1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WALL ON OFFSET SPREAD FOOTING
@)
FINAL GROUND LINE 2' - 0" FOR #3 & #4 BAR 2' - 2" FOR #5 BAR 2' - 7" FOR #6 BAR
I I
I I
II
I
BAR"E" (TYP.)
;j{
'I
'I
'I
'I
BAR"E" CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH ROUGHENED 1 SURFACE BAR "F" (TYP.) BAR "A" WITH 2' - 0" MIN. SPLICE AND EXTENDED THRU CONSTRUCTION JOINT (TYP.) ~
1 BAR "B" (TYP.) 1'- 0" (TYP.) 2'- 0" MIN. LAP (TYP.)
MIN.
BAR "B"
w
TYPICAL SECTION
REQUIRED FOR WALLS 24' - 0" - TYPE 3C, WALL HEIGHT 22' - 0" & 24' - 0" - TYPE 3B, & WALLS 20'- 0", 22'- 0" & 24'- 0"- TYPE 3D
ELEVATION
= 1'- 0"
= 2' - 0"
...... fll
01-06-09
DATE
TRAFFIC SIDE
2'- 0"
CORNER PANEL
TRAFFIC SIDE
..... VI
01-06-09
DATE
TYPE4A WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
TYPE4B SHAFT REIN F. BAR"P" 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#6 6 -#7 6 -#8 6 -#9 8 -#7 8 -#8 BARS
IICII&IIDII
TYPE4C SHAFT REIN F. BAR"P" 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#6 6 -#7 8 -#7 8 -#7 6 -#8 8 -#7 8 -#8 8 -#8 BARS
IICII&IIDII
TYPE4D SHAFT REINF. BAR"P" 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#6 6- #7 8 -#6 8- #7 8 -#8 8 -#9 8 -#8 BARS
IICII&IIDII
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5"
SHAFT DIAM. D 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 14" 14"
DEPTH D2 4'- 9" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3" 6'- 9"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6"
SHAFT DIAM. D 12" 12" 12" 12" 14" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6"
SHAFT DIAM. D 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 14" 14" 14" 14" 16"
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6" 7"
SHAFT DIAM. D 12" 12" 12" 14" 14" 16" 16" 16" 16" 18"
BARS
IICII&IIDII
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE (MPH) TYPE 4A 4B 4C 4D B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
#3@ 15" #3@ 15" #3@ 13" #3@9" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@9" #4@ 7" #4@6" #5@8"
#3@ 15" #3@ 12" #4@ 15" #4@ 10" #4@9" #5@ 11" #5@8" #5@ 7" #5@6" #6@ 7"
#3@ 15" #3@ 15" #3@ 10" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@9" #5@ 11" #5@8" #5@8" #6@7"
#3@ 15" #3@ 10" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 11" #5@8" #6@9" #6@9" #6@7" #6@7"
7'- 6"
8'- 3" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 9'- 6" 10'- 0" 10'- 9" 11'- 6" 11'- 6"
t =WALL THICKNESS
D SHAFT DIAM.
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 4A, 48, 4C or 40. The Contract specifies actual wall designations.
,
~
BAR"P"
2. For intermediate wall heights, see next higher H. 3. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side .
SEE CONTRACT
I .. I
135" HOOK
SECTION
--.----....---~1
en
(!)
I I
2" CLR.
~
I
I"
.
6"MIN. 2'- 0" MAX. 3" (TYP.) LEVEL (TYP.) #4 BAR (TYP.) (TYP.)
f
I
4. Construction joints in the shaft cap shall be spaced at 120 feet maximum. 5. The Contract specifies actual foundation requirements 01 or 02.
(3
<(
J:
en
D..
ciS~~
tO en en :tJ;O::O::
'11:'11:'11:
LL.LL.LL. M LO CO
<(
0::
ALTERNATE AS SHOWN REINFORCING STEEL BAR "D" - CENTERED ON WALL 3'- 0" MIN.
112" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER IN EXPANSION JOINTS @ 24'- 0" CENTERS (TYP.)
-1---~-
_j
~ :E
Lo .....
0::0::0:: 000
1-----1--------'--rl
t--~~-~---r--r--t--r----l--+-+ -t---+----1--1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I
_j_
l_
---~~-~-~-t--t--1----1
I
I .
I I
bNF-NNN
@)
"
BAR"D" (TYP.)
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1-ll_l_l_l_t--f----4--+---t-- -L-1-1
r--~~----t--t-+-+--l---_j--l _ _l 1_ ___1_1
MAX.
6"MAX.
~1
<(
L_L_j __l_+-+-~-~~-~-+-~-~-1-_j
D..
a,u
-
,1LL.
.-<(
en
J:
c
0:: 0
l
9" 9"
#4 STIRRUPS 4-#40R ~ 5- #4 BARS CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE 1'- 6" MIN., 5'- 0" MAX., SEE DETAIL "B" FOR SHAFT REINFORCEMENT CONSTRUCTION JOINT - (SEE NOTE 4)
.... c
--'-------- rn
TYPICAL SECTION
1' 6"
ELEVATION
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
ct_ SHAFT
9"
I
It)
I-
I-
SPACING @ 12"
:E
rb
#4 STIRRUP
w w en
I
N
~ 0... a::
L1..
c a::
0
I(!)
::c
.... c
CONCRETE SHAFT SHAFT REINFORCMENT W3.5 SPIRAL @ 6" PITCH
0...
....1
I-
::c
0
I-
::c
en
L1.. <(
DETAIL "B"
2'- 0"
__._ _ _ _ _
CORNER PANEL
_h_ 2
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
WALL HT
TYPE SA
TYPE 6B BARS IIDII&IIEII #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10"
TYPE6C BARS IIDII&IIEII #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 11" #4@ 10" #5@ 12"
TYPE6D BARS IIDII&IIEII #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@ 10"
H
6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0"
BARS IIBII&IICII #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 3"
BARS IIBII&IICII #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 11" #4@ 10"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0"
BARS IIBII&IICII #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9"
BARS IIBII&IICII #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@ 12" #4@9"
BARS IIDII&IIEII #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 12" #5@9"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE TYPE (MPH) 6A 6B 6C 6D B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 6A, 68, 6C or 60. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. 3. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side. 4. Construction joints in the foundation shall be spaced at 120 feet maximum.
~
I
0
RIGHT-OF-WAY
~WALL
CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE PROVIDE A SMOOTH PROFILE CONSISTENT WITH ROADWAY PROFILE
ANGLE POINT
~-
2'- 0"
:Z
SEE CONTRACT
:E ~
= b co '
N
1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER IN EXPANSION JOINTS (TYP.) @ 24' - 0" CENTERS MAX. LEVEL (TYP.)
t~ ---.------------.----+-1
~
~
ALTERNATE SIDES
~'-------<------ -~
2 1/2" CORNER PANEL
----------------------~
~
I
21/2"
-=-
~
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
en
rn .,....
2" R
BENDING DIAGRAM
\f~ROR
r r
BAR"E"
~ 1_10"+X
BAR "B" BAR "B" #4@ THREE EQUAL SPACES FINAL GROUND LINE 2" MIN. 6" MAX. #4@ 18" 3" CLR. (TYP.) #4 (TYP.) - PLACE AS SHOWN
BAR "C"
<& a,
TOP OF ROADWAY
TOP OF FOOTING
~[t
~ 6-~--
---------------------------- ---
__ _
:;....
f2 ~
BARS "B", "C", "D" & "E" SPACE AS SHOWN ON TABLES
1'-1 3/4"
w
TYPICAL SECTION
PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL #4 BAR TOP AND BOTIOM WHEN "X" EXCEEDS 3"
ELEVATION
fJ'I Washington
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
TYPESSSA
TYPESSSB BARS
non&nEn
TYPESSSC BARS
non&nEn
TYPESSSD BARS
non&nEn
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0"
BARS
IIBII&IICII
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 3"
BARS
IIBII&IICII
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0"
BARS
IIBII&IICII
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9"
BARS
IIBII&IICII
BARS
non&nEn
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE TYPE (MPH) 6SSA 6SSB 6SSC 6SSD B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 6SSA, 6SSB, 6SSC or 6SSD. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. 3. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side. 4. Construction joints in the foundation shall be spaced at 120 feet maximum.
#4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10"
#4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10"
#4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 11" #4@ 10"
#4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 11" #4@ 10" #5@ 12"
#4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10"
#4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@ 10"
#4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@ 12" #4@9"
#4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 12" #5@9"
~
.. 1
RIGHT-OF-WAY
~WALL
.. :
SEE CONTRACT
:Z ~ ~
= b
(0 '
1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER ____-- IN EXPANSION JOINTS (TYP.) @ 24' - 0" CENTERS MAX. LEVEL (TYP.) ANGLE POINT
2'- 0"
---.------------.---+
t~ I
--------------------~
~~ -~-=-~
2 1/2" 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) TRAFFIC SIDE REINFORCED PER LISTED WALL HEIGHT REINFORCEMENT TABLE CORNER PANEL
~
'
21/2"
~
~
ALTERNATE SIDES
en
::!!:
In
~
J:
~[t
~ 6-~--
----------------------------
__ _
fr ~
TOP OF ROADWAY #4@ THREE EQUAL SPACES FINAL GROUND LINE
BAR"A"
(TYP.)
:Z
~
b
'
b
;....
'
#4BAROR~L
_I_
1'-1 3/4"
1_10"+X
w
TYPICAL SECTION
ELEVATION
BAR"E"
VARIES
#4 (TYP.) PLACE AS SHOWN WITH 2' - 0" SPLICE AND EXTENDING THRU CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
BAR"B"
BAR"C"
fJ'I Washington
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
WALL HT
H
6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
TYPE7A BARS nen&ncn #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 14" #4@ 12"
TYPE 7B BARS nen&ncn #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 11" #4@ 10" #5@ 12"
~WALL
TYPE 7C BARS nen&ncn #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 14" #4@ 10" #4@ 10"
TYPE7D BARS IIBII&IICII #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 12" #5@9"
NOTES
WALL HT
H
6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 1'- 4" DIAM.
ANGLE POINT
2'- 0"
1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 7A, 78, 7C or 70. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. 3. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side.
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
CORNER PANEL
RIGHT-OF-WAY SEE CONTRACT 6 -#8 BAR"A" 2" CLR. ' SURFACE TREATMENT ~ AS REQUIRED REINFORCING STEEL BAR "D" - CENTERED ON WALL W3.5 SPIRAL @ 6" PITCH
~
~~) rn~ ~
#4 BAR BAR"B" BAR"C"
l F
3 1/2" #4 BAR
:I:
(/) (/)
~ 0
w w
....1 (.)
0:::
135" HOOK
"'
(/)
<(
SHAFT
~ z c::
1....1
c:: <(
0
;a
<3)
tO(/)
<( C!)
;j{C::
ciS
CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE HEIGHT MAY VARY IF REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PROFILE CONSISTENT WITH ROADWAY PROFILE
SECTION
0
~~ --.-------~~ll
LEVEL (TYP.)
D2
z C3 <(
(/)
C') II)
D..
00
LL.LL.
c::c::
=11:=11:
1'-0"MAX.~
6"MIN.
-r-r-r-~-~-~-~-~-
~ ::!!:
Ln
~
ON NN
'-I
===-::::l -~1
1 I I I I I I I I I ~~~-~-+-+-+-+-~-L-LI I I I I I I I I
1
(g)
-~-
-4-+-+-~-l_L ___ II
;;I;
-I....1
I I
- 4 -~-~-~---,-r-rl
I I I I
I
I
I
I
I
<(
-~b
'
ow we..>
::>(f)
. . . rf.
I
(f)
I -It-
~-i-i-1-t_T_f_r-rl
----U----R.---1+--JLBAR "E" (TYP.) TOP OF ROADWAY
EXTEND SHAFT REINFORCEMENT INTO BARRIER AND BEND AS REQUIRED AT FACE OF BARRIER (TYP.)
c c::
0
LL.
"'' ..... io w
d 1/2'~0 1f2'
C!)
1-
:I:
..... w w c (/)
0
c:: c::
LL.
1-
....1
w
1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER IN EXPANSION JOINTS AT 24' - 0" CENTERS MAX. (TYP.) 4 SPACES @9"MAX.
I
1<(
(/)
LL.
:I:
=3'- 0"
4 SPACES@
I
1
&.
BAR "A"
SPACE BARS "D" & "E" AS SHOWN 1'- 6" MIN. 5'- 0" MAX.
1
' a.
_ _ _ ____,__ _. 1 _
~JOINT
ELEVATION
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
TYPE 7SSA BARS nen&ncn #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 14" #4@ 12"
TYPE7SSB BARS nen&ncn #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 11" #4@ 10" #5@ 12"
TYPE7SSC BARS IIBII&IICII #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 14" #4@ 10" #4@ 10"
TYPE7SSD BARS IIBII&IICII #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 12" #5@9"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 1'- 4" DIAM.
n-
~I\
#4 BAR BAR"B"
~
l
tid~
q
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE TYPE (MPH) 7SSA 7SSB 7SSC 7SSD B1 B1 B2 B2 SOIL TYPE 80 90 80 90
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 7SSA, 7SSB, 7SSC or 7SSO. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. 3. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side. 4. The Contract specifies actual foundation requirements 01 or 02.
ell
~
BAR"C"
SOIL TYPE D1 D2
~ SHAFT
I
2'- 0"
6 -#8 BAR"A" 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) 2" CLR. 135 HOOK ' SURFACE TREATMENT ~ AS REQUIRED REINFORCING STEEL BAR "D" - CENTERED ON WALL
(/)
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) TRAFFIC SIDE CORNER PANEL REINFORCED PER LISTED WALL HEIGHT REINFORCEMENT TABLE
:I:
(/) (/)
~
w w
....1 (.)
0:::
~
(k
SHAFT
<(
~ z c::
1<(
....1
SECTION
<( tO(/)
c::
;j{C::
ciS
C!)
<(
(/)
z C3
D..
;a
~------
~~
I
3" (TYP.).. I
-~-~-~-~-~-~-t--t-----+
C') II)
00
LL.LL.
c::c::
=11:=11:
~ ::!!:
Ln
~
ON NN
6 1/2" TYP.
(g)
;;I;
~-1-1-1-t-T_f_r_rl
----U----R.----.----ll--
BAR "E" (TYP.) TOP OF ROADWAY TOP OF ROADWAY EXTEND SHAFT REINFORCEMENT INTO BARRIER AND BEND AS REQUIRED AT FACE OF BARRIER (TYP.)
a c::
0
LL.
<vl
10 1/2"110 1/2"
.....
c::
Co
'
C!)
:I: 1-
....1
ILL.
(/)
f~l
SECTION
c c::
0
LL.
1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER IN EXPANSION JOINTS AT 24' - 0" CENTERS MAX. (TYP.)
SPACE BARS "D" & "E" AS SHOWN 1'- 6" MIN. 1 5'- 0" MAX. 10' - 0" MAX. SHAFT SPACING
&!
BAR "A"
'
~JOINT
---------'----'---
ELEVATION
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
TYPE9A
TYPE9B SPIRAL BAR"G" W2.0 @2" W2.0 @2" W2.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" BARS
IIDII&IIHII
TYPE9C SPIRAL BAR"G" W2.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" BARS
IIDII&IIHII
TYPE9D SPIRAL BAR"G" W2.0 @2" W2.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" BARS
IIDII&IIHII
w
2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 0"
BARS IIAII&IIFII 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5"
BAR"B" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 15"
w
2'- 3" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 3" 6'- 0" 6'- 3" 6'- 9"
BARS IIAII&IIFII 3 -#4 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6" 7"
BAR"B" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 11"
w
2'- 0" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3"
BARS IIAII&IIFII 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6"
BAR"B" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12"
w
2'- 6" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 6" 6'- 0" 6'- 6" 7'- 0" 7'- 6"
BARS IIAII&IIFII 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 6 -#4 6 -#4 6 -#4
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6" 7" 7"
BAR"B" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 15"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
#3@ 15" #3@ 12" #3@9" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@9"
W3.0@ 1 3/4" #5@ 12" W3.0@ 1 3/4" #5@8" W4.0@ 2" W4.0@ 2" #6@9" #6@9"
W3.0@ 1 3/4" #5@ 11" W4.0@2" W4.0@2" W4.0@2" #6@ 12" #6@9" #6@9"
W3.0@ 1 3/4" #5@ 11" W4.0 @2" W4.0 @2" W4.0 @2" #6@ 12" #6@ 10" #6@9"
W3.0@ 1 3/4" #5@ 11" W3.0@ 11/2" #5@9" W3.0@ 11/2" #5@7" W3.0@ 11/2" #5@6"
W4.0@ 1 3/4" #6@ 7" W4.0@ 1 3/4" #6@ 7" W4.0@ 11/2" #6@6"
=WALL THICKNESS
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE TYPE (MPH) 9A 9B 9C B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
BENDING DIAGRAM
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 9A, 98, 9C or 9D. The Contract specifies actual wall designation. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. Panels shall have at least 3' - 0" of level ground on each side. Construction joints in the footing shall be spaced at 120 feet maximum. All joints shall be in full contact and sealed.
2. 3. 4.
v
1-
90
~WALL
BAR"H"
RIGHT-OF-WAY
SEE CONTRACT
I
,
5.
V
I
PRECAST PANEL- TO BE PLACED VERTICALLY REINFORCING STEEL BAR "D" - CENTERED ON WALL BAR"D" (TYP.)
#3BAR (TYP.)
2 _ ..
0~ ~:: ~
r---------------------~---L--------~
2"
FINAL GROUND LINE
2'- 1"
BAR "F" BAR "A" WITH 2' - 0" MIN. SPLICE EXTENDING THRU CONSTRUCTION JOINT (TYP.)0 #4@ 18"0 BAR"H"ALTERNATE PLACEMENT OF HOOKS
2'-0"MI~.
LAP (TYP.)
DETAIL@~
1'- 0"
TYPICAL SECTION
0 REQUIRED FOR WALL HEIGHT 24' - 0" - TYPE 9C, WALLS 22' - 0" & 24' - 0" - TYPE 9B & WALLS 20' - 0", 22' - 0" & 24' - 0" - TYPE 9D.
ELEVATION
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
2'- 0"
__._ _ _ _ _ _ _
112._
~
CORNER PANEL REINFORCED PER LISTED WALL HEIGHT REINFORCEMENT TABLE TRAFFIC SIDE
3" (TYP.)
WALL BAR"D"
BAR "G" SPIRAL 1'- 0" MIN. (TYP.) FILL VOID WITH GROUT
GROUT DUCT JOINT HOLE- 2" I. D. WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE, OR RIGID POST-TENSIONED DUCT, OR CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE
_t ____ _
--------------------------
(!)
z
0 0
i=
11..
---~
GROUT PAD
FOOTING
FILL THE JOINT HOLE WITH GROUT USING DUCTS. DUCTS SHALL BE LOCATED ON PANEL FACE OPPOSITE TRAFFIC
DETAIL
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0"
TYPE 10A
TYPE10B SPIRAL BAR"G" W2.0 @2" W2.0 @2" W2.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0@ 1 3/4" W3.0@ 11/2" W3.0@ 11/2" W3.0@ 11/2" BARS "D"&"H" #3@ 15" #3@ 12" #3@9" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #4@9" #5@ 11" #5@9" #5@7" #5@6"
TYPE 10C SPIRAL BAR"G" W2.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" BARS
IIDII&IIHII
TYPE10D SPIRAL BAR"G" W2.0 @2" W2.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" W3.0 @2" BARS
IIDII&IIHII
w
2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 3"
BARS IIA"&"FII 3- #4 3- #4 3- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5"
BAR"B" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 15"
w
2'- 3" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 5'- 3" 6'- 0"
BARS "An&f" 3 -#4 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6" 7"
BAR"B" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 11"
w
2'- 0" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 9" 6'- 6"
BARS ..A..&"f .. 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6"
BAR"B" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12"
w
2'- 6" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 4'- 3" 5'- 3" 6'- 3"
BARS "A"&"f.. 3- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 6- #4 6- #4 6- #4
t
5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6" 7" 7"
BAR"B" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 15"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
W3.0@ 1 3/4" #5@ 12" W3.0@ 1 3/4" W4.0@2" W4.0@2" W4.0@ 1 3/4" W4.0@ 1 3/4" W4.0@ 1 3/4" #5@8" #6@9" #6@9" #6@ 7" #6@ 7" #6@6"
W3.0@ 1 3/4" #5@ 11" W4.0@2" W4.0@2" W4.0@2" W4.0@ 1 3/4" W4.0@ 1 3/4" #6@ 12" #6@9" #6@9" #6@8" #6@8"
W3.0@ 1 3/4" #5@ 11" W4.0@2" W4.0@2" W4.0@2" #6@ 12" #6@ 10" #6@9"
7'- 0"
8'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 9"
c
I
24'- 0"
7'- 6"
t = WALL THICKNESS
BENDING DIAGRAM
<t WALL
RIGHT-OF-WAY
SEE CONTRACT
(lfj~-~-11~'
BAR"H" 3/4" CHAMFER
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE (MPH) TYPE 10A 10B B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90 PANEL WIDTH 15'- 0" MAX.
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 10A, 108, 10C or 100. The Contract specifies actual wall designation. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. Panels shall have at least 3' - 0" of level ground on each side. Construction joints in the footing shall be spaced at 120 feet maximum. All joints shall be in full contact and sealed.
2. 3. 4. 5.
(.)
0::: ....1
10C 10D
SURFACE TREATMENT AS REQUIRED REINFORCING STEEL BAR "D" - CENTERED ON WALL PRECAST PANEL - TO BE PLACED VERTICALLY
LEVEL (TYP.)
ALTERNATE AS SHOWN
J:
z
~
4MIN.
~-------S~--------------,1---------------~~1
'
....1 (.)
~~
~
2MAX.
.....
0:::
BAR "A" WITH 2' - 0" MIN. SPLICE EXTENDING THRU CONSTRUCTION JOINT (TYP.)0
BAR "H"
J
1
SEE
DETAIL@~
w
TYPICAL SECTION
REQUIRED FOR WALL HEIGHT 24'- 0"- TYPE 10C, WALLS 22'- 0" & 24'- 0"- TYPE 10B & WALLS 20'- 0", 22'- 0" & 24'- 0"- TYPE 10D.
< 2' - 6" ....................... CENTER WALL ON FOOTING
~ WHEN W IS :
ELEVATION
2'- 6' ~ W < 4'- 6" ..... DIM.= 1'- 0" ~ 4' - 6" ....................... DIM. = 2' - 0"
fll
.....
01-06-09
DATE
2'- 0"
------- ----
IJ.L
3" (TYP.)
CORNER PANEL
/ /
TRAFFIC SIDE
1" CLR. (TYP.) BAR "G" SPIRAL FILL VOID WITH GROUT
z i=
u..
-Gl
JOINT HOLE- 2" I. D. WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE, OR RIGID POST-TENSIONED DUCT, OR CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE
FOOTING FILL THE JOINT HOLE WITH GROUT USING DUCTS. DUCTS SHALL BE LOCATED ON PANEL FACE OPPOSITE TRAFFIC
DETAIL
fll
.....
01-06-09
DATE
TYPE 11A WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" DEPTH D1 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 3" 6'- 9" DEPTH D2 4'- 6" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3" 6'- 9" BAR"A" 4 -#3 4 -#3 4 -#3 4 -#3 4 -#4 4 -#4 4 -#5 4 -#5 4 -#6 4 -#6 BAR"B" 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#9 4 -#9 6- #11
TYPE 11B
TYPE 11C
TYPE 11D
y
3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 5'- 6" 8'- 5" 8'- 5"
ANCHOR BOLT DIAM. 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1" 1"
BAR"A" 4-#3 4-#3 4-#4 4-#4 4-#5 4-#6 4-#6 4 -#7 4-#8 4-#8
BAR"B" 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#9 4 -#9 6- #11
y
3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 5'- 6" 8'- 5" 8'- 5"
ANCHOR BOLT DIAM. 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1" 1"
DEPTH D2 4'- 9" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3" 6'- 9"
BAR"A" 4 -#3 4 -#3 4 -#3 4-#4 4-#4 4 -#5 4 -#6 4 -#6 4 -#7 4 -#7
BAR"B" 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#7 4 -#9 4 -#9 4- #11 6- #11
y
3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 5'- 6" 5'- 6" 8'- 5" 8'- 5"
ANCHOR BOLT DIAM. 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
BAR"A" 4 -#3 4 -#3 4 -#4 4 -#5 4 -#5 4 -#6 4- #7 4 -#8 4 -#8 4 -#9
y
3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 5'- 6" 5'- 6" 8'- 5" 8'- 5"
ANCHOR BOLT DIAM. 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1" 1"
WALL HEIGHT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
7'- 0"
8'- 0" 8'- 9" 9'- 6" 10'- 3" 11'- 0" 11'- 9" 12'- 6" 13'- 3"
7'- 3"
8'- 0" 8'- 9" 9'- 6" 10'- 3" 10'- 9" 11'- 6" 12'- 0"
7'- 6"
8'- 0" 8'- 9" 9'- 3" 10'- 0" 10'- 6" 11'- 3"
7'- 3"
8'- 0" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 11'- 0"
7'- 6"
8'- 0" 8'- 6" 9'- 0" 9'- 6" 10'- 0"
TRAFFIC SIDE
'~
BAR "C" - #3 LAP SPLICE TO HORIZONTAL BARS WI 1' - 0" MIN. SPLICE CONCRETE PILASTER
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 11A, 11 B, 11 C or 11 D. The Contract specifies actual wall dimensions. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. 3. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side. 4. The Contract specifies actual foundation requirements D1 or 02. 5. Maximum Panel length shall be 12 feet.
. I
~[
3/4" CHAMFER {TYP.)
'-----------'1
(!)
en __.
~ w !;(
0::
ct en
::::!: N
t5
1__. J:
<(
~L ~- - - - -1.
f
ISOMETRIC VIEW SHOWN FOR INSTALLATION
--------1
SECTION
0
BAR "C" - #3 LAP SPLICE TO HORIZONTAL BARS W/1'- 0" MIN. SPLICE
PLATE DETAIL
cj
en
i=
M
0
<-> @)
=II:
en
i=
FINAL GROUND LINE w
~
~~~~~~
....!,__ _ _
BAR "B" (TYP.) 1 MAX. NOISE SEALER 1/2" (TYP.) CONTINUOUS SHEAR KEY ___ Cl PILASTER AND SHAFT
~PILASTER
-t---T;~II.--~~
GROUT
AND SHAFT
BAR "F"- #3@ 12" BOTH DIRECTIONS, OR 6 X 6-W5.5 X W5.5, OR 12 X 12-W9.5 x W6.5, OR W9.5 (D10) HORIZONTAL@ 12" O.C. WITH W6 (D6) VERTICAL@ 12" O.C. OR EQUIVALENT. CENTER HORIZONTAL BAR ON WALL. ALTERNATE VERTICAL BARS AS SHOWN.
c
0
0::
(.)
J:
lo
N
.....
1-
a:
~
ANCHOR BOLTS - SET BOLTS WITH TEMPLATE. USE NUTS TOP & BOTTOM OF TEMPLATE TO SECURE LOCATION.
BAR "F"
2'- 6"
.....
@)
SECTION
SEE ANCHOR BOLT ALTERNATIVE
0
PANEL LENGTH- 12'- 0" MAX.
SECTION
J: 1-
__.
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE (MPH) TYPE 11A 11B 11C 11D B1 B1 B2 B2 SOIL TYPE SOIL TYPE D1 D2 ANGLE OF INTERNAL FRICTION <I> (DEGREES) 32 38 80 90 80 90
a..
w
1:2
Cl
a: en
=II:
6 -#8
~-~-~-~-~~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~---~~
ri
TYPICAL SECTION
LJ
PLAN VIEW
TYPICAL PANEL
..... VI
01-06-09
DATE
NOTE
THE BOTTOM 9" OF BAR "B" SHALL BE PAINTED WITH ONE COAT OF FORMULA A-6-86 ZINC DUST OXIDE PRIMER OR, ONE COAT OF FORMULA A-11-99 PRIMER.
DIMENSION TABLE
NOTE
ANCHOR BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, BASE PLATE, AND BAR "B" SHALL HAVE A PROTECTIVE COATING OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZING AASHTO M 232 FOR HARDWARE; AASHTO M 111 FOR WASHERS AND PLATES: MECHANICAL GALVANIZING AASHTO M 298 CL 55, OR ZINC RICH PAINT, PAINT THREADS AND NUTS AFTER INSTALLATION.
s
#7 #9 #11
A0
1 21/32" 2" 2 15/32"
F0
1 1/8" 1 3/8" 1 21/32"
T 1 1/2" 1 3/4" 2 1/4" BLOCK-OUT - 10" LONG, GROUT AFTER BOLTING BAR "B"
DEFORMED REINF. BAR BASE PLATE THREADED REINF. BAR LOCK NUT HARDENED WASHER HEX NUT SET THE ELEVATION OF THE LEVELING NUTS BEFORE SETTING THE PANEL NUTS WITH HARDENED WASHERS OR PLATE WASHERS 1/4" X 2 1/4" X 2 1/4" AASHTO M 183 (TYP.)
NO TAPER IS REQUIRED ON THE BASE PLATE WHEN USING THE THREADED BAR OPTION, USE DIAM. F HOLES
DETAIL
ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) - ASTM F 1554-04 GRADE 55 MATERIAL (SEE TABLE FOR DIAMETER)
HOLE FOR BAR "B" (TYP.) (TAPERED FOR WEDGE ~ HEAD SHOWN)
SLOT FOR ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) (ANCHOR BOLT DIAM. + 1/4") X 2 1/2" BASE PLATE- T X 10" X 1'- 5", AASHTO M 183, GALVANIZED, 3/4" CHAMFER ALL CORNERS (EMBEDDED WITH GROUT)
2'-0"MAX.~
TOP OF ADJACENT PANEL
6" MIN.
TOP OF PILASTER
2"
LEVEL (TYP.)
~----'-......---..l..------l
ELEVATION VIEW
1 1/2"
PLAN VIEW
STEP DETAIL
SHEAR-KEY DETAIL
.1
J
#3 TIES @ 3" O.C. MAX.
BAR "E"
BAR "C"
BAR "D"
I"
Ill
....... fll
,z
BAR"F"
At
I.
SHAFT {TYP.)
go MAX.
DETAIL
ENDOFWALL
PANEL LENGTH - 12'- 0" MAX. {TYP.) SURFACE TREATMENT AS REQUIRED {TYP.) 20 MAX. 20 MAX.
END-PANEL OPTIONS
SHAFT {TYP.)
#3
I
II
All
DIMENSION 4 1/2"
5 1/2"
6 1/2" 7 1/4" 7 3/4"
so
60 #3 {TYP.) 70
ao go
8"
g 1/4"
go
fll
.....
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
TYPE13A
TYPE13B BAR"D" BAR"J" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 11" #5@ 12" #5@ 10"
TYPE13C BAR"D" BAR"J" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 10" #5@ 12" #5@ 10" #5@ 12"
TYPE13D BAR"D" BAR"J" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 11" #5@ 12" #5@ 10"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0"
BARS IIBII&IICII
BAR"E"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 3"
BARS IIBII&IICII
BAR"E"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0"
BARS IIBII&IICII
BAR"E"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9"
BARS IIBII&IICII
BAR"E"
BAR"D"
BAR"J" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 12" #5@ 12" #5@ 10" #5@ 13" #5@9"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 11" #4@ 11" #3@ 11" #4@ 12" #5@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 10" #4@ 10"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 10" #4@ 10" #3@ 10" #4@ 12" #5@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 10" #4@ 10"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #3@ 12" #4@ 12" #5@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 10" #4@ 10"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #3@ 12" #4@ 12" #5@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 10" #4@ 10"
1'- 6" #4@ 13" #5@ 13" #5@ 13" 1 - 9" #4@9" #5@9" #5@9"
ANGLE POINT WALL BAR "G" - SPIRAL FILL VOID WITH GROUT
NOTES
21/2" WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE (MPH) TYPE 13A 13B 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) 13C 13D B1 B1 B2 B2 LEVEL (TYP.} PANEL WIDTH 15'- 0" MAX. 80 90 80 90
\
BAR "E" OR "J"
A. GROUT ~ DUCT
\
2" I.D. WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE, OR RIGID POSTTENSIONED DUCT, OR CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE GROUT PAD
~~ -~=-~
2 1/2" TRAFFIC SIDE REINFORCED PER LISTED WALL HEIGHT REINFORCEMENT TABLE CORNER PANEL
'
1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 13A, 138, 13C or 130. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. 3. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side. 4. Construction joints in the footing shall be spaced at 120 feet max. 5. All joints shall be in full contact and sealed. 6. The Contract specifies actual foundation requirements 01 or 02.
BENDING DIAGRAM
DETAIL
FOOTING
2" R
_}7\
'i-l '
(l WALL
.
t:::=
I I ___[
11_
5 ..
~-~
---------.--
-+--+I I
j _ _J j _ _j_
I
I I I
I
I I I
BAR"B"
12~\) :CL I ~I hj
8
BAR"C" BAR"E"
10"+X
_j1f ~ ~W-X-41/2'
\
BAR"J"
ALTERNATE SIDES
3/4" CHAMFER #4 - PLACE AS SHOWN #4@ THREE EQUAL SPACES #4 - PLACE AS SHOWN 1 1/2" CLR. 3'- 0" MIN. FINAL GROUND LINE MAX. 1
r::-R.--0-~~
1-----::-:c-------.--~---~ ~
ixl
1----r-
TOP OF ROADWAY
~~I~~::.Y;';\Y?;;-~
1'- 1 3/4"
SEE NOTE 4
BARS "B", "C", "D", "E" & "J" SPACE AS SHOWN ON TABLES
REINFORCEMENT
TYPICAL SECTION
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
ELEVATION
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
TYPE13SSA
TYPE13SSB BAR"D" BAR"J" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 11" #5@ 12" #5@ 10"
TYPE13SSC BAR"D" BAR"J" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 10" #5@ 12" #5@ 10" #5@ 12"
TYPE13SSD BAR"D" BAR"J" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 11" #5@ 12" #5@ 10"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 3"
BARS IIBII&IICII
BAR"E"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0"
BARS IIBII&IICII
BAR"E"
w
5'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9"
BARS IIBII&IICII
BAR"E"
BAR"D"
BAR"J" #5@ 15" #5@ 15" #5@ 12" #5@ 12" #5@ 10" #5@ 13" #5@9"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 11" #4@ 11" #3@ 11" #4@ 12" #5@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 10" #4@ 10"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 10" #4@ 10" #3@ 10" #4@ 12" #5@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 10" #4@ 10"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #3@ 12" #4@ 12" #5@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 10" #4@ 10"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #3@ 15" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #3@ 12" #4@ 12" #5@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 10" #5@ 10" #4@ 10"
1'- 6" #4@ 13" #5@ 13" #5@ 13" 1 - 9" #4@9" #5@9" #5@9"
BAR "D" OR "C" \ WALL BAR "G" - SPIRAL FILL VOID WITH GROUT
ANGLE POINT
\
BAR "E" OR "J"
~GROUT
DUCT
I
2" I.D. WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE, OR RIGID POSTTENSIONED DUCT, OR CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE GROUT PAD
~~ -~=-~
2 1/2" 314" CHAMFER (TYP.) TRAFFIC SIDE REINFORCED PER LISTED WALL HEIGHT REINFORCEMENT TABLE CORNER PANEL
'
21/2"
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE TYPE (MPH) 13SSA 13SSB 13SSC 13SSD B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 13SSA, 13SSB, 13SSC or 13SSO. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. 3. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side.
4. Construction joints in the footing shall be spaced at 120 feet maximum. 5. All joints shall be in full contact and sealed. 6. The Contract specifies actual foundation requirements 01 or 02.
BENDING DIAGRAM
DETAIL
FOOTING
HEIGHT MAY VARY IF REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PROFILE CONSISTENT WITH THE ROADWAY PROFILE
(l WALL
~RIGHT-OF-WAY
r" 1
~
2"R BAR"B"
,---T
:
\_L
11~ty~ ~L ~
][
-:\':
hi
10"+X
_jl[ ~W-X-41/2"
BAR"J"
------------.-#3
BAR"C"
BAR"E"
--r-
ALTERNATE SIDES
3/4" CHAMFER #4 - PLACE AS SHOWN #4@ THREE EQUAL SPACES SEE DETAIL A 3'- 0" MIN. FINAL GROUND LINE MAX. 1
0
:Z
0 ......
J~l;;;:::::Y7~7;;:Yw-~
TOP OF ROADWAY
:iE
0
'
#4 TYP. - PLACE AS SHOWN W/ 2' - 0" SPLICE AND EXTENDING THRU CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
#4 - PLACE IN HEEL WHEN X= 1" GROUT PAD LEVELING COURSE. SET PANEL IMMEDIATELY AFTER PLACING GROUT 1'- 1 3/4" BARS "8", "C", "D", "E" & "J" SPACE AS SHOWN ON TABLES
SEE NOTE 4
REINFORCEMENT SECTION
TYPICAL SECTION
ELEVATION
fJ'I Washington
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
TYPE14A BAR"A" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 10" #4@ 10"
TYPE14B BAR"A" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 11" #4@ 10" #5@ 12"
TYPE 14C BAR"A" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 10" #4@ 10"
TYPE14D BAR"A" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 10" #5@ 12" #5@ 12"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0"
-~
-~r----1-~
nr.
j'...
BENDING DIAGRAM
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 14A, 14B, 14C or 14D. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. 3. Panels shall have at least 3 feet level ground on each side. 4. All joints shall be in full contact and sealed. 5. Anchor Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Base Plate, and Bar "B" shall have a Protective Coating of one of the following: Hot Dipped Galvanizing AASHTO M 232 for Hardware; AASHTO M 111 for Washers and Plates: Mechanical Galvanizing AASHTO M 298 CL 55, or Zinc Rich Paint, Paint threads and nuts after installation. 6. The bottom 9" of Bar "B" shall be painted with one coat of Formula A-6-86 Zinc Dust Oxide Primer OR, one coat of Formula A-11-99 Primer. 7. The Contract specifies actual foundation requirements D1 or D2 .
-.-----
z ~ ~ :::!!:
&> b
N
'
""
'
'
CD
-~
_L__
""
'
I!'-
~\ f~ _
2 8!1! :::!!: ' = :::!!: m
_...,~
1~
~ ~
U1r
0
WIND EXPOSURE B1 B1 B2 B2
4 1/!'1
4 1/-t'l
r==
~
RIGHT-OF-WAY SEE CONTRACT WALL
~
.,,I
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
WALL
RIGHT-OF-WAY SIDEi
t>
BAR "A" CENTERED ON WALL SEE CHART FOR BAR SIZE AND SPACING (TYP.) SURFACE TREATMENT AS REQUIRED ~ OPTIONAL 2' - 0" MIN. SPLICE 1/2" SEAL FULL HEIGHT (TYP.)
....1
rr:
..
TRAFFIC SIDE
1'- 8"
-j
1 1/2" (TYP.)
I II
1 318" DIAM. (TYP.)
:I
'11*-llr------1
ISOMETRIC VIEW
OPTIONAL 2' - 0" MIN. SPLICE 1- #4@ END OF BARRIER SHOWN FOR INSTALLATION
c::j======hol f~
PLATE '
0
~
CONSTRUCTION JOINT W/ ROUGHENED SURFACE HEIGHT MAY VARY IF REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PROFILE CONSISTENT WITH THE ROADWAY PROFILE BLOCKOUT FOR SHEAR KEY 1 -#4@ END ~ OF BARRIER
'CY
a;
~BARRIER
AND SHAFT
I
0- #4 @ END OF BARRIER
OPTIONAL 1 SEE DETAIL C
7"
ANCHOR BOLTS
12- #5 (TYP.)
c
0
0:::
~ Cia
N
#4@ 12" TOP OF ROADWAY
u.. b
0:::
""
4- #8 BAR "B"
-~SHAFT
t>
J:
Cia
1-
.... c
0
0:::
....
@)
....1
0::
'
u..
m
b .....
en
~
0::
1 1/4" ANCHOR BOLT. SET BOLTS WITH TEMPLATE. USE NUTS TOP AND BOTTOM OF TEMPLATE TO SECURE LOCATION . FOR ALTERNATIVE ANCHOR SEE ANCHOR PLATE DETAIL #8 (TYP.)
'
2'- 6"
ANCHOR SPIRAL WITH TWO TURNS TOP AND BOTTOM
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
(20" MAX.)/2
\1.5i
SHAFT
~JOINT~-
1"
:::!!: :::!!:
~ ~
~ ~ ............
20" MAX.
=4 1/2"
. 1
:::!!:
M
' ......
BAR"B"
4" (TYP) END OF PANEL~
~
I
~
I I I -1~
-L
./.
- / S E E DETAIL@
./
!I:: ,
-~rI
II '
--;.
I
:
u:' ' \ .
'
t;;"l
-y
1-9!
rn;:::D[
I
12'- 0"
TRAFFIC SIDE
NOISEWALL
./.
WEDGE HEAD SHALL BEAR FIRMLY AND UNIFORMLY A GAINST BASE PLATE. BAR "B" SHALL BE HELD SEC URE DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT TO PREVENT GAPS BETWEEN WEDGE HEAD AND BASE PLATE.
/----:
- ~
I(-)
'.
:
,j
I
\
' '
I
I
I I
\
I
'
ire '"
-~-
ll :. .
'
' :
I ()
~
I
I
I
/
~
END OF PANEL
'"
/
I/ I
'
12'- 0"
~-.L-~
cJ i ,-I I
I
~!&
1/4"'
GROUT~ R=3"
~-l..-
I I
I
~r;
S1
N
!
I
~SHAFT
4"
OPTIONAL
~SHAFT
<t_ SHAFT
SHEAR-KEY DETAIL
END OF PANEL
I
~4"1
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) NOISE SEALER 1/2" (TYP.)
I
~SHAFT
SET ELEVATION OF LEVELING NUT BEFORE SETTING PANEL TAPERED HOLE FOR 1 1/4" ANCHOR BOLT
DETAIL
0
io
I"
1/2'~ I"
1' - 0"
"'I
I I
2" (TYP.}
~~----~~------1'- 9"
2"
1'- 5"
DETAIL
Harold J. Peterfeso
11-10-05
DATE
NOTES
WALL HT TYPE14SSA BAR"A" TYPE14SSB BAR"A" TYPE14SSC BAR"A" TYPE14SSD BAR"A" WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 1 1/4" THREADED ROD WITH NUTS TOP & BOTTOM (TYP.)
~WALL
H
6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 14SSA, 14SSB, 14SSC or 14SSD. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. 3. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. Panels shall have at least 3 feet level ground on each side.
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 10" #4@ 10"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 11" #4@ 10" #5@ 12"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 10" #4@ 10"
#4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 15" #4@ 10" #5@ 12" #5@ 12"
~
L _ __
~ _l_
9 1/2"
L __
____J
1-1'-31/2'~1
____J
1-1'- 3
1/2'~1
4. All joints shall be in full contact and sealed. 5. Anchor Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Base Plate, and Bar B shall have a Protective Coating of one of the following: Hot Dipped Galvanizing AASHTO M 232 for Hardware; AASHTO M 111 for Washers and Plates: Mechanical Galvanizing AASHTO M 298 CL 55, or Zinc Rich Paint, Paint threads and nuts after installation. 6. The bottom 9" of Bar "B" shall be painted with one coat of Formula A-6-86 Zinc Dust Oxide Primer OR, one coat of Formula A-11-99 Primer. 7. The Contract specifies actual foundation requirements D1 or D2 .
(RIGHT-OF-WAY
SEE CONTRACT
~WALL
....1 (.)
0::
RIGHT-OF-WAY SIDEi
i.....
TRAFFIC SIDE
BAR "A" CENTERED ON WALL SEE CHART FOR BAR SIZE AND SPACING (TYP.) SURFACE TREATMENT AS REQUIRED ~
1'- 8"
3" (TYP.)
---j
1 1/2" (TYP .)
J I
0
~
CONSTRUCTION JOINT W/ ROUGHENED SURFACE HEIGHT MAY VARY IF REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PROFILE CONSISTENT WITH THE ROADWAY PROFILE
rI
I I
Klt'-----'-B-ll
'
~
T
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE (MPH) TYPE 14SSA B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
1 3/8" DIAM.
ISOMETRIC VIEW
SHOWN FOR INSTALLATION
~~ (TYP.)
"'i=======i=oo -----r
PLATE
~BARRIER
AND SHAFT
I
2" CLR.
#3 SPIRAL 6" MAX.
--~SHAFT
N
c
0
b
0:::
LL.
~
b
#4@ 12"
N
4- #8 BAR "B"
(.)
J:
I-
en
c::
~
.... c
TOP OF ROADWAY
0:::
@)
....1
"'"
1 1/4" ANCHOR BOLT. SET BOLTS WITH TEMPLATE. USE NUTS TOP AND BOTTOM OF TEMPLATE TO SECURE LOCATION. FOR ALTERNATIVE ANCHOR SEE ANCHOR PLATE DETAIL
#8 (TYP.)
0:::
LL.
en
b
c:: en
M
'
'II:
6 -#8
ANCHOR SPIRAL WITH TWO TURNS TOP AND BOTTOM
...,
TYPICAL SECTION
SECTION
fJ'I Washington
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
(20" MAX.)/2
~JOINT~
1.5i
SHAFT
1"
1 3/8"
:::!!: :::!!:
~ ~
~ ~ ............
Uj>O
20" MAX.
=4 1/2"
. 1
:::!!:
M
' ......
PAN~'~'~
BAR"B"
1
I
~
I
I
/~tt - - ""'i
:
,)
1/2" (TYP)
(~)I
_/_
1 ["7
-t--
SEE DETAIL@
'\
I
t;;"l
)
II
\
-r
1
_jj_
-"li!
!
"' :c
' ,.
r~)
"
'\
-~
I
I
12'- 0"
TRAFFIC SIDE
NOISEWALL
___________ I
WEDGE HEAD SHALL BEAR FIRMLY AND UNIFORMLY AGAINST BASE PLATE. BAR "B" SHALL BE HELD SECURE DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT TO PREVENT GAPS BETWEEN WEDGE HEAD AND BASE PLATE.
------------t---.
___./__
----',-
I(-)
'.
:
'j_!
I!
' '
I
I
~E ND OF PANEL
I I
I
I
NO IS E
I /I/ ~.EALER
I
'
' '
,,
'
'"
'-~
(-,I
" --1..-~
I
-:I
12'- 0"
'. Ik
' :
I ()
(-)!
1/4"1~ ----1=
S1
N
~!& ~
GROUT~ R=3"
1}1/2"
:
I
4"
1/2 (TYP.)
OPTIONAL
~SHAFT
~SHAFT
<t_ SHAFT
SHEAR-KEY DETAIL
END OF PANEL
~SHAFT
SET ELEVATION OF LEVELING NUT BEFORE SETTING PANEL TAPERED HOLE FOR 1 1/4" ANCHOR BOLT
--~---------~----
DETAIL
0
2" (TYP.)
I"
1/2'~ I"
1' - 0"
"'I
I
I
1/2"
(TYP.) SEE SHEAR-KEY DETAIL
~~--------------1'- 9"
2"
1'- 5"
DETAIL
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE (MPH) TYPE 16A 16B 16C 16D B1 B1 B2 B2 SOIL TYPE SOIL TYPE D1 D2 CMU ANGLE OF INTERNAL FRICTION ~ (DEGREES) 32 38 80 90 80
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0"
TYPE 16A CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" X DEPTH D1 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 10" 4' -7" 4'- 4" 4' -7" 4'- 10" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9" DEPTH D1 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 4' -7" 4'- 4" 4'- 8" 4'- 11" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9" 6'- 0" DEPTH D2 3'- 0" 3'- 4" 3'- 6" 3'- 8" 3'- 10" 4'- 1" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" DEPTH D2 3'- 3" 3'- 5" 3'- 8" 3'- 11" 4'- 2" 4'- 5" 4'- 8" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" BAR"C" BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 48" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 18"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
TYPE 168 CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" X DEPTH D1 3'- 8" 4'- 0" 4'- 4" 4'- 8" 4'- 11" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 4'- 9" 6'- 0" 6'- 3" DEPTH D1 3'- 10" 4'- 2" 4'- 5" 4'- 10" 5'- 3" 5' -7" 5'- 10" 6'- 0" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" DEPTH D2 3'- 4" 3'- 8" 3'- 10" 4'- 2" 4'- 5" 4'- 8" 4'- 10" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9" DEPTH D2 3'- 5" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 4" 4' -7" 4'- 11" 5'- 1" 5'- 6" 5'- 9" 6'- 0" BAR"C" BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 40" #6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #7@ 24" #7@ 16" #8@ 16"
NOTES
1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 16A, 168, 16C or 160. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H. 3. All masonry shall be hollow unit and installed as running bond. 4. All masonry is to be specially inspected. 5. All Concrete Masonry Unit (CMU) cells that have vertical steel reinforcing bars or bond beam units shall be filled with grout. 6. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side.
90
16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0"
4'- 0" 4'- 8" 5'- 4" 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0"
#6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #7@ 24" #7@ 16" #8@ 16"
TYPE 16C X BAR"C" BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 16" #7@ 16"
TYPE 16D X BAR"C" BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 32" #6@ 48" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 18" #7@ 18" #8@ 18" #9@ 18"
7. Construction joints in the trench footing shall be spaced at 120 feet maximum. 8. See "Masonry Wall Finishes and Details" sheet for masonry block finishes, special shapes, sizes and layouts. 9. The Contract specifies actual foundation requirements D1 or D2.
4'- 0" 4'- 8" 5'- 4" 6'- 0" 7'- 8"
#6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 16" #7@ 16"
4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 8" 5'- 4" 7'- 4" 9'- 8" 12'- 0"
#6@ 48" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 18" #7@ 18" #8@ 18" #9@ 18"
~RIGHT-OF-WAY
SEE CONTRACT
..,I
~ctWALL
!
SEE CONTRACT
RIGHT-OF-WAY~
CMU (TYP.)SEE NOTE 5 3'- 0" MIN.
J:
~ctWALL
!
AND TRENCH
EXPANSION JOINTS @ 24' - 0" MAX CENTERS. SEE CONTRACT FOR LOCATIONS
8"
4' - 0" MIN. BOND BEAM AND REINFORCED EXTENSION AT STEP CMU (TYP.)SEE NOTE 5 3'- 0" MIN. LEVEL (TYP.)
r I
2
N
::t:
~ 1MAX.
r I
c o::m ow ..... 1o
1-W
N
ow ..... 1o Cz
1-W
O::m
::cw
fum
c
#4 @ ABOUT 18" WITH 2' - 0" MIN. SPLICE CONTINUOUS THRU EXPANSION JOINT
10"
Cz
::cw
fum
c
3" CLR.
1'- 0"
ELEVATION
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
CELLS WITH VERTICAL REINFORCING AND BOND BEAMS SHALL BE FILLED WITH GROUT
BACKER ROD
PLAN VIEW
DETAIL
'
TRAFFIC SIDE
TRAFFIC SIDE
PLAN VIEW
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE (MPH} TYPE 17A 17B 17C 17D B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
TYPE 17A CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" X
w
2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 0"
BAR"A" 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 4 -#4 4 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 TYPE17C
BAR"C"
BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 48" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 24"
BAR"E" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
TYPE 178 CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" X
NOTES
BAR"C" BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 40" #6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #7@ 24" #7@ 16" #8@ 16" BAR"E" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 12"
w
12'- 3" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 3" 6'- 0" 6'- 3" 6'- 9"
BAR"A" 3 -#4 4 -#4 4 -#4 4 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 6 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 TYPE 17D
4'- 0" 4'- 8" 5'- 4" 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0"
#6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #7@ 24" #7@ 16" #8@ 16"
1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 17A, 178, 17C or 170. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H.
3. All masonry shall be hollow unit and installed as running bond. 4. All masonry is to be specially inspected.
8'- 0"
L/~
~ WALLAND FOOTING
w
2'- 0" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3"
BAR"A" 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4
BAR"C"
BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 40" #6@ 16" #6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 16" #6@ 16" #7@ 16"
BAR"E" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12"
w
2'- 6" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 6" 6'- 0" 6'- 6"
7'- 0" 7'- 6"
BAR"A" 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 6 -#4
BAR"C"
BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 24" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #7@ 16" #7@ 16" #8@ 16" #8@ 16" #8@ 16"
BAR"E" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12"
RIGHT-OF-WAY
SEE CONTRACT
#6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 16" #7@ 16"
#6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 16" #7@ 24" #7@ 16" #7@ 16" #7@ 16"
7.
16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
8.
8'- 0"
BAR SIZE #6 #7 #8
8"
CMU (TYP.}SEE NOTE 5 3' - 0" MIN. BAR W/ STANDARD HOOK, OR PROVIDE FOOTING DOWEL ~ EXCEPT WHEN BARS "C" ARE REQUIRED TWO BLOCKS MIN., THREE BLOCKS MAX.
;
::!!:<( _
/~
0
z
tO
><
#4@ 18" 2" CLR.
b
~
~
b
CONTINUOUS FOOTING REINFORCING STEEL BAR "A" @ EQUAL SPACING WITH 2'- 0" MIN. SPLICE (TYP.}
0::
3" CLR.
BAR"E"
w
TYPICAL SECTION
ELEVATION
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
CELLS WITH VERTICAL REINFORCING AND BOND BEAMS SHALL BE FILLED WITH GROUT
BACKER ROD
1/2" JOINT #5 (TYP.) SEE DETAIL A TRAFFIC SIDE BOND BEAM UNITS
~ ::!!:
PLAN VIEW
b
I
DETAIL
"'"
3" CLR.
(TY.--P_.).......___
1 __,__,1- -----_j
~------'------------1
--,-----
(!)
~~--- --~--------------------------
~
~
N
0
LL
-----r--BAR "A" (TYP.) TRAFFIC SIDE #5 (TYP.) SEE DETAIL A TRAFFIC SIDE
---~s=~=TE=o=Es=IG~NE=N=GIN=E=ER~---
Harold J. Peterfeso
11-10-05
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE (MPH) TYPE 18A 18B 18C 18D B1 B1 B2 B2 80 90 80 90
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0"
TYPE 18A CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" X
w
2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 3"
BAR"A" 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 4 -#4 4 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 TYPE 18C
BAR"C"
BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 36" #6@ 16" #6@ 48" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 16"
BAR"E" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
TYPE18B CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" X
NOTES
BAR"C" BAR"D" #6 @48" #6 @48" #6 @48" #6 @40" #6 @40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #7@ 24" #7@ 16" #8@ 16" BAR"E" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 12"
w
2'- 3" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 5'- 3" 6'- 0"
BAR"A" 3- #4 4- #4 4- #4 4- #4 5- #4 5- #4 6- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 TYPE18D
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
4'- 0" 4'- 8" 5'- 4" 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0"
#6 @40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #7@ 24" #7@ 16" #8@ 16"
1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 18A, 188, 18C or 180. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H.
7'- 4"
8'- 0"
~
WALL
CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10"
w
2'- 0" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 3" 3'- 9" 4'- 3" 5'- 0" 5'- 9" 6'- 6"
BAR"A" 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 3 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4 5 -#4
BAR"C"
BAR"D" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 48" #6@ 40" #6@ 16" #6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 16" #7@ 16"
BAR"E" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12"
CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10"
w
2'- 6" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 4'- 3" 5'- 3" 6'- 3"
BAR"A" 3- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 5- #4 6- #4
BAR"C"
BAR"D" #6 @48" #6 @48" #6@ 24" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #7@ 16" #7@ 16" #8@ 16" #8@ 16" #8@ 16"
BAR"E" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 18" #4@ 12" #4@ 12" #4@ 12"
12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
#6@ 40" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 16" #7@ 16"
#6 @48" #6@ 32" #6@ 24" #6@ 16" #7@ 16" #8@ 16" #9@ 16"
7'- 4"
9'- 8" 12'- 0" 15'- 0"
7'- 0"
8'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 9"
7'- 0"
8'- 0"
7'- 6"
BAR SIZE
#6 #7 #8
8"
3'- 0" MIN. OMIT FOOTING DOWEL ~ WHEN BARS "C" PRESENT
/~ z
0
~/
1
[I]
><
2" CLR.
~
~
b
CONTINUOUS FOOTING REINFORCING STEEL BAR "A" @ EQUAL SPACING WITH 2' - 0" MIN. SPLICE (TYP.)
a:
3" CLR.
w
TYPICAL SECTION
WHEN W IS : < 2' - 6" ....................... CENTER WALL ON FOOTING 2' - 6' ::;. W < 4' - 6" ..... DIM. = 1' - 0" ~ 4' - 6" ........... ............ DIM. = 2' - 0"
ELEVATION
..... VI
01-06-09
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
CELLS WITH VERTICAL REINFORCING AND BOND BEAMS SHALL BE FILLED WITH GROUT
Cl
.B
1---~.....J ~ . .
,. . . />..
BACKER ROD
. ..
..
MAX. {TYP.)
t> ....
/>.
#5 {TYP.)
TRAFFIC SIDE
::2
PLAN VIEW
' ..,.
1/2" JOINT
POLYURETHANE SEALANT
DETAIL
CELLS WITH VERTICAL REINFORCING AND BOND BEAMS SHALL BE FILLED WITH GROUT 8" CMU
,.--2~--;
,1>
,.
...
TRAFFIC SIDE
.
#5 {TYP.)
SEE DETAIL A
PLAN VIEW
.----'----------'1- - - - - - -
- f ____ _
-~-
""~~~-
--- ---
--- ---
-~-
--- ---
-~-
---
1-----~------------BAR"A" _ / {TYP.)
...... fll
01-06-09
DATE
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
TYPE 19A CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" X BAR"D" #0@ 48" #0@ 48" #0@ 48" #0@ 48" #0@ 32" #0@ 32" #0@ 48" #0@ 32" #0@ 24" #0@ 24" BAR"C" DIAM. 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 14" 14" BAR"P" 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#6 6- #7 6 -#8 6 -#9 8- #7 8 -#8 DEPTH D1 5'- 3" 6'- 0" 6'- 9" DEPTH D2 4'- 9" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3" 6'- 9"
WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0"
TYPE19B CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" X BAR"D" #0@ 48" #0@ 48" #0@ 48" #0@ 40" #0@ 32" #0@ 24" #0@ 16" #7@ 16" #7@ 16" #8@ 16" BAR"C" DIAM. 12" 12" 12" 12" 14" 14" 16" 16" 16" 16" BAR"P" 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#0 6 -#7 8 -#7 8 -#7 6 -#8 8 -#7 8 -#8 8 -#8 DEPTH D1 6'- 0" DEPTH D2 5'- 3" 6'- 0" 6'- 9"
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 19A, 198, 19C, or 190. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H.
4'- 0" 4'- 8" 5'- 4" 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0"
#0@ 32" #0@ 24" #0@ 16" #7@ 32" #7@ 24" #7@ 16"
3. All masonry shall be hollow unit and installed as running bond. 4. All masonry is to be specially inspected. 5. All Concrete Masonry Unit (CMU) cells the have vertical steel reinforcing bars or bond beam units shall be filled with grout. 6. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side. Construction joints in the shaft cap shall be spaced 120 feet maximum. See "Masonry Wall Finishes and Details" sheet for masonry block finishes, special shapes, sizes and layouts.
7'- 4"
8'- 0"
TYPE19C CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" X BAR"D" #0@ 48" #0@ 48" #0@ 48" #0@ 40" #0@ 40" #0@ 32" #0@ 24" #0@ 24" #0@ 16" #0@ 16" BAR"C" DIAM. 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 14" 14" 14" 14" 16" BAR"P" 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#5 6 -#6 6- #7 8 -#6 8- #7 8 -#8 8 -#9 8 -#8 DEPTH D1 5'- 9" 6'- 6" DEPTH D2 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 3" 6'- 9"
TYPE19D CMU WIDTH 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" X BAR"D" #0@ 48" #0@ 48" #0@ 24" #0@ 32" #0@ 24" #0@ 16" #7@ 16" #8@ 16" #8@ 16" #8@ 16" BAR"C" DIAM. 12" 12" 12" 14" 14" 16" 16" 16" 16" 18" BAR"P" 6 -#5 6 -#0 6 -#7 8 -#7 8 -#7 6 -#8 8 -#8 8 -#9 8- #10 8- #10 DEPTH D1 6'- 6" DEPTH D2 5'- 9" 6'- 6"
7. 8.
#0@ 32" #0@ 24" #0@ 16" #0@ 16" #0@ 16"
#0@ 32" #0@ 24" #0@ 16" #7@ 24" #7@ 16" #7@ 16" #7@ 16"
7'- 6"
8'- 3" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 9'- 6" 10'- 0" 10'- 9" 11'- 6" 11'- 6"
7'- 4"
9'- 8" 12'- 0" 15'- 0"
7'- 4"
8'- 0"
Y
I
10"
..~~WALL
,
8"
LEVEL (TYP.)
19D
SEE DETAIL A
~SHAFT
~SHAFT
'
1--------------1
TYPICAL SECTION
ELEVATION
5'- 0" MAX., 1'- 6" MIN. 1/2 ADJACENT SHAFT SPACING MAX.
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
ct.
1/2" JOINT
POLYURETHANE SEALANT
DETAIL
0
/A\-
'::Hl fJ+t-lj
#4
'
rtb
I
kt11
U-f1 ,
I
0)
I~
1-
r~ >i
w 10
:iii
0:::
z
I
(/)
u.
J: 1(!)
.... c
J: ID..
Cl
0:::
....1
1-
u.
<(
(/)
J:
TRAFFIC SIDE
CONCRETE SHAFT
PLAN VIEW
CELLS WITH VERTICAL REINFORCING AND BOND BEAMS SHALL BE FILLED WITH GROUT B"CMU
DETAIL
1'- 6"
0
NOISE BARRIER WALL TYPE 19 STANDARD PLAN D-2.66-00
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
NOTE SPIRAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LAPPED AS SHOWN TO TERMINATE THE ENDS OF THE SPIRAL REINFORCEMENT (TOP AND BOTTOM).
1'- 5" MIN. LAP
135 HOOK (TYP.) TRAFFIC SIDE #5 (TYP.) SEE DETAIL B TRAFFIC SIDE BAR "P" AT EQUAL SPACING (FOR TOTAL NUMBER SEE REINFORCEMENT SCHEDULE)
PLAN VIEW
SECTION
------=sT=~=Eo=Es=IG~NE=N=GIN=EE=R------
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
11-10-05
DATE
WIND EXPOSURE & VELOCITY NOISE WIND WIND BARRIER VELOCITY EXPOSURE (MPH) TYPE 20A 20B 20C 20D B1 B1 B2 B2 SOIL TYPE SOIL TYPE D1 D2 ANGLE OF INTERNAL FRICTION $(DEGREES) 32 38 TIE SPACING BAR"A"SIZE SPACING #4 #5 #6 #7, #8, #9,#10 6" O.C. 6" O.C. 5" 80 90 80 90
TYPE20A WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" DEPTH D1 5'- 6" 6'- 6" 7'- 0" 7'- 9" 8'- 3" 9'- 0" 9'- 6" 10'- 3" 10'- 9" 11'- 3" DEPTH D2 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 0" 6'- 6" 7'- 0" 7'- 6" 8'- 0" 8'- 6" 9'- 0" 9'- 6" BAR"A" 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 BAR"B" 4-#4 4-#4 4-#4 4 -#5 4 -#5 4 -#6 4 -#7 6 -#7 6 -#8 6 -#9 BAR"C" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" PILASTER SPACING L 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" DEPTH D1 6'- 6" 7'- 6" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 10'- 0" 11'- 0" 11'- 9" 12'- 6" 12'- 6" 12'- 6" DEPTH D2 5'- 9" 6'- 6" 7'- 0" 7'- 9" 8'- 6" 9'- 0" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 10'- 3" 10'- 3"
TYPE20B BAR"A" 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#7 6 -#7 6 -#7 BAR"B" 4-#4 4-#4 4 -#5 4 -#6 4 -#7 6 -#8 6 -#9 6- #10 6- #10 6- #10 BAR"C" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" #5@ 32" PILASTER SPACING L 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 12'- 0"
NOTES 1. Wall to be designated Noise Barrier Wall Type 20A, 208, 20C, or 200. The Contract specifies actual wall designations. 2. For intermediate wall heights, use the next higher H.
3. All masonry shall be hollow unit and installed as running bond. 4. All masonry is to be specially inspected. 5. All Concrete Masonry Unit (CMU) cells that have vertical steel reinforcing bars or bond beam units shall be filled with grout. 6. 7. Panels shall have at least 3 feet of level ground on each side. See "Masonry Wall Finishes and Details" sheet for masonry block finishes, special shapes, sizes and layouts.
TYPE 20C WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" DEPTH D1 6'- 3" 7'- 0" 7'- 9" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 10'- 0" 10'- 9" 11'- 3" 12'- 0" 12'- 9" DEPTH D2 5'- 3" 6'- 0" 6'- 6" 7'- 3" 7'- 9" 8'- 3" 9'- 0" 9'- 6" 10'- 0" 10'- 6" BAR"A" 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#7 6 -#7 BAR"B" 4-#4 4-#4 4 -#5 4 -#5 4 -#6 4 -#7 6 -#7 6 -#8 6 -#9 6- #10 BAR"C" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" PILASTER SPACING L 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" WALL HT H 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" DEPTH D1 7'- 0" 8'- 3" 9'- 3" 10'- 3" 11'- 0" 12'- 0" 12'- 9" 13'- 0" 13'- 0" 13'- 6" DEPTH D2 6'- 0" 7'- 0" 7'- 9" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 6" 10'- 6" 10'- 6" 11'- 3"
TYPE20D BAR"A" 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#6 6 -#7 6 -#7 6 -#8 6 -#8 BAR"B" 4-#4 4 -#5 4 -#6 4 -#7 6 -#8 6 -#9 6- #10 6- #10 6- #10 6- #10 BAR"C" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" #6@ 32" PILASTER SPACING L 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 14'- 0" 12'- 0" 12'- 0"
o.c.
4" O.C.
1..
(l PILASTER
I I
~I
~PILASTER
I
PILASTER SPACING L
(l PILASTER
I
I I
uJ
~L ~
I I I
TOPOFWALL
c?
< Vt
I
!
/LEV
EL (TYP.)
i
' .
/
~
EXPANSION JOINT
:Z
:iE
c
0
Co
a:::
.... c
0 0
CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE DOWEL EMBEDMENT LENGTH =40 x BAR "B" DIAM.
:;, i 0 '
'"
"'I "I
'Vi
lJ
BOTTOM OF WALL _ /
If''~
l';l
--j=
ELEVATION
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
TRAFFIC SIDE EXPANSION JOINT FILLED WI NOISE SEALER 1 - #5 FULL HEIGHT BAR"C"
#6 x 5' - 0" WITH GREASED OR TAPED END, PENETRATING PIPE SLEEVE 8" MIN. BACKER ROD WITH POLYURETHANE SEALANT - BOTH WALL FACES 2 - #4 FULL HEIGHT (TYP.) BAR"C"
HORIZONTAL DOWEL - PROVIDE SAME NUMBER AND SIZE AS BAR "B" LAP 2' - 0" MIN. FILL PILASTER WI CONCRETE 1'-33/8" 1 - #5 FULL HEIGHT
= 0
~I-
SECTION
3/4" DIAM. x 1'- 0" SCHED. 40 PIPE WITH #6 x 30" GRADE 40 WELDED TAIL AS SHOWN LAPPED WITH AND SPACED PER BAR "C"
= 0 ~IBAR "B" (TYP.) - FOR QUANTITIES GREATER THAN FOUR, PLACE BALANCE ON OUTSIDE FACES AS SHOWN
SECTION
1'- 5" MIN. LAP
\J
(;\A
\
W3.5@ 4" PITCH TRAFFIC SIDE
PILASTER REINFORCEMENT
Cl PILASTER
o- 45"
& SHAFT
SECTION
NOTE SPIRAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LAPPED 17" MIN. A 135" HOOK THAT IS HOOKED AROUND A LONGITUDINAL BAR SHALL BE USED TO TERMINATE THE ENDS OF THE SPIRAL REINFORCEMENT AT LAPPED SPLICES AND AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF SHAFT.
GROUT ALL CELLS BELOW GRADE SOLID, MIN. TWO COURSES (TYP.)
SECTION
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
EXPANSION JOINT
NOTES 1. All rebar shall have a minimum 1 1/2" cover. 2. 3. See Standard Plan D-2.92 for door and frame details. See Standard Plan D-2.06 for wall reinforcement not shown.
5'- 0"
"
"
"
b
' 't
I I
48" DOOR OPENING
i
i
" "
t!l
rn
I-
'
'
WALL
6
ri
(.) (.)
0::
w w
b
CONCRETE SLAB
6 6 6
' 't
CONCRETE SLAB
t_
GROUND LINE
't
-----
1-
~I
"
b b
b
0
0
"
b
0-
"
"
WALL
FRONTVIEW
SECTION
BENDING DIAGRAM
-~
'
CONCRETE SLAB
fJ'I Washington
ISOMETRIC CUTAWAY VIEW
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
J:
I
___,
I
---------
I ~I
~
#5 @ 6'
- 8" (TYP )
BAR "A" (TYP.)
NOTES
2. See Standard Plan D-2.92 for door and frame details. 3. See Standard Plan D-2.14 for wall reinforcement not shown.
2'- 6"
4'- 6"
25'- 0"
TOP VIEW
OBLIQUE VIEW
I I
= = =~ =~ ~~~~~~;0~:~ = t_=
DOOR - SEE DETAIL
FRONT VIEW
BAR"A"
2'- 9"
BAR"G"0
SECTION
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
BENDING DIAGRAM
-~
#5
x4
- 1 -
0" (TYP.)
II II
EXPANSION JOINT
<Li
t'
VARIES
I ____
94~
~
I
4 1/2" (TYP.) #5 X 6
--t.t--
l
-
0
I
8" (TYP.)
154
~
\\ C b
I
nJ
~
BAR"F" BAR"G"
11"
(/)
0::
_L_
_L_
__L
1-
VARIES
-I
BAR"C"
5
1 -
48" DOOR OPENING ANCHOR PIN WELDED TO DOOR FRAME (TYP.) 4" CONCRETE SLAB
0"
"
"
"
0
I
~---T-----,r-
1 l~--~------~----~~--~l
11"' I I "'"'
/ill // I I
I
WALL
'=
TRAFFIC SIDE
DOOR DETAIL
(SEE NOTE 2)
#6
11
1 -
0" (TYP.)
SECTION
0
SECTION
---~s=~=TE=oE=SIG=N=EN=GIN=EE=R-----
Harold J. Peterfeso
11-10-05
DATE
BENDING DIAGRAM
NOTES
2'- 6"
4'- 6"
I
~-~-O".e-1 ~~ """
tH-~tW-~ER SIDE}
2'- 0"
I_!
0
~f
1. All rebar shall have a minimum 1 1/2" cover. 2. See Standard Plan D-2.92 for door and frame details. 3. See Standard Plan D-2.36 for wall reinforcement not shown.
5'- 0"
#4 BAR BAR"A"
3"(TYP.}
:
!
1
BAR"A"
4'- 0"
#4 BAR BAR"E"
I/
II ----1--Hi II _ _j_WJ r II
/
i=%t ==l----I=---l---i i
!
b
'
4'- 6"
II
i "-
II
1
:
I
II
-~-H4
-~-Hi
-~-Wj
{ i
II
~H---
II ,
b
'
II
c;:
~
-~~~i
"i illI I
:
'
~W--t,
tHT-c;
/
IIi II
II
/A._
l
#5 X 4' - 0" (TYP.}
1-
5'- 0"
-I
SECTION
~---T-=
BAR"A"
: :
I I "'-
"
""
}1---:=----=--------------1
-----" I
_....J
CONCRETE SLAB NOT SHOWN
DOOR DETAIL
(SEE NOTE 2) CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB FINISHED GRADE
CONCRETE SLAB
FINISHED GRADE
CONCRETE SLAB
f'
z-:;.1>
"
SECTION
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
/--<~1
~
r-
B"
f
4'- 6"
NOTES
---- :\ __
l l
~----
/
I
I ___
/'"
_) -
'''
- - -
-- --
- --
' --
!L
/
2. See Standard Plan D-2.92 for door and frame details. 3. See Standard Plan D-2.44 for wall reinforcement not shown.
TOP VIEW
DOOR- SEE DETAIL
---------Li1_______________ L
1 MIN.
___________________________________ _
FRONT VIEW
BAR"A"
CONCRETE SLAB
2'- 9"
CONCRETE SLAB
TOP OF ROADWAY
TOP OF ROADWAY
FINISHED GRADE
TOP OF ROADWAY
BAR "F"
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
2'- 6"
4'- 6"
BENDING DIAGRAM
BAR "A"
ExPANsloTN JOIN
~
,
II -/-Hi II
/
! !
II
r'~
-~
fl/f-
ffi! ""!
#4 BAR
1\,!
4 112"~ I
'
154
[TYP.)
EC~BAR"A"
(~\~
(/)
'------.--0::
w
___ Jjj
!
nJ
BAR "F"
11"
~I
~~tr
VARIES
~I
9
-~
II
II
II
,4\J~
N
~
1-
VARIES
~I
BAR "D"
'
~~~====~~
---H4 1I .Jl
II
" i
II
~H--~~====~
i
:L~ II
j
II :
~-2-
#6
BAR"B"
L--
~~ """
el-
4'- 0"
#4 BAR
~I/
BAR"E"
---Wj
II I! --~+-- . .,.
"' i
,: :
~ ~
(-t)
~W--i
II l I>-1++---T-- #5 I /A.__
1/
DOOR DETAIL
(SEE NOTE 2)
v
,"
WALL
b
'
- -
GROUND LINE
Harold J. Peterfeso
- .... ---=sT=AT=-::E o=Es=IGN=EN=GI=NE=ER___
11-10-05
DATE
5'- 0"
NOTES
BENDING DIAGRAM
4" CONCRETE SLAB
1. All rebar shall have a minimum 1 1/2" cover. 2. See Standard Plan D-2.92 for door and frame details.
b
-.-' ....
b
'
"
"
"
"
6
WALL
6
BAR "A"
6 6 6
' ....
5'- 0"
-I
SOLID GROUT CAP
#6
CONCRETE SLAB
II II
FRONT VIEW
II II
SECTION
CONCRETE SLABS
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
1'- 0"
l
!
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
~
I
b
I
'
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
~"
"
~///
~"
PLATE
!
I
-!
lr
I
'
c.,i
"
~
~
....
-
'
f--
' ' ' ' : ' ' ' ' ' '
-
''
~
-
....
--
. ~~
b
-
WEL D FRAME TOGETHER INSIDE OF CHANNEL. GRIN D SMOOTH EXTERIOR SURFACES BEFORE PAINTING IF NEEDED.
5"0 n
I
1 1/2" DOORSTOP
N
,-------'
-
'
~
~
1 1/2" DOORSTOP
'
,-------1
io
b
''
F-.
b
'
io
'
[
~
,__ '
' ' ' ' ' '
-
I==
- - - j-
b
'
l:o
'
b
' '
[l
~
'
~
~
'
HING E & ANCHOR PIN REINF ORCEMENT PLATE y- (TYP.) - (CHANNEL WID TH) X 12" x 1/4", WELDED T 0 FRAM E
!-
N
_L__
1~
,-'
ANCHOR REINFORCEMENT ~ PLATE (TYP.) -(CHANNEL WIDTH) x 5" x 1/4", WELDED TO FRAME
' '
P"'
' '
L
' ' '
~
N
~
L_
' '
....
....
'
L ___ :
=========-==================================== ===============~---J
,, ,, ,,
GROUND LINE
GROUND LINE
lc"--
__,____,______ ....
[_j~=====7-====-=============== =========-==========-------------==~--:
'
11 11 11 11
11 1 1 11 1 1
11 11
L! ll~ll !J
11 1 1
FRONT VIEW
SIDE VIEW
SIDE VIEW
All exposed metal surfaces shall be painted with paint conforming to the requirements in the Standard Specifications, Section 9.
NOISE BARRIER WALL ACCESS DOOR & FRAME STANDARD PLAN D-2.92-00
ISOMETRIC VIEW
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS
ISOMETRIC VIEW
ALTERNATE ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME FOR CAST-IN-PLACE AND PRECAST WALLS
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
I
b
1'- 0"
I
I
'
1'- 0"
I
'
1'- 0"
I
I
'
1'- 0"
./.'\. ~
(.,i
""'I
I
16 GAGE STEEL DOOR FRAME
I
I
1'- 0"
I
I
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
I
I
1'- 0"
I
I
0 1
~
~
C5 x 9 DOOR FRAME W/ 1/2" x 1 1/2" DOOR STOP
;
-----------------
~ lj
5"
1 112" DOORSTOP
WELD FRAME TOGETHER INSIDE OF CHANNEL. GRIND SMOOTH EXTERIOR SURFACES BEFORE PAINTING IF NEEDED.
----------
-----------
_l
I
I
_l
~
~
.....
-
'
T
~ ~~
b ' .....
-f---
f - - - - -~ f'
'
' HINGE & ANCHOR PIN ~ REINFORCEMENT PLATE It(TYP.) - (CHANNEL WIDTH) x ~ I'! 12" x 1/4", WELDED TO FRAME
' .....
'll
1
--
f-
N
,------1
-
'
~
~
N
-~
'
1 1/2" DOORSTOP
,------1
-
'
Co
'
Co
b
'
[
L__
'
i~
~'~1
1
Co
b F-. b
-ll!
- - - -
r- ~
~-
'
' Co
[l
L__
I I
'
~
~
N
-~--
'
-il!/
-~ f-
'
'~
~ REINFORCMENT PLATE
FOR ANCHORS (TYP.) WELDED TO FRAME
f-
~
N
'' '' '' ' 'r'' ' '' '' '' ''
ll- ~
-+-----P,
1""1
.....
:
'
GROUND LINE
4---....!:::::======-------l.\!~',L.Lf_
GROUND LINE
11 11 11 1 1
"'"
"
,, ,,
11 11 11 11
====-====================================================U ___ J
' '
~ ll~ll ~
11 1 1 11 1 1
FRONT VIEW
r
SEE COUNTERSINK DETAIL
REINFORCEMENT PLATE
NOISE BARRIER WALL ACCESS DOOR & FRAME STANDARD PLAN D-2.92-00
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS
ISOMETRIC VIEW
ISOMETRIC VIEW
COUNTERSINK DETAIL
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-10-05
DATE
w 0:: w m
....1 ....1
rn z
NOTES 1. For the values of "L," see sheet 3, and for the values of "Sv" see sheet 2. 2.
TOP GEOSYNTHETIC LAYER
iii
z
0
48~!
I
3. "As" is the peak seismic ground acceleration as defined and applied in the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, Articles 3.1 0.4.1 and 11.6.5. 4. The long-term geosynthetic design strength "Tal" shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT Standard Practice T925. See Qualified Products List (QPL), Appendix "D," for products in which "Tal" has been determined. "H" and "Z" are graphically defined. "Z" is the distance from the top of the wall to a geosynthetic layer, and is used to determine "Tal" for that layer. 5. "L," the geosynthetic reinforcement length behind the wall face, is graphically defined. The maximum factored bearing stress acts in the vertical direction at the base of the wall. The load factors used are as specified in the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications for each specified limit state.
~
I
~BACKFILL
6.
Fascia or facing type shall be selected from Standard Plans D-3.1 0 or D-3.11 and called out in the Contract Plans. Region is to coordinate with the Geotechnical Services and Bridge & Structures offices.
1(!)
~ ::c
::c
....1 ....1
iii ~
z
'
WALL FACING (TYP.) SEE STANDARD PLAN D-3.10 or D-3.11
N
b
N
~
~
...... L GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCEMENT LENGTH AND LIMITS OF STRUCTURE EXCAVATION, WALL BACKFILL AND COMPACTION FINISHED GROUND LINE (TYP.)
GEOTEXTILE FOR UNDERGROUND DRAINAGE CLASS A, MODERATE SURVIVABILITY (ONLY NEEDED IF A GEOGRID IS USED FOR GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCEMENT)
I.
.I
GEOSYNTHETIC WALL
TYPE 3, As~ 0.51g TYPE 7, As~ 0.20g
::c
I.
.I
I.
TYPE 4, TYPE 8,
.I
0.51 g 0.20g
GEOSYNTHETIC WALL
TYPE 2, As~ 0.51 g TYPE 6, As~ 0.20g
GEOSYNTHETIC WALL
As~
....
05117112
DATE
As~
w w m
0::
....1 ....1
rn z
iii
z
0
5 5 5 < H s. 10 0 to 10 0 to 10 10<Hs.15 0 to 10 10.1 to 15 0 to 10 10.1 to 15 15 < H s. 20 0 to 10 10.1 to 20 0 to 10 10.1 to 20 20 < H s. 25 0 to 10 10.1 to 20 20.1 to 25 0 to 10 10.1 to 20 20.1 to 25 25 < H s. 30 0 to 10 10.1 to 20 20.1 to 30 0 to 10 10.1 to 20 20.1 to 30 30<Hs.35 0 to 10 10.1 to 20 20.1 to 30 30.1 to 35 0 to 10 10.1 to 20 20.1 to 30 30.1 to 35 NOTE: See Note 4, sheet 1. UPTO 5
1.0 1.25 1.0 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
505 631 530 660 580 760 730 950 584 992 730 1240 580 1050 1220 730 1310 1530 580 1050 1460 730 1310 1820 580 1050 1510 1690 730 1310 1890 2110
240 300 500 630 620 780 770 980 672 1072 840 1340 720 1180 1350 900 1470 1690 780 1240 1640 980 1550 2050 830 1290 1740 1920 1040 1610 2180 2400
220 280 470 590 570 740 710 920 616 1000 770 1250 660 1100 1270 820 1380 1590 700 1140 1540 870 1430 1920 740 1180 1630 1800 925 1480 2040 2250
505 631 528 660 584 760 730 950 584 992 730 1240 584 1048 1224 730 1310 1530 584 1048 1456 730 1310 1820 584 1048 1512 1688 730 1310 1890 2110
240 300 487 609 586 760 732 950 626 1032 783 1290 667 1128 1304 834 1410 1630 708 1168 1576 885 1460 1970 749 1216 1680 1848 936 1520 2100 2310
220 275 460 575 545 719 681 899 572 976 715 1220 599 1064 1240 749 1330 1550 626 1088 1496 782 1360 1870 653 1120 1584 1752 816 1400 1980 2190
......
05117112
DATE
w 0:: w m
....1 ....1
rn z
iii
z
0
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 16 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 25
847 1081 1248 1415 1582 1768 1916 2083 2250 2417 2650 2751 2918 3085 3252 3412 3586 3753 3920 4087 4268 4421 4588 4755 4922 5123 5256 5423 5590 5757 5863
1220 1566 1800 2034 2268 2531 2736 2970 3204 3438 3783 3906 4140 4374 4608 4835 5076 5310 5544 5778 6038 6246 6480 6714 6948 7238 7416 7650 7884 8118 8251
1011 1388 1685 1982 2279 2609 2873 3170 3467 3764 4198 4358 4655 4952 5249 5424 5843 6140 6437 6734 7040 7328 7625 7922 8219 8698 8813 9110 9407 9704 9874
1192 1949 2165 2381 2597 3278 3029 3245 3461 3677 4176 4238 4325 4541 4757 4927 5189 5405 5621 5837 6027 6269 6485 6701 6917 7148 7349 7565 7781 7997 8080
7 8 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 18 19 21 21 22 23 24 25 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 31 32 32
1057 1295 1469 1643 1817 2069 2165 2339 2513 2687 2800 3035 3209 3383 3557 3811 3905 4079 4253 4427 4629 4775 4949 5123 5297 5446 5645 5819 5993 6167 6320
1535 1862 2099 2336 2573 2968 3047 3284 3521 3758 3872 4232 4469 4706 4943 5286 5417 5654 5891 6128 6404 6602 6839 7076 7313 7523 7787 8024 8261 8498 8737
1391 1671 1981 2291 2601 3006 3221 3531 3841 4151 4374 4771 5081 5391 5701 5975 6321 6631 6941 7251 7505 7871 8181 8491 8801 9093 9421 9731 10041 10351 10766
6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
852 1028 1203 1378 1553 1738 1903 2078 2253 2428 2607 2778 2953 3128 3303 3476 3653 3828 4003 4178 4375 4528 4703 4878 5053 5244 5403 5578 5753 5928 6112
1168 1415 1657 1899 2141 2394 2625 2867 3109 3351 3590 3835 4077 4319 4561 4787 5045 5287 5529 5771 6032 6255 6497 6739 6981 7228 7465 7707 7949 8191 8425
1284 1598 1890 2182 2474 2811 3058 3350 3642 3934 4216 4518 4810 5102 5394 5621 5978 6270 6562 6854 7230 7438 7730 8022 8314 8632 8898 9190 9482 9774 10035
7 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 40 41 42 44 45 46
975 1171 1366 1561 1756 1951 2146 2341 2536 2731 2924 3121 3316 3511 3706 3899 4096 4291 4486 4681 4873 5071 5266 5461 5656 5848 6046 6241 6436 6631 6823
1343 1613 1882 2151 2420 2685 2958 3227 3496 3765 4029 4303 4572 4841 5110 5371 5648 5917 6186 6455 6716 6993 7262 7531 7800 8057 8338 8607 8876 9145 9403
1473 1756 2058 2360 2662 2947 3266 3568 3870 4172 4494 4776 5078 5380 5682 5965 6286 6588 6890 7192 7519 7796 8098 8400 8702 8988 9306 9608 9910 10212 10544
0.20g) GEOSYNTHETIC WALL TYPE 8 MAX. FACTORED BEARING STRESS (psf) L(FT) SERVICE 1 STRENGTH 1 EXTREME EVENT I
GEOSYNTHETIC WALL TYPE 7 MAX. FACTORED BEARING STRESS (psf) SERVICE 1 STRENGTH 1 EXTREME EVENT I
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
11 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 21 22 23 24 25 25
847 1105 1273 1441 1609 1768 1945 2113 2281 2449 2711 2785 2953 3121 3289 3522 3625 3793 3961 4129 4325 4465 4633 4801 4969 5123 5305 5473 5641 5809 5918
1220 1607 1843 2079 2315 2531 2787 3023 3259 3495 3884 3967 4203 4439 4675 5015 5147 5383 5619 5855 6131 6327 6563 6799 7035 7238 7507 7743 7979 8215 8341
992 1320 1553 1786 2019 2229 2485 2718 2951 3184 3516 3650 3883 4116 4349 4642 4815 5048 5281 5514 5763 5980 6213 6446 6679 6881 7145 7378 7611 7844 7998
1192 1688 2090 2463 2808 3278 3424 3699 3954 4190 4396 4616 4809 4990 5163 5201 5489 5646 5801 5955 6146 6272 6438 6611 6793 7148 7192 7412 7649 7904 8177
6 6 6 7 7 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 21 22 23 24 25 25
1057 1358 1569 1780 1991 2266 2413 2624 2835 3046 3245 3468 3679 3890 4101 4326 4523 4734 4945 5156 5417 5578 5789 6000 6211 6577 6633 6844 7055 7266 7311
1535 1928 2226 2527 2831 3372 3445 3755 4066 4378 4598 5004 5316 5628 5939 6125 6557 6863 7166 7466 7683 8057 8346 8631 8912 9408 9457 9720 9978 10229 10373
1294 1574 1889 2211 2540 2776 3213 3555 3901 4249 4737 4948 5297 5644 5990 6321 6672 7006 7335 7657 7891 8280 8578 8866 9144 9515 9664 9905 10131 10343 10550
6 6 6 7 7 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 21 22 23 24 25 25
852 1107 1302 1497 1692 1924 2082 2277 2472 2667 2886 3057 3252 3447 3642 3848 4032 4227 4422 4617 4810 5007 5202 5397 5592 5773 5982 6177 6372 6567 6735
1168 1536 1809 2082 2355 2692 2901 3174 3447 3720 4037 4266 4539 4812 5085 5383 5631 5904 6177 6450 6729 6996 7269 7542 7815 8075 8361 8634 8907 9180 9421
1155 1560 1842 2124 2406 2773 2970 3252 3534 3816 4159 4380 4662 4944 5226 5546 5790 6072 6354 6636 6932 7200 7482 7764 8046 8319 8610 8892 9174 9456 9705
6 6 6 7 7 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 21 22 23 24 25 25
977 1278 1504 1730 1956 2228 2408 2634 2860 3086 3342 3538 3764 3990 4216 4456 4668 4894 5120 5346 5570 5798 6024 6250 6476 6684 6928 7154 7380 7606 7798
1349 1786 2105 2424 2743 3145 3381 3700 4019 4338 4718 4976 5295 5614 5933 6291 6571 6890 7209 7528 7863 8166 8485 8804 9123 9436 9761 10080 10399 10718 11009
1326 1868 2214 2560 2906 3381 3598 3944 4290 4636 5072 5328 5674 6020 6366 6762 7058 7404 7750 8096 8453 8788 9134 9480 9826 10143 10518 10864 11210 11556 11834
.....
05117112
DATE
rn z w 0:: w m
....1 ....1
NOTES(SHEEn
1. Use of the Temporary Form System, as detailed in this plan, is optional.
SEE TEMPORARY FORM SYSTEM DETAIL, THIS SHEET
2. To
iii
z
0
~elp main_tain the wa~l face batter, leave the form system for the precedln~ layer 1n place wh1le constructing the next layer. When the upper layer IS complete, remove the form system from the lower layer and
~
GEOTEXTILE TAIL GEOSYNTHETIC 2. UNROLL GEOSYNTHETIC AND POSITION IT SO THAT A 4'- 0" WIDE "TAIL" DRAPES OVER THE FORM. IF A GEOGRID IS USED FOR THE GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCEMENT, POSITION GEOTEXTILE TO PREVENT BACKFILL FROM SPILLING THROUGH GEOGRID OPENINGS.
3. PLACE THE BACKFILL UNTIL THE BACKFILL IS UP TO HALF OF THE REQUIRED VERTICAL GEOSYNTHETIC LAYER SPACING.
WINDROW
rnw
4. PLACE A WINDROW TO SLIGHTLY GREATER THAN FULL LIFT HEIGHT AGAINST THE FORM.
0::~ z_.
I-_.
W<(
Wu.
1-Q
coe> Oz
~~
~~
9~',
1" I.D. PIPE 3/8" STEEL STRAP 5. PLACE THE GEOSYNTHETIC "TAIL" OVER THE WINDROW AND LOCK INTO PLACE WITH BACKFILL. 7/8" DIAM. STEEL PIN {WELDED TO STEEL STRAP)
~T---------~~~
I.
6. COMPLETE BACKFILLING UNTIL THE COMPACTED BACKFILL LAYER THICKNESS IS EQUAL TO THE REQUIRED VERTICAL GEOSYNTHETIC LAYER SPACING.
2' -7"
PLAN
11
> rn
3/8" STEEL STRAP \
1 "
.. .. .. __ ...-._.:._:__.:-_ .. :.-
'
. ......... .. : _ ~ .: .. .
7. THE FORM MAY BE LEFT IN PLACE WHILE CONSTRUCTING THE NEXT LAYER {SEE NOTE 2) OTHERWISE, RESET THE FORM AND REPEAT THE SEQUENCE.
===~\~~-_j_
WOOD WEDGE TO SUPPORT AND ALIGN STRAP
------:f
PERMANENT GEOSYNTHETIC WALL STANDARD PLAN D-3.09-00
SHEET 4 OF 4 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ELEVATION
1 I
FOR THE VALUES OF "X", SEE STANDARD PLAN D-3, SHEET 1. FILL MATERIAL SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN CONTRACT
NOTES
FOR WALLS WITHOUT TRAFFIC BARRIER, OR WHERE THE TRAFFIC BARRIER IS AT GRADE, USE THE DETAILS SHOWN ABOVE THE MATCH LINE ON THIS SHEET FOR WALLS WITH SINGLE SLOPE TRAFFIC BARRIER. USE THE DETAILS ABOVE THE MATCH LINE ON STANDARD PLAN D-3b FOR WALLS WITH F-SHAPE TRAFFIC BARRIER USE THE DETAILS ABOVE THE MATCH LINE ON STANDARD PLAN D-3c
1i
I
={IL _ _ _ _ jI G)#4
I
1. All bars shown on this plan shall be ASTM A706 unless otherwise specified in the Contract.
ni
'
(.)
~-~
.I
\&7 =EPOXY COATED DESIGN HEIGHT "H" (ft.) ROWSOF#4\&7 DOWEL BARS REQUIRED N (no.) 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 FASCIA FOOTING WIDTH B (ft.- in.) 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0 1/2" 1'- 0 1/2" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1'- 2" 1'- 2" 1'- 2 1/2" 1'- 2 1/2" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3 1/2" 1'- 3 1/2" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 5" 1'- 5" 1'- 5 1/2" 1'- 5 1/2" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6 1/2" 1'- 6 1/2" 1'- 7" 1'- 7" 1'- 8"
:J
- - - - - - :Z
~
MATCH LINE
(/)
ll.
WELDED WIRE FABRIC FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 4" )( 4" W2.9 OR 6" )( 6" )( W4.0 - COMPLY WITH AASHTO M55
#4
"B"- 4"
SHOTCRETE DETAIL
UP TO 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
SHOTCRETE FACING
"N" ROWS OFG)#4\VDOWEL REINFORCEMENT PLACE BETWEEN GEOSYNTHETIC LAYERS AT 5'- 0" O.C. HORIZONTAL SPACING, SEE TABLE. VERTICAL SPACING BETWEEN ROWS TO BE EQUAL, AS MULTIPLES OF "Sv" ALLOW. ROWS MAY BE STAGGERED. SEE STD. PLAN D-3 FOR "Sv" AND FINISH.
~ INCREASE THE COVER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES ~ CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE. ~ 3" I.D. PVC PIPE FOR WEEP HOLE IN WALL FACING - PLACE BETWEEN GEOSYNTHETIC
LAYERS APPROX. 9" DEEP AT 12'- 0" HORIZONTAL SPACING. LENGTH TO EXTEND TO OUTER SURFACE OF SPECIFIED WALL. WEEP HOLES SHALL BE KEPT CLEAR OF CONCRETE. SEE STANDARD PLAN D-3, FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN.
1:I:
:I: -
C!lZ iii~
~ VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN FASCIA @ 24' - 0" O.C. WITH 1/2 " PREMOLDED JOINT
FILLER {SEE STANDARD PLAN D-10.45, "SPLIT ELEVATION").
~N
CAST-IN-PLACE PERMANENT GEOSYNTHETIC WALL FASCIA AND FACING STANDARD PLAN D-3.10-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION TYPICAL SECTION
~ VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN FOOTING @ 120' O.C. MAX. {SEE STANDARD PLAN
D-10.45, "ELEVATION"). IF THE FOOTING IS STEPPED, PROVIDE 2'- 0" NON-CONTACT LAP SPLICES FOR THE@ #4 BARS AT EACH STEP.
"#.
0
COORDINATE WALL FINISH AND CONFIGURATION WITH STATE BRIDGE AND STRUCTURES ARCHITECT PER WSDOT DESIGN MANUAL 1130.04{5).06.
~ THE@) BARS AND INTERIOR@ BARS SHALL BE USED ONLY IF THE FACE IS VERTICAL.
fll
.....
06-16-10
DATE
NOTES 1. All structural steel shall be ASTM A572 GR. 50 or ASTM A588 or as otherwise noted.
FRONT FACE OF RETAINING WALL AND CONCRETE FASCIA PANEL
''L'' + ''T'' + 7 11 8
= -1. ,z
~~
,, I
...-''.I!-
AP
II I
(!)
::2:
~
---.-------(<) - - - - - - - - j
....1 ....1
:c =
FRONT FACE OF RETAINING WALL - PRECAST CONCRETE FASCIA PANEL TYPICAL SECTION TACK WELD & GALV. {TYP.) 1/4" <I> SLOT {TYP.) OUTSIDE FACE OF EXTERIOR WEB WIRE GAGE# 6 GALV. AFTER FABRICATION {TYP.)
en = WCl
u>-
1-(.)
Iw
~~
0~
> en
III
II
w I
....1 ....1
(!)
ow .z
::2:w = 0 co-
UO
.w
~;j
~
~
- I..... =:I
,en
GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCEMENT
KEYNOTES
@)0
-.;tl-
u. ..-u. ..... 0
'lt~
7/8" DIAMETER THREADED ROD {STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 9.06.5 (4)), GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH AASHTO M232. RODS SHALL BE THREADED A MINIMUM OF 1'- 0" AT ENDS. PLACE LEVEL AND NORMAL TO WALL. ENCASE RODS WITH PVC SLEEVE. EMBED PVC ENDS INTO GRADE BEAM AND EDGE BEAM.
0
10% WALL HEIGHT "H" {2'- 0" MIN.) "L"
ONE 3" DIAMETER WEEP HOLE PER FASCIA PANEL. HORIZONTAL LOCATION AT THE CENTERLINE FASCIA PANEL.
LOCATION DIMENSIONED IN BRIDGE FOUNDATION PLAN IF ADJACENT TO A BRIDGE LIMITS OF STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CLASS B INCL. HAUL
PERMANENT GEOSYNTHETIC RETAINING WALL WITH PRECAST CONCRETE FASCIA PANEL AND TRAFFIC BARRIER
.....
03-15-12
DATE
l
9" MIN.
EQUAL SPACINm
1' -7"
1" (TYP.) PLACE AND LEVEL WALL PANELS ON STEEL SHIMS. FILL RECESS WITH GROUT AFTER PLACING AND LEVELING WALL PANELS
(in.)
6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
usn
-.--r-~----~--~
(in.)
18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 EDGE BEAM @#4@ 1'-6" @#4@EACH ANCHOR ROD GRADE BEAM 2@#4-4"SPACING@ EACH ANCHOR ROD 4" 3/4" X 3" X 3" PLATE WASHER WITH HEX NUT, EACH SIDE 1 1/2" CLR. 2 CD# 4- 4" SPACING @ EACH ANCHOR ROD
.
3/4" X 3" X 3" PLATE WASHER WITH HEX NUT, EACH SIDE 4 # 4 TIE@ 1'- 6" O.C. 4@ # 4 CONT. (TYP.)
@#4CONT. (TYP.)
1'- 0"
(j)#4@ o.c.
> rn
=1'- 6"
1'- 0"
2'- 0"
DETAIL
LEVELING PAD
DETAIL
DETAIL
FRONT FACE OF PRECAST CONCRETE FASCIA PANEL VOID BEHIND PANEL PRECAST CONCRETE FASCIA PANEL
ct> 4" x 4" SHIM STACK (2 LOCATIONS PER PANEL) HEIGHT SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT VERTICAL PANEL JOINTS ARE PLUMB
"W"
GEOSYNTHETIC WALL -FOLD GEOTEXTILE TO FIT AT FAR FACE OF CURTAIN WALL & CONCRETE FASCIA PANEL INTERSECTION
~----T---~--~~~~~~~~_L~~~~~~--~--~~~
]~
~
~
~~-----~+.-.---~--~--~~---~~----~--~--+-------~-~---~-~~~--~
'A . .' 'A.
""
,. .
...J> ~~
GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCEMENT PLAN VIEW
<(
GRADE BEAM
3:::::!:
<(Z
~rn
~0
*
MARK CD SIZE 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 5 4 4 (A) (A) (A) (A) STR. STR. STR. STR. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT 8" LENGTH 2'- 0" 4'- 0" 1'- 9" 4'- 11" (A) 2'- 1 3/4" STR. STR. STR. STR.
uz w
::::!:
::Jrn
0::-
e.
EXPANSION JOINT 1/2" MIN. TO 3/4" MAX.
G) (j)
~" /
G)
#4
~rl
. ;....
Co
(j)
#4 1'- 9"
I
-
ABUTMENT WALL
I
I
I
I I
1'- 0"
@) @
:
--
~ ....
POLYURETHANE SEALANT
PLAN VIEW
.....
03-15-12
DATE
KEYNOTES
MOMENT SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINT SPACING@ 120'
- 0" MAX
rn z w a::
IIl
....1 ....1
BARRIER EXPANSION JOINT (SEE TABLE) BARRIER DUMMY JOINT SPACING 4' - 0" MIN. TO 8' - 0" MAX. O.C.
BARRIER GEOMETRY REFERENCE LINE FINISHED HMA ROADWAY GRADE AT CURB LINE= PIVOT POINT FOR BARRIER GEOMETRY
BARRIER EXPANSION JOINT SPACING (SEE TABLE) BARRIER DUMMY JOINT SPACING @ 8' - 0" O.C.
iii
z
0
THE BARRIER GEOMETRY REFERENCE LINE (B.G.R.L.) IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE TRANSVERSE ROADWAY SLOPE (T.R.S.). FOR SUPERELEVATED TRANSVERSE ROADWAY SLOPES, THE B.G.R.L. ON THE LOW SIDE OF THE ROADWAY SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE T.R.S. UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 8% SUPERELEVATION; THE B.G.R.L. ON THE HIGH SIDE SHALL ALWAYS BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE T.R.S ..
X 8" X 1'- 6" NEMA 4 X S.S. (TYP.). JUNCTION BOX CAN BE RECESSED 1/2" MAX. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. SIZE CONDUIT PER WIRING SCHEDULE, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS.
~
TERMINUS \ _ DUMMY JOINT (TYP.) (SEE DETAIL) ~
7
7
\_
EXP. JOINT
ct
--.-1
I I
JOINT SCHEME
2" CLR PLAN VIEW
TYPICAL SECTION
SHOWN AT GRADE 2 - G) #6 CONTINUOUS WITH 3' - 8" MIN. SPLICE 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE. SPECIFICATIONS, IS REQUIRED ONLY IF THE BARRIER IS ON WALL FACING.
#5@8" o.c.
~ SEE EXPANSION JOIN T DETAIL ON STANDARD PLAN D-3.1 7
2-~~,
2-@#4\ -
[i
L1..
,I ,
,\
,
""'
-.....:
--..;
\:
____:1_
(j)
a:: w 0:: a::
rn w () rn
0
\
7
FOR STRUCTURAL DETAILS BELOW THE MATCH LINE, SEE STANDARD PLANS D-3.09, D-3.10 OR D-3.11.
b
~
=
~
it
<i!
= /
~
FINISHED HMA ROADWAY GRADE AT CURB LINE = PIVOT POINT FOR BARRIER GEOMETRY
1 1/2" CLR.
[i
()
'
()
u:::
u:::
L1..
::J
I-
I
/
:..;...>
~
I-
5
L1..
w a::
'7
/
~\ ~
\__ cu RB LINE
z
'7
MAX.
7'- 0"
8'- 0"
- ..
Jj
I I
3" MIN. CLR.
~~
#5 - @ 8" O.C.
\\
rn ;...
:5 "'!"
IIl
20 -
....1 ('t)()
0:::
9'- 0"
7'- 0"
6-@#4
0_ MATCH LINE
@ #4 - 2" CLR. FROM TOP (SEE STD. PLAN D-3.10 OR D-3.11) @
#4 (SEE STD. PLAN D-3.10 OR D-3.11) FACE OF CAST-IN-PLACE FASCIA GEOSYNTHETIC
MATCH LINE
@
ELEVATION
#8 W,
~1'-0"
REINFORCING
ALL REINFORCING BARS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHALL BE AASHTO M 31 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT
STEEL
BENDING
DIAGRAM
-l
z
~
b
~ ~ ~
161/2"
...-:-
f4
= CXl
11 1/4"
TYPICAL SECTION
SHOWN ON WALL
W = EPOXY COATED
~
~
~
z
~
~
~ b
~
I-
{(
0#5
:J
<(
L1..
' N :J
<(
<0 IL1..
....
1-
:!!:
J:
:!!:
J:
<(
+
b,
...,
@#4
4~
:!!:
J:
I!- 21/~1
@#5
......
05117112
DATE
RUSTICATION DETAIL
KEYNOTES
rn z w 0:: w m
....1 ....1
MOMENT SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINT SPACING@ 120'- 0" MAX. 1 BARRIER EXPANSION JOINT (SEE TABLE) BARRIER DUMMY JOINT SPACING 4' - 0" MIN. TO 8' - 0" MAX. O.C. EXPANSION JOINT ct_ BARRIER DUMMY JOINT SPACING@ 8'- 0" O.C. BARRIER EXPANSION JOINT SPACING (SEE TABLE) BARRIER DUMMY JOINT SPACING @ 8' - 0" O.C.
iii
z
0
F-SHAPE BARRIER
FINISHED HMA ROADWAY GRADE AT CURB LINE = PIVOT POINT FOR BARRIER GEOMETRY (TYP.) TRANSVERSE ROADWAY SLOPE
THE BARRIER GEOMETRY REFERENCE LINE (B.G.R.L.) IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE TRANSVERSE ROADWAY SLOPE (T.R.S.). FOR SUPERELEVATED TRANSVERSE ROADWAY SLOPES, THE B.G.R.L. ON THE LOW SIDE OF THE ROADWAY SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE T.R.S. UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 8% SUPERELEVATION; THE B.G.R.L. ON THE HIGH SIDE SHALL ALWAYS BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE T.R.S.
X 8" X 1'- 6" NEMA 4 X S.S. (TYP.). JUNCTION BOX CAN BE RECESSED 1/2" MAX. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. SIZE CONDUIT PER WIRING SCHEDULE, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS.
~
TERMINUS
JOINT SCHEME
EXP. JOINT PLAN VIEW 2#6 CONTINUOUS WITH 3' - 8" MIN. SPLICE 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) SEE EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL ON ~STANDARD PLAN D-3.17
TYPICAL SECTION
SHOWN AT GRADE
2- @#4
--
ct.
CD
7 1/4"
2-CD/\\
8
<& 0
b
RUSTICATION -SEE RUSTICATION DETAIL. FOR STRUCTURAL DETAILS BELOW THE MATCH LINE, SEE STANDARD PLANS D-3.09, D-3.10 OR D-3.11.
____:1_
0::
I
\
7_
L,
b
~
m
b
<(
0::
0:::
u <( a.
<(
....1
rn w rn
::J
L7 :
0
~
u u:::
LL
<?>
INSTALL BARRIER DUMMY JOINTS ON TRAFFIC SIDE ONLY WHEN ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES ARE SPECIFIED. SLAB BASE ON WALL AT GRADE 7'- 0" 8'- 0" 5'- 0" 6'- 0" 7'- 0" BARRIER EXPANSION JOINT SPACING MIN. 80'- 0" 60'- 0" 40'- 0" MAX. 120'- 0" 80'- 0" 60'- 0"
"'"
I
\
1-
0::
::J
LL
1/
MAX.
-80'- 0" 60'- 0" 40'- 0"
m rn
:5
" I
--..._
-..;__
~
/
.~ ~
L
I\_ cu RB LINE
'7
rn ;....
:5 "!"
m =
6
20-@ #4W/ 2' - 0" MIN. SPL. (TYP.) 6" MIN. @ #5@ 8" O.C.
80'- 1"
0:::
....1 (t){)
9'- 0"
--
I I
3" MIN. CLR.
\
o.c.
-@#41
6-@#4
~~
@ 8"
@ #4 - 2" CLR. FROM TOP (SEE STD. PLAN D-3.10 OR D-3.11) @ #4 (SEE STD. PLAN D-3.1 0 OR D-3-11)
FACE OF CAST-IN-PLACE FASCIA
@tteW, (j)#5
ELEVATION REINFORCING
ALL REINFORCING BARS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHALL BE AASHTO M 31 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT
o.c.
~1'-0"
BENDING DIAGRAM
GEOSYNTHETIC
STEEL
_..,. z
~
~
~
6 3/4"
A
z
~
TYPICAL SECTION
1-
SHOWN ON WALL
_..,. z
~
~
~
:J-:"'
LL
z
~
~
~
b
Lo
1LL
~
~
~
~
:r:= 0 =
<(~ ::2:::2:
+~
{(
@#5
::::i
<(
' 1N !!::
....1
' 1!!::
....1
~0
LL
::2:
J:
<(
<(
:::2:
J:
:::2:
J:
r-.
(t)
q::::
~
@#4 @#5
~
(j)
#5
@tteW
......
05117112
DATE
RUSTICATION DETAIL
rn z
w m
....1 ....1
0::
NOTE 1. Ensure that no concrete enters the PVC conduit during concrete placement.
iii
1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER IN EXPANSION JOINT 1 1/4" PVC CONDUIT (TYP.) TO BE INSTALLED PARALLEL TO GRADE AND PARALLEL TO FACE OF BARRIER
9"
z
0
t_ PVC CONDUIT
CURB LINE CONNECTION BLOCKOUT IN PRECAST BARRIER SEE STANDARD PLAN C-70.10 CURB LINE
L
EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL
1/2" MIN. EXPANSION GAP BETWEEN BAR AND CAP FOR CAST-IN-PLACE TO PRECAST BARRIER CONNECTION EXPANSION JOINT 1 1/4" PVC CONDUIT (TYP.) TO BE INSTALLED PARALLEL TO GRADE AND PARALLEL TO FACE OF BARRIER 1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER IN EXPANSION JOINT
SECTION
FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN - SEE TYPICAL SECTION STANDARD PLAN D-3.15 OR D-3.16
t_
PVC CONDUIT
CURB LINE
CURB LINE 1/2" MIN. EXPANSION GAP BETWEEN BAR AND CAP
REINFORCING
STEEL
BENDING
DIAGRAM
L
EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL
SECTION
0
PERMANENT GEOSYNTHETIC WALL EXPANSION .JOINT DETAILS STANDARD PLAN D-3.17-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN - SEE TYPICAL SECTION STANDARD PLAN D-3.15 OR D-3.16
ALL REINFORCING BARS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHALL BE AASHTO M 31 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
W =EPOXY COATED
@) @ @
------~s=~=TE~D=Es=IG~N=EN=GI=NE=ER~----
.....
05117112
DATE
NOTES
f
-1
\
FOR WALLS
I
GRAVEL BACKFILL m R DRAINS UNDERDRAIN PlPE
UNDERDRAIN PIPE
1_1'-6"_1
MIN
CONDITION A
b b
-, ,
..
b b
. . ... .. . .
.
UNDERDRAIN PlPE
b . .
ALTERNATE DETAIL
TYPICAL FOR CONSTRUCTIONWlTH SHORING.
MIN
CONDITION B
NOTE' THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENTBUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE THE ORIGINAk SIGNED BY THEENGINEER ANOAFFROLED FOR WBUCATION, IS KEPT ONFILE ATTHE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENTOF TRANSPORTATION. A COPY MAYBE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
10/9B DATE
MT
Clifford E. Mansfield
DEPUTY STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
1241/98
DATE
Double loop
Single loop
LACING DETAIL
Six i ndependent wires encompassed Unit A Unit B Unit C 2 ce I I gob i on 3 ce I I gob i on 4 ce I I gob i on
WELDED FABRIC CROSS CONNECTING WIRE PLACMENT, INTERIOR CELLS OF FRONT GABIONS CROSS-CONNECTING WIRE PLACEMENT, END CELLS
~~
....
Clifford E. Mansfield
DEPUTY STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
6119198
DATE
en
z
NOTES
FRONT FACE OF WALL BACK SPLIT VIEW LINE 250 PSF EQUIVALENT LIVE LOAD SURCHARGE WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT 48' WALL SECTION (BETWEEN JOINTS)
a:
[I]
w w
1. All concrete shall be Class 4000, except as noted. 2. For backfill requirements, see Standard Plan D-4. 3. When Wall Type 1SW (saltwater) is specified, the concrete cover over steel in the front face and the total wall thickness shall be increased by 1". 4. When Wall Type 1SW (saltwater) is specified, concrete in the table column "Material Quantity" shall be increased by (0.003 x H) CY/LF. 5. Concrete in the 48 foot wall sections shall be placed separately between expansion joints with a minimum 24 hour period before placing concrete in the adjacent section.
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
I
:
I
3"CLR.~
J__
24' MIN. VERTICAL CURVE AT ALL ANGLE OR (BREAK) POINTS IN TOP OF WALL PROFILE 1 1/2" CLR. MIN.
SURFACE TREATMENT
@#4
6. This wall has been designed in accordance with the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 4th Edition 2007 and interims through 2008. The seismic design of these walls has been completed using an effective PGA of 0.51 g. 7. If Traffic Barriers are required, See Standard Plans D-15.10, D-15.20 and D-15.30.
VERTICAL FACE WALL DESIGN WITH A 250 PSF SURCHARGE OR TRAFFIC BARRIER
3" DIAM. DRAINS AT ABOUT 12' CENTERS AND 6" ABOVE FINAL GROUND LINE AT FRONT FACE OF WALL
I I
I
SPLIT VIEW LINE
I
BACK
1---------B----------1
FRONT
TYPICAL SECTION
BAR@ #4
LOCATION WALL HEIGHT (H) !5.. 16' 16' !5..23' 23' !5..28' 29' !5..35' !5.. 16' 16' !5..23' 23' !5..28' 29' !5..35' QTY.
0
5 7 9 11 5 7 9 11
-2
TOP OF FOOTING
REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 1 AND 1SW STANDARD PLAN D-10.10-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
BOTTOM OF FOOTING
fll
.....
12-02-08
DATE
FOOTING REINFORCEMENT
WALL HT H 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20' 21' 22' 23' 24' 25' 26' 27' 28' 29' 30' 31' 32' 33' 34' 35'
STEM REINFORCEMENT
BAR@ BAR
DIMENSIONS
B 6'- 6" 6'- 6" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" 7'- 0" 7'- 3" 7'- 6" 7'- 9" 8'- 0" 8'- 3" 8'- 9" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 10'- 9" 11'- 6" 12'- 0" 12'- 6" 13'- 0" 13'- 9" 14'- 3" 14'- 9" 15'- 6" 16'- 0" 16'- 9" 17' - 3" 18'- 0" 18'- 6" 19'- 3" 20'- 0" 20'- 6"
~ 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 6"
BAR@#4 A LENGTH 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3' -7" 3'- 10" 3'- 10" 4'- 1" 4'- 1" 4'- 4" 4'- 4" 4' -7" 4' -7" 4'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 1" 5'- 4" 5' -7" 5' -7" 5'- 10" 6'- 1" 6'- 4" 6' -7" 6'- 10"
BAR SIZE SPA. 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 0" 3" 3" 6" 6" 9" 9" 0" 0" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 9" 9" 8" 9" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 8" 7" 7" 7" 7" 7" 7" LENGTH 6' 6' 6' 6' 6' 7' 7' 7' 7' 8' 8' 9' 9' 10' 10' 11' 11' 12' 12' 13' 14' 14' 15' 15' 16' 17' 17' 18' 19' 19' 20' 3" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 6" 0" 6" 0" 6" 3" 9" 3" 9" 6" 0" 6" 3" 9" 6" 0" 9" 3" 0" 9" 3"
BAR@ SIZE SPA. #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 8" 8" 7" 10" 9" 9" 8" 8" 7" 7" 7" 7" 7" 7" LENGTH 6' 6' 6' 6' 6' 7' 7' 7' 7' 8' 8' 9' 9' 10' 10' 11' 11' 12' 12' 13' 14' 14' 15' 15' 16' 17' 17' 18' 19' 19' 20' 3" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 6" 0" 6" 0" 6" 3" 9" 3" 9" 6" 0" 6" 3" 9" 6" 0" 9" 3" 0" 9" 3" SIZE SPA. #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5
BAR@ LENGTH
Q)
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 19'- 6 1/2" 20'- 6 1/2" 21'- 3 1/2" 22'- 3 1/2" 23'- 0 1/2" 24'- 0 1/2" 24'- 9 1/2" 25'- 6 1/2" 26'- 4" 27'- 4" 28'- 1" 28'- 10" 29' -7" 30'- 4" 31'- 1"
@#4 LENGTH 4'- 4" 5'- 4" 6'- 4" 7'- 4" 8'- 4" 9'- 4" 10'- 4" 11'- 4" 12'- 4" 13'- 4" 14'- 4" 15'- 1" 15'- 10" 16'- 10" 17'- 7" 18'- 7" 19'- 4" 20'- 4" 21'- 1" 22'- 1" 22'- 10" 23'- 10" 24' -7" 25'- 4" 26'- 1" 27'- 1" 27'- 10" 28' -7" 29'- 4" 30'- 1" 30'- 10"
MATERIAL QUANTITY
CONC. CY/LF STEEL LBS/LF
MAXIMUM SOIL PRESSURE (PSF) SERVICE STRENGTH 915 992 1046 1176 1318 1471 1636 1733 1915 2109 2277 2377 2478 2555 2658 2790 2892 2970 3074 3207 3310 3388 3467 3571 3653 3733 3817 3923 4009 4097 4203 1260 1350 1443 1631 1836 2060 2303 2455 2728 3022 3261 3403 3546 3658 3803 3970 4115 4227 4373 4544 4689 4802 4897 5043 5143 5257 5362 5509 5618 5729 5877
EXTREME EVENT I EXTREME EVENT2
D 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 6"
h
2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'4'4'4'4'4'4'5'5'5'5'5'6'6'-
b
8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 8"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #9 #10 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
h
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
b
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 8"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 0" 10" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 1'- 0"
1'- 4" 1'- 5 1/2" 1'- 6 1/2" 1'- 7 1/2" 1'- 9" 1'- 10" 1'-111/2" 2'- 0 1/2" 2'- 1 1/2" 2'- 3" 2'- 4" 2'- 5" 2'- 6" 2' -7" 2'- 8" 2'- 9 1/2" 2'- 10" 2' - 11 1/2" 3'- 0 1/2" 3'- 1 1/2" 3'- 2 1/2" 3'- 3 1/2" 3'- 4 1/2" 3'- 5 1/2" 3'- 6 1/2" 3'- 7 1/2" 3'- 8 1/2" 3'- 9 1/2" 3'- 10" 3'- 11" 4'- 0"
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7 #7 #7 #7 #7 #7 #7
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #9 #10
1'- 6" 5' - 2" 4' - 7 1/2" 1'- 6" 6' - 2" 5' - 7 1/2" 1'- 6" 7' - 2 1/2" 6' - 7 1/2" 1'- 0" 8' - 2 1/2" 7' - 7 1/2" 1'- 0" 9' - 2 1/2" 8' - 7 1/2" 1'- 0" 10' - 2 1/2" 9' - 7 1/2" 10" 11'-21/2" 10' - 8" 10" 12' - 2 1/2" 11' - 8" 8" 13' - 2 1/2" 12' - 8" 7" 14' - 2 1/2" 13' - 8" 6" 15' - 3" 14' - 8" 6" 16' - 4" 15' - 8" 8" 17' - 4" 16' - 8" 6" 18' - 4" 17' - 8" 9" 19' - 5 1/2" 18' - 8 1/2" 7" 20' - 5 1/2" 19' - 8 1/2" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 0" 10" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 1'- 0" 12' - 10 1/2" 14' - 2 1/2" 15' - 6 1/2" 16' - 10" 18' - 1 1/2" 19' - 4 1/2" 18' - 7" 18' - 4" 19' - 111/2" 21' - 3 1/2" 22' - 7" 22' - 7 1/2" 22' - 4 1/2" 19' - 2 1/2" 21' - 1 1/2" 12' - 1" 13' - 5" 14' - 9" 16' - 0 1/2" 17' - 4" 18' - 7 1/2" 17' - 9 1/2" 17' - 6 1/2" 18' - 11" 20' - 3" 21' - 6 1/2" 21' - 7" 21' - 4" 17' - 111/2" 19' - 9"
0.40 0.45 0.51 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.80 0.88 0.96 1.05 1.16 1.33 1.51 1.63 1.83 1.97 2.19 2.34 2.58 2.75 3.01 3.18 3.48 3.77 4.11 4.30 4.65 4.99 5.38 5.78 6.16
25.7 28.2 29.3 33.8 38.1 43.6 48.8 53.0 59.7 67.9 78.6 87.1 91.9 108.8 114.2 137.0 130.1 143.3 146.6 166.0 172.9 188.8 213.2 237.8 265.1 287.4 298.5 322.9 354.3 444.8 480.4
1131 1311 1446 1660 1904 2178 2486 2676 3041 3451 3804 4031 4264 4422 4664 4926 5173 5338 5592 5860 6120 6290 6454 6723 6898 7075 7258 7540 7733 7933 8224
1623 1850 2049 2217 2402 2604 2822 2958 3202 3462 3570 3628 3700 3741 3834 3905 4012 4083 4198 4311 4431 4515 4587 4713 4796 4888 4979 5111 5208 5308 5442
3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9" 6'- 0" 6'- 3" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" 7'- 0"
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6
1'- 4" 5' - 2 1/2" 4' - 4" 1'- 4" 5' - 2 1/2" 4' - 4" 1'- 4" 5' - 5 1/2" 4' - 7" 1'- 4" 5' - 5 1/2" 4' - 7" 1'- 4" 5' - 8 1/2" 4' - 10" 1'- 4" 5' - 8 1/2" 4' - 10" 1'- 0" 5' - 11 1/2" 5' - 1" 10" 6' - 2 1/2" 5' - 4" 1'- 4" 8' - 4 1/2" 7' - 2 1/2" 1'- 4" 8' - 4 1/2" 7' - 2 1/2" 1'- 4" 8' - 7 1/2" 7' - 5 1/2" 1'- 2" 8' - 10 1/2" 7' - 8 1/2" 1'- 0" 9' - 1 1/2" 7' - 11 1/2" 10" 10' - 8 1/2" 9' - 4" 1'- 0" 12' - 4" 10' - 10"
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #9 #10
REINFORCEMENT NOTES
G)
IF TRAFFIC BARRIER IS USED, ADD 0.100 CY/LF OF CONCRETE CLASS 4000 FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 1. ADD 0.123 CY/LF OF CONCRETE CLASS 4000 FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 2. SEE STANDARD PLAN D-15.10
VERTICAL FACE WALL DESIGN WITH A 250 PSF SURCHARGE OR TRAFFIC BARRIER
@ADD 28 LB/LF OF REINFORCING STEEL FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 1 OR 19 LB/LF OF REINFORCING STEEL FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 2. SEE STANDARD PLAN D-15.10
BAR
BAR@ en
[I]
w c::: w
....1 ....1
1ii
~
Cl
#4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 1 AND 1SW STANDARD PLAN D-10.10-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
BARS@ AND@
fll
.....
12-02-08
DATE
en
z
NOTES
FRONT FACE OF WALL BACK
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
.1.
2. For backfill requirements, see Standard Plan D-4. 3. When Wall Type 2SW (saltwater) is specified, the concrete cover over steel in the front face and the total wall thickness shall be increased by 1". 4. When Wall Type 2SW (saltwater) is specified, concrete in the table column "Material Quantity" shall be increased by (0.003 x H) CY/LF. 5. Concrete in the 48 foot wall sections shall be placed separately between expansion joints with a minimum 24 hour period before placing concrete in the adjacent section. 6. This wall has been designed in accordance with the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 4th Edition 2007 and interims through 2008. The seismic design of these walls has been completed using an effective PGA of 0.51 g.
Cl
- - . - - - - - - - - - - - - r.l"i1<:~~~~~"7AVT"
-------1>
24' MIN. VERTICAL CURVE AT ALL ANGLE OR (BREAK) POINTS IN TOP OF WALL PROFILE
SURFACE TREATMENT
@#4
1 1/2" CLR.
7. If Traffic Barriers are required, see Standard Plans D-15.10, D-15.20 and D-15.30.
SLOPING FACE WALL DESIGN WITH A 250 PSF SURCHARGE OR TRAFFIC BARRIER
3" DIAM. DRAINS AT ABOUT 12' CENTERS AND 6" ABOVE FINAL GROUND LINE AT FRONT FACE OF WALL SEE BAR@TABLE
FRONT
BACK
BAR@ #4
LOCATION WALL HEIGHT (H) QTY.
TYPICAL SECTION
0
~
OFFSET - SET TOP OF WALL BACK: H~20' .......... OFFSET= 1/2" H~20' .......... OFFSET (inches)= H(ft)
TOP OF FOOTING
< 12' 13' < 16' 17' < 22' 23' < 28' 29' < 35' < 12' 13' < 16' 17' < 22' 23' < 28' 29' < 35'
5 6 7 9 11 5 6 7 9 11
-2
WHEN THE CONTRACT SPECIFIES CABLE FENCE, BACKFILL AND THE CEMENT CONCRETE GUTTER SHALL BE PLACED 6" MIN. FROM THE TOP OF THE WALL
REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 2 AND 2SW STANDARD PLAN D-10.15-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
BOTTOM OF FOOTING
fll
.....
12-02-08
DATE
FOOTING REINFORCEMENT
WALL HT H 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20' 21' 22' 23' 24' 25' 26' 27' 28' 29' 30' 31' 32' 33' 34' 35'
STEM REINFORCEMENT
BAR@ BARQ) @#4 LENGTH 3'- 10 1/2" 4'- 10 1/2" 5'- 10 1/2" 6'- 10 1/2" 7'- 10 1/2" 8'- 10 1/2" 9'- 10 1/2" 10'-11" 11'-11" 12'-11" 13'- 8" 14'- 8" 15'- 5" 16'- 5" 17'- 2" 18'- 2" 18'-111/2" 19'-111/2" 20'- 8 1/2" 21'- 8 1/2" 22'- 5 1/2" 23'- 5 1/2" 24'- 2 1/2" 24'- 11 1/2" 25'- 8 1/2" 26'- 9" 27'- 6" 28'- 3" 29'- 0" 29'- 9" 30'- 6"
DIMENSIONS
B 6'- 9" 6'- 9" 7'- 0" 7'- 0" 7'- 3" 7'- 6" 7'- 9" 8'- 0" 8'- 3" 8'- 9" 9'- 6" 10'- 0" 10'- 6" 11'- 0" 11'- 6" 12'- 3" 12'- 9" 13'- 3" 13'- 9" 14'- 3" 14' - 9" 15'- 6" 16'- 0" 16'- 6" 17'- 0" 17'- 6" 18'- 0" 18'- 9" 19'- 3" 19'- 9" 20'- 3"
BAR@#4 A LENGTH 2'- 7" 2' - 7" 2' - 7" 2'- 7" 2' - 7" 2' - 7" 2' - 7" 2' - 7" 2' - 7" 2' - 7" 2'- 10" 2'- 10" 3'- 1" 3'- 1" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3' - 7" 3'- 7" 3'- 10" 3'- 10" 4'- 1" 4'- 1" 4'- 4" 4'- 7" 4'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 1" 5'- 4" 5' - 7" 5'- 10" 6'- 1"
BAR SIZE SPA. #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7 #7 #7 #7 #7 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 9" 7" 9" 7" 5" 5" 6" 6" 5" 6" 5" 7" 6" 6" 6" 6" 7" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" LENGTH 6'- 6" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" 6'- 9" 7'- 0" 7'- 3" 7'- 6" 7'- 9" 8'- 0" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 10'- 9" 11' - 3" 12'- 0" 12'- 6" 13'- 0" 13'- 6" 14'- 0" 14'- 6" 15'- 3" 15'- 9" 16'- 3" 16'- 9" 17' - 3" 17'- 9" 18'- 6" 19'- 0" 19'- 6" 20'- 0"
BAR@ SIZE SPA. #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 11" 10" 10" 8" 8" 7" 7" 7" 6" 9" 8" 8" 8" 7" 7" LENGTH 6'- 6" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" 6'- 9" 7'- 0" 7'- 3" 7'- 6" 7'- 9" 8'- 0" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 10'- 9" 11' - 3" 12'- 0" 12'- 6" 13'- 0" 13'- 6" 14'- 0" 14'- 6" 15'- 3" 15'- 9" 16'- 3" 16'- 9" 17' - 3" 17'- 9" 18'- 6" 19'- 0" 19'- 6" 20'- 0" SIZE SPA. #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #9 #10 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 9" 8" 7" 7" 6" 5" 7" 6" 5" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 10" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 1'- 0"
BAR LENGTH 5'- 2" 6'- 2" 7'- 2" 8'- 2" 9'- 2" 10'- 2" 11' - 2" 12'- 2" 13'- 2" 14'- 2" 15'- 2" 16' - 2" 17' - 2" 18'- 3" 19'- 3" 20'- 3" 10'- 4 1/2" 11' - 5" 12' - 6 1/2" 13'- 7" 14'- 8" 15'- 8 1/2" 16' - 9 1/2" 15'- 11" 16' - 0" 17'- 0 1/2" 18'- 1 1/2" 19'- 2 1/2" 19'- 2" 17'- 4 1/2" 18'- 9"
MATERIAL QUANTITY
CONC. CY/LF STEEL LBS/LF
MAXIMUM SOIL PRESSURE (PSF) SERVICE STRENGTH 900 987 1076 1225 1325 1493 1677 1797 2004 2190 2359 2459 2572 2671 2701 2855 2888 2987 3103 3202 3318 3391 3508 3626 3743 3765 3883 3978 4096 4214 4332 1244 1351 1476 1687 1833 2075 2341 2522 2826 3089 3313 3455 3615 3756 3800 4005 4052 4193 4356 4497 4660 4753 4916 5079 5243 5279 5444 5563 5727 5892 6057
EXTREME EVENT I EXTREME EVENT2
Cv
3'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'4'4'4'5'5'5'5'6'6'6'6'7'7'7'8'8'8'8'9'9'0" 0" 3" 3" 6" 6" 6" 9" 9" 9" 9" 0" 3" 6" 0" 0" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3"
D 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'2'2'2'2'2'2'3'3'3'3'3'4'4'4'0" 0" 3" 3" 6" 6" 9" 0" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6"
h
2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6"
h
4'- 7" 5' - 7" 6' - 7" 7'- 7" 8' - 7" 9' - 7" 10'- 7" 11'-7" 12' - 7" 13'- 7" 14' - 7" 15'- 7" 16' - 7" 17'- 7" 18'- 7" 19'- 7" 9' - 7" 10'- 7 1/2" 11'- 9" 12' - 9 1/2" 13'- 10 1/2" 14'-11" 16' - 0" 15'- 1 1/2" 15'- 0" 16' - 0" 17'- 1" 18'- 2" 18'- 1 1/2" 16' - 1 1/2" 17'- 4 1/2"
b
8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 8"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 10" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 1'- 0"
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5'- 2" 5'- 2" 5'- 5" 5'- 5" 5'- 8" 5'- 8" 5' - 11" 6'- 2" 8'- 4" 8'- 4" 8'- 7" 8'- 10" 9'- 1" 10'- 8" 12'- 3 1/2"
h
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 4'- 4" 4'- 4" 4'- 7" 4'- 7" 4'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 1" 5'- 4" 7'- 2" 7'- 2" 7' - 5 1/2" 7'- 8" 7'- 11" 9' - 3 1/2" 10'- 9 1/2"
b
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11" 11" 11" 11" 11" 11" 11" 11" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 8"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #9 #10 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 10" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 1'- 0"
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 19'- 4" 20'- 4" 21'- 1" 22'- 1" 22'- 10" 23'- 10" 24'- 7" 25'- 4" 26'- 1" 27' - 1" 27'- 10" 28' - 7" 29'- 4" 30'- 1" 30'- 10"
1'- 4" 1' - 5 1/2" 1' - 6 1/2" 1' - 7 1/2" 1'- 9" 1'- 10" 1'-111/2" 2' - 0 1/2" 2' - 1 1/2" 2'- 3" 2'- 4" 2'- 5" 2'- 6" 2'- 7" 2'- 8" 2' - 9 1/2" 2'- 10" 2'-111/2" 3'- 0 1/2" 3' - 1 1/2" 3'- 2 1/2" 3'- 3 1/2" 3'- 4 1/2" 3'- 5 1/2" 3'- 6 1/2" 3'- 7 1/2" 3'- 8 1/2" 3'- 9 1/2" 3'- 10" 3' - 11" 4'- 0"
0.41 0.46 0.53 0.58 0.65 0.73 0.81 0.89 0.97 1.07 1.25 1.36 1.55 1.67 1.87 2.02 2.25 2.39 2.64 2.79 3.06 3.24 3.53 3.83 4.14 4.33 4.65 5.03 5.38 5.74 6.12
23.8 26.3 28.9 34.7 37.7 42.2 48.6 53.8 62.7 74.4 80.4 95.6 103.9 121.6 126.5 149.0 141.1 157.4 164.2 175.1 180.6 198.4 214.5 243.9 267.4 290.5 303.1 330.6 361.5 454.5 487.8
1163 1380 1548 1837 2043 2385 2780 3066 3563 3977 4280 4496 4733 4951 4989 5275 5322 5540 5786 6004 6252 6346 6593 6842 7092 7128 7379 7509 7760 8012 8265
1620 1878 2006 2332 2486 2744 3027 3221 3545 3706 3766 3845 3951 4047 4051 4186 4207 4323 4462 4582 4725 4785 4933 5082 5232 5258 5411 5512 5667 5822 5978
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #9 #10
REINFORCEMENT NOTES
(D
IF TRAFFIC BARRIER IS USED, ADD 0.110 CY OF CONCRETE CLASS 4000 FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 1. ADD 0.152 CY/LF OF CONCRETE CLASS 4000 FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 2. SEE STANDARD PLAN D-15.10
@ADD 16 LB/LF OF REINFORCING STEEL FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 1 OR 23 LB/LF OF REINFORCING STEEL FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 2. SEE STANDARD PLAN D-15.10
n~ J
h
10
11/2"R
l J
1 1/2" 1 7/8" 2 1/4" 2 5/8" 3" 4 3/4" 5 3/8" 6"
~k
BAR@ en
[I]
~b~
BAR #4 #5 RADIUS BAR #4 #5 MIN. SPLICE 2'2'2'2'3'4'5'0" 0" 0" 6" 3" 2" 3"
w c::: w
....1 ....1
1ii
~
Cl
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10
REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 2 AND 2SW STANDARD PLAN D-10.15-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
BARS@ AND@
fll
.....
12-02-08
DATE
en
z
NOTES
FRONT FACE OF WALL BACK FACE OF WALL 48' WALL SECTION (BETWEEN JOINTS) 48' WALL SECTION (BETWEEN JOINTS) BACK 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) SPLIT VIEW LINE
a:
[I]
w w
1. All concrete shall be Class 4000, except as noted. 2. For backfill requirements, see Standard Plan D-4. 3. When Wall Type 3SW (saltwater) is specified, the concrete cover over steel in the front face and the total wall thickness shall be increased by 1". 4. When Wall Type 3SW (saltwater) is specified, concrete in the table column "Material Quantity" shall be increased by (0.003 x H) CY/LF.
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
r-=-
:)__
24' MIN. VERTICAL CURVE AT ALL ANGLE OR (BREAK) POINTS IN TOP OF WALL PROFILE 1 1/2" CLR. MIN.
TOP OF WALL
5. Concrete in the 48 foot wall sections shall be placed separately between expansion joints with a minimum 24 hour period before placing concrete ~~-L~---t---tl___, J ONLY FOR Hz. 21 in the adjacent section. 6. This wall has been designed in accordance with the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 4th Edition 2007 and interims through 2008. The seismic design of these walls has been completed using an effective PGA of 0.51 g.
1 1/2" CLR.
(SEE NOTE 3) EXPANSION JOINT - 48' CENTERS, W/1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER DRAIN
3" DIAM. DRAINS AT ABOUT 12' CENTERS AND 6" ABOVE FINAL GROUND LINE AT FRONT FACE OF WALL
I I
I
SPLIT VIEW LINE
I
BACK
FRONT
BAR@ #4
LOCATION WALL HEIGHT QTY.
~--------------8--------------~
9" MIN.
TYPICAL SECTION
t'
hk
-~
.'
....
~.
1 ~~ . 1 "-~.::.6
(H)
!5.. 11' 12' !5.. 18' 19' !5..24' 25' !5..30' 31' !5..35' !5.. 11' 4
TOP OF FOOTING
6
8 10 12 4
OFFSET - SET TOP OF WALL BACK: H.!:. 20' .......... OFFSET 1/2" H ~ 20' .......... OFFSET (inches) = H (ft) _
BOTTOM OF FOOTING S
[ 2
(TYP.)
REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 3 AND 3SW STANDARD PLAN D-10.20-00
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
12' !5.. 18' 6 BOTTOM 1--..:..=....:=--:..::~1------''-----1 19' !5..24' 8 OF FOOTING 10 25' !5..30' 31' !5..35' 12
KEY DETAIL
REQUIRED ON WALLS WHERE H 2. 13'
...... fll
07-08-08
DATE
FOOTING REINFORCEMENT
WALL HT H B
STEM REINFORCEMENT
BAR@ BAR
DIMENSIONS
~ 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 6"
D
BAR@#4 A LENGTH
BAR@ LENGTH
Q)
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
@#4 LENGTH
MATERIAL QUANTITY
CONC. CY/LF STEEL LBS/LF
hk
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
h
2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'3'3'3'3'3'3'4'9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 0" 0" 3" 6" 6" 9" 0"
h
4'- 7 1/2" 5'- 7 1/2" 6'- 7 1/2" 7' - 7 1/2" 8'- 7 1/2" 9'- 7 1/2" 10'- 7 1/2" 11' -7 1/2" 12'- 7 1/2" 13'- 7 1/2" 14' - 7 1/2" 15'- 7 1/2" 16'- 8" 17'- 8" 18'- 8" 19'- 8"
b
8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 11" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1'- 3"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
h
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
b
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20' 21' 22' 23' 24' 25' 26' 27' 28' 29' 30' 31' 32' 33' 34' 35'
4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 9" 5'- 6" 6'- 9" 8'- 3" 8'- 3" 8'- 3" 9'- 0" 9'- 3" 10'- 0" 10'- 9" 11'- 0" 11'- 9" 13'- 0" 13'- 3" 13'- 9" 14'- 9" 15'- 0" 15'- 9" 16'- 9" 17'- 9" 18'- 3" 18'- 6" 19'- 0" 19'- 6" 20'- 3" 21'- 6" 23'- 0"
1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 1" 4'- 3" 4'- 3"
1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'2'2'2'3'3'3'3'3'3'4'4'4'4'4'3" 6" 9" 9" 0" 0" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" 0" 1" 3" 3"
1'- 3" 1'- 4 1/2" 1'- 6" 1'-71/2" 1'- 9" 1'- 10 1/2" 2'- 0" 2' - 1 1/2" 2'- 3" 2'- 4" 2'- 5 1/2" 2'- 6 1/2" 2'- 7 1/2" 2'- 9" 2'- 10 1/2" 2'-111/2" 3'- 1" 3'- 2" 3'- 3" 3'- 4 1/2" 3'- 6" 3'- 7 1/2" 3'- 8 1/2" 3'- 10" 4'- 0" 4'- 0 1/2" 4' - 1 1/2" 4'- 3" 4'- 4" 4'- 5 1/2" 4' -7"
3'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'4'4'4'4'-
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 9 0 0 3 6
1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"
#4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6" 8" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 6" 7"
4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 5'- 3" 6'- 6" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 9" 9'- 0" 9'- 9" 10'- 6" 10'- 9" 11'- 6" 12'- 9" 13'- 0" 13'- 6" 14'- 6" 14'- 9" 15'- 6" 16'- 6" 17'- 6" 18'- 0" 18'- 3" 18'- 9" 19'- 3" 20'- 0" 21'- 3" 22'- 9"
#5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 9" 7" 7" 8" 6" 8" 8" 8" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 7" 6" 6" 6" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 6"
4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 5'- 3" 6'- 6" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 9" 9'- 0" 9'- 9" 10'- 6" 10'- 9" 11'- 6" 12'- 9" 13'- 0" 13'- 6" 14'- 6" 14'- 9" 15'- 6" 16'- 6" 17'- 6" 18'- 0" 18'- 3" 18'- 9" 19'- 3" 20'- 0" 21'- 3" 22'- 9"
#5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #6 #7 #7 #7 #8 #8 #9 #9 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #11 #11 #11 #11 #11
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 8" 7" 6" 7" 8" 7" 6" 7"
5'- 2" 6'- 2" 7'- 2" 8'- 2" 9'- 2" 10'- 2" 11'- 3 1/2" 12'- 3 1/2" 13'- 3 1/2" 14' - 3 1/2" 15'- 3 1/2" 16'- 5" 17'- 6 1/2" 18'- 7" 19'- 7" 20'- 8 1/2"
3'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 10" 6'- 10" 7'- 10" 8'- 10" 9'- 10" 10'- 10" 11'-10" 12'- 7" 13'- 7" 14'- 4" 15'- 1" 16'- 1" 16'- 10" 17'- 7" 18'- 7" 19'- 4" 20'- 1" 21'- 1" 21'- 10" 22'- 10" 23' -7" 24' -7" 25'- 4" 26'- 1" 26'- 10" 27'- 10" 28'- 9" 29' -7" 30' -7"
0.31 0.35 0.41 0.47 0.55 0.64 0.76 0.89 1.05 1.22 1.34 1.54 1.79 1.94 2.18 2.47 2.69 2.97 3.29 3.52 3.84 4.06 4.49 4.75 5.16 5.55 5.99 6.22 6.57 7.09 7.49
20.6 21.7 24.2 26.8 29.5 36.2 44.3 59.3 67.8 73.2 86.6 104.3 122.9 139.7 158.7 181.2 192.8 246.3 261.3 322.1 324.2 378.8 406.8 433.8 442.5 459.3 533.5 661.9 746.0 849.0 968.6
707 827 920 1020 1129 1238 1419 1493 1594 1672 1777 1869 2007 2186 2336 2561 2583 2733 2881 2984 3136 3241 3382 3485 3633 3785 3934 4044 4162 4285 4381
928 1084 1198 1328 1525 1678 1923 1970 2088 2199 2347 2554 2756 3007 3225 3537 3556 3774 3986 4122 4344 4489 4679 4816 5026 5249 5462 5620 5783 5941 6058
1019 1296 1557 2018 2647 2868 3126 2650 3050 3539 3783 4266 4560 5040 5583 6137 5870 6394 6813 6926 7476 7715 7870 7995 8403 8947 9370 9757 10009 10005 9904
5'5'5'5'6'6'6'6'7'7'7'7'8'8'8'-
0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6"
4'- 6 1/2" 4'- 9 1/2" 5'- 0 1/2" 5'- 0 1/2" 5'- 3 1/2" 5'- 3 1/2" 5'- 6 1/2" 5'- 6 1/2" 5'- 9 1/2" 6'- 0 1/2" 6'- 3 1/2" 6'- 4 1/2" 6'- 6 1/2" 6'- 9 1/2" 6'- 10 1/2"
4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 6" 4'- 9" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9" 5'- 10" 6'- 0" 6'- 3" 6'- 4"
#5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7
#6 #6 #6 #6 #7 #7 #7 #7 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8
1'- 0" 13'- 4 1/2" 12'- 4" 1'- 3" #8 1'- 2" 14'- 10" 13'- 8 1/2" 1'- 6" #9 1'- 0" 14'-11" 13'- 9 1/2" 1'- 6" #9 1'- 0" 15'- 2 1/2" 13'-111/2" 1'- 8" #10 1'- 0" 16'- 7 1/2" 15'- 4 1/2" 1'- 8" #10 10" 16'- 1 1/2" 14'- 10 1/2" 1'- 8" #10 10" 17'- 7" 16'- 4" 1'- 8" #10 9" 17'- 10" 16'- 7" 1'- 8" #10 8" 17'- 10 1/2" 16'- 7 1/2" 1'- 8" #10 8" 19'- 3 1/2" 18'- 0 1/2" 1'- 8" #10 9" 20'- 10" 19'- 5" 1'- 10" #11 8" 20' -7" 19'- 2 1/2" 1'- 10" #11 7" 20'- 0" 18'- 7 1/2" 1'- 10" #11 7" 21'- 4" 19'-111/2" 1'- 10" #11 6" 20'- 2 1/2" 18'- 10" 1'- 10" #11
1'- 0" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 8" 8" 9" 8" 7" 7" 6"
7'- 5" 9'- 0" 9'- 3" 10'- 8" 10'- 11" 10'- 11" 11'- 2" 11'- 2" 11'- 5" 11'- 8" 13'- 5 1/2" 13'- 7" 13'- 9 1/2" 14'- 1" 14'- 3"
6'- 2" 7' - 6 1/2" 7' - 9 1/2" 9'- 0 1/2" 9'- 3 1/2" 9'- 3 1/2" 9'- 6 1/2" 9'- 6 1/2" 9'- 9 1/2" 10'- 0 1/2" 11'- 8" 11'- 10" 12'- 0" 12'- 4" 12'- 5 1/2"
1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 10" 1'- 10" 1'- 10" 1'- 10" 1'- 10"
#8 #9 #9 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #11 #11 #11 #11 #11
1'- 0" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 8" 8" 9" 8" 7" 7" 6"
18'- 8" 19'- 5" 20'- 2" 21'- 2" 21'- 11" 22'- 11" 23'- 8" 24'- 8 1/2" 25'- 5 1/2" 26'- 2 1/2" 26' -111/2" 27' - 11 1/2" 28'- 10 1/2" 29'- 8 1/2" 30'- 8 1/2"
----
f.1 lJ
BAR #4 MIN. SPLICE
~b~
RADIUS
BAR@
@ 1' - 6" CENTERS
BAR #4
en
z
0:::
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
1ii
#5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
#5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 6" 3'- 3" 4'- 2" 5'- 3"
REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 3 AND 3SW STANDARD PLAN D-10.20-00
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
I
Cl
BARS@ AND@
fll
.....
07-08-08
DATE
en
z
NOTES
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
BACK
iii z
2. For backfill requirements, see Standard Plan D-4. 3. When Wall Type 4SW (saltwater) is specified, the concrete cover over steel in the front face and the total wall thickness shall be increased by 1". 4. When Wall Type 4SW (saltwater) is specified, concrete in the table column "Material Quantity" shall be increased by (0.003 x H) CY/LF. 5. Concrete in the 48 foot wall sections shall be placed separately between expansion joints with a minimum 24 hour period before placing concrete in the adjacent section. 6. This wall has been designed in accordance with the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 4th Edition 2007 and interims through 2008. The seismic design of these walls has been completed using an effective PGA of 0.51 g.
9"
Cl
3"CLR.~
24' MIN. VERTICAL CURVE AT ALL ANGLE OR (BREAK) POINTS IN TOP OF WALL PROFILE
'
TOP OF WALL
@#4
1'- 6"
SURFACE TREATMENT 1 1/2" CLR.
--:-J==r;===r==-=ft----1 J
b
'
L
N
o zu _ WI _ :E ~ .
en
---+---
~
#4@ 1'- 6"
CENTERS (MAX.) ONLY USED WHEN
3" DIAM. DRAINS AT ABOUT 12' CENTERS AND 6" ABOVE FINAL GROUND LINE AT FRONT FACE OF WALL
I I
I
SPLIT VIEW LINE
H = 213;
I
BACK BAR@ #4
FRONT
1--------B------------1
LOCATION
TYPICAL SECTION
.,
3
:~
QTY.
OFFSET - SET TOP OF WALL BACK: H~ 20' .......... OFFSET = 1/2" H~ 20' .......... OFFSET (inches) = H (ft)
I 1 ~ ... _j!'----=~===~~~J
1~
11'
~ 15' ~21' ~25' ~29' ~35'
BOTTOM OF FOOTING S
-2
TOP OF FOOTING
4 6 8 10 12 14 4 6 8 10 12 14
REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 4 AND 4SW STANDARD PLAN D-10.25-00
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
KEY DETAIL
REQUIRED ON WALLS WHERE H ~ 13'
BOTIOM OF FOOTING
11' 12' ~ 15' 16' ~21' 22' ~25' 26' ~29' 30' < 35'
..... VI
Washington State
FOOTING REINFORCEMENT
WALL HT H B
STEM REINFORCEMENT
BAR@ BAR
DIMENSIONS
~ 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 6" 6'- 3" 6'- 6"
BAR@#4 A LENGTH
BAR@ LENGTH
Q)
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
@#4 LENGTH
hk
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9"
h
2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 5'- 6" 5'- 9" 5'- 11" 6'- 1"
h
4' -7" 5' -7" 6' -7" 7'- 7" 8' -7" 9' -7" 10'- 7" 11'- 7" 12'- 7" 13'- 7" 14'- 7" 15'- 7" 16'- 7" 17'- 7" 18'- 7" 19'- 7"
b
8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 9" 9" 9" 11" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
h
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
b
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
SERVICE STRENGTH
EXTREME EVENT I
5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20' 21' 22' 23' 24' 25' 26' 27' 28' 29' 30' 31' 32' 33' 34' 35'
4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 5'- 0" 5'- 6" 6'- 0" 6'- 9" 7'- 0" 7'- 9" 8'- 3" 9'- 0" 9'- 9" 10'- 6" 11'- 0" 11'- 9"
1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 4'- 0" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 1" 4'- 2"
1'- 3" 1' -41/2" 1'- 6" 1'-71/2" 1'- 9" 1'- 10 1/2" 2'- 0" 2' - 1 1/2" 2'- 3" 2'- 4" 2'- 5 1/2" 2'- 6 1/2" 2'- 8" 2'- 9 1/2" 2'- 10 1/2" 3'- 0" 3' - 1 1/2" 3'- 2 1/2" 3'- 4" 3'- 5" 3'- 6 1/2" 3'- 8" 3'- 9" 3'- 10 1/2" 3' - 11 1/2" 4'- 0 1/2" 4' - 1 1/2" 4'- 3" 4'- 4 1/2" 4'- 5 1/2" 4' -7"
3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3'- 10" 3'- 10" 3'- 10" 4'- 1" 4'- 1" 4'- 4" 4' -7" 4' -7" 4'- 10" 4'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 1" 5'- 4" 5' -7" 5'- 10" 6'- 4" 6'- 1" 6'- 4" 6'- 6" 6'- 8"
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 11" 9" 6" 8" 8" 8" 7" 6" 6" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 7" 7" 6" 6"
4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" 7'- 6" 8'- 0" 8'- 9" 9'- 6" 10'- 3" 10'- 9" 11'- 6" 12'- 3" 13'- 3" 13'- 6" 14'- 3" 14'- 9" 15'- 6" 16'- 0" 16'- 6" 17' - 3" 17'- 9" 18'- 6" 19'- 3" 19'- 9" 20'- 6" 21'- 0"
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 11" 9" 7" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 6" 6" 8" 7" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 7"
4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" 7'- 6" 8'- 0" 8'- 9" 9'- 6" 10'- 3" 10'- 9" 11'- 6" 12'- 3" 13'- 3" 13'- 6" 14'- 3" 14'- 9" 15'- 6" 16'- 0" 16'- 6" 17' - 3" 17'- 9" 18'- 6" 19'- 3" 19'- 9" 20'- 6" 21'- 0"
#6 #7 #7 #7
#8 #9 #9 #9 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 11" 8" 7" 8" 7" 6" 7" 8" 7" 6" 1' -2" 1' -0" 1' -2" 1' -0" 1' -2" 1' -0" 10" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7" 7" 6" 6"
5' - 1 1/2" 6' - 1 1/2" 7' - 1 1/2" 8' - 1 1/2" 9' - 1 1/2" 10'- 1 1/2" 11'-11/2" 12'- 1 1/2" 13'- 1 1/2" 14'- 3" 15'- 3" 16'- 3" 17' - 4" 18'- 6" 19'- 6" 20'- 6"
3'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 10" 6'- 10 1/2" 7'- 10 1/2" 8'- 10 1/2" 9'- 10 1/2" 10'- 10 1/2" 11'-101/2" 12'- 7 1/2" 13'- 7 1/2" 14'- 8" 15'- 8" 16'- 5" 17' - 2" 18'- 2" 18'- 11" 19'- 8" 20'- 8" 21'- 5" 22'- 5" 23'- 5 1/2" 24'- 2 1/2" 24'- 11 1/2" 25'- 8 1/2" 26'- 5 1/2" 26'- 11 1/2" 28'- 2 1/2" 28'- 11 1/2" 29' -10 1/2" 30'- 9 1/2"
0.31 0.35 0.41 0.47 0.56 0.64 0.73 0.84 1.00 1.19 1.31 1.53 1.67 1.81 2.06 2.22 2.51 2.85 2.99 3.33 3.51 3.71 4.07 4.45 4.87 5.28 5.96 6.00 6.46 6.81 7.13
20.6 23.0 25.5 28.2 31.1 36.2 40.0 51.0 57.5 66.8 77.7 92.5 113.0 132.6 146.5 170.2 185.2 227.4 237.4 275.9 316.5 364.9 418.8 441.3 485.7 505.6 559.9 643.8 668.3 831.8 969.0
552 666 771 862 969 1067 1184 1301 1388 1539 1657 1809 1927 2121 2126 2245 2472 2698 2746 2899 2944 3141 3219 3298 3451 3606 3793 3879 4034 4324 4611
718 864 998 1112 1281 1440 1605 1767 1896 2104 2271 2480 2642 2909 2921 3085 3396 3703 3778 3989 4056 4328 4439 4552 4763 4982 5241 5357 5577 5833 6094
856 1030 1335 1612 2056 2383 2732 2989 3229 3537 3915 4220 4489 5006 4937 5207 5756 6200 6450 6759 6897 7416 7593 7773 8081 8510 8856 9087 9518 9880 10364
12'- 6" 6'- 6" 13'- 6" 6'- 6" 13'- 9" 7'- 0" 14'- 6" 7'- 3" 15'- 0" 7'- 9" 15'- 9" 7'- 9" 16'- 3" 8'- 3" 16'- 9" 8'- 9" 17'- 6" 9'- 0" 18'- 0" 9'- 3" 18'- 9" 9'- 6" 19'- 6" 9'- 9" 20'- 0" 10'- 0" 20'- 9" 10'- 3" 21'- 3" 10'- 6"
2'2'2'2'2'2'2'3'3'3'4'3'4'4'4'-
0" 3" 3" 6" 6" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 0" 9" 0" 1" 2"
#5 #5 #5
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7 #7 #7 #7
#5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7
14'- 2" 13'- 1 1/2" 14' - 5 1/2" 13'- 4" 15'- 10" 14'- 8 1/2" 15'- 10 1/2" 14'- 9" 17'- 7 1/2" 16'- 4 1/2" 17'- 7" 16'- 4" 17'- 0 1/2" 15'- 9 1/2" 18'- 5 1/2" 17'- 2 1/2" 18'- 8 1/2" 17'- 5 1/2" 20' - 1 1/2" 18'- 10 1/2" 20' - 1 1/2" 18'- 10 1/2" 19'- 10 1/2" 18'- 7 1/2" 21'- 3 1/2" 20'- 0 1/2" 19'- 10 1/2" 18'- 7 1/2" 20'- 8" 19'- 5"
#8 #9 #9 #9 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10
1'- 2" 1'- 0" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7" 7" 6" 6"
7'- 0" 8' -7" 8' -7" 8'- 10" 10'- 2 1/2" 10'- 2 1/2" 10'- 5 1/2" 10'- 8 1/2" 10'- 11 1/2" 11'- 2 1/2" 11'- 8 1/2" 11'- 5 1/2" 11'- 8 1/2" 11'- 2 1/2" 10'- 10"
5'- 11" 7'- 3" 7'- 3" 7'- 6" 8'- 9" 8'- 9" 9'- 0" 9'- 3" 9'- 6" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 10'- 0" 10'- 3" 9'- 9" 9'- 5"
1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8"
#8 #9 #9 #9 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10
1'- 2" 1'- 0" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7" 7" 6" 6"
18'- 10" 19'- 7" 20' -7" 21'- 4" 22'- 4" 23'- 4" 24'- 1" 24'- 10" 25' -7" 26'- 4" 26'- 10" 28'- 1" 28'- 10" 29'- 9" 30'- 8"
n~ J
h
10
11/2"R
l J
1 1/2" 1 7/8" 2 1/4" 2 5/8" 3" 4 3/4" 5 3/8" 6"
~k
BAR@
@ 1' - 6" CENTERS
~b~
BAR #4 #5 RADIUS BAR #4 #5 MIN. SPLICE
en
Ill
....1 ....1
w 0:: w
iii
~
0
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10
2'2'2'2'3'4'5'-
REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 4 AND 4SW STANDARD PLAN D-10.25-00
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
BARS@ AND@
fll
.....
07-08-08
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
FRONT FACE OF
WALL~
I I
BACK
NOTES
....1 ....1
9"
SPECIAL WALL TREATMENT WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT
"I"
1. All concrete shall be Class 4000, except as noted. 2. For backfill requirements, see Standard Plan D-4.
(BETWEEN JOINTS)
iii z
1
I
OF WALL
Cl
3. Concrete in the 48 foot wall sections shall be placed separately between expansion joints with a minimum 24 hour period before placing concrete 1 1/2" CLR. MIN. in the adjacent section. 4. This wall has been designed in accordance with the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 4th Edition 2007 and interims through 2008. The seismic design of these walls has been completed using an effective PGA of 0.20 g.
TOP OF WALL
@#4@1'-6" CENTERS
b
I
---.--._
EXPANSION JOINT- 48' CENTERS, W/1/2" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER 3" DIAM. DRAINS AT ABOUT 12' CENTERS AND 6" ABOVE FINAL GROUND LINE AT FRONT FACE OF WALL
BAR@ #4
LOCATION WALL HEIGHT (H) .s. 13' 12' < 17' 18' < 22' 23' < 29' 30' .s.35' .s. 13' 12' < 17' 18' < 22' 23' .S.29' 30' < 35' QTY.
L
b
_.
"(.) z_ WI
~
c[
---+--N en
~
#4@ 1'- 6" CENTERS (MAX.) ONLY USED WHEN Hz26' 9" MIN.
TOP OF FOOTING
4 5 7 9 13 4 5 7 9 13
BOTTOM OF FOOTING
I I
#4@ 1'- 6" MAX.(TYP.) WITH 2' - 0" LAP SPLICE AND EXTENDING THRU CONSTRUCTION JOINT SEE BAR@TABLE f---------- B
I
SPLIT VIEW LINE
I
FRONT
BACK
--------~
TYPICAL SECTION
OFFSET - SET TOP OF WALL BACK: H.s. 20' .......... OFFSET = 1/2" Hz 20' .......... OFFSET (inches) = H (ft)
-2
07-08-08
DATE
KEY DETAIL
REQUIRED ON WALLS WHERE H > 26'
FOOTING REINFORCEMENT
WALL HT H B
STEM REINFORCEMENT
BAR@ BAR
DIMENSIONS
~ 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 3'- 0"
D
BAR@#4
BAR@ LENGTH
Q)
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
@#4 LENGTH
hk
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
LENGTH
h
2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 3'- 9" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 6" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9" 5'- 9" 6'- 0"
h
4' -7" 5' -7" 6' -7" 7'- 7" 8'- 7 1/2" 9'- 7 1/2" 10'- 7 1/2" 11' -7 1/2" 12'- 7 1/2" 13'- 7 1/2" 14'- 8" 15'- 8" 16'- 8" 17'- 8" 18'- 8" 19'- 8" 13'- 5 1/2" 14'- 10" 15'- 3 1/2" 14'- 3" 15'- 7 1/2" 17'- 0" 17'- 2" 17'- 0 1/2" 16'- 6" 15'- 8" 17'- 6" 16'- 4" 17'- 10" 17'- 8" 19'- 2"
b
8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 9" 9" 9" 11" 11" 11" 11" 11" 11" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
h
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
b
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
SERVICE STRENGTH
EXTREME EVENT I
5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20' 21' 22' 23' 24' 25' 26' 27' 28' 29' 30' 31' 32' 33' 34' 35'
4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 6" 6'- 3" 6'- 6" 7'- 3" 7'- 9" 8'- 3" 8'- 9" 9'- 6" 10'- 0" 10'- 6" 11'- 6" 12'- 3" 12'- 9" 13'- 6" 14'- 3" 14'- 6" 14'- 9" 15'- 3" 16'- 0" 17'- 0" 17'- 6" 18'- 3" 19"- 0" 20'- 0" 20'- 6"
1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'2'2'2'2'2'2'3'3'3'3'3'4'4'4'0" 0" 3" 3" 6" 9" 9" 0" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" 0" 3"
1' - 1 1/2" 1'- 3" 1'- 4" 1'- 5" 1'-61/2" 1' - 7 1/2" 1'- 9" 1'- 10" 1' - 11" 2'- 0 1/2" 2' - 1 1/2" 2'- 2 1/2" 2'- 3 1/2" 2'- 4 1/2" 2'- 5 1/2" 2'- 6 1/2" 2'- 7 1/2" 2'- 9" 2'- 10" 2'- 11" 3'- 0" 3'- 1" 3'- 2" 3'- 3" 3'- 4" 3'- 5" 3'- 6" 3' -7" 3'- 7 1/2" 3'- 9" 3'- 10"
3'- 3 3'- 3 3'- 3 3'- 3 3'- 3 3'- 3 3'- 3 3'- 3 3'- 3 3'- 3 3'- 6 3'- 6 3'- 9 3'- 9 4'- 0 4'- 3 4'- 3 4'- 3 4'- 6 4'- 6 4'- 9 5'- 0 5'- 0 5'- 3 5'- 6 5'- 6 5'- 9 6'- 0 6'- 3 6'- 3 6'- 6
1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"
#5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 8" 8" 8" 8" 9" 9" 9" 9" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 7" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6"
4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" 5'- 3" 6'- 0" 6'- 3" 7'- 0" 7'- 6" 8'- 0" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 11'- 3" 12'- 0" 12'- 6" 13'- 3" 14'- 0" 14'- 3" 14'- 6" 15'- 0" 15'- 9" 16'- 9" 17' - 3" 18'- 0" 18'- 9" 19'- 9" 20'- 3"
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7" 7" 6" 6" 8" 7" 7" 7" 8" 7" 7"
4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" 5'- 3" 6'- 0" 6'- 3" 7'- 0" 7'- 6" 8'- 0" 8'- 6" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 11'- 3" 12'- 0" 12'- 6" 13'- 3" 14'- 0" 14'- 3" 14'- 6" 15'- 0" 15'- 9" 16'- 9" 17' - 3" 18'- 0" 18'- 9" 19'- 9" 20'- 3"
#5 #5 #5
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 10" 8" 6" 8" 7" 6" 7" 6" 6" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 9"
5'- 2" 6'- 2" 7'- 2" 8'- 2" 9'- 2" 10'- 2" 11'- 2" 12'- 2" 13'- 2 1/2" 14' - 2 1/2" 15'- 3 1/2" 16'- 3 1/2" 17'- 3 1/2" 18'- 5" 19'- 5 1/2" 20'- 5 1/2" 14'- 4" 15'- 7 1/2" 16'- 1" 15'- 3 1/2" 16'- 8" 18'- 0 1/2" 18'- 2 1/2" 18'- 1" 17'- 6 1/2" 16'- 9 1/2" 18'- 9" 17'- 7" 19'- 1" 18'- 11" 20'- 5"
3'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 10" 6'- 10" 7'- 10" 8'- 10" 9'- 10" 10'- 10" 11'-10" 12'- 10" 13'- 7" 14'- 7" 15'- 4" 16'- 4" 17'- 1" 17'- 10" 18'- 10" 19'- 10" 20' -7" 21'- 7" 22'- 4" 23'- 1" 24'- 1" 24'- 10" 25' -7" 26' -7" 27'- 4" 28'- 1" 28'- 10" 29'- 10" 30' -7"
0.30 0.34 0.39 0.44 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.76 0.84 0.94 1.09 1.19 1.36 1.49 1.68 1.88 2.05 2.20 2.44 2.61 2.88 3.35 3.49 3.77 4.09 4.34 4.66 5.02 5.40 5.69 6.05
19.3 21.7 22.8 25.3 27.7 32.0 37.6 43.9 49.6 61.9 69.5 79.2 89.0 108.6 122.5 128.5 116.0 128.0 141.1 185.1 197.5 205.6 227.9 251.8 288.7 361.2 396.1 450.1 475.6 538.0 558.4
706 825 930 1018 1211 1421 1623 1826 1963 2169 2306 2423 2677 2883 3021 3048 3015 3114 3355 3454 3481 3818 3955 4097 4117 4102 4245 4372 4411 4499 4640
928 1084 1218 1362 1649 1946 2225 2508 2715 3001 3198 3369 3729 4015 4213 4256 4199 4337 4679 4816 4850 5330 5538 5739 5761 5729 5931 6103 6151 6267 6468
831 982 1169 1401 1696 2000 2283 2570 2769 3060 3247 3405 3777 4068 4256 4268 4180 4307 4655 4780 4792 5279 5474 5667 5667 5614 5808 5974 6006 6117 6310
3'3'3'4'4'4'4'5'5'6'6'6'7'7'7'-
6" 9" 9" 0" 6" 6" 9" 0" 6" 0" 3" 6" 0" 3" 6"
2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'-
0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0"
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6
#5 #5 #5 #5
#6 #6 #6
1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 9"
5'- 2 1/2" 5'- 2 1/2" 5'- 5 1/2" 7'- 4 1/2" 7'- 7 1/2" 7' -10 1/2" 7' -10 1/2" 8'- 1 1/2" 8'- 4 1/2" 9'- 8" 11'- 4" 11'- 7" 11'- 10" 11'- 10" 12'- 1"
4'- 4 1/2" 4'- 4 1/2" 4'- 7 1/2" 6'- 3 1/2" 6'- 6 1/2" 6'- 9 1/2" 6'- 9 1/2" 7' - 0 1/2" 7' - 3 1/2" 8'- 5" 9' -10 1/2" 10'- 1 1/2" 10'- 4 1/2" 10'- 4 1/2" 10'- 7 1/2"
11" 11" 11" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8"
1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 9"
18'- 11" 19'- 11" 20'- 8" 21'- 8" 22'- 5" 23'- 2" 24'- 2" 24'- 11 1/2" 25'- 8 1/2" 26'- 8 1/2" 27'- 5 1/2" 28'- 2 1/2" 28'- 11 1/2" 29'- 11 1/2" 30'- 8 1/2"
----
f.1 lJ
BAR #4 MIN. SPLICE
~b~
RADIUS
BAR@
@ 1' - 6" CENTERS
BAR #4
en
z w
#5
0::
CD
....1 ....1
1ii
~
Cl
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
#5
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10
2'2'2'2'3'4'5'-
BARS@ AND@
fll
.....
07-08-08
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
BACK
SPLIT VIEW LINE 48' WALL SECTION 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) (BETWEEN JOINTS)
NOTES 1. All concrete shall be Class 4000, except as noted. 2. For backfill requirements, see Standard Plan D-4. 3. Concrete in the 48 foot wall sections shall be placed separately between expansion joints with a minimum 24 hour period before placing concrete in the adjacent section. 4. This wall has been designed in accordance with the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 4th Edition 2007 and interims through 2008. The seismic design of these walls has been completed using an effective PGA of 0.20 g.
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
1'- 6"
H
b
'
#4@ 1'- 6" MAX.(TYP.) WITH 2' - 0" LAP SPLICE AND EXTENDING THRU CONSTRUCTION JOINT FOR QTY. SEE TABLE
SEE BAR@TABLE
3" CLR.
I
~
I I
3" DIAM. DRAINS AT ABOUT 12' CENTERS AND 6" ABOVE FINAL GROUND LINE AT FRONT FACE OF WALL
I
SPLIT VIEW LINE
I
BACK
1------ Cv - - - 1
1 1/2" CLR.
FRONT
1----------B-------1
TYPICAL SECTION
BAR@ #4
LOCATION WALL HEIGHT (H) .s. 14' 15' .S.20' 21' .S.24' 25' .s.29' 30' .S.35' .s. 14' 15' .S.20' 21' .S.24' 25' .S.29' 30' < 35' QTY.
9" MIN. OFFSET - SET TOP OF WALL BACK: H.s.20' .......... OFFSET= 1/2" H ~ 20' .......... OFFSET (inches) = H {ft)
.,:~
8 -2
4 6 7 9 11 4 6 7 9 11 [
1~~
1
"-.\;;.:~
S
BOTTOM OF FOOTING
TOP OF FOOTING
(TYP.)
BOTTOM OF FOOTING
KEY DETAIL
REQUIRED ON WALLS WHERE H ~ 26'
..... VI
07-08-08
DATE
FOOTING REINFORCEMENT
WALL HT H B
STEM REINFORCEMENT
BAR@ BAR
DIMENSIONS
~ 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 9"
D
BAR@#4 A LENGTH
BAR@ LENGTH
Q)
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
@#4 LENGTH
hk
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
h
2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 6" 4'- 6" 4'- 9" 4'- 9" 5'- 0" 5'- 3" 5'- 6" 5'- 9" 5'- 9" 6'- 0"
h
4' -7" 5' -7" 6' -7" 7'- 7" 8' -7" 9' -7" 10'- 7" 11'- 7" 12'- 7" 13'- 7" 14'- 7" 15'- 7" 16'- 7" 17'- 7" 18'- 7" 19'- 7" 9'- 4 1/2" 8'- 4 1/2" 9'- 6" 9' - 1 1/2" 10'- 3" 13'- 5" 14' - 5 1/2" 14' - 6 1/2" 14' - 3 1/2" 12'- 3" 13'- 4" 14'- 10 1/2" 14'- 1" 15'- 1" 14'- 11 1/2"
b
8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 9" 9" 9" 11" 11" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
h
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
b
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
SERVICE STRENGTH
EXTREME EVENT I
5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20' 21' 22' 23' 24' 25' 26' 27' 28' 29' 30' 31' 32' 33' 34' 35'
4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 6" 6'- 0" 6'- 6" 7'- 3" 7'- 9" 8'- 3" 9'- 0" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 11'- 0" 12'- 0" 12'- 3" 13'- 0" 13'- 9" 13'- 9" 14'- 3" 14'- 9" 15'- 6" 16'- 6" 16'- 9" 17' - 3" 17'- 9" 18'- 9" 19'- 3"
1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'2'2'2'2'2'2'3'3'3'3'3'4'4'4'3" 3" 6" 6" 9" 9" 9" 0" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 0" 3"
1' - 1 1/2" 1'- 3" 1'- 4" 1'- 5" 1'-61/2" 1' - 7 1/2" 1'-81/2" 1'- 10" 1' - 11" 2'- 0" 2'- 1" 2'- 2" 2'- 3" 2'- 4 1/2" 2'- 5" 2'- 6" 2'- 7 1/2" 2'- 8 1/2" 2'- 9 1/2" 2'- 10 1/2" 2'-111/2" 3'- 1" 3'- 2" 3'- 3" 3'- 4" 3'- 5" 3'- 6" 3' -7" 3'- 7 1/2" 3'- 9" 3'- 10"
3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3'- 10" 3'- 10" 4'- 1" 4'- 1" 4'- 4" 4' -7" 4' -7" 4' -7" 4'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 1" 5'- 1" 5'- 1" 5'- 4" 5'- 4" 5' -7" 5'- 10" 6'- 1" 6'- 4" 6'- 4" 6' -7"
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 9" 9" 7" 6" 6" 7" 8" 8" 7" 7" 7" 7" 7" 6" 7" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6"
4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3" 7'- 0" 7'- 6" 8'- 0" 8'- 9" 9'- 6" 10'- 0" 10'- 9" 11'- 9" 12'- 0" 12'- 9" 13'- 6" 13'- 6" 14'- 0" 14'- 6" 15'- 3" 16'- 3" 16'- 6" 17'- 0" 17'- 6" 18'- 6" 19'- 0"
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 11" 10" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7"
4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3" 7'- 0" 7'- 6" 8'- 0" 8'- 9" 9'- 6" 10'- 0" 10'- 9" 11'- 9" 12'- 0" 12'- 9" 13'- 6" 13'- 6" 14'- 0" 14'- 6" 15'- 3" 16'- 3" 16'- 6" 17'- 0" 17'- 6" 18'- 6" 19'- 0"
#5 #5 #5
#6 #6
#7 #7 #7 #7 #7 #8 #8 #8 #8 #9 #9 #10 #10 #10 #10
1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 9" 7" 6" 8" 7" 6" 7" 6" 1'- 4" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9"
5' - 1 1/2" 6' - 1 1/2" 7' - 1 1/2" 8' - 1 1/2" 9' - 1 1/2" 10'- 1 1/2" 11'-11/2" 12'- 1 1/2" 13'- 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 15'- 1 1/2" 16'- 2 1/2" 17'- 2 1/2" 18'- 2 1/2" 19'- 4" 20'- 4" 10'- 3 1/2" 9'- 3 1/2" 10'- 5" 10'- 0 1/2" 11'-11/2" 14' - 5 1/2" 15'- 5 1/2" 15'- 7" 15'- 4" 13'- 5 1/2" 14' - 6 1/2" 16'- 3" 15'- 5 1/2" 16'- 4" 16'- 2 1/2"
3'- 9" 4'- 9" 5'- 9" 6'- 9" 7'- 10 1/2" 8'- 9 1/2" 9'- 6 1/2" 10'- 6 1/2" 11'- 6 1/2" 12'- 6 1/2" 13'- 3 1/2" 14'- 3 1/2" 15'- 0 1/2" 16'- 1" 16'- 10" 17'- 7" 18'- 7" 19'- 7" 20'- 4" 21'- 4" 22'- 1" 23'- 1" 24'- 1 1/2" 24'- 10 1/2" 25'- 10 1/2" 26'- 7 1/2" 27'- 4 1/2" 28'- 1 1/2" 28'- 10 1/2" 29' -10 1/2" 30'- 7 1/2"
0.30 0.34 0.39 0.44 0.50 0.56 0.67 0.77 0.86 0.96 1.12 1.22 1.39 1.52 1.73 1.93 2.09 2.27 2.48 2.66 2.94 3.27 3.44 3.71 3.92 4.28 4.56 4.88 5.21 5.50 5.86
20.5 23.0 24.1 26.6 27.7 31.5 36.8 38.8 46.2 54.5 62.7 72.1 80.1 93.9 110.7 123.5 125.5 153.1 160.1 184.9 197.0 194.2 201.9 222.8 255.3 341.4 353.0 387.7 442.0 471.7 516.0
591 709 815 887 998 1145 1368 1540 1664 1875 1987 2202 2348 2441 2556 2702 2800 2876 3046 3147 3190 3248 3298 3450 3556 3591 3760 3910 4060 4072 4221
771 925 1061 1146 1354 1580 1892 2125 2305 2604 2754 3058 3265 3391 3545 3752 3886 3983 4229 4368 4424 4543 4620 4832 4976 5010 5254 5464 5675 5680 5889
733 871 992 1066 1236 1412 1686 1899 2049 2310 2450 2716 2894 3010 3153 3331 3454 3552 3756 3883 3933 3997 4054 4238 4370 4414 4616 4799 4982 4997 5179
5'5'5'5'6'6'7'7'7'8'8'8'8'9'9'-
0" 3" 6" 9" 3" 6" 0" 3" 6" 0" 3" 6" 9" 3" 6"
2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'-
0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0"
#5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7 #7 #7 #7 #7 #7
1'- 4" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9"
6'- 2" 6'- 2" 6'- 5" 6'- 5" 6'- 8" 7'- 9" 7'- 9" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 9' -7" 9'- 10" 11'- 5 1/2" 11'- 8 1/2" 11'- 8 1/2" 11'-111/2"
5'- 2" 5'- 2" 5'- 5" 5'- 5" 5'- 8" 6'- 8" 6'- 8" 6'- 11" 6'- 11" 8'- 3" 8'- 6" 10'- 0" 10'- 3" 10'- 3" 10'- 6"
1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1' - 1" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8" 1'- 8"
#7 #7 #7 #7 #7
1'- 4" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 1'- 4" 1'- 4" 1'- 2" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9"
18'- 6" 19'- 6" 20'- 3" 21'- 3" 22'- 0" 23'- 0" 24'- 0" 24'- 9" 25'- 9" 26'- 6" 27'- 3" 28'- 0" 28'- 9" 29'- 9" 30'- 6"
n~ J
h
10
11/2"R
l J
1 1/2" 1 7/8" 2 1/4" 2 5/8" 3" 4 3/4" 5 3/8" 6"
~k
BAR@
@ 1' - 6" CENTERS
fJ)
~b~
BAR #4 RADIUS BAR #4 MIN. SPLICE
#5
#5
0::
w
w
III
...I ...I
iii
~
0
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10
2'2'2'2'3'4'5'-
BARS@ AND@
fll
.....
07-08-08
DATE
en
[I]
w a: w
NOTES
FRONT FACE OF WALL BACK SPLIT VIEW LINE 250 PSF EQUIVALENT LIVE LOAD SURCHARGE WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT 48' WALL SECTION (BETWEEN JOINTS)
1. All concrete shall be Class 4000, except as noted. 2. For backfill requirements, see Standard Plan D-4. 3. Concrete in the 48 foot wall sections shall be placed separately between expansion joints with a minimum 24 hour period before placing concrete in the adjacent section. 4. This wall has been designed in accordance with the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 4th Edition 2007 and interims through 2008. The seismic design of these walls has been completed using an effective PGA of 0.20 g. 5. If Traffic Barriers are required, See Standard Plans D-15.10, D-15.20 and D-15.30.
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
I
:
I
3"CLR.~
J__
24' MIN. VERTICAL CURVE AT ALL ANGLE OR (BREAK) POINTS IN TOP OF WALL PROFILE
SURFACE TREATMENT
@#4
1 1/2" CLR.
VERTICAL FACE WALL DESIGN WITH A 250 PSF SURCHARGE OR TRAFFIC BARRIER
"-II:
1 1/2" CLR.
3" DIAM. DRAINS AT ABOUT 12' CENTERS AND 6" ABOVE FINAL GROUND LINE AT FRONT FACE OF WALL
I I
I
SPLIT VIEW LINE
I
BACK
B ----------1
FRONT
TYPICAL SECTION
BAR@ #4
LOCATION WALL HEIGHT (H) QTY.
0
5 7 9 11 5 7 9 11
---a- 2
TOP OF FOOTING
!5.. 16' 16' < 23' 23' < 28' 29' < 35' !5.. 16' 16' < 23' 23' < 28' 29' < 35'
BOTTOM OF FOOTING
fll
.....
FOOTING REINFORCEMENT
WALL HT H 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20' 21' 22' 23' 24' 25' 26' 27' 28' 29' 30' 31' 32' 33' 34' 35'
STEM REINFORCEMENT
BAR@ BAR
DIMENSIONS
B 6'- 6" 6'- 6" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" 7'- 0" 7'- 3" 7'- 6" 7'- 9" 8'- 0" 8'- 3" 8'- 9" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 10'- 6" 11'- 0" 11'- 6" 12'- 0" 12'- 9" 13'- 0" 13'- 6" 14'- 3" 14'- 9" 15'- 3" 16'- 0" 16'- 6" 17'- 0" 17'- 6" 18'- 3" 18'- 9" 19'- 3"
~ 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 6"
BAR@#4 A LENGTH 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3'- 10" 3'- 10" 4'- 1" 4'- 1" 4'- 4" 4'- 4" 4' -7" 4' -7" 4'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 1" 5'- 4" 5'- 4" 5' -7"
BAR SIZE SPA. 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7 #7 #7 #7 #7 #7 #7 #8 #8 #8 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7" 8" 8" 8" 7" 10" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6' 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 7" 7" 7" LENGTH 6' 6' 6' 6' 6' 7' 7' 7' 7' 8' 8' 9' 9' 10' 10' 10' 11' 11' 12' 12' 13' 14' 14' 15' 15' 16' 16' 17' 18' 18' 19' 3" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 6" 0" 6" 0" 3" 9" 3" 9" 6" 9" 3" 0" 6" 0" 9" 3" 9" 3" 0" 6" 0"
BAR@ SIZE SPA. #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7 #7 #7 #7 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 8" 7" 6" 7" 6" 6" 8" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 7" 7" 7" 7" LENGTH 6' 6' 6' 6' 6' 7' 7' 7' 7' 8' 8' 9' 9' 10' 10' 10' 11' 11' 12' 12' 13' 14' 14' 15' 15' 16' 16' 17' 18' 18' 19' 3" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 6" 0" 6" 0" 3" 9" 3" 9" 6" 9" 3" 0" 6" 0" 9" 3" 9" 3" 0" 6" 0" SIZE SPA. #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #5 #6 #6 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 9" 8" 7" 10" 10" 8" 8" 10" 9" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 8" 8"
BAR LENGTH 5' - 2" 6' - 2" 7' - 2 1/2" 8' - 2 1/2" 9' - 2 1/2" 10' - 2 1/2" 11'- 21/2" 12' - 2 1/2" 13' - 2 1/2" 14' - 2 1/2" 15'- 4" 16'- 4" 17' - 4" 18'- 4" 19'- 5 1/2" 20'- 5 1/2"
Q)
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 20'- 3 1/2" 21'- 0 1/2" 22'- 0 1/2" 22'- 9 1/2" 23'- 9 1/2" 24'- 6 1/2" 25'- 6 1/2" 26'- 4" 27'- 4" 28'- 1" 29'- 1" 29'- 10" 30' -7" 31'- 7" 32'- 4"
@#4 LENGTH 4'- 4" 5'- 4" 6'- 4" 7'- 4" 8'- 4" 9'- 4" 10'- 4" 11'- 4" 12'- 4" 13'- 4" 14'- 4" 15'- 1" 16'- 1" 17'- 1" 18'- 1" 19'- 1" 20'- 1" 20'- 10" 21'- 10" 22' -7" 23' -7" 24'- 4" 25'- 4" 26'- 1" 27' - 1" 27'- 10" 28'- 10" 29' -7" 30'- 4" 31'- 4" 32'- 1"
MATERIAL QUANTITY
CONC. CY/LF STEEL LBS/LF
MAXIMUM SOIL PRESSURE (PSF) SERVICE STRENGTH 915 992 1046 1176 1318 1471 1636 1733 1915 2109 2277 2377 2453 2530 2642 2808 2883 2985 3026 3252 3328 3395 3472 3576 3623 3727 3805 3910 3989 4067 4173 1260 1350 1443 1631 1836 2060 2303 2455 2728 3022 3261 3403 3514 3625 3809 4043 4152 4296 4335 4672 4782 4855 4966 5112 5162 5308 5421 5568 5660 5774 5922
EXTREME EVENT 1 EXTREME EVENT2
D 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3"
h
2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'3'3'3'3'3'-
h
4'- 7 1/2" 5'- 7 1/2" 6'- 7 1/2" 7'- 7 1/2" 8'- 7 1/2" 9'- 7 1/2" 10'- 8" 11'- 8" 12'- 8" 13'- 8" 14'- 8" 15'- 8" 16'- 8" 17' - 8" 18'- 8 1/2" 19'- 8 1/2"
b
8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 2"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 8" 8"
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3'- 10 1/2" 4' - 1 1/2" 4' - 1 1/2" 4'- 4 1/2" 4'- 4 1/2" 4'- 7 1/2" 4'- 7 1/2" 5'- 5 1/2" 5'- 5 1/2" 5'- 8 1/2" 5'- 8 1/2" 5' - 11 1/2" 6'- 2 1/2" 6'- 2 1/2" 7'- 3"
h
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3'- 2" 3'- 5" 3'- 5" 3'- 8" 3'- 8" 3'- 11" 3'- 11" 4' -7" 4' -7" 4'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 1" 5'- 4" 5'- 4" 6'- 3"
b
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 2"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 8" 8"
1'- 4" 1' - 5 1/2" 1' - 6 1/2" 1' - 7 1/2" 1'- 9" 1'- 10" 1'-111/2" 2'- 0 1/2" 2' - 1 1/2" 2'- 3" 2'- 4" 2'- 5" 2'- 6 1/2" 2' - 7 1/2" 2'- 8 1/2" 2'- 10" 2'- 11" 3'- 0" 3'- 1" 3'- 2" 3'- 3 1/2" 3'- 4" 3'- 5 1/2" 3'- 6 1/2" 3'- 7 1/2" 3'- 8 1/2" 3'- 9 1/2" 3'- 10 1/2" 3' - 11 1/2" 4'- 0 1/2" 4'- 1 1/2"
0.40 0.45 0.51 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.80 0.88 0.96 1.05 1.16 1.33 1.44 1.56 1.66 1.79 1.92 2.13 2.28 2.50 2.65 2.93 3.09 3.36 3.55 3.85 4.03 4.35 4.70 4.90 5.25
25.7 28.2 29.3 33.8 39.6 43.6 48.8 53.0 59.7 65.9 77.5 82.0 93.3 102.9 115.4 132.9 148.7 152.3 170.8 178.0 190.1 212.7 221.6 238.4 255.7 263.4 273.8 291.4 327.3 358.8 423.0
1108 1272 1384 1572 1781 2011 2264 2400 2685 2995 3287 3466 3585 3705 3864 4169 4288 4481 4561 4990 5112 5268 5393 5600 5686 5897 6027 6242 6421 6554 6776
1623 1850 2049 2217 2402 2604 2822 2958 3202 3462 3570 3628 3658 3700 3859 4012 4067 4169 4151 4448 4520 4562 4642 4765 4789 4916 5005 5134 5215 5307 5440
3'4'4'4'4'4'5'5'5'5'6'6'6'6'7'-
9" 0" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0"
3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 4'- 9" 4'- 9" 5'- 0"
4'- 8 1/2" 4'- 1" 6'- 5" 5'- 9" 8'- 0" 7'- 4 1/2" 9' -7" 8'- 11" 11'-11/2" 10'- 5 1/2" 12'- 7" 11'-111/2" 14' - 0 1/2" 13'- 4 1/2" 16'- 4" 15'- 6 1/2" 17'- 8 1/2" 16'-11" 19'- 1" 18'- 3 1/2" 20'- 5" 19'- 7 1/2" 21'- 8 1/2" 20'-111/2" 21'- 2" 20'- 5" 19'- 10 1/2" 19'- 1 1/2" 21'- 9 1/2" 20'- 10 1/2"
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #7
REINFORCEMENT NOTES
(D
IF TRAFFIC BARRIER IS USED, ADD 0.100 CY/LF OF CONCRETE CLASS 4000 FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 1. ADD 0.123 CY/LF OF CONCRETE CLASS 4000 FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 2. SEE STANDARD PLAN D-15.10
VERTICAL FACE WALL DESIGN WITH A 250 PSF SURCHARGE OR TRAFFIC BARRIER
@ADD 28 LB/LF OF REINFORCING STEEL FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 1 OR 19 LB/LF OF REINFORCING STEEL FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 2. SEE STANDARD PLAN D-15.10
BAR
BAR@
en
[I]
w 0:: w
....1 ....1
1Ii
#4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
Cl
BARS@ AND@
..... VI
12-02-08
DATE
en
[I]
w a: w
NOTES
FRONT FACE OF WALL BACK SPLIT VIEW LINE 250 PSF EQUIVALENT LIVE LOAD SURCHARGE WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT 48' WALL SECTION (BETWEEN JOINTS)
1. All concrete shall be Class 4000, except as noted. 2. For backfill requirements, see Standard Plan D-4.
....1 ....1
iii z
.1.
Cl
~---------------------..r.~~~~~~~~
CEMENT CONC. GUTTER (CL. 3000, 4" THICK)
3. Concrete in the 48 foot wall sections shall be placed separately between expansion joints with a minimum 24 hour period before placing concrete 24' MIN. VERTICAL CURVE AT in the adjacent section. ALL ANGLE OR (BREAK) POINTS
IN TOP OF WALL PROFILE
SURFACE TREATMENT
@#4
4. This wall has been designed in accordance with the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 4th Edition 2007 and interims through 2008. The seismic design of these walls has been completed using an effective PGA of 0.20 g. 5. If Traffic Barriers are required, See Standard Plans D-15.10, D-15.20 and D-15.30.
1 1/2" CLR.
SLOPING FACE WALL DESIGN WITH A 250 PSF SURCHARGE OR TRAFFIC BARRIER
3" DIAM. DRAINS AT ABOUT 12' CENTERS AND 6" ABOVE FINAL GROUND LINE AT FRONT FACE OF WALL SEE BAR@TABLE
FRONT
BACK
BAR@ #4
LOCATION WALL HEIGHT (H) QTY.
TYPICAL SECTION
0
~
OFFSET - SET TOP OF WALL BACK: H~20' .......... OFFSET= 1/2" H~20' .......... OFFSET (inches)= H(ft)
< 12'
TOP OF FOOTING 13' .:5.. 16' 17' .:5..22' 23' < 28' 29' < 35'
5 6 7 9 11 5 6 7 9 11
-2
WHEN THE CONTRACT SPECIFIES CABLE FENCE, BACKFILL AND THE CEMENT CONCRETE GUTTER SHALL BE PLACED 6" MIN. FROM THE TOP OF THE WALL
BOTTOM OF FOOTING
< 12' 13' < 16' 17' < 22' 23' < 28' 29' < 35'
12-02-08
DATE
fll
.....
FOOTING REINFORCEMENT
WALL HT H 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20' 21' 22' 23' 24' 25' 26' 27' 28' 29' 30' 31' 32' 33' 34' 35'
STEM REINFORCEMENT
BAR@ BARQ) @#4 LENGTH 3'- 10 1/2" 4'- 10 1/2" 5'- 10 1/2" 6'- 10 1/2" 7'- 10 1/2" 8'- 10 1/2" 9'- 10 1/2" 10'- 11" 11'-11" 12'-11" 13'- 11" 14'- 8" 15'- 8" 16'- 8" 17' - 5" 18'- 5" 19'- 2 1/2" 20'- 2 1/2" 20'- 11 1/2" 21' -111/2" 22'- 8 1/2" 23'- 5 1/2" 24'- 5 1/2" 25'- 3" 26'- 3" 27'- 0" 27'- 9" 28'- 9" 29'- 6" 30'- 3" 31'- 0"
DIMENSIONS
B 6'- 9" 6'- 9" 7'- 0" 7'- 0" 7'- 3" 7'- 6" 7'- 9" 8'- 0" 8'- 3" 8'- 9" 9'- 0" 9'- 6" 10'- 0" 10'- 6" 11'- 3" 11'- 6" 12'- 3" 12'- 9" 13'- 3" 13'- 9" 14'- 3" 15'- 0" 15'- 6" 16'- 0" 16'- 6" 17' - 3" 17'- 9" 18'- 3" 18'- 9" 19'- 3" 19'- 9"
~ 3'- 0" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 6" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 3'- 9" 3'- 9" 3'- 9" 4'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 6" 5'- 0" 5'- 0"
BAR@#4 A LENGTH 2' -7" 2' -7" 2' -7" 2' -7" 2' -7" 2' -7" 2' -7" 2' -7" 2' -7" 2' -7" 2' -7" 2'- 10" 2'- 10" 2'- 10" 3'- 1" 3'- 1" 3'- 4" 3'- 4" 3' -7" 3' -7" 3'- 10" 4'- 1" 4'- 1" 4'- 4" 4'- 4" 4' -7" 4'- 10" 4'- 10" 5'- 1" 5'- 4" 5' -7"
BAR SIZE SPA. 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 3" 3" 3" 6" 6" 9" 9" 0" 0" 3" 6" 6" 9" 9" 0" 3" 3" 6" 9" 0" #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 8" 6" 8" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 7" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 7" LENGTH 6'- 6" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" 6'- 9" 7'- 0" 7'- 3" 7'- 6" 7'- 9" 8'- 0" 8'- 6" 8'- 9" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 11'- 0" 11'- 3" 12'- 0" 12'- 6" 13'- 0" 13'- 6" 14'- 0" 14'- 9" 15'- 3" 15'- 9" 16'- 3" 17'- 0" 17'- 6" 18'- 0" 18'- 6" 19'- 0" 19'- 6"
BAR@ SIZE SPA. #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 9" 9" 8" 8" 8" 7" 7" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 7" LENGTH 6'- 6" 6'- 6" 6'- 9" 6'- 9" 7'- 0" 7'- 3" 7'- 6" 7'- 9" 8'- 0" 8'- 6" 8'- 9" 9'- 3" 9'- 9" 10'- 3" 11'- 0" 11'- 3" 12'- 0" 12'- 6" 13'- 0" 13'- 6" 14'- 0" 14'- 9" 15'- 3" 15'- 9" 16'- 3" 17'- 0" 17'- 6" 18'- 0" 18'- 6" 19'- 0" 19'- 6" SIZE SPA. #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #4 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 9" 8" 7" 6" 10" 9" 8" 7" 7" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 8"
BAR@ LENGTH 5'- 2" 6'- 2" 7'- 2" 8'- 2" 9'- 2" 10'- 2" 11'- 2" 12'- 2" 13'- 2" 14'- 2" 15'- 2" 16'- 3" 17' - 3" 18'- 3" 19'- 3" 20'- 3" 7' - 9 1/2" 8'-111/2" 8' -7" 9'- 8 1/2" 10'- 10" 11'- 0" 11'-11/2" 12'- 1 1/2" 14'- 0" 15'- 1" 16'- 1 1/2" 17'- 2 1/2" 18'- 3 1/2" 17'- 9" 16'- 7"
MATERIAL QUANTITY
CONC. CY/LF STEEL LBS/LF
MAXIMUM SOIL PRESSURE (PSF) SERVICE STRENGTH 900 987 1076 1225 1325 1493 1677 1797 2004 2190 2420 2532 2630 2728 2715 2940 2930 3028 3145 3243 3360 3445 3544 3661 3760 3770 3888 3986 4105 4223 4342 1244 1351 1476 1687 1833 2075 2341 2522 2826 3089 3430 3588 3730 3871 3838 4172 4143 4284 4448 4589 4753 4856 4996 5161 5301 5303 5469 5609 5774 5940 6106
EXTREME EVENT I EXTREME EVENT2
D 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 3" 1'- 6" 1'- 6" 1'- 9" 1'- 9" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 3" 2'- 6" 2'- 6" 2'- 9" 2'- 9" 3'- 0" 3'- 3" 3'- 3" 3'- 6" 3'- 9" 4'- 0"
h
2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'2'3'3'3'3'3'3'3'4'4'4'4'4'5'-
h
4' -7" 5' -7" 6' -7" 7'- 7" 8' -7" 9' -7" 10'- 7" 11'- 7" 12'- 7" 13'- 7" 14'- 7" 15'- 7" 16'- 7" 17'- 7" 18'- 7" 19'- 7" 7' - 1 1/2" 8'- 3 1/2" 7'- 11" 9'- 0 1/2" 10'- 2" 10'- 4" 10'- 5 1/2" 11'- 6" 13'- 2 1/2" 14'- 4" 15'- 4" 16'- 5 1/2" 17'- 6 1/2" 17'- 0" 15'- 9 1/2"
b
8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 8"
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 4'- 4 1/2" 4'- 4 1/2" 4'- 7 1/2" 4'- 7 1/2" 4'- 10 1/2" 5'- 1 1/2" 5'- 1 1/2" 5'- 4 1/2" 5'- 11" 6'- 2" 6'- 5" 6'- 5" 6'- 8" 6'- 11" 7'- 2"
h
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3'- 7 1/2" 3'- 7 1/2" 3'- 11" 3'- 11" 4'- 1 1/2" 4'- 4 1/2" 4'- 4 1/2" 4'- 7 1/2" 5'- 0 1/2" 5'- 4" 5' -7" 5' -7" 5'- 10" 6'- 0 1/2" 6'- 4"
b
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0"
SIZE SPA. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 9" 9" 8" 7" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 10" 10" 8"
LENGTH N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 19'- 7" 20' -7" 21'- 4" 22'- 4" 23'- 1" 23'- 10" 24'- 10" 25' -7" 26' -7" 27'- 4" 28'- 1" 29'- 1" 29'- 10" 30' -7" 31'- 4"
1'- 4" 1'- 5 1/2" 1'- 6 1/2" 1'- 7 1/2" 1'- 9" 1'- 10" 1'-111/2" 2'- 0 1/2" 2'- 1 1/2" 2'- 3" 2'- 4" 2'- 5" 2'- 6 1/2" 2'- 7 1/2" 2'- 8 1/2" 2'- 9 1/2" 2'- 10 1/2" 2' - 11 1/2" 3'- 0 1/2" 3'- 1 1/2" 3'- 2 1/2" 3'- 3 1/2" 3'- 4 1/2" 3'- 5 1/2" 3' -7" 3'- 7 1/2" 3'- 8 1/2" 3'- 10" 3'- 10 1/2" 3' - 11 1/2" 4'- 0 1/2"
#6 #6 #6 #6 #7 #7 #7
#7 #7 #7 #7 #7 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #8 #9
0.41 0.46 0.53 0.58 0.65 0.73 0.81 0.89 0.97 1.07 1.17 1.34 1.45 1.57 1.78 1.89 2.12 2.26 2.50 2.65 2.91 3.20 3.37 3.66 3.84 4.17 4.49 4.69 5.03 5.38 5.74
23.8 26.3 30.5 34.7 37.7 43.0 50.1 55.1 62.7 75.0 83.3 91.3 98.7 115.7 121.1 130.2 141.8 148.6 162.3 172.2 179.4 200.1 213.7 234.3 245.8 255.9 269.6 278.2 301.9 308.1 353.2
1140 1339 1488 1741 1911 2200 2526 2739 3126 3470 3928 4115 4284 4453 4366 4815 4734 4905 5104 5276 5476 5603 5776 5977 6150 6116 6319 6491 6694 6898 7102
1620 1878 2006 2332 2486 2744 3027 3221 3545 3706 4064 4129 4194 4270 4131 4466 4358 4466 4600 4714 4854 4917 5039 5186 5310 5291 5443 5571 5725 5879 6034
5'5'6'6'6'6'7'7'7'8'8'8'8'9'9'-
6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3" 6" 0" 3" 6" 9" 0" 3"
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6
#5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #5 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6
REINFORCEMENT NOTES
(D
IF TRAFFIC BARRIER IS USED, ADD 0.110 CY OF CONCRETE CLASS 4000 FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 1. ADD 0.152 CY/LF OF CONCRETE CLASS 4000 FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 2. SEE STANDARD PLAN D-15.10
@ADD 16 LB/LF OF REINFORCING STEEL FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 1 OR 23 LB/LF OF REINFORCING STEEL FOR BARRIER ALTERNATE 2. SEE STANDARD PLAN D-15.10
n~ J
h
10
11/2"R
l J
1 1/2" 1 7/8" 2 1/4" 2 5/8" 3" 4 3/4" 5 3/8" 6"
~k
BAR@ en
[I]
~b~
BAR #4 #5 RADIUS BAR #4 #5 MIN. SPLICE 2'2'2'2'3'4'5'0" 0" 0" 6" 3" 2" 3"
w c::: w
....1 ....1
1ii
~
Cl
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
#6 #7 #8 #9 #10
BARS@ AND@
fll
.....
12-02-08
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
DUMMY JOINT- SEE DETAIL, DUMMY JOINT TO BE OMITTED ON BACK FACE OF BARRIER \
'I'
IF=.
8'- 0"
'I
_I
....1 ....1
iii z
~f~======~~~~ IF-~.~~..~~~.~/:?-~.~. ~.~.:. . .:. .:. .:. . .:. . . ~.'!IF' . ~~..~..~..~~ ... ..... ..~.~~.. ..... ..... .. ..... ..... ... .... .. ..... ... .. .. . . . .
=11F ..
I
....:.......:.......:...... ...... ...... ..... : ...... ..... .. ..... ..===...... ..... .. ..... .....
CURB LINE
~.~~.~~.~ ~.~~~~.===~.~~~.::::::::::~==~~~Ib=J/.,.;-_jl------=-~~~ ~ ~
_j
1---------11
Cl
~ CONTINUOUSV
4'- 0"
PLAN
~
@#4-CONT. 2@#6- CONT.
Co
'
SECTION
0
TRAFFIC BARRIER
ELEVATION
SECTION
CONSTRUCTION JOINT - LEVEL TRANSVERSE WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE
TOP OF ROADWAY
2'- 6"
T
r-.
H
4"
-Hr.-
...
...... lt)
DETAIL
TRAFFIC BARRIER DETAILS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS STANDARD PLAN D-15.10-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
fll
.....
12-02-08
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
NOTE
SEE ELEVATION FOR LAP SPLICE REQUIREMENTS
H~
60
b
~
..,
USED WITH VERTICAL FACE RETAINING WALL
......
--~--~--/
:::!: ("')
("')
_l_r-0
-
~~-~4~'-~0"--.~!4~----~8'-~0"______ .\~
JL
nt
USED WITH SLOPED FACE RETAINING WALL USED WITH VERTICAL FACE RETAINING WALL
n~
@
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT SEE STD. SPEC. FOR BENDING DIAMETERS
1 112"114"
H
R
=1/4"
1"1/4"
PLAN VIEW
TRAFFIC BARRIER DETAILS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS STANDARD PLAN D-15.10-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
12-02-08
DATE
en
[I]
w a: w
DUMMY JOINT- SEE DETAIL, DUMMY JOINT TO BE OMITTED ON BACK FA~E OF BARRIER \
..
8'
.I.
8'
- 0"
.I _j
I
____l_
0_"
....1 ....1
iii z
I
CURB LINE
_j
Cl
PLAN
~--1---4'_- ------~-1 ~ f
..
I
..
2@~\~\~\
8' - 0" SPACING BETWEEN JOINTS (TYPICAL) @#4@ 1'- 4" SPACING
.
I
8'- 0"
~ .
11~
I 10" I II
=2'- 6"
#5 @ 8" SPACING
1 1/2" CLR.
~~~~~g ~~ I ~
'41
1~.
~L3~i: ~H . ~! =+ ==t;;
I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I
~
!1
~
!1
~
!1
t
!1
t
I
t
!1
t \ "---@&@#8
I
!1
I I
I I
I I
r r r r r I I I I I
8"
....J
SECTION
0
0
TRAFFIC BARRIER CONSTRUCTION JOINT - LEVEL TRANSVERSE WITH ROUGHENED SURFACE
@ @
ELEVATION
( i
SECTION
0
2'- 6"
ATTACH GUARDRAIL TO CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER WITH 7/8" DIAM. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS (STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-06.5(4)) WITH THIN SLAB FERRULE INSERTS OR RESIN BONDED ANCHORS. SEE THE CONTRACT PLANS.
~
DETAIL
RETAINING WALL
1'- 3 1/2"
1'- 5 1/2"
TRAFFIC BARRIER DETAILS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS STANDARD PLAN D-15.20-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS
ELEVATION
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
ELEVATION
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
..... VI
06-02-11
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii ;>.:
[I]
Cl
rr1
~
1ft
I.
VARIES
~
~
:lr
~
~
---~
USED WITH A SLOPED FRONT FACE OF A RETAINING WALL USED WITH A VERTICAL FRONT FACE OF A RETAINING WALL
6"~
(')
'
~
w~
NOTE
@ @)
SEE ELEVATION FOR LAP SPLICE REQUIREMENTS USED WITH A SLOPED FRONT FACE OF A RETAINING WALL
@
USED WITH A VERTICAL FRONT FACE OF A RETAINING WALL
II
N
('t)
b
('t)
'
@)
'
nt
@
n~
nt
@
~~~
10"
I.
7'- 0"
.I~
5'- 0"
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT SEE STD. SPEC. FOR BENDING DIAMETERS
1 1/2"114"
R = 1/4"
1"1/4"
PLAN VIEW
TRAFFIC BARRIER DETAILS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS STANDARD PLAN D-15.20-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
..... VI
06-02-11
DATE
en
[I]
w a: w
~-~' j
:.
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
~~---------------r------~~~--------------------~~~----------------------~
SIDEWALK
J
8'
PLAN
CURB LINE
J
8'
"; f
H
BRIDGE RAILING TYPE BP TOP OF SIDEWALK
Co
TOP OF ROADWAY
TRAFFIC BARRIER
.....
_ _ l _ __ _
~
RETAINING WALL
5@)#4
2@)#6
\ - CONTINUOUS \
~CONTINUOUS
- 0"
I
FIELciiBEND
1 1/2" CLR.
DETAIL
--- ----
~-ilk<')~ ~ ---~---~
-
(~P.)
-Hr~~H
I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I
I \f\ I 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1
-HrNrHrHrHrH
I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I
-HrHrHrHrHr~ -HrHrHrHrHrH~
I I I I
0,
'
'
tv>
I 1 1 1 1 I I I I
I 1 1 1 1 I I I I
I 1 1 1 1 I I I I
I 1 1 1 1
@
I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I
I 1 1 1 1 I I I I
Ii
-r
0
EE GUARDRAIL ONNECTION D ETAILS
~~
....J
ELEVATION
SECTION
PLAN VIEW
TRAFFIC BARRIER DETAILS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS STANDARD PLAN D-15.30-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
OBLIQUE VIEW
fll
.....
12-02-08
DATE
en
[I]
w a: w
....1 ....1
iii z
'
~
Cl
TOP OF SIDEWALK \
'
lr
< o I I+< l
I
I I
v :'\
I I
2'
- 11"
NOTE
FOR GUARDRAIL DETAILS NOT SHOWN - SEE BEAM GUARDRAIL {TYPE 31) TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 22, STANDARD PLAN C-25.22
--------7
o o
~
~
=
o o
= =
'
"iTt-'
:::
000 000 00
:::
000 000 00
. .. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .
ll
f:l
:l
liT
''
' '
--~
F-.
!V
NOTE
'
NOTE
FOR GUARDRAIL DETAILS NOT SHOWN - SEE BEAM GUARDRAIL {TYPE 31) TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 20 STANDARD PLAN C-25.18
0
ATTACH GUARDRAIL TO CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER WITH 7/8" DIAM. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS {STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-06.5{4)) WITH THIN SLAB FERRULE INSERTS OR RESIN BONDED ANCHORS. SEE THE CONTRACT PLANS.
FOR GUARDRAIL DETAILS NOT SHOWN - SEE BEAM GUARDRAIL {TYPE 31) TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 21, STANDARD PLAN C-25.20
TOP OF SIDEWALK
3,
to
--"-~- ~--~
'
Co
'
b
'
TRAFFIC BARRIER DETAILS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS STANDARD PLAN D-15.30-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT SEE STD. SPEC. FOR BENDING DIAMETERS
..... VI
12-02-08
DATE
NOTES
I
DATE LOCATION- SEE DETAIL
I
_,
DATE LOCATION -SEE DETAIL
_j
_j
_,
1. All numerals are approx. 3 1/4 wide except numeral 1 which is approx. 5/8 wide.
11 11 II 11 11
11
11
II
2. Spacing between the numeral 1 and any other numeral is 1 Spacing between all other numerals is 3/4
_,
DATE LOCATION- SEE DETAIL
3. Traffic Barrier Connections between the bridge and the approaching roadway vary and may consist of concrete barrier extensions. Install the Date Numerals on the traffic barrier of the bridge itself.
\_
PLAN VIEW
\_
PLAN VIEW
,t~ \
L
I I I I
~: MAY VAR'1
~~&
_s0~
,-,-----,
0
0
OJ)
0
D
COl
'
TOP OF ROADWAY
5/8"
~
1/8" (TYP.)
::: 3 1/4"
ELEVATION VIEW
~
~
""" II
c.:
~ ......
""" II
NUMERAL "1"
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
...... VI
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-21-07
DATE
nJ
I I
~
II II II II
II
15 X 3'
o" sp ,n
1ces
A~
n
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
%"
T
I
N
I~
X
N
0 Q) / u Q) :J OJ D_
C1J Ill
T
I
I i-J II
II II II II
II II
H
II~
II
II
II
~
II II
..
I
u
~ ~
II
or
mr---
I~
~
I I I
Service Level
Deck
~
Ill +-
u
t4"x22" Drift bolts
lc
c
lc
ITYPI~
lc
n
Spons 15' 11
~"
u
~x12
Q) +- D
0
spon shown
SINGLE LANE
,n ,
I I I I I I I
Blackout ITYP 2x5 Outside stri nger to outs1de str1nger, fosten eoch stringer with 1s"x5" I og screw
U1
111 L Q) 1::111
U1 C1J
Blackout
n~~'
II
I!'I"
~15x3'-o'' Sp I ices
-- E 0 0
0 u "0
L
--n'n-'j
0 G!l
I I
I
II
11
II
II
Q), LlD I: N +- X
N
I~
II
II
II
II
0 Q)lfl
C1J
X N
II II II II II II
II
I~
--mr~I
'
I I I I
n
I I I I I
Q)D
D~
'
:r:
I I I
C1.J C1.J
_c >,
0 0 Q) 5
II
II
Jl1
hTr
_L-:3:0
5-Q_
111 +111
0 o_
_({)
+-
Ill
Q)
+-
Ill
Q)
:r:
II
II
mr---------' ' I
~
N X N
II
II
-QQ)>, +D_ 0
+D ClJ:JL
I: +-u _o
0
C1J
"
1
II
11
II
u
OJ
II
II
II
II
11
D,
QlcnQJO
-UL~
i+':
m+0
:JD_
C1J
- Q) C1J
1
..
11
II
~
II II
u
')')
g 11
--u-
11
3
((
II
~
XLL
'Drift bolts
ITYPI
...
u
I
II
u
II II 11-r
o_ Q) +- c:: u +- 0 cxo_c
lflQ) +-DQJ c D Q)D-0(])I: 0 -1111:: +Ill 111111 C1J +- 01 LI11C +- 0 o_u C1J 0 EC!JL ODD L+-Ill~
OQ)D+-
II
~
u u
2x5 Outside strin g er t 0 outside str i nger; fosten eoch stringer with 1s"x5" I og screw TS 3"x5"x1/~" Stee I post
TWO LANE
ft
--r-J-_
I I
I I
I I
Thrie beom ACP overlay lsee Note ~x12 515 Plonk deck rod ockwosher 'x1/2" Bear i ng plote plote
~i.~======~Distr i bution
If)
I I I I
plote
On pile trestles, when H exceeds 1 0' but is I ess thon 20' I ong i tud i no I broces sho I I be pI oced on outside pi I es on both sides of trestle i n every th i rd ponel or os requ i red by locol conditions. When H exceeds 20'two-story bracing shol I be used. Long i tud i nal struts ond cross broces sholl be fastened ot eoch end with%" DIA bolts ond molleoble washers.
See Note 7
+0
+0 0
4L
C1J Ll
DD
I I I I I I I I
C1J C1J C1J L
Ill
N
~
E
0
C1J
If)
UC!JC
ELEVATION
PILE TRESTLE
::r
:r:D
Q) Q)
+111+C1.J
D Q) QJ
(),
C!J4o_
XN
C1J
I
L _o
C1J
E
Q)
-0
(f)
+Ill
1::3::-
+c
1111::
0 - _o >,
0 o_ 0
E 0 I:" +-If)
0~
:r:
([)I
0
-l::lfl
'ii;
:'::D mClJ
~u
o_
Q)
J'l(!J(!J - D_ +Ul Q)
Q) -
QJUlCE
X
0
c::
c:: Ll Q)L)--
+-D QJ
IEXPIRES
:3:
o
u
0
L
Q)
<11:: oO
(])
+-
QJJ:: 0 (f]J::
If)
0If)
If)
QJU+-_Cl
L- 0
+-({)0>,
SxS
F i I I er
+-+-0
C1J :J " -OLen C1J
Q_
<>.
Q_
E QJ L ODD L 4(f)
C1J
<>.
CUJ::::
On frome trest I es, I ong i tud i no I bracing shol I be ploced on outside posts on both sides of trestle i n olternote ponels or os requ i red by locol conditions When H exceeds 2 0' , two- story bracing sholl be ploced. Long i tudinal struts ond cross broces sho I I be fastened ot eoch end w i th 1/' DIA bo Its ond mo I I eob I e washers,
o
o~N~
1/'x12" Dowels
c::
0
+-
:J OlD
"
;>, 0
Brian Ziegler
05-29-98
DATE
ELEVATION
FRAME TRESTLE
3"x5"x 1 4" /
Steel
post
ITYPI
NOTES 1. 2, 3, 4, 5. 5. Dimensions and notations for superstructure are typ i cal A I I t i mber and for both single lane and two lane bridges.
I umber sha I I be # 2 or better and untreated Doug I as fir- I arch, I oad bearing
A I I p i I i ng sha I I be untreated Doug I as fir and sha I I be driven to deve I op a mini mum capacity of 15 tons. Blocking for frame bents shal I be proport i oned to carry a minimum All hardware shall plank be black, ungalvan i zed. number 1 or
Each deck
shall
DIA bolt
7.
S.
On 17'spans, str i ngers shall be 5x15 51E. On 15' spans, str i ngers shall be 5x15 51E. Two- I one bridges sha I I use thirteen I i nes of stringers, one- I one bridges sha I I use seven Overlay thickness must be sufficient to cover bolts.
1'-o"
use
Lj
I_
2 11
use 3'-9"
IL
Post
IL
ost
t4"
SECTION A-A
115'
13/s" DIA Hole I two places)------Dr i I I and tap %" DI A hoI e 15 UNC through--------1
DI A Ho I e
ltwo places)
1'
Steel
plate
Post
ct
plate with / TS 3"x5"x 1 4 " Bearing DIA hole Stee I post
1/'
bolt
1 1 4 " DIA xB" Rod / with I ockwasher threaded 2 I TYP I 1 'x5" Lag bolt /2
8l5~i~
~@~~ti
o::~~==:z~ 11"' ~
~~iS-~~
''H~''I/'
L
~~iii~~
~11~~~
>;~~~~
+0
D_
CL
[) Q)
-~-
W'
Steel
plate
)-
-01
4-
-01
+ + + + +
~~!!:~~ Cllo~~>-
-----i c-
""
-----i c-
~~h~
0
I
~i!'o:~..:
~~ttl~~
IEXPIRES
!1
~~~~
""
-----i cN
11/4" DIA
ITYPI
1 1 4" /
Brian Ziegler
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
05-29-98
DATE
SECTION B-B
PILE TYPE
PERIMETER
UNIT WEIGHT
AREA
MOMENT OF INERTIA
RADIUS OF GYRATION
NOTE 1
PRESTRESSING STRAND
(in.)
12
(in.)
48.0 56.0 64.0 46.4 54.7 59.6 66.3 79.5
(lbs./ft.)
158 215 281 178 247 295 364 524
(in. 2 )
144 196 256 162 226 268 331 477
(in. 4 )
1728 3201 5461 2103 4057 5746 8758 18161
(in.)
3.5 4.0 4.6 3.6 4.2 4.6 5.1 6.2
SQUARE
14 16 14 16 112
SEE SPIRAL TERMINATION DETAIL (TYP.) 3 WRAPS OF SPIRAL WITH WELDED LAP SPLICE AT END
OCTAGONAL
18 20 24
OPTIONAL 114" )( 2 112" )( D (O.D.) STEEL DRIVING RING (EITHER END OR BOTH)
1/2" DEEP 6" LONG 2" WIDE RECESS, CENTERED ABOUT LIFTING LOOP
r
::c ....1 ~ ~ c::: c::: ~
=It b
::::;
(.)
r
....1
ELEVATION
5"@ 1" PITCH
PILE DETAILS
NOTES 1. Place lifting loops at the lifting points shown in the PILE HANDLING DIAGRAM, Standard Plan E-4a, for the case stated in the contract. 2. Spirals shall be spliced either by lapping one full turn and bending the end of the spiral to a 135 seismic hook, by welding, or by the use of a mechanical connector that develops 125% of the minimum yield strenth of the spiral. Welding shall meet the requirements of Standard Specification 6-02.3(24)E. 3. All prestressing strands are 1/2" or 0.6" diameter (dps> Grade 270, uncoated strands, AASHTO M203, jack to 0.75 Fpu maximum. SQUARE 4. Strength of concrete shall be 5.0 ksi at release and 7.0 ksi at final. 5. 2 1/2" cover if pile is exposed to salt water.
D/2
(.)
c..
::::;
en
en ()
Cl ....1
....
en
Cl ....1
c..
....
' ....
~
=It b
' ....
Co 0::
b
(!)
"C
co
LL.
c. "'
I-
::c
z
Co 0::
w ....1
::::>
....1 ....1
"C
co
LL.
c. "'
0 (5 w
0::
....1
Ci
ll'i
w
w
0 (5 w
0::
....1
LL. I
!f Cl
(..)
(..)
i=
Cl
b
....1
M' 0 w 0:: w
~ w
en en
....1
::::>
::::i
en
D..
I- w
....1
Cl
....1
(..)
i=
Cl
::::>
0::
D..
w 0:: 0 en en ~ w
M' 0
(..)
::::i
en
Cl
....1
D..
c::: en
w ~ ::c
I~
....1
(..)
::c
c::: en
w ~ ::c I~
0::
D..
I-
c:::
w
PRESTRESSING STRANDS (TYP.) EQUALLY SPACED 1" R (TYP.} 1 1/2" MIN. COVER SEE NOTE 7
@)
en
0::
::5
::c
(..)
I-
::5
- -
c:::
w
()
en
0::
(5
0::
z
....1
(..)
::c
w w ....1
Cl
I-
c:::
ITJ
OCTAGONAL
G ::::>
0
D.. en @) .... en
=It ~
Co
BENDING DIAGRAM
0::
z'
TYPICAL SECTIONS
SPIRAL REINFORCEMENT
DEFORMED BAR #4 #5 PLAIN STEEL BAR 1/2" DIAM. 5/8" DIAM. COLD DRAWN WIRE AASHTO M32 W20 W31 DEFORMED WIRE AASHTO M225 D 20 D 31 WELD DIMENSIONS
SPI~~ ~~ l,,~,,
SHOP WELD
S(E~(
r
C
L
U2 OR S(E)
<~~6~ ~tg
s
6
E 3 5
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
08-27-03
DATE
PILE CAP
PILE CAP
PILE CAP
PRECAST PILES, HANDLING NOTES 1. For pile lifting Cases 1 and 2, do not allow pile tip to bear on other piling stored in a lower layer.
STRAND (TYP.)
2. For pile lifting Cases 3 and 4, tilt the pile in the air, do not allow the pile to touch the ground. 3. The minimum angle between the pile and the lifting strap is 60 when the pile is in the horizontal position. 4. When directed to remove a lifting loop, cut it off at the bottom of the recess and patch the recess by filling it with 1:2 mortar, finishing it to the level of the pile face. The patch shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours prior to driving the pile.
b
I
#4 SPIRAL@ 3" PITCH (TYP.) CAST IN PLACE CLASS 4000P CONCRETE SEE NOTE 5 ROUGHENED SURFACE PRECAST PILE
5. The length of the formed or drilled hole shall allow for potential cutoff and full development length of the steel reinforcement. The holes must be roughened and filled with epoxy resin. 6. Expose the spiral reinforcement at the pile head and splice with new spiral in accordance with Standard Plan E-4, Note 2. 7. For handling and bunking, the Prestressed piles shall have at least the minimum number of strands shown on Std Plan E4. 8. Piles stored on the ground should be bunked on level dunnage at no more than 20' on center, with a maximum overhang of 10'.
SEE NOTE 5
PRECAST PILE
PRECAST PILE
L/4
I
I
I
I
I
I
SEE NOTE 3
\_ ROCKER BUNKS
_j
L
SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 WHEN "L" IS MORE THAN 50' BUT NOT MORE THAN 70'
L/3
I
I
L/3
I L/6
I
CASE 1
PILE
CASE2
1=1
L/10
I
I
3L/5
L/5
~
L/10
PRECAST PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILES HANDLING AND CAPPING STANDARD PLAN E-4a
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
PILE BUNK__/ \__BUNK SEE NOTE 2 WHEN "L" IS MORE THAN 70' BUT NOT MORE THAN 90' SEE NOTE 2 WHEN "L" IS MORE THAN 90'
CASE3
CASE4
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
08-27-03
DATE
FACE OF CURB
FACE OF CURB
FACE OF CURB
FACE OF CURB
6 1/2" 5 1/2"
6 1/2"
1/2" R.
ROADWAY
I>
2L ___}_ "
---,' JI> - bl> .
1/2" R.
1/2" R.
'
i>t> '
~J
11 1/2"
111/2"
1/2" R.
b
~
'
.'
6"
1"R.
~, ~r
'
NOTE
1. See Standard Plan F-30.1 0 for Curb Expansion and Contraction Joint spacing.
I>
' t>
I>'
'
FLUSH WITH GUTTER PAN AT CURB RAMP ENTRANCE - 1/2" VERTICAL LIP AT DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE
.J .J
LlJ Cl Cl
::J
0::
LlJ LL.
FACE OF CURB
FACE OF CURB
Cl
1/2" R.
ROADWAY ROADWAY ROADWAY
ROADWAY
fll
.....
06-16-11
DATE
=13'- 0 1/4"
= 5'- 0 3/4"
3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
= 5'- 0 3/4"
5'- 0" R.
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
5'- 0" R.
5'- 0" R.
GUTTER PAN
RECTANGULAR FRAME AND GRATE- NOT INCLUDED IN CURB AND GUTTER BID ITEM
NOTES 1. The intent of this design is to facilitate the compaction of Hot Mix Asphalt pavement adjacent to a drainage structure. 2. The centerline of the drainage structure may differ from the centerline of the frame and grate.
PLAN VIEW
~CURB
FACE OF
CENTERLINE OF FRAME
I
6 1/2"
13" 1" (1.08')
2- 10 1/2" 6 1/2" SLOPE THE GUTTER PAN DOWN TO THE RECTANGULAR FRAME
5 1/2"
1/2" R.
5 1/2"
1/2" R.
~
TOP OF ROADWAY
N
......
......
~
I>~
'
~
~
ry rJ
FACE OF CURB 1" R. MATCH PE 1" R
' I> I> I>
/ / / /
1/2" R.
TOP OF ROADWAY
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
/ / / / / /
I>
'
~
'
[>
I> I>
'
[>
'
[>
I>
'
I>
'
~J
'
~
I>
'
[>
SECTION
I>
I>
SECTION
0
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
- __ ,
I I I I I I I
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER PAN STANDARD PLAN F-1 0.16-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET
l'-'-'-'-'-'-''/
l~c;>METFi~ VIEW
"'-~//
....
Kevin J. Dayton
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
12-20-06
DATE
BUFFER STRIP
CURB 2
OUTSIDE
CURB 1
0LANE
LANE
TRUCK APRON
SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR TREATMENT (TYP.) CENTRAL ISLAND CURB 3 SIDEWALK 0 5'- 0" MIN. BUFFER STRIP 3'- 0" MIN. CURB CIRCULATING ROADWAY 0 CURB TRUCK APRON 0 SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR TREATMENT
CURB PLACEMENT
SECTION
(ROUNDABOUT CONFIGURATION WILL VARY DEPENDING ON CONTRACT PLANS)
NOTES 1. See Standard Plan F-30.1 0 for Curb Expansion and Contraction Joint spacing. LEGEND
10"
T'
SIDEWALK (TYP.)
0
ROUNDABOUT TRUCK APRON
5..
f,
1-
BUFFER
~~~~~~--~
1'-10"
MATCH
ROADWA~URB ~?
~
'"
4"R.
FACE OF
SIDEWALK
1_
~~~----~~--~~~~~~--~~
15"
9"
CURB2 (OUTSIDE, RIGHT SIDE OR SPLITTER ISLAND) ROUNDABOUT CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
..... fll
06-27-11
DATE
TRAVELED WAY
USABLE SHOULDER
SLOPE ROUNDING
NOTES 1. The installation of curb in areas with existing guardrail could require the removal and resetting of the guardrail or its components. 2. Extend shoulder pavement to provide a base for the extruded curb.
FACE OF CURB EXTRUDED CURB TYPE 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 OR 6 (SEE CONTRACT FOR TYPE) -SEE NOTE 4
1'- 0"
3. See Contract for exception to distances shown. 4. Type 3 and 6 curbs are not used on roadways with a posted speed greater than 40 mph. 5. Type 3 and 6 are not used under beam guardrail on roadways with a posted speed greater than 50 mph .
....1 ....1
::::i
0::
LlJ
LL.
0 0
LlJ
6.
1'- 0"
MIN.
For extruded curb placement at Beam Guardrail Type 31, See Standard Plan C-20.1 0. For extruded curb details, See Standard Plan F-10.42.
7.
FACE OF CURB EXTRUDED CURB TYPE 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 OR 6 (SEE CONTRACT FOR TYPE) -SEE NOTE 4
TRAVELED WAY
USABLE SHOULDER
SEE NOTE 2
FACE OF CURB EXTRUDED CURB TYPE 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 OR 6 (SEE CONTRACT FOR TYPE) -SEE NOTE 4
2'- 0"
------<_
HINGE-POINT
SEE CONTRACT FOR DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS SEE NOTE 2 SEE STANDARD PLAN TRAFFIC BARRIER SHOULDER WIDENING TRAVELED WAY USABLE SHOULDER
FACE OF CURB SHALL NOT EXCEED FACE OF GUARDRAIL EXTRUDED CURB TYPE 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 (SEE CONTRACT FOR TYPE) -SEE NOTE 5
.....
06121112
DATE
B"
(/)
B"
1"
1"
ID
....1 ....1
w 0:: w
1"
6"
6"
1"
iii
~
Cl
L. .- _!_,_~_1>_.
_____._._-'_:-_,:_........JI .. _
TYPE 1
~! ~I
_ _ _ L _ _ __ _ _
#3 BAR
~
"
12
12" ~~~~------------~~~~10~~-~o~S(~~----------------~~
i
BE
I
!
TYPE4
(CEMENT CONCRETE)
~I,I
I , I
12"
12"
B"
1" 6" 1"
1"
B"
6"
1"
# 3 BARS (TYP.)
)'
NOTE
~ ?~
--~'<t
1" R. -
1>__ ,,
I I I I I I I I I I
JOINTS MAY BE FORMED DURING INSTALLATION USING A RIGID DIVIDER OR SAWCUT AFTER CONCRETE CURES TO MINIMUM STRENGTH.
TYPE2
(HOT MIX ASPHALT)
_ _ _ L _ _ __ _ _
#3 BAR
TYPES
(CEMENT CONCRETE)
10"
2 1/2"
5"
TYPE3
(HOT MIX ASPHALT)
_ _ _ L _ _ __ _ _
#3 BAR
TYPES
(CEMENT CONCRETE)
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
01-23-07
DATE
(/)
0::
ID
....1 ....1
w w
iii
~
Cl
1" R.
2" R.
#3 REBAR- REQUIRED ONLY IN TANGENT BLOCK, WHEN LENGTH EXCEEDS 30" (1 1/2" CLR. BOTH ENDS}
TOP VIEW
2" R.
5"
+I
I:
.....
12"
ISOMETRIC VIEW
TYPICAL OF ALL
TANGENT BLOCK
END VIEW
TOP VIEW
23"
\ \
30" R.
\
\ \ \
I
I
45
I I I I I I
fJ'I Washington
....
09-05-07
DATE
(/)
0::
ID
....1 ....1
w w
iii
1" R.
2" R.
ID
~
Cl
2" R.
<(
<(
5"
+I
I:
TOP VIEW
12"
SECTION
0
DIMENSION B 2" 1 1/2" 1" 7/8" 1 1/8" 1" 7/8" 3/4" 518" 3/4" 518" 1/2" 1/2" 3/8" 1/4" DIMENSION
TOP VIEW
c
8" 9" 10" 10 1/4" 15 3/4" 16" 16 1/4" 16 1/2" 16 3/4" 22 1/2" 22 3/4" 23" 29" 29 1/4" 29 1/2" INSIDE RADIUS BLOCK
ISOMETRIC VIEWS
THIS TABLE LISTS THE CALCULATED DIMENSIONS FOR CASTING BLOCKS SUITABLE FOR CONSTRUCTING VARIOUS CURB RADII. CURVED BLOCKS, OR BLOCKS WITH DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MAY BE ACCEPTABLE WITH PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER.
fJ'I Washington
.....
09-05-07
DATE
NOTE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
---------------N
....1 ....1
iii z
The dual faced curb may be constructed by using two precast concrete sloped mountable curbs (longitundinal halves) so long as the installation is consistent with the dimensions shown in the plan.
--------- --------
~~
~~-
1 1t2"
Cl
I
j_
24"
L I"
~I
END
(TYP.)
"I
2"R.
_,..
I !
SIDE
SIDE
FRONT
24 x 20 TAPER BLOCK
20"
BACK
~
CLR.
1'-11"
TOP
~LI ~
~
~
END
b---~---------~~
~
SIDE
TR.
NOSING BLOCK
NOSING BLOCK
SIDE
(TYP.)
FRONT
20 x 16 TAPER BLOCK
BACK
20 x 16 TAPER BLOCK
24 x 20 TAPER BLOCK
ISOMETRIC VIEW
5'- 0"
2" R.
PRECAST CONCRETE DUAL FACED SLOPED MOUNTABLE CURB STANDARD PLAN F-1 0.64-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
FRONT
16 x 12 TAPER BLOCK
fll
BACK
.....
07-03-08
DATE
SIDEWALK- 6' - 0" MIN. {SEE CONTRACT) FOR SIDE TREATMENT SEE OTHER SIDEWALK SECTIONS 1/2" R. {TYP.) 1/2" R. {TYP.) CURB NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-10.12 2.0% MAX. SIDEWALK - 6' - 0" MIN. {SEE CONTRACT)
6 1/2"
FACE OF CURB
. :
...
~
~
ROADWAY
8"
MIN.
Cl Cl
~~~~~~~~~~
ADJACENT TO CURB
(STEEP FILL SLOPES)
:J
0::
LL.
1. Four feet of the sidewalk width shall be the minimum pedestrian accessible route free of vertical and horizontal obstructions. Gratings, access covers, junction boxes, cable vaults, pull boxes and other appurtenances within the sidewalk must have slip resistant surfaces and be flush with surface and match grade of the sidewalk.
Extend sidewalk transverse expansion joints to include curb (full depth). CURB FACE DETAIL
WALL OR BARRIER
SIDEWALK BROOMED FINISH (TYP.) 1/2" R. 4" WIDE, SMOOTH TROWELED PERIMETER
C>
Cl
1'- 0"
MIN.
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB {CURB AND GUTTER SHOWN) NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM SEE STANDARD PLAN F-10.12
ADJACENT TO CURB
BRIDGE OR PEDESTRIAN RAILING SIDEWALK- 6' - 0" MIN. {SEE CONTRACT) 1/2" R. (TYP.) CURB NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-10.12 VERTICAL WALL -SEE DETAIL
/~
LEVEL 1/2" R.
' ' ,,,' ',', , ,
/y
... 1 - - - - t>'
P'
ISOMETRIC VIEW
t>
C>
FINISHED GRADE 1" BELOW TOP OF CONCRETE SURFACE FOR PLANTING - FLUSH IF PAVED PREMOLD ED JOINT FILLER
EXPANSION JOINT
CONTRACTION JOINT
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
NOTES
SEE CONTRACT PLANS - 4'- 0" MIN. 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10
1. Provide a separate curb ramp for each marked or unmarked crosswalk. Curb ramp location shall be placed within the width of the associated crosswalk, or as shown in the Contract Plans. 2. Where "GRADE BREAK'' is called out, the entire length of the grade break between the two adjacent surface planes shall be flush.
---CcJ
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-45.10 FACE OF CURB
3.
Do not place gratings, junction boxes, access covers, or other appurtenances in front of thre curb ramp or on any part of the curb ramp or landing.
SEE CONTRACT PLANS - 4' - 0" MIN. (TYP.) CURB RAMP FACE OF CURB
..J ..J
CURB & GUTTER CURB RAMP DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-45.10 DEPRESSED CURB & GUTTER CROSSWALK SEE CONTRACT PLANS - 4'- 0" MIN.
4. See Contract Plans for the curb design specified. See Standard Plan F-1 0.12 for Curb, Curb and Gutter, and Pedestrian Curb Details. 5. See Standard Plan F-30.1 0 for Cement Concrete Sidewalk Details. See Contract Plans for width and placement of sidewalk. 6. The Bid Item "Cement Concrete Curb Ramp Type _" does not include the adacent Curb, Curb and Gutter, Pedestrian Curb or Sidewalks. 7. The curb ramp maximum running slope shall not require the ramp length to exceed 15 feet to avoid chasing the slope indefinitely when connecting to steep grades. When applying the 15 foot max. length, the running slope of the curb ramp shall be as flat as feasable. 8. Curb ramp, landing, & flares shall receive broom finish. See Standard Specifications 8-14.
LEGEND
~
CROSSWALK
::::i
0::
LL.
0 0
PLAN VIEW
TYPE PARALLEL A
GRADE BREAK COUNTER SLOPE 5.0% MAX. GRADE BREAK TOP OF ROADWAY
PLAN VIEW
TYPE PARALLEL B
.
VARIES I
"I
I
Ci
2. 0% MAX.
"<Y771iT77>YX"T:i---'-
LANDING
SECTION
- -
15'- 0" MAX. SEE NOTE 7 SIDEWALK GRADE BREAK GRADE BREAK
2.0% MAX.
.
:,.
...
8.3% . -MAX. -
.. .
....
2.0% MAX.
CURB RAMP 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10
CURB RAMP
CURB RAMP LANDING 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10
SECTION
(;:'\C
SECTION
"CEMENT CONCRETE CURB RAMP TYPE PARALLEL A" PAY LIMIT- SEE NOTE 6
"CEMENT CONCRETE CURB RAMP TYPE PARALLEL B" PAY LIMIT- SEE NOTE 6
...... fll
06-03-10
DATE
NOTES
SEE CONTRACT PLANS - 4'- 0" MIN.
CURB RAMP
CURB RAMP MATCH SIDEWALK SEE CONTRACT PLANS - 4'- 0" MIN.
CEMENT CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN CURB -SEE NOTE 4 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE SEE- STANDARD PLAN F-45.10 3" R. (TYP.)
1. Provide a separate curb ramp for each marked or unmarked crosswalk. Curb ramp location shall be placed within the width of the associated crosswalk, or as shown in the Contract Plans. 2. Where "GRADE BREAK" is called out, the entire length of the grade break between the two adjacent surface planes shall be flush. 3. Do not place gratings, junction boxes, access covers, or other appurtenances in front of thre curb ramp or on any part of the curb ramp or landing. See Contract Plans for the curb design specified. See Standard Plan F-10.12 for Curb, Curb and Gutter, and Pedestrian Curb Details. See Standard Plan F-30.1 0 for Cement Concrete Sidewalk Details. See Contract Plans for width and placement of sidewalk. The Bid Item "Cement Concrete Curb Ramp Type _" does not include the adacent Curb, Curb and Gutter, Pedestrian Curb or Sidewalks. The curb ramp maximum running slope shall not require the ramp length to exceed 15 feet to avoid chasing the slope indefinitely when connecting to steep grades. When applying the 15 foot max. length, the running slope of the curb ramp shall be as flat as feasable. Curb ramp, landing & flares shall receive broom finish. See Standard Specifications 8-14. LEGEND
SLOPE IN EITHER DIRECTION
4.
CEMENT CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN CURB -SEE NOTE 4 CEMENT CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER -SEE NOTE 4 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE SEE- STANDARD PLAN F-45.10
....1 ....1
3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10 BUFFER STRIP (TYP.) SEE CONTRACT PLANS
5.
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER - SEE NOTE 4
6.
CROSSWALK
7.
::::i
0:::
LL.
0 0
L
PLAN VIEW
8.
TYPE COMBINATION
WITH BUFFER
~
0
---_j
8.3% MAX.
----
CURB RAMP 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10
LANDING
CURB RAMP
SECTION
SECTION
0
"CEMENT CONCRETE CURB RAMP TYPE COMBINATION" PAY LIMIT- SEE NOTE 6
SEE CONTRACT PLANS - 3' - 0" MIN. BUFFER STRIP TOP OF ROADWAY
....
SECTION
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
0
I I
LANDING GRADE BREAK SEE CONTRACT PLANS - 4'- 0" MIN. CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK- SEE NOTE 5 FLARE (TYP.)
I
CURB RAMP WIDTH 4' - 0" MIN. LANDING TO MATCH CURB RAMP WIDTH SEE CONTRACT PLANS GRADE BREAK SEE CONTRACT PLANS - 4'- 0" MIN. PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITION TO SIDEWALK
0
:
1
NOTES
CURB RAMP WIDTH 4' - 0" MIN. LANDING TO MATCH CURB RAMP WIDTH SEE CONTRACT PLANS GRADE BREAK
1.
Provide a separate curb ramp for each marked or unmarked crosswalk. Curb ramp location shall be placed within the width of the associated crosswalk, or as shown in the Contract Plans. Where "GRADE BREAK'' is called out, the entire length of the grade break between the two adjacent surface planes shall be flush. Do not place gratings, junction boxes, access covers, or other appurtenances In front of the curb ramp or on any part of the curb ramp or landing. See the Contract plans for the curb design specified. See Standard Plan F-10.12 for Curb, Curb and Gutter, and Pedestrian Curb details. See Standard Plan F-30.1 0 for Cement Concrete Sidewalk details. See Contract plans for width and placement of sidewalk. The Bid Item "Cement Concrete Curb Ramp Type _" does not include the adjacent Curb, Curb and Gutter, Pedestrian Curb or Sidewalk. The curb ramp maximum running slope shall not require the ramp length to exceed 15 feet to avoid chasing the slope indefinitely when connecting to steep grades. When applying the 15 foot maximum length, the running slope of the curb ramp shall as flat as feasible. Curb ramp, landing, & flares shall receive broom finish. See Standard Specifications 8-14.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
CURB RAMP
(1YP.)
GRADE BREAK
GRADE BREAK
CURB, OR CURB AND GUTTER FACE OF CURB MEASURED PARALLEL TO CURB (TYP.) CROSSWALK I DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE SEE STANDARD PLAN F-45.10 FACE OF CURB DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE SEE STANDARD PLAN F-45.10
___j
8.
LEGEND
SLOPE IN EITHER DIRECTION
.........._
........._
& GUTTER
8.3% MAX.
---0
!J
LANDING
CURB RAMP
SECTION
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB RAMP "TYPE PERPENDICULAR A" PAY LIMIT- SEE NOTE 6
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB RAMP "TYPE PERPENDICULAR B" PAY LIMIT- SEE NOTE 6
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
NOTES
1.
MATCH SIDEWALK WIDTH - 4' 0" MIN. SEE CONTRACT PLANS MATCH SIDEWALK WIDTH - 4' 0" MIN. SEE CONTRACT PLANS 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) - SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.1 0 SIDEWALK PEDESTRIAN CURB SEE NOTE 5 LANDING PEDESTRIAN CURB SEE NOTE 5 MATCH SIDEWALK WIDTH - 4' 0" MIN. SEE CONTRACT PLANS 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT - SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10 CURB RAMP -SEE NOTES BUFFER STRIP
This plan is to be used where pedestrian crossing in one direction is not permitted. Curb ramp location shall be placed within the width of the associated crosswalk, or as shown in the Contract Plans. Where "GRADE BREAK" is called out, the entire length of the grade break between the two adjacent surface planes shall be flush. Do not place gratings, junction boxes, access covers or other appurtanences in front of the curb ramp or on any part of the curb ramp or landing. See the Contract Documents for the curb design specified. See Standard Plan F-10.12 for Curb, Curb and Gutter, and Pedestrian Curb details. See Standard Plan F-30.1 0 for Cement Concrete Sidewalk Details. See contract plans for width and placement of sidewalk. The bid item "Cement Concrete Curb Ramp Type _" does not include the adjacent Curb or (Curb and Gutter), Pedestrian Curb or Sidewalk, or the pedestrian crossing closure sign. The curb ramp maximum running slope shall not require the ramp length to exceed 15 feet to avoid chasing the slope indefinitely when connecting to steep grades. When applying the 15 foot maximum length, the running slope of the curb ramp shall be as flat as feasible . Curb ramps and landings shall receive broom finish. See Standard Specifications 8-14.
2.
PEDESTRIAN CURB SEE NOTE 5
3.
4.
5.
:Z
....1
~
~N-O~T~E=6~==~~=t~~~~=j~==~~~~~~~~~l
BUFFER STRIP CONTRACT DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE SEE STANDARD PLAN F-45.10 BUFFER STRIP
:E
b
(I) (/)
~ (;I
6.
q.
(.)
a::
7.
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE SEE STANDARD PLAN F-45.10
8.
PEDESTRIAN CROSSING CLOSURE SIGN
....1 ....1
CURB RAMP
Cl Cl
9.
::::i
a::
w u.
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-45.10 COUNTER SLOPE GRADE!];, 5.0% MAX. BREAK GRADE BREAK TOP OF ROADWAY DEPRESSED CURB & GUTTER -SEE NOTE 5 1" RADIUS CORNER 15'- 0" MAX GRADE BREAK --,...--;----"""'\ SIDEWALK SEE NOTE 6 2.0% MAX.
~
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE - SEE STD. PLAN F-45.1 0 DEPRESSED CURB AND GUTTER - SEE NOTE 5
15'- 0" MAX SEE NOTE 8 GRADE BREAK SIDEWALK SEE NOTE 6
go ANGLE
RADIUS MAY VARY
CURB RAMP
CURB RAMP
LANDING
CURB RAMP
DETAIL
SECTION
0
"CEMENT CONCRETE CURB RAMP TYPE SINGLE DIRECTION A" PAY LIMIT SEE NOTE 7
SECTION
LEGEND
SLOPE IN EITHER DIRECTION
"CEMENT CONCRETE CURB RAMP TYPE SINGLE DIRECTION B" PAY LIMIT SEE NOTE 7
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
1---A--------!
i
I
re-
h"\
i
I
'Y
'
NOTES 1.
c
CURB RAMP, LANDING, CUTTHROUGH OR WALKWAY
The Detectable Warning Surface (DWS) shall extend the full width of the curb ramp (exclusive of flares) or the landing. The Detectable Warning Surface shall be placed at the back of curb, and need not follow the radius. The rows of truncated domes shall be aligned to be perpendicular to the grade break at the back of curb. The rows of truncated domes shall be aligned to be parallel to the direction of travel. If curb and gutter are not present, such as a shared-use path connection, the Detectable Warning Surface shall be placed at the pavement edge. See Standard Plans for sidewalk and curb ramp details. If a curb ramp is required, the location of the Detectable Warning Surface must be at the bottom of the ramp and within the required distance from the rail. When the grade break between the curb ramp and the landing is less than or equal to 5 ft. from the back of curb at all points, place the Detectable Warning Surface on the bottom of the curb ramp.
2. 3.
MIN. A
MAX.
2.40"
~
1
(
BACK OF CURBSEE NOTE 2 2'- 0" MIN.TYP. OF ALL APPLICATIONS CURB AND GUTTER MATCH TO WIDTH OF CURB RAMP LANDING, CUT-THROUGH OR WALKWAY
TRUNCA:DDOME
c
D E
4. 5. 6. 7.
SECTION
8.
WALKWAY~
WIDTH OF WALKWAY
0
0
~II
...~
::J
I"
0:::
11..
---1
(SEE NOTE 6)
_/I
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE (TYP.) SEE NOTE 3 BACK OF CURB SEE NOTE 2
WALKWAY~
WIDTH OF WALKWAY
ISLAND CUT-THROUGH
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE (TYP.) SEE NOTE 3
""
""
""
BACK OF CURB SEE NOTE 2
0~1~NG, OR WALKWAY
MEDIAN CUT-THROUGH
BACK OF CURB SEE NOTE 2
USEPA~~O~
SHARED-USE PATH OR WALKWAY
PATH OR WALKWAY
PLACEMENT GUIDELINES
......
06121112
DATE
.,.Jl~.\'?~~
r
'1: r /
SEE NOTE
1)
........
I
3" R. (TYP.) ~
~ -z;/
~/"
ii ~ / ,
~1
0!
N1
f'
r ~
~
= ~ co.._.
T[TYP)- ~ ~i~1C~tflli'N
F-30.10
~
~.
r
~~
~
VARIES - SEE CON TRACT PLANS CEMENT CONC. P EDESTRIAN CURB (TYP.) (WHEN SPECIFIE D IN CONTRACT) LAN F-10.12 NT F-30.10 3/8" EXPANSION JO~N(TYP)SEE STANDARD P SEE NOTE 1 BROOM ED FINISH (TYP.) DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE SIDEWALK (TYP.)
SEESTz~p
I
I
i
i
i i i i
-- .
I
PLAN VIEW
TYPE 1
15, MAX. SEE NOTE 6
VARIES- SEE CONTRACT PLANS
_j
CE~~~~E~Ng~~T~o~~R3)
L----',~TY~P:::.)~---r-r,TYTV~:Pil.)
5' - 0" 2' - 6"
NOTES . 5 15 feet, construct a full 1. When the dli."';'vaft, ~~~j;;~~'i!!r along the dli"';j~;~:'nteliln
arallel with the ~nterhne:d~~s exceed 30 feet. . hen dnveway WI spacmg w F 30 10 for sidewalk details. 2. See Standard Plan - . h Contract Plans for the hown' see Standard Plan F- 10.12 t e 3 . Curb design specified. See and gutter ~ cu rb . for Curb Deta1 1s. .
dep~
PLAN VIEW
8.3% MAX.
----
a.:
.......
GRADE BREAK
TYPE2
SEE CONTRACT PLANS _ 4' _ 0" MIN. SEE CONTRACT PLANS
1/2" R. (TYP.)
......
SECTION
0
SEE CONTRACT PLANS
{.--------------
~:;=AYRAMP
....1 ....1
..:: . .
2.0% MAX.
. : . ..
. . ..
~
~
.-
. tructures, junction boxes 4. Avoid placbintg ~~~~~gi~ ~ront of driveway entrances. h 1/2" MAX. LIP BETWEi~URB or other o s ru t the entire length oft e ROADWAY GUTTER PLANS, OR SEE CONTRACT Where "GRADE BRE:~~!~~~~~~ planes shall be flush. 5. line between the two J I shall not require the DEPRESSED CURB & GUTTER 15 runmng avoid chasing th e slope m feet to s ope 6 The curb ramp maxm~u (SEE NOTE 3) . ramp length to excee . to steep grades. When indefinitely when connectl~~ngth the running slope applying the 15 fo~a~~~as flat'as feasable. of the curb ramp s 7 't 1 m does not include driveway. See Contract Plans Pay e
ETE DRIVEWAY "CEMENT CONTYC~E .. PAY LIMITS ENTRANCE 2
LEGEND
SLOPE IN EITHER DIRECTION
::J
0 0
(SEE NOTE 7)
SECTION
z a:
w
11..
X
~-
,./--
....
CL 4000 CONCRETE PER STANDARD SPEC. 8-06.3
X
~-:.:::
.--------
..
CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPES 1, 2, 3 & 4 STANDARD PLAN F-80.1 0-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
03-1D~:12
--=r I
I
\ \
\_,..
VARIES-
3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.)SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10 MATCH SIDEWALK WIDTH 4' - 0" MIN. - SEE CONTRACT PLANS
\tn
\\
\0.
\?l \
I I
:
3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10
6'- 0"
6'- 0"
{)
1-
1-z
...
\ \ \
en
w w
... ...
2'- 6"
(TYP.)
.
..
...
.
..
DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE SIDE SLOPE (TYP.)
en
SEE NOTE 1
\ \ \ \ \ \
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER SEE NOTE 3 DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE SIDE SLOPE (TYP.)
SEE NOTE 1
Cl Cl
PLAN VIEW
\
\
PLAN VIEW
TYPE3
\ I \I
\I \1
TYPE4*
*THIS ENTRANCE TYPE SHALL NOT BE USED ALONG A PEDESTRIAN ROUTE
::J
0:::
LL.
1/2" R. (TYP.)
1/2" R. (TYP.)
SIDEWALK 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10 DRIVEWAY RAMP DEPRESSED CURB & GUTTER SEE NOTE 3
SECTION
SECTION
"CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPE 3" PAY LIMIT DRIVEWAY (SEE NOTE 7) ~ CL. 4000 CONCRETE PER STANDARD SPEC. 8-06.3 / .. _./ _..--/
>y:
x
~---
_.../
CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPES 1, 2, 3 & 4 STANDARD PLAN F-80.1 0-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
....
DATE
NOTES
VARIES - SEE NOTE 3
CENTERLINE
1. Attach the Milepost Sign Panel to a timber sign post using two 3/8" diameter lag bolts, with washers; see Standard Plan G-22.1 0. For post and attachment details on steel sign posts, see Standard Plan G-24.50, Type ST-1. 2. Provide Supplemental Plaques and install on Mileposts where indicated in the Contract.
3. See the Contract for the width of the Single-Faced Milepost Signs required (10" or 12").
D10-1, D10-2, & D10-3 MILEPOST SIGN PANEL
4. 5.
For lateral installations behind traffic barrier, 6" high curbs, and ditches, see Standard Plan G-20.1 0. Install at the locations shown in the Contract. Installation may be moved 50 feet or less (longitudinally) before or after the contract location if obstructions are encountered, or to utilize the post of another sign. Mileposts that cannot be placed within this degree of accuracy shall be omitted entirely.
w -::!!: ::!!: Cl
.z
1-
C')::i!: w
~~
TIMBER POST
STEEL POST
1/4" DIAM. >< 3" HEX HEAD BOLT, NUT & WASHERS (USE FOR SINGLE-FACE INSTALLATIONS ALSO)
SHOULDER
IC_
.
BACK EQUATION PLAQUE (D10-401) TIMBER POST SPUR ROUTE PLAQUE (D10-501)
~-
~:
SINGLE-FACED SIGN
D10-101' D10-201' & D10-301 MILEPOST SIGN PANEL
DOUBLE-FACED SIGN
z w -::!!: ::!!: Cl
~~
1.Z
C')::i!: w
------~s=~=TE=o=Es=IG~NE=N=GIN=E=ER~---
....
09-20-07
DATE
w
12' MIN. SHOULDER 6' MIN. SIGN SHOULDER
w
12' MIN. SIGN
w
12' MIN. SHOULDER 6' MIN. SIGN
NOTES 1. Refer to the Sign Specification Sheet of the Contract for the 'V' and 'W distances. 2. The minimum vertical distance from the bottom of the sign to the ground shall not be less than 7' for signs located within the Design Clear Zone.
Iv
(7' MIN.)
SLOPE BREAK
Iv
(7' MIN.)
FILL SLOPES STEEPER THAN 6H:1V SLOPE BREAK
I
SLOPE BREAK
(7' MIN.)
w
3' SIGN SHOULDER
w
12' MIN. 6' MIN. PRIMARY SIGN SHOULDER
w
12' MIN. MAJOR SIGN
~v
(7' MIN.)
t
SUPPLEMENTAL PLAQUE
_l
TRAFFIC BARRIER SLOPE BREAK
SECONDARY SIGN
SLOPE BREAK
GUIDE OR DIRECTIONAL SIGN WITH SECONDARY SIGN INSTALLATION ON EXPRESSWAYS AND FREEWAYS
w
SIGN :SHOULDER .,I
w
12' MIN.
1
w
12' MIN. 4'
4
BACKSLOPE
FLATTER THAN 3H:1V STEEPER THAN 3H:1V
I
D
7' MIN.
2' MIN.
:1
I
SIGN
SHOULDER
4'
SIGN
MIN.
,.....,....~~
1
----Jl:y;:::::::;~~~ r-1
[7'
DITCH
'
DITCH
'
~
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY
I
~:o...y.r....;;.....:.....:...n...;;.....:....;;.....:.t+-"'
BACKSLOPE
r:-v
I I
I:-V
(7' MIN.)
I I
II
(7' MIN.)
SLOPE BREAK
SLOPE BREAK
.....
09-20-07
DATE
NOTES
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
y ~ TO~BF lc~.....
SIGN SIGN PANEL
B------,
~TOP OF POST
WIDEST SIGN POST DIMENSION
2. 6x10, 8x10, and 6x12 Timber Sign Posts cannot be made breakaway and do not have holes or notches. These posts shall not be installed within the Design Clear Zone. They may be installed behind traffic barrier.
3. Signs with a width less than 12 feet and supported on three 6x6 or 6x8 posts shall not be installed within the Design Clear Zone. They may be installed behind traffic barrier. 4. Signs with a width less than 17 feet and supported on four 6x6 or 6x8 posts shall not be installed within the Design Clear Zone. They may be installed behind traffic barrier. 5. For "X", "Y", "H1", "H2", "H3", and "H4" refer to the Sign Specification Sheet in the Contract.
Cl
;5
======;
SIGN PANEL SIGN BRACEWHEN REQUIRED (STD. PLAN G-50.10) SIGN PANEL
z ~ ~ Oil..
-' ..... r-- ci
w w
6. For 6x6 posts and larger, 7 feet minimum spacing is required between posts.
..... o enz
= ....
~
::CI-
iiiw
Ow
a.w
1/)
en
HOLE DIAMETER NOT REQ'D 1 1/2" 2" SEE NOTE 3 & 4 3" SEE NOTE 3 & 4 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2
NOTCH DEPTH (SEE NOTE 1) NOT REQ'D 1 1/2" 2" SEE NOTE 3 &4 3" SEE NOTE 3 &4 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2
en
FINISHED GROUND LINE OF SIGN EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY DEPTHSEE POST INSTALLATION TABLE DRILL PILOT HOLES FOR LAG SCREWS TIMBER POST
1" DIAM. WASHER, NYLON 1" DIAM. FLAT WASHER, STEEL, GALVANIZED 3/8" x 3" HEX LAG SCREW, STEEL, GALVANIZED SIGN PANEL DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC ,..,. DETAIL DRILL HOLES THROUGH POST, WHEN REQUIRED - SEE POST INSTALLATION TABLE
7'- 0"
ELEVATION VIEW
fll
.....
07-03-08
DATE
SEE NOTE 5 0.2X 0.6X SEE NOTE 6 SIGN PANEL 0.2X 6" (TYP.)
~----------~----------~
al
w 0::: w
~
0.125X (TYP.)
....1 ....1
ffi
:>-:
al
Cl
}-
-_G.-
I
EQUAL SPACING 3'- 0" MAX. SIGN PANEL
1-
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ::::: == +:::
Q w
.. ,
0
T---
:I:
I-
1-
:z::
LO
w :I: I0 I(/)
'-' iiJ
:z::
LO
'-'LO
:I: 1-
iiJ w
3/16" ALUMINUM RIVETS @ 4" STAGGERED SPACING (TYP.) ALUMINUM WINDBEAM AND TWO POST CLIPS (TYP.) - SEE SIGN PANEL ATTACHMENT DETAIL, SHEET 3
w 1:Z::o
z z
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' -------+----
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ::::::~~:::: ' '' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' - - - - - - .1 - I - - ------ ~
...' '
-----~-~---
-:---
-------~,---~
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ------L-1----
<(::!!
::!!~
~7
w = me Cl ' z -
0 w a. w
FINISHED GROUND LINE
~
1-0
Ow
N
cnz
~
'-' w Ci5 w
(/)
a. w = (/)
}-(/)
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY COMPACTED NATIVE BACKFILL MATERIAL DEPTH - SEE POST INSTALLATION TABLE
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ::: :: :: I::: ::::::::r:c:: ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ______ J_L. __
- - - - - -- .1 - --- - - - - - -1- T
<Cz :Jot>
....1'-'
wit
(/)
-------1--r--
... 0
0
1-
1-
1-
~~ ca.
~z
.C,
SIGN POST (TYP.)
:z::
I-
:z::
1-
:z::
'-'
:z::
'-'LO LO
LO
'-'LO
S:2w w 1:z:: 0
_. ci
r--I-
cnw Ow
a.
:I: 11-0
iiJ w
Ow
= (/) N
~
a. w
cnz
1-0
:Z::I-
ww
1-0
:Z::I-
ww
cnz
("I)
en
ow a.w
= (/)
~
ow a.w
"<I"
cnz
= (/)
~
m w w
en
1-
:z::
LO
'-'
S:2w
:z:o zz
wl-
it:!! (/) =
_.a
'
::J(<)
~~
'-'w (i)W
<(
}-(/)
0 w
&j_ __ _
... 0
c, z z
~
N
DRILL HOLES THROUGH EACH POST, WHEN REQUIRED - SEE POST INSTALLATION TABLE
.:)
:I:
I-
b
FINISHED GROUND LINE
11.
F--
'
ci
w :I: II- 0
(/)
'-' iiJ
:I:
LO
I-
1-
'-'
(/)
:z::
'-'
LO
:I: I-
iiJ w z
I- 0
1-0
:Z::I-
ww
LO
t/)
I-
0 w a. w
~
(/)
0 w a. w
N ~
Ow
~
cnz
(/)
VIEW
fll
.....
07-03-08
DATE
TOP OF POST
(/)
al
....1 ....1
w 0::: w
~!
ffi
~
Cl
~~-MAJOR SIGN ALUMINUM WINDBEAM AND TWO POST CLIPS (TYP.) - SEE SIGN PANEL ATTACHMENT DETAIL 3/16" ALUM. RIVETS @ 4" STAGGERED SPACING (TYP.)
POST DRILL TWO 1/2" DIAM. HOLES THROUGH TUBE AND INSTALL TWO 3/8" x 3" GALVANIZED - - LAG SCREWS
3/16" TUBULAR STEEL- 4" X 4", 4" X 6", 6" X 6", OR 6" X 8" - ASTM A 500 GRADE B (GALV.) PER AASHTO M111 OR ASTM A 501 (GALV.) PER AASHTO M 111.
' '
I I I I
L-----~~--------------------~-~----~
TOP OF PAVEMENT
~~:~E:,, t fj--- ---f-:= .:- .:- .:- ~.:- p:. - .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- .:- ~ .:-!.:- .:- .:- .:- .:- ~ lf
1
~----,-r--------------------T,----
~-----~-r--------------------,-r----~
..
DEPTH - SEE POST INSTALLATION TABLE
SECONDARY SIGN
... ..
3/8" x 3" HEX LAG BOLT, STEEL, GALVANIZED2'- 0" MAX. O.C. -STAGGER OPPOSING BOLTS 1 1/2" MIN. 4" MIN.
SECONDARY SIGN
ISOMETRIC VIEW
1/2" NOTCH IN EACH POST, WHEN REQUIRED - SEE ___[ POST INSTALLATION TABLE -+-------=~ WIDEST SIGN POST DIMENSION BOTTOM OF SIGN AND TOP OF NOTCH SHALL BE ALIGNED
~
NOTCH DEPTH - SEE POST INSTALLATION TABLE
I
SIGN POST WIND BEAM
VIEW0
3/16" ALUM. -+-.__ RIVET (TYP.)
WINDBEAM
SIGN PANEL
---==---
DRILL PILOT HOLES FOR LAG BOLTS (TYP.) TIMBER SIGN POST- SEE STD. SPEC. 9-28
VIEW0
fll
.....
NOTES
STEEL PIPE SIGN POST SIGN PANEL
~SIGNPOST
ll Nl
TOP OF
1. Dimensions for the parts used to assemble the base connections are intentionally not shown. Base connections are patented, manufactured products that are in compliance with NCHRP 350 crash test criteria. The base connection details are only shown on this plan to illustrate how the parts are assembled. 2. For Steel Sign Support Foundation, see Standard Plan G-25.1 0. 3. For "H1" refer to the Sign Specification Sheet in the Contract.
SIGN PANEL
rc)
SIGN POST
BOTTOM OF SIGN
1-
::c
4. Mounting brackets with steel straps shall be the stainless steel one bolt, flared leg bracket and 3/4" wide, 0.030" thick strap "Band-it" products or an approved equal.
(.!)(")
WUJ ::CI-
enz
OUJ ll.UJ
0
~
t-0
BRACKET (TYP.)
= ~
~
en
~ z
.(.!)
be..
1'- l-
~ ~
-' ci
en en
LlJ LlJ
EXPLODED VIEW
VIEW0
ELEVATION
1" DIAM. NYLON WASHER -WHEN SIGN FACE HAS TYPE 3 OR 4 SHEETING 5/16" DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLT 1" DIAM. STEEL FLAT WASHER SIGN PANEL
1" DIAM. NYLON WASHER - WHEN SIGN FACE HAS TYPE 3 OR 4 SHEETING 5/16" DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLT 1" DIAM. STEEL FLAT WASHER
~~-
SIGN POST
SIGN PANEL
SECTION
DETAIL
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
....
11-8-07
DATE
NOTES 1. Dimensions for the parts used to assemble the base connections are intentionally not shown. Base connections are patented manufactured products that are in compliance with NCHRP 350 crash test criteria. The base connection details are only shown on this plan to illustrate how the parts are assembled. 2. For Steel Sign Support Foundations, see Standard Plan G-25.1 0. 3. For "H 1" refer to the Sign Specification Sheet in the Contract.
SIGN PANEL
~~
0
~SIGNPOST
ll ~1
TOP OF
<D
<D
BOTTOM OF SIGN
1C)M
J:
w~
ow
~
~(/) .....
.....
N
c:i
.0 zz
iS
~~
D..
F--t;
(/)
c:::i
w w
1r___
BOTTOM~
OF SIGN
EXPLODED VIEW
VIEW0
ELEVATION
1" DIAM. NYLON WASHER -WHEN SIGN FACE HAS TYPE 3 OR 4 SHEETING 5/16" DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLT 1" DIAM. STEEL FLAT WASHER
SIGN PANEL
DETAIL
0
BREAKAWAY SIGN BRACKET ASSEMBLY
.....
02-07-12
DATE
LL.
0 0::: 0
"X" SIGN WIDTH SEE NOTE 3 PIPE CLAMP (TYP.) T-BAR SIGN SUPPORT SIGN BRACE WHEN REQUIRED (SEE STANDARD PLAN G-50.10) TOP OF
NOTES
C:S
::::i
SIGNt
~t TOP OF ~SIGNPOST
1IC')
PIPE CLAMP
S2w
STEEL PIPE CAP BOTTOM OF SIGN SIGN PANEL SIGN PANEL
wiIo
1. Dimensions for the parts used to assemble the base connections are intentionally not shown. Base connections are patented manufactured products that are in compliance with NCHRP 350 crash test criteria. The base connection details are only shown on this plan to illustrate how the parts are assembled. 2. For Steel Sign Support Foundations, see Standard Plan G-25.1 0. 3. For "X", "Y", "H1", and "H2", refer to the Sign Specification Sheet in the Contract.
c.!lw -w
zz
~
~en
SIGN PANEL
T-BARSIGN SUPPORT 1/2" DIAM. X 5 1/2" HEX BOLT, NUT AND 2 WASHERS
II
(.!)C')
Il1-0
0 ....
iiiw
(.!)C')
II
6
z
~ c
ow ll..W
= ....
~
enz en
....
0
Il1-0
iiiw
4. Sign posts shall be 2 1/2" nominaii.D. galvanized Schedule 80 steel pipe. 5. Do not tighten any slip plate bolt to the recommended torque before pretightening the other bolts. Progressively tighten the three slip plate bolts in 10 ft-lbs increments, alternately, to a final torque of 38 ft-lbs on each bolt.
C)
ow ll..W
= .... en
~
enz
z :3 II.
oa:: o( - c r-- z
II)
BOTTOM OF SIGN
z:3
-~~..
oa::
F--ri
~c
o(
~
I
en
w w
FINISHED GROUND LINE SLIP BASE ASSEMBLY BOTTOM OF UPPER SLIP PLATE
VIEW0
II)
~
I
en
FINISHED GROUND LINE SLIP BASE ASSEMBLY BOTTOM OF UPPER SLIP PLATE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
w w
VIEW0
SLIP BASE
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
SIGN POST
SIGN PANEL NYLON WASHER- WHEN SIGN FACE HAS TYPE 3 OR 4 SHEETING STEEL FLAT WASHER 5/16" DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLT 5/16" DIAM. HEX NUT&WASHER MANUFACTURED PIPE CLAMP SIGN POST SIGN POST MANUFACTURED PIPE CLAMP 5/16" U-BOLT KEEPER PLATE
BASE PLATE
~-'
DETAIL
!
EXPLODED VIEW ISOMETRIC VIEW
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT TYPES PL, PL-T, & PL-U INSTALLATIONS DETAILS STANDARD PLAN G-24.30-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
EXPLODED IVEW
.....
02-07-12
DATE
~
TOP OF
TOPOFSIGN~
_j =I
-------+---~
3'- 0"
STEEL PIPE CAP (TYP.)
c
::c 1-C'"l Qw
Ci5 W = VJ
1=I
I
~SIGNPOST
0
~
C\11
TOP OF
SIGNt
~SIGNPOST
~1 ll
TOP OF
---~--=---=---=---=--~:.=-!-~--=---=---=--=--=---=---=- --=---=---=--=--=---=---=---=---=---=---=--=--=---=---=---=-:-1.=-:~--=---=---=---=---=--~-~
I!
:I:
1!
I
:I:
! I i
I I
!:
I
I
'
TACING (TYP.)
i i
j ____ _
3/16" ALUMINUM RIVETS@ 6" SPACING (TYP.) SIGN PANEL
::c
::=t;
~ ~
?-
' ' :1
11
z 0 z
:1
Ci5 w
w
U-BAR
SIGN~ ~..-,
~
'
U-BARSIGN SUPPORT SIGN PANEL
1-
~
SIGN POSTSEE NOTE4
en
1
C
--------r-r------
--------------~--~-----1-
: ' '
:'
0
1-
&, '
~
1 1
\
\
SUPPORT
--......_;
"
I
'
'--------------""
::c
' - -----L---j------L
-. ... - - - - - - ~-:.\1-
(!)C'"l
BOTTOM OF SIGN
6"
I-
T---c
'
BOTTOM OF SIGN SIGN PANEL
'
:co
w~
ow
.....
~
ti)z
::c
C)
c 0 a:: < - c
~'-z
U)
z :5 a..
~
ww ::c II-
(!) C'"l
::c
en 0 a. = ::c
=
1-z
en
w w
::co enw
-w wl-
(!)C'"l
~~
C)
1/2" DIAM. X 5 1/2" HEX BOLT NUT AND 2WASHERS BOTTOM OF SIGN
ow
=
::c
~en
BOTIOM_;OF SIGN
z:S
c oa::
=
~a..
~~
w w
I
<
~ U)
~
I
en
FINISHED GROUND LINE
w w
SIGN POSTSEE NOTE4
VIEW0
BOTTOM OF UPPER SLIP PLATE (TYP.) FINISHED GROUND LINE
en
VIEW0
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
II
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT TYPES PL, PL-T, & PL-U INSTALLATIONS DETAILS STANDARD PLAN G-24.30-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
c
F
SIGN PANEL
DETAIL
.....
~....:..:....:..
NOTES
0.20X
1. For "W", Horizontal distance from edge of traveled way to center of nearest post, and "V", Vertical distance from edge of traveled way to bottom of sign, see Standard Plan G-20.10. 2. For "X", "Y", "H1", "H2", "H3", and "H4" refer to the Sign Specification Sheet in the Contract.
I-
(!) N
I 11-0
0 ....
iii w
en z 0 w a. w
~
3/8" DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLT, NUT AND WASHERS (TYP.) SIGN POST SIGN PANEL
~ N
l-
ci
BOTTOM OF SIGN
;_en
S2w
WII
IN
:!:a..
.z ~~
C'll
z (!)
Ci)~
0 ~ z ci ~w
I (!)N
TOP OF SIGN
~ ~~
N
TOP OF
SIGN POST
-w wi-
Io t;)z ow a.W
N
ci
= en
~
LOWER SIGN POST SUPPORT - 3" SQUARE, 7 GAGE STEEL TUBE COMMERCIAL GRADE CONCRETE 18" DIAM.
1 BOTTO:J
OF SIGN
BOTTOM OF SIGN
....
0
:!:a..
.z ~~
I-
(!)N
b~ -' C( r--c
iii~ Io t;)z ow
SIGN PANEL
SIGN POST
.....
~
~~
VIEW0
U)
en
SLOPE BREAK
w w
ci
b
('t)
ELEVATION
'
LOWER SIGN POST SUPPORT - 3" SQUARE, 7 GAGE STEEL TUBE (TYP.) COMMERCIAL GRADE CONCRETE (TYP.) 18" DIAM. (TYP.) ELEVATION
BOTTOM OF SIGN
VIEW0
0 0
~ ~~~ ~ ~ ~o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
SIGN PANEL
0 0 0
DETAIL
0 0 0 0
~~~~~
SIGN POST
o-_-_-_-_-_
0 0 0
~~~~~o~~~~~
SIGN POST 1" DIAM. FLAT STEEL WASHER 5/16" HEX HEAD NUT
0 0
0 0
WINDBEAM
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT TYPES SB-1, SB-2 & SB-3 INSTALLATION DETAILS STANDARD PLAN G-24.40-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
DETAIL
.....
02-07-12
DATE
ASSEMBLY NOTES
1. Dimensions for the parts used to assemble the base connections are intentionally not shown.
~
I})
I}) I}) I}) I}) I}) I}) I}) I})
SIGN POST
~ ~ ~
~ ~
~
~
Base connections are patented, manufactured products that are in compliance with NCHRP 350 crash test criteria. The base connection details are only shown on this plan to illustrate how the parts are assembled.
2.
Do not tighten any single Slip Plate Bolt to the recommended torque before pre-tightening the other bolts. Progressively tighten the three Slip Plate Bolts in 10 ft-lb increments, alternately, to a final torque of 40 ft-lbs on each.
~
~
~
~
~ ~
I}) I}) I}) I}) I}) I}) I}) I}) I}) I}) I})
~ ~ ~
SIGN POST
STEEL TUBING
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
<ill?
~
(/)
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
(/)
(/) (/) (/) (/) (/) (/)
$,~
'-,_~~@
~:
I I '
121
(/)
(/) (/)
ISOMETRIC VIEW
FILLET WELD
'
ISOMETRIC VIEW
LOWER SLIP PLATE LOWER SLIP PLATE STUB (LOWER SIGN POST SUPPORT NOT SHOWN)
~"""----
KEEPER PLATE
[',
'
'
'@
LOWER SLIP PLATE STUB (LOWER SIGN POST SUPPORT NOT SHOWN)
EXPLODED VIEW
~~-=~--
'
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT TYPES SB-1, SB-2 & SB-3 INSTALLATION DETAILS STANDARD PLAN G-24.40-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
EXPLODED VIEW
EXPLODED VIEW
.....
02-07-12
DATE
~
SIGN POST - 2" OR 2 1/4" SQUARE, 12 GAUGE STEEL TUBE
NOTES 1. Dimensions for the parts used to assemble the base connections are intentionally not shown. Base connections are patented, manufactured products that are in compliance with NCHRP 350 crash test criteria. The base connection details are only shown on this plan to illustrate how the parts are assembled. 2. For "H 1" refer to the Sign Specification Sheet in the Contract.
SIGN PANEL SIGN BRACE, WHEN REQUIRED- SEE STD. PLAN G-50.1 0
''
... 0
0
C)
U)
:5 Iw w a. c ~b z Ill.
II
DRIVE RIVET OR CORNER BOLT WITH NUT AND WASHERS -2 REQUIRED TOP OF LOWER SQUARE TUBE FINISHED GROUND LINE
':
....J ... 0
0
N
(!) C'\1
II
ww
....J ... 0
0
(!) C'\1
II
(!) C'\1
= ..... en
~
0 w w
:5 a. c IU)
0 w ll. w
~
~ z
b
FINISHED GROUND LINE
ww
..... en
:5 ll. c IU)
0 w ll. w
~ z
~
..... en
BOTTOM OF SIGN
en
w w
en
w w
... 0
0
TOP OF
SIGN~.
J_l_ ___
I
STABILIZER FIN
(o
:z:o ~~ c:;>a.
0
c.,
c.,
LOWER SIGN POST SUPPORT- 2 1/2" SQUARE, 12 GAUGE STEEL TUBE COMPACTED NATIVE BACKFILL MATERIAL COMPACTED NATIVE BACKFILL MATERIAL
~L !
0
ELEVATION
I - I
BOLT STOP FOR SIGN POST LOWER SIGN POST SUPPORTOR 3", 7 GAUGE, HOT-DIP GALV., HEAVY DUTY ANCHOR COMMERCIAL CONCRETE
ELEVATION
NYLON WASHER- WHEN SIGN FACE HAS TYPE 3 OR 4 SHEETING 1" DIAM. STEEL FLAT WASHER 3/8" DIAM. X 3 1/2" LONG HEX HEAD BOLT SIGN PANEL SIGN POST 3/8" HEX HEAD NUT
OF SIGN
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ELEVATION
VIEW0
() 0 0 ()
0 0 0 0
~ 0 0
SIGN POST
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DETAIL
0
SIGN POST
0 () 0 0 0 0
STABILIZER FIN
SIGN POST
0 0 () 0
0
DRIVE RIVET OR HEX BOLT (TYP.) CLEAN OUT BAR BOLT STOP FOR SIGN POST
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT TYPES ST-1 - ST-4 INSTALLATION DETAILS STANDARD PLAN G-24.50-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
0 0
.....
02-07-12
DATE
TYPE ST-1
TYPE ST-2
TYPE ST-3
TYPE ST-4
"X" SIGN WIDTH SEE NOTE 3 Z-BAR - 3.00 l_ 2. 33 0.60X 0.20X Z-BAR - 3.00 l_ 2.33 6" (TYP.)
NOTES
"X" SIGN WIDTH SEE NOTE 3 0.35X 0.35X 0.15X 6" (TYP.)
1. Dimensions for the parts used to assemble the base connections are intentionally not shown. Base connections are patented, manufactured products that are in compliance with NCHRP 350 crash test criteria. The base connection details are only shown on this plan to illustrate how the parts are assembled. 2. For Steel Sign Support Foundations, see Standard Plan G-25.10.
-------r-~-----------~--~-----
' '
------
-------r-~----~
-~-~----
1-
:z::
rt'l
3. For "X," "Y," "H1 ," "H2," and "H3," refer to the Sign Specification Sheet in the Contract.
S2w
z z
:Z::o
_______ L_I_ ___ _
w 1-
-------L--1-----
1art'l
, '
: : : : : : : : : : : : =~
:::::::::::::::::::::1
C!>w U)w
' '
~(/)
<0 <0
:I: 11-0
iiJ w
(/)z
a.. w
~
Ow
EDGE OF TRAVEL ED WAY = (/) ~ STEEL SIGN POST (TYP.) - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR POST SIZES
II-
i
\_BOTTOM OF SIGN POST BRACKET (TYP.)
~D.. ::::!:
:5
z ~ (/)
w w
:I:
(!) rt'l
(!) rt'l
:I:
:I: I(/)
iiJ w
I-
= c oa::
-' <C r--c
:I: I(/)
iiJ w
I-
z
STEEL SIGN POST - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR POST SIZE
0 w a.. w
~
ELEVATION
(/)
0 w a.. w (/) N ~
~--
(/)
------- ~R~
COUPLING (TYP.) FERRULE (TYP.)
'. $
.
BRACKET (TYP.)
~
TOP OF SIGN~
TOP OF
S I G N POST
ELEVATION
ANCHOR~
I
'
'!
EXPLODED VIEW
SIGN PANEL
=---L-'
WIDE FLANGE STEEL SIGN POST - SEE CONTRACT FOR SIZE
/~
BOTTOM OF SIGN
COUPLING (TYP.)
ANCHOR~
.
~~
BRACKET (TYP.)
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT TYPES TP-A AND TP-B INSTALLATION DETAILS STANDARD PLAN G-24.60-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
VIEW
FERRULE (TYP.)
ANCHOR~
EXPLODED VIEW
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
.....
MAJOR SIGN
WNDB_
--'------'----
T--
\o
1-
::c,..,
EQUAL SPACING_]-
3'-0"MAX.~
SECONDARY SIGN
::co
zZ
(!)w
-w wl-
(!)
0
MAJOR SIGN ALUMINUM WIND BEAM AND TWO POST CLIPS (TYP.)- SEE WINDBEAM AND SIGN POST CONNECTION
TOP OF SIGN
3/16" RIVET
U)w
~(/)
... ci
0
N
.<!> z - z
::c 11-0
1-
a"' iii
w
1-
(/)z
~ ~ oa..
-' c:::i
:ClI-o
iiJw
a"'
Ow a.w = (/)
~
Ow
~
a. w = (/) C\1
(/)z
..... Ill)
L--=
BOTTOM OF SIGN POST BRACKET (TYP.)
Z-BAR Z-BAR
3/8" DIAM. WITH TWO FLAT WASHERS AND ONE LOCKNUT PER BOLT
(/)
w w
- o "'I ff3ff== = : 0
0::: 1-
DETAIL
ELEVATION
BOTTOM O F F
SECONDARY SIGN SIGN PANEL
VIEW0
WIDE FLANGE STEEL SIGN POST (UPPER SECTION)
WIDE FLANGE STEEL SIGN POST (LOWER SECTION) BREAKWAY HINGE PLATES (TYP.) PERSPECTIVE VIEW
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT TYPES TP-A AND TP-B INSTALLATION DETAILS STANDARD PLAN G-24.60-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
.....
06-16-11
DATE
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
SIGN POST SLIP BASE ASSEMBLYSEE STANDARD PLAN G-24.30 WIDE FLANGE STEEL SIGN POST BASE STUB
NOTES 1. Per TRANSPO: 5" to 8" square steel posts are acceptable and require type TP-B foundations. 2. Install conduit for post-mounted Junction Box in the concrete foundation, when required. See Standard Plan J-40.35, Sheet 2.
TYPE TP-A OR TP-B BASE SEE STANDARD PLAN G-24.60 FOR DETAILS MANUFACTURERSUPPLIED CONCRETE ANCHOR FERRULES
0
u.
()
c:::
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
BREAKAWAY SIGN BRACKET ASSEMBLY - SEE STANDARD PLAN G-24.1 0 & G-24.20 MANUFACTURERSUPPLIED CONCRETE ANCHOR FERRULES FINISHED GROUND LINE
Co
(/)
>-
LlJ
::::i
0::
KEYNOTES
~
p,
J:UJ 1--...J
0..[]]
~
0
0~ 10
zo
J:Cl
UJ:i:
' ....
~~
~
ZUJ OUJ
j::::(/)
oo
C..<(
t::z
(/)
0::
LlJ
~ Two-post installation.
S:<C
coo J:tt::l-
= 0..
~ ~ 0.. []]
OUJ
:::J
u.
q>
'
~ ~ z LlJ
Single-post installations require square steel posts. For single-post installations, divide the ~ post MAX. XYZ in half.
~(/)
0::
(/):!;
c.. c..
~tii _...J
:::J 0 u.
(/)...J UJ[]]
LlJ
J:UJ 1--...J
0..[]]
[i:~
;;t8
CONCRETE CLASS 4000P
~ttl (/)
z UJ OUJ
~~
ELEVATION VIEW
~
8- #5 BARS
~(/) z
FDN.DEPTH~
3'- 6" 4'- 0" 4'- 6" 4'- 6"
600~
POST SIZE
MAX.XYZ
4" SQ.
250
18"
4'- 0"
il -----+-:-----1 1
Y/2 (FT)
I I
7'- 0"
8'- 0" 9'- 0"
SIGN PANEL
26 30
22 26
----
SIGN SUPPORT
_j
FINISHED GROUND LINE
XYZ CALCULATION
XYZ (FT~ = X X y X z USED TO DETERMINE POST SIZE -SEE FOUNDATION TABLES
.....
03-15-12
DATE
X = 4'- 0" OR LESS 6" MIN. X/4 WINDBEAM (TYP.) X/4 1'-0'MIN. 2'- 6" MAX.
NOTES
1. Mounting brackets with steel straps shall be a stainless steel band and buckle system product or an approved equal. Mounting brackets shall be universal channel clamps; steel straps shall be 3/4" wide and 0.030" thick. 2. All signs installed on mast arms or standards (poles) require windbeams. All signs shall be installed with horizontal edges level. A skewed windbeam is required only when the sign is mounted within 12" of the mast arm base (see Detail "A").
X = MORE THAN 4'- 0" BUT NOT MORE THAN 8'- 0" X/2 3/16" RIVET (TYP.) - 4" MAX. SPACING WINDBEAM (TYP.)
6"
MIN.
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
LEVEL
DETAIL
MAST ARM BASE BACK OF SIGN PANEL SIGNAL STANDARD
= MORE
6"
MIN.
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
MAST ARM
WINDBEAM (TYP.)
WINDBEAM
06-16-11
DATE
DIMENSIONS
A
3'- 0" 4'- 0"
B
9" 1'- 0"
~
I
>WINDBEAM
N
L[)
t
-
fWIN DBEAM
c:i
-
c----- -
l
I
'
'
I
----
3/16" RIVET {TYP.) - 4" MAX. SPACING MOUNTING BRACKET AND STEEL STRAP - SEE NOTE 1 SIGN PANEL
~
-
c:i
'
II
c----- - - - - - -
>N
Hl T
}
L[)
>-
c:i
- ,---- -
---1
-
1" {TYP.)
c:i
IT
:Z
~
~
I I
'
'
SECTION
I /
' r-..
I
I
"'
I.
I
I
I
I
'
I
I
'
/
.I
a.: ~
~
DIMENSIONS
X
3'- 0" 3'- 0" 4'- 0"
y
2'- 6" 3'- 0" 2'- 6"
c
1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 3"
'
I '
I
'
I
f
~
~~
i['li
I
I
I
ii'Y
I I
~~
~
I
'
I
'
"""----
LEVEL
.....
06-16-11
DATE
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
::::> 0:::
1. Mounting brackets with steel straps shall be a stainless steel band and buckle system product or an approved equal. Mounting brackets shall be one bolt, flared leg; steel straps shall be 3/4" wide and 0.030" thick. 2. Sign braces are only installed when specified in the contract. 3. Sign braces are typically necessary on large sign panels that are exposed to high winds, traffic generated wind buffeting, or when snow thrown from plows might impact the sign.
< z
...J
w w
~
Cl
SIGN BRACE
SIGN BRACE
4. A nylon washer shall be placed between the sign and the steel washer when the sign face has Type 3 or 4 sheeting.
SIGN PANEL
SIGN PANEL
SIGN PANEL FIELD DRILL 5/16" DIAM. HOLE IN SIGN PANEL (TYP.) FOR SIGN ATTACHMENT, SEE STD. PLAN G-22.10 1/4" DIAM. X 1" LONG HEX HEAD BOLT, NUT, AND WASHERS (TYP.) -SEE NOTE 4 FIELD DRILL 5116" DIAM. HOLE IN SIGN PANEL (TYP.) FOR SIGN ATTACHMENT, SEE STD. PLAN G-24.50 SIGN PANEL
SIGN BRACE TIMBER SIGN POST 3/8" DIAM. x 1 1/2" LONG LAG SCREW AND WASHERS
SIGN BRACE
1/4" DIAM. X 1" LONG HEX HEAD BOLT, NUT, AND WASHERS (TYP.) -SEE NOTE 4
PLAN
PLAN
SIGN PANEL 1/4" DIAM. x 1" LONG HEX HEAD BOLT, NUT, AND WASHERS (TYP.) -SEE NOTE 4 STEEL PIPE SIGN POST FOR SIGN ATTACHMENT, SEE STD. PLAN G-30.10 FIELD DRILL 5/16" DIAM. HOLE IN SIGN PANEL (TYP.)
SIGN BRACING
SIGN BRACE MOUNTING BRACKET AND STEEL STRAP -SEE NOTE 1 5/16" DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLT AND WASHERS
PLAN
....
11-8-07
DATE
SIGN WIDTH
jjj l-
z z
SIGN
BRACE
DIMENSIONS
SIGN TYPE
en
Ill
::::> 0:::
w ...J w
< z
YIELD
r;-
~
Cl
J: (!)
1jjj
J:
(!) J:
z 1-
1i5 S2
.
N r1-
... w
~ J:
(!)J:
1i5 S2
(!) J:
1-
0::: 0:::
SIGN POST TYPE 4x6 OR 6x6 TIMBER POST 6x8 TIMBER POST 7 112" 3" DIAM. STEEL PIPE 4 314" 2 112" SQUARE TUBE 2 112"
(!)
J:
1i5
.
__/
< J:
en en
w
...J
BRACE
-<
Zl-
(!)
5 112"
1/
v
-
BRACE
'
0
Zl-
N r-
..,w ;:::r:
YIELD SIGN
SIGN WIDTH SIGN WIDTH MORE THAN 36" TOP 118" GALV. STEEL OR S.S. STRAP
(!)J: (i)(!)
ZI-
;:: :r: ~
(!)
NW
jjj
J: (!)
1
z 1jjj
(!)J: -(!)
ZIN W
IJ: (!)
en -
I-
;:::: J:
J:
C)
;:: J:
1i5
1
jjj
J: (!)
jjj
J: (!)
1i5
BRACE
1i5
DIAMOND-SHAPED SIGN
STOP SIGN
. ..
1
~~
~ ~L
(!) J:
z 1- 1(!)
1i5
NO PASSING ZONE SIGN BRACE- SEE DETAIL
I
.., jjj
~
J:
J:
SIDE
__.]
SIGN WIDTH
fJ'I Washington
SIGN BRACE PLACEMENT
.....
11-8-07
DATE
NOTES
en
z
POST SELECTION
TOTAL SIGN AREA I (X TIMES Y) (FT2) 50 OR LESS 50+ 100+ 150+ 200+ 250+
a:
[I]
w w
POST SIZE O.D. 18" 18" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" WALL 0.438" 0.438" 0.375" 0.375" 0.375" 0.375" 0.438" 0.500"
TRUSS "LOWER" HORIZONTAL DIAGONAL (TYP.) HORIZONTAL STRUTS AT SPAN END ONLY
1. Vertical and horizontal clearance requirements shall be as shown on the contract plans. 2. No post splices permitted in lower third of height, nor closer than 3' - 0" to bottom chord, except as otherwise noted. No chord shop splices permitted in first two-thirds of the span, except as otherwise noted. A maximum of two splices are permitted in the post. For post or chord shop splice details, see Standard Plan G-70.10.
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
to 100 to 150 to to
200 250
TOP
3. The back-up plates or rings for all full penetration welds shall be welded continuously to the joined pieces. This can be done by either a continuous fillet weld on the back side of the piece, or by a continuous weld in the root of the full penetration weld. 4. All bolt holes shall be drilled, and the diameter shall be 1/16" larger than the nominal bolt diameter, except as noted. 5. The design and analysis of the structures has been done in accordance with AASHTO Standard Specification for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals Dated 2001, using 90 MPH wind velocity and fatigue category - I. 6. Adjust post alignment in plane normal to roadway centerline by means of leveling nuts located below base plate to maintain upward slope in cantilever arm(s). Tighten anchor nuts above base plate in accordance with Standard Specification 6-03.3(33). 7. Variable Message Signs (VMS) exceeding 700 lbs. and/or 200 sq. ft. shall not be installed on cantilever structure.
0 MIN TO
PANEL LENGTH (4' - 3" MAX.) TO BE CONSTANT THROUGHOUT SPAN VERTICAL "FAR" TRUSS DIAGONAL (TYP.)
.
VERTICAL STRUT AT SPAN END ONLY~
~ POST ~~ VERTICAL
~I , ... >
----------------L------------------
:}
~CHO~
~
END
ALL TRUSS DIAGONALS AND STRUTS SHALL BE 1 1/2" PIPE (0.145" WALL)
e
X/2 L = 21'- 0" MAX.
I
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
PIPE (CHORDS, DIAGONALS, STRUTS AND POSTS) ASTM A 36 ORASTM A 53 GRADE B, TYPE E OR S, OR A 500 GRADE B
PLATES
SHAPES BOLTS, NUTS, &WASHERS PIPE, PLATE & SHAPE GALVANIZING FASTENER GALVANIZING
(3>
SIGN CENTERLINE MAY VARY FROM TRUSS CENTERLINE TO PROVIDE MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE.
AASHTO M 111
PERSPECTIVE
SIGN AREA (X TIMES Y) (FT 2 ) 50 OR LESS 50+ TO 100 100+ TO 150 150+ TO 200
CHORD SIZE NOM. DIAM. 2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" WALL 0.154" 0.218" 0.203" 0.216"
AASHTO M 232
06-27-11
DATE
______
fll
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
X/2
PERSPECTIVE
<t
BASE ELEVATION SIGN CENTERLINE MAY VARY FROM TRUSS CENTERLINE TO PROVIDE MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE.
ELEVATION
06-27-11
DATE
fll
.....
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
HEMISPHERICAL POST FINIAL, 1/8" MIN. THICKNESS. INSTALL AFTER GALVANIZING 3/8" ALLEN HOLLOW SET SCREW WITH DOG POINT (TYP.) (CORROSION RESISTANT METAL OR COATING) AT go INTERVALS
Iii
3/4" MAX.
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
STANDARD GALVANIZED STEEL SCREW CAP, OR AN APPROVED ALTERNATE. INSTALL AFTER GALVANIZING TRUSS
I
CUT HOLE IN POST FOR WIDE FLANGE, 1/8" MAX. CLEARANCE ALL AROUND
0
5/16" x 1/2" SLOT FOR 3/8" ALLEN SET SCREW
)
3/8" ALLEN HOLLOW SET SCREW AT 180 INTERVALS
SPAN END - SIDE SECTION THROUGH FINIAL AND POST FINIAL BRACKET SPAN END - END
3/4" DIAM. HOLE IN CHORD AT EACH END OF ALL DIAGONAL CHORDS AND STRUTS OPPOSITE HAND SHOWN FOR CLARITY
ELEVATION
ROTATED go TO SHOW CUTOUT 15/16" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.) (OMIT HOLES IN OPPOSITE FLANGE FOR SINGLE CANTILEVER)
ct.
CHORD
W10x4g
:C==========ci
' '
8" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE
SPAN END
0
END OF CHORD
2' -0"
ELEVATION ISOMETRIC
BACK-UP RING
<t
DETAIL "D"
BASE - SIDE
3" DIAM. PIPE (t 0.300) SPLICE WITH 3" DIAM. PIPE (t 0.216) (SEE CHORD SELECTION TABLE) 2 1/2" DIAM. PIPE (t 0.276) SPLICE WITH 2 1/2" DIAM. PIPE (t 0.203) (SEE CHORD SELECTION TABLE)
BASE
= =
gn
1/2" DIAM. HOLES AS CLOSE TO WELD AS POSSIBLE TO FACILITATE GALVANIZING 3/16 PIPE WALL
7/8" DIAM. BOLTS x 2 1/2" LONG (STD. SPEC. g-06.5 (3}, HEAVY DUTY NUT AND 2 WASHERS (TYP.) - INSTALL BOLTS WITH HEAD TOWARD CHORD
I
TOP
1'- 4 1/2"
4 1/2"
3/4" R. (TYP.)
8" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE 15/16" DIAM. HOLES FOR FOUR, 7/8" DIAM. BOLTS (ASTM A325)
<t
CHORD
BASE-TOP
0
fll
------~s=~=JE~D=Es=IG~N=EN=GI~NE=ER~----
.....
06-27-11
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
1'- 4 1/2"
1'- 4 1/2"
Cl
POST REMOVABLE RAIN TIGHT HAND HOLE COVER WITH GASKET -FASTEN WITH TWO STAINLESS STEEL (ASTM F 593) SCREWS ANCHOR BOLT DRILL AND TAP FOR 1/4" DIAM. CAP SCREW, ASTM F 593, W/ S.S. WASHER, SPACING ::::: 9" o.c. TOP OF BASE
l
...,.
~
TOP OF FOUNDATION
'
WELDED GALV. CLOTH 1/16" x 7/16" SQ. WRAP AROUND BASE PLATE WITH 3" MIN. LAP
SCREEN DETAIL
TOP
BACK-UP RING
1/2" DIAM. STEEL BOLT. 1 1/2" LONG, WITH WASHER AND NUT FOR GROUND
DETAIL"G"
3/16
b
~
0
'
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
SECTION
T
VIEW0
PIPE (t 0.969) SPLICE WITH UPPER POST (SEE POST SELECTION TABLE) PIPE (t 0.750) SPLICE WITH UPPER POST (SEE POST SELECTION TABLE)
= =
06-27-11
DATE
CONDUIT COUPLING- INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT) PROVIDE SCREEN AROUND BASE - SEE SCREEN DETAIL, STANDARD PLAN G-60.10, SHEET4 ANCHOR ROD - 1 3/4" DIAM. x 4'- 4" LONG, THREADED 8" MIN. EACH END; W/2 WASHERS & 4 HEAVY HEX NUTS- GALVANIZE EXPOSED ANCHOR ROD END FOR 1'- 0" MIN.
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE NON-INSULATED #4 AWG STANDED COPPER- PROVIDE 3'- 0" SLACK (ROUTE TO GROUNDING STUD)
~=~#[~)~
Zz
1'- 4"
<(0
Uc
~=>
1'- 4"
(.)...J
~~~~~~~~~~~
FINISH GROUND LINE
0 .... 0 0
(i)#5
en
a. <(
(.)
I()
en
(.)
~ en
I
w
b
'
~
@#9(TYP.)
---------------------
1" STEEL CONDUIT OR AS PER CONTRACT -WHEN REQUIRED, CAP EACH END
w 1-w
(.) (.)
b
'
'1:1::
a:::
"'"
<i! => a w
"'"
ANCHOR PLATE (TYP.) -SEE DETAIL, SHEET 2
' ;...
....
@#5(TYP.)
G)#4SPIRAL G)#4 (TYP.) STEEL CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION JOINT WI ROUGHENED SURFACE ANCHOR PLATE
TOP
Ill
....1
w w w
I
II
(.)
c w
w
I
12-@#9
NOTES
en
N
:5 a.
Ill
<(
....1 ....1
li:
iiS
~
b
' ;...
I ....1
a:0
1--
4'- 0"
_....J
1. See Standard Specification 8-21. 3(9) for construction requirements. 2. Use a template to locate and secure bolts in place during foundation installation.
VIEW0
1--
a. w c
a. 0
....
0 0
:5 (.)
w 1-w
(.)
en en
a:::
c z <(
a:
~
z
::!:
Ill
!;;:
a:::
1--
(.)
~ a:::
z
(.)
1--
(
v,s-
~
G)#4
/
.
~
...---..---_
~
~
t.
't.'.
~ ~
' lJ: .
~
".
~
".
~
".
~
." .
.
VALUES OF Z
TOTAL SIGN AREA FOUNDATION 200 SF OR LESS 200 SF - 400 SF TYPE ALLOWABLE LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE (PSF) 1500 AND UP 1000 - 1499
(.) (.)
::!: 0
, A. .
~
, A. .
~
tJ: .
tJ: .
~
y/>~1>.>.> . . . .
"" II> ..
~
@ #9(TYP.) CLAMP STEEL REINFORCING BAR WITH CONNECTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
z Q.
~ ____. ___...
..
.. ./
~
z
13'- 0" 1 16'- 0"
z
18'- 0" 22'- 0"
ISOMETRIC SIDE
.....
06-27-11
DATE
BAR LIST
MARK LOCATION CAP VERTICAL CAP HOOPS SHAFT VERTICAL SHAFT SPIRAL CAP TOP QTY. 4 5 12 1 4 LENGTH 3'- 10" 15'- 9" "Z"MINUS CLEARANCES AS REQUIRED 10'- 10" SIZE #4 #5 #9 #4 #5 STR. TYPE STR.
CD
2" DIAM. HOLE FOR ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) 1/2" PLATE (ASTM A 36) (NO GALVANIZING REQUIRED)
CD
,~u
d
MAY BE FIELD BENT (TYP.)
a~~
1,!-ENGTf-!1
SQUARE
n d
SQUARE
CD
SPI~~~ !" L .,
SHOP WELO::c OR
LJ2
''"'1:\'"
r
<SHOP
FIELD WELD OR
j
S(E): <;;: L
WELD
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
SHAFT CONCRETE ALL OTHER CONCRETE STEEL REINF. BAR ANCHOR RODS CLASS4000P CLASS 4000 AASHTO M 31 GRADE 60 ASTM F 1554 GRADE 105 AASHTO M291 AASHTO M 293 AASHTO M 232 ASTMA36
WELDING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF STD. SPEC. 6-02.3(24)E FOR WELD DIMENSIONS- SEE TABLE BELOW
s
1/4 5/16 3/8
E
1/8 3/16 3/16
L 4 6 6
.....
06-27-11
DATE
11..
0 0:::
3"CLR.
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR- ROUTE TO GROUNDING STUD (SEE NOTE 2) ANCHOR PLATE (TYP.)- SEE DETAIL, STANDARD PLAN G-60.20, SHEET 2
~
~
I" (TYP.)
::J
~
z ~
0
NOTES
1" STEEL CONDUIT (GALV.) -OR AS SHOWN IN CONTRACT
CD #6TYP.
#5 STRAIGHT
1. See Standard Specification 8-21. 3(9} for construction requirements. 2. Grounding Conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper. Provide a 3'- 0" min. slack.
SIDE ON SLOPED GRADE (SHOWN AT REDUCED SCALE)
TOP
CONDUIT COUPLING -INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT)
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR- ROUTE TO GROUNDING STUD (SEE NOTE 2) 1" STEEL CONDUIT (GALV.)- WHEN REQUIRED -CAP EACH END
CONDUIT COUPLING - INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT)
3'- 3"
3'- 3"
~~
PROVIDE SCREEN AROUND BASE -SEE SCREEN DETAIL, STD. PLAN G-60.10, SHEET4 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
ANCHOR ROD - 1 3/4" DIAM. x 4' - 4" THREADED 8" MIN. EACH END; W/2 WASHERS & 4 HEAVY HEX NUTS- GALVANIZE EXPOSED ANCHOR ROD END FOR 1'- 0" MIN.
b
' ;...
ISOMETRIC
#5TYP. ANCHOR PLATE (TYP.)- SEE DETAIL, STANDARD PLAN G-60.20 SHEET 2
....1
fil
C)
u <(
CLAMP STEEL REINFORCING BAR WITH CONNECTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
en
b
I
w w
a.
en
' N
N
II
:::!:
::::>
en z
~
II
1-
a.
0
b
' ;...
@)
>-
CANTILEVER SIGN STRUCTURE (TRUSS-TYPE) FOUNDATION TYPES 2 & 3 STANDARD PLAN G-60.30-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION #6 2 SPACES@ 13" 2' -2"
CD
=
10'- 0"
CD
=
3'- 6"
SIDE
END
.....
06-27-11
DATE
en z
0::
ID
....1 ....1
w w
iii
~
0
~
MARK
VALUES OF Z
TOTAL SIGN AREA 200 SF OR LESS 200 SF - 400 SF ALLOWABLE LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE (PSF)
z
TYPE2 9'- 0"
z
11'- 0"
CD
PEDESTAL HOOP
2500 OR GREATER
#5
#5
TYPE3 11'- 0" 13'- 6" NOT LESS THAN 1500
CD
FOUNDATION VERTICALS
14
#6
14
#6
PEDESTAL VERTICALS
16
#10
16
#10
#5
#5
#5
#5
,,,\~ (TV~~~
d
SQUARE VARIES
CONCRETE
CLASS 4000P AASHTO M 31 GRADE60 ASTM F 1554 GRADE 105 AASHTO M 291 AASHTO M 293 AASHTO M 232 ASTMA36
~1 1
STEEL REINF. BAR ANCHOR RODS ANCHOR NUTS ANCHOR WASHERS ANCHORAGE GALVANIZING ANCHOR PLATE
~]
CANTILEVER SIGN STRUCTURE (TRUSS-TYPE) FOUNDATION TYPES 2 & 3 STANDARD PLAN G-60.30-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
06-27-11
DATE
NOTES
(f)
0:::
ID
...J ...J
w w
1. 2. 3.
Horizontal and vertical clearance requirements shall be as shown in Contract Plans. Horizontal diagonals must join chords where vertical diagonals connect (panel points). Interior diagonals shall be placed at panel points, 40' maximum spacing. Locate symmetrically about centerline of span if possible. An interior diagonal is not required at span ends. No post splices permitted in lower third of height, nor closer than 3' - 0" to bottom of chord. No chord shop splices permitted in middle third of span. Maximum of one splice in each end post.
iii z
Cl
0 SEE CHORD TO END POST CONNECTION TYPE <P SEE CHORD TO END POST CONNECTION TYPE R
Q
<3)
TOP END TRUSS DIAGONAL JOINS END POSTS AT CHORDS WHERE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL DIAGONALS CONNECT NUMBER OF PANELS VARIES. ALTERNATE DIAGONALS TO BE PARALLEL. DIMENSION C NOT TO EXCEED 1.25 TIMES D
INTERIOR DIAGONAL (TYP.) SYMMETRICAL ABOUT ~ SPAN (EXCEPT FRAMING WITH ODD NUMBER OF PANELS)
4.
. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - EQUALELEVATIONS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . SPAN LENGTH S ( ~ TO ~ OF END POSTS) PANEL POINTS (TYP.) - SEE NOTES 2 AND 3 INTERIOR DIAGONAL (TYP.) "NEAR" VERTICAL DIAGONAL (TYP.) "FAR" VERTICAL DIAGONAL (TYP.)
/------------------ -----------------,1
1~
1 1/4.. CAPPED NIPPLE
- ON SIDE OPPOSITE APPROACHING TRAFFIC END POST END TRUSS DIAGONAL (TYP.) END TRUSS STRUT POST BASE AND SCREEN - SEE DETAILS, SHEET 4
1~--fj~~-~=-=-=~~;:::::;-=-=-=-~-~=-=-;:::;-::::==i4:oc:
~OF SIGNS
AND TRUSS
'' ''
I
p
I
p
I
BOTTOM OF LUMINAIRE BRACKET -WHEN SIGN LIGHTING IS SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT
i
I '
~ANEL LENGTH
. -- ()
...J
zO(f)[l_
r-~~~------------------------------------------------------------------------~I----------------~
BASE ELEVATION
(TYP.)~
END
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
PIPE (CHORDS, DIAGONALS, STRUTS AND POSTS) PLATES ASTM A 36 ORASTM A 53 GRADE B, TYPE E OR S, OR A 500 GRADE B ASTM A 36 ASTM A 36 ASTM A 992 STD. SPEC. 9-06.5(3) SPAN LENGTH DIMENSION D
ELEVATION
STRUCTURE DIMENSIONS
TOP AND BOTTOM CHORDS DIAGONALS END TRUSS POSTS END TRUSS STRUTS AND DIAGONALS 1 1/4" 2" 2"
X X X
SHAPES BOLTS, NUTS, & WASHERS PIPE, PLATE & SHAPE GALVANIZING FASTENER GALVANIZING
s
60' OR LESS
X X X X
.140"
X X
.203" .203"
AASHTO M 111
.154" .154"
X
.216"
X
to
150'
7'- 0"
2 1/2"
.203"
3 1/2"
.226"
AASHTO M 232
ALL MEMBERS ARE PIPE. VALUES SHOWN ARE NOMINAL PIPE SIZE AND WALL THICKNESS.
PERSPECTIVE
.....
06-27-11
DATE
PLATE1/8" MIN.
4 5/8"
::::: 3 1/8"
5" R.
3/8" ALLEN HOLLOW SET SCREW WITH DOG POINT (TYP.) (CORROSION RESISTANT METAL OR COATING) AT 90" INTERVALS 5/16" X 1/2" SLOT FOR 3/8" ALLEN SET SCREW
FINIAL DETAIL
(f)
<t
END POST
0:::
ID
...J ...J
w w
iii z
Cl 0::: (;.10 J:
()
Cl
ELEVATION
1/2" DIAM. STEEL BOLT. 1 1/2" LONG, WITH WASHER AND NUT FOR GROUND ROUND AND SMOOTH INSIDE EDGES
CONNECTION DATA
SPAN LENGTH 60' OR LESS BOLT DIAMETER
3/16
A
2 3/8" 2 7/8" 3 3/8"
B
1 5/8" 2 1/8" 2 5/8"
END POST
61' TO 90' DRILL AND TAP FOR 1" DIAM. STANDARD GALVANIZED STEEL SQUARE HEAD PLUG -INSTALL PLUG AFTER GALVANIZING TRUSS 91' TO 120' 121' TO 150'
7/8"0
l_
4 1/16" 3 1/4"
CHORD
INSTALL BOLTS WITH HEAD UPWARD. EXCLUDE BOLT THREADING FROM GRIP.
REMOVABLE RAINTIGHT HAND HOLE COVER WITH GASKET -FASTEN WITH TWO STAINLESS STEEL (ASTM F 593) SCREWS
-~~~----t
ELEVATION
<t
CHORD
TOP
VIEW0
4"
06-27-11
DATE
DRILLED HOLE IN CHORD AT EACH DIAGONAL AND STRUT SHALL BE 1" DIAMETER FOR SPANS OVER 60' - FOR SPANS 60' OR LESS, DIAMETER SHALL BE 3/4"
t.
INTERIOR DIAGONAL I
fJ)
0::
w
w
III
....1 ....1
s
SPAN LENGTH S(FT.) 40 50 60 61
L:::,. (IN.)
iii
~
0
ELEVATION
SECTION
0
TOP ALTERNATE JOINT DATA
1/2 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 2 3/8 2 1/8 2 1/2 2 7/8 3 3/8
<5>
ENDS OF DIAGONALS SHALL BE CUT TO FIT NEATLY AGAINST CHORD OR POST. FILLET WELD SIZE TO BE DIAGONAL TUBE OR PIPE THICKNESS PLUS 1/16".
d
2 1/2" 3" 3" 3 1/2"
e
1 1/4" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 3/4"
FOR SPAN LENGTHS NOT LISTED, INTERPOLATE VALUES OF 6.. HORIZONTAL DIAGONAL WHEN ~LTERNATE JOINT DETAIL IS USED INTERIOR DIAGONAL WHEN REQUIRED (SEE TRUSS ELEVATION) FABRICATE TRUSS WITH CHORDS CURVED TO PROVIDE CAMBER. DO NOT CAMBER BY USING SHIMS BETWEEN CHORDS AT SPLICES.
~5"
~
~;{ ., >
F BOLT CIRCLE
DIAMETER OF HOLE IN FLANGE 1/16" LARGER THAN CHORD OUTSIDE DIAMETER
TOP
0
CHORD FIELD SPLICE DATA
SPAN LENGTH 60' OR LESS 61' TO 90' 91' TO 120' 121' TO 150' BOLT K DIAMETER 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8"
SECTION
0
SIGN BRIDGE (TRUSS-TYPE) STANDARD PLAN G-70.10-01
SHEET 3 OF 4 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
F
6" 7" 8 1/2" 9 1/2"
T
3/4" 7/8" 1" 1 1/4"
3/16" SHIMS ARE REQUIRED AT THE REMAINING TWO CHORD JOINTS WHEN INTERIOR DIAGONAL IS INSTALLED.
fll
.....
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
POST ANCHOR BOLT DRILL AND TAP FOR 1/4" DIAM. CAP SCREW, ASTM F 593, W/ S.S. WASHER, SPACING ::::: 9" O.C. TOP OF BASE
= 8" DIAM.
TOP OF FOUNDATION
<
~ ~
1 1/2" DIAM. HOLE FOR ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) WELDED GALV. CLOTH 1/16" x 7/16" SQ. WRAP AROUND BASE PLATE WITH 3" MIN. LAP
TOP
SCREEN DETAIL
....1
~--~
w 0
(;I :I: Cl
<(
:I:
io
'
_.- ANCHOR ROD (TYP.) TOP OF FOUNDATION
.....
'
SECTION
VIEW0
fll
.....
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
SHAFT CONCRETE ALL OTHER CONCRETE STEEL REINF. BAR ANCHOR RODS ANCHOR NUTS ANCHOR WASHERS ANCHORAGE GALVANIZING ANCHOR PLATE CLASS 4000P
1 1/4" RIGID GALV. STEEL CONDUIT - TO BE INSTALLED WHERE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER
. !.
1' 6" -
CLASS 4000 AASHTO M 31 GRADE60 ASTM F 1554 GRADE 105 AASHTO M 291 3/4" CHAMFER AASHTO M 293 AASHTO M 232 ASTMA36 8" (TYP.)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.-
(TYP.)
L
1
45 (TYP.)
TOP
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE NON-INSULATED #4 AWG STRANDED COPPER - PROVIDE 3'- 0" SLACK (ROUTE TO GROUNDING STUD) SYMMETRICAL ABOUT 't_ EXCEPT CONDUIT ANCHOR ROD - 1" x 2'- 9" THREADED 8" MIN. EACH END; WI 3 WASHERS AND 4 HEAVY HEX NUTS LEVEL
CASE THE EXCAVATION AND PLACE USING TREMIE METHOD WHEN WATER IS PRESENT
CONDUIT COUPLING - INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT)
CD (TYP.)
FINISH GROUND LINE CONSTRUCTION JOINT W/ 5 1/2" X 1 5/8" X 2' - 0" SHEAR KEY
TABLE
SPAN LENGTH VARIABLES 60' OR LESS 61' TO 90' DIMENSION - D BAR SPACES - N SHAFT DEPTH - Z 4'- 0" 2 11'- 6" 5'- 0" 3 13'- 6" 91' TO 120' 121' TO 150' 6'- 0" 6 15'- 0" 7'- 0" 10 16'- 6"
b
....1
[I]
END
~
(/)
r
BAR LIST
SPAN LENGTH MARK LOCATION 60' OR LESS QTY. SIZE 9 4 8 6 6 6 4 4 8 6 8 61' TO 90' QTY. 14 SIZE 11 4 7 4 4 10 6 14 91' TO 120' QTY. 18 SIZE 11 4 8 4 4 12 6 22 121' TO 150' QTY. 23 SIZE 11 4 8 4 4
J: I-
w w
N J: IC..
....1
(/)
0::
CD
SHAFT - VERTICAL SHAFT - SPIRAL CAP - TOP AND BOTTOM CAP-SIDES CAP-HOOPS
11
CD CD
CLAMP STEEL REINFORCING BAR WITH CONNECTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
BENDING DIAGRAM
ELEVATION
CD z j CD D
CD CD
(ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT) 2" RADIUS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
j---5~1
CD
D + 2' - 8"
j _;_
r
~I
i_ j_R
f
ISOMETRIC
~ 1.---l
j - j
2' 9"
[I
FOUNDATION TYPE 1
.....
06-27-11
DATE
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE STEEL REINF. BAR ANCHOR RODS ANCHOR NUTS ANCHOR WASHERS ANCHORAGE GALVANIZING ANCHOR PLATE CLASS4000P AASHTO M 31 GRADE 60 ASTM F 1554 GRADE 105 AASHTO M291 AASHTO M 293 AASHTO M 232 ASTMA36 3/4" CHAMFER
D 1' - 3" DIAM. 1 1/4" RIGID GALV. STEEL CONDUIT -TO BE INSTALLED WHERE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER NOTCH AS REQUIRED TO CLEAR SHAFT REINFORCEMENT WHEN D = 4'- 0" 1 1/16" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
1'- 9" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE (TYP.) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE NON-INSULATED #4 AWG STRANDED COPPER - PROVIDE A 3' - 0" SLACK (ROUTE TO GROUNDING STUD) CONDUIT COUPLING -INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF BARRIER (DO NOT GLUE PVC STU BOUT) ANCHOR ROD- 1" DIAM. x 2'- 9" THREADED 8" MIN. EACH END; W/3 WASHERS AND 4 HEAVY HEX NUTS 1'- 0" MIN. GALVANIZING (TYP.) SPAN LENGTH 1' -9" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE 1/2" X 21" X 21"
TOP
SYMMETRICAL ABOUT 1'- 0"
t
ANCHOR PLATE (TYP.) -SEE DETAIL
TABLE
VARIABLES 60' OR LESS DIMENSION - D BAR SPACES - N SHAFT DEPTH - Z TYPE 2 3 4'- 0" 2 5'- 6" 61' TO 90' 5'- 0" 3 6'- 6" 8'- 6" 91' TO 120' 120' TO 150' 6'- 0" 6
ISOMETRIC
b
'
1'-0"TYP.
~~
7'- 0"
10 8'- 6" 11'- 6"
C)
7'- 6"
10'- 0"
7'- 0"
BAR LIST
SPAN LENGTH FOUNDATION TYPE MARK LOCATION 60' OR LESS QTY. 2 3 4 5 6 CAP-TOP CAP-SIDES CAP-HOOPS CAP- BOTTOM FND. WALL -VERTICAL FND. WALL- TIES FND. WALL- HORIZONTAL FND. WALL- HORIZONTAL FND. WALL- HORIZONTAL 4 14 6 8 30 8 4 8 10 SIZE 6 4 4 6 6 5 5 5 61'TO 90' QTY. 4 16 8 8 42 8 4 8 12 SIZE 91' TO 120' QTY. 5 18 14 10 42 8 4 10 14 SIZE 8 4 4 8 120' TO 150' QTY. 6 18 22 12 50 8 4 12 16 SIZE 8 4 4 8 CLAMP STEEL REINFORCING BAR WITH CONNECTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
(3
<(
IIl
...J
a.
en
~
w w
I
:::!: &,
~
en
N
II
1-
a.
w
2AND3
7 2 3
8 8
7 4 4 7 6 5 5 5 5
Cl
7
5 5 5
7
5 5 5
I.
3'- 0"
.I
io
1.
10'-0"
.1
,.----------.
D +2'-8"
5" R.
CD
=1
1l !
f
I
BENDING DIAGRAM
END
SIDE
1 - 1 ~ r 1f
2' 9"
0
b ......
I 0
CONCRETE BELOW FINISHED GROUNDLINE SHALL BE PLACED DIRECTLY AGAINST UNDISTURBED EARTH, ORALTERNATELY, BACKFILL PLACED AROUND FOUNDATION SHALL BE COMPACTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 2-09.3(1)E, METHOD 1 OR 4. ALL FORMWORK SHALL BE REMOVED.
0
(ALL DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT) 2" RADIUS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
.....
NOTES
--Ar-'
~B*
B~
1. Install Sign Lighting Luminaires (and Brackets) only when required in the Contract. VERTICAL BRACE SPACING
WITH SIGN LIGHTING SIGN WIDTH A
I
--,--
ll
1\
T
~
~
I
I"'
f=
(!)
::::!:
~
'
I
2. Windbeam and 3" Z-Bar are aluminum. All nuts, bolts, washers, and other hardware shall be stainless steel, except as noted. 3. See Standard Plan G-90.20 Sign Mounting details . (Monotube), or G-90.30 (Truss) for additional Overhead
~ __/~~
1 ..
__....v
rt
it en
~
(.)
__. "'
I"'
en 0 = u; I w <0
N
z
'
0 iii (.)
~ z
w w
~ (!)
J:
B*
4. Galvanize all non-stainless steel parts.
~
-I
ONE SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 6" 6" 6" 1'- 0" 2'- 0" 3'- 6" 4'- 6" 5'- 6" 6'- 0" 6'- 0" SIGN WIDTH ("X" - SEE CONTRACT) SIGN WIDTH 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 3" Z-BAR
(!)
I.
--'--
3" (TYP.)
s
(SPACES) 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5
16'- 0"
BRACE PLACEMENT
SIGN WIDTH (W) ("X" - SEE SIGN SPEC. SHEET IN CONTRACT) 1/4
TWO SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRES 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 1'- 0" 2'- 0" 4'- 3" 4'- 9" 5'- 3" 5'- 9" 6'- 3" 6'- 9"
-A
1/2
w
B*
1/4
w
f--A-
-A
.-t::
_.-/
!---e*
I
i
B*
I
i
B~
WINDBEAM (TYP.)
u
en __.
::::!: Co
~
'
I
(.)
14'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 22'- 0" 24'- 0" 26'- 0" 28'- 0"
I
I
=
I
= = =
it
---.
~
~
I
--,
(!)
(.)
"'
z
~
<0
28'- 0"
~
~
I
~ ::::!:
'
~ Co
.....
(!)
J: J:
=\
BACK OF SIGN VERTICAL BRACE (TYP.)
it I W "'
__.
0
iii
~ ..... z
(.)
BACK OF SIGN
0:
S2 en U)
I
z w w
'
~~~ ~
__....
/_A/
..
___/~
~
~
~
...
z (!) z
~
<0
u;l
en
= =
w w
THREE SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRES 34'- 0" 36'- 0" 6" 6" 4'- 1 1/2" 4'- 4 1/2"
30'- 0" 32'- 0" WITHOUT SIGN LIGHTING 34'- 0" 36'- 0"
'
~ I.
3" (TYP.)
IF "B" EXCEEDS THE SPACING LISTED ON THE VERTICAL BRACE SPACING TABLE, ADD AN ADDITIONAL VERTICAL BRACE
BRACE PLACEMENT
BRACE PLACEMENT
SIGN WIDTH (W) ("X"- SEE SIGN SPECIFICATION SHEET IN CONTRACT) 1/6 3" Z-BAR
1/3
w
I
1/3
w
I
1/6
w
--A-
WINDBEAM (TYP.)
-A
.I<=
!
!---e*
I
i
~
B*
B*
B*
I
i
~
B*
B*
B*
I
i
~
B~
I
p
BACK OF SIGN
3" Z-BAR
_v
1 ..
ll
--.(!)
I= WINDBEAM (TYP.)
_v
I""
ll
7'-
+
~
I
r
j_
!
"""
f=
BACKO F SIG N
I I VERTICAL BRACE TYP. LUMINAIRE BRACKET (TYP.) THREE SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRES
tt
~ I
\/!
::::!:
~
SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE
it
w
"'
z
'
N
I"'
0:
z w ~ (!) en
<0
u;l
J ~ - I.
--'--
3" (TYP.)
ISOMETRIC VIEW
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
BRACE PLACEMENT
3/8" X 3 1/2" X 6" STEEL PLATE (TYP.) 9/16" x 3/4" SLOTTED HOLE (VERT.) FOR 1/2" DIAM. MOUNTING BEAM BOLT (TYP.)
--1
I y (TYP.)
NOTES 1. Refer to Contract Plans for Monotube Beam Bracket element sizes, dimensions, and weld symbols.
i i
~j[
3/4" DIAM. HEX NUT AND WASHER 3/8" X 4" X 3" STEEL PLATE 3" (TYP.)
2. See Standard Plan G-90.1 0 for Sign Bracing and Lighting Placement details. 3. Galvanize all non stainless steel parts. 4. See Standard Plan G-90.40 for Sign Lighting details. 5. Hand holes shall be installed at the time of fabrication. Only additional conduits for lighting accommodations to previously non illuminated structures may be installed in field as long as the proper repairs are made to the structure. For details not shown, see Standard Plan J-75.40.
AND
3/4" DIAM. SIGN BRACKET ROD WITH 4 WASHERS AND 4 LOCK NUTS
~MONOTUBE BEAM
VIEW0
{
3/4" DIAM. SIGN BRACKET ROD SIGN FACE MONOTUBE BEAM STEEL CHANNEL C5x9 (TYP.) STEEL CHANNEL C5x9 (TYP.) VERTICAL BRACE W4x13 STEEL (SEE NOTE 6)
6. For VMS mounting, the Contractor may substitute W6x 12 steel or wax 13 steel sections for the Vertical Brace 4 x 13 steel. 7. 3' - 0" max. Vertical Brace and Monotube Beam Bracket spacing for walk-in cabinet Type VMS installation.
MONOTUBE BEAM
SECTION
0
DETAIL
1/2" DIAM. x 1 1/2" LONG STEEL BOLT WITH WASHER, LOCK WASHER, AND LOCKNUT - DRILL 9/16" HOLES THROUGH WIDE FLANGE PER BOLT
0
HORIZONTAL 3" Z-BAR AT TOP OF SIGN
~r
ct
I
I i
6" DIAM. HAND HOLE AND REINFORCEMENT RING (TYP.) INSTALL ON TOP OF MAST ARM AT EACH SIGN LIGHT LOCATION (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 5) SIGN BRIDGE OR CANTILEVER MONOTUBE BEAM FOR VERTICAL BRACES WITH LUMINAIRES, USE DETAILS BELOW MATCHLINE ON LUMINAIRE BRACKET DETAIL - STANDARD PLAN G-90.40 MATCHLINE WINDBEAM AND POST CLIP (TYP.)
BOTTOM OF SIGN SIDE VIEW SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE - WHEN SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT,SEE STANDARD PLAN G-90.40 VERTICAL BRACE W4x13 STEEL (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 6) LUMINAIRE BRACKET (TYP.) - WHEN SIGN LIGHTING IS SHOWN IN CONTRACT
MONOTUBE CONNECTION
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
.....
06-27-11
DATE
MONOTUBE STRUCTURE
(/)
NOTES 1. U-Bolts, Washers and Nuts shall be stainless steel, except as noted. 2. See Standard Plan G-90.10 for Overhead Sign Lighting details .
TRUSS CHORD
c:::
[[l
w w
...J ...J
iii
3. Galvanize all non-stainless steel parts. 4. For VMS mounting, the contractor may substitute W6 x 12 Steel or W8 x 13 Steel sections for the Vertical Brace W4 x 13 Steel.
I
Cl
*VERTICAL BRACE W4 X 13 STEEL *VERTICAL BRACE W4 X 13 STEEL U-BOLT CONNECTION - 3/8" DIAM. U-BOLT, WITH 2 LOCKNUTS AND FLAT WASHERS (TYP.} TOP TRUSS CHORD U-BOLT CONNECTION (TYP}
5. 3' - 0" MAX. Vertical Brace spacing for Walk-In Cabinet Type VMS installation.
DETAIL
(/) (/)
SIGN FACE
1-
=> c:::
0
u.
I*
= SEE NOTE 41
HORIZONTAL 3" Z-BAR AT TOP OF SIGN SIGN FACE
:I: ID..
Cl
SIGN BRIDGE OR CANTILEVER TRUSS BOTTOM TRUSS CHORD FOR VERTICAL BRACES WITH LUMINAIRE'S USE DETAILS BELOW MATCHLINE ON LUMINAIRE BRACKET DETAIL, SEE STANDARD PLAN G-90.40 MATCHLINE WINDBEAM AND POST CLIP (TYP.} WINDBEAM (TYP.} SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE (TYP.} WHEN SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT, SEE STANDARD PLAN G-90.40
TRUSS CONNECTION
LUMINAIRE BRACKET (TYP.} WHEN SIGN LIGHTING IS SHOWN IN CONTRACT PERSPECTIVE VIEW
TRUSS STRUCTURE
fll
.....
06-02-11
DATE
3/16" RIVETS- 4" SPACING 3" Z-BAR VERTICAL BRACE W4 X 13 STEEL POST CLIPALUMINUM
1'- 1 3/4"
NOTES
1/4" R (TYP.)
2 1/4"
6 1/2"
(TYP.)
1. Sign Lighting Luminaire shall include a 3/4" threaded side entry, a gasketed front entry, a door prop, and 4 mounting holes. Refer to Standard Spec. 8-20.3(13) for additional requirements. 2. See Standard Plan J-75.40 and J-75.45 for Sign Light Luminaire Electrical Details.
3/8" DIAM. X 1 1/2 BOLT, 2 WASHERS, & LOCKNUT - ONE FLANGE ONLY VERTICAL BRACE W4 X 13 STEEL
3/8" DIAM. x 1 3/4 BOLT WITH 1 x 5/8 RECTANGULAR HEAD, WASHER, AND LOCKNUT
7/16" DIAM. (TYP.) WIND BEAM UPPER SIGN PANEL 3/16" RIVETS (TYP.)4" STAGGERED SPACING
SIGN FACE
DETAIL
0
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT ~
-01
SIGN FACE
~~--------.::...'---=-"-
-- -
...-.. ~, .... :
't >-----~-i--1
"~~z~::::::i :: i
a:
<: ':_,
SIGN LIGHTING
1
~ ~
~
:..1 .
..-
4 1/4"
' ' -Ef3="---E3-
T-
-~_!_
I
I
.
- - - - ----r-<:3---- - , -
~~~~~IRE .J
SEE
1.47/16".1
~~
TOPVlEW
_ _ L _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _
Ir F
SIDE VIEW
10 GAGE GALV. STEEL PLATE- ITEM AVAILABLE FROM LUMINAIRE MANUFACTURER LUMINAIRE MOUNTING PLATE SIGN FACE
FOR VERTICAL BRACES WITH LUMINAIRES, USE DETAILS BELOW THE MATCHLINE ON LUMINAIRE BRACKET MATCHLINE
TOP VIEW
LUMINAIRE BRACKET
USE DETAILS ABOVE THE MATCHLINE ON VERTICAL BRACE MATCHLINE .................,._ -- - - -
5'- 3"
~
SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE SEE NOTE 1 BOTH FLANGES ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
YLI-------1_
1'-10314"
________,
3/8" DIAM.
VIEW0
1 1/2" BOLT
VERTICAL BRACE
I
3/8"WASHER LUMINAIRE FIXTURE HOUSING 3/8" LOCKWASHER 3/8" DIAM. LOCKNUT
LUMINAIRE BRACKET
DETAIL
-----,s=rA=TE=-:D=E=SIG""N'""EN:-:-:Gc:ciN=EE,.-R---
..... fll
10-14-09
DATE
en
z
W4x13 (TYP.)
NOTES
1. NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN FRONT OF STATIC SIGNS. 2. FOR MOUNTING THE MAINTENANCE WAL~AY TO A MONOTUBE SIGN BRIDGE, SEE STANDARD PLAN G-95.20. 3. FOR MOUNTING THE MAINTENANCE WAL~AY TO A TRUSS-TYPE SIGN BRIDGE, SEE STANDARD PLAN G-95.30.
I I I I
\ \ \ \
\
\
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
I
---"vVW4x13
( J
Cl
' 3 1/2"
I
/""'
/
,_, --
--
~EL ~~~TING
''
------1
3 1/2" '
;(
W4x 13
I I I I
c.,.
~
Ill~ II~
I I
""I''
I I
~-.-,-r-,-,-r-,-,-r-,-,-r-,-,-r-,-Ji"lJ-,-,-.--,-r-.--,-r-.--,-r-.--,-,-.--,-j
"i"'
I
.r
I I
( J
J4
I
4'- 0" MAX. (TYP.)
~- W4x13 AND POST ~
~OEPLATE
=
_/
SEE DETAIL
'
"
\_
-r,-,.,.,.,.,.,.,-,-r,-r
"'11-r-rrr-.-r-r"''l-r-r"''l-r-rrr-.-r
W4x13
5'- 0"
I I
PLAN
--~
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY
I
W4x13
2'- 8"
SEE DETAIL "B"
ENDVIEW
0
SPLICE (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 4)
(!)
5'- 0"
I
---~
MODIFY DIMENSION AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER FIT-UP WITH THE VMS DOOR OPENING.
~ (!)
0 0
L1..
i=
5
ll.
w 0
~ J:
w
W/2 W/2 TOP OF TOE PLATE TOP OF GRATING
IL1..
ll.
0 0
I-
ll.
:::!: 0
I-
a:
L1..
:::!: 0
STRUCTURAL TUBING
:Z
a:
I
L1..
~ J:
~ Co
SPLICE~
J:
GALVANIZING FOR PIPE PLATES AND SHAPES HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS, NUTS, & WASHERS; INCL. MOUNTING BEAM BOLTS ALL OTHER BOLTS
AASHTO M 111
('t)
STD SPEC. 9-06.5(3) 4' - 0" MAX. (TYP.) STD SPEC. 9-06.5(1) SEE DETAIL "A"
I I
ELEVATION
STEEL GRATING
ASTM A36
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY
fll
.....
06-02-11
DATE
en
z
<t
3/4"
4"
5" PLATE
a:
[I]
w w
5/8" DIAM. ASTM A 325 H.S. BOLT W/ HEAVY HEX NUT AND WASHER, GALV. {TYP.), TIGHTEN PER STD SPEC. 6-03.3{33). \ W4x13
....1 ....1
1 i
1 5/8"
4" \
iii z
3/4" PLATE
Cl
~~
~--
<t W4x13,
2 1/2"
1.314,
SECTION
0
3/8" PLATE
STIFFENER {TYP.)
1/4
7 1/4"
PLAN
PLAN
1"
HOLES
3/4"
[I]
W4x13 W4x13 1/2" PLATE STIFFENER 1/4" PLATE {TYP.) 3/8" CHAMFER {TYP.)
en en
....1 <(
~
w
--EB-
~
LL.
0
J: IC..
Cl
w w
::J
c;;
z
STIFFENERS, 1/4" X 1 1/2" BOTH SIDES
Cl
CONNECTION PLATE {SEE DETAIL) {TYP.) 3/8" CHAMFER 9/16" x 3/4" SLOTTED HOLE FOR 1/2" BOLTS {TYP.)
SECTION ELEVATION
ELEVATION
DETAIL "B"
DETAIL "A"
OUTSIDE OF RAIL
INSIDE OF RAIL
I'
[ ~ ]Cl
3/4"
!.
5/8"
!'I_ 1/16"
11/16"
~ t-l~ ---nnnnnnnnjJn
__ ----------~~--
f
.
------------------- _-+_----,-.---.-
SLOTTED TYPE SPRING PIN {ANSI B18.8.2, TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL)
1 1/2" DIAM. STD. PIPE RAILING SPLICE SECTION DRIVE PINS {SEE DETAIL)
ELEVATION
SECTION
06-02-11
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
~,---
I"
---- - - - -
"I
_ ____['-
~,---
Cl
=~
7"
GRATING FASTENER {TYP.) SEE DETAIL
0
--1----
_j
8
7
_l_
L
~
0
ICl
::c
~
w
....1
a.: ~
GRATING FASTENER CROSS BAR
8
,......
~
~
a.
z c(
~
I
'-0 0
0
s s
,---,
/'
I
0 0
/
1/4" TOE PLATE
gr-r--
I
I
I
0 0
~
I
BEARING BARS INSTALL AND ARRANGE THE GRATING FASTENERS ACCORDING TO THE GRATING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
\II/
W4x13 {TYP.)
j
PLAN
G
W4x13
<t_ W4x13
1/8
EVERY FOURTH BEARING BAR AND NEAR ALL TOE PLATE CORNERS GRATING FASTENER SEE DETAIL CROSS BAR {TYP.)
T
0" MIN. 3/4" MAX.
I
W4x13
SECTION
W4x13
SECTION
...... fll
06-02-11
DATE
en
[I]
w a: w
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
PIPE
b
....1 ....1
iii z
PLATES AND SHAPES ENTRANCE TO WALKWAY (SWING GATE INSIDE ONLY) 4'- 0" MAX. W4x13 SPACING RAILING 3/8" DIAM. WIRE ROPE (SEE NOTE 4) STRUCTURAL TUBING GALVANIZING FOR PIPE PLATES AND SHAPES INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT FOR \IRE ROPE (TYP) (SEE NOTE 3)
I
Cl
5'- 0"
4" MAX. GAP BETWEEN RAILING POST AND VMS (TYP.)
AASHTO M 111
PLAN
ro
SAFETY CABLE AND INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT ARE OPTIONAL IN THIS ZONE 2'- 0" MIN.
I I I
HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS, NUTS, & WASHERS; INCL. MOUNTING BEAM BOLTS ALL OTHER BOLTS FASTENER GALVANIZING STEEL GRATING
1 - - 1-----1
-{
oI ' '' '' I I ' ''I '' I oI ' '' I I I I ' '' I I I I L ' '' ' '' '' '' ' '' '' '' ' '' '' '' ' '' '' '' -T ----,,----,,-----.-.---' '' '' '' ' '' '' '' ' '' '' '' ' '' '' '' -Tr----,,----,,-----.-.---'' '' '' '' '' ''I ''I '' I I '' '' oI oI L '' '' I I I I '' '' I I I I '' '' I I I I '' '' ,_, ,_, ,_, ,_ I
r o
ro
' '' '' ' '' ''I I ' '' I I ' '' ' '' '' ' '' '' ' '' '' ' '' '' ---,' ----,-.-----.-.-'' '' ' '' '' ' '' '' ' '' '' ' '' ---,,---- ,,---- '' '' '' '' '' '' ''I I '' '' oI '' '' '' '' '' '' '' '' '' '' ,_, '' ,_, ,_,
I--
\i
I I I
r-------1
-.-.--
ru
.I
...... v
AASHTO M 232
[J
~ 6'- 0" MIN. FROM
TOP OF GRATE
[J I
[J
l
0
NOTES
WIRE ROPE
-2._
I.
WALKWAY IN THIS ZONE IS REQUIRED FOR VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN WITH DOORS ON EACH END
ELEVATION
1. NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN FRONT OF STATIC SIGNS. 2. FOR MAINTENANCE WALKWAY, RAILING, GRATING, AND TOE PLATE DETAILS, SEE STANDARD PLAN G-95.10. 3. USE TWO LANYARDS THROUGH INTERMEDIATE WIRE ROPE SUPPORT. 4. 3/8" DIAM. WIRE ROPE WITH 14 KIPS MIN. BREAKING STRENGTH. THE WIRE ROPE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH 450 LBS. OF TENSION, AND WITH 6" OF TAKE UP ADJUSTMENT AVAILABLE IN THE TURNBUCKLE. 5. HANDRAIL FIT-UP WITH VMS DOOR OPENING IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.
I * = SEE NOTE 51
STRUCTURAL LUG (INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT) SEE DETAIL "B" (SEE NOTE 3) STRUCTURAL LUGS (SIZE TO FIT ROPE SPELTER SOCKET) (TYP.) SEE DETAIL "A" CLOSED SPELTER SOCKET (TYP.) SEE NOTE 4
JAW & EYE END OPEN BODY TURNBUCKLE WITH 14 KIPS MIN. BREAKING STRENGTH (GALVANIZED)
5/8" PLATE
1 1/2" R
(!)
(!) LL.
~
~
0..
3/4"
:::2!:
LL.
..
I
4"
a:
:il
b
:Z
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY MOUNTING FOR MONOTUBE SIGN BRIDGE STANDARD PLAN G-95.20-02
SHEET 1 OF 3 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
2" R SEE SHEET 2 FOR BRACKET DETAILS 3/4" x 3" SLOTTED HOLE
FALL RESTRAINT
DETAIL "B"
...... fll
06-02-11
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
PROVIDE A 314" DRAIN HOLE FOR GALVANIZING, TOP & BOTTOM (TYP.)
....1 ....1
iii
I
Cl
~--- ____ :
+----1----
'' J ''
1
'
'
TS6x4 x 5116
~
~
(!)
LL.
0..
STRUCTURAL LUG (INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT) SEE DETAIL "B" (SEE NOTE 3) 314" H.S. BOLT WI NUT & 2 WASHERS, GALV. (TYP.)
Co
::2:
LL.
t_
MONOTUBE BEAM
_j__
'
a:
z
b
' .....
- - - t_
MONOTUBE - - -
'
~===~====.
MONOTUBE FABRICATED FROM L4x4 x 318 FABRICATED FROM L4x4 x 318 3 1116" 3 1116"
MONOTUBE
314" H.S. BOLT WI NUT & 2 WASHERS, GALV. (TYP.) STRUCTURAL LUG SEE DETAIL "A"
SECTION
TS6x4 x 5116
SECTION
ELEVATION VIEW
PROVIDE A 314" DRAIN HOLE FOR GALVANIZING, TOP & BOTTOM (TYP.) STRUCTURAL LUGS (SIZE TO FIT ROPE SPELTER SOCKET) (TYP.) SEE DETAIL "A"
IH~
''l
:
:
:
:
co
'
'
'
- - t_
FALL RESTRAINT--
4"
(!)
EXISTING MONOTUBE
(!)
LL.
0 0
0..
I-
'
'
FIELD LOCATE 1 118" DIAM. HOLES @ FRONT AND BACK OF MONOTUBE (TYP.) 314" X 13" X 1'- 8" PLATE
II
:!: 0
Co
'
a:
~
LL.
z
b
~
~
-+-I
'
TS6x4 x 5116
1" DIAM. ROD Wl2 LOCKNUTS & WASHERS, GALV. (ASTM A 449) (TYP.) - 4 SETS REQUIRED PER BRACKET
------~- --+-~
, I
' :
cp
II
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY MOUNTING FOR MONOTUBE SIGN BRIDGE STANDARD PLAN G-95.20-02
SHEET 2 OF 3 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ELEVATION VIEW
SECTION
fll
.....
06-02-11
DATE
,--
en
[I]
w a: w
VMS HOUSING
f
1-
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
I
I
I I I
VMS HOUSING
/
//
r-------------------~ ~r ~
1" MAX. CLR. (TYP.)
// *
I
I
I
L,.
''
).
I ~LV
PANEL
....1 {)
~
r.
~
MONOTUBE
''
,....
TOP OF TOE PLATE TOE PLATE (ALL-AROUND)
111-+1---
0:::
~
r'T'
1\
I~
I/
l~
I
4'- 0" MAX. (TYP.) W4x13 (TYP.)
"I
:I:
I
TOP OF GRATING!
I Ii iI
...,.,.....,.,..
5'- 0"
~ ......
I" lJ..
' '
*=
' !l>Till
--r
~
~II ~Ill
---~
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY
PARTIAL PLAN SECTION
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY MOUNTING BEAM W4 x 13 SPA. @ 4' - 0" MAX.
BEAM~
DRILL 9/16" HOLE (TYP.)
ALL PARTS~
C5x9
~
3/4" DIAM. SIGN BRACKET ROD W/4WASHERS &4 HEX NUTS
1" (TYP.)
1" (TYP.)
9/16" x 3/4" SLOTTED HOLE (VERT.) FOR 1/2" DIAM. H.S. MOUNTING BEAM BOLT (TYP.)
en z oen -w en_. zo
Oz
:JI-ll:
3/8" X 3 1/2" X 6" PLATE (TYP.) 3/8" X 4" X 3" PLATE (TYP.)
C5x9
W::c ~(!)
MONOTUBE
~j
HEX NUT MOUNTING BEAM 3/8" X 4" X 3" PLATE (TYP.) 3/4" DIAM. ROD C5x9 (TYP.)
oo zo
01-
::!:a::
!!::0:: a:: a. w
>-0
>
VIEW0 i 1 1/4" ~
C5x9
i I 1 1/4" ~~
~
MONOTUBE
l.....
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY MOUNTING FOR MONOTUBE SIGN BRIDGE STANDARD PLAN G-95.20-02
SHEET 3 OF 3 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
SECTION
PAINT ENTIRE ATTACHMENT BRACKET TO MATCH EXISTING STRUCTURE EXCEPT FOR MOUNTING BEAM. SIGN, LIGHT, BEAM LENGTHS, SIZE AND SPACING SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM THE CONTRACT PLANS OR WSDOT STANDARD PLANS.
------~s=~=JE~D=Es=IG~N=EN=GI~NE=ER~---
fll
.....
06-02-11
DATE
en
[I]
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
PIPE ASTM A 36 OR ASTM A 53 GRADE B, TYPE E OR S, OR ASTM A 500 GRADE B ASTM A36
w a: w
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
r-----
WALK-IN CABINET TYPE VMS 3'- 0" MAX. ATTACHMENT BRACKET SPACING 4'- 0" MAX. W4x13 SPACING RAILING INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT FOR \WIRE ROPE (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 3)
\ 1
STRUCTURAL TUBING GALVANIZING FOR PIPE PLATES AND SHAPES HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS, NUTS, & WASHERS; INCL. MOUNTING BEAM BOLTS ALL OTHER BOLTS FASTENER GALVANIZING STEEL GRATING
5'- 0"
4" MAX. GAP BETWEEN RAILING POST AND VMS (TYP.)
'I I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1
AASHTO M 111
PLAN
'I I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1
SAFETY CABLE AND INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT ARE OPTIONAL IN THIS ZONE 2'- 0" MIN.
/.~
:
1
1
c""'-= t, "
'I I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1
r-1 II II II II II II II
I * = SEE NOTE si
ft
1~
"":: 1
I
:
::
I I
:
AASHTO M 232
~<:;:
1 1
-i
I I I I
~~~
~~~7
/.~
I I
:
1 I
:
ASTM A36 ASTM A 603 WI CLASS A WEIGHT ZINC COATED WIRES THROUGHOUT
11
1 1 1 1
II
II II II II
I 1
I I I I 1 1 1 1
II
II II II II
-
SEE CONTRACT FOR MAINTENANCE WALKWAY LAYOUT
6' - 0" MIN. FROM TOP OF GRATE FALL RESTRAINT BRACKET (TYP.) (SEE DETAIL)
WIRE ROPE
0
NOTES
SEE CONTRACT FOR VMS DIMENSIONS WALKWAY IN THIS ZONE IS REQUIRED FOR VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN WITH DOORS ON EACH END
ELEVATION
2. FOR MAINTENANCE WALKWAY, RAILING, GRATING, AND TOE PLATE DETAILS, SEE STANDARD PLAN G-95.10. 3. USE TWO LANYARDS THROUGH INTERMEDIATE WIRE ROPE SUPPORT. 4. 318" DIAM. WIRE ROPE WITH 14 KIPS MIN. BREAKING STRENGTH. THE WIRE ROPE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH 450 LBS. OF TENSION, AND WITH 6" OF TAKE UP ADJUSTMENT AVAILABLE IN THE TURNBUCKLE.
PROVIDE A 314" DRAIN HOLE FOR GALVANIZING, TOP & BOTTOM (TYP.)
5. HANDRAIL FIT-UP WITH VMS DOOR OPENING IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 114 R = (CHORD O.D.)I2 TS6x4 x 5116
318
114" (TYP.)
(!)
11..
0
1-
D..
JAW & EYE END OPEN BODY TURNBUCKLE WITH 14 KIPS MIN. BREAKING STRENGTH (GALVANIZED)
::!! 0
a:
u..
~
z
b
(TYP.) 114
VIEW0
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY MOUNTING FOR TRUSS-TYPE SIGN BRIDGE STANDARD PLAN G-95.30-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
BOTTOM CHORD
8"
8"
ELEVATION
fll
.....
,---
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
VMS HOUSING
....1 ....1
' ~))
'1>-t/
iii z
Cl
I
-~
VMS HOUSING
I
/ /
/
/
//
I
I I
''
7.
~LV
PANEL
~
,..;..,
~
TRUSS-TYPE SIGN BRIDGE
tv
''
' '-...
i,!_
TOP OF TOE PLATE TOE PLATE (ALL-AROUND)
J
4' - 0" MAX. (TYP.)
I
....1 {)
0:::
~
N~ lt
.~
1\
rvrv
= SEE NOTE 5,
LOCATED ON SHEET 1
I
"T l..lJ..
, I,' '
1\
TOP OF GRATING!
I Ti i I
"'VV
~ ......
1" l:.L
'' ''
l'-
I
---~
~'1
5'- 0"
~ - - - W4x13 AND RAILING POST
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY
PARTIAL PLAN SECTION
-. 1 1/8" I
I
~
I I
1 1/8" !--1
1 1/2" R
2" R
TRUSS CHORD 3/4" x 3" SLOTTED HOLE W4x13 MOUNTING BEAM
SECTION
MAINTENANCE WALKWAY MOUNTING FOR TRUSS-TYPE SIGN BRIDGE STANDARD PLAN G-95.30-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fll
.....
06-02-11
DATE
NOTE Backfill with soil removed from hole - See planting area soil preparation detail or Special Provisions.
MULCH & COMPOST TO SPECIFIED DEPTH FEATHER TO BASE OF PLANT UPPERMOST ROOT SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 1" BELOW SOIL SURFACE MULCH & COMPOST TO SPECIFIED DEPTH FEATHER TO BASE OF PLANT
UPPERMOST ROOT SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 1" BELOW SOIL SURFACE MOUND SOIL TO FORM WATERING WELL AT OUTER EDGE OF PLANTING HOLE 12" DIAM . MOUND SOIL TO FORM WATERING WELL AT DRIPLINE OF EACH PLANT SEE NOTE SEE NOTE
....1 ....1
::::i
0 0
a:
LL.
SEE NOTE EXISTING SOIL BREAK UP ROOTBALL OF CONTAINER PLANTS, PRUNE CIRCLING ROOTS THE ROOT SPREAD EQUALLY SPACE BULBS - DEPTH VARIES BY SPECIES 3 TIMES THE ROOT SPREAD EXISTING SOIL
PLAN
EXISTING SOIL
SECTION
FINISHED GRADE
SEE NOTE UPPERMOST ROOT SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 1" BELOW SOIL SURFACE EXISTING SOIL
LOWER WRAPPED {B&B) ROOTBALL INTO HOLE. CUT AWAY ALL WRAPPING MATERIALS FROM ROOTBALL AND REMOVE FROM HOLE, ROUGHEN SOIL AT EDGES OF ROOTBALL TO STIMULATE ROOTS
SALLY A. ANDERSON
UPPERMOST ROOT SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 1" BELOW SOIL SURFACE SEE NOTE CERTIFICATE NO. 000372 SEE NOTE
, - - - - - - NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPI..JCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
EXISTING SOIL USING 36" )( 2" )( 2" STAKES, STAKE THROUGH EDGE OF ROOTBALL INTO EDGE OF UNDISTURBED SOIL. STAKES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH GROUND SURFACE OR JUST BELOW
EXISTING SOIL BREAK UP ROOTBALL OF CONTAINER PLANTS, INCLUDING PLUGS PRUNE CIRCLING ROOTS
-----,s=rA=TE=-:D=E=SIG""N'""EN:-:-::Gc:ciN=EE"'"R---
..... VI
07-03-08
DATE
(I
FILL VOIDS WITH NATIVE SOIL
NOTES
SEE NOTES
1. See Plant Material List for size and type of live stake. 2. Do not use axe or sledge for driving stakes.
....1 ....1
::J
Cl Cl
<(
a.
g:
010 ~
><
3. In hard ground use an iron bar or star drill to prepare the holes for the stake. 4. Avoid stripping bark or bruising stakes during installation. 5. Fill void around cutting with soil.
c:::
LL.
EXISTING SOIL
EXISTING SOIL
CUT DAMAGED END TO LEAVE TWO BUDS EXPOSED CUT DAMAGED END TO LEAVE TWO BUDS EXPOSED SEE NOTES
STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
SALLY A. ANDERSON
CERTIFICATE NO. 000372
EXISTING SOIL
EXISTING SOIL
fll
.....
07-03-08
DATE
NOTES 1. All Angle Irons and Steel Straps shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 232. 2. Pipe, Caps, and T-Adapter shall be 1" I.D. white PVC, or Primed Steel, except the water intake pipe shall be white PVC. Pipe shall be Sch. 40. All pipe joints shall be threaded.
ANGLE IRON EXTENSION -SEE NOTE 3
CAP
114" DIAM. HOLE (1) FOR AIR EXCHANGE 318"- 16 HEX NUT WITH 1" WASHER
N
.....
EXTENSION SPLIT PIPE CLAMP
'
3. Gage assembly pipe, fiberglass rod, and angle iron can be extended as needed to fit site requirements. Extra Pipe Clamps shall be added for security. 4. Score the water intake pipe 1/4" deep, 1/32" wide (width of saw blade}, every 1/2", alternating cuts on top and bottom for drainage. Place at lowest water level. 5. Water level may vary, depending on season . 6. Pour in approximately 1 tablespoon of cork dust at installation, and after each reading.
114" x 6' LONG FIBERGLASS ROD 1" I.D. SCHEDULE 40 PVC OR PRIMED STEEL PIPE
0
SECTION
0
112" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
"'"
.....
SOIL SURFACE
ANGLE IRON
STEEL STRAP
114" x 6' FIBERGLASS ROD
:Z
:iE
0
b
N
Co
6"
~ANGLE IRON
-SEE DETAIL T-ADAPTER- SEE NOTE 2 CUT POINT ON BOTH LEGS PVC CAP
ANORA L.SALISBURY
CERTIFICATE NO. 000860
NOTE: THIS Pl..AN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLJCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APF'ROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
CREST GAGE
CAP
DETAIL
ISOMETRIC VIEW
-------=ST~M=E~DE=s=IG~NE=N=GI~NE=ER~-----
10-12-07
DATE
REMOVABLE ADJUSTER CAP BENTONITE PELLETS "0" CALIBRATION POINT MARKER "0" CALIBRATION POINT (FINISHED GRADE)
WELL SCREEN
:E
0 0
z
z z
(!)
15
c...
0
w w w
en
tt:
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598 WELL SCREEN SLOTS END
. - - - - - - - - - - - ' NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
END OF PROBE
fJ'I Washington
.....
State
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii
;>..:
[I]
Cl
POST
ROUND FOOTING
SQUARE FOOTING
PLAN VIEW
l*ma~'-/-~
1/4" X 1 1/2" X 2" STEEL PLATE WITH ROUNDED CORNERS AND 3/4" CENTERED HOLE
0
CAP 1/4" CHAIN - GRADE 3, 6" LONG
t>
..
CAP 1/8 SEAL WELD COVER PLATE 1/8" X 1 7/8" SQUARE PLATE
POST
POST SLEEVE
NOTE
GRANULAR, FREE DRAINING MATERIAL
SECTION
This ballard does not have an effective breakaway design feature and cannot be installed within the Design Clear Zone.
0
1/8" PLATE 4 3/4" DIAM. 1/8" PLATE 3 13/16" DIAM.
BASE ASSEMBLY
STEEL PIPE - ASTM A 53, NPS 4 (4" NOM.), SCHEDULE 40 -WELD TO TOP PLATE
CX)
1/8" PLATE
CX)
BOLLARD TYPE 1
1/8" 4 1/2" DIAM. STEEL PLATE
X
I
8 1/2"
1 1/4"
I
8 1/2"
1 1/4"
.1
COVER PLATE
fll
.....
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
NOTE
iii z
Cl
This ballard does not have an effective breakaway design feature and cannot be installed within the Design Clear Zone.
POST
t>
..
FRONT VIEW
SIDE VIEW
0
SECTION
0
1'- 2 1/2" DIAM.
POST
PLAN VIEW
fll
.....
07-03-08
DATE
4
8
4 8 8 4
2 4 4 4
NOTES
MAILBOX- SIZE 1, 1A, OR 2 (SIZE 1A SHOWN) (SEE TABLE, SHEET 2, FOR DIMENSIONS)
1 . A socket and wedge anchoring system that meets the NCHRP 350 crash test criteria may be substituted in lieu of the anti-twist plate designs shown. Anti-twist plates are not required for wood post installations. 2. The platform design shown on this plan features slots that accommodate several types of mailbox supports; only those slots necessary for assembling the type being installed are required. An adjustable platform may be used in lieu of this design, but it must fit the bracket design shown on this plan. Brackets are required for all single-post installations. Field drilling may be necessary. 3. Center the mailbox on the platform to ensure space for the mailbox door to open and to allow space for installing the fasteners (see ALIGNMENT DETAIL, Sheet 2). Spacing of mailbox mounting holes varies among manufacturers. Attachment of the mailbox to the platform may require drilling additional holes through the mailbox to fit the platform. 4. Attach a newspaper box to a steel post with two 1 7/8" Muffler Clamps spaced 4" apart. Field drill 7/16" holes in the newspaper box to fit. Use 2 1/2" x 1/4" lag bolts to attach newspaper boxes to wood posts. Newspaper boxes must not extend beyond the front of the mailbox when the mailbox door is closed. 5. A Type 2 Support (Standard Plan H-70.20) is required when 2 or more mailboxes are to be installed on one support.
3/16" x 1" PHILLIPS HEAD SCREW, 2 WASHERS, AND LOCKNUT WITH NYLON INSERT (TYP.) -4SETS MIN.
3/8" x 4 3/4" HEX HEAD BOLT, 2 WASHERS & LOCKNUT, LENGTH TO FIT (TYP.)
BRACKET (TYP.) (SEE DETAIL, SHEET2) 3/8" X 2 3/4" HEX BOLT 2WASHERS& LOCKNUT (TYP.)
BRACKET (TYP.)SEE DETAIL, SHEET 2 3/8" x 3/4" HEX BOLT 2 WASHERS AND LOCKNUT (TYP.)
~ct
~
!:l
4"
4"
J ~~HERS~)
3/8"
X
2 3/4" HEX
~OLT,NUT&2
STEEL POST
~}
'
.....
02-07-12
DATE
VARIABLE O"T012"
c_j
i
i
o====
-Lu...::...-......--::........,--.=....
-1 -1
2 3/4" I
I
t_s-
-i
i
: 1 118"
z
I
ro
~ :::!:
~
I
:::!::::!:
ro~
I I
~~
M M
SIDEWALK
"'"'
AT EDGE OF SHOULDER
BEHIND CURB
-IC UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS
BEHIND SIDEWALK
~
MAILBOX, PLATFORM, & POST
END
MAILBOX 1/4"
X
i i
'SLOT(1YP.)
~
I
SIDE
PLATFORM DETAIL
SYMMETRICAL ABOUT ~ 7/16" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
a.
w a.
SPACE PROVIDED ON BOTH ENDS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ------::> FASTENERS - SEE NOTE 3
J,
i i i i i i
'----!
I f.I
I=
PLATFORM
t
ALIGNMENT DETAIL
=I
y
i
~
4 1 - 3" MIN.
..q-
--------+------j------.
_j
TOP
7/16" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.) 7/16" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
! 11/4"
NEWSPAPER BOX -SEE NOTE4
6"
1 1/2"
-r,--
co
b
I
SIDE
ISOMETRIC
'' '' '' '' '' '' '' '' '' '' '' '' '' L J
FRONT
BRACKET DETAIL
.....
02-07-12
DATE
MAILBOX- SIZE 1, 1A, OR 2 (SIZE 1A SHOWN)- SEE TABLE, STANDARD PLAN H-70.10, SHEET 2, FOR DIMENSIONS
NOTES 1. The anchoring system shall meet NCHRP 350 crash test criteria. Use a socket and wedge system or the anchoring system supplied by or recommended by the Type 2 Support manufacturer. 2. A maximum of five mailboxes may be installed on a Type 2 Support.
3/16" x 1" PHILLIPS HEAD SCREW, 2 WASHERS, AND LOCKNUT WITH NYLON INSERT (TYP.) -4SETS MIN.
3. The Platform design shown in this plan is detailed in the PLATFORM DETAIL, Standard Plan H-70.10, Sheet 2. The design features slots that accomodate several types of mailbox supports; only those slots necessary for assembling the type being installed are required. An adjustable platform may be used in lieu of this platform design. Adjustable platforms must fit the 1 7/8" M-Ciamp. 4. Center the mailbox on the platform to ensure space for the mailbox door to open and to allow space for installing the fasteners (see ALIGNMENT DETAIL). Spacing of mailbox mounting holes varies among manufacturers. Attachment of the mailbox to the platform may require drilling additional holes through the mailbox to fit the platform. 5. Attach a newspaper box to a Type 2 Support with two 1 7/8" Muffler Clamps spaced 4" apart. Field drill 7/16" holes in the newspaper box to fit. Newspaper boxes must not extend beyond the front of the mailbox when the mailbox door is closed.
<t
1 7/8" MUFFLER CLAMP (1 7/8" M-CLAMP), 2 WASHERS AND 2 LOCKNUTS (TYP.) MAILBOX, PLATFORM &SUPPORT
MAILBOX~
o======1=
I
i i i
SPACE PROVIDED ON BOTH ENDS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ----:;, I FASTENERS -SEE NOTE 4 '---j
<i>
I--
PLATFORM
TYPE 2 MAILBOX SUPPORT SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-32.7 NEWSPAPER BOX -SEE NOTE 5
\$
I
01
ALIGNMENT DETAIL
SEE NOTE4
MAILBOX SUPPORT
TYPE 1
.....
02-07-12
DATE
I
EDGE OF SHOULDER OR TURNOUT
c_j
i i
i
VARIABLE 6"T012"
c_j
i
i
o::====
-It
o::====
_J_LJ....:...--r-:=:-r-.=...J
1'- 6"
-It
-LLJ....:...--r-:=:-r-.=...J
::::!:::::!: fn(n
1/8
(TYP.)
ANGLE IRON
::::!:::::!:
~~
' '
~~
' '
-It
::::!::::!!:
~~
'
rnc:n
rnc:n
'
C<Jc-,
C<Jc-,
C<Jc-,
SIDEWALK
AT EDGE OF SHOULDER
BEHIND CURB
-It UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE PLANS
BEHIND SIDEWALK
MUFFLER CLAMP
SECTION
0
..... w a.
FRONT VIEW
7/16" DIAM. (TYP.)
\r "i"l
11/4" 11/4"
:I
C"'l
C"'l
C"'l
BOTTOM VIEW
a.
a.
a.
SNOW GUARD -WHEN REQUIRED, PLACE ON LEADING END OF SUPPORT (SEE DETAIL)
MAILBOX SUPPORT
TYPE 1
.....
02-07-12
DATE
SPACING DETAIL
NOTES 1. The insert pipe is 1" nominal diameter, Schedule 40 steel pipe, as indicated; all other pipe shown on this plan is 1 1/4" nominal diameter, Schedule 40 steel pipe. All pipe, couplings, and elbows shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153.
MAILBOX- SIZE 1 OR 1A (SIZE 1A SHOWN) -SEE TABLE, STANDARD PLAN H-70.10, SHEET 1, FOR DIMENSIONS
2. The vertical support may be cast in a concrete foundation, or bolted to aU-channel post, {see PLACEMENT DETAIL, Sheet 2). Avoid placing the vertical support in the flow line of a ditch. 3. The pipe angles required in this design may be achieved by using pipe fittings or by bending the pipes. See DETAIL "A," Sheet 2. 4. Coat the 1" diam. pipe with grease {petroleum) before sliding the 1 1/4" diam. pipe (cantilever arm) onto it, to aid rotation and to guard against corrosion.
3/16" x 1" PHILLIPS HEAD SCREW, 2 WASHERS, AND LOCKNUT WITH NYLON INSERT (TYP.)- 4 SETS MIN.
5. The Platform design shown in this plan is detailed in the PLATFORM DETAIL, Standard Plan H-70.10, Sheet 2. The design features slots that accommodate several types of mailbox supports; only those slots necessary for assembling the type being installed are required. 6. Match the edge of the mailbox platform to the end of the horizontal pipe mount. Center the mailbox on the platform to ensure space for the mailbox door to open and to allow space for installing the fasteners. Spacing of mailbox mounting holes varies among manufacturers. Attachment of the mailbox to the platform may require drilling additional holes through the mailbox to fit the platform, (see ALIGNMENT DETAIL). 7. Attach a newspaper box to the pipe with two 1 3/4" muffler clamps spaced 4" apart. Newspaper boxes must not extend beyond the front of the mailbox when the mailbox door is closed.
45 ELBOW -SEE NOTE 3 1 1/4" PIPE x 8" LONG {THREAD ONE END) PLATFORMSEE NOTE 5 1" NOM. DIAM. SCHED. 40 PIPE x 9" LONG - SEE NOTE 4 & DETAIL "A," Sheet 2 ADDITIONAL WASHERS -AS REQUIRED TO FILL GAP {TYP.) 1 3/4" MUFFLER CLAMP {1 3/4" M-CLAMP), 2 WASHERS AND 2 LOCKNUTS (TYP.)
Cf.
MAILBOX
u
INSTALL PLASTIC CAP OR PLUG
-1
I !-----"
1
c-
PLATFORM
1 ~----'P------l~!-"'_
_ __ ;
PIPE
SEE NOTE 6
ALIGNMENT DETAIL
SIDE VIEW
ASSEMBLY DETAIL
ISOMETRIC VIEW
U.S. MAIL
COUPLING
.....
02-07-12
DATE
~ ....,
::::l
::.::
<(
rn
11/4" PIPE
0:::
::!!:
;:;..:
o:====
::!!:
z
0
ID
1 1/4" PIPE X 8" LONG (THREAD ONE END) 4'- 0" MAX. 3' -0" MIN. VERTICAL SUPPORT 1" NOM. DIAM. SCHED. 40 PIPE x 9" LONG - SEE NOTE 4 1 1/4" PIPE X 2 3/4" LONG (THREAD ONE END) DITCH FLOWLINE 11/4" PIPE 45" ELBOW
z
' c.,
~rn
1" NOM. DIAM. SCHED. 40 PIPE X 9" LONG -SEE NOTE4 45" ELBOW
8" R.
7/16" DIAM. HOLES THROUGH PIPE & CHANNEL (TYP.) 3/8" DIAM. X 2 1/2" HEX HEAD BOLT, NUT & WASHER (TYP.)
DETAIL
COUPLING
z
~ 0 '
~ ~
4
U-CHANNEL POST 3LB/FT
DIAM.
U-CHANNEL BASE
PLACEMENT DETAIL
SECTION VIEW
3/8" DIAM. X 2 1/2" HEX HEAD BOLT, NUT & WASHER (TYP.)
(.)
u:::
1-
SECTION
0
SPACING DETAIL
ELEVATION VIEW
.....
02-07-12
DATE
(f)
ID
...J ...J
w 0::: w
NOTE
STAPLE TOP TIE SELF-LOCKING TIE - NYLON 6/6 (MIN. GRADE), 50# MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH, UV STABILIZED 2x2 WOOD POST FENCING MATERIAL STEEL T-BAR POST
1. Post shall have sufficient strength and durability to support the fence through the life of the project.
iii z
SELF-LOCKING TIE - NYLON 6/6 (MIN. GRADE), 50# MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH, UV STABILIZED
Cl
FENCING MATERIAL
ELEVATION
FENCE ON SLOPE
\''
b
2'- 0"
(DESIRABLE)
ELEVATION
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE OR POLYPROPYLENE MESH, AND SHALL BE UV RESIST , ORANGE COLOR
STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
>l.l..l<
PROTECTED AREA
>l.l..l<
MARK W.MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598
TYPICAL SECTION
ISOMETRIC
.....
08-11-09
DATE
POST - SEE STD. SPEC. 8.01.3(9)A -----~ TIE WRAP (TYP.) (4 PER POST)
NOTES 1. Maximize detention of stormwater by placing fence as far away from toe of slope as possible without encroaching on sensitive areas or outside of the clearing boundaries. 2. 3. 4. Install silt fencing along contours. Install the ends of the silt fence to point slightly up-slope to prevent sediment from flowing around the ends of the fence. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specifications 8.01.3(9)A and 8.01.3(15).
NOTE
DURING EXCAVATION, MINIMIZE DISTURBING THE GROUND AROUND TRENCH AS MUCH AS IS FEASIBLE AND SMOOTH SURFACE FOLLOWING EXCAVATION TO AVOID CONCENTRATING FLOWS.
,...\--1 .. i
SECTION
0
T-POST (TYPICAL) BACKUP SUPPORT (TYPICAL)
,.
GEOTEXTILE FOR TEMPORARY SILT FENCE -SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-33.2 (1), TABLE 6 INSTALL BACKUP SUPPORT FOR THE GEOTEXTILE -SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 8.01.3(9)A
MARK W.MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598
ISOMETRIC
SPLICE DETAIL
fll
.....
08-11-09
DATE
CJ)
z w
w
NOTES 1. Maximize detention of stormwater by placing fence as far away from toe of slope as possible without encroaching on sensitive areas or outside of the clearing boundaries. 2. Install silt fencing along contours. Install the ends of the silt fence to point slightly up-slope to prevent sediment from flowing around the ends of the fence. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specifications
0:::
Ill
....1 ....1
iii
GEOTEXTILE
~
0
3. 4.
SEE NOTE 3
NOTE
DURING EXCAVATION, MINIMIZE DISTURBING THE GROUND AROUND TRENCH AS MUCH AS IS FEASIBLE AND SMOOTH SURFACE FOLLOWING EXCAVATION TO AVOID CONCENTRATING FLOWS.
SECTION
GEOTEXTILE FOR TEMPORARY SILT FENCE -SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-33.2 (1), TABLE 6
POST
SEE
NOTE~,/
ISOMETRIC
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598 FABRIC (GEOTEXTILE} (TYPICAL}
, - - - - - - - - ' NOTE: THIS PlAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCU
MENT BUT AN ElECTRONIC DUPLICA 1E. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLfCATION, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
SPLICE DETAIL
......
02-07-12
DATE
NOTE
SILT FENCE - SEE STD. PLAN 1-30.10 PLACE SAND BAGS AS REQUIRED AROUND CULVERT TO PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR SILT FENCE
GEOTEXTILE FOR TEMPORARY SILT FENCE -SEE STD. SPEC. 9-33.2(1), TABLE 6
II
:Z
~
b
CULVERT, BOX CULVERT, OR PIPE ARCH -END TREATMENT VARIES
N
'
i'i'i rlfl
Ill
FLOW 'tnz
:Z
:E b
' ....
~
EDGE OF GEOTEXTILE
SECTION
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598
, . - - - - - - - - ' NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
----~ST~~~E~DE~S~IG~NE~N~GI~NE~ER~---
fJ'I Washington
....
09-20-07
DATE
NOTES 1. Wattles shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 9-14.5(5). Install Wattles along contours. Installation shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 8-01.3(10). 2. Securely knot each end of Wattle. Abut adjacent Wattles tightly, end to end, without overlapping the ends. 3. 4. Pilot holes may be driven through the Wattles and into the soil when soil conditions require. Live stakes may be used for permanent installation and shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 9-14.5(6).
5. Wattles shall be inspected regularly, and immediately after a rainfall produces runoff, to ensure they remain thoroughly entrenched and in contact with the soil. 6.
2x2 x 3' - 0" WOODEN STAKE SPACED EVERY 4'- 0" O.C. (TYP.)
PLAN VIEW
WATTLE DETAIL
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598
, . - - - - - - - - - - ' NOTE:
THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
SECTION
fJ'I Washington
.....
09-20-07
DATE
NOTES
10'- 0"@ 30" ANGLE EACH
0
'
1. Compost Sock shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 9-14.5(6). Compost Sock shall be a minimum of 8" in diameter or sized to suit conditions as specified by the Engineer or Contract. 2. Compost material to be dispersed on site, as determined by the Engineer.
1..
DISTURBED AREA
I
. .,...JL.
I
I
3. When placing Compost Sock on slopes, use Erosion Control Blanket if specified by the Engineer and in accordance with Standard Specification 9-14.5(2). See Standard Plan 1-60.10. 4. Always install Compost Sock perpendicular to slope and along contour lines. 5. Remove sediment from the up slope side of the Compost Sock when accumulation has reached 1/2 of the effective height of the Compost Sock. Live stakes can be used in addition to wooden stakes and shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 9-14.6(1). See plans for species selection and spacing.
COMPOST SOCK
- SEE DETAIL
.(7:)\
./ SECTION
PROTECTED AREA 6.
~----"~--
2><2 >< 3'- 0" WOODEN STAKE, SPACED EVERY 3' - 0" O.C. (TYP.)
PLAN VIEW
EXCESS SOCK MATERIAL, DRAWN IN AND TIED OFF AT STAKE (TYP.)
SLOPE INSTALLATION
~--
![!
~~,
'
DRAINAGE GRATE (CIRCULAR GRATE SHOWN) 2><2 >< 3' - 0" WOODEN STAKE, SPACED EVERY 3' - 0" O.C. (TYP.) EROSION CONTROL BLANKET - SEE NOTE 3 COMPOST SOCK -SEE DETAIL
STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
.JL.~-.t
-i
ANORA L.SALISBURY
CERTIFICATE NO. 000860
, - - - - - - - - - ' NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
ISOMETRIC VIEW
fJ'I Washington
....
10-12-07
DATE
1?7
0---- l
i
i i i i i i i
-----~--f
J - -- ...JI
INLET
NOTES
GEOTEXTILE
1. Prefabricated units may be used in lieu of the design shown on this plan upon approval of the Engineer. 2. Structure shall be constructed such that geotextile material shall be fastened to posts creating a seamless joint. 3. Ensure that ponding height of water does not cause flooding on adjacent roadways or private property. 4. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specification 8-01.3(15).
Li::
----------------
PLAN VIEW
(CROSS BRACES NOT SHOWN)
FASTEN CROSS BRACES TOGETHER WITH SCREWS, NAILS. NYLON TIES OR WIRE
GEOTEXTILE FOR TEMPORARY SILT FENCE -SEE STD. SPEC 9-33.2(1), TABLE 6 ~
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598
THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
TEMPORARY SILT FENCE FOR INLET PROTECTION IN UNPAVED AREAS STANDARD PLAN 1-40.10-00
ISOMETRIC VIEW
(ENTIRE FENCE NOT SHOWN FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES) SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
SECTION
fJ'I Washington
....
09-20-07
DATE
NOTES
1. Size the Below Inlet Grate Device (BIGD} for the storm water structure it will service. 2. The BIGD shall have a built-in high-flow relief system (overflow bypass}. 3. The retrieval system must allow removal of the BIGD without spilling the collected material. 4. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specification 8-01.3(15}.
DRAINAGE GRATE
GRATE FRAME
r-----1
\.
...._-----" j
OVERFLOW BYPASS
~---
[>
[>
[>
6
[> [> [> [> [>
6
{) {)
[> [>
{)
[>
[>
MARK W. MAURER
SECTION VIEW
NOT TO SCALE
ISOMETRIC VIEW
, . - - - - - - - - ' NOTE:
fJ'I Washington
....
09-20-07
DATE
NOTES 1. Geotextile encased Check Dams shall meet the requirements of Standard Specifications 8-01.3(6)A and 9-14.5(4). 2.
!
\
FRONT APRON
FRONT APRON
Install the sloped ends of the Check Dam a minimum of 3" higher than the top of the check dam in the channel to ensure that water flows over the dam and not around it. Flat bottom ditch design shown, Check Dam installation details are similar for "V' bottom ditches. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specifications 8-01.3(15).
I
\
\
6" OVERLAP
I I
I""
\:
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '
(TYP.)
3.
\''
'
' ' ' ' ' ' ' '
!
\ \
\
~BACK I
OF DITCH (TYP.)
4.
I I
,:
\'
\
\
' '
,,
\:
' '
\ ~
'
'
I I I
REARAPRON
STA~~P)7
\,
I
I I I I I
DIG TRENCH APPROXIMATELY 6" WIDE AND DEEP, STAPLE END OF GEOTEXTILE AND BACKFILL WITH NATIVE MATERIAL
ORIENT THE SEWN EDGE OF THE CHECK DAM TOWARD THE UPSTREAM SIDE
0
STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
~
DITCH -SEE NOTE 3 BACK OF DITCH (TYP.) CHECK DAM FRONT APRON REAR APRON
N
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598
,----------.J
NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
z b
~ z
~w
en
SECTION
0
ISOMETRIC VIEW
------~S~~~TE~D~ES~IG~N~EN~G~IN~EE=R------
fJ'I Washington
....
09-20-07
DATE
SPACE CHECK DAMS THE DISTANCE APART WHERE POINTS "A" AND "B" ARE THE SAME ELEVATION SPILLWAY
SPACE CHECK DAMS THE DISTANCE APART WHERE POINTS "A" AND "B" ARE THE SAME ELEVATION WATTLE OR COMPOST SOCK (TYP.)
FLOWLINE
EXTENDED SECTION
0
EXTENDED SECTION
FLOWLINE
SIDE PROTECTION SPILLWAY QUARRY SPALLS (STD. SPEC. 9-13.6) EFFECTIVE .. 16 DAM HEIGHT SPILLWAY
ELEVATION
NOTE
ROCK CHECK DAMS SHALL BE PLACED OUTSIDE OF THE CLEAR ZONE, OR BEHIND TRAFFIC BARRIER.
SECTION
0
ELEVATION
1'- 6" MIN. ' - - - - PENETRATION (TYP.)
SPACE CHECK DAMS THE DISTANCE APART WHERE POINTS "A" AND "B" ARE THE SAME ELEVATION
FLOWLINE
SACKS SHALL BE #1 0 BURLAP OR APPROVED ALTERNATE FILLED WITH 48 TO 55 LBS. OF GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS.
EXTENDED SECTION
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598
CHECK DAMS
PLACE SACKS FIRMLY AGAINST GROUND LINE AND ADJACENT SACKS.
~~FL~NE
~
,,
ELEVATION
SECTION
08-31-07
DATE
NOTES 1. More than the minimum of one fastener per square yard may be required due to conditions such as blanket composition, soil type, surface uniformity, and slope steepness. 2. See Standard Specification 8-01.3(3).
0
, . . . . - - - - - - - - ' NOTE:
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598
THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
fJ'I Washington
....
08-31-07
DATE
NOTES
1. More than the minimum of one fastener per square yard may be required due to conditions such as blanket composition, soil type, surface uniformity, and flow velocity.
. ~FASTENER-
~FASTENER
2. Provide Check Slots per manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Roll ends may be spliced in a check slot. 4. See Standard Specification 8-01.3(3).
'
:i?
ii?:i?
~
~~
ANCHOR TRENCH
FASTENER6" MAX. CTRS. \ FLOW -...:....._._ I.\ 6" MIN. EROSION CONTROL BLANKET
SHINGLE SPLICE
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
, . - - - - - - - - - - ' NOTE:
MARK W. MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET
THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPUCA TE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBUCA TfON, IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATfON. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.
fJ'I Washington
....
08-31-07
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
COARSE COMPOST
SECTION
OUTFLOW CHANNEL IS
I fONSTRUCTED BY EXCAVATIO~ I
1'- DEPT>< OVERFlOW
j)_ .
6'- 0" MIN.
1
NOTE
PLACE GEOTEXTILE UNDER THE SPILLWAY AND SIDE SLOPES. PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS LAYER BETWEEN THE GRAVEUROCK AND THE NATIVE EARTHEN MATERIAL.
2X
X= 1'- 0" FOR SLOPES 4H:1V OR FLATTER X= 1'- 6" FOR SLOPES STEEPER THAN 4H:1V
TYPICAL SECTION
SECTION
EXISTING ROAD
MARK W.MAURER
CERTIFICATE NO. 000598 AS REQUIRED- 100' MIN., EXCEPT MAY BE REDUCED TO 50' MIN. FOR SITES WITH LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF EXPOSED SOIL. 1'- 0" MIN.
~---
G)
PLACE CONSTRUCTION GEOTEXTILE FOR SOIL STABILIZATION AND A MINIMUM OF 0.15' CRUSHED ROCK UNDER THE SPALLS, FROM THE EDGE OF THE EXISTING ROADWAY TO THE RADIUS RETURNS, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
ISOMETRIC VIEW
fll
.....
08-11-09
DATE
Photoelectr i c control Photoelectric control Weotherheod Bend conduit to o I I ow removo I of weotherheod , strop below bend Liqu i d tight flexible conduit, length 2' MIN, 3' MAX- strop to pole Conduit ond conductors, s i ze to ut i I i ty requirements 1" conduit, three 1t 12 Bend conduit to pole ond strop with i n 1' obove meter Meter bose 30' Closs V treoted timber pole Meter bose Bend condu i t to pole ond strop with i n 1' obove cobinet 3" - 5" n i pple or worp fitting LB Conduit Body Hub ond gosket
Lfl lD
L i qu i d t i ght flex i ble conduit, length 2' MIN, 3' MAX- strop to pole Condu i t ond conductors, s i ze to ut i I i ty requirements 1' condu i t, three 1t 12 30' Closs V treated timber pole Bend condu i t to pole ond strop wi th i n 1' obove cab i net 3"- 5" nipple or worp fitting Hub ond gosket (TYPI
Photoelectr i c contol L i qu i d t i ght flex i ble conduit, length 2' MIN, 3' MAX- strop to pole Weotherheod Bend condu i t to o I I ow removo I of weotherheod, strop below bend Conduit ond conductors, s i ze to ut i I i ty requirements Bend conduit to pole ond strop wi th i n 1' obove cob i net
30' Closs V treoted timber pole Current ond potential transformers furnished ond i nstalled by uti I i ty
1' condu i t, three 1t 12 (four 1t [2 if transformers ore used) Bond Bend conduit to pole ond strop wi thin 18 obove meter Meter bose
Service cobinet use metol standoffs to mount to pole Service cabinet use meto I standoffs to mount to pole
Lfl lD
Lfl lD
:z
18" MIN
-===-:;
See Note 5
11)
Ill
18" MIN
--\__
Condu i t to lum i no i re, size os required See Note 5 -\_Condu i t to luminoire, size os required
~-----:
Two Jj5' x 1 2" / golvon i zed bolts Photoelectr i c control oriented to north sky Timber pole Two Jj5" x 3" go I von i zed I og screws Two 1/ 4 " x 1 / ' bross bo Its; / dr i I I brocket to f i t meter bose Threod I ess coup I i ngs ( TYP I
Conduit body
08-01-97
DATE
Sheet 1 of 2 Sheets
NOTES: 1. Meter i ng arrangements moy vary wi th d i fferent serv i ng ut i I it i es. The contractor sha I I ver i fy the requ i rements of the ut i I i ty pr i or to i nsta I I i ng the serv i ce equ i pment. All service pole condu i t shall be secured to the pole wi th condu i t strap ot 5' centers. All r i sers ond serv i ce equ i pment shall be i nstalled on s i de of pole that i s away from traff i c. Where requ i red by the serv i ng ut i I i ty. serv i ce breakers shall be i nstalled above the meter socket i n a separate ra i nt i ght enclosure. Bend ond attach to pole wi th i n 1' of enclosure. "Typ i co I Ground i ng Deta i Is." See Standard Plan
1P 15 amp 125VAC flasher breaker Service Branch breaker 2P 240VAC serv i ce breaker 2. 3. 4.
D :: D
Test sw i tch
r
A
5. 5.
'
1
A
For Type 8 serv i ce wi r i ng d i agram, use Standard Plan "Mod i f i ed Type B Serv i ce" For Type C serv i ce wiring d i agram, use Standard Plan, "Type E Service." See breaker schedule in contract for breaker and contactor s i zes.
N N
7.
'' '
I~
g"
'--
SECTION A-A
To I i ght i ng standards->[ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __,
: D :
' ' ' ' ' '
D:
' '
'
-----,'
-----1
' '
q
N
: D
' ' '
: D : D '
' ' ' '
r
A
Contoctor 1120 VAC coill
'L---
I where required)
'
I~
,..
TYPE C SERVICE CABINET
08-01-97
DATE
Sheet 2 of 2 Sheets
GENERAL NOTES 200 AMP TYPE 120/240 1111 SERVICE CABINET 1. SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-29.24, SERVICE CABINETS. 2. HINGES SHALL HAVE STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS PINS. 3. CABINETS SHALL BE RATED NEMA 3R AND SHALL INCLUDE TWO RAIN TIGHT VENTS. 4. METERING EQUIPMENT DOOR SHALL BE PAD LOCKABLE. EACH DOOR SHALL BE GASKETED. INSTALL BEST CX CONSTRUCTION CORE ON RIGHT DOOR. SEE DOOR HINGE DETAIL, SHEET 1 OF 2. 5. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SERVICE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE AN APPROPRIATELY ENGRAVED PHENOLIC NAME PLATE ATTACHED WITH SCREWS OR RIVETS: KEY NUMBERS 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 AND 16. KEY NUMBER 4 NAME PLATE SHALL READ: "PHOTOCELL BYPASS TEST ON" AND "PHOTOCELL TEST OFF- AUTOMATIC". SEE SERVICE CABINET DETAIL. 6. METERING ARRANGEMENTS VARY WITH DIFFERENT SERVING UTILITIES. THE UTILITY MAY REQUIRE METER BASE MOUNTING IN THE ENCLOSURE, ON THE SIDE OR ON THE BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE UTILITY MAY REQUIRE THE DIMENSION BETWEEN THE DOOR AND THE FRONT OF THE SAFETY SOCKET BOX TO BE LESS THAN THE 11 INCHES SHOWN IN THE LEFT SIDE- SAFETY SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE SERVING UTILITY'S REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF AND INSTALLING THE SERVICE EQUIPMENT. 7. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM AND SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE THE VARIOUS SIZES OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. 8. ALL BUSSWORK SHALL BE HIGH GRADE COPPER AND SHALL EQUAL OR EXCEED THE MAIN BREAKER RATING. ALL BREAKERS SHALL BOLT ONTO THE BUSSWORK. JUMPERING OF BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. BUSSWORK SHALL ACCOMMODATE ALL FUTURE EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN THE BREAKER SCHEDULE. 9. THE PHOTOCELL UNIT SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE TO PERMIT 360 DEGREE ROTATION OF THE PHOTOCELL WITHOUT REMOVAL OF THE PHOTOCELL UNIT OR THE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE. 10. ALL INTERNAL WIRE RUNS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH "TO - FROM" CODED TAGS LABELED WITH THE CODE LETTERS AND/OR NUMBERS SHOWN ON THE SCHEDULES. APPROVED PVC OR POLYOLEFIN WIRE MARKING SLEEVES SHALL BE USED. 11. ALL NUTS, BOLTS AND WASHERS USED FOR MOUNTING THE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. 12. A 1% TOLERANCE IS ALLOWED FOR ALL DIMENSIONS. 13. UNISTRUT TYPE CHANNEL AND MOUNTING HARDWARE COMPONENTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. CONDUIT CLAMPS SHALL BE HOT DIPPED, GALVANIZED STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL. 14. INSTALL CONDUIT COUPLINGS ON ALL CONDUITS. PLACE COUPLINGS FLUSH WITH TOP OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION. 15. NOTE 15 HAS BEEN DELETED. 16. THE METER BASE PORTION OF THIS SERVICE WAS DESIGNED TO MEET METERING PORTION OF EUSERC DRAWING 309 REQUIREMENTS. 17. WHEN USING ALTERNATE DOOR HINGE: REMOVE HINGE PIN PRIOR TO WELDING HINGE TO CABINET AND PRIOR TO HOT DIP GALVANIZING CABINET. AFTER GALVANIZING, REPLACE PIN WITH BRASS PIN AND SOLDER IN PLACE. 18. VERIFY THE SERVICE UTILITY STAND-OFF DIMENSION. ADJUST THE REMOVABLE PANEL TO THE MEASUREMENT PROVIDED BY THE UTILITY COMPANY. AFTER ADJUSTMENT, CUT OFF ALL-THREAD BOLTS SO THAT NO LESS THAN 2 AND NO MORE THAN 3 FULL THREADS EXTEND PAST THE FACE OF THE NUTS STAND-OFF DIMENSION -SEE NOTE 18 MOUNTING BLOCK (TYP.) - SEE DETAIL BYPASS TEST ON
KEY
CD
0 0 0
PHOTOCELL TEST
METER BASE PER SERVING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. AS A MINIMUM, THE METER BASE SHALL BE SAFETY SOCKET BOX WITH FACTORY INSTALLED TEST BYPASS FACILITY THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF EUSERC DRAWING 305. MAIN BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) PHOTOCELL BREAKER (SPST 15 AMP- 120/240 VOLn TEST SWITCH (SPOT SNAP ACTION, POSITIVE CLOSE 15 AMP- 120/277 VOLT- "T'' RATED) PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL, STD. SPEC. 9 - 29.11 (2) BRANCH BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) SIGNAL BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) CONTACTOR (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) RECEPTACLE BREAKER (SPST 20 AMP -120/240 VOLn RECEPTACLE, GROUNDED (GFCI 20 AMP- 125 VOLn NEUTRAL BUSS, 14 LUG COPPER PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE- ENCLOSURE TO BE FABRICATED FROM 5/8" EXPANDED STEEL MESH WITH WELDED SEAMS AND MOUNTING FLANGES. HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. TYPE 5052- H32 ALUMINUM WITH 5/8" x 5/8" OPENINGS EQUIVALENT TO 5/8" EXPANDED STEEL MESH MAY BE USED AS ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL. SEE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAIL, SHEET 2 OF 2. HINGED FRONT FACING DOOR WITH 4" x 4" MIN. POLISHED WIRE GLASS WINDOW. HINGED DEAD FRONT WITH 1/4 TURN FASTENERS OR SLIDE LATCH.
VENTS
~- - 1. _19"--------~-1\_
SEE DOOR HINGE DETAIL LEFT SIDE
@ @ @
~3/32
,.,12.~v 0
PLACE NUT AGAINST END PLATE BEFORE WELDING FRONT VIEW
.I ~I
~I ~ ~
~
2" )( 3" END PLATE (TYP.) 1/2" UNC S.S.)( 8" LONG ALL-THREAD, 6 PLACES (TYP.) - CUT OFF AFTER ADJUSTMENT, SEE NOTE 18
~-=========================~ ~
@ @
TYP. 3/32
CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER. BUSS SHALL BE 4 LUG TINNED COPPER. SEE CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER DETAIL ON SHEET 2 OF 2. SPARE BRANCH BREAKER (DPST 20AMP- 120/240 VOLn METAL WIRING DIAGRAM HOLDER 1/4" DIAMETER DRAIN HOLE. DRILL BEFORE GALVANIZING. MOUNTING HOLE. SEE SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS. 18 CIRCUIT PANEL BOARD- MINIMUM SIZE WITH SEPARATE MAIN BREAKER. LABEL CABINET WITH BUSSWORK RATING.
SIDE VIEW
FRONT SURFACE OF SAFETY SOCKET BOX THREE 1/2" S.S. NUT (TYP.) WASHER - EACH SIDE OF THE PANEL FOUR 1/4-20 S.S. PANHEAD PHILLIPS MACHINE SCREWS, WASHERS, AND NUTS - TOP AND BUTTOM, SPACED EVENLY 12 GA REMOVABLE PANEL 1/2" RETURN -WELD AT CORNERS
@ @ @ @
120/240 VAC
ILL CKT A
DOOR HINGE DETAIL PIANO HINGE TYP. r.1/~8--r7--f'l DOOR PANEL DOOR 1/4" X 5/8" NEOPRENE GASKET DOOR HINGE DETAIL ILL CKT B
:@
0
SERVICE CABINET TYPE B MODIFIED (0 200 AMP TYPE 120/240 SINGLE PHASE) STANDARD PLAN .J-3b
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
\-T'+-- HINGE
VIEWB-B
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
03-04-05
DATE
DATE
~EE~:~OT~E~6~~~~~~
r ~me~
><
~
II II
POLICE PANEL
3/8" BOLT (lWO FOR EACH CHANNEL) NOT REQUIRED FOR STRUT MOUNT SPRING NUT
~EE ~OTE6
"
' I
I
CONDUITS AS REQUIRED. PLUMB CONDUIT 1" SEE GENERAL NOTE 14 1 5/8" X 2 7/16" 12 GA. SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL BRACKETS (3 REQ'D), EMBED 12" MIN. IN FOUNDATION . ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.)
SERVICE CABINET
T
: 1'
~ ::!!:
Co ._
R
-
g--~ _,
~ ~
SERVICE CABINET BOLTED TO SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL BRACKET (SEE SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS AND STRAP DETAIL) BEVEL 1/2" 1 5/8" X 1 5/8" 12 GA. SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL BRACKETS BOLTED TO POST USE lWO - 3/8" BOLTS, WASHERS AND NUTS FOR EACH CHANNEL. PEEN BOLT THREADS. (SEE SERVICE MOUNTING DETAILS AND STRAP DETAIL)
q
Co ._
t.=::::::;::===-1
TIMBER
II
'posT
Ill\
:iE
in
in
SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL BRACKET BOLT SIZED FOR SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL BRACKET, WITH LOCK WASHER & SPRING NUT (3 FOR EACH CHANNEL) CABINET BRACKET MOUNTING DETAIL GROUND ROD (TYP.) 13" DIAMETER DRAIN TILE WITH APPROVED COVER. (TYP.)
u
0
~
I I I I
TO UTI LilY-~~::>
'
'
"'\'
II II II
II \\
'"'::.':.':.~
..
ITb{ID
SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS
1 518" X 2 7/16" 12 GA. SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL BRACKETS BOLTED TO POST USE lWO - 3/8" BOLTS, WASHERS AND NUTS FOR EACH CHANNEL. PEEN BOLT THREADS. RIGHT SIDE OF SERVICE CABINET
TO UTILITY _ _ _ __ j TO LUMINAIRES - - - - -
TO CONTROLLER CABINET
GROUND ROD
G)
24"
~~11
~~1"
1
CABINET BASE
=1~1"
II
1
24"
1W0#4 HOOPS
ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) SEE STANDARD PLAN J-6c "CABINET FOUNDATION DETAILS", FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN.
1/4"
--coNTROLLEft : CABINET
I
DRIVE GROUND RODS BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. MOVE ROD(S) AND DRAIN TILE(S) WITH COVER(S) AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE FULL GROUND PENETRATION. MAINTAIN A 6' MINIMUM CLEARANCE BElWEEN GROUND RODS AS DETAILED ON STD. PLAN J-9a "TYPICAL GROUNDING DETAILS".
1/8
1/4" x 2" STAINLESS STEEL BOLT WITH 2 STAINLESS STEEL NUTS. LIBERALLY COAT THIS ASSEMBLY WITH ANTI OXIDANT COMPOUND. BELLEVILLE STAINLESS STEEL SPRING WASHER
~---~
@ G)
#4 BAR EACH CORNER
ALL CONDUITS PENETRATING CABINET SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH GROUNDING END BUSHING AND BONDED TO THE CABINET GROUNDING BUS. 4" DIAM. x 1/2" DEEP SUMP. SLOPE FOUNDATION TOWARDS SUMP. 3/8" DIAM. POLYETHYLENE OR COPPER DRAIN PIPE. SLOPE TO DRAIN OUTSIDE FOUNDATION. TO SERVICE GROUND - PER STD. PLAN J-9a "TYPICAL GROUNDING DETAILS" CABINET - - - 1 SIDE WALL 1/8" X 1 1/4" X 1 1/4" X 6" ANGLE ELEVATION VIEW SIDE VIEW
FILLET WELD
G) GROUND ROD
SERVICE CABINET TYPE B MODIFIED (0 200 AMP TYPE 120/240 SINGLE PHASE) STANDARD PLAN .J-3b
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
------~s=~=T=Eo=E=SIG=N~EN=G~IN=EE=R------
fJ'I Washington
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
03-04-05
DATE
CABINET WIDTH PLUS 4" PULL POSTS AS SHOWN ON STD. PLAN L-2
GENERAL NOTES
KEY
--
CD METER BASE PER SERVING UTILITYBE SAFETY SOCKET BOX REQUIREMENTS. AS A MINIMUM, THE METER BASE SHALL
WITH FACTORY INSTALLED TEST BYPASS FACILITY THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF EUSERC DRAWING 305.
'l
....
('t)
2'- 4"
6"
200 AMP TYPE 120/240 11/J SERVICE CABINET 1. SEE STD. SPECIFICATION 9-29.24, SERVICE CABINETS. 8. ALL BUSSWORK SHALL BE HIGH GRADE COPPER AND 2. HINGES SHALL HAVE STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS PINS. SHALL EQUAL OR EXCEED THE MAIN BREAKER RATING. ALL BREAKERS SHALL BOLT ONTO THE BUSSWORK. 4" DIAM. x 1/2" DEEP SUMP. 3. CABINETS SHALL BE RATED NEMA 3R AND SHALL JUMPERING OF BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. SLOPE FOUNDATION INCLUDE TWO RAIN TIGHT VENTS. BUSSWORK SHALL ACCOMMODATE ALL FUTURE TOWARDS SUMP. 3/8" DIAM. EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN THE BREAKER SCHEDULE. 4. METERING EQUIPMENT DOOR SHALL BE PAD LOCKABLE. POLYETHYLENE OR COPPER EACH DOOR SHALL BE GASKETED. INSTALL BEST CX 9. THE PHOTOCELL UNIT SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE DRAIN PIPE. SLOPE TO DRAIN CONSTRUCTION CORE ON BOTTOM DOOR. SEE DOOR PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE TO PERMIT 360 DEGREE OUTSIDE FOUNDATION. HINGE DETAIL, STANDARD PLAN J-3b. CONCEALED ROTATION OF THE PHOTOCELL WITHOUT REMOVAL HEAVY DUTY STAINLESS STEEL LIFT OFF HINGES ARE OF THE PHOTOCELL UNIT OR PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE. ALLOWED AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO DOOR HINGE DETAIL SHOWN ON STANDARD PLAN J-3b. UPPER DOOR SHALL 10. ALL INTERNAL WIRE RUNS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH "TO - FROM" CODED TAGS LABELED WITH THE CODE HAVE 2 HINGES AND LOWER DOOR SHALL HAVE 3 LETTERS AND/OR NUMBERS SHOWN ON THE SCHEDULES. HINGES. THE LOWER DOOR SHALL HAVE A TWO APPROVED PVC OR POLYOLEFIN WIRE MARKING SLEEVES POSITION DOOR STOP ASSEMBLY. SHALL BE USED. 5. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SERVICE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE AN APPROPRIATELY 11. ALL NUTS, BOLTS AND WASHERS USED FOR MOUNTING ENGRAVED PHENOLIC NAME PLATE ATTACHED THE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. 12. A 1% TOLERANCE IS ALLOWED FOR ALL DIMENSIONS. WITH SCREWS OR RIVETS: ''' ''' NOTE: ~ KEY NUMBERS 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 16 AND 21. 13 THE PHOTOCELL CIRCUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ''. INSTALL FOUNDATION AS KEY NUMBER 4 NAME PLATE SHALL READ: . '' "PHOTOCELL BYPASS TEST ON" AND "PHOTOCELL TEST FLEX CONDUIT WITHIN THE METER COMPARTMENT. SLAB SECTION UNLESS OFF- AUTOMATIC". SEE SERVICE CABINET DETAIL. 14. INSTALL CONDUIT COUPLINGS ON ALL CONDUITS. PLACE IDENTIFIED FOR CONSTCOUPLINGS FLUSH WITH TOP OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION. RUCTION IN FENCE LINE 6. METERING ARRANGEMENTS VARY WITH DIFFERENT IN CONTRACT PLANS. 4'-0" 15. SEE PLANS FOR BREAKER SCHEDULE. SERVING UTILITIES. THE UTILITY MAY REQUIRE METER BASE MOUNTING IN THE ENCLOSURE, ON 16. SEAL CABINET TO FOUNDATION WITH A 1/2" BEAD OF FRONTAGE ROAD MAINLINE THE SIDE OR ON THE BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE SILICONE. APPLY SILICONE TO DRY SURFACE ONLY. ROADWAY UTILITY MAY REQUIRE THE DIMENSION BETWEEN 17. THE METER BASE PORTION OF THIS SERVICE WAS SIDE VIEW THE DOOR AND THE FRONT OF THE SAFETY SOCKET DESIGNED TO MEET METERING PORTION OF EUSERC INSTALLATION DETAIL BOX TO BE LESS THAN THE 11 INCHES SHOWN IN THE DRAWING 309 REQUIREMENTS. LEFT SIDE- SAFETY SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL. SEE STANDARD PLAN J-3b FOR SAFETY SOCKET 120/240VAC BOX DETAIL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE 6" SERVING UTILITY'S REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO 2" 5~ FABRICATION OF AND INSTALLING THE SERVICE EQUIPMENT. 12
0 MAIN BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) PHOTOCELL BREAKER (SPST 15 AMP- 1201240 VOL1) 0 TEST SWITCH (SPDT SNAP ACTION, POSITIVE CLOSE, 15 AMP
-1201277 VOLT "T" RATED)
CONTACTOR (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) RECEPTACLE BREAKER (SPST 20 AMP- 1201240 VOL1)
RECEPTACLE, GROUNDED (GFCI 20 AMP- 125 VOL1) NEUTRAL BUSS, 14 LUG COPPER PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE- ENCLOSURE TO BE FABRICATED FROM 518" EXPANDED STEEL MESH WITH WELDED SEAMS AND MOUNTING FLANGES. HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. TYPE 5052- H32 ALUMINUM WITH 518" x 518" OPENINGS EQUIVALENT TO 518" EXPANDED STEEL MESH MAY BE USED AS ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL. SEE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAILS, STANDARD PLAN J-3b. HINGED FRONT FACING DOOR WITH 4" x 4" MIN. POLISHED WIRE GLASS WINDOW. HINGED DEAD FRONT WITH 114 TURN FASTENERS OR SLIDE LATCH. CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER. BUSS SHALL BE 4 LUG TINNED COPPER. SEE CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER DETAIL, STANDARD PLAN J-3b.
@) @ @
@
@ @
rc;~~1'-7"
@ SPARE BRANCH BREAKER (DPST 20AMP- 1201240 VOL1) @ METAL WIRING DIAGRAM HOLDER @ REMOVABLE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING PAN @ 6" x 6" MIN. UNDERGROUND FEED- SERVICE WIREWAY
(LEFT REAR CORNER) @SCREENED VENTS, 2 REQUIRED, 1 EACH SIDE, LOUVERED PLATES.
7. "SEE NOTE 6
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM AND SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE THE VARIOUS SIZES OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED.
I ~
14"
SEE NOTE4
-<
ILL CKT A
@ HEATER BREAKER (SPST 15 AMP- 1201240 VOL1) @ THERMOSTAT, 40"F CLOSURE- 3 DIFFERENTIAL @ STRIP HEATER (100 WATT NOMINAL), WITH TERMINAL STRIP COVER. @ 24 CIRCUIT PANEL BOARD- MINIMUM SIZE WITH SEPARATE
MAIN BREAKER.
BYPASS TESTON
PHOTOCELL
#6 INSULATED STRANDED
"
PLAN VIEW
-::
::
"
'
TO UTILITY==~' " _)) " ~TO LUMINAIRES TO CONTROLLER CABINET'-==To SERVICE GROUND PER STD. PLAN FRONT VIEW J-9a "TYPICAL GROUNDING DETAIL"
SERVICE CABINET
SERVICE CABINET TYPE D (0 200 AMP TYPE OZ GEDNEY TYPE GC BRONZE GROUND CLAMP 120/240 SINGLE PHASE) OR EQUIVALENT (TYP.) STANDARD PLAN .J-3c
CONDUIT DETAIL A SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
WIRING SCHEMATIC
Harold J. Peterfeso
-~------=sT=~=E-DE-5-IG-NE-N-GI-NE-ER
06-24-02
DATE
_______
fJ'I Washington
~I
f
I
KEY
PULL POSTS AS SHOWN TD. PLAN L-2 ONS --
CD
METER BASE PER SERVING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. AS A MINIMUM, THE METER BASE SHALL BE SAFETY SOCKET BOX WITH FACTORY INSTALLED TEST BYPASS FACILITY THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF EUSERC DRAWING 305. MAIN BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE} PHOTOCELL BREAKER (SPST 15 AMP- 120/240 VOLT) TEST SWITCH ( SPOT SNAP ACTION, POSITIVE CLOSE 15 AMP- 120/277 VOLT 'T' RATED)
:
'
~ > ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ >
DOOR SIDE4" DIAM. x 1/2" DEEP SUMP. SLOPE FOUNDATION TOWARDS SUMP. 3/8" DIAM. POLYETHYLENE OR COPPER DRAIN PIPE. SLOPE TO DRAIN OUTSIDE FOUNDATION. ---~\
~~
0 0
@ @
5. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SERVICE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE AN APPROPRIATELY ENGRAVED PHENOLIC NAME PLATE ATTACHED WITH SCREWS OR RIVETS: KEY NUMBERS 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 16, 21 AND 25. KEY NUMBER 4 NAME PLATE SHALL READ: "PHOTOCELL BYPASS TEST ON" AND "PHOTOCELL TEST OFF- AUTOMATIC". SEE SERVICE CABINET DETAIL. 6. METERING ARRANGEMENTS VARY WITH DIFFERENT SERVING UTILITIES. THE UTILITY MAY REQUIRE METER BASE MOUNTING IN THE ENCLOSURE, ON THE SIDE, OR ON THE BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE UTILITY MAY REQUIRE THE DIMENSION BETWEEN THE DOOR AND THE FRONT OF THE SAFETY SOCKET BOX TO BE LESS THAN THE 11 INCHES SHOWN IN THE LEFT SIDE- SAFETY SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL, SEE STD. PLAN J-3b. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE SERVING UTILITY'S REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF AND INSTALLING THE SERVICE EQUIPMENT.
:
'
~
II
: : : :
121
j j
240/480 VAC
~
CD
TO SIGNAL CKT TRANSFORMER
[>
t ,j t "I I
I>,.
~ I )II
I
D
.
-'--
'
@ @
-"I I
I 1-q
~~ I I
" . "
1. I
rt '
I "
I I"
~I I
I\_ s
NEUTRAL BUSS,
I.
1
2' _ 0"
I "I "1 .I
~u ~
EE DETAIL A (TYP.}
U
L...__
"<7L_t
.I I I I
~
4'- 0"
FRONTAGE ROAD
PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE- ENCLOSURE TO BE FABRICATED FROM 5/8" EXPANDED STEEL MESH WITH WELDED SEAMS AND MOUNTING FLANGES. HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. TYPE 5052- H32 ALUMINUM WITH 5/8" x 5/8" OPENINGS EQUIVALENT TO 5/8" EXPANDED STEEL MESH MAY BE USED AS ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL. SEE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAILS, STANDARD PLAN J-3b. HINGED FRONT FACING DOOR WITH 4" WIRE GLASS WINDOW.
MAINLINE ROADWAY
@
@ @ @ @ @
SIZE PER NEC. MINIMUM SIZE #2
HINGED DEAD FRONT WITH 1/4 TURN FASTENERS OR SLIDE LATCH CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER. BUSS SHALL BE 4 LUG TINNED COPPER. SEE CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER DETAIL, STANDARD PLAN J-3b. SPARE BRANCH BREAKER (DPST 20AMP- 240/480 VOLT) METAL WIRING DIAGRAM HOLDER REMOVABLE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING PAN 6" x 6" MIN. UNDERGROUND FEED- SERVICE WIREWAY (LEFT REAR CORNER} SCREENED VENTS, 2 REQUIRED, 1 EACH SIDE, LOUVERED PLATES HEATER BREAKER (SPST 15 AMP- 120/240 VOLT) THERMOSTAT, 40'F CLOSURE- 3 DIFFERENTIAL STRIP HEATER (100 WATT NOMINAL}, WITH TERMINAL STRIP COVER TRANSFORMER BREAKER (DPST 15 AMP- 480 VOLT) DRY TRANSFORMER (480/120 VOLT) 3 KVA COPPER BUSSED AND COPPER WOUND RESERVED FOR METER, CURRENT TRANSFORMER AND/OR DISCONNECT SWITCH AS REQUIRED BY THE UTILITY
NOTE: INSTALL FOUNDATION AS SLAB SECTION UNLESS IDENTIFIED FOR CONSTRUCTION IN FENCE LINE IN CONTRACT PLANS.
SIDE VIEW
INSTALLATION DETAIL
2'- 0"
2 "
ll"
I
2" MIN.
T
"
2 _r1. ~-7"
6" 1--"--1 12
@ @ @ @ @ @ @
!8:~
SEE NOTE 6
;;;.'
;;;.- 13
'
@
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j
CONDUIT
WIRING SCHEMATIC
Co
19~
1 II
~
--------11 I
@ @
24 CIRCUIT PANEL BOARD- MINIMUM SIZE WITH SEPARATE MAIN BREAKER. LABEL CABINET WITH BUSSWORK RATING
GENERAL NOTES
SERVICE CABINET
-----
1 II 11 I SIDE VIEW : :: DRAIN :: :....:<-------+-1/2" x 12" BOLT (MINUS FOUNDATION) L___ _'_-;;.: :-------~~~"--_'_ ___J WITH 4" HOOK TO UTILITYo:~ 1 TO CONTROLLERJJ ~~= TO SERVICE GROUND PER STD. PLAN J-9a CABINET TO .=!' LUMINAIRES "TYPICAL GROUNDING DETAILS" FRONT VIEW
oa:
-----
' 'I
======-~
SERVICE CABINET
SERVICE CABINET TYPE E (0- 200 AMP TYPE 240/480 SINGLE PHASE) STANDARD PLAN .J-3d
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
MHG
BY
fJ'I Washington
.....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
11-05-03
DATE
~A
r
~
F oce of guordro i I
~Edge of shoulder
..
.. . : ...
'= === =====================================-\___= ================================================ .. ====
J-box
N
================================================================================================
===j
G----e
l::::::::;::=:::::::;::::~==2:::!:::::;:.S].
Con d u i t
.,_.A
PLAN
2'
Condu i t reserve or eo
SECTION A-A
Clifford E. Mansfield
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
07-18-97
DATE
Y411'
NOTES
f_
0::
BACK
:
II
1. The cabinets shown in these details are shown for illustrative purposes only. The Contractor shall verify the plans and substitute those cabinets in place of the cabinets shown in these details. The Contractor shall install each cabinet type in the locations and orientations shown in these details. 2. The Contractor shall install the conduits in the locations shown. Conduits shall extend 2" min. above the coupling. The conduit containing unfused utility conductors shall extend into the utility chase. 3. The ground rods, drain tiles, associated conduits, and #4 rebar, goo with 30" legs, may be omitted if no transformer or service cabinet is to be installed. 4. The cabinets shall be attached to the foundation with 4 each: 1/2" x 12" x 2" x 4" hot dip galv. anchor bolts, washers, and nuts. Stainless steel epoxy anchors may be used as an alternative, and shall be 1/2" diam. x 9", or 5/8" diam. x 8". Bolts shall extend 1 1/2" min. to 2" max. above the concrete pad.
24"
SIGNAL SIDE
52"
5. All reinforcing steel shall be embedded 2" below surface of concrete. 6. Place a 1/2" bead of silicone between cabinets and foundation. 7. Two ground rods are required for foundations with a service cabinet or transformer cabinet. See Standard Plan J-60.05 for details.
6"
6"
0 C'l
~ .....
1"-
4 1/2" (TYP.)
0 C'l
~ .....
1"-
4 1/2" (TYP.)
0 C'l
~
FRONT
~ .....
1"-
4 1/2" (TYP.)
POLICE PANEL
8. Concrete shall be class 3000. See Standard Specification 8-20.3(4). 9. Verify dead front locations from manufacturer prior to placing conduit in foundation. 10. Foundations installed in, or adjacent to, sidewalks shall be constructed with the top flush with the sidewalk surface and grade, not including concrete risers for cabinets. Omit chamfers where foundation abuts sidewalk. 11. If the slope is 3H : 1V or steeper, special considerations may be necessary for safety reasons. Coordinate with Maintenance and Project Engineer.
TYPE 334
I
*UTILITY GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH
12. For Type 333SD Controller Cabinet, the cabinet vendor shall allow the Utility Transfer Switch to be installed on either side of the cabinet. The Utility Transfer Switch unit shall be shipped inside the cabinet for field installation by Region Maintenance Personnel. 13. Height of cabinet footings shall be adjusted to serve environmental needs. Adjust length of conduits and rebar accordingly.
TO BE INSTALLED BY REGION MAINTAINANCE PERSONNEL. PROVIDE A 15' PIGTAIL. (SEE NOTE 12)
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
G)
Drive ground rods before placing concrete. Move rod(s) and drain tiles with cover(s) as required to achieve full ground penetration. Maintain a 6' minimum clearance between ground rods and 6" from foundation edge as detailed on Standard Plan J-60.05. GRS conduits penetrating all cabinets shall be terminated with grounding end bushing and bonded to the cabinet grounding bus. All PVC conduits penetrating cabinet shall be terminated with end bell bushings. Install conduit couplings on all conduits. Place couplings flush with top of concrete. If PVC conduits are specified, the conduit stub and end bell bushing shall not be glued to the coupling. 4" diam. x 1/2" deep sump. Slope foundation within cabinet footprint toward sump. Drainpipe shall be 3/8" diam. polyethylene or copper tubing. The Type D Service shall not be installed on a raised section. All other cabinets shall be installed on 3 1/2" or 9" cabinet footing. Cabinet power supply conduit. Conduits for service grounding electrodes.
CONDUIT PLACEMENT LOCATION AREA (OR TRANSFORMER HIGH VOLTAGE CONDUIT AREA) LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT PLACEMENT LOCATION
SIZE WxD 24"
X X
14. Use (1) #4 hoop for a 3 1/2" cabinet footing and (2) #4 hoops for a 9" cabinet footing. 15. The Police Panel location is set by Industry Standards on all Controller Cabinets. 16. See Standard Plan J-3b for Foundation Construction and Conduit Routing for Type B Modified Service Cabinet with Controller Cabinet. 17. Verify pad size and location with Project Engineer prior to placing. 18. Field bend #4 rebar around the Generator Anti-Theft Tie Down Unit when required. 19. See Standard Plan J-3c and J-3d for additional details for Type D and Type E Service Cabinets.
CONTROLLER OR CABINET BASE TYPE 332 TYPE332D NEMAP44 TYPE333SD TYPE 334 TRANSFORMER UPTO 3 KVA 3.1 TO 12.5 KVA 12.6 TO 35.0 KVA
POLICE PANEL
30" 30"
48"~
12"
II
DEAD FRONT
f.
~
0::
~
DEAD FRONT
7"
CABINET ORIENTATION CONDUIT LAYOUT AND FOUNDATION DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J-10.10-01
SHEET 1 OF 5 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
(J)
16"
PLAN VIEWS
CABINET FOOTPRINT AND CONDUIT PLACEMENT LOCATIONS
...... fll
05-11-11
DATE
CABINET BASE
0
1"
CABINET BASE
24" 1"
CABINET BASE
6"
CABINET BASE
6"
CABINET BASE
24" 1"
20"
N
SERVICE METER BASE (TYP.) - PREFERED LOCATION WHEN UTILITY REQUIRES METER TO BE MOUNTED ON OUTSIDE OF CABINET
I
POLICE PANEL UTILITY GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH
POLICE PANEL
1-
Ww
ITS SIDE
I I
-<(
Z(IJ
~m
I-
~~
.....
N
w w
= .....
0
PLAN VIEW
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
0
PLAN VIEW
1/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER GROUND LINE CONCRETE ORHMA MATERIAL TYPEE SERVICE CABINET
~~
CONTROLLER CABINET GROUND LINE
TO UTILITY
TO UTILITY
ELEVATION VIEW
#4 HOOPSEE NOTE 14
ELEVATION VIEW
#4 HOOPSEE NOTE 14
--
~n
/-: I I I
TO UTILITY
TO UTILITY
CABINET ORIENTATION CONDUIT LAYOUT AND FOUNDATION DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J-1 0.10-01
/
SPARE CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOX - SEE CONTRACT PLANS CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOXSEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUITS (TYP.) SPARE CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOX - SEE CONTRACT PLANS CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOX___,__ _ SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUITS (TYP.)
..... VI
05-11-11
DATE
24"
1"
CABINET BASE
CABINET BASE
6"
CABINET BASE
6"
CABINET BASE
24"
1"
CABINET BASE
6"
CABINET BASE
24" 1"
I-
- --=-0 I~
I
j
20"
:::r N
=
~
0
~
=
~
c.,
N
I~
BACK
}--.
-----
:::r N
r-----
I-
iii
w w
C)
~ACK
2 ~ 2 "
"
2~
~
FRQNT
POLIC~ PANEL
;._t
t
I-
C)
iii
t
;._t
:::r N
ITIIIJ
"t
N
POLICE PANEL
a:
~
6"MIN. (TYP.) 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
FRO~
C)
6"MIN. (TYP.) PLAN VIEW
~
GROUND LINE CONCRETE ORHMA MATERIAL
~
TRANSFORMER
~~
GROUND LINE
~~~~~~~~====~==~~~~~~~~~~~~~~;;;~~~k~
CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOX - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUIT (TYP.) TO SERVICE CABINET SPARE CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOX- SEE CONTRACT PLANS GENERATOR ANTI-THEFT TIE DOWN UNIT (TYP.) #4 HOOPSEE NOTE 14 #4 REBAR EACH CORNER (SEE NOTE 18)
#4 HOOPSEE NOTE 14
ELEVATION VIEW
#4 HOOPSEE NOTE 14
:
I
-{,
TO UTILITY
--r=-=-=-==-=t_' ~~-~
i
!-------------------------~
Ii
: i ' '
, I' ,
i li: -: i
I
I
:@Cf_f=_~-0 ~--~--ri
--~~~-- --~~=+---
'"=====---------::::,.____
"""
_j"""" "-
CABINET ORIENTATION CONDUIT LAYOUT AND FOUNDATION DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J-10.10-01
SHEET 3 OF 5 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
#4 REBAREACH CORNER (SEE NOTE 18) #4 REBAR - go WITH 30" LEGS (2 PLACES)
SECTION
CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOX - - - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUIT (TYP.)
SECTION
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
CABINET
24"
24"
1"
CABINET BASE
{_
"
r
~~~=M~.~.~~~~~~~~
~- GENERATOR \__ANTI-THEFT TIE DOWN UNIT
--'
7 1/2" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE FOR AT LEAST 4 BOLT HOLES@ 3/4" DIAM. EACH PLAN VIEW
1-
~co
zen <(
w w
#4 REBAREACH CORNER {SEE NOTE 18) UTILITY GENERATOR - - - TRANSFER SWITCH SEE SHEET 1 {TYP.) PLAN VIEW 3/4" CHAMFER {TYP.) CONCRETE ORHMA MATERIAL
/
CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOX - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUITS {TYP.)
. z~ No .....
#4 REBAR - go WITH
30" LEGS {2 PLACES) TO SERVICE CABINET
::::>
0 u.
#6 REBAR
#3 REBAR {TYP.)
TRANSFORMER
PLAN VIEW DRAINAGE WELL 18" SQUARE ELEVATION VIEW (;\ 3/8" POLYETHYLENE DRAIN TUBE GRAVEL BACKFILL ISOMETRIC VIEW
SECTION~
ANCHOR BOLT
{SEE NOTE4)
MAX.
'
TO SERVICE CABINET SPARE CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOX - SEE CONTRACT PLANS
GENERATOR ANTI-THEFT TIE DOWN UNIT -SEE DETAIL CONCRETE OR HMA MATERIAL
#4 VERTICAL REBAR
-8TOTAL
.
#4 REBAR - go WITH
30" LEGS {2 PLACES) ELEVATION VIEW
.....
CABINET ORIENTATION CONDUIT LAYOUT AND FOUNDATION DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J-10.10-01
SHEET 4 OF 5 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
#4 BARS AT #4 HOOPSEE NOTE 14 CONDUIT TO ADJACENT JUNCTION BOX - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUIT {TYP.) APPROXIMATELY 1' - 0" CENTERS
05-11-11
DATE
SECTION
PEDESTAL MOUNT
5"
5"
UTILITY I GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH - INSTALL IN STANDARD POLICE PANEL LOCATION UTILITY I GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH POLICE PANEL UTILITY I GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH POLICE PANEL
UTILITY I GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH TO BE INSTALLED BY REGION MAINTENANCE - - PERSONNEL. PROVIDE A 15' PIGTAIL (SEE NOTE 12)
POLICE PANEL
Ill
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
GROUND BUS
I I I I I I I I
L
PDA
SIGNAL CABINET
RADIO INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSOR
LOAD
_l_
W G
I I I
B
I ~ I I I ~L____:
II
--------;------______]
CABINET ORIENTATION CONDUIT LAYOUT AND FOUNDATION DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J-10.10-01
SHEET 5 OF 5 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
____
_j
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
12'- 0" MAX. PROVIDE A TYPE 4 CHAIN LINK FENCE ON 3 SIDES WHEN RETAINING WALL HEIGHT EXCEEDS 4' - 0" - SEE STANDARD PLAN L-20.10 FINISHED GROUND LINE @-1'- 0" SPACING MAX. (TYP.) EACH WAY
....1 (.)
0::
ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) -SEE DETAIL 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) TOP OF MAINTENANCE PAD
NOTES 1. Contractor shall orient the maintenance pad to align with the direction of natural grade as shown. Obtain Engineer's approval of maintenance pad orientation prior to proceeding with construction.
2. The maintenance pad and retaining walls have been designed to meet the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 6th Edition, 2012. 3. Concrete for walls and bases shall be class 4000. 4. Height of wall varies to match slope of existing grade. Contractor shall field determine wall height and each maintenance pad location and obtain approval from the Engineer prior to proceeding with construction. 5. 3/4" chamfer for all exposed corners. 6. For grounding details, see Standard Plan J-60.05. 7. For cabinet and conduit details not shown, see Standard Plan J-10.10. 8. The Cabinets shall be attached to the foundation with 4 anchor bolts and located per the Cabinet supplier. Stainless steel epoxy anchor bolt may be used as an alternative and shall be 1/2" diameter by 9" long.
' eo
~ ~ w
w en
SECTION
""'"
9" RAISED CABINET PAD SHOWN, 3 1/2" RAISED CABINET PAD SIMILAR WITH ONE #4 TOP HOOP @- 1' - 0" SPACING MAX. (EXTEND 8" MIN. INTO MAINTENANCE PAD) (TYP.)
SECTION
10"
25'- 0" MAX. CABINET PAD- SEE STANDARD PLAN J-10.10 AND CONTRACT PLANS FOR CABINET LAYOUT, CONDUITS AND DRAINAGE DETAILS
10"
RETAINING WALL
b .....
L_~
T~~~~~~~~~~~~~----~~~~~~~~r~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--~-1 r:~ i: :_- -_-_-_-_-_-_-_- _- _- _- -_-_-_-_- _- -_-_- ~:
:...
MAINTENANCE PAD
@(TYP.)
l
@(TYP.)
SECTION
3'- 6" FROM THE FACE
'----H---tt- OF WALL TO THE FACE
c---!:::.:
]!
"
-------:::::J------
OF CABINET (TYP.)
::::,......
-lr
1/2"
I - .....
PLAN VIEW
CABINETS SHOWN FOR DISPLAY PURPOSES ONLY SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR CABINET LAYOUT
~
CABINET ENCLOSURE ON SLOPE STANDARD PLAN J-10.15-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
I
(
VARIES #5
& #4
(
en w
@&0#4 VARIES
G)#5 VARIES
::;
0::
@
#4
en w
::;
0::
I.
I
.I
VARIES @&@#4
I.
.I
ANCHOR BOLT
ASTM A307 WITH WASHER AND NUT- GALVANIZED PER MSHTO M 232
Drive ground rods before placing concrete. Move rod(s) and drain tile(s) with cover(s) as required to achieve full ground penetration. Maintain a 6' - 0" minimum clearance between ground rods as detailed on Standard Plan J-60.05.
.....
~--------~8)~------~1
NOTES 1. Timber luminaire supports are allowed only for temporary installations where breakaway or slip bases are not required. 2. When down guys are required, See Standard Plan J-15.15.
2 UNITS
3 UNITS
DETAIL
0
1/4 30 29
4 UNITS
22 1/4" PLATE w
en
I
lfj ;;r~
o
I
~1-
b:: w {)
LlJ II. 0
~ 1cnz 00
a::
lfj ;;r~
~1-
GUSSET DETAIL
6 UNITS
en
I
b::
~ 1cnz 00
a::
w {)
o ll.!z
C<C
j<=1
L______j
___,_Iii _ _ _ _ _ _
D _______
TIMBER LUMINAIRE SUPPORT
c cnz
ci<C
LlJ II.
____:L_t;
G) (D G)
GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM MAST ARM -CONFIGURATIONS VARIES WITH MANUFACTURER LUMINAIRE - SEE CONTRACT FOR TYPE AND NUMBER MOUNTING HEIGHT- ROADWAY TO LUMINAIRE ELEVATION DIFFERENCE 2%- SEE CONTRACT 5/8" GALVANIZED THIMBLE EYE BOLT (SINGLE OR DOUBLE) WITH WASHERS AND NUTS OR EYENUT
@ @
@)
STEEL CONDUIT 8" x 8" x 4" NEMA 3R JUNCTION BOX WITH RAIN-TIGHT HUBS AND REMOVABLE COVER GROUNDING LUG 12 POLE TERMINAL BLOCK DIRECT BURIAL CONDUCTORS OR GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUITS WITH CONDUCTORS- SEE CONTRACT GROUNDING BUSHING SUPPLEMENTAL GROUND - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-60.05 CLASS 5 TIMBER POLE - LENGTH SUFFICIENT FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT AND BURIAL DEPTH CLASS 2 TIMBER POLE - LENGTH SUFFICIENT FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT AND BURIAL DEPTH 1/4" x 10" PLATE COLLAR BENT TO FIT POLE DIAMETER (8"- 10") 3/8" x 4" MACHINE BOLTS (FOUR REQUIRED) WITH WASHERS AND NUTS 1/2" LAG BOLTS (SIX REQUIRED) -DRILL 9/16" HOLE IN PLATE 2" PIPE 3/4" WIRE HOLE 2" FROM GUSSET PLATE, SMOOTH HOLE EDGES 1" NON-METALLIC CONDUIT WITH 1" STRAPS SPACED MAXIMUM 5' APART AND NEAR ALL CONDUIT ENDS DISTANCE VARIES, 35' MIN. TO 50' MAX. DEPENDING ON LINE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS CONDUIT GROUND CLAMP
@ @ @
@
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-60.05 FROM GROUND LINE TO 10' ABOVE GROUND, ENCLOSE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT, CODE SIZED. ABOVE 10' FROM GROUND, STAPLE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO POLE. CONNNECT TO SUPPLEMENTAL GROUND, PER STANDARD PLAN J-60.05 SERVICE WEDGE CLAMP ACSR TRIPLEX OR FOURPLEX CONDUCTORS - SEE CONTRACT CU \ AL SPLIT BOLT CONNECTOR MESSENGER CABLE INSULATING TAPE FOR WATERPROOF CONNECTION FUSED QUICK DISCONNECT, PER STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-29.7- USE 30 AMP FUSES FOR HIGH MAST SUPPORTS WEATHERHEAD- SIZE AS REQUIRED
@ @ @
@
@ @ @ @ @
@)
@ @ @ @ @
@)
......
05118112
DATE
5
GUY WRAP (TYP.) -SEE NOTE 4 5/8" STRAIGHT STRAND EYE BOLT WITH 2 1/2" SQUARE CURVED WASHER AND (2) HEX NUTS POLE ~
....1
5 i=
ffi
POLE RAKE POLE AND INSTALL DOWN GUY ASSEMBLY BEFORE LOADING - SEE RAKE TABLE RAKE POLE BEFORE LOADING - SEE RAKE TABLE WEATHERHEAD ENTRANCE ELBOW 4'- 0" MIN. BONDING LUG
....1
NOTES
~
>
-l
I
r-
1. An eight-way expanding anchor may be used as an acceptable alternate to power installed helical screw anchor. 2. If anchor hole diameter is greater than nominal diameter of folded anchors, a 5' cover of 6" to 12" size rock shall be tamped in to replace the disturbed soil immediately above the anchor. See Standard Plan J-7c for Type IV or Type V Strain Pole details not shown. Strandvise or Guy Wrap may be used.
5/8" ANGLE STRAND EYE BOLT WITH TWO-HOLE LIFT PLATE, 1/2" LAG BOLT, 2 1/2" SQUARE CURVED WASHER AND DOUBLE HEX NUTS (DOUBLE EYE BOLT FOR MULTIPLE GUYS) (TYP.)
3.
SAG = 5% OF SPAN LAG LENGTH 1%
4.
GROUND CLAMP GROUND CLAMP STRAIN INSULATOR -SEE DETAIL GUY STANDOFF BOND WIRE TOP OF ALL SIGNAL HEADS IN LEVEL LINE GROUND CLAMP
RAKE TABLE
POLE CLASS RAKE 7" 6" 5" 5" 4" 4" 4" 6"
SEE TIMBER STRAIN POLE FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN BACKPLATE WITH RETROFLECTIVE TAPE 8' - 0" YELLOW REFLECTIVE PLASTIC GUY GUARD AERIAL TERMINAL COMPARTMENT ASSEMBLY - ON SPANS NOTED IN THE CONTRACT
6'- 0"
STRANDVISE (TYP.) -SEE NOTE 4 SEE SIGNAL DISPLAY VERTICAL CLEARANCE CHART
GUY WRAP
40' CLASS 2 TIMBER POLE, MIN. - UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE CONTRACT
WIRE ROPE THIMBLE (TYP.) FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE TOP OF ROADWAY
COMPACTED PIT RUN ROCK- 6" TO 12" IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 2.09-3(1)E
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE FROM STOP LINE 3 SECTION 12" 5 SECTION DOGHOUSE 12" 4 SECTION 12"
'
i'
'\!
16.5'
17.0'
16.5'
18.0'
16.5'
19.7'
16.5'
20.8'
ANCHOR ASSEMBLIES
(SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-29.4)
ELEVATION
SIDE VIEW
5 SECTION 12"
16.5'
17.0'
16.5'
17.5"
16.5'
18.5'
16.5'
19.6'
.....
06-16-10
DATE
z z
NOTES 1. Conduit pipes placed in retaining wall traffic barriers shall be fitted with Conduit Deflection (CD) Fittings spaced at 120' maximum. The CD Fittings shall be placed at the traffic barrier open joints that coincide with the retaining wall stem expansion joints nearest to the transverse construction joints in the wall footing.
; ; ;; ; ; ;; ;;; ; ::-
en
:::>
[]J
0::
CONDUIT~
~
....1
w w
~~~:~~:: .: ~~:-~= ~~~~ ~:o!~ :!;~~;, -:::====I~2:~:::: :::::~"'oC"'~'; -:;~ _ 1~ ~~~ ~ ~n~E::;;' "'":::SJll;;;;;
coNDUIT_/ EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.)
0 ; ; ;; ; ; ;; ; ; ;;
;;~ ~
; ; ;;
~
Cl
2. Install Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS) conduit between the Junction Box(es) Type 1 and the CD Fitting(s) "A". GRS conduit shall also be used from the CD Fitting(s) "A" to the PVC adaptor in the barrier. PVC Conduit may be used only in stationary-form barriers. Connect to GRS using a PVC adaptor.
SCHEMATIC
SHOWN FOR DUAL CONDUIT INSTALLATION -CIRCUIT TYPES MAY VARY RETAINING WALL EXPANSION
JUNCTION BOX TYPE 1 - SEE STD. PLAN J-40.10, OR PER CONTRACT 10'- 0"
RETAINING_WA''_'\_ _______
:P:s~_N_J~::T~ONS~UCTION JOI~
L _____ J
GRS Conduit may be used in stationary-form barriers, but it shall be used in slipfonn banie111. KEYNOTES
_____\ , ___ _
,-------------------------1
0 0
----------1 _____r-----~~-3" X 10" X 2'- 0" BLOCKOUT IN WALL TO ALLOW CONDUITS TO EXIT. FILL WITH EPOXY GROUT AFTER CONDUIT INSTALLATION
---~-----b
rr-----------
Junction Box- 8" x 8" x 18" NEMA 4X in stationary-form barrier, adjustable NEMA 3R in slipform barrier Ounction box can be recessed up to 1/8"). See Standard Plan J-16a. Conduit Fitting with Internal Bonding JumperType DX for deflection of 30 & 3/4" movement. Where conduit exits from a structure, wrap the conduit pipe for 1' - 0" on each side from the exiting point. Pipe-wrap tape shall be 2" wide, 20 mil thick, & installed w/1" minimum overlap. foam sleeve around conduit and conduit fitting. After placing wire ties, duct tape seams and ends to seal and prevent concrete from bonding with fitting and conduit.
TRAFFIC BARRIER
PLAN
<3)
SHOWN FOR DUAL CONDUIT INSTALLATION (SHOWN IN F-SHAPE BARRIER) L (TYP) TRAFFIC BARRIER END SECTION STEEL CONDUIT TO PVC PIPE ADAPTOR (TYP.)- SEE NOTE 2
U2 (TYP.)
<5)
-..,__
__
_ .J---
Where conduit in a structure is routed across a joint, wrap the conduit pipe for 1' - 0" on each side of joint. Pipe-wrap tape shall be 2" wide, 20 mil thick, & installed w/1" min. overlap.
In
11
II
//
L"tt----H-
n I
II
II
\\
II
~~======~;:
GRS CONDUIT -SEE NOTE 2
,,
GROUND LINE
ELEVATION
BUNDLE REBARS ADJACENT TO EACH END OF JUNCTION BOX (TYP.) 3/8" DIAM. POLYETHYLENE DRAIN TUBE
1w 0::
1'- 0"
1" WIRE TIE (TYP.) -FIVE REQD. 3/4" CLOSED CELL FOAM -WRAP 1 1/2 TIMES AROUND CONDUIT AND CONDUIT FITTING
{)
{)
CONDUIT PIPE
3" MIN., 6" MAX. -CONDUIT AND THREADS CAST OUTSIDE STRUCTURE CONDUIT DEFLECTION FITTING "A" - SEE DETAIL ~ RETAINING WALL PLACE@ EXIT FROM STRUCTURE
.....
~q~q~q
' (..,-~ /
SECTION
START
CONDUIT PIPE
II CONCRETE
SECTION
fll
.....
02-10-09
DATE
en
:::>
[]J
[i l-
z z
180' - 0" MAX. JUNCTION BOX (TYP.) TRAFFIC BARRIER CONDUIT CIRCUIT "TS" 180' - 0" MAX.
NOTES 1. Install a Conduit Deflection (CD) Fitting "A" at the exit from the barrier. Install a Conduit Deflection Fitting "B" to connect conduit ends at each concrete barrier expansion joint. See Standard Plan J-16b for Conduit Deflection Fitting details.
---
0::
~
....1
w w
~
Cl
CIRCUIT~~:~::-7- --t-~------------T
~=-
~ l----r-----'---\-i------r----+----.---------y----J
T--------------1-~ ----~ -
-~-----------.._~-::;:===========:== =~
--'1-::::~::JJOINT ~P.)
JUNCTION BOX TYPE 1 - SEE STD. PLAN J-40-10, OR PER CONTRACT 10'- 0"
I
2. Install Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS) conduit between the Junction Box(es) Type 1 and the CD Fitting(s) "A". GRS conduit shall also be used from the CD Fitting(s) "A" to the PVC adaptor in the barrier.
PVC Conduit may be used only in stationary-form barriers. Connect to GRS using a PVC adaptor. GRS Conduit may be used in stationary-form barriers, but it shall be used in slipform barriers.
(TYP.)~
I
3. See Standard Plan C-14a for additional information on I sngle Slope Concrete Barrier.
I
; .... ,
/
::::::....:::::-
I I
,.,-;Y,.,.y ,.,.,.
//
//
,/(/
\
\ _ 2" CONDUIT OR AS SHOWN IN CONTRACT - SEE NOTE 2
=c.---- - ----
I
-<-
.7
"
I
KEYNOTES
\_
PLAN
...__
--------
TRAFFIC BARRIER
~ ll
/~/ ,~,
(==========~
c====:: .----...
/,;
//
Junction Box - 8" x 8" x 18" NEMA 4X in stationary-form barrier, adjustable NEMA 3R in slipform barrier Gunction box can be recessed up to 1/8"). See Standard Plan J-16a. across a cold joint with continuous reinforcing steel, install premolded joint filler and wrap the conduit pipe for 1' - 0" on each side of joint. Pipewrap tape shall be 2" wide, 20 mil thick, & installed w/1" min. overlap.
L
TRAFFIC BARRIER END SECTION
U2 (TYP.)
f "B"
SEE NOTE 1
(TYP.)
/~-----// // // // / / / / // / /
-------
TOP OF ROADWAY
....
Ct:=======~~;~~-~===~~~~;~ :~;:=====~~;i~ ========= -------~----~-----:--- ---~------~~---- [_________ _ t: --------1------w-----------lr _____ ---------BUNDLE REBARS ADJACENT TO EACH END OF JUNCTION BOX (TYP.)
--------- 1------------~----------
~~=n===n=+=:::::;l"tf in ni ~
Li-t---rt-J
}}
LL
[]-~~~~~~~~~~!_:,~_:'~~~~~[---- - ------
////
__________ J II ___________ _
Li-t---rt-J
}}
"/
:: :: ~1
1
:: :: V,
0
000 0
''
'"'"''
//
'',
-SEE NOTE 2
']"
c-.
000
////
,Y,.,
_-::,.;,;"
/S"\" "/
oo=oc--
ELEVATION
SHOWN FOR DUAL CONDUIT INSTALLATION
CONDUIT INSTALLATION IN SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER (DUAL FACE) STANDARD PLAN .J-16c
~//
I
lt._{ I~ I
I I
~I
SECTION
fll
.....
02-10-09
DATE
5"
5/8" DIAMETER HOLE (TYP.) 4 1/2" DIAMETER BOLT CIRCLE
TOP OF POST
1/4" STAINLESS STEEL HEX NUT- SEE GROUNDING CONNECTION DETAIL
~~~
NOTES 1. See Standard Plan J-20.26 for Accessible Pedestrian Pushbutton details. 2. Pole shall be galvanized per AASHTO M111. 3. When additional crossing time is provided by an extended pushbutton press, a "PUSH BUTTON FOR 2 SECONDS FOR EXTRA CROSSING TIME" sign (R10.32P} shall be installed above the APS assembly. Leave a 2" space between signs.
Co .....
0 .....
0;
FIELD DRILL AND TAP FOR 1/4-20 THREAD BOLT (TYP.) 5/8" DIAMETER HOLE (TYP.) 1 1/2" DIAMETER HOLE GROUNDING WIRE 1/8
PIPE CAP
1/4" STAINLESS STEEL HEX NUT (TYP.) ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL (APS) ASSEMBLY 5/8" DIAMETER HOLE 4 1/2" DIAMETER BOLT CIRCLE
POST DETAIL
10" OR LESS DESIRABLE24" MAXIMUM
'
BASE PLATE ASSEMBLY1/2" DIAMETER STEEL HEX NUT, WITH 1 1/2" FLAT WASHER (2) EACH REQ'D. PER ANCHOR BOLT- MINIMUM OF (2) THREADS ABOVE TOP OF NUT OR 5/8" MAX. (TYP.) 1/2" STEEL BASE PLATE TOP OF FOUNDATION 1/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER FINISHED GRADE
t>"
C')
b z
btfl
-'
It)
(J)
II
::::>
....1
a.
f>
~
ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE ASSEMBLYEDGE OF SIDEWALK ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE- (2) REQUIRED 1/2" x 18" FULL THREAD, ASTM F 1554, GRADE 55 1/2" HEX NUTS, AASHTO M 291, GRADE A(4) REQUIRED PER ANCHOR BOLT FLAT WASHERS, ASTM F 884 OR ASTM F 436(4) REQUIRED PER ANCHOR BOLT
f>
DETAIL
COMMERCIAL CONCRETE
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON POST (PPB) AND FOUNDATION STANDARD PLAN J-20.10-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
6"
1'- 6"
SQUARE
7112112
DATE
ELEVATION
FOUNDATION DETAIL
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
@#4 (TYP.)
TOP OF POST
~-
I
....
w
- -2-1/~"-P-IP~ CAP
NOTES 1. All Poles shall be hot dip galvanized per AASHTO M111. 2. Supplemental grounding conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper and shall be clamped to vertical rebar with a connector suitable for use embedded in concrete: provide 3' - 0" min. slack. Attach to pole grounding stud with a full circle crimp-on connector (crimped with manufacturer's recommended crimper). 3. See Standard Plan J-20.26 for Accessible Pedestrian Pushbutton details. 4. When additional crossing time is provided by an extended pushbutton press, a PUSH BUTTON FOR 2 SECONDS FOR EXTRA TIME CROSSING sign (R10.32P) shall be installed above the APS assembly. Leave a 2" space between signs.
r----E:::i:3-,
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN
5" 1 1/2" CLR. (TYP.) 18"SQUARE 1/4" STAINLESS STEEL NUT- SEE GROUND WIRE CONNECTION DETAIL 41/2" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON POST G)# 4 (TYP.) 1/2" STEEL PLATE
L
ow ,w
II I
...J
PLAN VIEW
b z
5/8" DIAMETER HOLE GROUNDING WIRE 1/4" STAINLESS STEEL ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON POST 2 1/2" DIAMETER STEEL PIPE (SCHEDULE 40) HEX NUT (TYP.)
8 5/8"
n
3/16 TOP OF SIDEWALK
rocn
~en
::::>
STAINLESS STEEL FLAT WASHER (TYP.) 1/4" X 1" LONG STAINLESS STEEL THREADED STUD
&>
a.
ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE
GROUNDING WIRE FULL CIRCLE CRIMP-ON CONNECTOR (CRIMPED WITH A MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CRIMPER) 3/16 1/2" STEEL BASE PLATE BASE PLATE ASSEMBLY1/2" DIAMETER STEEL HEX NUT, WITH 1/2" FLAT WASHER, (2) REQUIRED PER ANCHOR BOLT- MINIMUM OF 2 THREADS ABOVE TOP OF NUT OR 5/8" MAX. (TYP.)
Co
'
1/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER @#4 (TYP.) 1/2" BASE PLATE -SEE DETAIL G)# 4 (TYP.) 11/2" CLR.
..
1" DIAMETER ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE ASSEMBLYANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE- (2) REQUIRED 1/2" x 28" FULL THREAD, ASTM F 1554, GRADE 55 1/2" HEX NUTS, AASHTO M 291, GRADE A4 REQUIRED PER ANCHOR BOLT FLAT WASHERS, ASTM F 884 OR ASTM F 4364 REQUIRED PER ANCHOR BOLT
GROUNDING CONNECTION
> > >
I>
1 1/2" CLR. (TYP.) TOP OF SIDEWALK
I>
18"SQUARE
(.)
SECTION
1/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
0
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON WITH CURB BASE STANDARD PLAN J-20.11-00
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
VIEW0
to
0
ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE ASSEMBLY @#4 (TYP.)
~-~~;-1~~'~1~----~~ .F ~ ~ "1t_
#CD4
1'- 6"
LO
..........J
6"
14 3/4" DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT
1'- 6"
ELEVATION VIEW
.....
7112112
DATE
6"
(TYP.)
()
><(
LL.
0::: 0
::::i
en
(c
~ .....
@#4
1/4-20 (TYP.)
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR GROUNDING CONNECTION -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-20.20 SUPPLEMENTAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - SEE NOTE 2 BASE PLATE ASSEMBLY -
> m
c
ib ib ib
@#4
0 It)
""
0 ~ ..... .....
It)
wl
r-
ib
3/4" DIAMETER STEEL HEX NUT, WITH FLAT WASHER, 2 EACH REQ'D.
PER ANCHOR BOLT- MINIMUM OF
I.
1" DIAMETER HOLE (TYP.)
r-.:
2'- 0"
SQUARE PLAN VIEW
'f;;rt=ffF~~L--
@#4 (TYP.)
.90" DIAMETER
HOLE
FOUNDATION DETAILS
9"
.31" DIAMETER
HOLE
@#4 @#4
'
1/4" STEEL
PLATE
SECTION
1'- 7"
-.-------
...----~"'
4
#
-'-------
"')~~~ ~l ~
ooTl
~I
; ~ 1
c3/8"
10 3/8"
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT- SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR DIAMETER ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE ASSEMBLY ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE- (2) REQUIRED
'-------2'- 8"
1'-9"
1/2" HEX NUTS, MSHTO M 291, GRADE A4 REQUIRED PER ANCHOR BOLT FLAT WASHERS, ASTM F 884 OR ASTM F 436 4 REQUIRED PER ANCHOR BOLT
#4
DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT
#4
7112112
DATE
FOUNDATION DETAIL
NOTES 1. See Standard Specification 9-06.16 for Breakaway Base Connectors details. Dimensions for the parts used to assemble the base connections are intentionally not shown. Base connections are patented manufactured products that are in compliance with NCHRP 350 crash test criteria. The base connection details are only shown on this plan to illustrate how parts are assembled. 2. See Standard Plan J-20.26 for Accessible Pedestrian Pushbutton details.
0
:t(:::_ -::4:::_:::~~\
I
3. Secure conductor in adjacent junction box per detail, Standard Plan J-28.70.
POLE WALL STAINLESS STEEL NUT (TYP.) STAINLESS STEEL WASHERS (TYP.) 1/4" DIAMETER x 1" LONG STAINLESS STEEL STUD
I
I I I I
SHIM (TYP.)- NO MORE THAN 2 PER COUPLING FULL CIRCLE CRIMP-ON CONNECTOR WITH SUPPLEMENTAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
EXPLODED VIEW
5/8" DIAMETER HOLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON POST 3" DIAMETER STEEL PIPE
b z
btlj 'en
l'oz
II
w """
3" PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON POST BRACKET ADAPTER (TYP.) TOP OF FOUNDATION BRACKET (TYP.) COUPLING BOLT (TYP.) ANCHOR COUPLING (TYP.) SHIM (TYP.) TOP OF PAVED SURFACE BRACKET ADAPTER BRACKET (TYP.) 1/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER COUPLING BOLT (TYP.) 3" PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON POST
POST DETAIL
= """ :c..-
= en
...J
::::>
a.
~
EDGE OF PAVED SHOULDGER DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
FOG STRIPE
Co
;...
,,,,' ,, ,,
'
' ;...
I
'
.
~
COMMERCIAL CONCRETE PERSPECTIVE VIEW ANCHOR FERRULE (TYP.) SHIM (TYP.) TOP OF FOUNDATION ANCHOR COUPLING (TYP.) CONDUIT COUPLING - INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT)
c-.
~
I
'
"
ANCHOR FERRULE (TYP.) 1" DIAMETER ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SUPPLEMENTAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 1" DIAM. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
6"
1'- 6"
SQUARE
FOUNDATION DETAIL
SECTION
.....
7112112
DATE
NOTES
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD WITH TYPE D MOUNT
1. See Standard Plan J-21.1 0 for Signal Standard Foundation with Fixed Base and Slip Base details. 2. Steel shaft shall be tapered either round or dodecagon (12-sided), 11 gage, 4 1/2" O.D. at slipfitter weld. Taper shall be 0.14 inches per foot.
TOP OF POLE
1/4" WEEP HOLE 1/4" WEEP HOLE
TOP OF POLE
3. All poles shall be hot dip galvanized per AASHTO M 111. 4. Welding of structures shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the AWS 01.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. All butt welds shall be ground flush with base metal.
1/4" WEEP HOLE
5. 6.
See Standard Plan J-20.26 for Accessible Pedestrian Pushbutton details. See Standard Plan J-20.20 for Accessible Pedestrian Signal Standard Electrical details. Hand holes shall include a removable, rain-tight cover and gasket, fastened with two stainless steel screws (ASTM 593). Grounding Conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper, provide 3' - 0' min. slack. Clamp to vertical steel reinforcing bar with connector suitable for use embedded in concrete.
OFFSET SLIPFITTER
0
'
'I_ _ _ _ Lr
'
BELOW MATCHLINE- SEE DETAILS ON PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD _wiTH TYPE c MOUNT
MATCHLINE ABOVE MATCHLINE- USE DETAILS FOR PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD WITH TYPE C MOUNT
7. 8.
0
'
POLE WALL
STAINLESS STEEL NUT FULL CIRCLE CRIMP-ON CONNECTOR (TYP.) EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
TOP OF SIDEWALK
TOP OF FOUNDATION
LOCK NIPPLE
~15
1/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
TYPED MOUNT
VIEW
~SPECTIVE VIEW
.....
7112112
DATE
NOTES 1. See Standard Plan J-21.1 0 for Signal Standard Foundation with Fixed Base and Slip Base details. 2. See Standard Specification 9-29.3 for Cable Conductor requirements. 3. Install heat shrink caps on all spare conductors not terminated on a terminal strip. 4. Supplemental grounding conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper and shall be clamped to vertical rebar with a connector suitable for use embedded in concrete: provide 3' - 0" min. slack. Attach to pole grounding stud with a full circle crimp-on connector (crimped with manufacturer's recommended crimper). 5. Equipment grounding conductor shall attach to grounding stud with a full circle crimp-on connector (crimped with a manufacurer's recommended crimper).
1/4" WEEP HOLE SEE NOTE3 SLIPFITTER- OFFSET TOP MOUNT, PLACE OFFSET TO FRONT OF POLE, DRILL TO SEAT SET SCREWS FOR SIGNAL HEAD MOUNTING DETAILS; SEE STANDARD PLAN J-20.16
5C PEDESTRIAN HEAD TERMINATIONS COLOR CODE R G USE DON'T WALK DISPLAY WALK DISPLAY NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SPARE CONDUCTOR SPARE CONDUCTOR
IMSA 20-1 7C #14 CABLE -FROM FOUNDATION (SEE NOTE 3) IMSA 20-1 7C OR 5C #14 CABLETO SIGNAL DISPLAY (SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR WIRE SIZE AND QUANTITIES) ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON DETAILS- SEE STANDARD PLAN J-20.26
7*2 7 * 3 7 * 6
w
B
1*7
7C PEDESTRIAN HEAD TERMINATIONS TERMINAL NUMBER 7* INSULINER SLEEVE 7 * 7 * 1 2 3 6 1 2 3 COLOR CODE R G USE DON'T WALK DISPLAY WALK DISPLAY NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SPARE CONDUCTOR DON'T WALK DISPLAY WALK DISPLAY NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR
w
B
7 * 7* 7 *
0
BL WB
7 * *
POLE WALL
SUPPLEMENTAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - SEE NOTE 4 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - SEE NOTE 5
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL STANDARD (TYPE PS) ELECTRICAL DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J-20.20-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
.....
7112112
DATE
[i]
~--~
~
START CROSSING Wab:hFor Vehicles
/.
[l]
/.
ST::ING
[l]
-~~--~
~
START CROSSING Wab:h For Vehicles
ro
OONISTART -~- IHih Crossing ~/1\~ II'Siartad TIME REMAINNG lb Rnlsh C101181ng
m
~
STEADY
Vahlclaa ,,_/ OON'TSTART '~~ RnBhen.smg ~/I\~ II'Siartad TIME REMAINNG To Rnlah Crossing
m
~
STUO\'
m
~
STEADY
DON'T CROSS
DONI CROSS
DON'T CROSS
@ @
ATTACH ADAPTER TO PUSHBUTTON STATION- 1/4" DIAM. COUNTERSUNK HOLE, 3/8" LONG FLAT HEAD SCREWS (TYP.)
1\::
9"
':I
@ '-----9"
R10-3e (RIGHT)
R10-3e (LEFT)
R10-3e (MOD.)
KEY
~
@
FACEPLATE
1/4-20 x 3/8" LONG STAINLESS STEEL SCREW 1/4-20 STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS PUSHBUTTON FRAME ADAPTER 1/4-20 STAINLESS STEEL BOLT WI WASHER AND LOCK WASHER PUSHBUTTON STATION DRILL AND TAP SHAFT FOR 1/4" DIAM. BOLT DRILL AND TAP SHAFT FOR 5/8" WIRE GUIDE HOLE -ADD INSULINER
7112112
DATE
ffi
.....
WOOD POST
~~======::~-~~~~~=~-
=====~====~
4 POST
I I
8 8
9
13
11
INSTALL FITTING WITH NYLON WASHER ON OUTSIDE OF HOUSING - SEAL WITH SILICONE AFTER UNIT IS FULLY ASSEMBLED
10
... c::>-
KEY
1 FACE PLATE 1/4-20 x 3/8" LONG STAINLESS STEEL SCREW 1/4-20 STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS PUSHBUTTON FRAME ADAPTER LAG BOLT WITH WASHER PUSHBUTTON STATION CONDUIT DIAMETER+ 1/8" HOLE THRU POLE CONDULET LIQUID-TITE FLEX CONDUIT ONE PIECE TWO HOLE CLAMP LAG BOLT INSULINER SLEEVE PRE-DRILL (3) 1/4" WEEP HOLES IN BOTTOM RADIUS OF CONDUIT DRIP LOOP. REAM HOLES WITH DRILL BIT TO ELIMINATE BURRS 4
7112112
DATE
.....
(i)# (j)#
4 (TYP.)
SLIPFITTER
TOP OF POLE
NOTES 1. Steel Shaft shall be tapered either round or dodecagon (12-sided), 11-gauge, 4 1/2" O.D. at slipfitter weld. Taper shall be 0.14 inches per foot.
LL.
;,;
::::i
~
~
0:: 0
2 1/2" CLR. (TYP.) ELECTRICAL CONDUIT ELECTRICAL CONDUIT ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE
b
N
2. Hand Holes shall include a removable, rain-tight cover and gasket, fastened with two stainless steel screws (ASTM F 593). 3. Clamping Bolts shall be tightened to 50 ft-lbs max. torque. After state inspection, burr threads to prevent nut rotation. DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN. 4. The final height of the Anchor Bolts must be below the top of the Slip Plate Assembly to ensure proper function of the Slip Base.
'
SECTION
0
DIAGRAM
1" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
SECTION
0
.I
TAPERED STEEL SHAFT - SEE NOTE 1
6. Grounding Conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper, provide 3'- 0" min. slack. Clamp to steel reinforcing bar with connector suitable for use embedded in concrete.
REINFORCING
STEEL
BENDING
I.
9"
3/16
0 0::
I.
f..-
1'- 7"
.I
A)
&.
135" "'---- HOOK (TYP.) 1/2" STEEL PLATE W/HOLE POLE BASE + 1/6"
C
z
(/)
TAPERED STEEL SHAFT - SEE NOTE 1 GROUNDING NUT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - SEE NOTE 6 3/16 1/2" STEEL BASE PLATE - SEE DETAIL GROUT PAD - INSTALL AFTER PLUMBING STANDARD UNPAVED SURFACE
4" X 6" HAND HOLE - SEE NOTE 2 (2) 3/4" DIAM. STEEL HEX NUT, (2) WITH FLAT WASHERS (TYP.) 2 FULL THREADS MIN. 5/8" MAX. TOP OF FOUNDATION PAVED SURFACE 3/8" PREMOULDED JOINT FILLER NUT (TYP.)
LL.
' .....
# 4
CD
(!)
1J:
[jj J:
SEE DETAILS ABOVE MATCHLINE ON SQUARE CONCRETE FOUNDATION~GROUNDING NUT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - SEE NOTE 6 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
ROUND CONCRETE
FOUNDATIO~
-+-+-
GROUNDING NUT
3/4" x 2'- 6" ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) ASTM F 1554 GR 55 (SEE NOTE 4)
00
I
STEEL REINFORCING BAR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR DIAM.
~I
~t'
L
~
b :Z ~ ~
l
G)#
4 (TYP.)
b
~
i"xl
l
1/4" STEEL PLATE
DETAIL
(j)#
4 (TYP.)
@#4
(TYP.)
T-
'
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - SEE CONTRACT PLAN FOR DIAM.
/~~-
.. . "jj .~
.,
.
~T""a.:--' .....
,..,~
~
1" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.) ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - SEE CONTRACT PLAN FOR DIAM .
-~-L
ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE (TYP.) 3/4" HEX NUTS, STEEL, 4 REQ'D. PER ANCHOR BOLT FLAT WASHERS, 4 REQ'D. PER ANCHOR BOLT
ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE (TYP.) 3/4" HEX NUTS, STEEL, 4 REQ'D. PER ANCHOR BOLT
TYPE PS TYPE 1 RM & FB SIGNAL STANDARD FOUNDATION DETAILS STANDARD PLAN J-21.10-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
2'- 3"
ROUND ELEVATION
.....
06-27-11
DATE
FIXED BASE
_ J
1'- 3" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE
'
~~
6" DIAM. HOLE
I~
(r
I"
:9 ry A
3":J"
SLIP PLATE 1'- 3" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE 7/16" R. (TYP.) TAPERED STEEL SHAFT WALL BASE PLATE
~,
I I
7" DIAM. HOLE ANCHOR PLATE ASTM A572 GR. 50 OR ASTM A588
KEEPER PLATE (28 GAGE SHEET METAL) PLACE BETWEEN POLE BASE PLATE AND SLIP PLATE ON TOP OF MIDDLE WASHERS - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-28.42
lr
G)#
(TYP.)
4
---~----0
3/8
ANCHOR PLATE
SECTION
0
4" X 6" HAND HOLE - SEE NOTE 2
FOR DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN, SEE SLIP AND ANCHOR PLATES DETAIL
TAPERED STEEL SHAFT - SEE NOTE 1 GROUNDING NUT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR -SEE NOTE 6 3/4" CLAMPING BOLT (TYP.) - SEE NOTE 3 1/2" BASE PLATE 1 1/4" ANCHOR PLATE 3/8" I.D. DRAIN TUBE IN GROUT PAD HARDENED ROUND WASHER (TYP.)
c TOWARD ROADWAY
STRAP TEMPLATE
-TOWARD ROADWAY
STRAP TEMPLATE
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT 1/2" THICK X 2" WIDE X 2 3/4" LONG STEEL BAR 2 1/2" CLR. (TYP.)
GROUT PAD - INSTALL AFTER PLUMBING STANDARD 3" DIAM. GROUT WELL (TYP.)
@#4
PLATE WASHER DETAIL SECTION
SEE DETAILS ABOVE MATCHLINE - FIXED BASE SQUARE CONCRETE ~ FOUNDATION, SHEET 1 MATCHLINE HAND HOLE - SEE NOTE 2 SEE DETAILS ABOVE MATCHLINE - FIXED BASE SQUARE CONCRET~ \ FOUNDATION, SHEET~
SECTION
MATCH LINE
-
T------+-r-
y--!rJ !!
/U
_J
I
: : : :
L-.J
: i- - - - - - ______,. I
LEVELING NUT (TYP.) - 3/4" HEAVY HEX NUT AND HARDENED WASHER
3/4" x 2'- 6" ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) ASTM F 1554 GR 55 (SEE NOTE 4)
1
--.--1---T-- -
--
CONDUIT COUPLING - INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT)I
Col~ I
DETAIL
l
@#4 (TYP.)
- -N-
-'
~ ..-a.:
--N
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR DIAM. STRAP TEMPLATE ASSEMBLY (TYP.)1/4" STEEL BARS, 3 REQ'D. - 2 PLACES 3/4" HEX NUTS, STEEL, 4 REQ'D. PER ANCHOR BOLT FLAT WASHERS, 4 REQ'D. PER ANCHOR BOLT 2 1/2" CLR. (TYP.)
2'- 3" ROUND
,.,~
~
-'
~~!"'-----+-!----+-ALL
~ ..-a.:
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR DIAM. STRAP TEMPLATE ASSEMBLY (TYP.)1/4" STEEL BARS, 3 REQ'D. - 2 PLACES 3/4" HEX NUTS, STEEL, 4 REQ'D. PER ANCHOR BOLT FLAT WASHERS, 4 REQ'D. PER ANCHOR BOLT 2 1/2" CLR. (TYP.) 2'- 0" SQUARE ELEVATION
,.,~
~
TYPE PS TYPE 1 RM & FB SIGNAL STANDARD FOUNDATION DETAILS STANDARD PLAN J-21.10-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ELEVATION
.....
06-27-11
DATE
SLIP BASE
NOTES
1. See Standard Plan J-21.10 for Signal Standard Foundation with Fixed Base and Slip Base details.
2. Steel shaft shall be tapered either round or dodecagon (12 sided), 11 gage, 4 1/2" O.D. at slipfitter weld. Taper shall be 0.14 inches per foot.
END CAP HOUSING FIXTURE -THREE 12" LENSES NEOPRENE GASKET STEEL WASHER
3. All poles shall be hot dip galvanized per AASHTO M111. 4. Welding of structures shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the AWS 01.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. All butt welds shall be ground flush with base metal. 5. See Standard Plan J-21.20 for Electrical details.
1 1/2" DIAM. CONDUIT LOCKNUT RUBBER SEAL (TYP.) MOUNTING ASSEMBLY (TYP.)
TOP OF POLE
SLIPFITTER - OFFSET TOP MOUNT, SET OFFSET TO BACK OF POLE, DRILL TO SEAT SET SCREWS
b
'
TOP OF FOUNDATION
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
1'- 3"
!
1' 3" -
NOTES
TOP OF POLE
1. See Standard Plan J-21.1 0 for Signal Standard Foundation with Fixed Base and Slip Base details. 2. Steel shaft shall be tapered either round or dodecagon (12 sided}, 11 gage, 4 1/2" O.D. at slipfitter weld. Taper shall be 0.14 inches per foot. Pedestrian signal displays mounted on an octagonal (8 sided) traffic signal pole with a pole attachment angle other that 0, 45, 90, 135, 180, 225, 270, or 315 shall utilize:
MOUNTING BRACKET AND STEEL STRAP (TYP.) - SEE STANDARD PLAN G-24.10 SIGN PANEL SIGN PANEL
b
'
Type A mounting when two pedestrian heads are installed on the same signal pole. Type B mounting when only one pedestrian signal head is mounted on a signal pole. 3. All poles shall be hot dip galvanized per AASHTO M111. 4. Welding of structures shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the AWS 01.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. All butt welds shall be ground flush with base metal. 5. Visor shall be 8" Polycarbonate, fully enclosed circle at bottom to reduce glare on sign. Display shall be of appropriate color needed. 6. See Standard Plan J-21.17 for Electrical details.
DETAIL
0
BOTTOM OF SIGN USE DETAILS BELOW MATCHLINE ON RAMP METER WITH DOUBLE ~ FLASHING BEACON
b
BOTTOM OF SIGN
BRONZE SERRATED ELL FITTING3/8" STAINLESS STEEL THROUGH BOLT AND NUTS STAINLESS STEEL SET SCREWS AT SLIPFITTER CONNECTION (3 REQ'D.) ALLEN HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SET SCREWS AT NIPPLE CONNECTION (3 REQ'D.) CONDUIT LOCKNUT1 1/2" DIAM. HEX LOCKNUTALLEN HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SET SCREWS, (2 REQ'D.) PIN RECEPTACLES SERRATED RING WITH PINS .
'
USE DETAILS BELOW MATCHLINE FOR RAMP METER WITH SINGLE ~ FLASHING BEACON
-----
~T
~
~~
'
PLACE BEAD OF SILICONE ~~ ---.._~ TOP OF SERRATED AREA FLASHING WARNING BEACON NEOPRENE GASKET STEEL WASHER HEX LOCKNUT - 1 1/2" DIAM. CONDUIT LOCKNUT - 1 1/2" DIAM.
~ ~
~~~~~~~ ft
::.
PINS
PLACE BEAD OF SILICONE ON TOP ERRATED AREA SLIPFITTER- PLACE OFFSET TO BACK OF POLE, DRILL TO SEAT SET SCREWS TOP OF
FOUNDArN
... ..
FLASHING BEACON TYPE 1 SIGNAL STANDARD DETAILS STANDARD PLAN ~-21.16-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET
. . v .. t
TAPERED STEEL SHAFT CONCRETE FOUNDATION -SEE NOTE 1 1/4" WEEP HOLE
ORNAMENTAL CAP lMTI< 2-WAY FLASHER, ' NEOPRENE GASKET AND LOCKNUT
DETAIL
. . .
. t
..
to
..
. ..
ALTERNATING FLASHING BEACON DETAIL (SHOWN WITHOUT HINGE DOOR FOR CLARITY)
fll
.....
SEE STANDARD PLAN J-21.16 FOR MOUNTING HARDWARE DETAILS 2 (CS) B&W CABLE FITTING HARDWARE - SEE ALTERNATING FLASHING BEACON DETAIL ON STANDARD PLAN J-21.16
NOTES 1. See Standard Specification 9-29.3 for Cable Conductor requirements. 2. See Standard Plan J-21.16 for Flashing Beacon Type 1 Signal Standard details.
3. Grounding Conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper, provide 3' - 0" min. slack. Clamp to steel reinforcing bar with listed connector suitable for use embedded in concrete.
TOP OF POLE
POLE
ORNAMENT CAP
COLOR CODE
DETAIL
w
B
B
TERMINAL BLOCK
GROUNDING NUT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 1/4" WEEP HOLE LEVELING NUT (TYP.)
HAND HOLE
INSTALL UNFUSED QUICK DISCONNECT FOR W CONDUCTOR, AND FUSED FOR R CONDUCTOR - PULL DOWN TIGHT TO CONDUIT
CONDUIT COUPLING - INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT) ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - SEE CONTRACT PLAN FOR DIAMETER
DETAIL
DETAIL
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
NOTES
Cl
0::
LL.
1. See Standard Specification 9-29.3 for Cable Conductor requirements. 2. 3. See Standard Plan J-21.1 0 for Signal Standard Foundation with Fixed Base and Slip Base details. Grounding Conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper, provide 3'- 0" min. slack. Clamp to steel reinforcing bar with connector suitable for use embedded in concrete. Heat shrink cap all spare conductors not terminated on a terminal strip.
~
en
::::i
Ill
<(
:;..:
Cl
4.
5. When a Pedestrian Push Button is specified in contract plans, see Standard Plan J-20.20 for details.
TERMINAL NUMBER MARK R DEFINITION RED DISPLAY AMBER DISPLAY GREEN DISPLAY SPARE CONDUCTOR NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR
6*1 6*2
TERMINAL BLOCK
0
G B
*
0
TOP OF POLE
POLE
GROUNDING NUT
HAND HOLE
SLIPFITTER - OFFSET TOP MOUNT, PLACE OFFSET TO BACK OF POLE, DRILL TO SEAT SET SCREW
IMSA 20-1 5C #14 CABLE -CONTINUING TO SIGNAL DISPLAY (SEE CONTRACT PLAN FOR WIRE SIZE AND QUANTITIES)
T
CONDUIT COUPLING - INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT)
ISOMETRIC VIEW
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
END CAP NEOPRENE GASKET PLACE BEAD OF SILICONE ON TOP OF SERRATED AREA
...--t~t-
NOTES 1. See Standard Plan J-21.10 for Signal Standard Foundation details with a Fixed Base and Slip Base details . 2. Steel shaft shall be tapered either round or dodecagon (12 sided), 11 gage, 4 1/2" O.D. at slipfitter weld. Taper shall be 0.14 inches per foot. Pedestrian signal displays mounted on an octagonal (8 sided) traffic signal pole with a pole attachment angle other than 0, 45, 90, 135, 180, 225, 270, or 315 shall utilize:
TOP OF POLE
Type A mounting when two pedestrian heads are installed on the same signal pole. Type B mounting when only one pedestrian signal head is mounted on a signal pole.
3. All poles shall be hot dip galvanized per AASHTO M111. 4. Welding of structures shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the AWS 01.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. All butt welds shall be ground flush with base metal. 5. See Standard Plan J-22.16 for Electrical details.
NEOPRENE
GASK~T
SLIPFITTER - OFFSET TOP MOUNT, SET OFFSET TO BACK OF POLE, DRILL TO SEAT SET SCREWS
ctY
STEEL WASHER
I I
DETAIL
0
REAMED ELBOW SET SCREW
UPPER TRAFFIC SIGNAL HEAD TOP MOUNT TYPED SERRATED OR FLANGED ELBOW (TYP.) PLACE BEAD OF SILICONE ON TOP OF SERRATED AREA NEOPRENE GASKET (TYP.)
-~<WITH
I -
STEEL WASHER (TYP.) CENTER PIPE - 1 1/2" DIAM. HOUSING FIXTURE - THREE 8" LENSES BRONZE 12 SECTION TERMINAL BLOCK COMPARTMENT
FIELD DRILL POLE AND INSERT AN INSULINER OR SIMILAR DEVICE TO PROTECT CONDUCTORS
TOP OF FOUNDATION
DETAIL
0
POLE PLATE HUB
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
NOTES 1. See Standard Plan J-21.10 for Ramp Meter Signal Standard and Foundation Details 2. See Standard Specifications 9-29.17 for additional Mounting Bracket and Fitting information not shown. 3. Grounding Conductor shall be non-insulated #4 AWG stranded copper, provide 3' - 0" min. slack. Clamp to steel reinforcing bar with connector suitable for use embedded in concrete.
TERMINAL BLOCK
TERMINAL BLOCK
5. Heat shrink cap all spare conductors not terminated on a terminal strip.
w
B
FIELD DRILL HOLE AND INSERT AN INSULINER OR SIMILAR DEVICE TO PROTECT CONDUCTORS IMSA 20-1 5C #14 CABLE CONTINUED FROM FOUNDATION WIRING
1/4" WEEP HOLE IMSA 20-1 5C #14 CABLECONTINUED FROM LOWER TRAFFIC SIGNAL HEAD SLIPFITTER - OFFSET TOP MOUNT, PLACE OFFSET TO BACK OF POLE, DRILL TO SEAT SET SCREWS
TOP OF POLE
POLE
DETAIL
0
IMSA 20-1 5C #14 CABLECONTINUING TO TERMINAL COMPARTMENT POLE GROUNDING NUT
DETAIL
COLOR CODE R
USE RED DISPLAY AMBER DISPLAY GREEN DISPLAY NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SPARE CONDUCTOR
HAND HOLE SPARE WIRE (TYP.) - HEAT SHRINK CAPPED, CABLE TIE TO IMSA 20-1 5C #14 CABLE (SEE NOTE 5) INSTALL 5 AMP QUICK DISCONNECT FOR R, 0, & G CONDUCTORS. INSTALL UNFUSED QUICK DISCONNECT FOR W CONDUCTOR. HEAT SHRINK CAP FORB CONDUCTOR. SEE STANDARD SPEC. 9-29.7 PULL QUICK DISCONNECTS TIGHT TO CONDUIT.
0
G
w
B
STANDARD PLAN
~-22.16-01
DETAIL
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
FOUNDATION WIRING
RAMP METER
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
TOP OF FOUNDATION LEVEL W/ SIDEWALK OR ABOVE SOIL SURFACE -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.15 ~ FOR PLACEMENT DETAILS SIGNAL POLE
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR NONINSULATED #4 AWG STRANDED COPPER- PROVIDE 3' MIN. SLACK (ROUTE CONDUCTOR TO GROUNDING STUD) CONDUIT COUPLING -INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT)
TOP OF FOUNDATION LEVEL W/ SIDEWALK OR ABOVE SOIL SURFACE -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.15 FOR PLACEMENT DETAILS GROUT WI 3/8" DRAIN HOLE
~
SIGNAL POLE
I
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR NONINSULATED #4 AWG STRANDED COPPER- PROVIDE 3' MIN. SLACK (ROUTE CONDUCTOR TO GROUNDING STUD) CONDUIT COUPLING- INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT)
NOTES 1. This structure has been designed according to the Fifth Edition 2oog AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals. Basic wind velocity is go mph, Design Life/Recurrence Interval 50 years, and Fatigue Category Ill. 2. Foundations are designed for Type II, Ill, and SD Signal Standards with a maximum mast arm length of 65'.
~j
~
~
GROUT WI 318'
DRAIN HOLE
C\1
EARTH EMBANKMENT
:::2; ',
:::2;
'".. ,
EXISTING GRADE
3. Foundations are designed for Single Mast Arm Standards and Double Mast Arm Standards with goo between arms. Special foundation design is required for Double Arm Standards where the angle between mast arms is other than goo. For Double Mast Arm Standards with goo between arms, use larger XYZ value for foundation depth selection .
=IF-i--1:'7~~7f"._
ANCHOR BOLTS & ANCHOR PLATE SUPPLIED BY SIGNAL POLE MANUFACTURER 8-#8 BARS EVENLY SPACED SHORING OR EXTRA EXCAVATION (TYP.) CORRUGATED METAL PIPE
4. Foundations not within the parameters of this standard require Special Design. Contact the WSDOT Bridge and Structures Office through the Engineer for Special Foundation Designs. 5. Foundations constructed within Ecology Embankments shall be increased in depth by the depth of the Ecology Embankment. 6. The top 2 feet of the foundation shall use a smooth form (such as paper or cardboard). After the concrete has cured, this entire form shall be removed. 7. For design parameters between the values listed in Table, depth requirements may be interpolated between the values provided. 8. Install Signal Foundation Identification Tag. See Standard Plan J-26.15 for details.
~~~~~TURBED
OVER-EXCAVATED AREA SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH CONTROLLED-DENSITY FILL (CDF) OR WITH SOIL IN ACCORDANCE WITH STD. SPEC. 8-20.3(2)
ROUND (TYP.)
FOUNDATION REINFORCEMENT AND BACKFILL DETAIL ~CONCRETE CAST WITHIN A CORRUGATED METAL PIPE STAY-IN-PLACE FORM
ALTERNATE # 1
0
~
q>
CONDUIT SIZE AND QUANTITY AS SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT; CAP BOTH ENDS CLAMP CONDUCTOR TO STEEL REINFORCING WITH LISTED CONNECTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE PAPER OR CARDBOARD FORM SHALL NOT STAY-IN-PLACE
ALTERNATE # 2
FOUNDATION DEPTH
non
TABLE
ALTERNATE# 1 DRILLED SHAFT-TYPE CONSTRUCTION FOR LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE 2500 PSF & I'ZJ 34, 1500 PSF & I'ZJ 28, 1000 PSF & I'ZJ
= 26
XYZ (FT") 1900
GROUND SLOPE= 3H: 1V OR FLATTER ALLOWABLE LATERAL FOUNDATION TYPE BEARING PRESSURE 3'- 0" ROUND 1000 PSF 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 1500 PSF 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 2500 PSF OR GREATER 4'- 0" ROUND XYZ (FT") 700 10'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 900 10'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 1350 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 1500 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 6'- 0" 6'- 0" 1900 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 9'- 0" 2300 11'- 0" 11'- 0" 15'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 11'- 0" 2600 12'- 0" 12'- 0" 18'- 0" 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 15'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 3000 12'- 0" 12'- 0" 18'- 0" 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 15'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 2500 PSF OR GREATER 1500 PSF 11'- 0" 11'- 0" 15'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 20'- 0" 1000 PSF
GROUND SLOPE = GREATER THAN 3H : 1V TO 2H : 1V ALLOWABLE LATERAL FOUNDATION BEARING PRESSURE TYPE 3'- 0" ROUND 3' - 0" SQUARE 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 3' - 0" SQUARE 4'- 0" ROUND 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 3' - 0" SQUARE 10'- 0" 700 900 1350 1500
SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 12'- 0" 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 14'- 0" 11'- 0" 11'- 0" 12'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 16'- 0" 11'- 0" 11'- 0" 12'- 0" 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 18'- 0" 12'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 21'- 0" 13'- 0" 13'- 0" 18'- 0" 11'- 0" 11'- 0" 21'- 0" 13'- 0" 13'- 0" 18'- 0" 11'- 0" 11'- 0"
Place the concrete foundation. After concrete has cured, remove the entire paper or cardboard form portion. Backfill with controlled-density fill or compacted borrow in accordance with Standard Specification 8-20.3(2).
7'- 0"
6'- 0" 6'- 0"
ALTERNATE# 2 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE TYPE CONSTRUCTION FOR LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE 2500 PSF & I'ZJ 23, 1500 PSF & I'ZJ 18' 1000 PSF & I'ZJ
= 17
XYZ (FT") 1900 2300 2600 3000
GROUND SLOPE= 3H: 1V OR FLATTER ALLOWABLE LATERAL FOUNDATION BEARING PRESSURE TYPE 1000 PSF 1500 PSF 2500 PSF OR GREATER 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND XYZ (FT") 700 10'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 900 10'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 1350 9'- 0" 1500 1900 2300 14'- 0" 13'- 0" 9'- 0" 2600 15'- 0" 15'- 0" 9'- 0" 3000 15'- 0" 15'- 0" 9'- 0" 11'- 0" 15'- 0" 20'- 0" 25'- 0" 28'- 0" 28'- 0" 12'- 0" 13'- 0" 18- 0" 10'- 0" 8'- 0" 6'- 0" 11'- 0" 15'- 0" 21'- 0" 25'- 0" 25'- 0" 18'- 0" 20'- 0" 20'- 0"
GROUND SLOPE= GREATER THAN 3H: 1V TO 2H: 1V ALLOWABLE LATERAL FOUNDATION BEARING PRESSURE TYPE 1000 PSF 1500 PSF 2500 PSF OR GREATER 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 700 900 1350 1500
SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 14'- 0" 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 18'- 0" 21'- 0" 24' -0" 11'- 0" 14'- 0" 9'- 0" 13'- 0" 10'- 0" 16'- 0" 12'- 0" 16'- 0" 21'- 0"
7'- 0"
6'- 0" 6'- 0"
7'- 0"
6'- 0" 6'- 0"
.....
03-15-12
DATE
7'- 0"
3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER TOP OF FOUNDATION LEVEL WITH GRADE SEE TYPICAL SECTION FOR REINFORCEMENT SIDEWALK NOT STEEPER THAN 1.5H : 1V
3'- 0"
3'- 0"
NOTE
= 2'- 0" FOR 3'- 0" DIAM. FOUNDATION 2'- 6" FOR 4'- 0" DIAM. FOUNDATION 2'- 6" FOR 3'- 0" SQUARE FOUNDATION
FINISHED GRADE SLOPE= FLAT TO 10H: 1V (10H: 1V SLOPE SHOWN) SIGNAL STANDARD FOUNDATION -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.10
<!)
(SHOWN REDUCED) PLAN
SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 5%
<!)
SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 5% ELEVATION
SECTION
FOUNDATION IN OR NEAR SIDEWALK
PLAN
CASE A
CASEB
ii
LL
~ I-
NOT STEEPER THAN 1.5H : 1V FINISHED GRADE SLOPE= STEEPER THAN 3H: 1V BUT NOT STEEPER THAN 2H : 1V
<!)
~ I-
ii
SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 5% ELEVATION
NOT STEEPER THAN 2H : 1V FINISHED GRADE SLOPE= 3H: 1V OR FLATTER BUT NOT FLATTER THAN 10H: 1V
PLAN
CASED
<!)
SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 5%
PLAN
CASEC
.....
05117112
DATE
...................................
EXISTING GRADE OR CUT SLOPE SLOPE= FLAT TO 2H: 1V (MAX. SLOPE SHOWN) TOP OF FOUNDATION LEVEL WITH GRADE SIDEWALK
SIGNAL STANDARD FOUNDATION SLOPE TO MEET FINISHED GRADE - SEE SECTIONS FOR SLOPE \
/
BACK SLOPE \
'
----------~------..................
'
'\
'I
! -tf
\
-rn~ ~\ -......__ .
/"
-......_
'\
~t-
\
\
\
I
I.
NOT STEEPER THAN 2H : 1V
3~
.I
~
(-~~j.:_);~1~:'~6~-:
I.
3~--o_ J__ / _/
.. ____
IJ
0
()
0+
EX6~~~~~~
..=
7---- f''
. . ~6"u~A~T~~'f."E
STANDARD PLAN J-26.10
------
/,/
~ I-
u:::
SIGNAL STANDARD FOUNDATION -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.10 = 2'- 0" FOR 3'- 0" DIAM. FOUNDATION 2'- 6" FOR 4'- 0" DIAM. FOUNDATION 2'- 6" FOR 3'- 0" SQUARE FOUNDATION PLAN
-----///
G)
SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 5% ELEVATION
G)
(SHOWN REDUCED) PLAN
SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 5%
EXISTING GRADE OR CUT SLOPE SLOPE STEEPER THAN 3H : 1V (2H : 1V MAX.) (MAX. SLOPE SHOWN)
/_---/
_____
I
//
................----------------.... _
EXISTING GRADE OR CUT SLOPE EXISTING SLOPE STEEPER THAN 10H : 1V TO!> 3H : 1V (MAX. SLOPE SHOWN) TOP OF FOUNDATION SIGNAL STANDARD LEVEL WITH GRADE FOUNDATION
.............
I-
~(!ffi):
\ \ .. - . . . . _
'.,
'
/,.,..--,
',, '
............
................
//
..................... ...........................
----ELEVATION
\,,
', ____
-,_________,______............
_/,/ 0 __
;'~'... 0
--------------------------
.................
------------------G)
ELEVATION
---
---
PLAN
G)
SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 5%
SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 5%
.....
05117112
DATE
SEE TYPICAL SECTION FOR REINFORCEMENT SIGNAL STANDARD FOUNDATIONSEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.10
CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10 TRAFFIC ISLAND- SEE CONTRACT PLAN SHEETS F=========t~dF~OR DETAILS
<
OR ASP~CRETE PAVEMENT
4'- 6" MIN. FROM THE FACE OF THE POLE TO THE BACK OF THE CURB OR EDGE OF SHOULDER 3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER SEE TYPICAL SECTION FOR REINFORCEMENT 3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
\\
CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK -SEE STANDARD PLAN F-30.10 OR ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
\\
NOTE
* *=APPLIES TO THE SIDE OF THE FOUNDATION WHEN PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON IS TO BE INSTALLED.
SIGNAL STANDARD FOUNDATION- SEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.10 DUAL PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON
TO FACE OF STANDARD
NOTE NOTE
* = 2'- 0" FOR 3'- 0" DIAM. FOUNDATION 2'- 6" FOR 4'- 0" DIAM. FOUNDATION 2'- 6" FOR 3'- 0" SQUARE FOUNDATION SIGNAL STANDARD FOUNDATION- SEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.10 REFER TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR PROJECT SPECIFIC INTERSECTION LAYOUTS & TRAFFIC ISLAND MATERIAL TYPE
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR NON-INSULATED #4 AWG STRANDED COPPER- PROVIDE 3' MIN. SLACK (ROUTE CONDUCTOR TO GROUNDING STUD) FORM TO FINISH GRADE WHEN INSTALLING SIDEWALK OR TRAFFIC ISLAND 3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER SIDEWALK OR TRAFFIC ISLAND
SIGNAL FOUNDATION
1 : : : , IDENTIFICAT::::STANDARD
HAND HOLE
L~~---
12-28 (NF) x 2" LONG STAINLESS STEEL SCREW- DRILL AND TAP FROM BOTTOM, LEAVE SCREW FLUSH WITH TOP. APPLY LOCKTITE TO SCREW THREADS TO BIND SCREWS AND I.D. TAG TOGETHER ROUGHENED CONCRETE SURFACE
FOUNDATION
1
~ ..... z
N
CLAMP CONDUCTOR TO STEEL REINFORCING WITH LISTED CONNECTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
I I I
. . I I I I I I II
I I I
I I I I
~ .....
a.:
FOUNDATION 11' DEPTH RD;........ SQUARE OR ROUND SHAPE 36"........ DIAMETER OR WIDTH DIMENSION 1 ......... ALTERNATE 1 OR 2- SEE ALT.#
STANDARD PLAN J-26.10
. :: ~~~~~~~~~4~
NOTE
FOUNDATION REINFORCING ONLY PARTIALLY SHOWN FOR CLARITY. -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.10 FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN.
OBLIQUE VIEW
REINFORCING AND ANCHOR BOLTS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY (GROUT PAD OPTION SHOWN)
.....
05117112
DATE
TYPICAL SECTION
TOP OF FOUNDATION LEVEL W/ f.' SIDEWALK OR ABOVE SOIL SURFACE -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.15 '1:. FOR PLACEMENT DETAILS STRAIN POLE
I
TOP OF FOUNDATION LEVEL W/ SIDEWALK OR ABOVE SOIL SURFACE -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-26.15 FOR PLACEMENT DETAILS GROUT WI 3/8" DRAIN HOLE
ct
STRAIN POLE
NOTES 1. This structure has been designed according to the Fifth Edition 2009 MSHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals: Basic wind velocity 90 mph, Design Life/Recurrence Interval 50 years, and Fatigue Category Ill.
1:::!
.....
N
~j
-----------------,-,~~~ d~
...__ _ _ __ L _
~ ~::::!;__ I~ ~
~.'),~~.":6'~~~
--.....__<
2
-......__
:----l 1 MAX.
I GROUND SLOPE
4--l=-_,;,--=l~ti-!49;;9~L PLATES SUPPLIED BY SIGNAL
ANCHOR BOLTS & ANCHOR POLE MANUFACTURER 8-#8 BARS EVENLY SPACED
8 -#8 BARS EVENLY SPACED SHORING OR EXTRA EXCAVATION (TYP.) CORRUGATED METAL PIPE OVER-EXCAVATED AREA SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH CONTROLLED-DENSITY FILL (CDF) OR WITH SOIL IN ACCORDANCE WITH STD. SPEC. 8-20.3(2) UNDISTURBED EARTH (TYP.)
MIN. (TYP.)
ROUND
FOUNDATION REINFORCEMENT AND BACKFILL DETAIL ~CONCRETE CAST WITHIN A CORRUGATED METAL PIPE STAY-IN-PLACE FORM
ALTERNATE #1
0 0
CONDUIT SIZE AND QUANTITY AS SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT; CAP BOTH ENDS CLAMP CONDUCTOR TO STEEL REINFORCING WITH LISTED CONNECTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
ALTERNATE# 1 DRILLED SHAFT-TYPE CONSTRUCTION - DEPTH "D" FOR LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE= 2500 PSF & (ZJ = 34, 1500 PSF & (ZJ = 28, 1000 PSF & (ZJ = 26
GROUND SLOPE= 3H: 1V OR FLATTER GROUND SLOPE = 3H : 1V TO 2H : 1V POLE CLASS- RESULTANT HORIZONTAL TENSION (LBS) 1900 2700 3700 4800 5600 6300 7200 SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 7'- 0" 12'- 0" 12'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 13'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 15'- 0" 15'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 14'- 0" 12'- 0" 12'- 0" 11'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 14'- 0" 13'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" ALLOWABLE LATERAL FOUNDATION POLE CLASS- RESULTANT HORIZONTAL TENSION (LBS) ALLOWABLE LATERAL FOUNDATION TYPE TYPE BEARING PRESSURE BEARING PRESSURE 1900 2700 3700 4800 5600 6300 7200 3'- 0" ROUND 1000 PSF 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 1500 PSF 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 2500 PSF OR GREATER 4'- 0" ROUND 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 7'- 0" 6'- 0" 13'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" 11'- 0" 11'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 8'- 0" 7'- 0" 15'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 15'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 13'- 0" 15'- 0" 15'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 15'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 15'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 13'- 0" 9'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 11'- 0" 9'- 0" 10'- 0" 19'- 0" 20'- 0" 19'- 0" 20'- 0" 16'- 0" 15'- 0" 15'- 0" 13'- 0" 12'- 0" 12'- 0" 10'- 0" 18'- 0" 16'- 0" 16'- 0" 14'- 0" 13'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" 2500 PSF OR GREATER 1500 PSF 1000 PSF 3'- 0" ROUND 3' - 0" SQUARE 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 3' - 0" SQUARE 4'- 0" ROUND 3' - 0" SQUARE 10'- 0" 3' - 0" SQUARE 11'- 0"
After concrete has cured, remove the entire paper or cardboard form portion. Backfill with controlled-density fill or compacted borrow in accordance with Standard Specification 8-20.3(2).
ALTERNATE# 2 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE TYPE CONSTRUCTION - DEPTH "On FOR LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE= 2500 PSF & (ZJ = 23, 1500 PSF & (ZJ = 18, 1000 PSF & (ZJ = 17
GROUND SLOPE= 3H: 1V OR FLATTER GROUND SLOPE = 3H : 1V TO 2H : 1V POLE CLASS- RESULTANT HORIZONTAL TENSION (LBS) 1900 2700 3700 4800 5600 6300 7200 SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE SPECIAL FOUNDATION TYPE 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 7'- 0" 12'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 15'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 16'- 0" 14'- 0" 12'- 0" 11'- 0" 16'- 0" 14'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" 17'- 0" 15'- 0" 14'- 0" 12'- 0" ALLOWABLE LATERAL FOUNDATION POLE CLASS- RESULTANT HORIZONTAL TENSION (LBS) ALLOWABLE LATERAL FOUNDATION TYPE TYPE BEARING PRESSURE BEARING PRESSURE 1900 2700 3700 4800 7200 5600 6300 1000 PSF 1500 PSF 2500 PSF OR GREATER 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 11'- 0" 10'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 7'- 0" 6'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" 11'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 7'- 0" 15'- 0" 16'- 0" 18'- 0" 13'- 0" 15'- 0" 15'- 0" 12'- 0" 14'- 0" 15'- 0" 10'- 0" 12'- 0" 13'- 0" 9'- 0" 8'- 0" 10'- 0" 11'- 0" 9'- 0" 10'- 0" 19'- 0" 20'- 0" 16'- 0" 15'- 0" 13'- 0" 12'- 0" 10'- 0" 18'- 0" 16'- 0" 14'- 0" 13'- 0" 11'- 0" 1000 PSF 1500 PSF 2500 PSF OR GREATER 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND 3'- 0" ROUND 4'- 0" ROUND
.....
03-15-12
DATE
NOTES
1. This structure has been designed according to the Fifth Edition 2009 MSHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals: Basic wind velocity 90 mph, Design Life/Recurrence Interval 50 years, and Fatigue Category Ill. 2. 2 1/2" diameter weatherhead may be substituted for the elbow and nipple assembly. 3. Pole shaft shall have 0.14" ft/taper. 4. See Standard Plan J-15.15 for Span Wire Installation details. 5. Hand holes may be 6" x 4", oval or rectangle. Provide a "J" or "C" hook at 90 or 180 off upper hand hole. 6. See Standard Plan J-27.10 for Type IV and V Strain Pole Foundation.
c
D E 1" PLATE CENTERED CONE SECTION DETAIL
1 1/2" 1 1/4"
3/16
BASE PLATE
1/2" STEEL BOLT, 1 1/2" LONG WITH WASHER AND NUT FOR GROUND
= ~
6 HEX NUTS AND 6 PLAIN WASHERS REQUIRED PER BOLT 40'- 0" OR 50'- 0" FROM LIGHT SOURCE TO BASE PLATE (SEE CONTRACT)
11i0 o::z
I- ....I
c::c
::cw
5/8" DIAMETER x 3 1/2" HEAVY HEX BOLT AND NUT (5 EACH PER CLAMP) REMOVABLE RAINTIGHT HAND HOLE COVER WITH GASKET- FASTEN WITH 2 STAINLESS STEEL (ASTM F-5g2) SCREWS
RADIUS AS REQUIRED
ANCHOR BOLT & ANCHOR PLATE (TYP.) SUPPLIED BY SIGNAL POLE MANUFACTURER 1" THICK ANCHOR BOLT ANCHOR PLATE2 REQUIRED
1 1/8" (TYP.)
4"
270 3/8" THICK (A36) STEEL CLAMP 1" DIAMETER X 1" SCHEDULE80 PIPE SLEEVE ALL HAND HOLES 180
CABLE CONNECT BOLT STRAIN CLAMP DETAIL HAND HOLE DETAIL (SEE NOTE 5) CONE SECTION (SEE DETAIL) WIREWAYTWOPERPOLE (SEE DETAIL) ANCHOR BOLT DIAMETER+ 1/4" (TYP.) POLE WALL 2 1/2" SPLIT COUPLING 2 1/2" DIAMETER ELBOW(SEE NOTE 2)
u
REMOVABLE CAP
~
~
Cll
....1
z
~
~
2 1/2" DIAMETER CHASE NIPPLE 2 1/2" DIAMETER SHORT NIPPLE WIREWAY DETAIL
' en w 0::
STRAIN CLAMP- ONE PER CABLE CONNECTION (SEE DETAIL) HAND HOLE (TYP.) (SEE DETAIL)- PROVIDE A "J" OR "C" HOOK AT go OR 180 OFF UPPER HAND HOLE
b
(')
b
'
' 0
HAND HOLE (TYP.) (SEE DETAIL)PROVIDE A "J" OR "C" HOOK AT go OR 180 OFF UPPER HAND HOLE
_L_ ,....-'-------;
f
BASE PLATE DETAIL
= .....
= ..... .....
TYPEV STANDARD
TYPE IV STANDARD
.....
03-15-12
DATE
POLE
NOTES
MAST ARM LENGTH
ct
MAST ARM LENGTH
I
I
1. This plan depicts the Steel Light Standard types and terms commonly referred to in the Contract. All Steel Light Standards are fabricated in accordance with the Standard Specifications and the Contract Provisions.
POLE
ct
I
MAST ARM LENGTH
I
::::: 6.0' R. (TYP.)
ct
MAST ARM LENGTH LUMINAIRE HEAD
2. The Luminaire Pole height shall not exceed 50' (H1). 3. Slip Bases shall not be installed on 50' (H1) poles with Double Mast Arms, nor on poles weighing more than 1000 lbs. 4. The optimal location of the Luminaire head is over the edge of the traveled way. Based on the placement of the Steel Light Standard foundation, the position of the Luminaire head may vary. See Standard Plan J-28.22. 5. Light Standard mast arm orientation is typically perpendicular to roadway centerline. 6. See Standard Plan J-28.50 for Hand Hole details.
I
'
BOLT CONNECTION
BOLT CONNECTION
POLE
ct
MAST ARM LENGTH
I
I
1-
::c
(!)
1-
::c
(!)
::c (!) z i= z
::::>
iii
..... ::c
LUMINAIRE POLE
GUSSET PLATE
::c (!) z i= z
::::>
iii
..... ::c
LUMINAIRE POLE
0 :::2:
0 :::2:
VARIES1.0' TO 2.0' R. (TYP.) BOLT CONNECTION
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY VARIES WITH OFFSET DISTANCE SHOULDER POLE BASE HAND HOLE
BOTTOM OF POLE BASE STEEL LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-28.30 STEEL LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-28.30
LIGHT STANDARD
WITH TYPE 1 (DAVIT) MAST ARM
(SLIP BASE SHOWN)
LIGHT STANDARD
WITH TYPE 2 (ELBOW) MAST ARM
(SLIP BASE SHOWN)
...... fll
05-11-11
DATE
~
LUMINAIRE HEAD MAST ARM LENGTH LUMINAIRE HEAD (TYP.)
~
MAST ARM LENGTH MAST ARM LENGTH
~
(12' MAX. FOR SINGLE ARM , 8' MAX. FOR DOUBLE ARM)
I
BOLT CONNECTION
I
LUMINAIRE HEAD ::::: 6.0' R. (TYP.) ::::: 6.0' R.
LUMINAIRE POLE
1J: jjj J:
(!)
......
J:
......
J:
......
J:
(!)
(!)
1J: jjj J:
LUMINAIRE POLE
z i= z ::::> 0
::::!:
LUMINAIRE POLE
(!)
z i= z ::::> 0
::::!:
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY VARIES WITH OFFSET DISTANCE HAND HOLE STEEL LIGHT STANDARD BARRIER MOUNTED BASE - SEE STD. PLAN J-28.60, C-8b, AND C-85.14 SHOULDER HAND HOLE
HAND HOLE
BOTTOM OF POLE BASE LIGHT STANDARD BASE MOUNTED ON BRIDGE - SEE STD. PLAN J-28.45
05-11-11
DATE
NOTES
rn z
0::
ID
....1 ....1
w w
1. The Steel Light Standard Placement depicted on this plan is only intended for installations where roadside conditions allow its usage. Roadside conditions may require a special design by the Bridge Office, as determined by the Project Engineer. 2. See Standard Plan J-28.30 for foundation details and construction methods.
SEE TAPER NOTE
iii
1ii
z
Cl
3. See Standard Plan J-28.50 for pole base and hand hole details.
20.0' END TAPER - FOR OPPOSING TRAFFIC (SEE TAPER NOTE) TOE OF EMBANKMENT WIDENING FOR END TAPER FOR OPPOSING TRAFFIC ~ (SEE TAPER NOTE) SEE TAPER NOTE
4.5'
4.5'
- --- - --
-/I
...........
_t _{.. __ . __
, I I I
1
r
-...__/
TAPER NOTE
TOE OF EMBANKMENT WIDENING
.......
\ \ \
/
= =
------
/
/ / /
-- ---
use on one-way roadways or where the Light Standard is not in the Design Clear Zone of the opposing traffic . use when the Light Standard is in the Design Clear Zone of the opposing traffic .
FOUNDATION
~
--
/ ///
t3
~
MAST ARM
PLAN VIEW
CASESA&B
EMBANKMENTS
BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS, STEEL LIGHT STANDARD PLACEMENT CAN BE ADJUSTED 4.0', WHEN APPROVED BY THE PROJECT ENGINEER.
TRAFFIC
....
MAST ARM
PLAN VIEW
CASEC
fJ'I Washington
....
08-07-07
DATE
DITCH SECTIONS
w 0:: w
ID
....1 ....1
rn z
VARIES WITH
3.0' MIN.
VARIES WITH
3.0' MIN.
EDGE OF SHOULDER
iii
HAND HOLE
I
EDGE OF SHOULDER
HAND HOLE
I
1ii
z
Cl
NOT STEEPER THAN 10H:1V SLOPE SLOPE ROUNDING FILL MATERIAL NOT STEEPER THAN 1.5H:1V
=:::::;:~~~?J2/7:'7::r~~~'77"n4~~
1
=;;;~??lm/77:J:""""~~LJ
1
SECTION VIEW
SECTION VIEW
EMBANKMENTS
PROVIDE 3.0' MIN. LEVEL GRADE TO PREVENT BUILD-UP OF DEBRIS AROUND BASE VARIES WITH OFFSET DISTANCE (3.0' MIN.) EDGE OF SHOULDER SLIP BASE LEVEL HAND HOLE EDGE OF SHOULDER BACK SLOPE FILL MATERIAL LEVEL SLIP BASE VARIES WITH OFFSET DISTANCE (3.0' MIN.) BACK SLOPE HAND HOLE
FILL MATERIAL
FORE SLOPE STEEPER THAN 4H:1V (2H:1V MAX.) STEEL LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION
CULVERT - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION (SEPARATE BID ITEM)
CULVERT- SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION (SEPARATE BID ITEM)
SECTION VIEW
SECTION VIEW
DITCH SECTIONS
fJ'I Washington
....
08-07-07
DATE
NOTES
rn z
0::
ID
....1 ....1
w w
3.0' MIN. FOR BEAM GUARDRAIL 4.0' MIN. FOR CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2 EDGE OF SHOULDER/ FACE OF GUARDRAIL TRAFFIC BARRIER (BEAM GUARDRAIL SHOWN) \HAND HOLE FIXED BASE
3.0' MIN. FOR BEAM GUARDRAIL 4.0' MIN. FOR CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2 EDGE OF SHOULDER/ FACE OF GUARDRAIL TRAFFIC BARRIER (BEAM GUARDRAIL SHOWN) HAND HOLE FIXED BASE
~ ~
1. See Standard Plan J-28.30 for foundation details and construction methods. 2. See Standard Plan J-28.50 for pole base and hand hole details.
iii
1ii
z
Cl
MAXIMUM EXPOSED CONCRETE EQUALS THE RATIO OF THE GRADE OF THE EXISTING SLOPE TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE FOUNDATION EXISTING SLOPE STEEPER THAN 2H:1V
NOT STEEPER THAN 2H:1V STEEL LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION SPECIALLY DESIGNED STEEL LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION
SECTION VIEW
SECTION VIEW
CASEF SLOPES STEEPER THAN 2H:1V BEHIND TRAFFIC BARRIER (SPECIAL DESIGN FOUNDATION)
EMBANKMENTS
PROVIDE 2.0' MIN. LEVEL GRADE TO PREVENT BUILD-UP OF DEBRIS AROUND BASE
PROVIDE 2.0' MIN. LEVEL GRADE TO PREVENT BUILD-UP OF DEBRIS AROUND BASE
ND HOLE
~
I
BACK SLOPE STEEPER THAN 3H:1V (2H:1V MAX.) EDGE OF SHOULDER I FACE OF CURB
STEEL LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION FORE SLOPE STEEPER THAN 4H:1V (2H:1V MAX.)
SECTION VIEW
SECTION VIEW
CASEG ROADSIDE DITCH WITH FORE SLOPE STEEPER THAN 4H:1V (2H:1V MAX.)
CASEH CUT SECTION WITH BACK SLOPE STEEPER THAN 3H:1V (2H:1V MAX.)
BACK SLOPES
fJ'I Washington
....
08-07-07
DATE
NOTES
(/)
0:::
al
....1 ....1
w w
10.0' MIN . SHOULDER EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY 3.0' MIN. EDGE OF SHOULDER I FACE OF CURB
1. See Standard Plan J-28.30 for foundation details and construction methods. 2. See Standard Plan J-28.50 for pole base and hand hole details.
ffi
~
Cl
SECTION VIEW
SECTION VIEW
CASE I
POSTED SPEED LIMIT LESS THAN 35 MPH
CASEJ
POSTED SPEED LIMIT LESS THAN 35 MPH
3.0'
HAND HOLE
io
PAVEMENT
eob
SECTION VIEW
SECTION VIEW
CASEK
ROADWAYS WITH 10H:1V OR FLATTER SIDE SLOPES
CASEL
PARKING LOTS
fll
.....
12-02-08
DATE
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR- NON-INSULATED #4 AWG STRANDED COPPER - PROVIDE 3'- 0" MIN. SLACK (ROUTE CONDUCTOR TO LUMINAIRE GROUNDING STUD) 3" DIAM. GROUT WELL (TYP.)
NOTES
CONDUIT COUPLING - INSTALL FLUSH WITH TOP OF BARRIER (DO NOT GLUE PVC STUBOUT) 36" EIGHT #7 BARS, EVENLY SPACED 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.) CENTER THE CONDUIT IN THE FOUNDATION
1. See Standard Plan J-28.40 for Luminaire Pole base mounting details. 2. The Strap Templates shall be held in place by nuts, 6" from the top of the foundation and 3" from the bottom of the anchor bolts. 18 heavy duty hex nuts and 6 round washers are required for a Slip Base assembly. 18 heavy duty hex nuts and 6 plate washers are required for a Fixed Base assembly. 3. Use Steel Light Standard Foundation Type A on level ground or slopes not exceeding 4H : 1V. Use Type B for slopes steeper than 4H : 1V, but not exceeding 2H : 1V. Slopes steeper than 2H : 1V shall require a special design. 4. These foundations are designed for a minimum of 2000 PSF (TYPE A) or 1500 PSF (TYPE B) allowable lateral bearing pressure for the soil. A special foundation shall be required for soil with allowable lateral bearing pressure lower than 1500 PSF. 5. The Luminaire Pole height shall not exceed 50' (H1).
#4 HOOP (TYP.)
#7 REINFORCING STEEL BAR #4 REINFORCING STEEL HOOP ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) -SEE TABLE CLAMP CONDUCTOR TO STEEL REINFORCING BAR WITH LISTED CONNECTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE 1'- 3" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE (TYP.)
0
HEAVY HEX NUT (TYP.)SIZE TO MATCH ANCHOR BOLT (SEE TABLE) SEE FIXED BASE FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN PARTIAL ELEVATION VIEW
1" DIAM. CONDUIT- CAP EACH END - PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONDUIT FOR COMMUNICATION OR SIGNAL CABLE WHERE SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT
TOP VIEW
6. Slip Bases shall not be installed on 50' (H 1) poles with Double Mast Arms, nor on poles weighing more than 1000 lbs. 7. Slip Bases are not required on poles placed outside of the Design Clear Zone, nor on poles installed behind traffic barrier.
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
FIXED BASE
SLIP BASE
ROUND WASHER SIZE TO MATCH ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) -SEE TABLE 1'- 6" MIN. BELOW GROUND 2'- 0" MIN. UNDER PAVEMENT STRAP TEMPLATE ASSEMBLY (TYP.) -SEE DETAIL
8. Foundations constructed within Ecology Embankments shall be increased in depth by the depth of the Ecology Embankment. 9. Exposed portions of the foundation shall be formed to create a Class 2 surface finish. All forming shall be removed upon completion of foundation construction. 10. For excavation, concrete placement, and backfill options, see METHOD 1 and METHOD 2 on Sheet 2 of 2. 11. The Anchor Bolts shall be high-strength steel, manufactured from ASTM A449, with heavy hex nuts and hardened washers. Galvanize the Anchor Bolts according to AASHTO M232.
L
C)C>
(3~
ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) -SEE TABLE EXTEND THE CONDUIT 6" MIN. BEYOND THE FOUNDATION OR THE CONTROLLED DENSITY BACKFILL #4 HOOP (TYP.) HEAVY HEX NUT (TYP.) -SIZE TO MATCH ANCHOR BOLT (SEE TABLE) ( D + 1/16") DIAM. HOLE (TYP.) -SEE TABLE 1/4" STEEL BAR (TYP.) - 2" WIDE x 1'- 3" LONG CLAMP CONDUCTOR TO STEEL REINFORCING BAR WITH LISTED CONNECTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
z~
3;cn
Cn~
ll ll
<Ca.
12. The foundation shall be grounded in accordance with the requirements of Standard Specification 8-20.3(4). 13. See Standard Plans C-8b and C-85.14 for steel light standards on traffic barrier. ,.--.,...-----,
::!"'li:;," i1@~~~
82!~
@)
ISOMETRIC VIEW
ti +-+
rr-~-TJ II
II
en en a. a. oo oo
~~~-~~
J::r:
it
0~
~~
<Cai a. a.
!i1oirh
(!)
"'i!()~[t ~~~~::)
..... 2!
~~gs~~ .U..t!:!ID
~l!!iil;:!o
ooq;~:SCI)~
ww
(..)
~n~~
~OQ~>-
u:::
u.
1-
SLIP BASE
i!offi
~~~~8
~~~~~
<
ANCHOR
LUMINAIRE HEIGHT (H1) 20' TO 50' 20' TO 50' 20' T045' 46' TO 50' MAST ARM TYPE SINGLE DOUBLE DOUBLE DOUBLE
BOLT
MAST ARM LENGTH 6' TO 16' 6'T08' 10' TO 16' 10' TO 16'
TABLE
ANCHOR BOLT DIAMETER
~
~
II
2 1/2" CLR.
~"(IJJ"(~
2,:;2::1-j:::
~~~H
non
1" 1" 1"
TOP VIEW
1 1/8"
FIXED BASE
.....
06-27-11
DATE
NOTE
These foundation Construction Methods are applicable to all Steel Light Standard Placement Cases. See Standard Plans J-28.22, J-28.24, and J-28.26.
LUMINAIRE POLE
EDGE OF SHOULDER
LUMINAIRE POLE
EDGE OF SHOULDER
EMBANKMENT WIDENING
cCID
D.. D..
ww
~~
cCID
UNDISTURBED SOl {TYP.) TEMPORARY SLOPE OR SHORE AS REQUIRED {TYP.) METAL FORM FOR LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION CONCRETE CLASS 4000P OVER-EXCAVATED AREA SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH CONTROLLED-DENSITY-FILL {CDF), OR WITH COMPACTED BORROW IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8-20.3{2) LIMITS OF STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
ww
LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION CONCRETE CLASS 4000P
~~
UNDISTURBED SOIL
{CASE A SHOWN)
{CASE A SHOWN)
METHOD 1
NO SUBSURFACE FORM
This option is only used when the existing soil in the hole will remain standing and the cement concrete can be placed without causing the soil to collapse. Concrete shall be cast directly against undisturbed soil. Auger the hole for the foundation. Use paper or cardboard form to achieve a smooth finish on the final exposed cement concrete. Support the form as necessary to remain plumb. See Standard Plans J-28.24 and J-28.26 for maximum heights of exposed foundation when no embankment widening is to be installed. Place the concrete foundation. After concrete has cured, remove the paper or cardboard form portion. Construct the embankment widening (if required).
METHOD 2
METAL (SUBSURFACE) FORM REQUIRED
When the existing soil will not retain a vertical face, over-excavate the foundation area and install a 36" diameter, corrugated metal (pipe) form. The corrugated metal form shall not extend more than 6" below any portion of the foundation that will remain exposed upon final grading. Continue forming to full height using paper or cardboard form to achieve a smooth finish on final exposed cement concrete. Support the form as necessary to remain plumb. See Standard Plans J-28.24 and J-28.26 for maximum heights of exposed foundation when no embankment widening is to be installed. Place the concrete foundation. After concrete has cured, remove the paper or cardboard form portion. Backfill with controlled-density fill or compacted borrow in accordance with Standard Specification 8-20.3(2). Construct the embankment widening (if required).
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
.....
06-27-11
DATE
....1 ....1
::J
0::
11..
0 0
HEAVY HEX NUT {TYP.) SIZE TO MATCH ANCHOR BOLT SEE TABLE - STD. PLAN J-28.30 ROUND WASHER {TYP.) ~ -SIZE TO MATCH ANCHOR BOLT LUMINAIRE POLE POLE BASE PLATE
NOTES
LUMINAIRE POLE { D+1/16") DIAM. HOLE W/ SMOOTH CHAMFERED EDGES - SEE TABLE - STD. PLAN J-28.30
1. 50' (H1) poles with double mast arms or poles weighing in excess of 1000 LBS shall not be installed on a slip base. 2. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 111. 3. See Standard Plans C-8b, C-14h, and J-28.60 for foundation and base plate requirements when light standards are mounted on cement concrete traffic barrier.
HEAVY HEX NUT {TYP.) SIZE TO MATCH ANCHOR BOLT SEE TABLE - STD. PLAN J-28.30
_A
&b
KEEPER PLATE ANCHOR/SLIP PLATE ASSEMBLY - SEE STD. PLAN J-28.42 1/2" THICK X 2" WIDE X 2 3/4" LONG STEEL BAR
_A
~
e
FIXED BASE FOUNDATION - SEE STD. PLAN J-28.30 3" DIAM. GROUT WELL {TYP.) CAPPED CONDUIT
4. See Standard Specification Section 6-03.3(33) and 8-20.3 (4) for the torque requirements for all of the Anchor Bolt installations. Install 1-inch diameter Clamping Bolts in all Slip Bases to a torque of 95 Foot-Pounds - See Standard Specification Section 8-20.3 (13)A. DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN. After state inspection, burr threads to prevent nut rotation. 5. For Anchor Bolt Diameter" D ", See Table, Standard Plan J-28.30.
0--PLAN VIEW
EXPLODED VIEW
EXPLODED VIEW
SLIP BASE FOUNDATION - SEE STD. PLAN J-28.30 APPLY GROUT EVEN WITH THE BOTTOM OF THE POLE BASE PLATE AFTER PLUMBING THE LUMINAIRE POLE
LUMINAIRE POLE
SLIP BASE
IN GROUT PAD
,.--::--....,.......--;-=t~5::::;::Fr"C:~----""""'~4" MAX.
t>
t> .
t>"
FIXED BASE
SECTION
0
ASSEMBLED ISOMETRIC VIEW
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
SLIP BASE
FIXED BASE
rn z
0::
ID
....1 ....1
NOTES
1. 50' (H 1) poles with double mast arms or poles weighing in excess of 1000 lbs. shall not be installed on a Slip Base. 2. The Slip and Anchor Plates shall be manufactured from ASTM A572 GR.SO or ASTM A588. All Slip Plate notched surfaces shall be finished smooth. 3. The Clamping Bolts shall be high strength steel, manufactured from AASHTO M164, with heavy hex nut and hardened washer. Galvanize the Clamping Bolts according to AASHTO M232. 4. Round and smooth all edges along wire-way to protect the conductors. See Standard Plan J-28.70 for wiring details.
w w
non
1" 1"
iii
1ii
z
Cl
0 0 0
5. Galvanize the Anchor/Slip Plate after fabrication according to AASHTO M 111. 6. Clamping Bolt diameters may vary on existing installations. Replace them with the same size as the originals when repairing or reusing a luminaire pole.
6"
POLE BASE PLATE
8 1/2"
8 1/2"
1" (TYP.)
9"
~
'
y
120" (TYP.) TOP VIEW
6" DIAM. HOLE (28 GAUGE SHEET METAL) TOP VIEW 6" DIAM.HOLE
KEEPER PLATE
SLIP PLATE
ANCHOR/SLIP PLATE ASSEMBLY 60"
ANCHOR PLATE
~
, I .
I~
HEAVY HEX CLAMPING BOLT (TYP.)- 1" DIAM. (SEE NOTE 6). ~ TORQUE CLAMPING BOLTS-
SLIP PLATE
SLIP PLATE
--4
ANCHOR PLATE ANCHOR PLATE 3/8
SECTION
TOP VIEW
STEEL LIGHT STANDARD ANCHOR/SLIP PLATE FOR SLIP BASE STANDARD PLAN .J-28.42-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
08-07-07
DATE
fJ'I Washington
LUMINAIRE POLE LUMINAIRE POLE 1" HEAVY HEX NUT (TYP.) ~ PLATE WASHER (TYP.) SEE STD. PLAN J-28.42
1.00 - 8 UNC x 8" LONG BOLT THREADED FULL LENGTH (ASTM A325 OR F 1554 GR. 105) WITH TWO HEAVY HEX NUTS, TWO PLATE WASHERS, AND A ROUND WASHER (TYP.) (GALVANIZED AASHTO M232) 3/16" THICK PREFORMED "FABREEKA" FABRIC PAD WITH 5" DIAM. HOLE. CEMENT TO FLANGE PLATE AND TRIM OUTSIDE EDGE FLUSH.
NOTES 1. Galvanize the Elbow Assembly after fabrication according to AASHTO M 111. 2. See Standard Plan J-28.50 for Pole Base and Hand Hole details.
<3>
1'- 3"
I.
120" (TYP.) 1 1/4" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
9"
r
. 10 3/4" O.D. X 0.365 WALL - WELDED ELBOW (ASTM A234 GR. WPB)
I (TYP.) ,
I
5"
5" DIAM. ACCESS HOLE 1'- 3" DIAM. '~BOLT CIRCLE \ _,..- 1 5/8" PLATE (ASTM A36) 5/16" X 1/2" FLAT HEAD MACHINE SCREW W/ LOCK WASHER (TYP.) (STAINLESS STEEL) TAP FOR BOLT (TYP.)
BAND (TYP.)
.,......
LOCK WASHER (TYP.)
.,.....
3 1/2" X 3/16" (17" MIN. LONG) THICK STEEL BAND (TYP.) - BEND TO FIT
VIEW0
SECTION
ELBOW
I
HAND HOLE
0.
SEE CONTRACT PLAN FOR SLOPE OF PARAPET FACE. STANDARD PLAN J-28.50 FOR POLE BASE PLATE REQUIREMENTS.
<3> SEE
THE FACE SHALL BE PLANE AFTER FABRICATION, TO PROVIDE A SEAL BETWEEN THE BARRIER AND THE ELBOW.
LUMINAIRE POLE
I-
(/) z
ELBOW - SEE DETAIL 1" CONDUIT - SEE BRIDGE PLANS 1" DIAM. H. S. BOLT W/ HARDENED LOCK WASHER AND NUT (TYP.) (ASTM A325 OR F 1554 GR. 105) SEE BRIDGE PLANS FOR LUMINAIRE ANCHORAGE DETAIL
_.II>'.
9 .':.
w ;:2z w I-<(
(.)(/)
oa.
(..)
....J
1" DIAM. H. S. BOLT W/ HARDENED LOCK WASHER AND NUT (TYP.) (ASTM A325 OR F 1554 GR. 105) SEE BRIDGE PLANS FOR LUMINAIRE ANCHORAGE DETAIL
....
'II
....
: . 1>
1" DIAM. H. S. BOLT W/ HARDENED LOCK WASHER AND NUT (TYP.) (ASTM A325 OR F 1554 BR. 105) SEE BRIDGE PLANS FOR LUMINAIRE ANCHORAGE DETAIL
'
1>-
I>
I> ~
STEEL LIGHT STANDARD ELBOW MOUNTING ON BRIDGE 7 RETAINING WALL STANDARD PLAN J-28.45-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
WHEN TRAFFIC BARRIER HEIGHT IS 42", MAINTAIN APPROX. HEIGHT FROM TOP OF BARRIER TO HAND HOLE SHOWN.
.....
06-27-11
DATE
TYPICAL SECTIONS
NOTES 1. Pole Base Plate for a Slip Base design shall be 1 1/4" steel manufactured from ASTM A572 GR. 50 or ASTM A588. Pole Base Plate for a Fixed Base design shall be either 1 1/4" steel manufactured from ASTM A572 GR. 50, ASTM A588, or 1 1/2" manufactured from ASTM A36. All Pole Base Plate notched surfaces shall be finished smooth. 2. Round and smooth all edges along wire-way to protect conductors. See Standard Plan J-28.70 for wiring details. 3. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 111.
REMOVABLE RAINTIGHT HAND HOLE COVER WITH GASKET _ _ _, - FASTEN WITH TWO STAINLESS STEEL (ASTM F 593) SCREWS TYPICAL HAND HOLE ORIENTATION LUMINAIRE POLE HAND HOLE
4. See Standard Plans C-8b, C-85.14, and J-28.60 for foundation and base plate requirements when steel light standards are mounted on concrete traffic barrier. 5. See Standard Plan J-28.42 for details when Slip Base is required.
0 0
VIEW0
THE CONDUCTOR ATTACHMENT CONFIGURATIONS VARY AMONG DIFFERENT MANUFACTURERS. CONDUCTOR ATTACHMENTS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL POLES, FIXED OR SLIP BASE. T = RIM PLATE THICKNESS BY LUMINAIRE POLE FABRICATOR. FIXED BASE: RADIUS = ( D/2+1/16") (TYP.)- FOR "D," SEE TABLE ON STANDARD PLAN J-28.30 9/16" (TYP.)- MATCH SLIP SLIP BASE: RADIUS PLATE, STANDARD PLAN J-28.42
LUMINAIRE POLE
CXl
LUMINAIRE POLE
r
1" MIN. POLE BASE PLATE FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN, SEE VIEW BASE PLATE
------\___ 1'- 3" DIAM. BOLT CIRCLE FOR PLATE THICKNESS, REFER TO NOTE 1
ABOVE
ORIENTATION FOR INSTALLATION ON BRIDGE OR RETAINING WALL - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-28.45 (COVER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY)
TOP VIEW 1/4" THICK, OR NO THINNER THAN POLE WALL THICKNESS. TACK WELD OR SEAL WELD TO BASE PLATE.
ELEVATION VIEW
CONFIGURATION AND LOCATION OF THE HAND HOLE VARIES AMONG MANUFACTURERS MINIMUM SIZE OPENING SHOWN 6" DIAM. HOLE
VIEW0
~t
= SIZE
SECTION
POLE BASE PLATE
STEEL LIGHT STANDARD POLE BASE AND HAND HOLE DETAILS STANDARD PLAN J-28.50-02
1/4" BACK-UP STRIP LUMINAIRE POLE SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
VIEW0
ISOMETRIC VIEW
.....
06-02-11
DATE
1'- 0"
2 1/2"
NOTES 1. See Standard Plans C-8b and C-85.14 for foundation and anchor bolt details. 2. Round and smooth all edges around hand hole and along the wire-way to protect the conductors. 3. See Standard Plan J-28.70 for wiring details.
HAND HOLE
1"
---$-1---$BACK-UP RING
1
5" DIAM. HOLE CONTINUOUS BACK-UP RING - 1/4", OR NO THINNER THAN POLE WALL THICKNESS - TACK WELD TO PLATE CONDUCTOR ATTACHMENT BRACKET - 1/4" THICK STEEL, 2" WIDE X 4" LONG POLE WALL
VIEW0
SECTION
LUMINAIRE POLE
4"
HAND HOLE
SEE NOTE 4
PLACEMENT DETAIL
ISOMETRIC VIEW
.....
06-02-11
DATE
LUMINAIRE HEAD
---..r------;~ ,---------~
5
HAND HOLE
HAND HOLE
GROUNDING NUT
DETAIL"A"
GRSCONDUIT SEE DETAIL " A" OR " B" PER CONDUIT TYPE SPLICE (TYP.)
DETAIL "B"
PVC CONDUIT LUMINAIRE POLE
0 CABLE TIE- BLACK TENSILE 120 POUND STRENGTH, 4> APPLICATIONCABLEFIXED BASE SIMILAR, FOR EXCEPT NO TIE IS REQUIRED AT
JUNCTION BOX
/)."
~-__ SEE
<I.
. I>
<]
~ ~
24" SLACK REQUIRED TO ALLOW QUICK DISCONNECTS TO BE PULLED OUTSIDE HAND HOLE 6" MIN. BONDING JUMPER WIRE FOR GRS STEEL EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - FROM FOUNDATION DOUBLE QUICK DISCONNECTS - PULL DOWN TIGHT TO CONDUIT (SHOWN LEFT UP FOR CLARITY) TO GROUNDING NUT
<5)
I>
CONDUITGRS OR PVC
<I
'\
'\
\ .....
~~::~~---------__ _
............
GRAVEL PAD
6
5' MIN. (PREFERRED) 10' MAX.
.I
DETAIL "C"
GRSCONDUIT
. . .
]]
/).
I
'
DETAIL "D"
PVC CONDUIT
TRAVELED WAY
{_
~-----------~ ~--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~~~~~~~~~IFINISHEDGROUNDLINE
__:.
/)."
'I'
SHOULDER
'I
I I
/)..
JUNCTION BOX
CONCRETE FOUNDATION
..... VI
05-11-11
DATE
NOTES
(4) 1 1/4" DIAM. ANCHOR BOLTS W/ 6- HEAVY HEX NUTS AND 6 - WASHERS PER BOLT BOLT IS GALVANIZED, FULL LENGTH (ASTM A449 OR F1554 GRADE 105)
0 0::
1. These Foundations are designed for a minimum of 1,500 PSF allowable lateral bearing pressure for the soil. A Special Foundation shall be required for soil with allowable lateral bearing pressure lower than 1,500 PSF.
ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE - 1/2" PLATE, ASTM A36. GALV. NOT REQUIRED {2 PER POLE)
2. These Foundations are designed for installation on level ground, or on sloping ground, not to exceed 2 : 1 slopes. Slopes steeper than 2 : 1 require a special design. 3. Foundations constructed within ecology embankments shall be increased in depth, by the depth of the ecology embankment. 4. Foundations not within the parameters of this standard require Special Design. Contact the WSDOT Bridge and Structures Office through the Engineer for Special Foundation Designs.
1J
u.
;,;
::::i
5. The top 2' - 0" of the foundation shall use a smooth form (such as paper or cardboard). After the concrete has cured, this entire form shall be removed. 6. Galvanized Welded Wire Mesh shall be 2 mesh per lineal inch, 0.0625" diam. wire, with 0.4375" overlap. Contractor to form fit and install. DESIGN CRITERIA:
ANCHOR BOLT ASTM A449 OR F1554 GR 105 DIAMETER 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" LENGTH 4' -4" 4' -4" 4' -4" BOLT CIRCLE 25 1/2" 25 1/2" 25 1/2"
* THREADED
LENGTH
DEPTH OF FOUNDATION
non
CAMERA POLE DRILL AND TAP FOR 1/4" DIAM. CAP SCREW, 3 PLACES, @ 9" CENTER TO CENTER, ALL 4 EDGES S. S. SCREW, ASTM F593 AND WASHER GALVANIZED WELDED WIRE MESH- SEE NOTE 6 ANCHOR BOLT TOP OF BASE TOP OF FOUNDATION
This structure has been designed according to the Fifth Edition 2009 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals. Basic wind velocity is 90 MPH. Design Life/Recurrence Interval 50 years and Fatigue Category Ill. WIND VELOCITY: 90 MPH Maximum Pole Deflection shall not exceed 0.7" in 30 MPH and 1.4" in 70 MPH wind. LOADCASE#1 Camera (1)- EPA= 4.00 sq. ft. @ 2'- 0" above pole top, and:
40' 50'
7'- 6"
9'- 0"
7'- 0"
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR# 4 AWG STRANDED COPPER WITH 3' MIN. SLACK, CLAMP CONDUCTOR TO REBAR WITH LISTED CONDUCTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, ROUTE CONDUCTOR TO CAMERA POLE GROUNDING STUD.
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR# 4 AWG STRANDED COPPER WITH 3' MIN. SLACK, CLAMP CONDUCTOR TO REBAR WITH LISTED CONDUCTOR SUITABLE FOR USE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, ROUTE CONDUCTOR TO CAMERA POLE GROUNDING STUD.
Dish (1)- 1'- 0" diameter@ pole top level. LOADCASE#2 Camera (1)- EPA= 4.00 sq. ft. @ 2'- 0" above pole top, and: Camera (2)- EPA= 0.54 sq. ft. each @ 1' - 0" and 2' - 0" from pole top, and: NEMA Cabinet (2)- EPA= 1.33 sq. ft. each @ 3' - 8" from pole top, install both NEMA cabinets back to back, and: Radio Equipment (2)- EPA= 2.25 sq ft. each@ 2'- 0" and 9'- 0" from pole top. EPA= Effective Projected Area ALTERNATE #2- CONSTRUCTION METHOD
CAMERA POLE
= .....
2" DIAM. CONDUIT WITH CAPS ON BOTH ENDS GALVANIZED WELDED WIRE MESHSEE DETAIL
= .....
p
J: 1--
CD
c..
w
Shoring or Extra Excavation as Required. Excavated area shall be backfilled with Controlled-Density Fill or with soil in accordance with Standard Specification 8-20.3(2).
8 -#7 BARS - EVENLY SPACED 2" CLR. {TYP.) #4 HOOPS@ 1'- 0" ON CENTER (TYP.)
::::l
~
UNDISTURBED SOIL {TYP.) LIMITS OF STRUCTURE EXCAVATION #4 HOOPS@ 1'- 0" ON CENTER (TYP.) CONCRETE CLASS4000 P {TYP.) 3'- 6" ROUND UNDISTURBED SOIL 8 -#7 BARS - EVENLY SPACED
u.
0::
u. w
....1
[I]
~
en
w w
I.
.I
.....
06-27-11
DATE
ALTERNATE # 1
ALTERNATE # 2
~r
l_
\__
NOTES
SEE POLE TOP DETAIL AND CAMERA POLE DATA TABLE POLE TOP PLATE
1. Verify Pole Top Plate, Camera Mount Plate, Bolt Circle, and Bolt Holes are adequate for the required Camera prior to releasing poles for manufacturing. 2. Steel shall be galvanized after fabrication per AASHTO M111. Hardware shall be galvanized per AASHTO M232. Fasteners less than 0.50" (in.) diameter shall be stainless or brass.
3. Attach Camera to Camera Mount Plate using four (4) 3/8"-16 UNC x 1. 75" stainless steel bolts with eight (8) stainless steel washers and four (4) lock-nuts with nylon inserts, or as approved by the Camera Supplier. 4. For Ground Mount Details, see Standard Plan J-29.1 0. For Elbow Mount Details, see Standard Plan J-29.16. DESIGN CRITERIA: This structure has been designed according to the Fifth Edition 2009 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals. Basic wind velocity is 90 MPH. Design Life/Recurrence Interval 50 years. WIND VELOCITY: 90MPH Maximum Pole Deflection shall not exceed 0. 7" in 30 MPH and 1.4" in 70 MPH wind.
VIEW0
0.75" X 1" SLOT (2 REQUIRED) 180 APART TO FACILITATE GALVANIZING -ORIENTED AS REQUIRED UPPER HAND HOLE 5.625" X 7.375" FRAME WITH COVER
.~
f-..l
w
iii~
~Cl
(.!)0.
:cO
1/4-20 NC, HHCS S. S. (TYP.) LENGTH SUFFICIENT TO SECURE CONDUCTOR BUT NOT TOUCH POLE WALL
Camera (1) - EPA= 4.00 sq. ft. @ 2' - 0" above pole top, and: Dish (1) - 1' - 0" diameter@ pole top level. LOAD CASE #2: Camera (1) - EPA= 4.00 sq. ft. @ 2' - 0" above pole top, and: Camera (2)- EPA= 0.54 sq. ft.@ 1'- 0" and 2'- 0" from pole top, and: NEMA Cabinet (2) - EPA= 1.33 sq. ft. @ 3' - 8" from pole top, install back-to-back NEMA Cabinets, and:
POLE WALL CONDUCTOR
w( :2w (w (J)
I
::cw ~:2
BOLT HOLE, DIAM. "Z" -SEE TABLE ANCHOR BOLT CIRCLE-SEE TABLE FOR DIAM. GROUND ANGLE 1/2"- 13 NC TAPPED CONDUCTOR ATTACHMENT -SEE DETAIL
Radio Equipment (2)- EPA= 2.25 sq. ft. each@ 2'- 0" and 9'- 0" from pole top. EPA= Effective Projected Area
VIEW0
LOWER HAND HOLE SHALL BE PLACED goo TO ROADWAY GROUND ANGLE LOWER HAND HOLE 5.625" X 7.375" FRAME WITH COVER TOP OF FOUNDATION OR TOP OF MOUNT (SEE CONTRACT FOR TYPE REQUIRED- SEE STANDARD PLAN J-29.10 OR J-29.16 FOR DETAILS)
ugn
nz
1.25
1.25
CAMERA POLE
CAMERA POLE FOR LOADING LOAD CASE#1 POLE BASE DETAIL
(TOP MOUNT CAMERA AND 1'- 0" DIAM. DISH)
1.25
1.25
1.25
. . . Washington State
.....
J-HOOK 180
I
GROUNDING NUT/ANGLE 2" COUPLINGS HAND HOLE (1' FROM TOP)
I
HAND HOLE (3' FROM TOP) RADIO ATTACHMENT HOLE
c.,
'
24 LUG TERMINAL STRIP WITH 6 JUMPERS
goo--
-'t-~
'
--ct--- 270
NEMABOX ATTACHMENT -SEE DETAIL UPPER HAND HOLE WITH FRAME AND COVER ON FACE
0~ <Q~0
~~
~~
<fSo ;
b
'
0
GROUNDING BUSS
~Ov
0~~
O'
oo
LOWER HAND HOLE J-HOOK (1' FROM TOP)
@(TYP.) ;:::
' '
12
ji
'
0.50" DIAM. J-HOOK FOR WIRING WELDED TO INTERIOR OF POLE 3' - 0" FROM TOP OF POLE AND 180 FROM UPPER HANDHOLE
13
KEY
POLE 0.19
CD CD
CAMERAITDA POLE MOUNTS PLATE CENTERED OVER 2.50" DIAM. HOLE IN POLE WALL LOWER HAND HOLE SHALL BE PLACED goo TO ROADWAY
(]) NEMA 4X (STAINLESS STEEL) - SIZE 16" H X 12" w X 6" D CAMERA MOUNT PLATE CAMERA UPPER HANDHOLE 2" COUPLING 2" SHORT NIPPLE CHANNEL DRILLED 1/8" OVERSIZE OF NIPPLE STEEL WASHER CONDUIT WATERTIGHT LOCKNUT END BUSHING BACK PLATE - DRILL OVER SIZE FOR CONDUIT, SEAL WASHER, AND LOCKNUT TERMINAL BLOCK HINGED DOOR WITH TWO PAD-LOCKABLE FLIP LATCHES (TYP.) J-HOOK FOR WIRING
(1) @ @ (j) @
@
@) @
j
CAMERA POLE FOR LOADING LOADCASE#2
(TOP MOUNT CAMERA, 2 SIDEMOUNT CAMERAS, 2 NEMA CABINETS & 2 RADIO EQUIPMENTS)
@ @ @
TOP OF FOUNDATION OR TOP OF MOUNT (SEE CONTRACT FOR TYPE REQUIRED - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-29.10 OR J-29.16 FOR DETAILS)
. . . Washington State
......
NOTES
1. For information not shown, see Steel Light Standard Elbow detail, Standard Plan J-28.45. For Camera Pole Details, see Standard Plan J-29.15.
25" 0.25" R. (TYP.)
2. Round and smooth all edges along wire-way to protect conductors; see Standard Plan J-28. 70. 3. The manufacturer shall verify that the Elbow Top Plate matches the Camera Pole Base, and shall submit the shop drawings for approval. 4. Galvanize after fabrication according to MSHTO M111.
5. Install galvanized steel protective band (3/16" thick x 3 1/2" high (A36}} on all four sides after truing pole, as shown in Standard Plan J-28.45, except fasten 6" from corners on 25" square base.
VIEWj0
TAP FOR 1 1/4" DIAM. BOLT FOR 1 1/4"- 8 UNC, 8" LONG BOLT THREADED FULL LENGTH (ASTM A325) WITH TWO HEAVY HEX NUTS AND 3 ROUND WASHERS (TYP.) (ASTM A325 or F1554 GR. 105)
I '
=t_
ii'i .....
rf
r-~----~~~--~~-,
1'- 3"
I I I
in .....
5''
11
1.25" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.) -FOR 1" DIAM. ANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLY TO BARRIER OR WALL (ASTM A325 or F1554 GR. 105)
VIEW0
ELEVATION VIEW
.....
06-27-11
DATE
NOTES
=m---
T~~~~Hci~~g~ ~ ;;::.'1-- ..
5/16" X 1" S. S. COUPLING NUT , {TYP.)
1. All box dimensions are approximate. Exact configurations vary among manufacturers. 2. Minimum lid thickness shown. The diamond pattern shall be a minimum of 28% of the overall thickness. Junction Boxes installed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared-use paths shall have a slip-resistant coating on the lid and lip cover plate, and shall be installed with the surface flush with and matched to the grade of the sidewalk, walkway, or shared-use path. The non-slip lid shall be identified with permanent markings on the underside, indicating the type of surface treatment (see Contract Documents for details) and the year of manufacture. The permanent marking shall be 1/8" inch line thickness formed with a stainless steel weld bead and shall be placed prior to hot-dip galvanizing. 3. Lid support members shall be 3/16" minimum thick steel C, L, or T shape, welded to the frame. 4. A 1/4-20 NC x 3/4" S. S. ground stud shall be welded to the bottom of the lid; include (2) S. S. nuts and (2) S. S. flat washers. 5. Bolts and nuts shall be liberally coated with anti-seize compound. 6. Equipment Bonding Jumper shall be #8 AWG min. x 4' of tinned braided copper. 7. The System Identification letters shall be 1/8" line thickness formed by engraving, stamping, or with a S. S. weld bead. See Cover Marking detail. Grind off diamond pattern before forming letters. For System Identification details, see Standard Specification 9-29.2(4). 8. When required in the Contract, provide a 10" x 27 1/2", 10 gage divider plate, complete, with fasteners, in each Type 2 Junction Box where specified. 9. When required in Contract, provide a 12" deep extension for each Type 2 Junction Box where specified. 10. See the Standard Specifications for alternative reinforcement and class of concrete. 11. Headed Anchor Shear Studs must be welded to the Steel Cover Lip Plate and wire tied in two places to the vertical Welded Reinforcement Wire when in contact with each other. Wire tie all other Headed Anchor Shear Studs to the horizontal Welded Reinforcement Wire. 12. Lid Bolt Down Attachment Tab provides a method of retrofitting by using a mechanical process in lieu of welding. Attachment Tab shown depicts a typical component arrangement; actual configurations of assembly will vary among manufacturers. See approved manufacturers' shop drawings for specifics. 13. Unless otherwise noted in the plans or approved by the Engineer, Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes shall not be placed within the traveled way or paved shoulders. All Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes placed within the traveled way or paved shoulders shall be Heavy-Duty.
b .....
lll::
c(
0:::
A B
--~------
ITEM
OUTSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX OUTSIDE WIDTH OF JUNCTION BOX INSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX
BOX TYPE
TYPE1 22" 17" 18"- 19" 13"- 14" 17 5/8" 12 5/8" 6" TYPE2 33" 22 1/2" 28"- 29" 17"- 18" 28 5/8" 18 1/8" 12"
:::E
DIVIDER PLATE
ELEVATION VIEW {FOR TYPE 2 JUNCTION BOX ONLY) A LID SUPPORT {TYP.) -SEE NOTE3 GROUND STUD -SEE NOTE4 COUPLING NUT FOR ALTERNATIVE 2 -SEE SHEET2 LID LIFTING NOTCH
c
E
u.
HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD- 3/8" x 3" 10 COUNT STUDS EVENLY SPACED AROUND FRAME {PLACE TO SIDE OF LID BOLT DOWN SUPPORT ANGLE WHEN USING LOCKING DETAIL ALTERNATIVE 2), -SEE NOTE 11 1 3/8" DIAM. HOLE WITH 1/2" DIAM. X 1 1/2" PENTA HEAD BOLT
ID
HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD {TYP.) -SEE NOTE 11 4" {TYP.) WELDED WIRE HOOP {TYP.) -SEE NOTE 10
SECTION
14. Distance between the top of the conduit and the bottom of the Junction Box lid shall be 6" min. to 8" max. for final grade of new construction only. See Standard Specification 8-20.3(5). Where adjustments are to be made to existing Junction Boxes, or for interim construction stages during the contract, tr'h"""e---, limits shall be from 6" min. to 10" max. See Standard Specification 8-20.3(6).
GROUND STUD- SEE NOTE 4
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
~ Copper Solderless
Crimp Connector
:1"
.1 1/2 MIN.
COUPLING NUT FOR ALTERNATIVE 2 - SEE NOTE 2 LID SUPPORT {TYP.) - L SHAPE SHOWN {SEE NOTE 3) 3/8" x 3" HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD {TYP.) WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT {TYP.) {WWR) 4x4-W2.9xW2.9 {6 GAGE)- SEE NOTE 10
~ Lf 0::: u.
:::!!:
()
b
' ;....
b
' ;....
:;;en
::::l::::!
::::l
~ .....
:zen -u.
:::!!:o ..-o
I-
:::!!:0
r- : :
1" {TYP.)
Co a.
ITS_[
1t2" {TYP.) SEE NOTE 7 GRSCONDUIT PVC CONDUIT
LOCKING LID STANDARD DUTY JUNCTION BOX TYPES 1 & 2 STANDARD PLAN J-40.10-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
II-f
GRAVEL PAD
SECTION
SECTION
------~s=~=JE~D=Es=IG~N=EN=GI~NE=ER~----
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
1/2" x 11/2" PENTA HEAD BOLT 3/8" STEEL COVER LIP PLATE 3/8" STEEL COVER PLATE LID SUPPORT- L SHAPE SHOWN (SEE NOTE 3) 3/8" STEEL COVER LIP PLATE 1 3/8" DIAM. HOLE BOLT PLATE CHANNEL -SEE DETAIL
LID LIFTING NOTCH - 1/4" x 3/4" 3/8" STEEL COVER PLATE SHOWN CUT AWAY FOR CLARITY
~l_l ~
f.c:::J:P~
5/8" X 1" HORIZONTAL SLOT
-~
2 1/2"
1 1/2 LID HOOK1" X 1" X 3/16" ANGLE 3/16 WWR-WELDED TO LIP PLATE WELDED WIRE HOOP (TYP.) W2.9 (6 GAGE) -SEE NOTE 10 LID SUPPORTL SHAPE SHOWN (SEE NOTE 3) SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL LID SUPPORT - L SHAPE SHOWN (SEE NOTE 3) HEX COUPLING NUT 1 5/8" SLOTTED S. S. CHANNEL WITH S. S. CHANNEL NUT AND SPRING LID BOLT DOWN ATTACHMENT TAB -SEE DETAIL
WWR- TIED IN 2 PLACES TO EACH HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD WWR 4x4-W2.9xW2.9 (TYP.) (6 GAGE) - SEE NOTE 10 3/8" x 3" HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD- WELDED TO LIP PLATE
SECTION
DETAIL
LID SUPPORT L SHAPE SHOWN (SEE NOTE 3) 3/8" STEEL COVER LIP PLATE
DETAIL
0
1/2" x 1 1/2" PENTA HEAD BOLT 9/16" DIAM. HOLE
ALTERNATIVE 1 SHOWN
~"
1 1/2"
1 3/8" DIAM. HOLE LID LIFTING NOTCH - 1/4" x 3/4" BOLT PLATE CHANNEL -SEE DETAIL 3/16 WWR- TIED IN 2 PLACES TO HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD WWR 4x4-W2.9xW2.9 (TYP.) (6 GAGE) -SEE NOTE 10 3/8" X 3" HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD - WELDED TO LIP PLATE HEX COUPLING NUT s. s. 5/16 NC X 7/8" WITH s. s. 5/16 NC X 3/4" BOLT & S. S. 5/16" FLAT WASHER LID BOLT DOWN SUPPORT ANGLE- 1 1/2" X 3" X 1/4" ANGLE BOLT DOWN ATTACHMENT TAB -SEE DETAIL 1 1/2 LID SUPPORT - L SHAPE SHOWN (SEE NOTE 3) EXPOSE LID BOLT DOWN SUPPORT ANGLE TO ATTACH ALTERNATIVE 2 LID BOLT DOWN ANGLE ATTACHMENT TAB LID BOLT DOWN SUPPORT ANGLE- 2" X 2" X 1/4" ANGLE 1/2" S. S. HEX NUT 7/16"
X
~l_l'
7/16" X 3/4" SLOT 9/16" DIAM. HOLE
fq:;::::~--
3/4" SLOT
DETAIL
0
1/2" X 1 1/2" PENTA HEAD BOLT
DETAIL
ALTERNATIVE 2 SHOWN
1 1/8" X 2"
VERTICAL SLOT (TYP.) 3/16
1/2" X 1 1/2" PENTA HEAD BOLT 3/8" STEEL COVER PLATE - SHOWN CUT AWAY FOR CLARITY
3/16 3/16 WWR- TIED IN 2 PLACES TO HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD WWR 4x4-W2.9xW2.9 (TYP.) (6 GAGE) -SEE NOTE 10 3/8" X 3" HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD- WELDED TO LIP PLATE 1/8" 1/4" STEEL PLATE 1/4" S. S. PLATE LID SUPPORT- L SHAPE SHOWN (SEE NOTE 3)
X
1 1/2
LOCKING LID STANDARD DUTY JUNCTION BOX TYPES 1 & 2 STANDARD PLAN J-40.10-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS 1/2" s. s. HEX NUT 1/8" x 3/4" STEEL ANGLE - MIRROR IMAGE FOR LEFT ANGLE APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
DETAIL
DETAIL
1/8" x 3/4" STEEL ANGLE - RIGHT ANGLE SHOWN, MIRROR IMAGE FOR LEFT ANGLE
ALTERNATIVE 3 SHOWN
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
~---------------------------A--------------------------~
NOTES 1. All box dimensions are approximate. Exact configurations vary among manufacturers.
TYPES 56" 44" 48" 36" 41 1/8" 29 1/4"
c
E
G LOCKING BOLT (TYP.)- SEE DETAIL D
0:::
BOX TYPE
ITEM TYPE4 OVERALL LENGTH OVERALL WIDTH JUNCTION BOX LENGTH JUNCTION BOX WIDTH LID OPENING LENGTH LID OPENING WIDTH TYPE 4 LID LENGTH TYPE 4, 5 & 6 LID WIDTH TYPE 5 & 6 LID LENGTH INSIDE BOX LENGTH INSIDE BOX WIDTH STIFFENER SPACING STIFFENER SPACING STIFFENER LENGTH 39" 34" 31" 26" 24" 19" 24" 19" TYPES 48 7/16" 37 7/16" 40 7/16" 29 7/16" 33 1/4" 22 1/4"
7
I I I I I'" I
0
2. All lid thicknesses are minimum. The diamond pattern shall be 3/32" minimum thickness. 3. Lid stiffener plates shall bear on frame. Mill to bearing seat and perimeter bar for full even contact after fabrication of frame and lid. Lid and frame units with uneven bearing will be rejected. 4. The installed lid and frame shall fit with full even contact around the perimeter of a junction box after installation. Care shall be taken to prevent debris accumulation on the contact surfaces. 5. A 1/4-20 NC x 3/4" S. S. ground stud shall be welded to the bottom of each lid: include (2) each S. S. nuts and (2) each S. S. flat washers. 6. The hinges shall allow the lids to open 180. 7. Bolts and nuts shall be liberally coated with anti-seize compound. 8. Connect Equipment Bonding Jumper to ground stud on lid. As an alternative to ground stud connection, the Equipment Bonding Jumper shall be attached to the front face of the hinge pocket with a 5/16-20 NC x 3/4" S. S. bolt, (2) each S. S. nuts, and (2) each S. S. flat washers. Equipment bonding jumper shall be #8 AWG min. x 4' of tinned braided copper. 9. The System Identification letters shall be 1/8" line thickness formed by engraving, stamping, or with a S. S. weld bead. See Cover Marking details. Grind off diamond pattern before forming letters. See Standard Specification 9-29.2(4) for details. 10. See Standard Specification 9-29.2(1)B for class of concrete.
j
0 0
I
~
c
1/8" GAP BETWEEN LIDS D E F
0 0
~)
(J
, f_~_~" -r __
I I I I I_
u~
I I
.!.. __
1.
~-~~
~-----~
u
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
--=-- - - r-----
G
---
c
0
~ en
-------
I J
LL
:~:C
-------
--
I (--., 0 - - 1---l----l>,.J I
~---...!
___ - ()
""'----+--- - -
K
X
[lj
J
r---~
'~
~-----,
--
-, ,-----===:. __ )
I I I I
C1
II
1(1 I
II I
-0~
f--L
a.:
~
LO
()
~~
----e-- - ''
---
II
.
I
Ci
o\
I0 I I I
{_'j
\:
I
I
!
1" (TYP.)
I
I
!
t =
0 0 0
ROADWAY SURFACE
11. Unless otherwise noted in the plans or approved by the Engineer, Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes shall not be placed within the traveled way or paved shoulders. All Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes placed within the traveled way or paved shoulders shall be Heavy-Duty. Heavy-Duty Junction Boxes shall not be installed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared use paths. Equipment Grounding Conductor Copper Solderless Crimp Connector See Contract Plans and Special Provisions for conduit size and number 12. Distance between the top of the conduit and the bottom of the Junction Box lid shall be 6" min. to 8" max. for final grade of new construction only. See Standard Specification 8-20.3(5). Where adjustments are to be made to existing Junction Boxes, or for interim construction stages during the contract, the limits shall be from 6" min. to 10" max. See Standard Specification 8-20.3(6).
I
LOCKING BOLT -SEE DETAIL D
TOP VIEW
SEE DETAILC
4 4
SECTION
ISOMETRIC VIEW
TYPE 5 AND 6 SHOWN
.....
05-17-12
DATE
(2) S. S. NUT (TYP.) 1 1/2" DIAM. HOLE SEE NOTE 3 LID FRAME (OUTER) L 2" x 2" x 1/4" - SEE NOTE 4 STIFFENER PLATE -SEE NOTE 3 GROUND STUD WITH NUT -SEE NOTES (3) S. S. WASHER (TYP.)
LID
J
WWR - TIED IN 2 PLACES TO FRAME STUD (TYP.) 9/16" BOLT HOLE FRAME STUD- 3/8" DIAM. x 8" SEE NOTE 9
HEX COUPLING NUTS. S. 5/16 NC x 7/8" WITH S. S. 5/16 NC x 3/4" BOLT WITH (4) EACH S. S. FLAT WASHERS
HANDLE SLOT
DETAIL
0
BOLT PLATE3" x 2 1/2" x 1/2" THICK LID
DETAIL
0
I
2 3/4"
HINGE
LID
=1" (TYP.).
1
r-
=1" (TYP.)
PENTA HEAD BOLT WASHER-S. S. 1 7/16" 0. D. x 1/2" I. D. x 1/8"
lli s_[
1/2" (TYP.)
1=--f
SEE NOTE9
(TYP.)
1/4 HANDLE
TOP VIEW
3/8" (TYP.)
I~
SECTION
11/2"
DETAIL
0
STIFFENER PLATE (TYP.) EDGE OF LID
DETAIL
LOCKING BOLT
SECTION
0
VIEW
05-17-12
DATE
-~------s=T~M=E-DE~SI~GN-E-NG~IN-E-ER
______
0::
LL.
~ ~
1/8" GAP BETWEEN LIDS
(.)
><(
NOTES
en
::::i
I"
'
36"
"I I
t- : :
I ~t
1. All box dimensions are approximate. Exact configurations vary among manufacturers.
1" {TYP.)
2.
~
0
I
-------_ _j
ITS_[
112.. {TYP.J
~
0
SEE NOTES
----L_ -----
[i ~
Minimum lid thicknesses are shown. The diamond pattern shall be a minimum of 28% of the overall thickness. Junction Boxes installed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared-use paths shall have a slip-resistant coating on the lid and lip cover plate and shall be installed with the surface flush with and matched to the grade of the sidewalk, walkway, or shared-use path. The non-slip lid shall be identified with permanent markings on the underside, indicating the type of surface treatment (see Contract Documents for details) and the year of manufacture. The permanent marking shall be 1/8" inch line thickness formed with a stainless steel weld bead and shall be placed prior to hot-dip galvanizing.
- - - - - - - - - - ~ ~-
ll)
3. Lid support members shall be 3/16" min. thick steel C, L, or T shape, welded to the frame. Exact configurations vary among manufacturers.
- -(()j
~ 0
z
LL. LL.
"<t
"<t
0
b
N
=>
Co ("I)
("I)
"'"
,---,. o
: :
I
I
J: 10
~
~
!
:
I
:
SEE NOTE 8
:
I
, 3, :
en
N
~
z LlJ
~
LlJ
4. A 1/4-20 NC x 3/4" S. S. ground stud shall be welded to the bottom of each lid; include (2) S. S. nuts and (2) S. S. flat washers. 5. The hinges shall allow the lids to open 180. 6. Bolts and nuts shall be liberally coated with anti-seize compound. 7. Connect Equipment Bonding Jumper to ground stud on lid. As an alternative to the ground stud connection, the Equipment Bonding Jumper shall be attached to the front face of the hinge pocket with a 5/16-20 NC x 3/4" S. S. bolt, (2) each S. S. nuts, and (2) each S. S. flat washers. Equipment Bonding Jumper shall be #8 AWG min. x 4' of tinned braided copper. 8. The System Identification letters shall be 1/8" line thickness formed by engraving, stamping, or with aS. S. weld bead. See Cover Marking detail. Grind off diamond pattern before forming letters. See Standard Specification 9-29.2(4) for details. 9. See the Standard Specifications for alternative reinforcement and class of concrete . 10. See Standard Plan J-40.1 0 for Welded Wire Reinforcement and Headed Anchor Shear Stud attachment details. 11. Capacity - conduit diameter = 24"
Co
~~ ~~~~tNDLE
r;:--
S:
r;:-----.,
~ en
en
("I)
c;;
.....L...-------+-1---lf
LlJ
~
~
r---,
I--.,
~=
I :
l-
=>
=t
r---,
"-----'
[~~~~~~~}_f{~~~~~~~~: '~~~~~~~~_}_?;_-_-_-_-_-__-:
HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD - 3/8" x 3", 10 COUNT STUDS EVENLY SPACED AROUND FRAME 19"
PATTERN~ ~
- a.:
12. Lid Bolt Down Attachment Tab provides a method of retrofitting by using a mechanical process in lieu of welding. Attachment Tab shown depicts a typical component arrangement; actual configurations of assembly will vary among manufacturers. See approved manufacturers' shop drawing for specifics. 13. Unless otherwise noted in the plans or approved by the Engineer, Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall not be placed within the traveled way or paved shoulders. All Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes placed within the traveled way or paved shoulders shall be Heavy-Duty. 14. Distance between the top of the conduit and the bottom of the Junction Box lid shall be 6" min. to 8" max. for final grade of new construction only. See Standard Specification 8-20.3(5). Where adjustments are to be made to existing Junction Boxes, or for interim construction stages during the contract, the limits shall be from 6" min. to 10" max. See Standard Specification 8-20.3(6).
0 0
PLAN VIEW
1"- 2"
LIFTHO~ o'iAM.
3" {TYP.)
GRAVEL PAD
GRAVEL PAD
LOCKING LID STANDARD DUTY JUNCTION BOX TYPES STANDARD PLAN J-40.30-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
SECTION
SECTION
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
3/16 LID SUPPORT- 3/16" MIN. THICK FRAME1/2" X 3/16" 1/2" STEEL COVER PLATE
5"
L 1 3/4"
l _________________ l
S. S. PIN W/ SNAP RING GROOVE GROUND STUD WITH 2 NUTS AND 2 WASHERS (TYP.) - SEE NOTE 4 WNR - TIED IN 2 PLACES TO HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD (SEE NOTE 10) EQUIPMENT BONDING JUMPER (TYP.) - SEE NOTE 7 HANDLE STOP SNAP RING 1/2" STEEL COVER PLATE HANDLE - BENT 1/2" STEEL ROD, LEVEL WITH LID TOP VIEW
HINGE DETAIL
3/8" x 3" HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD - WELDED TO LIP PLATE (SEE NOTE 10)
in
I.
3"
HEX COUPLING NUT-S. S. 5/16 NC x 7/8" WITH S. S. 5/16 NC x 3/4" BOLT (TYP.)
1"
1"
1/4" (TYP.)
FRONT VIEW
HANDLE DETAIL
DETAIL
0
I.
I
PENTA HEAD BelT
1 1/2"
1 3/8"
2 1/4"
.I
HANDLE- SEE DETAIL
FRAME1/2" X 3/16"
I
FRAME1/2" X 3/16"
L 1 3/4"
BOLT PLATE CHANNEL HANDLE STOP - 6" X 3" X 1/4"
1 1/2
SLOTTED S.S. CHANNEL WITH S. S. CHANNEL NUT AND SPRING WNR- TIED IN 2 PLACES TO HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD (SEE NOTE 10) 3/8" x 3" HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR STUD - WELDED TO LIP PLATE (SEE NOTE 10)
5/8" X 1" HORIZONTAL SLOT SLOTTED S. S. CHANNEL WITH S. S. CHANNEL NUT AND SPRING
'V.
LOCKING LID STANDARD DUTY JUNCTION BOX TYPES STANDARD PLAN J-40.30-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
I.
3"
.I
DETAIL
DETAIL
_:_-=.::~S~TA~T==ED~E~SIG""N,.;,E:C:,NG=IN;;:;EE~R--
05-11-11
DATE
ISOMETRIC VIEW
POST-MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX - SEE NOTE 1 TIMBER SIGN POST (TYP.) CONCRETE ANCHOR CONDUIT BODY OR FLASHER CABINET (SEE CONTRACT) SIGN PANEL SEAL TITE FLEX CONDUIT
NOTE
TIMBER SIGN POST
1. Install the Junction Box on the Timber Sign Post or the Steel Sign Support that is farthest from the roadway. 2. See Standard Plan J-21.16 for Flashing Beacon Installation details. See Standard Plan J-21.17 for Electrical Wiring details.
6"
SIGN PANEL
II II II
CONDUIT
1"PVC~:
II II II
CONDUIT BODY (SHOWN) RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT (RMC) WATER-TIGHT CONDUIT NUTS 6" X 6" X 8" NEMA 3 JUNCTION BOX WI HINGED LID
TO CONDUIT RUN ALONG ROADWAY SECURE THE SIGN LIGHTING CONDUCTORS TO THE CONDUIT WITH A CABLE TIE SEE STANDARD PLAN J-28.70, DETAIL "A"
NOTCH IN POST - SEE STANDARD PLAN G-22.10 TYPE 1 JUNCTION BOX - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-40.10
I
TIMBER SIGN POST
~
-----------------
PLAN
STAINLESS STEEL 2 HOLE CONDUIT STRAPS (TYP.) -ATTACH TO THE POST Wl2 LAG BOLTS, 114" DIAM. x 1 112" LONG
" z
a.o
::i! -
1" RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT (RMC)
:::)"'<~" (.) -
PROVIDE 2" THREAD ON CONDUIT- SECURE THE CONDUCTORS TO THE CONDUIT WITH A CABLE TIE (SEE STANDARD PLAN J-28.70, DETAIL "A")
L...._____.___
l
HINGED COVER
,----c:_--_--...j-rt
c:..-_--" :: c========~
111 1 lui 11 1 Jill 1 I
J
II
&,~
---
.L
_j..u-:----
114" WEEP HOLE NEMA 3 J-BOX- ATTACH TO THE POST Wl4 LAG BOLTS, 114" DIAM. x 2 112" LONG (SEE INTERNAL DETAIL, THIS SHEET) 1" DIAMETER PVC SCHEDULE 40 CONDUIT
I 1 I I
c----1 ::
J
L"_-
-~ l\,lc==================f:::::::::=:=:=:=:=:=:~ ~-_--='
lui 11 1 1 I .[ll
c========~
I 1 I I I
c=========1 r_-_-::,
1 1 I 1 I ;,. <(
x
~
A
HOLES DRILLED THROUGH POST - SEE STANDARD PLAN G-22.10
::i!
1 112" DIAM. HOLE IN BOX WI 2" GASKET TIGHT ON CONDUIT. GASKET SEALED TO CONDUIT AND BOX WITH A BEAD OF SILICONE DRILLED HOLE (TYP.)
CONNECT THE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE GROUNDING SYSTEM IN THE TYPE 1 JUNCTION BOX 1" DIAMETER PVC SCHEDULE 40 CONDUIT
I I I I I I
c=========1I I
L-_--='
---
I I I I I 1ll1---
~
INSTALL IN PVC COUPLING, DO NOT GLUE PVC CONDUIT
~
~~~~ 1 1
0
&,
II: i
//
:
1
I I
~
:
I
:/\-!
I
:
1
'
'
) )
~
:
y l1 I I 1
!~ CONCRETE
CLASS 3000
1"DIAM.PVC CONDUIT
I I I I
I I
I I I I
I
I I I I
I
CONCRETE : : ANCHOR
I I I I
I I
I I I I I I
i ::
I I
I l l \1 I I I II I II 11
....n
I I
I I
LJ
LJ
I I L J
::L~~
PVC CONDUIT ENTRANCE INTO CONCRETE ANCHOR
I I I 1
';>
c-.
&,
'
~----------~---------J ~
VIEW0
1 .,....//
:
I I
I I
___L_
~---------~
VIEW
'-J
C\1
ELEVATION
SECTION
CONCRETE ANCHOR
03-15-12
()
>en
<(
LL.
0 0::: 0
CONCRETE FOUNDATION STEEL SIGN SUPPORT (TYP.) POST-MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX -SEE NOTE 1
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT SIGN PANEL CONDUIT BODY (SHOWN) STEEL SIGN SUPPORT POST-MOUNTED (NEMA 3) J-BOX BREAKAWAY SIGN SUPPORT HINGE (TYP.)
t>
::::i
> ID
0
()
LL.
u:::
II II
1-
SIGN PANEL
1"PVC~:
CONDUIT
II II II
'
BREAKAWAY SIGN SUPPORT HINGE (TYP.)SEE STANDARD PLAN G-24.60 SEAL TITE FLEX CONDUIT
II
p. .
...
~
..
I>
TO CONDUIT RUN ALONG ROADWAY SECURE THE SIGN LIGHTING CONDUCTORS TO THE CONDUIT WITH A CABLE TIE SEE STANDARD PLAN J-28.70, DETAIL "A"
...
. t>'
t>
. . . /) .
I> ....
1" RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT SLOTTED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL BRACKET- LENGTH SIGN SUPPORT WIDTH + 3/8"
~ . ..
=
SECTION
PLAN
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY SIGN PANEL
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT CONDUIT CLAMP SUPPORTSLOTTED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL BRACKET AND STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.) STAINLESS STEEL 2 HOLE CONDUIT STRAPS (TYP.) STAINLESS STEEL 2 HOLE CONDUIT STRAPS (TYP.)- SEE STANDARD PLAN J-60.13
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.) CONDUIT CLAMP SUPPORT (TYP.)
1" RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT (RMC) POST-MOUNTED (NEMA 3) J-BOX CONDUIT CLAMP SUPPORTSLOTTED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL BOX SUPPORT AND STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.)
NEMA 3 J-BOX- ATTACH TO THE CHANNEL WI FOUR 1/4" DIAM. x 1" LONG HEX HEAD BOLTS (SEE INTERNAL DETAIL, SHEET 1) 1" DIAMETER PVC SCHEDULE 40 CONDUIT
---
BREAKAWAY SIGN BASE (TYP.)SEE STANDARD PLAN G-24.60 1" RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT ATTACHED TO POST POST-MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX -SEE NOTE 1 PVC CONDUIT
INSTALL IN PVC COUPLING, DO NOT GLUE PVC CONDUIT TOP OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION
~
~
SLOTTED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL BOX SUPPORT (TYP.) BREAKAWAY SIGN BASE
~~
ljl ljl ljl lj ljl
H
I I I I I
I I I
I I
I II
I
I!, ,' ,(
i
II
L-_-_-_-_-_-_-_:-_-_-_-1!-_-_-_--;;// i
..........J
SIGN SUPPORT CONCRETE
II
I
II
I :
1" DIAMETER PVC CONDUIT SIGN SUPPORT CONCRETE FOUNDATIONSEE STANDARD PLAN G-25.10
II II II II II II II
:
L _____ l L _____ l
:~
tJ
L-- I
II~I
II II II II II II II
I.U
I 1-
I '--------
---c.-- ------
------ -'i
I
..;
~i
VIEW0
VIEW0
ELEVATION
03-15-12
DATE
-~
oa.:
-' ~
/;=lie
b
I
.,....~
;....
1"CONDUIT
?ic1-----~
Fill=
{)
STAINLESS STEEL CONDUIT STRAP SUPPORT (TYP.) STAINLESS STEEL 2 HOLE CONDUIT STRAP (TYP.)
II-
{)
SIGN PANEL
en I en w
w w
0::
cONDUIT ~ ?lc
BODY
~
~
== = =
rgl
STAINLESS STEEL 2 HOLE CONDUIT STRAPS
'~------------~Ho
SLOTTED STAINLESS STEEL \ _ CONDUIT STRAP SUPPORTSTRAPPED VERTICALLY TO SIGN POST (TYP.)
o o
BREAKAWAY SIGN SUPPORT HINGE
I V
~ STEEL SIGN
SUPPORT (TYP.)
~~ff_~li:t::==~
--....
ELEVATION
VIEW0
RIGHT ISOMETRIC VIEW
TRAVELER INFORMATION SIGN SHOWNSEE CONTRACT FOR SIGN MESSAGE AND SIZE
.....
03-15-12
DATE
18" FIELD DRILL 1/2" DIAM. HOLE FOR DRAIN TUBE (ONE (LOW) SIDE ONLY) 6" MAX .
NOTES
#8 MIN. BONDING JUMPER WITH GRS CONDUIT
1. The Junction Box shall be of Type 304 stainless steel. welded seam construction: 12 gage backbox with #2B finish. 12 gage cover with #4 finish, and 12 gage mounting tabs. 2. Field drill or punch holes in the center of Junction Box ends. Additional holes may be required. See Section B. 3. Use fittings that are UL listed and GSA certified concrete tight on the outside of the Junction Box conduit connection. Use an insulated. grounded end bushing on the inside for GRS conduit. Use an end bell bushing on the inside for PVC conduit. 4. The System Identification letters shall be 1/16" line thickness formed by engraving, stamping, or with a stainless steel weld bead. See System Identification Detail. 5. Liberally coat the threads of the cover fasteners with anti-seize compound during construction & before final closure.
NEOPRENE
GASKET~
I
Iii
0
PLAN VIEW
I
Iii I iII
6. Details show for box installation in stationary forms. 7. Conduit Capacity= 8" 8. Conduits shall enter Junction Box from ends only.
IIi I
~COVER_)
i
FLUSH MOUNTED 1 1/4" x 1/4" CLOSED CELL NEOPRENE GASKET 1/4 - 20 NC X 1" s. s. SLOTTED PAN HEAD SCREW (TYP.) ~
~--
if
ISOMETRIC VIEW
SHOWN MOUNTED IN REINFORCING STEEL
1/4- 20 NC x 1" S. S. SEALED WELL NUT WITH A DAM AT REAR TO PREVENT CONCRETE INFILTRATION - TACK WELD 3 PLACES
- 1" (TYP)
. I
___[
ITSt
INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
COMM
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
LT
LIGHTING SYSTEM
COVER
DETAIL
20"
0
1/4" (TYP.) 8"
TS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM
TEL
TELEPHONE SYSTEM
6 1/4"
6 3/8"
3/8" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
6 1/4"
9/16"
------$------TAPE 4 SPARE 1/4- 20 NC x 1" S. S. SLOTTED PAN HEAD SCREWS TO INSIDE BACK OF BOX
Co
r:::
4"
MAX.
....
POSSIBLE CONDUIT LOCATION FOR LUMINAIRE OR OTHER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEED
iio
Co
r:::
---~-------&----
COVER
....
DRAIN TUBE - POLYETHYLENE, 3/8" DIAM., 0.062" WALL THICKNESS, RATED FOR I .......olllllll 110 PSI WORKING PRESSURE@ 73" F
VIEW0
SECTION
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
20" 18" 6.5" #8 MIN. BONDING JUMPER WITH GRS CONDUIT LOCKNUT -SEE NOTE 3 #8 MIN. BONDING JUMPER INSULATED GROUNDED END BUSHING {TYP.) FIELD DRILL 0.5" DIAM. HOLE FOR DRAIN TUBE {ONE {LOW) SIDE ONLY) 0.6433" 6.2378" 6.2378" 6.2378"
NOTES 1. Junction Box shall be constructed of Type 304 stainless steel, welded seam construction, 12 gage box with #2B finish, 12 gage adjustment tabs, and 12 gage mounting tabs. 2. 3.
i
I
i
I
~~~TEE~cifE 4 i
I
Field drill or punch holes in the center of Junction Box ends. Additional holes may be required. Use fittings that are UL listed and CSA certified condrete tight on the outside of the Junction Box conduit connection. Use an insulated, grounded end bushing on the inside for GRS conduit. Use an end bell bushing on the inside for PVC conduit.
i
I
I
MOUNTING TAB {TYP.) TOP VIEW 5/16 NC x 3/4" S. S. STUD WITH S. S. NUT AND TWO S. S. WASHERS {TYP.) - 4 TOTAL ADJUSTMENT TAB -SEE DETAIL
I I
I I
I I
4. The System Identification letters shall be 1/16" line thickness formed by engraving, stamping or with a S.S. weld bead. 5. Liberally coat the threads of the cover fasteners with anti-sieze compound during construction and before final closure. 6. Detail shown for box installation in slip form barrier.
-------B---------~ - - - - - - - G
FRONT VIEW
PERMANENT COVER
12 GAGE, TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL WITH #4 FINISH JUNCTION BOX WALL
7. Conduit capacity= 8" 8. Conduits shall enter Junction Box from ends only. 9. Not to be used for Stainless Steel Junction Box that are traffic barrier Mounted. See Standard Plan J-40.36.
:J
0
- 1" {TYP)
lf---_1
ITSt
~:
ADJUSTMENT TAB
COMM
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
1.75"
SECTION
0
1.5" DIAM. {TYP.) MOUNTING TAB {TYP.) ADJUSTMENT TAB {TYP.) -SEE DETAIL
LT
LIGHTING SYSTEM
TS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM
TEL
TELEPHONE SYSTEM
-I
0
ADJUSTMENT TAB {TYP.) -SEE DETAIL 1/4 NC x 3/4" S. S. GROUND STUD WITH S. S. NUT AND WASHER {TYP.) I MOUNT NOT LESS THAN 3" FROM BOTTOM OR TOP OF BOX
5/16 NC x 3/4" S. S. STUD WITH S. S. NUT AND TWO S. S. WASHERS {TYP.) - 4 TOTAL
1" {TYP.)
3.5"
5"
, I'
. I'
5"
.I
MAX.
2.875" {TYP.) SIDE VIEW CONDUITS SHALL BE VERTICALLY ALIGNED AND PLACED WITH EQUIDISTANCE FROM ADJACENT CONDUITS TO JUNCTION BOX WALLS 4.25"
JUNCTION BOX
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
20.343"
Cl
0::
LL.
0.8148" {TYP.)
6.2378"
6.2378"
6.2378"
~
en
::::i
Ill
<(
04055".111
I
I I I I
1 1/4" x 1/4" CLOSED CELL NEOPRENE GASKET TEMPORARY COVER TEMPORARY ACCESS COVER
IIIII/ II II II II II
:;..:
Cl
(0
f-.
ll5J~--------
C"l
Ll'l
..t
I
'
M
C"l
c)
"""
(0
------+-------~----f-.
C"l
:
I
Ll'l
0
ASSEMBLY DETAIL
WASHER
..t
----rSIDE VIEW 1/4- 20 NC X 1" s. s. SLOTTED PAN HEAD SCREW {TYP.) - 10 TOTAL
~l
0.6433" 2.5"
I
(~)
7.625"
{TYP.)
'
TEMPORARY COVER TOP VIEW 1/4- 20 NC x 1" S. S. SLOTTED PAN HEAD SCREW 1/4-20 NC x 1" S. S. SEALED WELL NUT WITH DAM AT REAR TO PREVENT CONCRETE INFILTRATION, TACK WELD WELL NUT - 3 PLACES
ADJUSTABLE FACE
20" 6.2378"
DETAIL
0
5"
6.2378" 15"
I .
6.2378"
~-----1
6"
5"
:
NEMA 3R AD-JUSTABLE FLUSH MOUNT -JUNCTION BOX STANDARD PLAN -1-40.37-00
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Lo
'
0
Lo C\i
0
0.25" {TYP.)
I
II
I
II
I
'
I
'
r-~
'
-ro
-----~-------r----.
'
_L_ I
I
0.1875" DIAM. HOLE {TYP.) - 6 TOTAL
4.5"
6"
FRONT VIEW
4.5"
i1~62o~j
{TYP.)
FRONT VIEW
TEMPORARY COVER
12 GAGE STEEL
fll
.....
06-03-10
DATE
(L)
*
1/4-20 x 1" S. S. SLOTTED PAN HEAD SCREW (TYP.) S. S. PIANO HINGE WITH S. S. ROD
NOTES
1/4" NC x 3/4" S. S. GROUND STUD WITH (2) S. S. NUTS AND S. S. FLAT WASHER MOUNTED NOT LESS THAN 3" FROM END OF BOX {TYP.)
J
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
1" (TYP.)
1"
1/4-20 X 1" s. s. SEALED WELL NUT WITH DAM AT REAR.- TACK WELD NUT IN 3 PLACES {TYP.)
CONDUIT (TYP.)
k
'
LT~
TAPE 4 SPARE 1/4- 20 NC x 1" S. S. SLOTTED PAN HEAD SCREWS TO INSIDE BACK OF BOX
SECTION
FIELD DRILL 1/4" DIAM. HOLE FOR DRAIN - ONE SIDE ONLy \ IN LOWEST CORNER ___
0
18GAUGE PIANO HINGE 1 1/2" OPEN 1/4" BARREL 1/8" PIN
(b.
SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION DETAIL
II
5" MIN. TO 6" MAX. ' I EQUALLy SPACED I (3 SIDES - OMIT ON PIANO HINGE SIDE)
II II II
~i
[J
- 1" {TYP)
. I
___[
1t2" {TYP.>.i SEE NOTE 2 PLAN VIEW TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, WELDED SEAM CONSTRUCTION 12-GAUGE BACKBOX WITH #4 FINISH
ITS ~f
0=
~::?!
a.~
w""'"
I I I I
~
I I
I I
9
<(
I I I I
~~
~::?! 0= w""'"
a.~
3/16" FILLET WELDING BEAD {TYP.) -BOTTOM ROW IS STAGGERED FROM TOP ROW RESIN-BONDED ANCHOR BOLT
.....
06-16-11
DATE
CHISEL OUT 1/8" TO 1/2" CORNER REMOVE PAVEMENT TO SAWCUT DEPTH AND FILL WITH SEALANT (TYP.)
CHISEL OUT 1/8" TO 1/2" CORNER REMOVE PAVEMENT TO SAWCUT DEPTH AND FILL WITH SEALANT
SHOULDER
LOOP SAWCUT
------------- ~ ~
~ ~
....1 ....1
::J
Cl Cl
I;:: Cl
N
T- SAWCUT DETAIL
c:::
LL.
PHASE NUMBER
------------- ~ ~
....._----lr-t-t----------------------------l-----------.-----------.----- (.) ~ :c
SEE T- SAWCUT DETAIL
LANE NUMBER
=-_jl
LOOP NUMBER
NOTES
TYPE 1 STOP LINE LOOPS (40' LONG OR AS SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT)
PLAN
1. For Installation Notes and Details see Standard Plan J-50.15. 2. For Sections A, B, C, and D, see Standard Plan J-50.15.
2C(SH)CABLE
LEAD-IN SAWCUT CHISEL OUT 1/8" TO 1/2" CORNER REMOVE PAVEMENT TO SAWCUT DEPTH AND FILL WITH SEALANT (TYP.) CENTER OF LOOP AND VEHICLE LANE
LOOP SAWCUT
06-03-11
DATE
fll
.....
CHISEL OUT 1/8" TO 1/2" CORNER REMOVE PAVEMENT TO SAWCUT DEPTH AND FILL WITH SEALANT
r---~--------~~----~~------~-----
EDGE OF LANE
w
3'-0"
....1 ....1
Cl Cl
~
SEE ENTRANCE SAWCUT DETAIL (TYP.)
~-- -~1i-----------~
~~
~
>
::::i
0::
LL.
en
~
SEE CORNER SAWCUT DETAIL (TYP.)
Cl
:c w
>
NOTES For Installation Notes and Details see Standard Plan J-50.15.
6'- 0" STATION# SEE CONTRACT
1'- 0"
6'- 0" 8'- 0" 6'- 0" 8'- 0" 6'- 0"
2.
PLAN
3. All of the loop lead-in wires shall return to the Junction Box. 4. 5. For Splice Detail, see Standard Plan J-50.15. For additional Induction Loop details, see Standard Plan J-50.15.
EDGE OF SHOULDER
EDGE OF LANE
3'-0"
LOOP SAWCUT
>
aJ
CHISEL OUT 1/8" TO 1/2" CORNER REMOVE PAVEMENT TO SAWCUT DEPTH AND FILL WITH SEALANT (TYP.) CENTER OF LOOP AND VEHICLE LANE
z
SEE CORNER SAWCUT DETAIL - SHEET 1
------d
:c
~
--~~
2'- 0"
6'- 0"
8'- 0"
6'- 0"
...... fll
06-03-11
DATE
....1 ....1
S =START F =FINISH
LOOP SERIES NUMBER MARKING SLEEVE (TYP. ..,. TRAFFIC FLOW
::::i
0 0
0:::
w u.
SPLICE (TYP.)
I
0
a.
f2 en
3
L PHASE NUMBER LANE NUMBER X X X
=-_jl
LOOP NUMBER
2C(SH) CABLE
v-
JUNCTION BOX
I I
-------------~ I
1
I I I I I I
JUNCTION BOX
..... _________
S11 __ J
----=sr=Ar=E=oE=SIG=N:-=EN""G=INE=ER,....---
..... fll
06-03-11
DATE
....1 ....1
EDGE OF SHOULDER
::::i
Cl Cl
0::
LL
SHOULDER - - ...
EDGE OF LANE
Cl
en
l-
::::i ~ 0
NOTES
w
~
6' - 0" DIAM. (TYP.)
1
-------------------~~ -~~---------------Z~
For Installation Notes and Details see Standard Plan J-50.15. For Sections A, B, C, and D, see Standard Plan J-50.15. All of the loop lead-in wires shall return to the Junction Box. For Splice Detail, see Standard Plan J-50.15. For Loop numbering Layout Details, see sheet 3. For additional Induction Loop Details, see Standard Plan J-50.15.
2.
3.
6'- 0"
8'- 0"
6'- 0"
8'- 0"
6'- 0"
6'- 0"
4.
PLAN
5.
6.
EDGE OF SHOULDER
LEAD-IN SAWCUT
---11~---
---~li_____________ _
w
z~
LOOP SAWCUT
LEAD-IN SAWCUT
2'- 0"
6'- 0"
8'- 0"
6'- 0"
.....
06-03-11
DATE
OF~~~~~~~~~
...J ...J
-----
_L ~~~c:~oN
3
Box
~==~~=============~~~~
2C(SH) CABLE
~~~~~~~-
Cl Cl
::J
0:::
w u...
PHASE NUMBER LOOP SERIES NUMBER (TYP.) LANE NUMBER
=-_jl
LOOP NUMBER
::J
NOTES Loop numbering layout will be simillar to Loop Numbering Layout Detail, Sheet 3
g
en
ll.
ce
TRAFFIC FLOW
---L
-J~~~TION BOX
: S =START I F =FINISH
I I
__ J
2C(SH) CABLE
S11
----
---- --1
--"
LOOP SERIES NUMBER
06-03-11
DATE
0 0 ::J
EDGE OF SHOULDER
0:::
LL.
,..___ _ SHOULDER
z
0
~
::J
--z
w
3'-0"
(TYP.)
!;!E
::5
>
-~~-;---i
S =START F =FINISH
~ (/)
6' 0" DIAM. (TYP.)
a.
::s
w w
(.)
w w
Z(.)-1
--------..:.~
::s
:E
CIRCULAR SAWCUT (TYP.)
LOOP SERIES NUMBER MARKING SLEEVE (TYP.) LOOP SERIES START OR FINISH MARKING SLEEVE (TYP.)
>
6'- 0"
8'- 0"
6'- 0"
8'- 0"
6'- 0"
8'- 0"
6'- 0"
PLAN
L X X X
PHASE NUMBER
JUNCTION BOX
LANE NUMBER
----~
=-_jl
LOOP NUMBER
r- -------------1
2C(SH) CABLE
--~~~Sx~>c>c~x=~~~~>~CX~~~=x~
::J
~
c TRAFFIC FLOW
a.
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
NOTES 1. Fill the conduit trench to the bottom of the existing or new surfacing with CSTC, sand or controlled density fill. See Standard Specifications Section 2-09.3(1)E. 2.
{)
I:::J
u. 0
~ en
c.,
~
I
li: ~ w
Cl
N
::c ~
0::
tu
{)
I:::J
u. 0
~ en
c.,
~
I
li: ~ w
Cl
N
::c ~
Cl
Cl
0::
tu
0:::2:
~~
o::
en!
u.
I-
~c.,
=
0~ ::c:::2:
1!:
~
~w <(0::
Minor Regional variations are allowed in the soft pocket closure. Consult with the Engineer or see the Contract for additional requirements. sawcut. High temperature backer rod shall be snug to the conductors and sides of cut.
ON
fu~
::cW ~ w u
oz
u. 1-
li:
Cl
4.
Fill the sealant to within 1/8" to 3/16" from top of saw cut.
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
1-4 1 - 2"
~ FORIMSA51-7CONDUCTORS
SAWCUT EXISTING PAVEMENT{BOTH SIDES OF TRENCH) TOP OF EXISTING PAVEMENT OR LEVELING COURSE OF NEW PAVEMENT
EDGE OF PAVED SHOULDER (SHOWN) OR EDGE OF EXTRUDED CURB OR EDGE OF GUTTER PAN OR EDGE OF TRAFFIC BARRIER TRENCH WIDTH -SEE STD. SPEC. 8-20.3(5) STANDARD JUNCTION BOX LOOP LEAD -IN WIRES -TWISTED PAIR FULL DEPTH SAWCUT
MATCH EXISTING
PAVING MATERIAL
LOOP STUB-OUT SLEEVE (1/4" to 1/2" BELOW TOP OF ASPHALT) LOOP LEAD-IN SAWCUT 2 5/8" MIN. - 3" MAX. LOOP LEAD-IN WIRES -TWISTED PAIR EXISTING PAVEMENT
' ....
DETECTOR LEAD-IN 2C(SH) CABLE
:::J Cl
en
:::!!: w
GRAVEL PAD
u. b 0 ' a. N 0
z ~ ~ a.
I-
L
JUNCTION BOX PLACEMENT SECTION
SEE NOTES
SECTION
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
PLASTIC MOLD OR HEAT SHRINK TAPE SOLDERED COMPRESSION CONNECTION -OFFSET FROM EACH OTHER (TYP.) WIRE FROM LOOP WIRE TO LOOP
1. Install the Junction Box and the stub-out conduit with PVC sleeve. Conduit for the loop stub-out shall be as required in the conduit size table shown on sheet 1 of this set. 2. Lay out loops and loop lead-ins to miss cracks/joints in road, when possible. Maintain 18" minimum clearance from manholes and valve boxes. 3. The opening around the loop stub shall be patched with matching paving material if opened larger than PVC sleeve+ 2". 4. Sawcut the loop slots and the lead-in slots. Wash/dry cuts. File edges to remove burr of all saw-cuts into stub out sleeve. 5. Lay out the loop wire starting at the Junction Box, allowing 5' minimum slack. 6. Install the wire in the loop slot as shown. 7. Finish laying out the wire at the Junction Box and identify the leads with the loop number, the "S" for start and the "F" for the finish, the loop series number, and the loop lead-in conductor number.
1"
1"
SPLICE DETAIL
8. Twist each pair of the lead-in wires a minimum of two times per foot each foot, from the loop to the Junction Box. Reverse the direction of the twist for each successive pair installed. Sealloops/sawcuts. 9. Construct a supplemental splice containing any series loop connections in the adjacent junction box as required in the plans. Supplemental splices are subject to the same requirements shown for the loop lead-in and the shielded cable splice. 10. Splice the loop lead-ins to the shielded cable as noted in the Contract.
DETAIL "A"
11. All loop circuits shall be tested per Standard Specifications 8-20.3(14)D once installation is complete. 12. Existing stubouts shall be upgraded as necessary to conform to the conduit size table shown on sheet 1.
1/2" SAWCUT
>-' ~-------------------TO JUNCTION BOX EDGE OF PAVED SHOULDER, OR BARRIER, OR EDGE OF GUTTER PAN
TO LOOPS-~-------~---------~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~r.~~ 9-~~=*==========~::::::::t SAW CUT EXISTING PAVEMENT (WIDTH EQUAL TO STUBOUT SLEEVE DIAMETER PLUS 2") ~ Co
s--1
13. All loop lead-in sawcuts parallel to lane edge shall be at least 12" from edge of pavement and within six inches outside of lane or fog line when possible. Maintain 12" separation between parallel cuts or joints. 14. The loop stub-out sleeve shall have an inside diameter 1" larger than the outside diameter of the End Bell Bushing. Plug conduit and fill sleeve with sand untill loops are installed to keep out Hot Asphalt during paving operations.
SOFT POCKET (WIDTH EQUAL TO STUBOUT SLEEVE DIAMETER PLUS 2") CONDUIT OR END BELL BUSHING
DETAIL "B"
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
GUARDRAIL WITH POST AND BLOCK SIDEWALK CEMENT CONCRETE CURB OR GUTTER SEE STANDARD PLAN F-10.12 12"
t>'
"
...... .. ..1
L
I
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB OR GUTTER SEE STANDARD PLAN F-10.12 12" LOOP STUB-OUT SLEEVE (1/4" TO 1/2" BELOW TOP OF PAVEMENT)
1:>
LEAD-IN CONDUIT SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 3/4" INTO PAVEMENT (PAVEMENT DEPTH VARIES) CONDUIT SECURED INTO ROAD SURFACE (TYP.)
LEAD-IN CONDUIT SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 3/4" INTO PAVEMENT (PAVEMENT DEPTH VARIES)
:Z
vN:::i:
vz N:::i:
TO JUNCTION BOX ~
===
...L..__
_L__ _ _ __ ,
STUB-OUT DETAIL WITH CEMENT CONCRETE CURB OR GUTTER STUB-OUT DETAIL WITH GUARDRAIL AND CURB
CEMENT CONCRETE BARRIERSINGLE SLOPE BARRIER SHOWN SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR SIZE AND TYPE
~
LEAD-IN CONDUIT SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 3/4" INTO PAVEMENT (PAVEMENT DEPTH VARIES)
LEAD-IN CONDUIT SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 3/4" INTO PAVEMENT (PAVEMENT DEPTH VARIES)
v :Z N:::i:
z vN:::i:
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
NOTES
....1 ....1
Cl Cl
EDGE OF SHOULDER \
::::i
0::
LL.
-------------~----------------------------------------------------------------------------
16'- 0" EDGE OF LANE PIEZO AXLE SENSOR (CLASS 2) (TYP.)
1. See Standard Plan J-50.30 for Piezo axle sensor General Installation instructions, and Modified Type 2 Loop wiring details. 2. The contractor shall notify the Statewide Travel and Collision Data Office (STCDO) (formerlyTDO) a minimum of five working days prior to the scheduled site installation. An inspector from the WSDOT STCDO shall be on site for all phases of installation. 3. The loop inductance of two loops within the same lane shall be within 20 micro henries of each other. all piezo ohms readings shall be 0\L from shield to center conductor. See piezo specifications for piezo capacitance readings.
Cl
LANE2
=r "~
CX)c_
-' ~
L4
LANE
LIN~
4. The loops and axle sensors shall be cut in the final lift of asphalt after lane striping is completed. All PTR loops shall be spaced @16ft. leading edge to leading edge. 5. For concrete pavement lanes with asphalt shoulders, install all of the piezo sensors and splices in the concrete lane. Also, for concrete lanes, install the loops 4" and 6" away from the expansion joints.
LANE 1
~~
L----L-1---1
6. The shoulder notch length along the roadway shall be 4" or the conduit diameter plus 2" or whichever is larger. The shoulder notch width perpendicular to the roadway shall be the conduit size plus 1/4". 7. After all sensor leads are installed, seal the end of the conduit with conduit sealant. Use asphalt cold-patch to fill notch unless otherwise specified in the contract. 8.
INCREASING MILEPOST DIRECTION JUNCTION BOX -SEE NOTE 10
c::::::::i>
9.
Use Schedule 40 PVC conduit from the Junction box to the Cabinet. Where there are 2 to 4 lanes, use one 1 1/4" min. conduit for each direction of travel. Where there are 5 lanes in either direction of travel, use one 2" min. conduit in each direction. Where there are 6 or more lanes in either directon, use one 3" min. conduit for each direction. Use Schedule 80 PVC, HOPE, or steel conduit under the roadway. For conduit installation see Standard Specification 8-20.3(5).
INDUCTION LOOP I PIEZO AXLE SENSOR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION Lane 1 - (drive lane) - Loop L 1, Piezo P1, Loop L2 Lane 2- (pass lane) - Loop L3, Piezo P2, Loop L4
10. Junction boxes installed in the paved shoulder or median shall be a Heavy Duty Junction box. If box is installed in unpaved shoulder, use type 1 or 2. See Standard Plan J-40.10 for size and type. See Standard Specification 9.29.2(1)8. for further information. 11. All loop wire, loop leads, and piezo leads shall be labeled with colored electrical tape at all Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes and Cabinets, according to the Color Code Identification Chart. For Wire Color Code Detail see Standard Plan J-50.30. 12. Cabinet can be placed on either side of road depending on terrain/slope, etc. It does not have to be placed on increasing milepost side of the roadway.
PLAN VIEW
250ft Coax
=1'- 0"
SHOULDER NOTCH SEE NOTES 6 AND FOR CONDUIT SIZE SEE NOTE EDGE OF LANE LOOP LEAD-IN WIRES 7 8 EDGE OF SHOULDER
1'- 0"
~" ~~
6'- 0"
b
'
L2
EDGE OF LANE
SENSOR LEADS
== 1' 0"
~SHOULDER
EDGE OF
11
' ~ 11
!::.
>-
SECTION
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
....1 ....1
Cl Cl
::::i
0::
LL.
Cl
L2
LANE4
. .
2
;:
P3
:~a"
I
I
I-
I'
LANE3 EDGE OF LANE\
: 16'- 0"
SHOULDER NOTCH SEE NOTES 6 AND FOR CONDUIT SIZE SEE NOTE
7 8
2'- 0"
L4
L3
P4
~~~~
~
JUNCTION BOX -SEE NOTE 10
-- -~-- -~'\
/ 7
1
t
LOOP LEAD-IN
vv vv
:vYYYYYYYYYYYYYY
' '"''"'
EDGE OF SH OULDER
EDGE OF SH OULDER
X X X X X
SECTION
<
t
EDGE OF LANE
......_ .-::-_,_~,-~
P2
.l!iL..
-
L4
_j
LANE2
"f
CXlli -' ~
L3
"~
I~
2'.:- o.
. . . . .
0
11
I
LANE 1
16'-
on::
I:- .: .
P1
-2'
..-------.
L2
SENSOR LEADS
_L_ L..-----1
~~ ... ~ j ]~--------
. .
::
EDGE OF LANE
______7 ______________
------ :-~-..________
EDGE OF SHOULDER
SHOULDER NOTCH - SEE NOTES 6 AND 7 FOR CONDUIT SIZE -SEE NOTE 8
=r
c-.
ll
'7
~SHOULDER
EDGE OF
Lane 1 -(drive lane) -Loop L1, Piezo P1, Loop L2 Lane 2- (pass lane) - Loop L3, Piezo P2, Loop L4 Lane 3- (drive lane) -Loop L1, Piezo P1, Loop L2 Lane 4 - (pass lane) - Loop L3, Piezo P2, Loop L4 PLAN VIEW
fll
.....
SEE NOTE 8
SHOULDER NOTCH SEE NOTES 6 AND FOR CONDUIT SIZE SEE NOTE EDGE OF LANE LOOP LEAD-IN WIRES LANE1
7
-
~...v/,"1.//?X
L2
:::::2'- 0"
L4
I-
L3
P2
LANE3
:::::::2'- 0"
I
1-
L6
-- ~-- --- 1;..-o -'
JUNCTION BOX -SEE NOTE 10
(XXXXXXXXXX
P3
L5
:n:_..
-- 1.....;,::.:;::-.:.~
--
1
c..
SECTION
0
Lane 1 -(drive lane) -Loop L1, Piezo P1, Loop L2 Lane 2- (center lane) -Loop L3, Piezo P2, Loop L4 Lane 3- (center lane) - Loop L1, Piezo P1, Loop L6
I
MEDIAN
EDGE OF LANE
LEDGE OF SHOULDER
INDUCTION LOOP I PIEZO AXLE SENSOR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION Lane 1 - (drive lane) - Loop L1, Piezo P1, Loop L6 Lane 2- (center lane) - Loop L3, Piezo P2, Loop L4
'<.[
\.&
LANE3
..
+
-' ~
.. .. .. .. ..
..
L6
--
~ -
.,...:::r;r.: ~
---- --- --
coo.:
li~
-~
I
P3
L5
I;= 2- a"
...
LANE2 LANE1
SENSOR LEADS
I
HOME RUN CONDUIT UNDER THE ROADWAY (TYP.)
__?
P2
L3
L4
16'- 0"
-2' I ;- - 0"
P1
~SHOULDER
EDGE OF
L2
b
'
------ r ---f~
~SHOULDER NOTCH - SEE NOTES 6 AND 7 FOR CONDUIT SIZE -SEE NOTE 8 :
SHOULDER NOTCH
OFFSET LANE LINE (TYP.) EDGE OF LANE
DETAIL
1 114"
~~~i~~iu~~\,~"
_ _ : : : OF SHOULDER
~
PLAN VIEW
-----=s=rA=TE'"""o=Es=IG'""NE=N=GIN=E=ER___
..... fll
06-03-11
DATE
EDGE OF SHOULDER \
-<i==
NOTES
DECREASING MILEPOST DIRECTION
--------~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------EDGE OF LANE
1. See Standard Plan J-50.30 for Piezo Axle Sensor General Installation instructions, and Modified Type 2 Loop Wiring Details. 2. The Contractor shall notify the Statewide Travel and Collision Data Office (STCDO) (formerly TOO) a minimum of five working days prior to the scheduled site installation. An inspector from the WSDOT STCDO shall be on site for all phases of installation.
....1 ....1
::J
Cl Cl
bv
L4
~-------11--
L3
oz
SEE SAWCUT LOOP DETAIL
(/)
c:::O
3. The loop inductance of two loops within the same lane shall be within 20 micro henries of each other. All piezo ohms readings shall be 0\L from shield to center conductor. Class WIM piezo capacitance shall be 8nf to 20nf. 4. The loops and axle sensors shall be cut in the final lift of asphalt after lane striping is completed. All PTR loops shall be spaced @ 16ft. leading edge to leading edge. 5. For concrete pavement lanes with asphalt shoulders, install all of the piezo sensors and splices in the concrete lane. Also, for concrete pavement lanes, install the loops 4" to 6" away from the expansion joints.
c:::
LL.
= w ow
Nl ......
P3
LANE2
P4
P1
;::as
LANE1
B
OFFSET LANE LINE (TYP.)
L1
EDGE OF LANE
6. The shoulder notch length along the roadway shall be 4" or the conduit diameter plus 2" or whichever is larger. The shoulder notch width perpendicular to the roadway shall be the conduit size plus 1/4". 7. After all sensor leads are installed, seal the end of the conduit with conduit sealant. Use asphalt cold-patch to fill notch unless otherwise specified in Contract.
EDGE OF SHOULDER
Co~
ll
~ ~
INC:~:,:: ~~~:O:T--::-------~ ~ ~ -::SC~:::~ ~ -;~r--~ ~ ~ ~---~.- ~-~ -.~.~- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~---DIRECTION PVC CONDUIT- SEE NOTE 8 JUNCTION BOX TYPE 1 OR 2 (TYP.) -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-40.10
I I
. 1
-- . SEE NOTE 8
8.
IF ROADWAY IS ASPHALT, PLACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR HERE
Use Schedule 40 PVC conduit from the Junction Box to the Cabinet. Where there are 2 to 4 lanes, use one 1 1/4" min. conduit for each direction of travel. Where there are 5 lanes in either direction of travel, use one 2" min. conduit for each direction. Where there are 6 or more lanes in either direction, use one 3" min. conduit for each direction. Use Schedule 80 PVC, HOPE, or steel conduit under the roadway. For conduit installation, see Standard Specification 8-20.3(5).
9.
..........!
INDUCTION LOOP I PIEZO AXLE SENSOR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION Lane 1 - (drive lane) - Loop L 1, Piezo P1, Loop L2 Lane 2 - (pass lane) - Loop L3, Piezo P2, Loop L4 PLAN VIEW
RURAL URBAN
6'
CABINETSEE NOTE 12
10. Junction Boxes installed in the paved shoulder or median shall be a Heavy Duty Junction Box. If box is installed in unpaved shoulder use type 1 or 2. See Standard Plan J-40.1 0 for size and type. See Standard Specification 9-29.2(1)8. for further information. 11. All loop wire, loop leads, and piezo leads shall be labeled with colored electrical tape at all Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes and Cabinets. For Wire Color Code Identification Chart & Detail see Standard Plan J-50.30. 12. Cabinet can be placed on either side of the road depending on terrain/slope, etc. It does not have to be placed on increasing milepost side of the roadway. 13. For 6-lane layouts and above, see Contract.
B
12' 10'
2'
7f!==r====~~~~ ~
6'- 0"
b
~" . "J )X
3'~ (TYP.)
SENSOR LEADS
14. Concrete lanes shall use 11' class 1 piezos. Asphalt lanes with 1' shoulder or less may use 12' piezos. For shoulders over 1', use 13' piezos.
'
L2
~SHOULDER
EDGE OF
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
__.--z._._____,
EDGE OF SHOULDER
CONDUIT- SEE
i -+0"
SENSOR LEADS
-------EDGE OF LANE
..J ..J
-------------------------------~--------------------1-------------------------------------
Cl Cl
:J
L2
LANE3
L1
c::: w LL.
~SHOULDER
EDGE OF
P2
P1
A
;
P4
P3
L4
L3
SHOULDER NOTCH - SEE NOTES 6 AND 7 FOR CONDUIT SIZE - SEE NOTE 8 EDGE OF SHOULDER EDGE OF LANE JUNCTION BOX TYPE 1 OR 2 (TYP.)- SEE STANDARD PLAN J-40.10
L3
LANE2
L4
~ (TYP.)
P3 P1
P4
SECTION
A
OFFSET LANE LINE (TYP.)
A
EDGE OF LANE LANE 1
L1
JUNCTION BOX TYPE 1 OR 2 (TYP.) SEE STANDARD PLAN J-40.10 INCREASING MILEPOST DIRECTION INDUCTION LOOP TO PIEZO AXLE SPACING A
CABINET
SEE NOTE 8
B
121 101
PLAN VIEW
RURAL URBAN
61 21
DECREASING DIRECTION
I I 1
Lane 3 - (drive lane) - Loop L1 Piezo P1 Piezo P2 Loop L2 Lane 4- (drive lane) -Loop L3 1 Piezo P3 1 Piezo P4 1 Loop L4
06-03-11
DATE
fll
.....
THESE ARE GENERAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SEE SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS IN THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT 1. Using paint and a straight edge, carefully mark the layout of the sensor installation. Ensure sensors are placed exactly perpendicular to the flow of traffic and that all lines are straight. Verify that the piezo coax length can reach the cabinet with a minimum of 8ft. of cable inside the cabinet.
....1 ....1
JUNCTION BOX~
::J
0::
11..
0 0
r
2C(SH) CABLE :
I I
JUNCTION BOX
1 - - - - - _ ] _ - - - - - - -1
SPLICE (TYP.)
:
I I I I I I I 1
-0 .. ------------- ~-------- ~~ -- L_
EDGE OF SHOULDER
::
SHOULDER NOTCH
I I I I
2. Using a wet-cutting pavement saw with a 3/4" blade width, cut the piezo slot approximately 4 to 6 inches longer than the piezo length. The piezo slot depth must be a minimum of 1" to a maximum of 1 1/2". 3. Lead-in cuts for the piezo coax should be 1/4" minimum wide, at a depth of 1 1/2" to 2".
SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS IN THE CONTRACT FOR THE ROADWAY LOOP CABLE TYPE
51
F1
-
L----------
4. Using a pressure washer, remove all slurry and loose material from the piezo slot. 5. Completely dry piezo slot. No moisture or oily residue shall be allowed in piezo slot. 6. After piezo cut is dry, wire brush sides and bottom of entire piezo slot. Blow out loose debris.
// ~
'
~[
7. Install the piezo according to manufacturer's recommendations. Class 2 piezo sensors shall be placed at bottom of piezo slot. Class 1 sensors must be installed at a specific depth particular to each site location. This depth will be measured and set by Statewide Travel and Collision Data Office (formerly TDO) inspector on site. 8. Place two pieces of 2" duct tape along the length of the sensor slot. Tape should be about 1/16" from slot edge. 9. Mix epoxy according to manufacturer's recommendations and pour in slot into small bead. Make sure grout pours into slot slowly to avoid air pockets. Start at the piezo end and pour toward the coax to piezo attachment point. Repeat until the slot is completely full, at least two passes. 10. Use a putty knife with a notched center to spread the epoxy smooth the length of the sensor. 11. Remove tape.
---'----'-----1
6'- 0"
6'- 0"
_fi
12. Class 2 sensor installation is complete after epoxy has cured. Class 1 WIM sensors shall be sanded flush with the pavement surface the entire length of the piezo sensor. Use a belt sander with a coarse grit paper to get an even surface finish. 13. Lead-in placement and saw-cut methods vary depending on Regional preference and location. Coordination between WSDOT and Contractor is needed to determine method to be used prior to installation.
4"T06"
14. Place the Installation Brackets on the sensor every 12" for class 2 sensor, and every 8" for class 1 sensor, for the length of the sensor. Use the 3/4" brackets.
--j I"
ow ~ tu <( 0::
D..
0::
:r:O
cno <(()
oz
J: w 1- ::2:
D..
11..
1-
w wo
SENSOR SLOT
SECTION
SECTION
0
SECTION
;:::2;
= N-
...... fll
06-03-11
DATE
....1 ....1
0 0
::::i
z a::
w
FILL SENSOR SLOT WITH GROUT -SEE NOTE 9 PIEZO AXLE SENSOR CLASS 1 OR 2 -SEE NOTES TOP OF ROADWAY
::s
0
LL.
w FILL SENSOR SLOT WITH GROUT -SEE NOTE 9 PIEZO AXLE SENSOR CLASS 1 OR 2
LL.
z
0
------~LEVEL
INSTALLATION BRACKET (TYP.) INSTALLATION BRACKET (TYP.)
I.
3/4"
.I
::s
0 w
0
LL.
(!)
4"T06"
3"
SECTION
PLAN VIEW
SECTION
~
w
LOOP SEALANT PIEZO COAX WIRE POLYPROPYLENE HIGH-TEMP ROPE OR BACKER ROD
....
SENSOR END PIEZO AXLE SENSOR CLASS 1 OR 2 FILL SENSOR SLOT WITH GROUT -SEE NOTE 9 INSTALLATION BRACKETS (TYP.) -SEE NOTE 14
::s
0
0
LL.
~~--~~~----~~~~~
4" TO 6"
3"
SIDE VIEW
06-03-11
DATE
fll
.....
1. The Loop and Piezo leads in all Junction Boxes and Cabinets are to be color-coded. Use colored tape on each specific wire, see table. Wrap the tape on the wires approximately 6" beyond conduit in all Junction Boxes.
SINGLE PAIR LOOP LEAD CABLE
ORANGE YELLOW
2. The maximum load in the cabinet is 5 Amps. 3. The cabinet may be pedestal or pad mount. See Standard Plan J-1 0.1 0 for details. 4. See Special Provisions in the contract for the Cabinet dimensions. See Standard Specification 9-29.24 for other requirements. 5. For Grounding Details, See Standard Plan J-60.05. See Standard Specification 8-20.3(9) for other requirements.
0 0
GREEN
0
BLUE VIOLET GRAY WHITE BROWN & BLACK POWER IN I BREAKER BOX 15 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER 4 PLUG OUTLET BROWN & BROWN BROWN & RED BROWN & ORANGE BROWN & YELLOW BROWN & GREEN BROWN & BLUE BROWN & VIOLET
::::i
0::
LL.
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 WHITE BAND = INCREASING MILE POST DIRECTION YELLOW BAND= 4
z
0
II
~
TO JUNCTION BOX
b
' .....
DETECTOR 2C(SH) CABLE
(.)
SPLICE DETAIL
:::!!:11:
Oo::
0::~
~w
u..cn :::i!:o
:::!!:> -<(
GRAVEL PAD
:::i!:u..
~0
NO.
~a.
CONDUIT (TYP.)
TO CABINET
FOR CONDUIT SIZE TO SERVICE CABINET, SEE CONTRACT TO ROADWAY LOOPS & SENSORS
----=s=rA=TE"""o=Es=IG""NE=N=GIN=E=ER___
JUNCTION BOX
..... fll
06-03-11
DATE
NOTES
A
I I Ill Ill
v
5
TO POWER SOURCE
-b
1. If parallel circuits of different sizes are contained in one conduit, the size of the grounding conductor shall be determined on the basis of the largest conductor. Only one grounding conductor is required for each conduit, regardless of the number of circuits contained.
CONTINUED ON SHEET 2
Ou g@)
0:::~
...
:>U
~z :::;;0
c <(
COMBINED GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) AND RIGID PVC CONDUIT (PVC) APPLICATION
--:~~
)
0 0:::
2. Service ground per serving utility requirement. If the utility uses aluminum service conductors, an approved AI-Cu pressuretype ground connector shall be used to secure the service neutral to the copper neutral bar in the service enclosure. Except for the above, all grounding conductors shall be copper. 3. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be sized in accordance with the National Electric Code (No. 8 minimum).
15
<(W
__ j_~__ j__
--~------
~~n~
:::!
____! ___ _
9
10
_! ___ _ ___
9
()
0 0:::
o:::
ow
<(W
__ j_~__ j__
o:::cn
:::! <(
___1____ _
9
___! ___ _
9
CONTINUED ON SHEET 2
...
15
GROUND DETAILS
@)
RMC PVC APPLICATION APPLICATION
ELECTRICAL LOAD SUPPORT (LUMINAIRE POLE AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE) COPPER SOLDERLESS CRIMP CONNECTOR GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) RIGID PVC CONDUIT (PVC) OPTION A - 10' RMC WITH FIELD BEND - APPROVED ADAPTER FITIING - GROUNDING BUSHING OPTION B 10' RMC GS FACTORY ELBOWS APPROVED ADAPTER FITIING GS COUPLING GROUNDING BUSHING
@ @ @
TO SERVICE NEUTRAL BUS TO GROUNDING TERMINAL OR CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM BONDING JUMPER ATTACHED TO BOX WALL COUPLING NUT BONDING JUMPER ATTACHED TO BOX LID(S) GROUND STUD. # 8 AWG (MIN.) x 4' TINNED BRAIDED COPPER. END BELL BUSHING (TYP. ALL NON-METALLIC CONDUIT TERMINATIONS) CODE SIZED PVC HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE CONDUIT (HOPE) NON-METALLIC CONDUIT (PVC) SCHEDULE 80 BOX LID(S) GROUND STUD CABLE VAULT PULL BOX ITS CABINET EDGE OF FOUNDATION
@ @ @) @
qJ~
CABINET GROUNDING BUSS (COPPER) RIGID PVC OUTERDUCT WITH PVC OR PE INNERDUCT GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT OUTERDUCT WITH PVC OR PE INNERDUCT LOCATE WIRE. COIL 10' INSIDE CABINET, CABLE VAULT, OR PULL BOX DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE. COIL 2' INSIDE CABINET, CABLE VAULT, OR PULL BOX TRANSFORMER CABINET GROUNDING CONDUCTOR NON-INSULATED (FROM REINFORCING CAGE) BOX FRAME BONDING ATTACHMENT POINT GROUND LUG WELDED TO CABINET WALL (W/ TINNED COPPER BUSS) CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER ITS CAMERA, RAMP METER, TRAFFIC DATA STATION, HIGHWAY ADVISORY RADIO UNGROUNDED CABINET NEUTRAL BUSS (COPPER)
KEY
CD CD CD
SERVICE NEUTRAL SERVICE GROUND GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR BONDING JUMPER GROUNDING BUSHING (TYP. ALL RMC CONDUIT TERMINATIONS) GROUNDED NEUTRAL BUS (COPPER) SERVICE ENCLOSURE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR JUNCTION BOX
@ @ @ @ @)
@ @ @
GROUND ROD EDGE OF FOUNDATION, POLE OR SERVICE SUPPORT CLAMP JUNCTION BOX OR 8" DRAIN TILE WITH APPROVED COVER CODE SIZE RMC
(J)
@ @) @ @ @ @
.....
06-16-11
DATE
----1
I
SECTION
0
TOP OF PAVEMENT OR EXISTING GROUND
COMBINED GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) AND RIGID PVC CONDUIT (PVC) APPLICATION
ITS - COMBINED GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) AND RIGID PVC CONDUIT (PVC) APPLICATION
ITS -COMBINED GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)AND RIGID PVC CONDUIT (PVC) APPLICATION. FIBER OPTIC CABLE ONLY, NO METALLIC CONDUCTORS
30 OR@
ITS - RIGID PVC CONDUIT (PVC) APPLICATION FIBER OPTIC CABLE ONLY -NO METALLIC CONDUCTORS
ITS -GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) APPLICATION FIBER OPTIC CABLE ONLY - NO METALLIC CONDUCTORS
.....
06-16-11
DATE
l_
SERVICE
GROUND~
SEE STANDARD
SERVICE GROUND
"V"
SERVICE CABINET
~
0:: 0
Cl
LL.
c~
r
h
/PUNJ-1~
l
I......, I I I I I I I
I ;
I I I I
>{)
<(
(/)
~~
::J
:>-:
r:c
I
Cl
@
NOM.
~~f-------------------i~~ 6'-0"MIN. @
SEE KEY ON SHEET 1 FOR PARTS
DETAIL0
DETAIL0
l_ ~--.--..-----.--..-----.-,..------.-.....,"V"--,
SERVICE
GROUND~
SERVICE GROUND
~
I>.
D SERVICE CABINET
II
TY~
..
II
~
6
@~----~@
NOM.
6'-0"MIN.
02)~
DETAIL0
~J
Required to supplement equipment grounding for luminaire standards with direct burial aerial feeds, or where required in the plans derived systems
~ Required at all service and separately ~ Type D service cabinet shown. Use this
concept for Type E cabinet or transformer. Type D service cabinet shall be installed on lower surface of foundation only. Type B service cabinet and transformer cabinet shall be installed on raised surface of foundation only.
0
~
Type B modified service cabinet Grounding electrode conductor and equipment grounding conductor shall not be routed through lug on grounding bushing.
1---------------------1~
6'-0"MIN.
~ @
1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 ~
6'-0"MIN.
~ @
.....
06-16-11
DATE
Q)
3/8" x 2" x 2" Frame Bonding Stud Plate with 1/4NC x 1" Stainless Steel Bonding Stud. Weld Bonding Stud to Frame Bonding Plate. Weld to lid support frame. 1/4" weld- 3 sides. Grind lid bearing surface flat after welding. All corners rounded. Corners along exposed sheared or cut edges shall be broken by light grinding to achieve an approximate 1/16" (inch) chamfer or rounding. Protect conductors with fireproof cloth prior to welding. Omit Frame Bonding Stud Plate if the Frame Bonding point already exists. Weld all around lid bonding stud- 1/4 NC x 1" stainless steelliberally coat entire assembly w/ anti-seize compound.
,----------1
I
I I
--~1
3"
-__I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
:
M
~----------1
I
j
L ____ _
;(;(~ ';:!~~
~~~
l_
STAINLESS STEEL FLAT WASHER -FENDER BOND TINNED BRAIDED COPPER BONDING JUMPER- #8 MINIMUM x 4' TO FRAME BONDING STUD LOCATION
L _____ _
2"
------------------------------------l
I I
~ c:::
~---------J
I I
L-----------------------------------~
I I
I I
...
. 4 . 4 . 4
L ________ _
. ,<l . . . . . <1 ..
4 : . .
PLAN
4'
. .. <1
..
4
....._<1 ..
FLAT WASHER
~.<I ...
:
. <<l . . _. .
<l ..
I--------
3"
BONDING JUMPER#8 MINIMUM x 4' TINNED BRAIDED COPPER (BOND JUMPER TO EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR) STAINLESS STEEL FLAT WASHER STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTING NUTS
@ROUTE LID BONDING JUMPER TO LID BONDING STUD WITH FULL CIRCLE CONNECTOR FRAME BONDING STUD1/4" NC x 1" STAINLESS STEEL WELD TO FRAME BONDING STUD PLATE-LIBERALLY COAT THIS ASSEMBLY WITH ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND LID TO FRAME BONDING JUMPER COPPER SOLDERLESS CRIMP CONNECTOR
4 .
4 .
.. ..
.
. 4 .
6 .
0
BONDING JUMPERFRAME TO EQUIPMENT BONDING CONDUCTOR
ELEVATION
GRS
......
06-16-11
DATE
, MAX.,
NOTES 1. Drilling through reinforcing steel is not allowed. If steel is hit while drilling, the location shall be moved and the abandoned hole filled with grout conforming to Standard Specification 6-02.3(20}. There shall be a minimum of a 3" edge distance to the centerline of anchor holes in concrete. Mount the stainless steel support using an approved resin bonded anchor system. Anchors shall be stainless steel and shall be of 3/8" diameter (expansion anchors are not allowed). Anchor Bolt embedment of 4 1/2" minimum. 2. Number of clamps shall be determined by number of conduits to be attached to the Stainless Steel Channel Support. See Conduit Plans for conduit routing. 3. Add additional Attachment Bolts when required to maintain 8" maximum spacing between adjacent Attachment Bolts.
J
CONCRETE SLAB BRIDGE
3/8" DIAM. RESIN BONDED ANCHOR WITH 4 1/2" MIN. EMBEDMENT - SEE NOTE 1
:::!
c::: c 0 z
SECTION
(AUTHORIZED ONLY WITH WRITTEN BRIDGE OFFICE APPROVAL, WHERE VERTICAL CLEARANCE IS CONSTRAINED)
0
STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT ISOMETRIC VIEW
USE NEXT LARGER TRADE SIZE CONDUIT THAT ALLOWS FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF INNER CONDUIT (TYP.)
Stainless Steel Channel to be plumb to face of structure. Size spacer to maintain plumb line. When barrier is not plumb, size spacer to maintain back of barrier line. See Standard Plan J-60.14 for Column Mounting details.
5.
~INTO GIRDER
DO NOT DRILL
CONDUIT DIMENSIONS
NOMINAL TRADE SIZE (IN.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 5 6
0 1
STRAP THICKNESS CHART
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (IN.) 1/2- 2 >2-5 6 STRAP THICKNESS >OR= 1/8" >OR= 1/4" >OR= 1/4"
ISOMETRIC VIEW
OUTSIDE DIAMETERS 0.840 1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.000 4.500 5.563 6.625
' f)
~'@..,
ISOMETRIC VIEW
-----:S:=TA:-=TE:-:D:=ES::::IG::-:N-:::EN::::G:::-:IN=EE:=-R- - -
..... fll
06-16-10
DATE
_r ROADWAY _L _ _ _ _ _
SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-60.13 SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT -SEE STANDARD PLAN J-60.13 SEE STANDARD PLAN J-16b
ROADWAY\. -
-- ~ -
NOTES 1. See Standard Plan J-60.13 for Slotted Steel Channel details. 2. Stainless Steel Channel to be plumb to face of structure. Size spacer to maintain plumb line. 3. Slotted Channel mounting plate shall be installed where conduit is routed along column. 4. See Contract Plans for specified Alternative attachment type.
~
b
io
F~~~~~~~~
5' MAX. SPACING BETWEEN COLUMN AND ROADWAY ATTACHMENT CHANNEL SUPPORT SLOTTED CHANNEL MOUNT (TYP.)
(i
~
~
BRIDGE COLUMN
5' MAX. SPACING BETWEEN COLUMN AND ROADWAY ATTACHMENT CHANNEL SUPPORT CONDUIT - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR COUDUIT DIAM. AND QUANTITY
BRIDGE COLUMN
BETWEEN~ ROADWA~ _j 1
BRIDGE COLUMN
CONDUIT- SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR CONDUIT DIAM. AND QUANTITY 3/4" HEAVY DUTY STAINLESS STEEL STRAPS (TYP.) DEFLECTION FITTING - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-16b 3/4" HEAVY DUTY STAINLESS STEEL STRAPS (TYP.) GROUND LINE
I
I I I
CONDUIT - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR CONDUIT DIAM. AND QUANTITY DEFLECTION FITTING - SEE STANDARD PLAN J-16b
GROUND LINE
~
I -------
\~.:c:.:::..c:..-=.-'1
l::',_
----
_;>-,,
----
__ .J
4
A
!y_- _rJJ
\:~--c:_-_-,
JUNCTION BOX LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 19" 7 3/4"
H :1
(;I
------,
ALTERNATIVE 2 8"MAX.
I
7/16" DIAM. (TYP.) 3/4" HEAVY DUTY STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.) 13/16" x 1" BANDING SLOT FOR STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.) 10 GAGE STAINLESS STEEL -TYPE 304 13/16" DIAM. (TYP.)
7/16" DIAM. (TYP.) 13/16" x 1" BANDING SLOT FOR STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.)
..
.
I I
. ..
.
c.z;-
7,::;;:
~~
I I ~-~ .-~
ISOMETRIC VIEW
10 GAGE STAINLESS STEEL - TYPE 304 3/8" x 1" LONG STAINLESS STEEL BOLT, 2 FLAT WASHERS AND NUT SLOTTED CHANNEL MOUNTING PLATE
SECTION
0
STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL MOUNTING DETAILS ON COLUMN OR POLE STANDARD PLAN .J-60.14-00
.9o.
SECTION
0
______ l_l _______________ _ ' ---1 15/8" (TYP.) STAINLESS STEEL
'
SECTION
SECTION
CHANNEL
SECTION
ROUND COLUMN MOUNT SHOWN
fll
.....
06-16-10
DATE
NOTES
1. See Contract for head type, mounting height, and orientation. 2. All nipples, fittings, and center pipes shall be 1 1/2" diameter. 3. 4. Install neoprene gasket inside head when flanged elbows are supplied. Extend wire sheath a minimum of 1" inside all signal and sign housings and terminal compartments.
5. Apply bead of silicone to the serrated ring and around the perimeter of all top openings prior to installation of fittings. 6. Back plates shall be constructed of anodized aluminum and shall be mounted with stainless steel hardware. A 2-inch-wide strip of yellow retroreflective, type IV prismatic sheeting, conforming to the requirements of Standard Specification 9-28.12, shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The application surface of the back plate shall be cleaned, degreased with isopropyl alcohol, and dried prior to application of the sheeting. See Standard Specification 9-29.16(2)D. Drill a 1/4" drain hole in the bottom of each signal assembly, and one in the bottom of each pedestrian head. When signal assembly is mounted horizontally, drill a 1/4" drain hole at the lowest point of each section of the signal assembly.
7.
SIDE MOUNT
KEY
G) G) @ @ (j) @
CENTER PIPE (]) LOCKNIPPLE @NIPPLE SERRATED ELBOW
SERRATED OR FLANGED ELBOW REAMED TEE WITH SET SCREW REAMED ELBOW WITH SET SCREW BRONZE TERMINAL COMPARTMENT WITH: GASKETED COVER FASTENERS WIRE LEADS MOUNTING SADDLE FOR SIDE MOUNTS 1/4" DIAM. DRAIN HOLE 12 POSITION TERMINAL STRIP WIREWAY FOR SIDE MOUNTS BRONZE COLLAR - 4 1/4" I. D. OFFSET OPENING W/SET SCREWS ORNAMENT CAP NEOPRENE GASKET CONDUIT LOCKNUT TYPE E HINGE MOUNT- LEFT OR RIGHT, SEE CONTRACT FASTENER WITH SPACER 1/2" LAG SCREWS ON WOOD POLE 1/2" BOLTS TAPPED TO METAL POLE FLATHEAD SOCKET BOLT 1/2" INSERT HOLE FOR EXTERNAL WIRE ENTRANCE (REQUIRED ON TIMBER POLE MOUNTING ONLY) TERMINAL BLOCK AND PHENOLIC TAG INSULINER- 1" MIN. DIAM. HOLE SIGNAL HEAD WITH BACKPLATE
TOP MOUNT
TYPE C - PEDESTRIAN TYPE F - VEHICLE
14
@ @ @ @ @ @) @ @ @ @ @
16
@WASHER
oc::Jo
TOP MOUNT
TYPE D - PEDESTRIAN OR VEHICLE (SHOWN) OFFSET BRONZE COLLAR TO FRONT OFFSET BRONZE COLLAR TO BACK
SIGNAL HEAD MOUNTING DETAILS - POLE AND POST TOP MOUNTINGS STANDARD PLAN J-75.10-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET
05-11-11
DATE
ELEVATION
TYPEE MOUNTING DETAILS
fll
.....
6
17
NOTES
1. Type M mounting shall have "0" ring groove and seal top and bottom of signal attachment. 2. Type M mounting for conventional heads shall have a 2" diameter opening at the signal attachment. 3. Type M mounting for optically programmed heads shall have a 3 1/2" diameter opening at the signal attachment. 4. Type N mounting with optically programmed heads shall be installed with 14" nominal arms. 5. See Standard Plan J-75.30 for tether wire, and backplate requirements. 6. Apply bead of silicone around the perimeter of all top end cap openings prior to installation of the end cap assembly.
KEY
G)
@ @
(j) @ @ @ @ @ @ @
@
@ @ @ @ @ @
SIGNAL HEAD MOUNTING DETAILS MAST ARM AND SPAN WIRE MOUNTINGS STANDARD PLAN .J-75.20-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fll
.....
02-10-09
DATE
NOTES 1. Backplates shall be installed with 6 stainless steel screws and washers. KEY 2. Silicone top of channel and around nipples at openings into pole.
@ G) @ @ (j) @ @ @)
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
WIREWAY DETAIL
@METAL POLE @CABINET END BUSHING SEALING LOCKNUT 12-13 NC x 2 1/2" S. S. HEX HEAD BOLT CABINET WALL DRILLED 1/8" OVERSIZE OF NIPPLE CHANNEL DRILLED 1/8" OVERSIZE OF NIPPLE 2" DIAM. x 4" NIPPLE (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) POLE DRILLED SO BUSHING WILL PASS THROUGH 6063 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME F24T12/CW FLUORESCENT TUBES (4 EACH) TRANSLUCENT PLEXIGLASS SIGN FACE 1 1/2" CAST IRON HUB WITH 5/16" PIN AND COTTER KEY SPAN WIRE MOUNT ASSEMBLY WITH: 1 1/2" DIAM. CONDUIT LOCKNUT 1 1/2" DIAM. CONDUIT NIPPLE BRONZE MESSENGER HANGER WITH: -1/2" DIAM. J-BOLTS -CABLE LOCK BAR -RIVET -COTTER KEY BRONZE INTERNALLY THREADED WIRE ENTRANCE WITH: -BUSHING INSERT -ALLEN HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SET SCREW 24
!i
r----
=-r>------,.:
@7
PLAN VIEW
ISOMETRIC VIEW
12
BACKPLATE DETAIL
8" OR 12" SECTIONS
8" SECTION X = 8" 1/2" 12" SECTION X= 5 1/2" 1/2"
ARM MOUNT ASSEMBLY WITH: 1 1/2" DIAM. CONDUIT LOCKNUT BRONZE SERRATED ELL FITTING WITH: - 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL THROUGH BOLT AND NUTS -THREE STAINLESS STEEL SET SCREWS AT SLIPFITTER CONNECTION -THREE ALLEN HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SET SCREWS AT CONDUIT NIPPLE CONNECTION 1 1/2" DIAM. CONDUIT NIPPLE SERRATED RING WITH NO PINS SIDE POLE MOUNT ASSEMBLY WITH: 1 1/2" DIAM. CONDUIT LOCKNUT 1 1/2" DIAM. CONDUIT NIPPLE SERRATED RING WITH NO PINS 1 1/2" SERRATED ELBOW 1 1/2" DIAM. NIPPLE (DRILL AND TAP POLE TO ACCEPT) 2 EACH: 1/2-20 NF x 3/4" STAINLESS STEEL HEX HEAD BOLT LOCK WASHERS (DRILL AND TAP POLE TO ACCEPT) MOUNTING BRACKET
::c
@ @ @
@
C(D ~Q)
g~ro~~
ANGLE 45 SHOWN - SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR ANGLE AND LENGTH "L"
SECTION
0
fll
ELEVATION VIEW
.....
05-11-11
DATE
VISORS
6" DIAM. HAND HOLE AND REINFORCEMENT RING (TYP.) INSTALL ON TOP OF MAST ARM AT EACH SIGN LIGHT LOCATION,
BACK OF SIGN
ISOLATION SWITCH ENCLOSURE- MOUNT ABOVE CENTER OF ROADWAY SHOULDER ON THE FRONT SIDE OF THE STRUCTURE
NOTES
(SEENOTE8) nn~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~fn
~~ NO~T LE_S~S~~
__ __ THAN 3'- 0"
1. 2. 3.
Typical view shown. Verify power source location, quantities, location of signs and sign structure fixtures in contract plans. Route IMSA 20-1 3C #14 cable(s) from isolation switch along inside, bottom of the Monotube Mast Arm to the liquid-tight conduit connector(s) at hand hole(s). Route Separate IMSA 20-1 3C #14 cable from load side of terminal strip to each additional light fixture (where applicable) and provide sufficient slack wire per Standard Specification 8-20.3{8). Label all conductors with sign light and circuit number at isolation switch, hand hole(s) and ballast enclosure(s). Labels shall be a PVC or Polyolefin wire marking sleeve per Standard Specification 8-20.3{8). Install quick-disconnect fuse kits between the power supply wires and the pole and bracket cable, per Standard Specification 9-29.7. Fuse size shall be 200% larger than load size. The conductors in the IMSA 20-1 3C #14 cable shall be black, red and white. The white conductor shall be permanently identified as an equipment grounding conductor, per the NEG.
DRILL AND TAP MONOTUBE FOR 3/4" go LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT CONNECTOR 3/4" LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT- 24" LONG, MAX.
4.
DETAIL
5.
3/4" TERMINATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR ON TERMINAL BLOCK
6.
PULLING GRIP OR TWO SCREW CONNECTOR - SIZE TO SECURE POLE AND BRACKET CABLE SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE AND CONDUIT (TYP.) 6" DIAM. HAND HOLE CENTERED OVER NEMA TERMINAL CABINET IF NO OTHER HAND HOLE IS WITHIN 1'- 6" OF CABINET (SEE NOTE 8) MONOTUBE TERMINAL CABINET MOUNTING - 3/8" DIAM. x 1 1/2" BOLT, WASHER 1/4" GAP WITH 1/4"' THICK NYLON BUSHING WASHER FOR SPACER -4 LOCATIONS NEMA 3R STAINLESS STEEL TERMINAL CABINET - FOR ISOLATION SWITCH ENCLOSURE, SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-29.25 IMSA 20-1 3C #14 CABLE -SEE NOTE 2
7. All GRS conduits embedded in foundation shall be terminated with Grounding End Bushing and bonded to the Foundation Grounding Bus. All PVC conduits embedded in foundations shall be terminated with End Bell Bushing. 8. Hand holes shall be installed at the time of fabrication. Only additional conduits for lighting accommodations to previously non-illuminated structures may be installed in field as long as the proper repairs are made to the structure.
POLE AND BRACKET CABLE - INSTALL FROM THE QUICK DISCONNECT FUSE KITS TO THE ISOLATION SWITCH
9. All nuts, bolts, washers, and other hardware shall be stainless steel. 10. All holes shall be drilled and tapped. 11. Use the Retrofit Details only when the following conditions apply: A. Existing W4 x 13 Luminaire Brackets are to be reused for a new Sign Lighting Luminaire B. The span between the existing Luminaire Brackets is too wide to attach a new Sign Lighting Luminaire and Luminaire Mounting Plate. 12. If the sign structure includes a maintenance walkway, the Luminaire Mounting Plate shall be bolted to the walkway grating.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - SIZE PER NEC. MINIMUM SIZE #8 POLE AND BRACKET CABLE
...Hnh-----' ___[
1 1/2" DIAM. TAPPED HOLE WITH THREADED CONDUIT AND LOCK NUT (TYP.)
SECTION
POLE AND BRACKET CABLE - INSTALL FROM QUICK DISCONNECT FUSE KITS TO ISOLATION SWITCH 6" x 11" HAND HOLE AND REINFORCEMENT RING
PHENOLIC TAG- INSTALL 6" ABOVE HAND HOLE, TAG SHALL BE STAMPED WITH POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE, SERVICE SOURCE NUMBERS AND LETTERS
3/16" DIAM. x 1 1/2" LONG STAINLESS STEEL BOLT WITH WASHER AND NUT FOR GROUND- TAP 3/16" DIAM. HOLE QUICK DISCONNECT FUSES -SEE NOTE 5 GROUNDING END BUSHING -GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL (SEE NOTE 7) STAINLESS STEEL, SELF TAPPING 1/4" DIAM. SCREW W/S.S. WASHER, SPACE APPROX. 9" O.C. TOP OF FOUNDATION
I
I
6" x 11" HAND HOLE AND REINFORCEMENT RING SEE HAND HOLE DETAIL (SEE NOTE 8)
SCREEN GUARD -WELDED GALV. CLOTH, 1/16" x 7/16" SQUARE, WRAP AROUND BASE PLATE WITH 3" MIN. OVERLAP
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TO JUNCTION BOX
I
I
I
I
I
I I 1--,--l_j I I
I
I
I
I
!...~!
lr-..._
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - CLAMP TO STEEL REINFORCING BAR, SIZE PER NEC. MIN. SIZE #8
">-~
DETAIL
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
3/4" CHASE NIPPLE WITH LOCKNUT WASHER 3/4" MALLEABLE LB CONDULET W/ COVER 1 5/8" x 1 5/8" STAINLESS STEEL MOUNTING CHANNEL
1 5/8"
I.
SECTION
0
SIGN FACE 6" DIAM. HAND HOLE STEEL CHANNEL - C5 X 9 (TYP.) MATCHLINE MONOTUBE BEAM
SECTION
0
USE DETAILS ABOVE THE MATCHLINE ON SIGN LIGHT MOUNTING DETA~
SIGN LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH RETROFIT FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN SEE STANDARD PLAN G-90.40
~-
(1) 3/8" DIAM. WASHER AND (1) 3/8" DIAM. LOCK WASHER STEEL CHANNEL NUT -GROOVED AND SERRATED, (4 PER FIXTURE)
~ y
SIGN FACE 3/4" DIAM. RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT- MOUNTED TO INSIDE OF VERTICAL BRACE
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN SEE SIGN LIGHT MOUNTING DETAIL 1 5/8" x 1 5/8" STAINLESS STEEL = = - - 1 ' - - MOUNTING CHANNEL - 2 PER FIXTURE LUMINAIRE BRACKET - W4 X 13 STEEL LUMINAIRE BRACKET - W4 X 13 STEEL 3/4" STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.)
DRILL AND TAP MONOTUBE FOR 3/4" goo LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT CONNECTOR
r---=-,.
RETAINING SPRING -4 PER FIXTURE
2'- 0"
MAX.
DETAIL
3/8" DIAM. x 1 1/2" LONG BOLT SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE 3/4" CHASE NIPPLE WITH LOCKNUT WASHER 3/4" MALLEABLE LB CONDULET WITH COVER 3/8"WASHER
1'- 10 3/4"
SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE
~~
.
SECTION
,_ , 1 8 112
LUMINAIRE FIXTURE HOUSING 3/8" LOCKWASHER 3/8" DIAM. LOCKNUT LUMINAIRE MOUNTING PLATE
3/4" MALLEABLE LB CONDULET WITH COVER 3/4" STRAIGHT LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT CONNECTOR 3/4" DIAM. RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT 3/4" LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT- 24" LONG, MAX. 3/4" 45 LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT CONNECTOR - INSTALL WITHIN 1'- 0" OF LIGHT FIXTURE
DETAIL
LUMINAIRE BRACKET (TYP.) - W4 X 13 STEEL LUMINAIRE BRACKET - W4 X 13 STEEL 3/4" STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.)
2'- 0"
MAX.
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
NOTES
TOP TRUSS CHORD
1. Typical view shown. Verify power source location, quantities, and location of signs and sign structure fixtures in contract plans 2. Route separate IMSA 20-1 3C #14 cables from load side of terminal strip to each additional Sign Lighting Luminaire (where applicable) and provide sufficient slack wire per Standard Specification 8-20.3(8).
I
STAINLESS STEEL ISOLATION SWITCH ENCLOSURE - MOUNT ON FRONT OF FIXTURE, PER STANDARD SPEC. 9-29.25 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - SIZE PER NEC. MINIMUM SIZE #8.
3.
Label all conductors with sign light and circuit number at isolation switch, handhole, and ballast enclosure. Label shall be a PVC or Polyolefin wire marking sleeve per Standard Specification 8-20.3(8).
STAINLESS STEEL STRAPS (TYP.) -USE TO ATTACH CONDUIT TO BOTTOM TRUSS CHORD
4. Install quick-disconnect fuse kits between the power supply wires and pole and bracket cable per Standard Specification 9-29.7. Fuse size shall be 200% larger than load size. 5. The conductors in the IMSA 20-1 3C #14 cable shall be black, red and white. The white conductor shall be permanently identified as an equipment grounding conductor per the NEC. 6. All GRS conduits embedded in foundation shall be terminated with grounding end bushing and bonded to the ground terminal in the base of pole. All PVC conduits embedded in foundations shall be terminated with end bell bushing.
3/4" STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.)
U-BOLT CONNECTION (TYP.) - SEE STANDARD PLAN G-90.30 BOTTOM TRUSS CHORD
IMSA 20-1 3C #14 CABLE(S) PHENOLIC TAG - INSTALL 6" ABOVE HANDHOLE, -SEE NOTE 2 TAG SHALL BE STAMPED WITH POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE, SERVICE SOURCE NUMBERS AND LETTERS
7.
Hand holes shall be installed at the time of fabrication. Only additional conduits for lighting accommodations to previously non-illuminated structures may be installed in field as long as the proper repairs are made to structure.
8. All nuts, bolts, washers, and other hardware shall be stainless steel.
SCREEN GUARD
U-BOLT CONNECTION (TYP.) - SEE STANDARD PLAN G-90.30 BOTTOM TRUSS CHORD 1 1/2" CONDUIT (TYP.) CONDUIT OUTLET BODY 3/4" LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALIC CONDUIT - 24" LONG, MAX.
.--_1IIIIIIIL_9:.
All holes shall be drilled and tapped. 10. Use the Retrofit details only when the following conditions apply:
TO JUNCTION BOX
A. Existing W4 x 13 Steel Beam sign brackets are to be reused for a new Sign Lighting Luminaire. B. The span between the existing Luminaire Brackets is too wide to attach the new Sign Lighting Luminaire and Luminaire Mounting Plate.
11. If the sign structure includes a maintenance walkway, the Luminaire Mounting Plate shall be bolted to the walkway grating.
VERTICAL BRACE - W4 X 13, STEEL TERMINAL CABINET MOUNTING - 1 1/2" DIAM. TAPPED HOLE WITH THREADED NIPPLE AND LOCKNUT 1/4" GAP WITH 1/4" THICK NYLON BUSHING WASHER FOR SPACER 3/4" LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALIC CONDUIT- 24" LONG, MAX.
3/4" STAINLESS STEEL STRAP (TYP.) IMSA 20-1 3C #14 CABLE -SEE NOTE 2
DETAIL
0
POLE AND BRACKET CABLE - INSTALL FROM THE QUICK DISCONNECT FUSE KITS TO THE ISOLATION SWITCH 6" x 11" HAND HOLE- FOR DETAILS -SEE STANDARD PLAN G-60.10 GROUNDING END BUSHING -GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL QUICK DISCONNECT FUSES -SEE NOTE 4 STAINLESS STEEL, SELF TAPPING 1/4" DIAM. SCREW WITH S.S. WASHER, SPACE APPROX. 9" ON CENTER
PULLING GRIP OR TWO SCREW CONNECTOR - SIZE TO SECURE POLE AND BRACKET CABLE POST - SEE STANDARD PLAN G-60.10
3/16" DIAM. x 1 1/2" LONG STAINLESS STEEL BOLT WITH WASHER AND NUT FOR GROUND- TAP 3/16" DIAM. HOLE
I
I
DETAIL
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR NEMA 3R TERMINAL CABINET -FOR ISOLATION SWITCH ENCLOSURE, SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-29.25 LOCK NUT (TYP.)
L..,- ....~
POLE AND BRACKET CABLE IMSA 20-1 3C #14 CABLES -SEE NOTE 2 1 1/2" DIAM. RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT
I I I
1...~,
SCREEN GUARD -WELDED GALV. CLOTH, 1/16" X 7/16" SQUARE, WRAP AROUND BASE PLATE WITH 3" MIN. OVERLAP
DETAIL
DETAIL
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE 3/4" CLOSE NIPPLE WITH LOCKNUT WASHER 3/4" MALLEABLE LB CONDULET W/ COVER 1 5/8" x 1 5/8" STAINLESS STEEL MOUNTING CHANNEL 1 5/8" x 1 5/8" STAINLESS STEEL MOUNTING CHANNEL LUMINAIRE BRACKET - W4 X 13 STEEL 3/8" DIAM. - 16 X 1 1/2" LONG BOLT, STEEL VERTICAL BRACE - W4 X 13 STEEL
U-BOLT CONNECTION
CONDUIT OUTLET BODY 3/4" LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT - 24" LONG MAX.
.I
SECTION
0
DETAIL
USE DETAILS ABOVE THE MATCHLINE ON SIGN LIGHT MOUNTING DETA~
SECTION
0
~
SIGN FACE STEEL CHANNEL NUT WITH SPRING -GROOVED AND SERRATED, (4 PER FIXTURE) SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE 3/4" DIAM. RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT- MOUNTED TO INSIDE OF VERTICAL BRACE
SIGN LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH RETROFIT FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN SEE STANDARD PLAN G-90.40
0
MATCH LINE
SIGN FACE
3/8" DIAM. X 1 1/2" LONG BOLT (1) 3/8" DIAM. WASHER AND (1) 3/8" LOCK WASHER LUMINAIRE MOUNTING PLATE 1 5/8" X 1 5/8" MOUNTING CHANNEL (2 PER FIXTURE)
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN SEE SIGN LIGHT MOUNTING DETAIL
3/4" LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALIC CONDUIT - 24" LONG, MAX. RETAINING SPRING (4 PER FIXTURE)
2'- 0"
MAX.
DETAIL
1'- 10 3/4"
SIGN LIGHTING LUMINAIRE
3/4" MALLEABLE LB CONDUIT WITH COVER 3/4" STRAIGHT LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT CONNECTOR 3/4" LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT- 24" LONG, MAX. 3/4" 45 LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT CONNECTORINSTALL WITHIN 1'- 0" OF LIGHT FIXTURE
~~
SECTION
,_ , 1 8 112
DETAIL
0
LUMINAIRE BRACKET - W4 X 13 STEEL
2'- 0"
MAX.
1'- 0"
MAX.
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
3'- 8"
3'- 2"
DRILL & TAP FOR 1/2-13 S. S. PENTA BOLTS PLACE 120 APART COAT LIBERALLY WITH ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND DIAMOND PATTERN -SEE NOTE3
5/8" DIAM. THREADED INSERT (TYPICAL) - SEE NOTE 9 25" DIAM. CAST IRON RING AND DUCTILE IRON LOCKING COVER STANDARD DUTY LID - HINGED, SPRING ASSISTED 1 1/2" DIAMETER S. S. BRIDLE RING -SEE DETAIL
NOTES 1. The Heavy Duty Lid shall be used when a Pull Box is placed in the paved shoulder or the traveled way. Use a 9" thick lid for new Pull Box installations. Use a 6" thick Heavy Duty Lid when converting a Standard Duty Pull Box into a Heavy Duty Pull Box in the paved shoulder or the traveled way and no overlay is called for in the Contract. Otherwise, see Contract Plans for overlay depth and fabricate lid thickness to match overlay depth. 2. Use Standard Duty Pull Box and Lid when placed in unpaved areas. Use Standard Duty Pull Box in sidewalks, walkways, and shared-use paths. 3. Minimum lid thickness shown. The diamond pattern shall be a minimum of 3/32" thick. 4. Standard Duty Pull Boxes installed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared-use paths shall have a slip-resistant coating on lid and shall be installed with the surface flush with and matched to the grade of the sidewalk, walkway, and shared-use paths. The non-slip lid shall be identified with permanent marking on the underside indicating the type of surface treatment (see Contract Documents for details) and the year of manufacture. The permanent marking shall be 1/8" inch line thickness formed with a stainless steel weld bead and shall be placed prior to hot-dip galvanizing. 5. A 1/4-20 UNC x 3/4" S. S. ground stud with (2) S. S. nuts and (2) S. S. flat washers shall be attached to the Standard Duty Lid and coated with anti-seize compound. Provide a 5/8" diameter cored hole in the ductile iron lid gusset (Heavy Duty Lid) with 1/2-13 UNC x 1 1/4" S. S. bolt, (3) S. S. flat washers, and (2) S. S. nuts for the Bonding Jumper. 6. Connect a Bonding Jumper to the steel conduit bushing for GRS conduit and connect the steel conduit bushing jumper to the equipment ground at the threaded brass ground insert. Connect the equipment grounding conductors in the PVC and/or GRS conduits to the brass ground insert. The Bonding Jumper shall be #8 min. x 4' (ft.) of tinned braided copper between the lid and the frame of the Heavy Duty tops and from the Heavy Duty top to the threaded brass ground insert. The Bonding Jumper shall be #8 min. x 4' (ft.) of tinned braided copper between the lid on a Standard Duty Pull Box and the threaded brass ground insert. See Contract Plan Sheets and Standard Plan J-60.05 for Bonding Jumper requirements. 7. The system identification letters shall be 1/8" line thickness formed by engraving, casting, stamping, or with a S. S. weld bead. See COVER MARKING DETAIL. See Standard Specification 9-29.2(4). Ductile iron lid lettering shall be recessed. 8. Cement concrete shall be Class 4000.
1/4-20 UNC X 1 11/16" MIN. LENGTH THREADED BRASS GROUND INSERT WITH STEEL LEAD GROUND ROD BONDED TO FRAME AND REINFORCING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION -SEE NOTE 7 CORED HOLES IN FRAME FOR TYING TO THE RE-BAR (TYPICAL 4 PLACES)
DRILL & TAP FOR 1/2-13 S. S. BOLT USE HOLE FOR BONDING JUMPER
SEE NOTE
SECTION
CONDUITS SHOWN EXTENDED FOR CLARITY (TYP.)- SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8-20.3(5)
Equipment Grounding Conductor Copper Solderless Crimp Connector Equipment Bonding Jumper- See Note 5 See Contract for conduit size and number Provide a 1 1/2" wide x 3 1/2" high x 3/16" thick min. flat area for lifting purposes (for Ductile Iron Lid only)
~-SEE
9.
Plastic plugs shall be put into the lid inserts after fabrication and the lid installation.
NOTE 6
10. Capacity- conduit diameter= 40" (in.). 11. Excavate material, place 6" crushed surfacing pad per Standard Specification Section 8-20.3(6). Field bend #3 reinforcing bar to allow conduit into the Pull Box. Field bend reinforcing bar back into place, wire tie in (2) places, and cast in commercial concrete (commercial concrete only allowed for box bottom/wall completion). 12. This drawing depicts a typical Pull Box assembly. Reinforcing not shown. Each manufacturer's Pull Box assembly will vary. Refer to the approved manufacturer's shop drawings for all dimensions and the actual.---,-----, arrangement. ~ ,_ i'i .k
,. .. !;::;,"
<J)
ISOMETRIC CUTAWAY
~ Location Wire
3'- 0"
GROUNDSTUD -SEE NOTE4 GROUND STUD -SEE NOTE 5
~~----------------------~~
3'- 8"
i1@~~~
82!~
~
0
I !
""'
~
:I!
5" MIN.
g:
i
!
b
l!:
~
2'- 0"
~~~-~~
~-fj:::
!i1oirh
(!)
"'i!()~[t ~~~~::)
..... 2!
~~gs~~ .U..t!:!ID
~l!!iil;:!o
ooq;~:SCI)~
'
~n~~
~OQ~>-
~
0
R:
0
"' ""
0
i!offi
~~~~8
~~~~~
<
LIFTIN~ ""' ~
"'
~
~"(IJJ"(~
2,:;2::1-j:::
KNOCKOUT (TYPICAL)
~~~H
fo
GROUND ROD KNOCKOUT 1'- 10"
TOP
SECTION
VIEW0
.....
06-27-11
DATE
BRIDLE RING - SEE DETAIL 8 LOCATION WIRE - PROVIDE 1'- 0" DIAM. LOOP ABOVE CHANNEL SECTION. SECURE IN BRIDLE RING
GROUND STUD -THREAD INTO PREDRILLED HOLE IN FRAME FLANGE, DRILL AND TAP 1/2"- 13 - SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE CORED HOLE - DO NOT DRILL OR TAP - DO NOT DRILL INTO OR THROUGH GUSSETS HEAVY DUTY LID - SEE NOTE 1
:
0 0::: 0
,.
>u
<(
(/)
11..
.. .
:
:
I
1/4-20 UNC x 1 11/16" MIN. LENGTH THREADED BRASS GROUND INSERT WITH STEEL LEAD GROUND ROD BONDED TO FRAME AND REINFORCING
::J :;>.:
Ill
..
,.
NOTE 6
. . .. .. . .,
'
~~ Cl
ROUGHENED SURFACE REQUIRED PRIOR TO CASTING BOTTOM I WALL CONCRETE TIE WRAP STEEL REINFORCING SYMMETRICAL ABOUT CENTERLINE #3 REINFORCING BAR (TYP.) SPLICED #3 REINFORCING BAR (TYP.) - SEE NOTE 11 FACTORY CAST BLOCK OUT W/ ROUGHENED EDGES
Li
I
I
~~ ll
i_J
111
-,.,:
Ill
:""1 1
: .
~"
: ::
I :0
'-----
NJi
r:: 11
II :: : 1/
I :_': I-'--JL_.f---1L...----.J4l%1 1
-~~IY
>I"
I
'
/JU_
==l===t===~= =,
1.2 MAX
FIELD VERIFY 2" CLEAR (TYP.) TO END OF REINFORCING BAR
ISOMETRIC CUTAWAY
VIEW0
I-I
_1
::::
1" (TYP.)
ITS
_ PIPE HANGER - S. S., 12 GAGE, 1" WIDE SEE NOTE 7
112, <TYP.>.II-
t
9" DIAMETER
1 1/2" DIAM. BRIDLE RING - S. S. 1/4" DIAM. WIRE SIZE (FABRICATE IF NOT AVAILABLE COMMERCIALLY)
CABLE BUFFER - FLEXIBLE, PLASTIC PIPE, 6" DIAM., 1'- 0" LONG, SPLIT
S. S. NUT
LOGO DETAIL
.....
06-27-11
DATE
6'- 10" 6" 5/8" DIAM. THREADED INSERT (TYP.)- SEE NOTE 9
38 1/2" DIAM. CAST IRON RING AND DUCTILE IRON LOCKING COVER DRILL & TAP FOR 1/2-13 S. S. PENTA BOLTS (TYP. OF 4) COAT LIBERALLY WITH ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND DIAMOND PATTERN -SEE NOTE 3
STANDARD DUTY LID - HINGED, SPRING ASSISTED 1 1/2" DIAMETER S. S. BRIDLE RING -SEE DETAIL BONDING JUMPER -SEE NOTE6
NOTES 1. The Heavy Duty Lid shall be used when a Cable Vault is placed in the paved shoulder or the traveled way. Use a 9" thick lid for new Cable Vault installations. Use a 6" thick Heavy Duty Lid when converting a Standard Duty Cable Vault into a Heavy Duty Cable Vault in the paved shoulder or the traveled way and no overlay is called for in the Contract. Otherwise, see Contract Plans for overlay depth and fabricate lid thickness to match overlay depth.
2. Use Standard Duty Cable Vault and Lid when placed in unpaved areas. Use Standard Duty Pull Box in sidewalks, walkways, and shared-use paths.
1~
~
~
-0
+ +
HEAVY DUTY LID
SEE NOTE 1 DRILL & TAP FOR 1/2-13 S. S. BOLT - USE HOLE FOR BONDING JUMPER
1/4-20 UNC x 1 11/16" MIN. LENGTH THREADED BRASS GROUND INSERT WITH STEEL LEAD GROUND ROD BONDED TO FRAME AND REINFORCING
3. Minimum lid thickness shown. The diamond pattern shall be a minimum of 3/32" thick. 4. Standard Duty Cable Vaults installed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared-use paths shall have a slip-resistant
coating on the lid and shall be installed with the surface flush with and matched to the grade of the sidewalk, walkway, and shared-use paths. The non-slip lid shall be identified with permanent marking on the underside indicating the type of surface treatment (see Contract Documents for details) and the year of manufacture. The permanent marking shall be 1/8" inch line thickness formed with a stainless steel weld bead and shall be placed prior to hot-dip galvanizing. 5. A 1/4 - 20 UNC x 3/4" S. S. ground stud with (2) S. S. nuts and (2) S. S. flat washers shall be attached to the Standard Duty Lid and coated with anti-seize compound. Provide a 5/8" diameter cored hole in the ductile iron lid gusset (Heavy Duty Lid) with 1/2- 13 UNC x 1 1/4" S. S. bolt, (3) S. S. flat washers, and (2) S. S. nuts for the Bonding Jumper. 6. Connect a Bonding Jumper to the steel conduit bushing for GRS conduit and connect the steel conduit Bushing Jumper to the equipment ground at the threaded brass ground insert. Connect the equipment grounding conductors in the PVC and/or GRS conduits to the brass ground insert. The Bonding Jumper shall be #8 min. x 4' (ft.) of tinned braided copper between the lid and the frame of the Heavy Duty tops and from the Heavy Duty top to the threaded brass ground insert. The Bonding Jumper shall be #8 min. x 4' (ft.) of tinned braided copper between the lid on a Standard Duty vault and the threaded brass ground insert. See Contract Plan Sheets and Standard Plan J-60.05 for Bonding Jumper requirements. 7. The system identification letters shall be 1/8" line thickness formed by engraving, casting, stamping, or with aS. S. weld bead. See COVER MARKING DETAIL, Standard Specification 9-29.2{4). Ductile iron lid lettering shall be recessed. 8. Cement concrete shall be Class 4000. 9. Plastic plugs shall be put into the lid inserts after fabrication and the lid installation.
.j . \ .~- ~- - .~}_
.(1_::;. __
~ ~:i
t-
SEE NOTE 1
Equipment Grounding Conductor Copper Solderless Crimp Connector Equipment Bonding Jumper- See Note 6 4 See Contract for Conduct Size and Number Provide a 5" Wide x 3" High x 3/16" Thick Min. Flat Area for Lifting Purposes (for Ductile Iron Lid Only) GRS Shown - See Contract for Conduit Type PVC Shown - See Contract for Conduit Type Location Wire CONDUITS SHOWN EXTENDED FOR CLARITY - SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8-20.3(5)
ISOMETRIC CUTAWAY
5'- 0"
GROUND STUD (TYP.) - SEE NOTE 5
6'- 10"
GROUND STUD - SEE NOTE 5 ~
+
l
+
IF=========n
II /-,
)
~~~~~~~~~~~
LIFT HOLE (TYP.) - 1" TO 2" DIAMETER HARDWARE MOUNTING RACK(TYP.) - S. S. 1 5/8" SLOTTED CHANNEL
/-,
1, )
_j.
f
~ ~
T-fotl
~~~~~~==~~~
II
::
:: 1,
II II _ II / ' II I, __ ,. . . ) II
II II / ' II I, __ ,. . . ) II II
II ,.....-'\ J II ( II , _ / :: /-
,.....-'\ II ( J :: , _ / II /II
b
I
:: ( II , _ /
( J II , _ / II
U:~~~~~~~~dJ
b-~~~~~~~~.!i
+
DIAMOND PATTERN - SEE NOTE 3 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION - SEE NOTE 7
'i
1/
TOP
\
\
+
RECESSED LIFTING \__ RING AND LOCK (TYP.)
--'------
3'- 0"
CABLE VAULT
(SHOWN WITH STANDARD DUTY LID)
VIEW0
.....
06-27-11
DATE
~LOCATION WIRE
-PROVIDE 1'- 0" DIAM. LOOP ABOVE CHANNEL SECTION SECURE IN BRIDLE RING 8" PIPE HANGER -SEE DETAIL SEE NOTE 5
~BONDING JUMPER
-SEE NOTE6 BRIDLE RING -SEE DETAIL GROUND STUD- THREAD INTO PREDRILLED HOLE IN FLANGE, DRILL AND TAP 1/2"- 13 -SEE NOTE 5
..
0 0::: 0
'
>(.)
<(
u.
'
:
::::i
:;>..:
ID
en
CORED HOLE - DO NOT DRILL OR TAP - DO NOT DRILL INTO OR THROUGH GUSSETS 1/4-20 UNC x 1 11/16" MIN. LENGTH THREADED BRASS GROUND TAP INSERT WITH STEEL LEAD GROUND ROD BONDED TO FRAME AND REINFORCING HEAVY DUTY LID -SEE NOTE 1
..
'
t~~Jt~:::::::::::::::::::::::f::::::::::::::::::::~:::fL~J
I
---------~--------
o>_.!!: wo::: -w
u.>
ROUGHENED SURFACE REQUIRED PRIOR TO CASTING BOTTOM I WALL CONCRETE CONDUIT WITHOUT INNERDUCT SHOWN - SEE SHEET 1 FOR CONDUIT WITH INNERDUCT
6"
2" CLEAR (TYP.) TO END OF REINFORCING BAR STEEL REINFORCING CENTERLINE
Go...
r- : :
~t
MIN. TYP.
1" (TYP.)
ITS_[
1t2" (TYP.>.I SEE NOTE 7
<
VIEW0
~ SYMMETRICALABOUT
c.~~ ~~
~...:;y-<...
S. S. HEX HEAD BOLT - 1/2-13 UNC X 15/16" S. S. CHANNEL NUT WITH SPRING (PARTIAL CHANNEL SHOWN FOR CLARITY)
ISOMETRIC CUTAWAY
_ PIPE HANGER - S. S., 12 GAGE, 1" WIDE 9" DIAMETER 11/2" DIAM. BRIDLE RING - S. S. 1/4" DIAM. WIRE SIZE (FABRICATE IF NOT AVAILABLE COMMERCIALLY) S. S. HEX BOLT 3/8- 16 UNC x 9"
CABLE VAULT
CABLE BUFFER - FLEXIBLE PLASTIC PIPE, 8" DIAM., 1'- 0" LONG, SPLIT S. S. NUT
LOGO DETAIL
. . . Washington State
.....
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
/~G20-2A
~
JIENI)'Ij
SIGN SPACING
RURAL HIGHWAYS RURAL ROADS RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS
=X
800' 500' 350' 200'
NOTES
1. Sign sequence is the same for both directions of travel. Adjust for the direction of roadway curves. 2. Flashing Warning Lights (Type B per MUTCD) and/or flags may be used to call attention to the advance Warning Signs. 3. Existing conflicting pavement markings and signs that are no longer applicable shall be removed or obliterated. Temporary pavement markings shall be used to delineate bypass detour. Raised pavement markers and/or temporary guideposts may be used on bypass as directed by the Engineer.
::::> 0:::
w ...J w
< z
~
Cl
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS.
4.
5. Steady Burning Warning Light (Type C per MUTCD) shall be used to mark Channelizing Devices at night. 6. Where advisory speed is 30 mph or less, reverse turn signs should be used. Other curve or turn Warning Signs may be substituted to depict roadway alignment. 7. Temporary barriers and end treatments shall be crashworthy. 8. To improve visibility, consider use of temporary illumination at closure points.
ROAD CLOSED
~
R11-2
9.
BMI
For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
OR
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
XX
MPH
W13-1
LEGEND
CHANNELIZING DEVICES BARRICADE - TYPE 3 R
~zz~
10-12-07
DATE
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
NOTES 1. Modify Regulatory Traffic Control Devices, as needed, for the duration of the detour. 2. Two Flashing Warning Lights (Type A per MUTCD} may be used to mark each barricade at night.
R11-1501 B/W
::::> 0:::
w ...J w
< z
ROAD CLOSED
~
Cl
sz
sz
><
WILL BE CLOSED
MDN DA - MDN DA XAM XPM
3. Trail Blazers shall be installed throughout the detour, as appropriate. 4. Signing shown for the one direction only. 5. Coordinate with emergency services. 6. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD} and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
(1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
j
1-
f
z
en
0::: 1-
sz
><
w w
C( ::!!!
li..'-'-'1!
~zz~
sz
R11-3 B/W
ROAD CLOSED
XX MILES AHEAD
LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY M4-10L
TO
THRU TRAFFIC
1>1
M3-1 D3-101
1-
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
M4-8 M6-1L
0:::
w w
LEGEND
SIGN LOCATION BARRICADE - TYPE 3 R
rzz~
2-+--------------~{
BARRICADE - TYPE 3 L
Ken L. Smith
- .... -----:::ST:-::AT=E::-:DE""SIG""N:-:::EN""G""'INE=ER::----
02-15-07
DATE
fJ'I Washington
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
SIGN SPACING= X
RURAL ROADS RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS 45/55 MPH 35/40 MPH 25/30 MPH 25 MPH OR LESS 500' 350' 200' 100'
::::> 0:::
1. This plan is intended for use on roadways when traffic volumes create sufficient gaps for motor vehicles to yield. 2. Steady Burning Warning Lights (Type C per MUTCD) shall be used to mark Channelizing Devices at night. 3. Adequate sight distance shall be provided for drivers to see opposing traffic, otherwise use flaggers and/or Temporary Signal. 4. 5. 6. 7.
R1-2
w ...J w
< z
~
Cl
Extend Channelizing Device taper across shoulder - recommended. Post mount signs when in place for 3 days or longer. For speed limit 35 mph or higher replace W1-3R with W1-4R. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
RIW
R1-2a G20-2A B
BIW
100' MAX. 15' X X X
WORK AREA
1_1_
IQI IQI
t:t
IQI IQI IQI IQI IQI
Kl
X
!l
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
Kl
G20-2A
Kl
X
LEGEND
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES
~LL~
LANE CLOSURE WITHOUT FLAGGERS - LOW VOLUME ROAD STANDARD PLAN K-20.20-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
10-12-07
DATE
fl'l
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
::::> 0:::
< z
...J
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance. 2. Night work requires additional roadway lighting at flagging stations. See WSDOT Standard Specifications for additional details. 3. Extend Channelizing Device taper across shoulder - recommended.
w w
~
Cl
BUFFER DATA
G20-2A OR DOWNSTREAM TAPER TO SHOW END OF WORK AREA - SEE NOTE 5 TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION}
4. Sign sequence is the same for both directions of travel on the roadway. 5. Channelizing Device spacing for the downstream taper option shall be 20' O.C. 6. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE (1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS, AND DRIVEWAYS. W20-7B - OPTIONAL IF POSTED SPEED 40 MPH OR LESS (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
LEGEND
FLAGGING STATION SIGN LOCATION
liil liil liil
8<}1 :I
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-15-07
DATE
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
=L
500 550 600
(FEET)
::::> 0:::
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 35 40 45 50 55 30 150 165 180 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 550 605 660
1. Channelizing Devices are recommended along centerline to separate traffic from work operation. Devices are required at tapers to shift traffic movement between lanes and to protect all flagging stations. 2. 3. Night work requires additional roadway lighting at flagging stations. See WSDOT Standard Specifications for additional details . For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
< z
...J
660 720
w w
~
Cl
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
SP-1 24" X 16" 4" B/W
WORK AREA
EDll
EDll
LEGEND
FLAGGING STATION SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES
1:
1~8
EDll
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-15-07
DATE
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
M I N I M U M TAPE R L E N G T H = L
LANE WIDTH (FEET) 10 11 25 105 115 125
::::> 0:::
I 25 I 30 I 35 I 40 I 45 I 50 I 55 I 60
1155 1200 1250 13051360 142514951 570
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 40 45 55 30 35 50 150 165 180 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600 550 605 660
w ...J w
< z
660 720
RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance. 2. Existing conflicting pavement markings that are no longer applicable shall be removed or obliterated. Temporary markings shall be used as necessary, and signs shall be post mounted for long term projects. 3. Steady-Burn Warning Lights (Type C, MUTCD) shall be used to mark Channelizing Devices at night. 4. 5. For speed limits of 30 mph or less, sign W1-3 shall be used in lieu of sign W1-4. Extend device taper (U3) across shoulder- recommended.
~
Cl
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION)
12
(1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS, DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
6. Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) - recommended. 7. Channelizing Device spacing for the downstream taper option shall be 20' O.C. 8. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
.;t
RIGHT
B
U2
SEE NOTE 5 X X
KEEP
1<1
G20-2A
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
U2
PCMS
SAMPLE MESSAGE
LEGEND
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES LANE CLOSED 1.5 SEC
2
1 MILE AHEAD 1.5 SEC
1: 148
IPcMsl
l>!>i>
fJ'I Washington
....
10-12-07
DATE
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
M I N I M U M TAPE R L E N G T H = L
LANE WIDTH (FEET) 10 11 25 105 115 125 30 150 165 180 POSTED SPEED (MPH) 40 45 60 35 50 55 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600 550 605 660
I 25 I 30 I 35 I 40 I 45 I 50 I 55 I 60
1155 1200 1250 13051360 142514951 570
::::> 0:::
< z
...J
660 720
w w
780
840
RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA} is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead Stopping Distance. 2. Extend device taper (U3} across shoulder - recommended. Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS} -recommended.
~
Cl
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION)
12
100' (2)
3.
4. Traffic Safety Drums for all tapers on high speed roadway -recommended. 5. Transverse Devices in closed lane every 1000' -recommended. 6. Channelizing Device spacing for the downstream taper option shall be 20' O.C. 7. 8. Use advanced notice for any overwidth loads prior to lane closure for altenative routes if applicable- recommended. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
100'
[::1
~
[::1
[::1
liil
WORK AREA
EGI=I~
liil liil liil liil liil liil
[::1
i:il i:il i:il
liil
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
LEGEND
I I
/_
LATERAL BUFFER
- 4'
WORK AREA EXISTING SHOULDER
EXISTING SHOULDER
EXISTING LANE
EXISTING LANE
8~1
:1
PROTECTIVE VEHICLE - RECOMMENDED PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN ARROW PANEL EXISTING EDGE STRIPE EXISTING LANE STRIPE
sz
--=-sz
2'
IPcMsl
l>!>i>
SECTION
------~s=~=TE=o=Es=IG~NE=N=GIN=E=ER~----
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
02-15-07
DATE
NOTES en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
::::> 0:::
< z
...J
w w
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance.
G20-2A OR DOWNSTREAM TAPER TO SHOW END OF WORK AREA - SEE NOTE 7
it
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION)
~ c
~ 2 ~
\')\')
2. 3.
Devices shall not encroach into adjacent lanes. Extend device taper (U3) across shoulder- recommended. Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) - recommended. Use Transverse Devices in closed lane every 1000' - recommended.
~ ~~\')ORK
IQI AREA
4. 5.
-II-+--~
RECOMMEND CLOSING ADJACENT LANE TO MAINTAIN BUFFER SPACE SEE STANDARD PLAN K-24.20 FOR ALTERNATE ENCROACHMENT
2' MIN .
.. 11
6. Traffic Safety Drums for all tapers on high speed roadway - recommended. 7. Channelizing Device spacing for the downstream taper option shall be 20' O.C.
MINIMUM T A P E R L E N G T H = L
LANE WIDTH (FEET) 10 11 12 25 30
(FEET)
60
8.
660 720
For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
-IQI----1+----+1-+--tIQI
<l<J<l
IQI
...J
...J N
BOO'
500'
...J
><
><
2-----f_ _ __/
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE (1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS, AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
PCMS
SAMPLE MESSAGE 2 ONE MILE AHEAD 1.5 SEC
LEGEND
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES
1:
1~8
IPcMsl
t>l>t>
fJ'I Washington
....
State
NOTES
~
1-
~ ~ < z
w ...J w
I 25 I 30 I 35 I 40 I 45 I 50 I 55 I 60
1155 1200 1250 13051360 142514951570
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 40 45 30 35 55 50 150 165 180 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600 550 605 660
660 720
RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance. 2. 3. 4. 5. Devices shall not encroach into adjacent lanes. Extend device taper (U3) across shoulder- recommended. Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) - recommended. Use Transverse Devices in closed lane every 1000' - recommended.
~
Cl
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION)
12
(1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS, AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
6. Traffic Safety Drums for all tapers on high speed roadway - recommended. 7. Channelizing Device spacing for the downstream taper option shall be 20' O.C. 8. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
G20-2A OR DOWNSTREAM TAPER TO SHOW END OF WORK AREA - SEE NOTE 7 100' L X X
WORK AREA
l_
191
~r
EGI=I~
191 191 191 191
~
~ ~
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
191
191
191
191
PCMS
SAMPLE MESSAGE
LEGEND
1 SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES LANE CLOSED 1.5 SEC PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN ARROW PANEL 2 ONE MILE AHEAD 1.5 SEC
1: 1<>8
IPcMsl
l>t>l>
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-15-07
DATE
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
G20-2A
NOTES
1. Existing conflicting pavement markings that are no longer applicable shall be removed or obliterated. Temporary markings shall be used as necessary. 2. Steady-Burn Warning Lights (Type C, MUTCD) shall be used to mark Channelizing Devices at night. 3. Exposed ends of Concrete Barriers shall be tapered outside the clear zone or fitted with impact attenuators.
sz
::::> 0:::
--+1-----~--~--+1---l
sz
< z
...J
w w
~
Cl
><
SIGN SPACING= X (1)
RURAL HIGHWAYS RURAL ROADS RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS 60/65 MPH 45/55 MPH 35/40 MPH 25/30 MPH 25 MPH OR LESS 800' 500' 350' 200' (2) 100' (2)
4. Roadside Barrier and End Treatment shall be crashworthy. Refer to Design Manual, Chapter 710 & 720, for barrier and attenuator information. 5. Temporary concrete barrier may be Type 2 (see Standard Plan C-8) or Alternative (see Standard Plan K-80.30). Anchoring may be required (see Standard Plans K-80.35 and K-80.37).
TEMPORARY WHITE EDGE LINE
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE (1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS, AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
6. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
WORK AREA
(FEET) W12-401R 65 70
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 40 45 50 55 60 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600 550 605 660
60 55 50 45 40 OR BELOW
660 720
780
840
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
rr===em==ll_
~
><
LEGEND
[::1
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER WITH REFLECTORS PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN ARROW PANEL TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUM TEMPORARYIMPACTATTENUATOR 1.5 SEC 1.5 SEC 1
PCMS
SAMPLE MESSAGE 2 ONE MILE AHEAD
--
><
SINGLE LANE CLOSURE WITH TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER STANDARD PLAN K-24.80-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
....
10-12-07
DATE
z
jjj
SIGN SPACING = X
RURAL ROADS RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 45/55 MPH 35/40 MPH 25/30 MPH 500' 350' 200'
(FEET)
!;;
z
~
w w
POSTED SPEED (MPH} 40 45 30 35 50 150 165 180 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600
Ill
< z
...J
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION)
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS.
.;t
RIGHT
U2 DEVICE SPACING - 1/2 DISTANCE FOR OPPOSING TRAFFIC DEVICES
KEEP
U2
1!:1
1!:1
SEE NOTE 2
Gl
liil======liil
11!1
11!1
1: H3
B
Kl
1!:1 1!:1 1!:1
Kl
WORK AREA
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
Kl
X X
Kl
X L L X
U2
U2
U2
NOTES 1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance. 2. Extend device taper (U3) across shoulder - recommended. LEGEND 3. Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) - recommended.
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE - RECOMMENDED PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN ARROW PANEL
PCMS
SAMPLE MESSAGE #1 1 LANES CLOSED AHEAD 1.5 SEC 2 NO LEFT TURN 1.5 SEC 1
PCMS
SAMPLE MESSAGE #2 2 NO LEFT TURN
11!1 11!1
t:l
11!1
4. If the lane shift is short and has minimal radius curve (30mph or less) use sign W1-3 in lieu of sign W1-4. 5. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
1.5 SEC
LANE SHIFT ONTO TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE STANDARD PLAN K-26.20-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
8~1
IPcMsl
l>l>t>
:1
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-15-07
DATE
SIGN SPACING = X
RURAL ROADS RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 45/55 MPH 35/40 MPH 25/30 MPH 500' 350' 200'
M I N I M U M TAPE R LENGTH
LANE WIDTH (FEET) 10 11 12 25 105 115 125
=L
270 294 320
(FEET)
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 40 45 30 35 50 150 165 180 205 225 245 450 495 540 500 550 600
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1} VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION}
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS, AND DRIVEWAYS.
./.'\. ROLL AHEAD STOPPING DISTANCE = 30 FEET MIN. ~ (DRY PAVEMENT ASSUMED)
CJ)
1-
z iii z
U2
LANE WIDTH 10' MIN. -SEE STANDARD PLAN K-24.20 FOR ALTERNATE ENCROACHMENT
ID
=> 0:::
z
<1:
...J
w w
> ID
c
IQI
IQI IQI
l!ll
IQI
li:J~
li:J
~
li:J
1<1
1<1 1<1
IQI
=~
IQI
~ ~
IQI
Iii!
l!ll
IQI IQI IQI
llll
Ill
Ill
U2
LANE WIDTH 10' MIN.- SEE STANDARD PLAN K-24.20 FOR ALTERNATE ENCROACHMENT
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
NOTES
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance.
PCMS
SAMPLE MESSAGE 1 LEFT LANE CLOSED 1.5 SEC 2 NO LEFT TURN
l!ll l!ll
LEGEND
[::1
l!ll
3. Prohibit turns as necessary for traffic conditions. 4. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Device (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
1.5 SEC
I: 1-9-8
IPCMS I
l>f>t>
LEFT AND CENTER LANE CLOSURE- TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE STANDARD PLAN K-26.40-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fJ'I Washington
.....
10-12-07
DATE
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
NOTES
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance. 2. If an existing signal is present, the signal shall be set to "red flash mode" or turned off during flagging operations. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Extend device taper (U3) across shoulder - recommended. Law enforcement officer may be used in lieu of flaggers to control intersection traffic. For speed limit of 30 mph or less use sign W1-3 in lieu of sign W1-4. Maintain a minimum of one access point for each business within the Work Area limits. Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS)- recommended. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
::::> 0:::
< z
...J
RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS
w w
it
~ c
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC.
~
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE (1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION) W20-7B - OPTIONAL IF POSTED SPEED 40 MPH OR LESS
8.
U2
U2
SEE NOTE 3 (TYP.)
~
RIGHT
KEEP
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
BIW
~7A
W20-7B - OPTIONAL IF POSTED SPEED 40 MPH OR LESS
liill-----'f-
><
sz
____J___J'
><
LEGEND
FLAGGING STATION SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE - RECOMMENDED W20-7B - OPTIONAL IF POSTED SPEED 40 MPH OR LESS
><
M I N I M U M TAPER LENGTH = L
LANE WIDTH (FEET) 10 11 12 25 105 115 125 30 150 165 180 (FEET)
><
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 40 45 35 50 55 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600 550 605 660
INTERSECTION - LANE SHIFT ON THREE LANE TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE STANDARD PLAN K-30.20-00
60 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION 660 720
Ken L. Smith
- .... ------::S=:TA=TE:-=D=ES::=IG'"'"'NE:::-;NG:::::IN::=E=ER,------
02-15-07
DATE
fJ'I Washington
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
NOTES
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance. 2. 3. 4. If an existing signal is present, the signal shall be set to "red flash mode" or turned off during flagging operations . Extend device taper (U3) across shoulder - recommended. Law enforcement officer may be used in lieu of flaggers to control intersection traffic.
::::> 0:::
<X: w ....1 w
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION)
25/30
~
Cl
5. Closing lane in advance of flagging location when multiple lanes are on approach leg -recommended. 6. Maintain a minimum of one access point for each business within the Work Area limits. 7. Consider using a PCMS, field located in advance of signing, on the five lane roadway. 8. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05. 9. A four sign sequence is required with posted speed 45 mph or higher. An appropriate standard warning sign reflecting the road condition or work operation may be used in place of the "WORKERS" sign. An acceptable alternative would be to repeat any of the signs from the sequence.
(FEET)
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 35 40 45 50 55 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600 550 605 660
}---+--60 65
W20-7A W20-5R
660 720
780
W20-7A
X
50' MIN. 300' MAX.
B
[::1
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
Kl Kl
L
U2
COMPLIANCE DATE 12/23/13 OPTIONAL WHEN THE POSTED SPEED IS 40 MPH OR LOWER
W20-5R
W20-7B
W20-7A
BOO'
LEGEND
sz
~
l1il
;t
[::1
l1il l1il
FLAGGING STATION SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE - RECOMMENDED ARROW PANEL
INTERSECTION - LANE SHIFT ON FIVE LANE TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE STANDARD PLAN K-30.40-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE (1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
~ 1f
sz
8<}1 :I
l>l>l>
fJ'I Washington
....
10-12-07
DATE
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
NOTES
G20-2A
::::> 0:::
zs
SIGN SPACING
RURAL ROADS RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS
sz
1. If the work space extends across a crosswalk, the crosswalk should be closed (see Standard Plan K-34.20). 2. The normal procedure is to close on the near side of the intersection any lane that is not carried through the intersection. However, when this results in the closure of a right lane having significant right turning movements, then the right lane may be restricted to right turn only, as shown. This procedure increases the through capacity by eliminating right turns from the open through lane. 3. 4. Prohibit turns as necessary for traffic conditions. Flashing Warning Lights (Type A per MUTCD) should be used, as needed, to mark barricades at night.
w ...J w
< z
=X
500' 350' 200'
b
~
Cl
><
100'
0 .....
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. G20-2A
o
WORK AREA
5. Steady Burning Warning Lights (Type C per MUTCD) shall be used to mark channelizing devices at night. 6. For long term projects, conflicting pavement markings that are no longer applicable shall be removed or obliterated. Temporary markings shall be used as necessary. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
7.
IQI
50170
35/45 25/30
<J<}<]
IQI
R3-7R X
1<1
55 550 605 660
BIW
RIGHT LANE MUST TURN RIGHT
1<1
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
G20-2A
G20-2A
zs
><
LEGEND
[::1
IQI IQI IQI
Z Z ..ii
<J<}<]
------~s=~=TE=o=Es=IG~NE=N=GIN=E=ER~----
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
02-15-07
DATE
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
G20-2A
::::> 0:::
sz
SIGN SPACING
RURAL ROADS RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS
~ ~
1. If the work space extends across a crosswalk, the crosswalk should be closed (see Standard Plan K-34.20). 2. The normal procedure is to close on the near side of the intersection any lane that is not carried through the intersection. However, when this results in the closure of a left lane having significant left-turning movements, then the left lane may be reopened as a turn bay for left turns only, as shown. 3. 4. Prohibit turns as necessary for traffic conditions. Flashing Warning Lights (Type A per MUTCD) should be used, as needed, to mark barricades at night.
w ...J w
< z
=X
500' 350' 200' 100'
zs
><
~
Cl
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS.
E:il
G20-2A
iii
WORK AREA
5. Steady Burning Warning Lights (Type C per MUTCD) shall be used to mark channelizing devices at night. 6. For long term projects, conflicting pavement markings that are no longer applicable shall be removed or obliterated. Temporary markings shall be used as necessary. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
iii
M I N I M U M TAPER LENGTH = L
LANE WIDTH (FEET) 10 11 12
(FEET)
iii
!.:~~~"'!
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 105 115 125 150 165 180 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600
1>1
iii
7.
iii iii
t>!>i>
iii
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
sz ~-------++-- sz
...J
LEFT LANE
MUST
TURN LEFT
G20-2A
zs
><
sz
LEGEND
[::1
iii iii iii
><
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARROW- OPTIONAL ARROW PANEL BARRICADE - TYPE 3 R
sz
><
~ t>!>i> li..''.,
sz
.....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-15-07
DATE
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
SIGN SPACING
RURAL ROADS RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS
=X
500' 350' 200' 100'
::::> 0:::
zs
< z
...J
2. Flashing Warning Lights (Type A per MUTCD) should be used, as needed, to mark barricades at night.
w w
~
Cl
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. R3-2
~
G20-2A
3. Steady Burning Warning Lights (Type C per MUTCD) shall be used to mark channelizing devices at night. 4. For long term projects, conflicting pavement markings that are no longer applicable shall be removed or obliterated. Temporary markings shall be used as necessary. 5. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
RIW
SEE NOTE 1
sz
W20-1
=L
450 495 540
(FEEl)
G20-2A
liil
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 30 35 40 45 50 150 165 180 205 225 245 270 294 320 500 550 600
WORK AREA
R4-7 B/W
sz
Kl
Ell Ell
liil liil liil lill liil liilliil liil liil
~
liil
Kl
G20-2A
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
s
><
R3-7L B/W
G20-2A
zs
sz
LEn LANE
LEGEND
[::1
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARROW- OPTIONAL BARRICADE - TYPE 3 R
MUST
TURN LEFT
><
~
~
sz
sz
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
State
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
::::> 0:::
zs
LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE= B
POSTED SPEED (MPH) LENGTH B (FEET)
1. NO LEFT TURN signs are to be used if traffic volumes are too high or there is an operating signal. Close the left turn pocket if there is one on the side street. 2. When turn prohibitions are implemented, two turn prohibition signs should be used, one on the near side and, space permitting, one on on the far side of the intersection. 3. If the work space extends a crosswalk, the crosswalk should be closed (see Standard Plan K-34.20). 4. Flashing Warning Lights (Type A per MUTCD) should be used, as needed, to mark barricades at night.
w ...J w
< z
~
Cl
I 25 I I 55 I
30 85
zs
zs
I
SIGN SPACING = X
RURAL ROADS RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS 45/55 MPH 35/40 MPH 25/30 MPH 25 MPH OR LESS 500' 350' 200' 100'
...J IQI
5. Steady Burning Warning Lights (Type C per MUTCD) shall be used to mark channelizing devices at night.
IQI
G20-2A
6.
IQ)ill
sz
END
ROADWORK
For long term projects conflicting pavement markings that are no longer applicable shall be removed or obliterated. Temporary markings shall be used. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
6l<l<IIQI
IQI IQI IQI
R3-2
7.
RIW
IQI
IQI
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS.
~
G20-2A R4-7 B/W
IQI
ill
IQI
Ill
IQI
R3-2
IQI IQI
RIW
liil
IQI
l!ll
liil
IQI/
l!ll
(FEET)
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 40 45 50 30 35 150 165 180 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600
zs sz
!
~((;
IQI
liil liil
WORK AREA
rzLLA
liil
1<1
X
~0
10
(g((;
"
~"),
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
1<1
1<1
sz
RIGHT LANE MUST
G20-2A R3-7R B/W
R3-2
RIW
LEGEND
1::1
IQI IQI IQI
~
zs
sz
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES ARROW PANEL BARRICADE - TYPE 3 L OBLITERATED MARKING G20-2A
sz
END
ROAD WORK
INTERSECTION - HALF ROAD CLOSURE WITH LANE SHIFT STANDARD PLAN K-32.80-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
l>t>l>
rzz~
sz
fJ'I Washington
.....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-15-07
DATE
!;;
=>
ID
z iii z
0:::
ZS - - - - - - 1
SIDEW:~~J-OSED
CROSS HERE
R9-11 B/W
~!llliilliilliil
I
l
I
I
I
lliil
<1:
...J
w w
SIDEWALK DETOUR
~
c
~
R9-11 B/W
zs
SIDEWALK CLOSED
R9-9 B/W
SIDEWALK CLOSED AHEAD CROSS HERE
R9-11 B/W
R9-10 B/W
PEDESTRIAN DETOUR
NON-WORKING HOURS
NOTES
PEDESTRIAN DETOUR
WORKING HOURS
R8-3 B/W
1. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated, temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility. 2. Controls shown are for pedestrian traffic only. Install on Type 2 Barricades throughout the work area 24 hours prior to implementing traffic control. Prior notification of Local Law Enforcement required. 3. 4. 5. Use Warning Lights on barricades. Maintain a minimum width of 3 feet for pedestrian path. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
LEGEND
t:l
liil liil liil
NO
PARKING
....
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT
M I N I M U M TAPE R L E N G T H = L (FEET)
LANE WIDTH (FEET) 10 25 105 115 125 POSTED SPEED (MPH) 30 35 40 45 50 150 165 180 205 225 245 270 294 320 450 495 540 500 550 600 RURAL ROADS 55 550 605 660
NOTES 1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance. 2. For long term projects conflicting pavement markings that are no longer applicable shall be removed. Temporary markings shall be used as necessary and signs shall be post mounted. The sign MOTORCYCLES USE EXTREME CAUTION may be used. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
::::> 0:::
w ...J w
< z
MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION)
11 12
~
Cl
(1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
3.
4.
zs
G20-2A
* WHEN APPLICABLE
sz
G20-2A
Ell Ell
iii iii iii
25/30
~
WORK AREA
U3
83 :1
IQI
IQI
iii
Eil
iii
Kl
G20-2A W20-1
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
EXISTING LANE
LEGEND
~~
~
~
~~-
[::1
iii iii iii
4H:1V WEDGE OF COMPACTED STABLE MATERIAL- SEE WSDOT STD. SPEC. 1-07-23(1)
SECTION
Ken L. Smith
- .... ------::S=:TA=TE:-=D=ES::=IG:-:-:NE:::-;NG:::::IN::=E=ER,------
02-15-07
DATE
I : 1-<>-8
fJ'I Washington
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
M I N I M U M TAPE R LENGTH = L
SHOULDER WIDTH (FEET) 6 8 25
I
(FEET)
::::> 0:::
30
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 45 50 55 60 35 I 40 270 360 450 300 400 500 330 440 550 360 480 600
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a TMA is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance. 2. Channelizing Device spacing for the downstream taper option shall be 20' O.C. 3. No Encroachment on the traveled lane is permitted. If Encroachment is necessary, the lane shall be closed (see Standard Plan K-24.20). 4. Signs to be post mounted for long term projects.
w ...J w
< z
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION}
10 LESS THAN 6
~
Cl
5. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
SIGN SPACING = X
RURAL HIGHWAYS RURAL ROADS 60/65 MPH 45/55 MPH
BOO'
500'
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS, AND DRIVEWAYS.
1<1 1<1
X X
1<1
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
U3
G20-2A
~===:====:;;;;;;~ OR
DOWNSTREAM TAPER TO SHOW END OF WORK AREA - SEE NOTE 2
LEGEND
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES
SHOULDER CLOSURE - HIGH SPEED ROADWAY (45 MPH OR HIGHER) STANDARD PLAN K-40.20-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
8~1
:1
Ken L. Smith
-~----~S~~=TE=o=Es=IG~NE=N=GIN=E=ER~----
02-15-07
DATE
fl'l
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
(FEET)
5o
55
6o
65
7o
::::> 0:::
POSTED SPEED (MPH) 25 63 84 105 30 90 120 150 35 123 164 204 40 160 214 267 45
I
50
55
60
65
70
w ...J w
< z
1
I
1. A Protective Vehicle is recommended regardless if a Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) is available; a work vehicle may be used. When no TMA is used, the Protective Vehicle shall be strategically located to shield workers, with no specific Roll-Ahead distance. 2. Channelizing Device spacing for the downstream taper option shall be 20' O.C. 3. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
BUFFER DATA
TYPICAL PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TMA (SEE NOTE 1) VEHICLE TYPE 4 YARD DUMP TRUCK, SERVICE TRUCK, FLAT BED, ETC. LOADED WEIGHT MINIMUM WEIGHT 15,000 LBS. (MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION)
10 LESS THAN 6
~
Cl
(2) (2)
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE (1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS, AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
</) </)
Iii!
liil liil
Iii!
1:
Iii!
liil
1~8
.~l" T
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
U3
LEGEND
t:l
liil liil liil
SHOULDER CLOSURE - LOW SPEED ROADWAY (40 MPH OR LESS) STANDARD PLAN K-40.40-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
I : 1-<>-8
Ken L. Smith
- .... ------::S=:TA=TE:-=D=ES::=IG:-:-:NE:::-;NG:::::IN::=E=ER,------
02-15-07
DATE
fJ'I Washington
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
::::> 0:::
1. In those situations where multiple work locations within a limited distance make it practical to place stationary signs, the distance between the advance Warning Sign and the Work Area should not exceed 5 miles. 2. In those situations where the distance between the advance signs and the Work Area is 2 to 5 miles, a Supplemental Distance plaque should be used with the ROAD WORK AHEAD sign. 3. No encroachment into traffic lane is permitted with this plan. 4. Work vehicle and Shadow vehicle shall use Warning Beacons.
w ...J w
< z
~
Cl
30 FEET
ROLL AHEAD DISTANCES VARY AND SHALL BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BASED ON WORK OPERATION AND SITE SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
5. Shadow vehicle shall maintain 500' to 1000' of sight distance to approaching traffic. 6. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
R
WORK VEHICLE
WORK AREA
SHADOW VEHICLE
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
LEGEND
SIGN LOCATION
~1=183 gJ
PROTECTIVE VEHICLE
u
--
SEQUENTIAL ARROW PANEL TYPE "B" - CAUTION MODE WARNING BEACON - REQUIRED
------~s=~=TE=o=Es=IG~NE=N=GIN=E=ER~----
fJ'I Washington
.....
Ken L. Smith
02-15-07
DATE
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
NOTES
(2) (2)
::::> 0:::
1. The sign shown is not required in the following cases: the work space is behind a barrier, or more than 2' behind the curb, or more than 15' from the edge of a roadway. 2. For sign size, refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05 .
w ...J w
< z
~
Cl
(1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
X WORK AREA SEE NOTE 1
LEGEND
t:l
SIGN LOCATION
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-15-07
DATE
en
Ill
jjj 1-
z z
INSTALL THESE OR OTHER WARNING SIGNS AS NEEDED FOR THE SPECIFIC HAZARD
NOTES 1. Implement this plan when the initial roadway assessment is complete and determined to be passable with caution.
::::> 0:::
w ...J w
< z
ROAD CLOSED
2.
TO
THRU TRAFFIC
R11-4 BMJ R1-2 W/R
Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) - recommended. For one-lane two-way traffic situations (see Standard Plan K-20.40) for additional details.
~
Cl
W20-4
W8-2001
W8-1
W8-1801
W21-1701
W21-801
3. Spot hazards shall be marked with barricades or channelizing devices to alert motorists. 4. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
B/0
BN
B/0
B/0
B/0
B/0
PCMS
SAMPLE MESSAGE
~SP-1
2
CAUTION STORM DEBRIS ON ROAD NEXT XX MILES
1.5 SEC
1.5 SEC
\
=
OVERHANGING TREES OR OBSTACLES BELOW 16'
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
NOTICE
SP-1 WITH MILEAGE OVERLAY PLAQUE
NOTES
B/0
6" D
------~sT=~=E=oE=SIG=N=EN=G=INE=ER~-----
fJ'I Washington
.....
Ken L. Smith
02-15-07
DATE
en
z
SIGN SPACING = X
NOTES
1. Install additional Warning Signs based on site conditions and traffic characteristics. See an appropriate Standard Plan for guidance. 2. Regulatory Speed Limit signs are not a substitute for Work Zone Warning signs. Speed Limit signs shall remain in place as long as the reduced speed condition applies. 3. Motorcycle Warning Signs are required as per Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 468-95-305.
W3-5
a:
[I]
w w
60/65 MPH 45/55 MPH 35/40 MPH 25/30 MPH 25 MPH OR LESS
....1 ....1
iii z
RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS URBAN STREETS
Cl
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE {1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. {2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. LEGAL TO RESUME SPEED R4-1 BIW
4. Closing a road and restricting traffic shall conform to Revised Code of Washington (RCW) 47.48. 5. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
SPEED
LIMIT
DO
XX
NOT
PASS
INSTALL AS REQUIRED THROUGHOUT PROJECT LIMITS
R2-1 BIW
SPEED
LIMIT
PCMS
SAMPLE MESSAGE OR0 D X FIELD LOCATE 1 2
1
SEE NOTE 1 X
35
[>I [>I [>I
l!ll l!ll
I<]
[>I
CHIP FROM SEAL AUG XX PROJECT TO AUG XX 1.5 SEC 1.5 SEC
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
SPEED ZONE SUPPLEMENTAL SIGNING - CHIP SEAL PRO-JECT STANDARD PLAN K-60.20-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fll
.....
07-03-08
DATE
NOTES
en
Ill
jjj l-
z z
::::> 0:::
1. See Standard Plan K-24.60 for typical lane closure signing details, device spacing requirements, and lane closure taper length. 2. MOTOCYCLES USE EXTREME CAUTION signs shall be installed when the following roadway conditions exist: grooved pavement abrupt lane edge steel plates loose gravel of earth
w ...J w
< z
~
Cl
ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE (1) ALL SIGN SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCHANGE RAMPS, AT-GRADE INTERSECTIONS, AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SIGN SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS.
Specific signs for each of the conditions noted shall be installed along with MOTORCYCLES USE EXTREME CAUTION signs. 3. For signs size refer to Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and WSDOT Sign Fabrication Manual M55-05.
WORK AREA
FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE ONLY NOT FOR USE ON STATE ROUTES
LEGEND
SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES ARROW PANEL
W21-801
WB-2001
WB-7
W21-1801
MOTORCYCLE WARNING SIGN (W21-1701) SHOULD BE INSTALLED AT 1 MILE SPACING, THROUGHOUT THE WORK ZONE WHERE THE CONDITION EXISTS, AS PART OF THE SEQUENCE OF OTHER APPROPRIATE STANDARD WARNING SIGNS ON 1 MILE SPACING
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-15-07
DATE
z z
200' +
- TANGENT (TYP)
36'
jjj
!;;
Ill
cHANNEUZING DEVICE
(TYP.) - SEE NOTE 3
4'
::::> 0:::
I
121
YELLOW TA PE STRIPE
4'
36'
2'
2'
~-sE E NOTE 5
< z
...J
w w
~
c
D D
121
121
121
121
121
121
v2' 2'
liil
NOTES
1. For long term projects conflicting pavement markings that are no longer applicable shall be removed or obliterated. Temporary markings shall be used as necessary. 2. For Hot Mixed Asphalt Pavement, a temporary striping tape shall be installed in conjunction with DO NOT PASS and "PASS WITH CARE" sign locations.
TWO-LANE ROADWAY
3. Temporary roadside delineation with Channelization Devices is optional. The appropriate taper length shall be U2. See Standard Plan K-24.20 for minimum taper length (L). 4. For long term projects a channelization/pavement marking plan should be implemented.
36'
4'
4'
36'
I
121
D
5. Temporary Raised Pavement Marker (TRPM) may be used on a pattern spacing 5' O.C. to simulate a solid line.
121
121
1/
121
liil
I
I
liil
Ell
liil
liil
liil
liil
4'
36'
4'
36'
2'
2'
liil
~ ~
Ell
Ell
IQI
~
IQI
v:
D D
ill
D D D D
~
D D D D
liil
IQI
IQI
IQI
IQI
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-15-07
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0::: w
c c
z
2.
LL
SHOULDER
6' MIN.
In rural areas, the "V" Height can be a minimum of 7 feet for primary signs and 6 feet for the supplemental plaques for greater visibility, as directed by the engineer.
~
EDGE OF
~TRAVELED
I
C'
SIGN
I
WAY
II II II II II
I -
c:;-
SUPPLEMENTAL PLAQUE
c-
I_....;>
3. The "V" height for signs, with an area of more than 50 square feet and two or more sign supports, is 7 feet in both rural and urban areas.
T
v
SIGN INSTALLATION (FILL SECTION)
CURB FACE
CURB FACE
CURB
CURB
6' TO 12' 6' TO 12' 6' TO 12' SHOULDER SHOULDER SHOULDER 6' MIN. 6' MIN. PRIMARY SIGN SIGN EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY 4' MIN. SIGN 6' MIN.
3' MIN.
___sC'
II II II II II
. c_....;>
II II II II II
"
t
v
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-21-07
DATE
NOTES
0 0
TOP OF BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE
I"(TYP)
2'- 6"
1. All fasteners may be zinc plated, galvanized or stainless steel. All steel angle and tubular steel shall be hot-rolled, high carbon steel, painted or galvanized. 2. Install one lightweight Type A Low-Intensity flashing warning light on the traffic side of the barricade. Install two Type A Low-Intensity flashing warning lights per barricade when the barricades are used to close a roadway. Attach the light to the barricade according to the light manufacturer's recommendations or use the details shown on this plan. Stripes on barricade rails shall be alternating orange and white retroreflective stripes (sloping downward at an angle of 45 degrees in the direction traffic is to pass). The Type 3 barricade design shown on this plan meets the crash test requirements of NCHRP 350. Alternative designs may be approved if they conform to the NCHRP 350 crash test criteria and the MUTCD.
3.
4.
5'- 0"
-1
SIDE
5. When a sign is mounted on the barricade, it shall be securely bolted to at least two plywood panels. The top of the sign shall not be higher than the top panel of the barricade. 6. When sandbags are used in freezing weather, Urea fertilizer shall be mixed with the sand in a quantity to prevent the sand from freezing.
TYPE 3 BARRICADE
6" )( 1 1/2" )( 1 1/2" )( 1/8" STEEL ANGLE SEE NOTE 2 FRONT OF BARRICADE
STEEL ANGLE
TOP OF BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE DRILL TWO 1/2" DIAM. HOLES THROUGH BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE (1} 318"- 16 )( 1" STEEL HEX BOLT (2} 1" FLAT WASHERS (1} 318"- 16 STEEL HEX NUT
8" )( 2" )( 2" )( 1/8" TUBULAR STEEL (1) 3/8"- 16 )( 1 3/4" STEEL HEX BOLT (2) 1" FLAT WASHERS (1} LOCKWASHER (1} 3/8"- 16 STEEL HEX NUT (TYP.) 1 1/2" )( 1 1/2" )( 1/8" STEEL ANGLE 4'- 11" LONG (TYP.) ORANGE AND WHITE REFLECTIVE SHEETING ASTM D4956 - TYPE lii OR Til (SEE NOTE 3}
(1) 3/8"- 16 )( 3" STEEL HEX BOLT (2) 1" FLAT WASHERS (1) 3/8"- 16 STEEL HEX NUT
ATTACHMENT DETAIL
0
TOP OF BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE DRILL TWO 1/2" DIAM. HOLES THROUGH BARRICADE SUPPORT ANGLE (1) 3/8"- 16 )( 3" STEEL HEX BOLT (2) 1" FLAT WASHERS (1) 3/8"- 16 STEEL HEX NUT
DETAIL
6" x 2" x 2" x 1/8" TUBULAR STEEL WITH PRE-DRILLED HOLES
SANDBAGS AS REQUIRED TO STABILIZE BASE -ALL LEGS 1 1/2" )( 1 1/2" )( 1/8" STEEL ANGLE 5' - 0" LONG (TYP.)
ISOMETRIC VIEW
Kevin J. Dayton
12-20-06
DATE
ATTACHMENT DETAIL
VI
......
WORK AREA
.
TYPE 3L BARRICADE
b . ,Z b ~ .,....
TYPE 3R BARRICADE
TYPE 3L BARRICADE
(
STRIPES ON THE BARRICADES SHALL SLOPE DOWNWARD IN THE DIRECTION TRAFFIC IS TO PASS
WORK AREA
TYPE 3L BARRICADE
BARRICADE PLACEMENT
fJ'I Washington
.....
Kevin J. Dayton
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
12-20-06
DATE
=12' - 6"
2 # 4 (PAIR) (TYP.)
NOTES
1/4" DRAFT
l
0
1/4" DRAFT
1. The reinforcing steel details for the NARROW BASE barrier are the same as those shown for the 2' wide barrier except that the bars along the vertical face run vertically with a 1 1/2" clearance. 2. The vertical dimensions for the slots and loop bar locations on the NARROW BASE barrier are the same as those shown on the END views of the 2' wide barrier.
2 3/8" (TYP.)
2 318" (TYP.)
TOP
1 # 4 (TYP.)
1-'------'-t-'--------'-1 . - . - . - . - =- -~
...... C\1
Co N
Co N
.....
"'" &>
3/4" DIAM. LOOP BAR (TYP.)
C<>
l;;r . .;;_)
2" 1/8"
--------------------------
:= 3' - 7 1/2"
(TYP.)
SIDE
2'- 0"
3/4" CHAMFER (TYP.)
END
KEYWAY
y
1
..
END
v================t
9 1/2"
2 3/8" TOP
t
CD # 4 (TYP.) #4 (PAIR)
@
4" (TYP-.)--+-+--r-
j~
=~V___:l
12'- 9"
~I
SIDE
'
3/4" DIAM. (ASTM A 36) HOT DIP GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION (ASTM A 123)
l
ALTERNATIVE TEMPORARY CONC. BARRIER (F-SHAPE) STANDARD PLAN K-80.30-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
~~~--="~J
1'- 4 3/4"
END
TOP
END DETAIL
JOINING TWO BARRIER SEGMENTS
SECTION
8"(TYP.)
SECTION
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-21-07
DATE
NARROW BASE
3"
II
PL 3/8
X
" 1112
NOTES 1. Use Type 1 Anchors when the concrete pavement or bridge deck is 6" or thicker with 2' wide concrete barrier only. Use Type 2 Anchors (Standard Plan K-80.37) with narrow base barrier. 2. Adjust the location of the Type 1 Anchors to avoid the main reinforcing in the deck when drilling holes. 3. 4. Use shims to properly fit the Type 1 Anchors to the barrier and roadway surfaces. Upon removal of the Type 1 Anchors, clean the bolt holes and fill them with grout according to Standard Specification 6.02.3(20). Remove the Type 3 Anchors by first driving the steel pins down through the barrier further into the pavement to allow lifting the barrier without interference, then remove the pins from the pavement.
13/16" DIAM.
"
~
13/16" DIAM HOLE
0'-5 1/2
L3
3/8
0'-8
I v
I
I.
1 ..
8"
.. :I
ATTACHMENT "A" DETAIL
4" 3/4" EXPANSION BOLT WI HARDENED WASHER (TYP.} - 4 1/2" MIN. EMBEDMENT 8"
5.
6. After removing the Type 3 Anchors, clean the pin holes and fill them with sealant according to Standard Specification 9-04.2.
OR EDGE OF DECK
9" MIN ATTACHMENT "B" -SEE DETAIL
I
TRAFFIC SIDE
ATTACHMENT "A" -SEE DETAIL PCCP
TRAFFIC SIDE
ATTACHMENT "A" -SEE DETAIL
2'- 1"
I>.
'
PLAN VIEW
TYPE 1 ANCHOR
SECTION VIEWS (F-SHAPE SHOWN) ATTACHMENT LOCATIONS
TYPE 1 ANCHOR
ATTACHMENT LOCATIONS
TYPE 1 ANCHOR
TEMPORARY INSTALLATION OF PRECAST CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2 (STD. PLAN C-8) AND TEMPORARY CONC. BARRIER (F-SHAPE) (STD. PLAN K-80.30} ON CEMENT CONC. PAVEMENT OR BRIDGE DECK
TRAFFIC SIDE
~
TRAFFIC SIDE
TRAFFIC SIDE
so
(TYP.) HMA PINNING HOLE (TYP.}- ONLY REQUIRED ON TRAFFIC SIDE(S) OF BARRIER 1" DIAM. X 30" GALVANIZED STEEL PIN (TYP.) SECTION VIEWS (F-SHAPE SHOWN) lWO PINS REQUIRED PER TRAFFIC SIDE - FOUR PINS TOTAL, PER BARRIER SECTION PLAN VIEW
HMA
{9,,
lWO PINS REQUIRED ON THE TRAFFIC SIDE - lWO PINS TOTAL, PER BARRIER SECTION
TYPE 3 ANCHOR
PIN LOCATIONS
:J
TYPE 3 ANCHOR
TEMPORARY INSTALLATION OF PRECAST CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2 (STD. PLAN C-8} AND TEMPORARY CONC. BARRIER (F-SHAPE) (STD. PLAN K-80.30} ON HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT
TYPE 3 ANCHOR
PIN LOCATIONS
fJ'I Washington
.....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-21-07
DATE
NOTES
FOR CLASS 1: PL 1/2 X 3 X 0'-5 1/2 FORCLASS2: PL 3/8 X 3 X 0'-5 1/2 FOR CLASS 1: 1 1/1S" DIAM. HOLE FORCLASS2: 13/1S" DIAM. HOLE
II
~rt
~,\
1. The intended use of this plan is for the temporary installation of Alternative Temporary Concrete Barrier (F-Shape), Narrow Base (see Standard Plan K-80.30) on cement concrete pavement or bridge deck. 2.
Use Class 1 when the concrete pavement or bridge deck is 9" or thicker; use Class 2 when it is 6" or thicker.
[>
(),
3"
3. Adjust the location of the anchors to avoid the main reinforcing in the deck when drilling holes.
I.
8"
.. :
ATTACHMENT "A" DETAIL
FORCLASS2: L 3 X 3 X 3/8 X 0'-8 FOR CLASS 1: 1" EXPANSION BOLT WITH S" MIN. EMBEDMENT FOR CLASS 2: 3/4" EXPANSION BOLT WITH 4 1/2" MIN. EMBEDMENT
[>
f
4"
8"
4.
Use shims to properly fit the anchors to the barrier and roadway surfaces.
5. Upon removal of the anchors, clean the bolt holes and fill them with grout
according to Standard Specification 6.02.3(20).
SEGMENT LENGTH = L
us
PROTECTED WORK AREA
(),
~
U3
U3
us
TRAFFIC SIDE
OR EDGE OF DECK
ATTACHMENT LOCATION (TYP.) - SEE NOTE 3 PLAN VIEW NARROW BASE, ALTERNATIVE TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER SEGMENT
"' "'
t>
(),
"'
t>
"' "'
(),
~ ~
t>
(),
"'
U4
SEGMENT LENGTH = L
t>
"'
(),
U4
U4
"I"
U8
SECTION VIEW
fJ'I Washington
.....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
02-21-07
DATE
~
.:\
NOTES 1. The bracing and pull post details for Wire Fence Type 2 are the same as for Type 1.
I
~
-:;:;
FT
_L
II
i i
_j1
~
2. Attach the wire mesh to the posts using four fasteners. Three additional fasteners per post are required within and at the limits of sag conditions. Use additional fasteners on posts that mark the angle point of any sudden change in topography. 3. See Standard Specification 9-16.2(1) for wood post sizes. Wood anchors (for wood posts) shall be 2 x 41umber, 12" long minimum, and fastened with three 16d galvanized nails.
'
"'"
'/
c:
p
WIRE MESH']
832-S-12-1/2
c:
p
18" SQUARE (TYP.)
LINEPOST ~
WI ANCHOR
PLATE (TYP.)
ll
.
&, '
v.lJ~
c-.
BRACE (TYP.)
1. 12" ROUND
(TYP.)
~l_
i i i
"--.....
]__!1_
p
18" SQUARE (TYP.)
so MIN. ss MAX.
&, '
c:
c:
~==-:.~
..
..
~ ~
'l~m
;----
"'"
CORNER BRACING
&, '
(SHOWN FOR WIRE FENCE TYPE 1)
vi j
INTERSECTION BRACING
(SHOWN FOR WIRE FENCE TYPE 1)
so MIN . ss MAX.
:1 !. ::.
VJL
L:....L..
c-.
1. 12" ROUND
(TYP.) 14'- 0" MAX. ADDITIONAL FASTENERS -SEE NOTE2
'I f:~-~;rm
~
']
///;<.,
so MIN. ss MAX.
:4!
Jl;
~J i rN//
so MIN. ss MAX.
li2J
GRADE DEPRESSION (SAG) DETAIL
(STEEL POSTS SHOWN)
-~~-=:t
3 1/2"
I
p
~
~ .....
('I)
SECTION
2"DIAM.
5.10
~
1.33
-~
FABRICLOOP7
-2SIDES
cc
0
II
WIRE FENCE TYPES 1 & 2 AND WIRE GATES STANDARD PLAN L-10.10-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
1.85
FENCE LINE
.....
06121112
DATE
I ,__
8' -0" PULL POST - SPACED @ 1000' MAX. - SEE NOTE 3 BRACE POST -SEE NOTE3
BRACE POST (TYP.) -SEE NOTE 3 WOOD BRACE (TYP.) -SEE NOTE 3
~~-*.....
i i i
__;;-i'o
I
...'"'""'
...- ~
"""
.....
I
~:
~
I
_l_
i'oj
~
-
~BRACE
p
WIRE
Cv>
1_[
t
-t
l:l
i'of
i'o
'
4" (TYP.)
END BRACING
(WIRE FENCE TYPE 1 SHOWN)
8'- 0"
BRACE POST -SEE NOTE 3\i WOOD BRACE -SEE NOTE3
~,__
i'o
I
i r-'
CORNER BRACING
(WIRE FENCE TYPE 1 SHOWN)
I-
...- "'\
1--
-~
_;..;--- r--
r--.
=~ - ~
i'o
I
p
-
==
J
BRACE WIRE\'
[
GATE BRACING
(WIRE FENCE TYPE 1 SHOWN)
INTERSECTION BRACING
(WIRE FENCE TYPE 1 SHOWN)
SINGLE WIRE GATE 14FT. WIDE- PAY LIMIT 14'- 0" BRACE (TYP.) - NPC 1" PIPE
- PAY LIMIT
10'- 0"
FRAMENPC1"PIPE
r-
~ All-+-+-1-+-+-+-ll-+ll+-+-ll-+-+-+f'-+-+;.....---+=ll~;...--=--+--+--+--+-+-;.....-+-ll ~
""" 1-"1: """
f<
........
f-0'
I'""'
BRACE [TYP. I
'
A
jTJ
~ . !! !p ii: '!!
.......
.......
...... ......
l
,..
f'
"
1 l[kJ
"""
1
BRACE (TYP.)
..... "'""'
WIRE FENCE TYPES 1 & 2 AND WIRE GATES STANDARD PLAN L-10.10-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
,if
::
" tt~'
1!:~-~
~~
]] ::
~!
12" SQUARE
!.
:~.
. 11U.
. !!
SINGLE GATE
(STEEL POSTS SHOWN)
DOUBLE GATE
(STEEL POSTS SHOWN)
.....
06121112
DATE
GATES
NOTES
10' MAX. END OR CORNER {BRACE) POST TENSION WIRE PULL POST TENSION WIRE LINE POST - SPACED 1000' MAX. PULL POST - SPACED @ 1000' MAX. TENSION WIRE HOG RINGS {TYP.) SPACED @ 24" MAX. BRACE POST
1. All concrete post bases shall be 10" minimum diameter. 2. Along the top and bottom, using Hog Rings, fasten the Chain Link Fence Fabric to the Tension Wire within the limits of the first full fabric weave. 3. Details are illustrative and shall not limit hardware design or post selection of any particular fence type.
@ 10'MAX.
(.9
II
= I Oiii
<00::
-'
(.)
STRETCHER BAR TENSION WIRE HOG RINGS (TYP.) SPACED @ 24" MAX. KNUCKLED SELVAGE {TYP.) CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC TENSION WIRE POST
..
TYPE3
10' MAX. END OR CORNER {BRACE) POST TENSION WIRE PULL POST TENSION WIRE LINE POST- SPACED @ 10'MAX. 500' MAX. 10' MAX. {TYP.)
HOG RINGS {TYP.) SPACED @ 24" MAX. TENSION WIRE BRACE POST
II
(.9
= iii OI
""a:: ~
-'
(.)
TYPE4
3 1/2"
1 5/8"
p
~ ......
C"l
=::::::::
SECTION
~~c
-'-------'
2"DIAM.
8 0
5.10
1.85
78
Y
FENCE LINE
06121112
DATE
-~------S~T~M~E~DE~SI~GN~E~NG~IN~E=ER~----
EYE NUT
~+
EYE BOLT
TENSION WIRE
-r--- r--------'--"'"""
FABRIC BAND STRETCHER BAR TENSION WIRE FABRIC BAND (TYP.)
STRETCHER BAR (TYP.) END OR CORNER (BRACE) POST PULL POST (AT END OR CORNER)
DETAIL
0
TENSION WIRE
DETAIL
TIE WIRE -SPACED @ 14" MAX. (TYP.) EYE BOLT EYE NUT TURNBUCKLE TURNBUCKLE TENSION WIRE EYE BOLT TENSION WIRES
DETAIL
DETAIL
.....
06121112
DATE
I
I
DOUBLE 14 FT. CHAIN LINK GATE- PAY LIMIT DOUBLE 20 FT. CHAIN LINK GATE- PAY LIMIT HOG RINGS - SPACED @ 24" MAX. (TYP.)
PAY LIMIT
rn z w
0::
III
....1 ....1
~--------------------------~~1----------~------~
GATE POST (TYP.) - 3 1/2" DIAM. (NOM., SCH. 40) TIE WIRES (TYP.) SPACED@ 14" MAX. MATCH FENCE SELVAGE (TYP.) TOP HINGE- 180" SWING (TYP.) TENSION WIRE
I
PULL POST TENSION WIRE
iii
~
0
BOTTOM TENSION WIRE (TYP.) (NOT REQUIRED FOR CHAIN LINK FENCE TYPE 4) CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC 3' - 0" - CHAIN LINK FENCE TYPE 3 2' - 0" - CHAIN LINK FENCE TYPE 4
BOTTOM HINGE -
DOUBLE GATE
I'
I
SINGLE 6 FT. CHAIN LINK GATE PAY LIMIT HOG RINGS - SPACED @ 24" MAX. (TYP.)
PAY LIMIT
6'- 0"
GATE POST (TYP.)- 3 1/2" DIAM. (NOM., SCH. 40)
.I
PULL POST TENSION WIRE
BOTTOM TENSION WIRE (TYP.) (NOT REQUIRED FOR CHAIN LINK FENCE TYPE 4) CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC 3' - 0" - CHAIN LINK FENCE TYPE 3 2' - 0" - CHAIN LINK FENCE TYPE 4 TIE WIRES (TYP.) SPACED @ 14" MAX. HOG RINGS - SPACED @ 24" MAX. (TYP.)
SINGLE GATE
..... VI
06-16-11
DATE
en
z
a:
[I]
w w
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
FABRIC BAND
TENSION WIRE
TOP HINGE
STRETCHER BAR
GATE POST
PULL POST
DETAIL
DETAIL
TURNBUCKLE TURNBUCKLE BOTIOM HINGE TENSION WIRE (TYP.) (NOT REQUIRED FOR CHAIN LINK FENCE TYPE 4) TENSION WIRE (TYP.) (NOT REQUIRED FOR CHAIN LINK FENCE TYPE 4)
EYE NUT
DETAIL
DETAIL
fll
.....
06-16-11
DATE
12'- 6" MAX. END OR CORNER (BRACE) POST SEE DETAIL HOG RINGS (TYP.)SPACED @ 24" MAX. TENSION WIRE (TYP.) PULL POST BRACE POST
300' MAX. 12' -6" MAX. TIE WIRES (TYP.)SPACED@ 14" MAX. TENSION WIRE (TYP.) PULL POSTSEE DETAIL
NOTES
1. All glare screen posts shall be 2 1/2" I.D. galvanized steel. 2. Wood blocks shown. Blocks of alternate material may be used. Wood blocks shall be toe-nailed to post with 16d galvanized nails to prevent block rotation. See Standard Specification 9-16.3(2). 3. Attach blocks to steel posts using bolt holes on approaching traffic side of post web.
TENSION WIRE
TENSION WIRE
BEAM GUARDRAIL
4. See Standard Plan C-1 b for posts and wood block details.
ELEVATION VIEW
TENSION WIRE (TYP.) POST - SEE NOTE 1 1/2" DIAMETER U-BOLT 1/2" DIAMETER U-BOLT 1/2" HEAVY HEX NUT 1/2" HEAVY HEX NUT 1/2" EYE NUT 1/2" EYE NUT STRETCHER BAR (TYP.) POSTSEE NOTE 1 STEEL BODY PLATE SEE DETAIL 16d ANTI-ROTATION NAIL (TYP.)- SEE NOTE 2 POST - SEE NOTE 1 16d ANTI-ROTATION NAIL (TYP.)- SEE NOTE 2 PULL POST (WITHIN RUN) STEEL BODY PLATE SEE DETAIL FABRIC BAND (TYP.) SPACED@ 12" MAX. STEEL BODY PLATE EYE BOLT TENSION WIRE (TYP.) TURNBUCKLE 5/8" DIAMETER HOLE (TYP.) 51/4"
3 5/8"
3"
VIEW0
VIEW0 DETAIL
......-
........
STEEL POST - SEE NOTE 1 STEEL POSTSEE NOTE 1 STEEL POSTSEE NOTE4
ISOMETRIC VIEW
.....
06121112
DATE
FABRIC B ND ( P.)
TENSION WIRE
TENSION WIRE
b
'
TENSION WIRE
= .....
.1::::::::::::::::\:::{.pn
i i
!
END OR CORNER (BRACE) POST DETAIL
i ~--'-
.....
06121112
DATE
10' MAX.
(f)
150' MAX. TENSION WIRE PULL POST LINE POST- SPACED @ 10' MAX. 10' MAX. (TYP.) BRACE POST TENSION WIRE
0:::
ID
...J ...J
w w
TENSION WIRE
iii z
1(!)
:I:
Cl
OJ:
coo::
~
ID
ELEVATION VIEW
EYE BOLT EYE NUT TENSION WIRE
1111
TURNBUCKLE
PULL POST
DETAIL0
DETAIL0
DETAIL0
HOG WIRE (TYP.) SPACED @ 24" MAX. TURNBUCKLE TENSION WIRE (TYP.) FABRIC BAND (TYP.) TENSION WIRE
PULL POST
BRACE POST
DETAIL0
DETAIL0
.....
06-16-11
DATE
150' MAX. LINE POST- SPACED. 10' MAX. (TYP.) BRACE POST
@ 10'MAX.
PULL POST- SPACED 150 ' MAX. HOG RINGS (TYP.)SPACED @ 24" MAX. BRACE POST
ELEVATION VIEW
EYE BOLT TURNBUCKLE TENSION WIRE TENSION WIRE HOG RINGS (TYP.) SPACED @ 24" MAX.
EYE NUT
GLARE SCREEN SLAT (TYP.) STRETCHER BAR (TYP.) GLARE SCREEN SLAT (TYP.) PULL POST LINE POST
DETAIL
0
EYE BOLT TURNBUCKLE TENSION WIRE 3/8-16 x 5" GALVANIZED EYE BOLT GLARE SCREEN SLAT (TYP.)
DETAIL
0
TENSION WIRE TIE WIRE- SPACED @ 14"MAX. EYE BOLT
EYE NUT
TENSION WIRE
TENSION WIRE
GLARE SCREEN TYPE 2 (CHAIN LINK WITH SLATS) STANDARD PLAN L-40.20-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
BRACE POST
06121112
DATE
DETAIL
DETAIL
.....
en
z
SIGN PANEL W12-502 SP - 48" x 12" (TYP.) 5/8" DIAM. WIRE ROPE
a:
[I]
w w
NOTE
....1 ....1
iii z
Cl
j__ __~jC~C:~--------------------------------------------------~-~~~l____R_O_A_D_W_A_Y~~~=c~------1 I I . I I I I I . I I
C\1
TOP OF
~
I I
: ! :
::::
12'- 0"
~
I I
: ! :
ELEVATION
WOOD SPACER
r-
J
PLASTIC PIPE- 12" (NOM.) x 2'- 7" LONG COLOR SHALL BE HIGHLY VISIBLE (SAFETY YELLOW IS ACCEPTABLE)
16"
TOP VIEW
(CAP NOT SHOWN)
END POST
5/8" S.S. EYE STRAP - FASTENED TO THE SIGN PANEL WITH 2 1/8" DIAM. SCREWS AND 2 HEX NUTS (TYP.)
=611
HEX LAG BOLT - 3/8-?UNC x 5" WITH 1" DIAM. FLAT WASHER (4 SETS TOTAL) 1 1/2" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
SECTION
fll
.....
05-21-08
DATE
en
[I]
w a: w
SIGN PANEL W12-502 SP - 48" X 12" (TYP.) 5/8" DIAM. WIRE ROPE
""
~~~...,..,., ____j_
....1 ....1
iii z
~~~-......a-:::::3
END POST
Cl
ELEVATION
WOOD SPACER
r_
NOTE
WOOD SPACER TIMBER POST -4 X 6 (NOM.)
J
PLASTIC PIPE - 12" (NOM.) x 2' - 7" LONG COLOR SHALL BE HIGHLY VISIBLE (SAFETY YELLOW IS ACCEPTABLE) GALV. STEEL TUBE
J
PLASTIC PIPE- 12" (NOM.) x 2'- 7" LONG COLOR SHALL BE HIGHLY VISIBLE (SAFETY YELLOW IS ACCEPTABLE)
I.
16" 8" :.
...
I
16"
TOP VIEW
(CAP NOT SHOWN)
TOP VIEW
(CAP NOT SHOWN)
END POST
MIDDLE POST
5/8" S.S. EYE STRAP - FASTENED TO THE SIGN PANEL WITH 2 1/8" DIAM. SCREWS AND 2 HEX NUTS (TYP.) SIDE OPPOSITE STRIPES
6"
: : : : 6"
EYE SCREW- 5/8" DIAM. x 6" WITH 2" FLAT WASHER (TYP.)
HEX LAG BOLT - 3/8-7UNC X 5" WITH 1" DIAM. FLAT WASHER (4 SETS TOTAL) 1 1/2" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
HEX LAG BOLT - 3/8-7UNC X 5" WITH 1" DIAM. FLAT WASHER (4 SETS TOTAL) 1 1/2" DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)
~=====!=::::::::::::~
GALV. LAG SCREW- 3/8" DIAM. W/ FLAT WASHER (TYP.) (2 SETS REQ.)
I>
.I>
I>
COMMERCIAL CONCRETE
SECTION
18" DIAM
SECTION
...... fll
05-21-08
DATE
r
~E
Cl
f
= =
/=
I
=II
/_
I ~ ~=1=:: - =
=
LANE LINE
I
=
= = =
c:::
LL.
/)
~=
=
RAMP
>(.)
~
:J
'~
"'-"' ~R
WHITE EDGE LINE YELLOW EDGE LINE
"'
==:I=
=
= = =
=
= =
~
1". "' "'
300' MIN.
~~ 1'-L
,R
NOTES
:;..:
[I]
I
Cl
1. Where shown on the plans or specified in the Special Provisions, raised pavement markers shall be used to supplement or substitute for the painted pavement markings shown hereon. See the Standard Plans for RPM supplement and substitution patterns. 2. The channelization shown on this plan assumes optimal roadway geometric design. The dimensions may vary to fit existing conditions. See Contract.
LEGEND
R RAMP LANE WIDTH L = LANE WIDTH
SINGLE-LANE ON-CONNECTION
LANE LINE YELLOW EDGE LINE WIDE LANE LINE WHITE EDGE LINE
225' MIN.
~~-~~~~~~~
~
YELLOW EDGE LINE WHITE EDGE LINE TYPE 5 TRAFFIC ARROW (TYP.) LANE LINE 1/2 MILE MIN. TRAFFIC ARROW TYPE MAY VARY- SEE CONTRACT FOR TYPE SPECIFIED
=r~
~~~~~~~~p
50'
z
D D D D
D:J
J:
~================~i
WHITE EDGE LINE
SINGLE-LANE OFF-CONNECTION
STOP LINE
::sao
LANE LINE WIDE LANE LINE
p~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(.)
J:
!;(~~~~~~~
~r-~~--~--~----------------------------------------~~~
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
LANE LINE
LANE LINE
Cl
LL.
~LANE LINE
0:::
I
\
\ _ WHITE EDGE LINE
<..>
><(
(/)
::::i
::::i
~ w z
~
~
Cl
::c
<..>
:2:
~~
NOTES
1'\...~R
~~
~~DOFTAPER
TWO-LANE ON-CONNECTION
(SEE CONTRACT)
1. Where shown on the plans or specified in the Special Provisions, raised pavement markers shall be used to supplement or substitute for the painted pavement markings shown hereon. See the Standard Plans for RPM supplement and substitution patterns. 2. The channelization shown on this plan assumes optimal roadway geometric design. The dimensions may vary to fit existing conditions. See Contract.
LEGEND
LANE LINE
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
D~D
z ~
=LANE WIDTH
F=========================================~~
:2:
WIDE DOTTED LANE LINE WHITE EDGE LINE
::c
WHITE EDGE LINE 225' MIN. LANE LANE LINE WIDE LINE YELLOW EDGE LINE
:::SOO'
~~~~~~~~~~
::::i
w
D D
i~--~~------------~
WHITE EDGE LINE WIDE LANE LINE WHITE EDGE LINE LANE LINE
::c
TWO-LANE OFF-CONNECTION
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
f
=
L
I
/=
I
=
)
LANE LINE
f
= = =//=
I=
~
~
~
l.
\
\
--LANE LINE
-------
2,
/
\.
----=
~
=
= = \ =
~
1'-
= = =
~C-DR
'-"'- I
5 ' MIN.
~C-DR
'
600'
300' MIN.
NOTES
11..
0 0::: 0
LEGEND
C-DR= C-D L = COLLECTOR DISTRIBUTOR RAMP LANE WIDTH COLLECTOR DISTRIBUTOR LANE WIDTH
~ ;;5
1. Where shown on the plans or specified in the Special Provisions, raised pavement markers shall be used to supplement or substitute for the painted pavement markings shown hereon. See the Standard Plans for RPM supplement and substitution patterns. 2. The channelization shown on this plan assumes optimal geometric design. The dimensions may vary to fit existing conditions. See Contract.
::::i
-----
I
=
I
2,
LANE LINE
\
\ _ WHITE EDGE LINE
225' MIN.
----~
I
= = = = = = = = =
\
\
\ _ WHITE EDGE LINE
=I
(
~
z
= ID = w
....1
1'-
""' ~
"'
\\
\\
:I:
(.)
~WIDE
= =
LANE LINE
"' ~~ "
""
"" "'"'
!;(
:2
"'{C-D L
;(
::::i
:I:
~ =
----- \
I
= =
LANE LINE
;(
= = =
i ---
\
\
2,
I
I"-
I
_(
/
-------
=rc-DL
\ \
\..\__ WHITE EDGE LINE
225' MIN.
\
I"-
\
RAMP
~C-DR
_\ \
~WIDE
\
\
------=
LANE LINE
\(
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
LANE LINE
WHITE EDGE LINE BEGIN TAPER (SEE CONTRACT) END OF TAPER (SEE CONTRACT) D (SEE TABLE)
NOTES 1. Where shown on the plans or specified in the Special Provisions, raised pavement markers shall be used to supplement or substitute for the painted pavement markings shown hereon. See the Standard Plans for RPM supplement and substitution patterns. 2. When weaving section is more than 3/4 of a mile in length, use lane line.
c:::
LL.
>(.)
TABLE
POSTED MAIN LINE SPEED 35 MPH 40 MPH 45 MPH 50 MPH 55 MPH 60 MPH 65 MPH 70 MPH D 565' 670' 775' 885' 990' 1100' 1200' 1250'
c:i
::J
;>.:
[I]
Cl
R R
LANE LINE
s= -
=RAMP=
-~
LL-
Lf~=
WHITE EDGE LINE
L
SEE CONTRACT WEAVING SECTION WHITE EDGE LINE YELLOW EDGE LINE YELLOW EDGE LINE
WEAVING SECTION
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
NOTES
1. Install a minimum of 3 sets of diagonals/chevrons in the gore area. A 50' spacing is standard; however, for gore areas shorter than 150' use a 25' spacing, and for gore areas greater than 400' a spacing of 100' may be used. 2. The acute angle of the diagonals shall always point in the direction of main line traffic.
----
<t
OF GORE AREA
_r:1
I I I I
SEE NOTE 2
---
----
CONTINUE GORE MARKINGS SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 ----ATSAMESPACINGTOEND ----~----~~~~~----~~------~~~~-------r~----~~~--------- OF GORE AREA - SEE NOTE 1
---,
CONTINUE GORE MARKINGS SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 ----ATSAMESPACINGTOEND ----~----~~~~~----~~------~~~~-------r~------------------- OF GORE AREA - SEE NOTE 1
--L;
I
TYPE 2Y RPM @ 80' SPACING WIDE LANE LINE SUBSTITUTION PATTERN {TYP.) CHEVRON MARKING {TYP.) -SEE CONTRACT
~
8
oooo
0 0 0
8
o
8
0 00 0
8
8 8 8 8
~
8 8
ooo oOo o o
o o
oo ooo oO
oo
-e--o88
oo
oO
---0 0
~-~o
oooo
0 0 0 0
ooo
ooo-----0
0
0
0 0
0 0
8 oo08ea88
0 0
0
0
0
0 - - - -
0
0
0 0 --+0-8 o 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
0 0 0 0
~-
0 0
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
8 8
- - -
SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 CONTINUE GORE MARKINGS ----AT SAME SPACING TO END ----~-----:S:-::E::::E=.:C:-.:O:::N=:T:::RA~C=T-----t-----::-S:::::':EE="=:C-=o:::N:::::TRA::-:-:C::T:-----t------::S:-;:E:;:E-::C~O:::-N-;:;T:;:;RA:-;-;::;-CT:;-----OF GORE AREA - SEE NOTE 1
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
NOTES 1. The channelization shown on this plan assumes optimal roadway geometric design. The dimensions may vary to fit existing conditions. See Contract. The channelization shown on this plan is for a two-lane highway. The channelization plan may be used on four-lane undivided highways, with the appropriate considerations. Centerline striping on the approach to raised channelization shall be No Pass in accordance with MUTCD figure 38-15. Centerline striping on the departure from raised channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on the approach to and departure from painted channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on four-lane undivided highways shall be a double centerline. The two Type 2L (SL) Traffic Arrows shown in the left-turn storage lane are optional, but recommended. Arrows may be added for longer storage lanes or deleted for shorter storage lanes. See Contract Plans. LEGEND L
B
~
1-
...J
2.
3.
4.
WIDE LANE LINE OPTIONAL DOTTED EXTENSION LINE WHITE EDGE LINE CENTERLINE STRIPE -SEE NOTES
5. 6.
50'
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
SYMMETRICAL WIDENING ABOUT CENTERLINE
See Contract for specified lane widths. Type 2L (SL) Traffic Arrow
~
SEE CONTRACT FOR LENGTH OF STORAGE LANE 50'
...J
50'
A
360' 330' 300' 270' 240' 210' 180' 150' 120'
B
60' 55' 50' 45' 40' 35' 30' 25' 20'
c
720' 660' 600' 540' 480' 420' 360' 300' 240'
STOPPING POINT FOR LEFT TURN LANE CENTERLINE STRIPE -SEE NOTES APPROACH TAPER C
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
ASYMMETRICAL WIDENING LEFT OF CENTERLINE
B
DOUBLE CENTERLINE (YELLOW) (NARROW PATTERN)
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
ASYMMETRICAL WIDENING RIGHT OF CENTERLINE
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
NOTES
APPROACH TAPER SEE CONTRACT FOR LENGTH OF STORAGE LANE 50' G
1.
H
WHITE EDGE LINE
The channelization shown on this plan assumes optimal roadway geometric design. The dimensions may vary to fit existing conditions. See Contract. The channelization shown on this plan is for a two-lane highway. The channelization plan may be used on four-lane undivided highways with the appropriate considerations. Centerline striping on the approach to raised channelization shall be No Pass in accordance with MUTCD figure 38-15. Centerline striping on the departure from raised channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on the approach to and departure from painted channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on four lane undivided highways shall be a double centerline. The two Type 2L (SL) Traffic Arrows shown in the left-turn storage lane are optional, but recommended. Arrows may be added for longer storage lanes or deleted for shorter storage lanes. See Contract Plans. LEGEND L
2.
...J
3.
4.
DOUBLE CENTERLINE (YELLOW) {NARROW PATTERN) CENTERLINE STRIPE -SEE NOTES
5. 6.
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
REDUCED TAPER LENGTHS- SYMMETRICAL WIDENING
(FOR LIMITED USE IN URBAN AREAS WITH POSTED SPEEDS OF 40 MPH OR LESS)
See Contract
J
POSTED SPEED APPROACH APPROACH DIMENSION DIMENSION TAPER TAPER H K G J 160' 123' 90' 63' 40' 27' 20' 15' 10' 7' 320' 245' 180' 125' 80' 53' 41' 30' 21' 13'
50'
K
DOUBLE CENTERLINE (YELLOW) {NARROW PATTERN) CENTERLINE STRIPE -SEE NOTES
40MPH 35MPH
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
REDUCED TAPER LENGTHS- ASYMMETRICAL WIDENING RIGHT OF CENTER LINE
(FOR LIMITED USE IN URBAN AREAS WITH POSTED SPEEDS OF 40 MPH OR LESS)
~OF MARKING
RADIUS = RESPECTIVE
H orK
50'
(FOR LIMITED USE IN URBAN AREAS) OPTIONAL DOTTED EXTENSION LINE DOUBLE CENTERLINE (YELLOW) {NARROW PATTERN)
STOPPING POINT FOR LEFT TURN LANE WHITE EDGE LINE APPROACH TAPER CENTERLINE STRIPE -SEE NOTES
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
REDUCED TAPER LENGTHS- ASYMMETRICAL WIDENING LEFT OF CENTER LINE
(FOR LIMITED USE IN URBAN AREAS WITH POSTED SPEEDS OF 40 MPH OR LESS)
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
DECELERATION LANE LENGTH STOPPING POINT FOR LEFT-TURN LANE WIDE LANE LINE 50'
APPROACH TAPER
....1
NO PASS STRIP ON APPROACH EQUAL TO APPROACH TAPER A INSIDE RADIUS OF LEFT-TURNING VEHICLE OPTIONAL {SEE CONTRACT)
NOTES 1. The channelization shown on this plan assumes optimal roadway geometric design. The dimensions may vary to fit existing conditions. See Contract. The channelization shown on this plan is for a two-lane highway. The channelization plan may be used on four-lane undivided highways with the appropriate considerations. Centerline striping on the approach to raised channelization shall be No Pass in accordance with MUTCD figure 38-15. Centerline striping on the departure from raised channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on the approach to and departure from painted channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on four-lane undivided highways shall be a double centerline. The two Type 2L (SL) Traffic Arrows shown in the left-turn storage lane are optional, but recommended. Arrows may be added for longer storage lanes or deleted for shorter storage lanes. See Contract Plans.
APPROACH TAPER A WHITE EDGE LINE
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
TEE INTERSECTION WITH ACCELERATION LANE
2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
DOUBLE CENTERLINE {YELLOW) {NARROW PATTERN) {OR PAINTED MEDIAN IF LEFT TURNS ARE PROHIBITED)
....1
STOPPING POINT FOR LEFT-TURN LANE 100' OPTIONAL {SEE CONTRACT) 50'
LEGEND L = 12' Typical Lane Width. See Contract for specified lane widths.
~
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
TEE INTERSECTION
THIS DIMENSION IS BASED ON A 12' TURN LANE WIDTH VARIES {SEE CONTRACT) VARIES {SEE CONTRACT) 60MPH WIDE LANE LINE 55 MPH 50 MPH 45MPH 40MPH 35MPH OPTIONAL DOTTED EXTENSION LINE {BOTH DIRECTIONS) 30MPH 25MPH 20MPH 360' 330' 300' 270' 240' 210' 180' 150' 120' 60' 55' 50' 45' 40' 35' 30' 25' 20' POSTED SPEED APPROACH DIMENSION TAPER
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION TEE INTERSECTION AND BACK-TO-BACK TURN LANES STANDARD PLAN M-3.30-03
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
BACK-TO-BACK LEFT-TURN LANES
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
25'
500' MAX.
,Q
en
c:::lc5 Oc:::
,C:::
--------------------------- -----------------------I
1(..)
---....--------1
en
Cl
:!:en 0
(..)
! 16' !
(ivP.)
NOTES 1. 2. 3. The channelization shown on this plan assumes optimal roadway geometric design. The dimensions may vary to fit existing conditions. See Contract. The channelization shown on this plan is for a two-lane highway. The channelization plan may be used on four-lane undivided highways with the appropriate considerations. Centerline striping on the approach to raised channelization shall be No Pass in accordance with MUTCD figure 38-15. Centerline striping on the departure from raised channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline srtiping on the approach to and departure from painted channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on four-lane undivided highways shall be a double centerline. The two Type 2L (SL) Traffic Arrows shown in the left-turn storage lane are optional, but recommended. Arrows may be added for longer storage lanes or deleted for shorter storage lanes. See Contract Plans. LEGEND
APPROACH TAPER F
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
IN TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE
TAPER F
4. 5.
6.
POSTED SPEED DOUBLE CENTERLINE (YELLOW) (NARROW PATTERN) CENTERLINE STRIPE (SEE NOTES) 60MPH 55 MPH 50 MPH 45MPH 40MPH 35MPH 30MPH 25MPH 20MPH
DIMENSION E0 HIGH SPEED 180' 180' 180' 180' LOW SPEED 120' 120' 120' 120' 120'
L = 12' Typical Lane Width. See Contract for specified lane widths.
~
0
50'
WIDE LANE LINE DOUBLE CENTERLINE (YELLOW) (NARROW PATTERN) PAINTED OR PLASTIC MEDIAN - SEE DETAIL
LEFT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
IN PAINTED MEDIAN
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
40' IF POSTED SPEED IS 40 MPH OR LESS 100' IF POSTED SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 MPH APPROACH TAPER C
NOTES
1.
D
WHITE DOTTED EXTENSION LINE (RECOMMENDED)
The channelization shown on this plan assumes optimal roadway geometric design. The dimensions may vary to fit existing conditions. See Contract. The channelization shown on this plan is for a two lane highway. The channelization plan may be used on four lane undivided highways with the appropriate consideratiions. Centerline striping on the approach to raised channelization shall be No Pass in accordance with MUTCD Figure 38-15. Centerline striping on the departure from raised channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on the approach to and departure from painted channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on four lane undivided highways shall be double centerline. All turn traffic arrows are optional, but recommended. Arrows may be added for longer storage lanes or deleted for shorter storage lanes. See Contract Plans.
LEGEND
2.
DOUBLE CENTERLINE (YELLOW) (NARROW PATTERN)
3.
4.
VARIES WIDE LANE LINE WHITE DOTTED EXTENSION LINE LANE LINE WHITE EDGE LINE CENTERLINE STRIPE -SEE NOTES
5. 6.
50'
APPROACH TAPER C
L = 12' Typical Lane Width. See Contract for specified lane widths. ~ Type 2L (SL) Traffic Arrow
~
D
LANE LINE DOUBLE CENTERLINE (YELLOW) (NARROW PATTERN)
STOPPING POINT
-----;-;---~t-~::j~~~-~===.j~~.=:.:~==~~~~~~==z=~~:::f~t-r=------,-~-----,
LANE LINE WHITE DOTTED EXTENSION LINE WHITE DOTTED EXTENSION LINE (RECOMMENDED) WHITE EDGE LINE CENTERLINE STRIPE -SEE NOTES
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
APPROACH TAPER
c
720' 660' 600' 540' 480' 420' 360' 300' 240'
D
420' 385' 350' 315' 280' 245' 210' 175' 140'
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
NOTES
50' MIN. {SEE CONTRACT) 300' MIN. VARIES WHITE EDGE LINE 50'
1. 2. 3.
The channelization shown on this plan assumes optimal roadway geometric design. The dimensions may vary to fit existing conditions. See Contract. The channelization shown on this plan is for a two-lane highway. The channelization plan may be used on four-lane undivided highways with the appropriate considerations. Centerline striping on the approach to raised channelization shall be No Pass in accordance with MUTCD figure 38-15. Centerline striping on the departure from raised channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on the approach to and departure from painted channelization shall be determined by an engineering study. Centerline striping on four-lane undivided highways shall be a double center line. All Traffic Arrows not required are optional, but recommended. Arrows may be added for longer storage lanes, or deleted for shorter storage lanes. See Contract Plans.
LEGEND
4.
WIDE LANE LINE DOUBLE CENTERLINE {YELLOW) {NARROW PATTERN) OPTIONAL DOTTED EXTENSION LINE CENTERLINE STRIPE {SEE NOTE)
5. 6.
RIGHT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
= 12' Typical Lane Width. See Contract for specified lane widths. * = Denotes required traffic arrow. Accompanying ONLY word
L message optional. See Standard Plan M-80.10
~ Type 2R (SR) Traffic Arrow
~
for spacing.
LANE LINE
RIGHT-TURN CHANNELIZATION
WITH DROP LANE
WHITE DOTTED EXTENSION LINE DOTTED EXTENSION LINE 75' MIN. {SEE CONTRACT) WIDE DOTTED LANE LINE 50' MIN. {SEE CONTRACT)
LANE LINE
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
HOV LANE
NOTE
I
I
When Specified in the Contract Plans, the HOV Symbol Marking shall be installed with an offset of 1 foot max. from the lane centerline.
2'- 6"
1'- 3"
w
b
'
::!!: ::!!:
':i ~-
1- 1-
w w w ~ LL 0 ceo
g
II
II Z
~(.!)
b
'
(.!)(3
z <( ~CJ)
-D..
CJ)W
D.. 1-
S:!ii ~~ J:(3
s"
(NP.)
0::
LL
0
I
~
c
....1
~ 1-
----~
LAYOUT
'
HIGH OCCUPANCY VEHICLE (HOY) LANE SYMBOL LAYOUT STANDARD PLAN M-7.50-01
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Ken L. Smith
-~----~ST~~~E~DE~SIG~N~EN~G~INE~ER~-----
01-30-07
DATE
f/'1
3'- 4"
I I
1'- 0"
I
1 \ 1 /
=B v
\
2
j
1 \
1 \
b
'
1 /
'I- 1 \
I 1 \
IJ
'
'
I
b
1/
'
v
t>
11..
l-
BICYCLE LANE
b
'
u:::
I-
ct
'"
I
II
v
I
rt
I~lI
I-
1 /
tF
I
1 \
'
\ \
II
7
7T
v
II
- l-1- If_
1 / 1 \
'
I
tIt-
'
II 3
1 I
I
1 \
r~
F
II I'll
*
1 -r1-r-
-tt-n
1 -
I
1/
rr-
'
l II
17
*
I
1\ 1 \
II
I-
'"
~
~~
1 /
J I[_
I-
......
......
MARKING AREA 6.02 SQ.FT. MARKING AREA 4.25 SQ.FT. 3"
6"
CD
Bid Item "Bicycle Lane Symbol" includes Bike Lane Arrow and Bike Rider Symbol. GENERAL NOTE 2' x 6' White Bike Lane Arrow See contract for location and material requirements.
Ken L. Smith
01-30-07
DATE
9'- 0"
3'- 0"
9'- 0"
3'- 0"
9'- 0"
3'- 0"
.f:===r-==::==:::::::~SiE~~I=:::::::==::==:::::===::=~~~ :ut~~-==-:::::::-=-=--=::::=-:::3----I I I I
--
-~ -
4" WIDE SOLID YELLOW PAINTED LINE 4" WIDE BROKEN YELLOW PAINTED LINE
BOLLARD
- - - - - - - - - \ _ STRUCTURE
::~~::SING
NOTE:
1.
PAVED PATH
(SEE NOTE 2)
3'- 0"
5'- 0"
5'- 0"
9'- 0"
3'- 0"
In cases where the ballard location is not visible to an approaching bicyclist, use the minimum sight distance for the Solid Yellow Painted Line (taper portion), to extend the Solid Yellow Painted Line as needed to provide advanced warning of the upcoming obstruction. In cases where there is a crossing, bridge or other structure on the path that does not support or accomodate a vehicle. (See Contract). Provide Breakaway Bollards within the Roadway Design Clear Zone.
2.
<( ......
I-
J:<:""'
0
-------- - - -
--
- -t=====:=l----(
en =>I, en
LlJ
3.
oen
0::: 1J:
<(0
en~
BOLLARD
PAVED PATH
50'- 0"
VARIES EDGE OF SHOULDER
4'- 0"
5'- 0"
4'- 0"
- 011
9'- 0"
- 011
DETAIL
UJ<(
<( ......
t-O
J:<:""'
<(0
c:::l-
Iz
en~
CROSSWALK LINE DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE 2'- 0" MIN. 4" WIDE SOLID YELLOW PAINTED LINE
PAVED PATH
02-10-09
DATE
fll
......
1'- 2"
b
II
1 \
'
~
b
N
STOP LINE
2
'
STOP LINE
0~
w w
Ill
....1
w
I
MPH
25
Ill
....1
w
w w
b
F-
'
30 35
+-
40 45 50 55 60 65
I
SYMBOL DETAIL
'
G)
STANDARD SYMBOL
24" white transverse line W1 0-1 Advance Warning Sign (not included in RR Crossing Symbol Bid Item) Place Stop Line 15' from the nearest rail or approximately 8 feet from RR gate, if present.
ALTERNATIVE SYMBOL
....
Ken L. Smith
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
01-30-07
DATE
ROADWAY
....1 ....1
::::i
c c
~
SHOULDER AREA
I
LANE
0:::
LL
1' WIDE FOR 4' SHOULDERS 2' WIDE FOR SHOULDERS OVER 4' WIDE INSTALL CROSSWALK LINES IN SHOULDER AREAS ONLY WHEN ADJACENT TO A SIDEWALK OR A SEPARATE WALKWAY (TYP.) CROSSWALK LINE SIDEWALK SIDEWALK
~ c
~
5'MAX.
(TYP.)
1lr 4~i
EDGE OF PAVEMENT, OR FACE OF CURB (WITHOUT GUTIER), OR EDGE OF GUTIER PAN (WHEN THERE IS CURB & GUTIER) (TYP.) EDGE OF CONCRETE GUTIER EDGE OF CONCRETE GUTTER
7I
- :Z ..... ::iE
STOP LINE
DETAIL
NOTES
1. See the Contract Plans for locations of crosswalk centerlines. 2. To the maximum extent possible, curb ramp centerline should be perpendicular to the crosswalk centerline. 3. To the maximum extent possible, crosswalks should be perpendicular to the centerline of the traveled way.
SIDEWALK SIDEWALK
SHOULDER
SHOULDER
------~S~~~TE~D~ES~IG~N~EN~G~IN~EE~R------
.....
Ken L. Smith
02-06-07
DATE
t_
2'- 0"
{TYP.) FACE OF CURB
4" WIDE, YELLOW PAINT LINES FACE OF CURB 4" WIDE, WHITE PAINT LINE {TYP.)
....1 ....1
::::i
0 0
1'- 4"
SEE DETAIL A 8' - 0" MIN. 8'- 0" MIN. 5' - 0" or 8'- 0" 8' - 0" MIN.
a:
LL.
5'
t;.
DETAIL A
8'- 0" MIN. 8'- 0" MIN. 8'- 0" MIN.
NOTES 1. Three, four and five accessible stall arrangements may be either 60" (angled) or 90" (perpendicular) parking arrangements. See Contract. 2. An Access Parking Space Symbol is required for each accessible parking stall. A blue background and white border are required when the symbol is installed on a cement concrete surface. 3. All accessible stalls shall have wheel stops. Place wheel stops in other stalls when specified in the contract. Wheel stops shall be approximately 6" high and a minimum of 6' long. 4. Refer to the Standard Plans for sidewalk ramp, detectable warning pattern, and curb details.
SIDEWALK RAMP
t_
SIDEWALK RAMP
t_
LEGEND
,_. (R _ 7 801
Reserved Parking Sign and post with (R7-801A) Plaque, if indicated (See Sign Fabrication Manual) Access Parking Space Symbol Manufactured wheel stop Detectable Warning Pattern
I --
---t-1-------x- - - -~1
{SEE TABLE)
cg , ~
~~ i. ~'-~~
5'- 9"
STALL WIDTH 8'- 0" 9'- 0" 10'- 0" 11'- 0"
X {SEE TABLE)
&\\S\\S\S\'1
PLAN
lliTITiili]
\o!-~
"Y
\o!-~
...... fll
07-03-08
DATE
Cl
0::
LL.
~
en
:J
Ill
<(
~J
T----:-
10'
,----------
30'
,-----J;'=-------
l
I"
~
:;..:
Cl
YELLOW- CENTERLINE,
WHITE - LANE LINE
~T~T
~~ l ~_e----1
10'
,----------
30'
10'
~~-1
~r:-----------------------~~-~ ~~E~~3
4"0R12"-
"
1
DOUBLE CENTERLINE & DOUBLE LANE LINE
SEE CONTRACT FOR LENGTH
'""{
YELLOW
30'
l
3'
10'
l
9'
30'
L _ _ _ __ _ _ _ j
"'\
WIDE BROKEN LANE LINE
\
l
I
\I\IHITE
BARRIER CENTERLINE
~I
l l
6'
ll
6'
3'
9'
ll
.j"__J 'I"
3'
3'
9'
ll
9'
3'
9'
l'' l
9'
NOTES
~-ITE
\__ITE
1. Dotted Extension Line shall be the same color as the line it is extending. 2. Edge Line shall be white on the right edge of traveled way, and yellow on the left edge of traveled way (on one-way roadways). Solid Lane Line shall be white.
3. The distance between the lines of the Double Centerline shall be 12" everywhere, except 4" for left-turn channelization and narrow roadways with lane widths of 10 feet or less. Local Agencies (on non-state routes) may specify a 4" distance for all locations. The distance between the lines of the Double Lane Line shall be 4".
fll
~
23" 23"
1}~~- ~14
23"
~
~
=
~~}~~-
23"
~~}~~-
23"
~~}~~-
w[l
~
= TOP VIEW = SIDE VIEW = PERSPECTIVE VIEW
D
= (SOLID LINE)
D
TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW
D
=
e
4"
D
=
1
l
~
PROFILED PLASTIC
(BROKEN LINE)
FOR:
CENTER LINE & LANE LINE - w =4" NO-PASS LINE & TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN CENTER LINE- W REVERSIBLE LANE LINE - W =4" WIDE BROKEN LANE LINE - W =8"
PROFILED PLASTIC
FOR:
=4"
2'- 0"
3'- 0"
NO-PASS LINE - w =4" TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN CENTER LINE - W 4" DOUBLE CENTER LINE & DOUBLE LANE LINE - W EDGE LINE & SOLID LANE LINE - W =4" WIDE LANE LINE & WIDE LINE - W =8" DOUBLE WIDE LANE LINE - W = 8" BARRIER CENTER LINE - W = 20"
=4"
:= 1" (TYP.)
10"
1 4" 1
10"
20"
//
~ TOP VIEW
-..c:==---T-O_P_V-IE_,Eff DETAIL SIDE VIEW 90 MILS MIN.
0
SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW DROP LANE LINE - W DOTTED EXTENSION LINE - W =4" WIDE DOTTED LANE LINE - W =8"
EMBOSSED PLASTIC
(SOLID OR BROKEN LINE)
FOR:
CENTER LINE & LANE LINE NO-PASS LINE & TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN CENTER LINE REVERSIBLE LANE LINE DOUBLE CENTER LINE & DOUBLE LANE LINE EDGE LINE & SOLID LANE LINE
=8"
~
7 1/2"
DETAIL0
PROFILED PLASTIC
(BROKEN LINE)
c;;~M 0
SECTION
4"
I
I
23"
I
~
1"
1"
O"T02"
4"
O"T02"
1"
:::::
11
1
:::::
1"
O"T02"
[I 1:1 1:1
160 MILS MIN. -
II
~
500 MILS MIN.
II
TOP VIEW
NOT TO SCALE
~~~~c5T~03WOM=I~~~/-~_~~----~\~~~1~~~~=100UTO=~~MIL~S~ m~~~~~~!--~~
5
SIDE VIEW
-1
r/4"
-1
r/4"
FOR:
CENTER LINE & LANE LINE NO-PASS LINE TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN CENTER LINE
REVERSIBLE LANE LINE DOUBLE CENTER LINE & DOUBLE LANE LINE EDGE LINE & SOLID LANE LINE
----~ST~~~E~DE=SIG~N~EN~G~INE~ER~----
fJ'I Washington
....
Ken L. Smith
01-30-07
DATE
80'
SEE NOTE 1
80'
15'
15'
10'
30'
10'
15'
I
I
SEE NOTE 1
~ WHITE EDGE LINE
NOTES
=
I I
= =
0
II
I
I
\
\
1. Raised Pavement Markers Types 2YY and 2W shall be spaced at 80' intervals on tangents and on horizontal curves with a radius of 5000' or more, and at 40' intervals on horizontal curves having radii of less than 5000'. Center the RPM's in the gaps between the pavement marking lines. 2. Type 2Y RPM's, when specified, shall be placed outside the left Edge Line at 80' intervals. See "LEFT EDGE OF LANE PLACEMENT DETAIL". 3. Recessed pavement markers, when specified, shall be installed at the locations shown for Type 2W RPM's on multilane one-way roadways, and Type 2YY RPM's on two lane two-way roadways.
------\
\=
\
=
I
\_
CENTER LINE
\_
NO PASS LINE
\_
\_
NO PASS LINE
4. The Type 2W RPM's placed on multilane one-way roadways and all RPM's set in recesses shall have an abrasion resistant coating.
10' 15'
WHITE EDGE LINE LANE LINE
15'
15'
10'
30'
= =
TYPE2WRPM (SEE NOTE 1 & 4)
= =
= =
80'
j.
.j
RECESS LENGTH
TAPER LENGTH
FLAT
'I'
I
TAPER LENGTH :
TYPE2YRPMA
1'--------~---_-AR____.___T1i--------'--E----=----=------_ M
PLAN VIEW
TOP OF PAVEMENT MARKER TYPE 2YY RPM (TWO-WAY) TYPE 2W RPM (ONE-WAY) (SEE NOTE 4)
________,[}
-0
SEE NOTE 2
------------------------~~~~~~~v~~~~~]__ _
40
1/8" MIN. 1/4" MAX.
40
ADHESIVE
LONGITUDINAL MARKING SUPPLEMENT WITH RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS STANDARD PLAN M-20.30-02
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
SECTION
fll
.....
10-14-09
DATE
NOTES
1. Raised pavement markers shall be installed only when specified in the Contract Plans. 2. See the Standard Plans for marker designation. 3. The portion labeled "OPTIONAL" is only used when the Optional Marked Deceleration Taper (see Standard Plans M-3.1 0 and M-3.20) is specified in the Contract Plans.
~
SEE DETAIL { )
LEFT-TURN LANE
(SEE NOTE 3)
I I
c()
/I
~
=
0 0
/= \=
0
=
0 0
=
~
~ 0
~0
"~
[=
//=
-<J?'
= = =
0
= = = = = =
0
=
0
=
~
\ _ DOUBLE CENTERLINE (YELLOW) -SEE DETAIL LEFT-TURN LANE TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE
I
I
SEE DETAIL
D D
LONGITUDINAL MARKING SUPPLEMENT WITH RPMs -TURN LANES STANDARD PLAN M-20.40-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
.....
06-03-11
DATE
::JW
0::
t;::5
....1
f-;"Z
DETAIL
DETAIL
0
15'- 0"
10'- 0"
.~~;s~
[IIJ
30'- 0"
l l
0
10'- 0"
15'- 0"
~------~----~
[IIJ
[IIJ
40' RPM SPACING
DETAIL
[TIJ
[TIJ
DOUBLE CENTERLINE {YELLOW) {NARROW PATTERN)
!Tilt !Til
[IIJ
[IIJ
J
DETAIL
0
TYPE 2YY RPMs ::::: 10' O.C. {TYP.) 4" {TYP.)
LONGITUDINAL MARKING SUPPLEMENT WITH RPMs -TURN LANES STANDARD PLAN M-20.40-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
DETAIL
.....
NOTE
Cl
0::
LL.
~
en
:J
Ill
<(
I:
~[II]
[II]
12' .I.
1
.4 <TYP.>.
1
:;..:
0 0
0 0
20'
0 0
[II]
[II]
Cl
I.
12'
.I
40'
[II]
0 0
0
0
1. The NO PASS LINE (when required) is applied parallel to the CENTERLINE, 4" away, with the Type 2YY RPM's aligned (similar to TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LINE).
[II]
.I.
[II]
CENTERLINE
40'
I.
l . (TYP.J.I
0 0
[II]
NO PASS LINE
SEE NOTE 1
~~1YRPM~P)
12'
\TY~2YYRP~~)
:
[I]
_l
[II]
1:
[I]
.I.
0 0 0
28'
I" (TYP.J.I
4'
20'
l (TYP ~~
0 0 0 0
IITJ
rve~w ~M
:1-
ao~ uNL ~E
\~2YYRP~~)
1:
12'
[II]
REVERSIBLE LANE LINE
40' 28'
0 0
0 0
0=:}[
J
~
0 0
0 0
0 ' - TYPE 1Y
~M (TYP.)~DBL CENTERLINE,
~~
.I.
:
~
~:.~RPM:)
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
8 8}
I" 4' (TYP.).I
DIREC~O~~AAFFIC
TYPE 1W RPM (TYP.)
:
[I]
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
J
6'
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
[II]
oq
\
LANE LINE
4' (TYP.).
8'
8 8
8 8
L~~NLINE
BEING EXTENDED
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
[I]
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET
LINE~
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
NOTE
SYMBOL & LANE SYMBOL & LANE
ct
2'- 0"
ct
1'- 10"
1'- 8"
Use the dimensions shown on this plan for each type Traffic Arrow being placed on roadways with a posted speed limit of 45 mph or higher.
11
II
_ l
L
I
"''" "'"
I I
I
"''" ....
Co Co
v
I
..........
"'< I
v
\
v-
ELLIPSE "A"
I
I
'
1 \
lo
' ....
b
'
b
N
'
lo
'
~'
I/
r\
1 \
r - ELLIPSE "B"
en
v
\
\
~
'
I
1\
1 \ \
"'"
CENTER POINT ~ OF ELLIPSES
\ \ \
= c( Co = ' w in en
0..
en
::::i ...J w
\ \
r-., l\
I I
lo ~
C\1
' w
en 0..
::::i ...J w
"''"
I
GRID IS 4" SQUARE
(<)
I l
6"
1'- 0"
1'- 0"
1'- 8"
1 /
SYMBOL MARKINGS TRAFFIC ARROWS FOR HIGH SPEED ROADWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-24.20-01
SHEET 1 OF 3 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
05-31-06
DATE
~
2'- 6" 1'- 0"
1
1'- 2"
1'- 8"
-I
I
J
n
1 /
I
lA
1 \ 1 \
j
~ ~ SYMBOL
tt~
\ 1 \ \
b
Co
& LANE
~
I
I
~ ,\
1 \
II
~~
I 1 /
I
f1
'
~~ ~~ ~~
i'--
'
f-
1 /
1 \ \
1 /
W II
1 \
......
\
\ ELLIPSE "A"
' .....
t
I
'
I \
&>
' ..... '
io
I
\ \
r'<
I\
>
\
1 /
II
I
'1 \
'1\,
II I
(/)
~lt
I'.
!I"
"'~
~
ELLIPSE "A"
I
I
<X: io =
in
(/)
It
I
b b
' ....
\
\
-=t\ v \
\
/'
II
II
j
I
&>~
_. w
N(f)
' w
w
(/)
D..
::::i
....1
ELLIPSE "B" _/
\ \
7
I
7 7
D..
::::i
....1
'
I
I I
I
\
io
I
7
/ 1 / 1/
'\
I
rz"'
'/
.......
-L I
I\
"-
ELLIPSE "B"
(/)
....
(t)
'
\ \ 1 \
I
.....
'
<X: io =
in
(/)
io
' ....
'\
1 \
r--.~ 1'1
' w
w
(/)
D..
1 \ 1 \
~ k\
I I \ 1
&>~
N(f)
::::i
....1
1'- 0"
' w
w
D..
::::i
....1
1' - 0"
- ELLIPSE
II
B AXIS
II
1'- 8"
b
(t)
....
' (t) I
'
SYMBOL MARKINGS TRAFFIC ARROWS FOR HIGH SPEED ROADWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-24.20-01
SHEET 2 OF 3 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
I
I
1'- 0"
------=s~~T~ED~ES~IG~NE~NG=.IN~EE=R------
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
05-31-06
DATE
7' - 0"
3'- 6" 1'- 6" LANE
I
= 31- 111
Il l
'
(:::: 3.08')
I I
SYMBOL & LANE ~ CENTERLINE
~
1 \
\ \ \
b
I
I I
r~
I
\ \
Co
'
b
j'...
'
1 \
1 \
~
17
I
lt
~~ ~ ~
,\
1 \
o.
>
CP..
\
\
I
'
II I
I
\
1 \
o.
MARKING AREA 35.88 SQ.FT.
r....
I
lo
~
"' '\
v
L
-<
I
1 \
\
,-
1 \ \
'
ELLIPS~ "B"
\
I I
ELLIPSE "A" -
[\
f
en
lo
en
= <( ixl = ' w
ixl
'
I'\.
\.
\ /
I I
'I~
I
I
If
en
w
0...
o.
"'"
1 \
::J
....1
\
\ \
1 \
1 \
lo ~
N
' w
o.
en 0...
::J ....1 w
!"
"
1~
I I
M
'
"''"
MARKING AREA 35.88 SQ.FT.
I
I
I
SYMBOL MARKINGS TRAFFIC ARROWS FOR HIGH SPEED ROADWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-24.20-01
SHEET 3 OF 3 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
1'- 0"
....
Harold J. Peterfeso
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
05-31-06
DATE
NOTE Use the dimensions shown on this plan for each type Traffic Arrow being placed on roadways with a posted speed limit of 40 mph or lower.
1'- 0"
(._s-
It
1'- 3"
I SYMBOL
SYMBOL & LANE
-~ &LANE
It
1'- 8" 8"
I
IJ
1'- 0"
1
It
1\
1 /
/I\
.,.... '
l
1 \
&,
'
v
Co
b
I
I ELLIPSE "A"
\
\
v
\
r---.
"\
-~II
<1
1 II \
1 /
i\
\
\
17
il
"
)
(/)
.....
i'b
'
\
I
II
/1
: 1/
b
....
'
1/
j
\
1 \
....
'
Co
'
b
i->
\
ELLIPSE "B"
~
'
~I
~
~
I
.........
\
MARKING AREA 12.86 SQ.FT.
1 -
1---
"""' ~
v- ELLIPSE "A" 1---
7
I
= <( Co = (f),
1 /
-
L.U
'
~
(/)
::::i
....1
L.U
L.U
1 \
!'--- 1---
,_ 1/
1---
::::i
....1
c..
L.U
0.,
I I
__J_
I
....
v
Co
N
i-> .,....
'
Co
N
1---
'
Co
'
&,
/ 1 / \
v
~
1 / J
I
[r- ELLIPSE "A"
1 /
1 \
~
1 \
1/
I I I
~~
1'- 2"
II II
1
8" 1'-6\ ELLIPSE A \ _ AXIS
~
I
r--..
I
v \
I
r-..
I/
.....
'
\ \ \
1 \
~
1---
v- ELLIPSE "B"
Co
(/)
~
(f),
' .....
\ 1\1/
\
r~
ELLIPSE "B"
(/)
b
i->
b
Co
'
b
i->
rv
I
\
\
= <( Co = (f),
b N
'
'
1 \
'1\,
\
'
L.U
1--'---
"I~
/ 1\
I
~
L.U
'
~
(/)
::::i
....1
L.U
L.U
::::i
....1
c..
::::i
....1
L.U
L.U
L.U
::::i
....1
c..
v V"
;J
[/'
pj~
L.U
I
I
....
N
'
'
-1
I
MARKING AREA 7.73 SQ.FT. 1'- 2" 10"- ELLIPSE "B" AXIS _/1'-6" ELLIPSE A AXIS
II II
MARKING AREA 14.83 SQ.FT. 1'- 2" 8" 10"- ELLIPSE "B" AXIS
8"
8"
-~'-6"
ELLIPSE A AXIS
II II
SYMBOL MARKINGS TRAFFIC ARROWS FOR LOW SPEED ROADWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-24.40-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
_/
__ H_a_ro-;::;l=d=.l=.=P~et~e~m~e.=..s.:....o__ OS-31-06
....... STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE
LANE
<t
4'
2'- 4"
<t
::::: 2'- 5/8" (::::: 2.05')
- 8"
1'- 0" 1
"" t.v
1\
f--
I ~
I
,
-
f--
....
Lo
'
1 '-..... /'
I
' ....
F-.
' ....
~
-
k'
f--
I-t--
I-- ___l_
t--
IS
1 1 -
I--
~\-
f-f--
~
f-f--
'
I
0~
1 /
~
(<)
~
1 1 -
'
Co N
'
lo
b
I \
J
\
* ~
-
I--
\
\
\
\ I v ~2-l .~,LIPSE
'---
\
) 1
' .....
1 \
b
(<)
\ \
\
I ELLIPSE "B"
'\. I
~
I
f--
I I
II
I
C/)
C/)
(<) N
0~
'
\
-
I
-
I
'-
I
b
~ ~
(<) C/)
= <1: Co ' w
::::i
....1
D..
'
C/)
\
~
'
'----- t--
1/
::::i
....1
D..
b~ bL-
v
--+-
rr.
'
8"
I I I
GRID IS 4" SQUARE I--
I
I
I
I I I I
8"
~~
1'-6\
II II
ELLIPSE A \ _ AXIS
SYMBOL MARKINGS TRAFFIC ARROWS FOR LOW SPEED ROADWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-24.40-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Harold J. Peterfeso
-~----~ST~~~ED~ES~IG~NE~N~GIN~EE~R------
05-31-06
DATE
f/'1
18'- 8"
....1 ....1
Cl Cl
LlJ
::::i
0::
LlJ
LL.
l
J
J
I
'
7'- 8"
-.-----N
1'- 8"
' :;....
......
........ I ......... I
/"
b.-...-
............
!'-...
..........
r---.....
1 ......... .
r---.....
4' -7"
-.----b
~
'
-'
r---
N N
-r--- r--r--..:.
'
'\
1 \
lS.
ffH
~ r--
--~1
I~
4'- 1"
cv
1---
'\J
/
A ---- +---
-1\
v
b
Cv>
'
1'--r-
!'--r-....
..............
'
Co
:;....
"-..._
'
"
1'- 4" 2'- 0" 3'- 0"
'
',
'
-- -
-----
--"
1 \
- -I
~ v I
,.,.../
_.. v ~
..........-
(.:-
l.,..-
K=
Ll--
)....--,....-
:--
b
Co
f.-
'
Co
:;....
'
1 -b,.li l l "
r-....
::::2 7/8".1
JFl v r
v
N
i
I
/
1-~
' :;....
'
I I
0
SCALE
1'
DETAIL
TYPE TC
18.56 SQ.FT.
TYPE LTC
24.19 SQ.FT.
TYPETRC
23.07 SQ.FT.
TYPE LTRC
28.70 SQ.FT.
COMPONENT KEY
THE LABELED AREAS ABOVE CORRESPOND TO THE PORTIONS NEEDED FOR EACH TYPE OF ROUNDABOUT TRAFFIC ARROW.
TYPET
15.07 SQ.FT.
TYPE LT
20.69 SQ.FT.
TYPE TR
19.58 SQ.FT.
TYPE LTR
25.20 SQ.FT.
FOR EXAMPLE: THE ROUNDABOUT TRAFFIC ARROW TYPE TRC REQUIRES THE "COMMON", "T", "R", AND "C" AREAS.
COMMON
TYPE LC
18.07 SQ.FT.
06-16-11
DATE
fll
.....
Cl 0::
LL.
NOTES
11'- 6"- UNLESS NOTED
"oTHERWISE IN CONTRACT
~
en
::::i
Ill
<(
1. If Rumble Strips are present, install marking outside of the Rumble Strip.
LEDGE LINE CENTERLINE OF JUNCTION BOX, r P U L L BOX OR CABLE VAULT
:;..:
Cl
(.)
II-
~
w w
I
(.)
--+-------'tj'-qp__--+'
-
----'~ '------
en en
0::
w
.,-----L----9o---------=
~
w
(!)
J: I-
~ n~ ~~ ~~~T~
MARKING AREA= 0.56 SQ. FT.
....1
I
PAVED SHOULDER
5'- 0"
PAVED SHOULDER
CROSS CULVERT
HALF-MILE MARKER
STOP LINE
MARKING AREA = 0.56 SQ. FT.
LEDGE LINE
en
!:!:!a.
0::1-
en:5
~(.)
EDGE LINE
1-1(!)Z
J:~
zo W(.)
_.w w en
2'- 0"
I
SYMBOL MARKINGS MISCELLANEOUS STANDARD PLAN M-24.60-03
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
\
WHITE OR YELLOW - SEE CONTRACT PLANS MARKING AREA = 6.00 SQ.FT.
H
~PAVED
SHOULDER PAVED SHOULDER MARKING AREA = 1.06 SQ.FT.
CHEVRON OR DIAGONAL
CROSSHATCH MARKING
W = 8" FOR POSTED SPEED LIMIT OF 40 MPH OR LOWER W = 12" FOR POSTED SPEED LIMIT OF 45 MPH OR HIGHER
DRAINAGE MARKING
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
SYMBOL MARKING
A TYPE 1 TYPE2 TYPE 1 6'- 0" 6'- 0" 1'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0"
USE LESS THAN 45 MPH 45 MPH OR GREATER LESS THAN 45 MPH 45 MPH OR GREATER
2'- 6" 13'- 0" 3'- 0" 20'- 0" 6" 1'- 0" 1'- 0" 1'- 6" 3'- 0" 3'- 0"
ct
3'- 0"
TYPE2 TYPE2
ROUNDABOUT ENTRY
MINIMUM OF 4 IN LANE
0 0
z
w
l 1/ .
{)
i=
Co
'
0::
iS
B
\ 1 \
k:: \ 7 \ \
""'---4"
1 / 1 \
II I I
/
Lo
(ot)
11..
'
1---
........
\ \ v ~.j i-- ~
IV
--
~ w
0::
....1
1-
iS
1 .... ""-
......v
I.
GRID IS 4" SQUARE
3'- 0"
.I
6'- 0"
MARKING AREA= 12.08 SQ.FT.
ct
c
~ ...... ...... ......
M~
f
4" Lo
~
Co
11..
'
'
....1
....
N
Co
(ot)
'
'
0::
~ w
1-
-=---...... ......
Co
3"
iS
1'- 2"
3'- 0"
1'- 2"
10"
10"
5'- 4"
TOTAL MARKING AREA= 28.44 SQ. FT. WHITE= 9.76 SQ.FT. BLUE= 18.69 SQ.FT.
TOTAL MARKING AREA= 13.44 SQ.FT. BLUE = 8.62 SQ.FT. WHITE = 4.82 SQ.FT.
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
NOTES 1. When the Contract Plans requires a guidepost with concurrent guardrail runs, the Contractor shall either: A. Drive the flexible guidepost in line with the guardrail posts, or BMount the shorter flexible guidepost onto the guardrail post.
:::!:0
~n~
"'w 'Z
"'"::5
- w
REFLECTIVE SHEETING
:::!:0
~lli
'Z "'"::5
= w Mw
REFLECTIVE SHEETING
'a::
oo w_.
oO
w::C
(!)~
u..w
0::
:::!:Z
'a:: ~LiS
~g
w m>
<C
0::
en
2. Guideposts shall be fastened to the wooden guardrail post using two 2" x 3/8" lag screws with washers, along centerline of post. Also acceptable is any approved attachment method submitted by the guidepost manufacturer. 3. Guideposts shall be fastened to the steel guardrail posts using two galvanized 2" x 3/8" bolts with a washer on both sides, a lock washer, and nut. The nut shall be tightened to properly compress the lock washer. The drilled holes in the guardrail post web shall be painted with galvanizing repair paint as described in Standard Specification Section 8-11.3(1)C . Also acceptable is any approved attachment method submitted by the guidepost manufacturer. 4. When concrete barrier runs concurrent, the Contractor shall mount Barrier Delineators where guideposts are required. GUIDEPOST TYPE DEFINITIONS - REFLECTIVE SHEETING APPLICATIONS
TYPEW TYPEWW TYPEY TYPEYY
en
FLEXIBLE GUIDEPOST
~MANUFACTURER'S
SURFACE MOUNT
FLEXIBLE GUIDEPOST
GROUND MOUNT
'"BURY DEPTH
_ __L_t
"'Y/Jll'--
REFLECTIVE SHEETING
0
FACING TRAFFIC
CD
FACING TRAFFIC BACK SIDE
FACING TRAFFIC
3"
EB
FACING TRAFFIC BACK SIDE
1
FLEXIBLE GUIDEPOST
GUARDRAIL MOUNT
(USE FOR WOODEN GUARDRAIL POSTS)
ro
-j
3"
f-
-j
3"
f-
-j
3"
f-
-j
f-
-j
3"
f-
-j
3"
f-
TO tiD 1 1 1 TO TO TO
WHITE
WHITE
!D
4" WHITE WHITE
YELLOW
YELLOW
YELLOW
FLEXIBLE GUIDEPOST
GUARDRAIL MOUNT
(USE FOR STEEL GUARDRAIL POSTS)
BARRIER DELINEATOR REQUIREMENTS Spacing of Barrier Delineators shall be as shown in the Plans. The housing or bracket can be flexible or rigid, molded from a durable plastic or other durable material approved by the engineer, and shall be attached to the barrier with an adhesive recommended by the manufacturer. The attachment point on the barrier surface shall be free of dirt, curing compound, moisture, paint, or any other matter that would adversely affect the adhesive bond. Barrier Delineators shall be one-sided for single direction traffic, or two-sided for bi-directional traffic. Color shall be white on the right of traffic, and yellow on the left of traffic. The reflective surface shall be rectangular or trapezoidal. Reflective Sheeting: 12 square inches minimum surface area; Type Ill, IV, V, or VI, selected from approved materials listed in the Qualified Products List. Plastic Reflector: 9 square inches minimum surface area; acrylic or polycarbonate conforming to AASHTO M 290. Reflectors shall equal or exceed the following minimum values of Specific Intensity:
OBSERVATION ANGLE 0.1 0.1 ENTRANCE ANGLE SPECIFIC INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING, OR FLAT PLASTIC REFLECTOR LENS HOUSING OR BRACKET
(cd/ft-c)
WHITE 126 50 YELLOW 75 30
oo
20
BARRIER DELINEATORS
(CONCRETE BARRIER TYPES AND LOCATIONS VARY, SINGLE SLOPE IN MEDIAN SHOWN)
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
NOTES
1. See Standard Plan M-40.1 0 for Guide Post details. See plans for guide post requirements between interchanges. 2. Guide posts shall be placed at 100' spacing on ramp tangents and tapers.
LEGEND
3. "S" dimension shown on Standard Plan M-40.40 or 100', whichever is smaller. 4. One half of "S" dimension shown on Standard Plan M-40.40 or 50', whichever is smaller. 5. Two spaces at 100'. 6. Three equal spaces when R < 75', four equal spaces when R::!: 75'. 7. Two equal spaces. 8. Locate the initial Guide Post so that it does not hinder the visibility of the Bridge Delineator for approaching traffic. The distance between the bridge end and the initial Guide Post shall be 50 feet maximum.
TYPEW TYPEY
NOTE 5
NOTE 1
~r
0
0 0 0
NOTE B (TYP.)
0 0
NOTE4
0
NOTE 1
1-
....
10-12-07
DATE
NOTE
(/)
~_
__.1.,.00.__''"'.'DE":'"C,_...E.._,LE":'.RA_.._.._TI-=O_._.N_:_T:..:.AP:....::E=-R'----_ _
40'
"I"
"'
:
0
I.
100' (TYP.)
y ___!_------CD
- 500'
200'
DIVIDED HIGHWAY
e
REFLECTIVE SHEETING APPLICATIONS
TYPE G1 TYPE G2
e
y
THREE EQUAL SPACES WHEN R < 75'
()
G1
ct
G2 BACK SIDE
yx:
R R
LEGEND
FACING TRAFFIC
CD
To IO L +
3" 3" v.<ITE
-1
r-
-1
r-
FACING TRAFFIC
Io ~-ITE
GREEN
t0
4" VMITE
T-O 1 +
VMITE
To
3"
-1
r-
BACK SIDE
-1
3"
r-
y
()
G1
to
4" v.<ITE
G2
+WHITE 4"
() G1
ct
G2
IO
GREEN
j ~e
UNDIVIDED HIGHWAY
WITHOUT ILLUMINATION
....
s
;:2 ...,
CJ)
:::>
0:::
~
::!!: :;,..:
III
<t:
s
20 25 30 35 40 50 55 65 70 75 80 85 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 300 TYPEY PC PT
z
0
NOTES
1. The first guide post is positioned "S" distance from the beginning of curvature. 2. If the last guide post beyond the curve is 1/2 "S" or more, no additional posts are required. 3. If the last guide post beyond the curve is less than 1/2 "S", one additional post is required.
TWO-WAY UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS
LEGEND
TYPEW TYPEWW
CD
NOTE2
--
PC 1/2
NOTE 1
_/r
s
s
MULTI-LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAYS
GUIDE POSTS ON INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF CURVE FOR EACH DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
------~S~~~TE~D~ES=IG~NE~NG~IN~E=ER~----
....
09-20-07
DATE
0
--------
0
--riiiiiL
--
CD
--
--
-----
--
--NOTES
..
...
--
~ ~
I"SEE NOTE 2 (TYP.)
1. Locate the initial Guide Post so that it does not hinder the visibility of the Bridge Delineator for approaching traffic. The distance between the bridge end and the initial Guide Post shall be 50 feet max.
DIVIDED HIGHWAY
2.
Locate the initial Guide Post so that its visibility is unhindered for traffic departing the brid g e. The distance between the bridge end and the initial Guide Post shall be 50 feet max.
I.
CD
--
100' (TYP.)
CD
CD
--
CD
------
CD
CD
riiiiiiL
--
--
..
--
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
~ ~
UNDIVIDED HIGHWAY
....
09-20-07
DATE
NOTE
See Standard Plan M-40.1 0 for Guide Post details.
CROSSOVER
<t
100' 100'
100'
100'
LEGEND
Q
TYPEW TYPEY
MEDIAN CROSSOVERS
~--------~0 ~----~o~----(o~---
----o------o------co)-1
f.
100 (lYP.>
TAPER
LANE REDUCTIONS
....
09-20-07
DATE
(4)
;:y,'
' '' ''
~/ o:: '
~:
' '
''
'
''
'
''
'' '
" ''
''
'
''
'
''
'
''
' '
7" 1/2"
16"
I.
I
15/8"
f
.I
I
SECTION
MEDIAN SHOULDER
OUTSIDE SHOULDER
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIP TYPE 1 FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-60.10-01
SHEET 1 OF 4 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
[][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]
END RUMBLE STRIP ON RIGHT SHOULDER AT BEGINNING OF DECELERATION TAPER WIDE LANE LINE
[][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]
TWO-LANE OFF-CONNECTION
:D:DDD:DD:DDD:DD:DD:DDD:DD:DDD:DD:DDD:DD:DDD:DD:DD:DDD:DD:DDD:DD:DDD:DD:DDD:DDS~~=~~~~~~~~~~=~=======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~;~~;;;;;;;~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
END RUMBLE STRIP ON RIGHT SHOULDER AT BEGINNING OF DECELERATION TAPER WIDE LANE LINE
SINGLE-LANE OFF-CONNECTION
ENDRUMBLEST:~:~:ooo:oo:~:~:~:oGoo:~:~:oo:ooo:oo:ooo:oo:oo~ooo~oo;oooLoo~============~~~~~~~~========~==~~==========~~ ~~
SHOULDER AT BEGINNING OF DECELERATION TAPER
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIP TYPE 1 FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-60.10-01
SHEET 2 OF 4 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
WIDELANELINE
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
END RUMBLE STRIP ON RIGHT SHOULDER ADJACENT TO BEGINNING OF ON RAMP WIDE LANE LINE WIDE LANE LINE
[][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]
SINGLE-LANE ON-CONNECTION
600'
450'
--
[][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]
[][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]
--
,
--------
--
--
:\
f.
~
----
[][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]~[][][][]
/
---
DDDDDooooooooDooooooooDooooooooDoooDooooooooDooooooooDoooolommo
>-
-I
- r--
-[][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]
_/
450'
600'
MEDIAN CROSSOVER
MEDIAN SHOULDER
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD~D,DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD~DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIP TYPE 1 FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-60.10-01
SHEET 3 OF 4 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD:+
~DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
~1-------~
----------1
100' MIN.
_,~------~1 7
~ ~: ~:~: ~TH
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
Cl
<5 0::
0
0::
c:r----------IF A MEDIAN ACCELERATION TAPER IS INCLUDED, START THE RUMBLE STRIP AT THE END OF THE TAPER. TAPER
------------))
TERMINATE THE SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIPS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE DECELERATION TAPER.
TAPER
1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000
000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
TAPER
..
6------------
IF A MEDIAN ACCELERATION TAPER IS INCLUDED, START THE RUMBLE STRIP AT THE END OF THE TAPER.
TERMINATE THE SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIPS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE DECELERATION TAPER.
SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIP TYPE 1 FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-60.10-01
SHEET 4 OF 4 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0 0
z c:::
w
I
I I I I I I I
II I
R
I I I
11..
::E,'
0:,'
I I I
~,'
I
I I I I I I I
5"
1/2"
I
I I I
t
ISOMETRIC VIEW
F\
3/8" ..
16"- TYPE 3
.
3/8"
I~
UNIT SECTION
UNIT SECTION
SHOULDER
SHOULDER
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIP TYPES 2, 3, AND 4 FOR UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-60.20-02
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
UNDIVIDED HIGHWAY
(TYPE 4 PATTERN SHOWN)
fll
.....
06-27-11
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0 0
z c:::
w
11..
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
Q------------
c::: 0
~
~
------------Q
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
EDGE LINE
DDDDDDD
TYPE 2 TYPE 3 -
12' GAP AND 12" WIDE STRIP 16' GAP AND 16" WIDE STRIP
TERMINATE SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIPS AT THE BEGINNING OR END OF EACH RIGHT TURN TAPER.
TERMINATE SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIPS 40' MINIMUM FROM THE BEGINNING OR END OF EACH RIGHT TURN RADIUS.
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
EDGE LINE
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
DO DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
0-----------'
DO DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
EDGE LINE
TYPE 4 -
EPS
SHOULDER\
G)
l>,,
= =
60' MIN
100' MIN
//J/~
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD~DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD~
=
DDDDDDDDDDDDDD~
~DDDDDDDDDDDDD
= = =
s HOULDER RUMBLE s TRIPS (TYP.)
~DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD~DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
G)
/f//
G)
100' MIN.
60' MIN.
<t
\__SHOULDER
G)
SHOULDER RUMBLE STRIP TYPES 2, 3, AND 4 FOR UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS STANDARD PLAN M-60.20-02
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
NOT LESS THAN 4' - PROVIDE 5' WHEN BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL IS PLACED AT EDGE OF SHOULDER
fll
.....
06-27-11
DATE
....1 ....1
Q
II
NOTES
::::i
0::
LL.
Cl Cl
''''
1. Centerline Rumble Strip installation requires a minimum distance of 12 feet from Centerline to edge of paved shoulder. 2. When directed by the Engineer, Rumble Strips may be installed along the turn pocket taper where there is a history of rear-end collisions in the turn pocket.
'
Cl
~ '
i/ .
()f,''
'
''
'
7" 1/2"
12"
I.
ISOMETRIC VIEW
15/8"
f
1/2" MIN.
MAX.
.I
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
SECTION
SECTION
r
'
CENTERLINE
I"
SEEN~TE
.I
DOUBLE CENTERLINE
SHOULDER
NO-PASS LINE
SHOULDER
CENTERLINE
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
UNDIVIDED HIGHWAY
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0::
LL.
Cl Cl
Cl
25'
I
:::::: 1
1 -
1 -
0"
GROOVES
RECESS LENGTH
0"
~
BRIDGE APPROACH SLAB BRIDGE
I)
0000[
JJ~ RUMBLE~.)
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER
WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT REFER TO STANDARD PLAN M-20.30 FOR RECESSED PAVEMENT MARKER DETAIL
"""""\
RECESSED PAVEMENT MARKER
WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT \ _ RUMBLE STRIP (TYP.)
\
~
BRIDGE
LONGITUDINAL MARKING (TYP.)
J:
1- 0::
Q
LONGITUDINAL MARKING (TYP.) w
__.()
(/)Cl
o::o
0::
0000000000000000000000000000000#@~~~000000000000000000000000000000
][
~DDDDDDDDD~DDDDDDDDD~DDD
DDD~DDDDDDDDD~DDDDDDDDD~
__________ _v
fll
.....
05-11-11
DATE
TRAFFIC LANE
NOTE
1. Typically, four times the letter or numeral height - minimum, up to ten times - maximum, or according to Plans.
~c:::
J:en
J: L.U
b~
Co..J
oL.U
= ~ '..J Co
1-
L.U
1-
L.U
en
L.U L.U
L.U L.U
en
~c:::
J:en
J: L.U
:r:en (!)..J
0:::!:
Co..J
b~ ,L.LJ
~c:::
J:~
L.U
:r:en
J:L.U
eoz
J:en
J: L.U
'::J
~c:::
Co..J
EDGE LINE
b~ ,L.U
EDGE LINE
Co..J
b~ ,L.LJ
1'- 10"
MAX.
HIGH-SPEED APPLICATION
L.U
1-
L.U
L.U L.U
en
b z
en
L.U L.U
I'" VEHICLE HI
I
J:en :r:o = c::: 00:::
-' <( N .,....
I
J:
J:O Co J:en
J:L.U
~;;:
b~ ,<(
~;;:
= 101Co..J
,L.U
J:L.U
~c:::
~c:::
EDGE LINE
b~
Co..J
oL.U
1-
L.U
EDGE LINE
1-
L.U
LOW-SPEED APPLICATION
L.U L.U
en
L.U L.U
en
HIGH-SPEED APPLICATION
J:en
J:L.U
~c:::
J:en (!)..J
0I,L.U
1-
Co..J
b~ ::::l eoz
J:~
I MIN.
EDGE LINE
EDGE LINE
1'- 10"
MAX.
LOW-SPEED APPLICATION LOW-SPEED APPLICATION
fll
.....
06-03-11
DATE
TRAFFIC LANE TRAFFIC LANE VEHICLE WHEEL PATH TRAFFIC LANE VEHICLE WHEEL PATH TRAFFIC LANE VEHICLE WHEEL PATH
TRAFFIC LANE
I"
::c (!)rn -0::
Co
"I
t (!
\
~
::cw = ~ ow
~
.__.
1-
~
/ \
::c (!)
:c
b
' Co
1-
w 0
I-
w w w
rn
LANE
w w
rn
~
EDGE LINE
EDGE LINE
Qo:: ::cw
,w Co_.
:ern
= 101-
u
LANE LINE EDGE LINE HIGH-SPEED APPLICATION TRAFFIC LANE TRAFFIC LANE HIGH-SPEED APPLICATION
i(_EDGE
LINE
.
:ern
::c (!)rn
-o:: ::cw
= ~ ow .__.
1-
Co
w w rn
b z
rn
w w
1-
w 0
rn :ern
::c w b~ ,w
Co_.
w w
O:E
....1~
..t
z
CD
Q 0::
:ern
Qo:: ::cw
Co_.
= 10I-
~ ~ rna..
Cl
<( <(
Ill
w 1::cl/)
.w
cO
....1
~ 0::
LL.
I-
0::
w w
...... fll
06-03-11
DATE
....1 ....1
::::i
0::
Cl Cl
1 \
r-.
\ I ll
I \
w LL.
7
II
-
Cl
= 1-
I
-
,w
....1
CX)
K
1\ 1 /
1 -
rw
1 /
1/ \
-
1 /
- I-
- I-
17
r- r- - 1-
Q 0::
::ccn :I: w
0I-
= 1-
,w
....1
CX)
!I"
1--1 -
--
~~
::ccn
"....I 5:~
0:::!: CioZ
'::J
TRAFFIC LETTERS AND NUMERALS (HIGH SPEED ROADWAYS) STANDARD PLAN M-80.20-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
EIGHT FOOT HIGH LETTERS AND NUMERALS ARE SHOWN ON A FOUR-INCH SQUARE GRID FOR USE ON ROADWAYS WITH A POSTED SPEED OF 45 MPH OR MORE
fll
.....
....1 ....1
::::i
0::
LL.
Cl Cl
Cl
'
f\-
'
SIX FOOT HIGH LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHOWN ON A THREE -INCH SQUARE GRID
I
/\
I I / \
'
1\ I \
I I
I
\ \ / I\
7!rr-
/ r-
\ \ \
\
r- /
1 \
r-
(!)en - 0::
J: w = 101(:)....I
J:
rrr-- --
rr-
'W
......
\ 1 / \
\ \/
~ r-
\ I \I
\
\ ./
\ I/
\ \
I I
TRAFFIC LETTERS AND NUMERALS (LOW SPEED ROADWAYS) STANDARD PLAN M-80.30-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
fll
.....
06-10-08
DATE